Mainstreammediamanipulationsocietalengineeringgovernmentpropaganda.pdf

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda This is a collection of articles which cover the ways in which we are lied to and manipulated through the mass media - and not just via the 'news' but by way of television 'programming' advertising, music, films, computer games - pop culture. This all works towards a dumbed-down population - an engineered society. But this can only work if the "sheeple" are not educated as to how the plan works. You will also see articles here about both the drawn-out demise of establishment media, along with reports on the rise of independent media.

Facts You Need To know About Syria & Syrian President Bashar Al Assad Fields Questions From French Media And Defends Alternative Media January 12 2017 | From: AustralianNationalReview / 21stCenturyWire

The Assad family belongs to the tolerant Islam of Alawid orientation. Syrian women have the same rights as men to study, health and education.

Syrian women are not forced to wear the burqa. The Sharia (Islamic law) is unconstitutional. Related: Ron Paul on Aleppo Aftermath: We Need a New Syria Policy Syria is the only Arab country with a secular constitution and does not tolerate Islamic extremist movements. Roughly 10% of the Syrian population belongs to one of the many Christian denominations, all fully integrated in Syrian political and social life. In other Arab countries the Christian population is less than 1% due to sustained hostility.

Syria has banned genetically modified (GMO) seeds, stating his decision was made in order “to preserve human health,” Syria has an opening to Western society and culture like no other Arab country. Its media and universities openly debate the global power elite’s influence in things. This means that they fully grasp the fact that real power in the West lies not in the White House but rather with the complex and powerful grid of elite think-tanks and central banks. Throughout history there have been five popes of Syrian origin. Religious tolerance is unique in the area. Prior to the current civil war, Syria was one of the only peaceful countries in the area, having avoided major wars or internal conflicts. Syria was the only country that admitted Iraqi refugees without any social, political or religious discrimination. Syria clearly and unequivocally opposes Zionism and the Israel government. Following a massive oil find in Syria’s Golan Heights, occupied by Israel since 1967, Netanyahu recently asked Obama to recognize its annexation of the territory. To consolidate its hold, plans are afoot to quadruple Israeli settler numbers to 100,000.

And The Most Two Important Points: Syria is one of the only countries in the Middle East without debts to the International Monetary Fund (Preinvasion Libya & Iran the only others) Syria is the only Mediterranean country which remains the owner of its oil company, with an oil reserve of 2,500 million barrels, the operation of which has avoided privatization and is reserved exclusively for state-owned enterprises.

So now ask yourself, why are we truly attempting to overthrow yet another government? What are we hoping to fix here? If the recent invasions and illegal assassinations of Presidents like Qaddafi and Saddam have taught us anything, it should be the understanding of the blowback effect of such lawless actions by the West and the vacuum of chaos that always supersedes it. Debt Conquer. Invent a reason to invade and destroy, then offer $Trillions in IMF funding to rebuild… conveniently paid back by control of your oil fields and the free access to build gas pipelines to the west.

Related Articles: Bolivian actress Carla Ortiz exposes what went wrong with Western media coverage of Syrian conflict Syria Story Is A Fools Paradise Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States Syria: Attack On Aid Convoy Kills Twenty, Destroys Aid, And Obliterates US War Crimes In Support Of ISIS-Daesh Terror Group? I Am A Syrian Living In Syria: “It Was Never A Revolution Nor A Civil War: The Terrorists Are Sent By Your Government” The Boy In The Ambulance: US State Dept-Funded Groups Behind Latest 'Iconic Image' Designed To Demonize Russia And Encourage Further Bloodshed In Syria Checkmate! U.S. Loses Syria & Turkey; Erdogan Will Visit Putin + John McCain Is “Directly Responsible” For ISIS

Clinton Email Reveals: Google Sought Overthrow Of Syria's Assad In Syria, If You Can’t Find Moderates, Dress Up Some Extremists Paris-Syria Timeline Of Terror The End Of The New World Order As Russia Shifts Balance Of Power: Russia's Syrian Operation To Smash Terrorists, End Tyranny Of Banking Elite Secret Pentagon Report Reveals US "Created" ISIS As A "Tool" To Overthrow Syria's President Assad & War is Peace: US Needs External Enemy to Ensure Internal Unity

Syrian President Bashar Al Assad Fields Questions From French Media And Defends Alternative Media Recently we reported on the targeting of a French delegation to Syria, led by politician, Thierry Mariani, by the US backed FSA (Free Syrian Army) Company 23.

Aleppo airport was shelled by this group of primarily US supported “moderate rebels” led by a defected Syrian Arab Army colonel, Hassan Rajoob, just prior to the planned take off of the plane ferrying the delegation back to Damascus. Related: US, UK Paid “White Helmets” Help Al Qaeda Blocking Water To 5 Million Syrians The delegation then met with Syrian President, Bashar Al Assad, on the 9th January 2017. Following the meeting, President Assad met with and fielded questions from French media.

Related: US Backed “Moderate Rebels” Target French Delegation in Aleppo

”We always have hopes that the next (French) administration, or government, or president will want to deal with the reality, to disconnect themselves from the disconnected policy from our reality. That is our hope..and they can work for the interests of the French people. The question now, after six years, as a French citizen, do you feel safer? I dont think the answer is yes. The immigration problem, has it made the situation in your country better? […] This is the question the next administration, government, president should deal with in order to deal with our reality not what is in their imagination as has been happening for the last six years. (Fillon’s) rhetoric regarding the terrorists, or lets say the priority to fight the terrorists and not meddling in the affairs of other countries are welcome, but we have to be cautious, because what we have learned in this region, during the last few years, is that many officials would say something and do the opposite. I am not saying M Fillon would do this, I hope not, but we have to wait and see because there is no contact. But so far, what he is saying, if it is implemented, that will be very good. If I want to send (a message to French politicians) I would say the self evident thing, that we have to work for the interests of the Syrian citizens, and for the last six years the situation is going in the opposite direction. The French politics harmed the French interests. For the French people, I would say the mainstream media has failed in most of the west, the narrative has been debunked because of the reality and you have the alternative media, you have to look for the truth. Truth was the main victim of the events in the Middle East, including Syria. I would ask any citizen in France, please search for the reality, for the real information, through the alternative media. When they search for this information, they can be more effective, in dealing with their government, or at least not allowing some politicians to base their politics on lies. ”

Related: Who Are Syria's White Helmets?

US Deep State In Deep Trouble + A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy January 11 2017 | From: Sputnik / JonRappoport

US ruling power is in deep trouble because there are growing signs that the mass of citizens are no longer beholden to the supposed authority residing in Washington.

Once the legitimacy of would-be authorities begins to collapse in the eyes of the people, then profound political change is in the offing, as history shows us through countless empires that came and went – often ignominiously. Related: Creeping Technocratic Dictatorship: Google Can Access Medical Records; Microsoft Storing Data On Your DNA

"The so-called American Deep State comprising the military-intelligence apparatus and its operatives in the political and media establishment has put its credibility on the line over allegations of Russian interference in the US elections."

Those allegations are threadbare, indeed baseless, despite concerted, overweening attempts by the Deep State to conjure up something of substance. Related: US Intelligence 'Laid Itself Open to Ridicule' by Accusing Russia of Hacker Attacks The latest high-level intelligence report from the CIA, NSA, FBI and other US spy agencies on alleged Russian cyber hacking may have “wowed” President Barack Obama, various members of Congress and the corporate-controlled news media. Not so for ordinary Americans. Among rank-and-file citizens the reaction has been underwhelming to say the least. And that should be a matter of anxiety for the ruling establishment. If the people can no longer be commanded, then the whole foundation for power begins to erode like a sandcastle. As a New York Times report put it:

"What’s the big deal? asks Trump’s supporters on Russian hacking report”.

Trump is quite a hit in Russia - here he is on sugar packaging in a Russian store

Related: How Trump May Have Just Caused Russia to Fall Back in Love with the USA Among ordinary voters far removed from the Washington Beltway Bubble the consensus is one of derision towards the once-revered US intelligence community.

"Sore losers”, “sour grapes”, “crybabies” and “absurd” were just some of the disbelieving responses from ordinary folks about claims that Russian agents directed by Russian President Vladimir Putin had tipped the US November election in favor of Donald Trump over Hillary Clinton." “I don’t believe the [US] intel report,” said one man in Louisiana. “Why is everybody so afraid of Russia? I’m not against Putin.”

Related: WikiLeaks: US Intel Report on Russia Hacking 'Has Poor Sourcing and No Evidence' Another man, a retired US air force officer, added:

"From the parts of the [US intel] report I’ve seen it seems silly.”

President-elect Trump, once again, seems more in tune with the real, pressing concerns of common citizens. He emerged from his so-called “briefing” by US intelligence chiefs last Friday and pointedly refused to join the Washington

blowhards accusing Russia of “an act of war”. Trump in fact followed up with a comment that it was only a “stupid” person would not want to have good relations with Russia.

This was not the response that the spooks wanted from Trump. The CIA and their surrogates in the Obama administration, Congress and the media were building up the US intel report like a witch-hunt against anyone who dares to dissent from the allegations of Russian cyber interference. Unlike warmongering Congress members such as John McCain and Lyndsey Graham, Trump has not jumped on the bandwagon to demonize Russia.

"And the thing is that people beyond the thrall of the Deep State centered in Washington appear to agree with Trump. At a time of immense social challenges from poverty, unemployment, financial indebtedness, deteriorating infrastructure and public services, and so on, a US policy of hostility towards Russia seems like an alien distraction. A contemptible waste of priority and resources, not to say a reckless drumbeat to war between nuclear powers."

Shocker: 'Proof' of Russia's Trump Support Was Compiled During Obama's Election The US intelligence agencies, aided by the Obama White House and mainstream media, tried to muster gravitas to play its “Russian card” against Trump. But Trump and the popular sentiment out there are not responding in the deferential manner expected by the spooks. In fact, despite sensationalist headlines in the mainstream media about “Putin ordering an influence campaign to help Trump win the election”, the US intelligence agencies are now in real danger of being exposed as ridiculous liars.

The collapse of the US establishment has been underway for sometime, but lately the momentum has quickened with the election of Trump and the mainstream media’s penchant for “fake narratives”. Last week the Washington disgraced itself by running a story about Russia hacking into the US electric, a story which was quickly exposed as “fake news”. On the latest US intel report, as well as Trump and ordinary Americans, many observers from around the world were taken aback by the amateurish dearth of evidence and generally low quality of analysis. Independent cyber security experts, including US-based ones, poured scorn on the claims against Russia. Related: US Readiness to ‘Throw Rocks’ at Russia Marks Need for Policy U-Turn – Ex-Adviser to Trump The US spy agencies claim that they have “supporting evidence” that Russia hacked Hillary Clinton’s emails, but they say, unconvincingly, that they can’t disclose the information in order to protect “sensitive sources and methods”. Such a conjuring trick just makes the US spooks and the subservient news media look even more ridiculous.

A major giveaway was the disproportionately huge focus that the US intelligence report devoted to trying to discredit Russian news media outlets, RT and Sputnik. The report claims that the news services are part of the Kremlin’s “influence campaign” and then cites its own ropey rationale as “evidence” that Russia hacked the US election. If that’s the best that America’s “national security guardians” can come up with then we can be sure their case against Russia is null and void. There was a time in the American past when shadowy, unelected elites could control society through monopolistic, servile media and servile politicians kowtowing to their supposed authority. There was also a naive belief among people that the secret services were defending the nation’s best interests. Not any more alas. People have got wise to the massive manipulation and criminality of such shadowy powers who orchestrate wars and regime changes all around the world for the narrow benefit of elite corporate power. Ordinary Americans pay with their lives and livelihoods for the machinations of the ruling cabal.

"The Deep State intel chiefs may have been fawned over by Obama, Congress and the media in their outlandish claims of Russian subversion. But growing numbers of ordinary people in the US and around the world can see through the lies and blatant agenda of hostility towards Russia – an insane hostility that only serves the elite interests of the Deep State."

The once feared, and revered, US Deep State is now facing a deep dilemma and maybe even an existential crisis. For it knows deep down that its erstwhile credibility and authority are shot to pieces.

Down through history, the American rulers got away with their charade of inciting wars and conflicts through false flags and contrived catastrophes: the not-so-secret Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, the fabricated Gulf of Tonkin incident that escalated the US genocidal war on Vietnam, the dubious 9/11 terror attacks and Iraq’s non-existent weapons of mass destruction, to mention just a few. This same warmongering American ruling class want another arms race, Pentagon-pumping Cold War with Russia. But this time they have played a card that is all too evidently blank. The US spooks and their elitist establishment know that Trump, the American people, Russia and the rest of world all know that they have nothing to offer. No credibility, no morals and no authority, the US Deep State is in deep trouble.

A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy Technocracy is the basic agenda and plan for ruling global society from above, so we need to understand it from several angles.

Consider a group of enthusiastic forward-looking engineers in the early 20th century. They work for a company that has a contract to manufacture a locomotive. Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship This is a highly complex piece of equipment. On one level, workers are required to make the components to spec. Then they must put them all together. These tasks are formidable. On another level, various departments of the company must coordinate their efforts. This is also viewed as a technological job. Organizing is considered a technology. When the locomotive is finished and delivered, and when it runs on its tracks and pulls a train, a great and inspiring victory is won. And then…the engineers begin to think about the implications. Suppose the locomotive was society itself? Suppose society was the finished product? Couldn’t society be put together in a coordinated fashion? And couldn’t the “technology of organizing things” be utilized for the job?

Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale Why bother with endlessly arguing and lying politicians? Why should they be in charge? Isn’t that an obvious losing proposition? Of course it is. But engineers could lay out and build a future society that would benefit all people. Hunger, disease, and poverty could be wiped out. Eliminating them would be part of the uncompromising blueprint. This “insight” hit engineers and technicians like a ton of bricks. Of course! All societies had been failures for the same reason: the wrong people were in charge. Armed with this new understanding, engineers of every stripe began to see what was needed. A revolution in thinking about societal organization. Science was the new king. And science would rule. Of course, for an engineered world to work, certain decisions would have to be made about the role of the individual. Every individual. You couldn’t have an air-tight plan if every human were free to pursue his own objectives. Too many variables. Too much confusion. Too much conflict. Well, that problem could be solved. The individual’s actions would be tailored to fit the coordinated operations of the planned society.

Related: Technocracy: evolution told as a fairy tale The individual would be inserted into a pre-ordained slot. He would be “one of the components of the locomotive.” His life would be connected to other lives to produce an exemplary shape. Yes, this could imply a few problems, but those problems could be worked out. They would have to be worked out, because the overriding goal was the forming of a world organization. What would you do if one bolt (an individual human) in one wheel of a locomotive was the wrong size? You would go back and correct the error. You would re-make the bolt. Among sincere technocrats, the overall vision superseded the glaring problems. But…other people entered the game. High-echelon Globalists saw technocracy as a system they could use to control the population. Control was their goal. Period. What happened to the individual in the process was of no concern to them. The individual had freedom or he didn’t have freedom, and the Globalists overtly intended to wipe out that freedom. Erasing hunger, poverty, illness? Nonsense. For the Globalists, those realities would be exacerbated. Sick, weak, and debilitated people were easier to rule and control and manage. Essentially, a vastly misguided vision of a future technocratic utopia was hijacked. Something bad was made much worse. In a nutshell, this is the history of technocracy. A locomotive is a society? No.

That was the first fatally flawed idea. Everything that followed was increasingly psychotic. Unfortunately, many people in our world believe in Globalism, if you could call a partial vague view a legitimate belief. They dreamily float on all the propaganda cover stories - greatest good for the greatest number of people; no more poverty; equality of sharing; reducing the carbon footprint; a green economy; “sustainable development”; international cooperation; engineering production and consumption of goods and services for the betterment of everyone; and all of this delivered from a central platform of altruistic guides. If you track down the specifics that sit under these pronouncements, you discover you discover a warped system of planning that delivers misery and de facto slavery to the global population.

Related: Fabian Socialist Society The collective utopia turns out to be a sham. Waking up is hard to do? Breaking up is hard to do? They must be done. A workable technological fix is a very nice achievement when the project is a machine. But transferring that glow of victory to the whole of society is an illusion. Anything that calls itself education would tackle the illusion as the first order of business.

Related Articles: Minds Like Machines Robert Steele: The Soft Coup Collapses Military Coups, Regime Change…: The CIA Has Interfered In Over 81 Foreign Elections… As We Move Into 2017: The Cracks in the Empire are Here… How will the U.S. Empire Dissolve? The Op: Unelected Agents Now Infiltrating ‘Critical Infrastructures’ Obama Regime Moves To Federalize Elections Editing Reality: Former Employees Admit Facebook Censors Conservative News

American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories" January 10 2017 | From: UNZ / ActivistPost / Various

With the sudden, bizarre rise of the “Fake News” accusations throughout the entire Corporate Media megaphone and the equally bizarre and totally unsubstantiated CIA allegations that the Russians had stolen the election for Donald Trump, this topic is highly pertinent.

A year or two ago, I saw the much-touted science fiction film Interstellar, and although the plot wasn’t any good, one early scene was quite amusing. For various reasons, the American government of the future claimed that our Moon Landings of the late 1960s had been faked, a trick aimed at winning the Cold War by bankrupting Russia into fruitless space efforts of its own. Related: Trump Plans to Shrink, Reorganize CIA, Other Intel Agencies This inversion of historical reality was accepted as true by nearly everyone, and those few people who claimed that Neil Armstrong had indeed set foot on the Moon were universally ridiculed as “crazy conspiracy theorists.” This seems a realistic portrayal of human nature to me. Obviously, a large fraction of everything described by our government leaders or presented in the pages of our most respectable newspapers - from the 9/11 attacks to the most insignificant local case of petty urban corruption - could objectively be categorized as a “conspiracy theory” but such words are never applied. Instead, use of that highly loaded phrase is reserved for those theories, whether plausible or fanciful, that do not possess the endorsement stamp of establishmentarian approval.

Related: The 70 Greatest Conspiracy Theories in Pop-Culture History Put another way, there are good “conspiracy theories” and bad “conspiracy theories,” with the former being the ones promoted by pundits on mainstream television shows and hence never described as such. I’ve sometimes joked with people that if ownership and control of our television stations and other major media outlets suddenly changed, the new information regime would require only a few weeks of concerted effort to totally invert all of our most famous “conspiracy theories” in the minds of the gullible American public. The notion that nineteen Arabs armed with box-cutters hijacked several jetliners, easily evaded our NORAD air defenses, and reduced several landmark buildings to rubble would soon be universally ridiculed as the most preposterous “conspiracy theory” ever to have gone straight from the comic books into the minds of the mentally ill, easily surpassing the absurd “lone gunman” theory of the JFK assassination. Even without such changes in media control, huge shifts in American public beliefs have frequently occurred in the recent past, merely on the basis of implied association. In the initial weeks and months following the 2001 attacks, every American media organ was enlisted to denounce and vilify Osama Bin Laden, the purported Islamicist master-mind, as our greatest national enemy, with his bearded visage endlessly appearing on television and in print, soon becoming one of the most recognizable faces in the world.

But as the Bush Administration and its key media allies prepared a war against Iraq, the images of the Burning Towers were instead regularly juxtaposed with mustachioed photos of dictator Saddam Hussein, Bin Laden’s arch-enemy. As a consequence, by the time we attacked Iraq in 2003, polls revealed that some 70% of the American public believed that Saddam was personally involved in the destruction of our World Trade Center. By that date I don’t doubt that many millions of patriotic but low-information Americans would have angrily denounced and vilified as a “crazy conspiracy theorist” anyone with the temerity to suggest that Saddam had not been behind 9/11, despite almost no one in authority having ever explicitly made such a fallacious claim. These factors of media manipulation were very much in my mind a couple of years ago when I stumbled across a short but fascinating book published by the University of Texas academic press. The author of Conspiracy Theory in Americawas Prof. Lance deHaven-Smith, a former president of the Florida Political Science Association.

Based on an important FOIA disclosure, the book’s headline revelation was that the CIA was very likely responsible for the widespread introduction of “conspiracy theory” as a term of political abuse, having orchestrated that development as a deliberate means of influencing public opinion. During the mid-1960s there had been increasing public skepticism about the Warren Commission findings that a lone gunman, Lee Harvey Oswald, had been solely responsible for President Kennedy’s assassination, and growing suspicions that top-ranking American leaders had also been involved. So as a means of damage control, the CIA distributed a secret memo to all its field offices requesting that they enlist their media assets in efforts to ridicule and attack such critics as irrational supporters of “conspiracy theories.” Soon afterward, there suddenly appeared statements in the media making those exact points, with some of the wording, arguments, and patterns of usage closely matching those CIA guidelines. The result was a huge spike in the pejorative use of the phrase, which spread throughout the American media, with the residual impact continueing right down to the present day. Thus, there is considerable evidence in support of this particular “conspiracy theory” explaining the widespread appearance of attacks on “conspiracy theories” in the public media.

But although the CIA appears to have effectively manipulated public opinion in order to transform the phrase “conspiracy theory” into a powerful weapon of ideological combat, the author also describes how the necessary philosophical ground had actually been prepared a couple of decades earlier. Around the time of the Second World War, an important shift in political theory caused a huge decline in the respectability of any “conspiratorial” explanation of historical events. For decades prior to that conflict, one of our most prominent scholars and public intellectuals had been historian Charles Beard, whose influential writings had heavily focused on the harmful role of various elite conspiracies in shaping American policy for the benefit of the few at the expense of the many, with his examples ranging from the earliest history of the United States down to the nation’s entry into WWI. Obviously, researchers never claimed that all major historical events had hidden causes, but it was widely accepted that some of them did, and attempting to investigate those possibilities was deemed a perfectly acceptable academic enterprise.

However, Beard was a strong opponent of American entry into the Second World War, and he was marginalized in the years that followed, even prior to his death in 1948. Many younger public intellectuals of a similar bent also suffered the same fate, or were even purged from respectability and denied any access to the mainstream media. At the same time, the totally contrary perspectives of two European political philosophers, Karl Popper and Leo Strauss, gradually gained ascendancy in American intellectual circles, and their ideas became dominant in public life. Popper, the more widely influential, presented broad, largely theoretical objections to the very possibility of important conspiracies ever existing, suggesting that these would be implausibly difficult to implement given the fallibility of human agents; what might appear a conspiracy actually amounted to individual actors pursuing their narrow aims. Even more importantly, he regarded “conspiratorial beliefs” as an extremely dangerous social malady, a major contributing factor to the rise of Nazism and other deadly totalitarian ideologies. His own background as an individual of Jewish ancestry who had fled Austria in 1937 surely contributed to the depth of his feelings on these philosophical matters.

Meanwhile, Strauss, a founding figure in modern neo-conservative thought, was equally harsh in his attacks upon conspiracy analysis, but for polar-opposite reasons. In his mind, elite conspiracies were absolutely necessary and beneficial, a crucial social defense against anarchy or totalitarianism, but their effectiveness obviously depended upon keeping them hidden from the prying eyes of the ignorant masses. His main problem with “conspiracy theories” was not that they were always false, but they might often be true, and therefore their spread was potentially disruptive to the smooth functioning of society. So as a matter of self-defense, elites needed to actively suppress or otherwise undercut the unauthorized investigation of suspected conspiracies. Even for most educated Americans, theorists such as Beard, Popper, and Strauss are probably no more than vague names mentioned in textbooks, and that was certainly true in my own case. But while the influence of Beard seems to have largely disappeared in elite circles, the same is hardly true of his rivals. Popper probably ranks as one of the founders of modern liberal thought, with an individual as politically influential as leftliberal financier George Soros claiming to be his intellectual disciple.

Related: George Soros’ World is Falling Apart, Blames Everyone but Himself Meanwhile, the neo-conservative thinkers who have totally dominated the Republican Party and the Conservative Movement for the last couple of decades often proudly trace their ideas back to Strauss. So, through a mixture of Popperian and Straussian thinking, the traditional American tendency to regard elite conspiracies as a real but harmful aspect of our society was gradually stigmatized as either paranoid or politically dangerous, laying the conditions for its exclusion from respectable discourse. By 1964, this intellectual revolution had largely been completed, as indicated by the overwhelmingly positive reaction to the famous article by political scientist Richard Hofstadter critiquing the so-called “paranoid style” in American politics, which he denounced as the underlying cause of widespread popular belief in implausible conspiracy theories. To a considerable extent, he seemed to be attacking straw men, recounting and ridiculing the most outlandish conspiratorial beliefs, while seeming to ignore the ones that had been proven correct.

For example, he described how some of the more hysterical anti-Communists claimed that tens of thousands of Red Chinese troops were hidden in Mexico, preparing an attack on San Diego, while he failed to even acknowledge that for years Communist spies had indeed served near the very top of the U.S. government. Not even the most conspiratorially minded individual suggests that all alleged conspiracies are true, merely that some of them might be. Most of these shifts in public sentiment occurred before I was born or when I was a very young child, and my own views were shaped by the rather conventional media narratives that I absorbed. Hence, for nearly my entire life, I always automatically dismissed all of the so-called “conspiracy theories” as ridiculous, never once even considering that any of them might possibly be true. To the extent that I ever thought about the matter, my reasoning was simple and based on what seemed like good, solid common sense. Any conspiracy responsible for some important public event must surely have many separate “moving parts” to it, whether actors or actions taken, let us say numbering at least 100 or more. Now given the imperfect nature of all attempts at concealment, it would surely be impossible for all of these to be kept entirely hidden. So even if a conspiracy were initially 95% successful in remaining undetected, five major clues would still be left in plain sight for investigators to find.

And once the buzzing cloud of journalists noticed these, such blatant evidence of conspiracy would certainly attract an additional swarm of energetic investigators, tracing those items back to their origins, with more pieces gradually being uncovered until the entire cover-up likely collapsed. Even if not all the crucial facts were ever determined, at least the simple conclusion that there had indeed been some sort of conspiracy would quickly become established. However, there was a tacit assumption in my reasoning, one that I have since decided was entirely false. Obviously, many potential conspiracies either involve powerful governmental officials or situations in which their disclosure would represent a source of considerable embarrassment to such individuals. But I had always assumed that even if government failed in its investigatory role, the dedicated bloodhounds of the Fourth Estate would invariably come through, tirelessly seeking truth, ratings, and Pulitzers. However, once I gradually began realizing that the media was merely “Our American Pravda” and perhaps had been so for decades, I suddenly recognized the flaw in my logic.

If those five - or ten or twenty or fifty - initial clues were simply ignored by the media, whether through laziness, incompetence, or much less venial sins, then there would be absolutely nothing to prevent successful conspiracies from taking place and remaining undetected, perhaps even the most blatant and careless ones. In fact, I would extend this notion to a general principle. Substantial control of the media is almost always an absolute prerequisite for any successful conspiracy, the greater the degree of control the better. So when weighing the plausibility of any conspiracy, the first matter to investigate is who controls the local media and to what extent. Let us consider a simple thought-experiment. For various reasons these days, the entire American media is extraordinarily hostile to Russia, certainly much more so than it ever was toward the Communist Soviet Union during the 1970s and 1980s. Hence I would argue that the likelihood of any large-scale Russian conspiracy taking place within the operative zone of those media organs is virtually nil.

Indeed, we are constantly bombarded with stories of alleged Russian conspiracies that appear to be “false positives,” dire allegations seemingly having little factual basis or actually being totally ridiculous. Meanwhile, even the crudest sort of anti-Russian conspiracy might easily occur without receiving any serious mainstream media notice or investigation. This argument may be more than purely hypothetical. A crucial turning point in America’s renewed Cold War against Russia was the passage of the 2012 Magnitsky Act by Congress, punitively targeting various supposedly corrupt Russian officials for their alleged involvement in the illegal persecution and death of an employee of Bill Browder, an American hedge-fund manager with large Russian holdings. However, there’s actually quite a bit of evidence that it was Browder himself who was actually the mastermind and beneficiary of the gigantic corruption scheme, while his employee was planning to testify against him and was therefore fearful of his life for that reason.

Naturally, the American media has provided scarcely a single mention of these remarkable revelations regarding what might amount to a gigantic Magnitsky Hoax of geopolitical significance. To some extent the creation of the Internet and the vast proliferation of alternative media outlets, including my own small webzine, have somewhat altered this depressing picture. So it is hardly surprising that a very substantial fraction of the discussion dominating these Samizdat-like publications concerns exactly those subjects regularly condemned as “crazy conspiracy theories” by our mainstream media organs. Such unfiltered speculation must surely be a source of considerable irritation and worry to government officials who have long relied upon the complicity of their tame media organs to allow their serious misdeeds to pass unnoticed and unpunished. Indeed, several years ago a senior Obama Administration official argued that the free discussion of various “conspiracy theories” on the Internet was so potentially harmful that government agents should be recruited to “cognitively infiltrate” and disrupt them, essentially proposing a high-tech version of the highly controversial Cointelpro operations undertaken by J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI.

Until just a few years ago I’d scarcely even heard of Charles Beard, once ranked among the towering figures of 20th century American intellectual life. But the more I’ve discovered the number of serious crimes and disasters that have completely escaped substantial media scrutiny, the more I wonder what other matters may still remain hidden. So perhaps Beard was correct all along in recognizing the respectability of “conspiracy theories,” and we should return to his traditional American way of thinking, notwithstanding endless conspiratorial propaganda campaigns by the CIA and others to persuade us that we should dismiss such notions without any serious consideration. Related: ‘Conspiracy Theorist’ Max Spiers Found Dead Days After Texting His Mother to Investigate if Anything ‘Happened to Him’

150 Terabytes! Norway Busts Largest Dark Web, Child Porn Networks In History - US, UK Media Ignore Story January 9 2017 | From: TheNewNationalist / IllegalNews / Various

It’s one of the largest child sex abuse cases in history. A year-long special investigation called “Operation Darkroom” resulted in the seizure of 150 terabytes of data material in the form of photos, movies and chat logs containing atrocities against children as young as infancy,

Norwegian police announced at a news conference in late November.

Among the 51 perpetrators said to be involved, 20 have been arrested. The list of the accused includes “highly educated” individuals, including two former or current elected politicians, one teacher, a lawyer and a police officer. Related: Massive Evidence Emerges That Satanic Voodoo Doughnuts of Portland May Be Heavily Involved in Child Sex Trafficking Yet, English-language media both in Europe and stateside in the U.S. have ignored the story. As Norwegian news publication Tadens Krav reports, the material shows penetration of toddlers, children being tied, children who have sex with animals and children who have sex with other children. One of the accused men had a pregnant girlfriend and planned with another to commit offenses against the child when it was born, police said. Some of the accused performed abuses directly online, including atrocities against their own children. Police stressed that the case involves a network. The investigation is ongoing.

Related: Has John Key been Implicated in the #PizzaGate Child Sex Trafficking Ring? So while the U.S. media busied itself with its campaign of denial, lies and cover ups involving Pizzagate and “fake news,” this huge child sex abuse story broke in Norway. The story did appear on Associated Press’ wire, but did anyone run it? The infamous crime syndicate rags The Washington Post had the story briefly on Nov. 20 but has since taken it offline, as did The New York Times. German state news group Deutsche Welle and UK Independent provided a brief story, and Sputnik ran a more thorough article. Fox News still has this up – but would a thinking person even call this coverage? It is a truly remarkable story with global implications. Take special note of the shocking file size - 150 terabytes! It’s too horrible to even contemplate. To put this into context, the Library of Congress holds about 600 terabytes of Web data. Its online archive grows at a rate of about 5 terabytes per month. Also note the horrifically sadistic nature of the material seized. And note that police are investigating the reach as worldwide, which means it involves a massive scale of evil filth. But nobody in the criminally compliant mainstream media thinks its newsworthy. Adding insult to public-service journalism injury, the crime syndicate has shifted gears and rolled out entertainment media to mock and lecture you. If you can stomach it, watch Stephen Colbert (below) reading unnaturally off of a script about fake news, Pizzagate and Michael Flynn. He engages in the same straw-man arguments we covered in our critique of the The New York Times’ skuldruggery. Colbert puts forth all the usual deceptions involving Hillary Clinton, tunnels and basements before declaring Pizzagate was politically motivated and fake. When you see this particular narrative, know that you are being gas-lighted and diverted.

Yeah, laugh it up, fellas. The New Nationalist (TNN) has said from the beginning that Pizzagate is a poor term. We prefer pedogate. This goes far beyond just one perv hangout pizzeria. And, of course, it transcends the political spectrum,which explains why there is no investigation. The assertion that Pizzagate “fake news” is “right-wing” inspired is a scam. Perhaps it’s because of the word “nationalist” in the name of our website that the media keeps citing us in its narratives. And just below our masthead, it very clearly states that TNN is third position, meaning beyond the Hegalian left-right dialectic. We are true humanists, who insist on protecting children from criminals.

Related Articles: Hillary Clinton Connected To Norway Pedophile Ring Homosexual George Bush Pedophile Sex Ring and Blackmail of Congress Clintons, Soros Implicated In Norway 5 Questions for Gareth ‘Cheapest Pizza’ Morgan and his ‘Opportunities Party’ #TOPNZ Hollywood Paedophiles Exposed California just decriminalized child prostitutes beginning Jan 1… “legalization” stirs outrage

Epic! Hero Uber Driver Saves Little Girl from Sex Slavery – Then Praises Trump State Department & Jeffrey Epstein Tied to Child Trafficking Operation Pope Francis proclaims ‘zero tolerance’ to child molesters “Trafficking” and Jeffrey Epstein w/ Conchita Sarnoff Largest Pedophile Ring In History, 70,000 Members, Heads Of State, The Rats Scramble Nicole Kidman’s Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations Reddit Bans "Pizzagate" - "We Don't Want Witchhunts On Our Site" + #Pizzagate Was Merely Code For Child Sex Trafficking “Pizzagate”: How 4Chan Uncovered The Sick World Of Washington’s Occult Elite + The Clinton Child Sex Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK Retired Head Of Los Angeles FBI Tells All: Illuminati, Satanism, Pedophile Rings

PizzaGate Is 100% Real, Why Is Media Lying? PizzaGate is entirely real, which is perhaps why the massive mainstream media cover-up attempt - to label PizzaGate as a "fake news onslaught" (whatever that is) without reviewing ANY of the pertinent facts or Wikileaks emails - is so troubling for those of us with a moral compass. They're covering for a child trafficking and abuse ring operating in Washington, DC. That is not okay. None of this is okay.

10 Reasons Operation Darkroom Was Covered Up! What is Operation Darkroom? Why is the mainstream media, trying so hard to cover it up?

Savile and the 9th Circle

PedoGate (PizzaGate) Connection to “Finders” Cult Protected by CIA, Chinese Pedophilia

Related: PedoGate PizzaGate Origins - CIA, Political and Financial Elites Featured in this Pedophilia Special

False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation January 9 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / ActivistPost / Various

As my readers know, I reported, factually, on the Boston Marathon alleged bombing case. I interviewed carefully the pro bono attorney, John Remington Graham, who intervened in behalf of the Russian aunt, a lawyer in the Russian Federation, in behalf of the falsely convicted younger Tsarnaev brother, Dzhokhar, the older brother having been murdered by the FBI.

Graham conclusively proved that the FBI’s own evidence proved beyond any doubt that Dzhokhar Tsarnaev was innocent, which means so was the older brother. Related: False Flag Terrorism explained: A Star Wars Analogy It is clear beyond reasonable doubt that there was no real bombing at the Boston Marathon and that the alleged terrorist event, using crisis actors, was an orchestration designed to convince dumbshit Americans that they really were under a “Muslim threat.” The entire foreign policy of the United States in the 21st century is based on an orchestrated “Muslim threat.” The orchestrated threat was also used for a practice exercise in closing down one of America’s largest cities in order to manhunt with intent to kill a young man chosen as the villain for the orchestrated event.

Related: Here’s why Nazionists Launched Multiple False Flag Operations this Year American citizens were forced at gunpoint out of their homes while Homeland Security, a Nazi reminiscent name from the Hitler era, disrupted the life of an entire city and its airport service in behalf of this orchestrated event that murdered American civil liberty. The entire exercise was based on a lie, an event that never happened, like Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction, Assad’s use of chemical weapons, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and so forth. Just another lie in behalf of the “exceptional people.” A number of websites have disproved the false case against the Tsarnaev brothers. Attorney John Remington Graham has brought the case to the justice authorities, but the US Department of Justice (sic) has no interest whatsoever in justice. Now comes forward an attorney, Mary Maxwell with a book. It is available online free. I read the first eight chapters, which was sufficient to comfirm me in my independent conclusion that there was no Boston Marathon bombing by terrorists. I recommend to you Mary Maxwell’s account. However, I will say that I believe that she uses irony excessively and that on occasions her irony gets in the way of the factual message. Knowing this, stick with it, and read her account. Irony is the style that she has chosen, and we must respect a person prepared to stand up to the murderous American establishment and to challenge one of the founding myths of the American Police State and Washington’s wars against the world.

Read her book Marathon Bombing - Indicting the Players here. Any US citizen that believes the falsified case of the Boston Marathon bombing is a dangerous and direct threat to American civil liberty and to the lives of millions of people on planet Earth. If Americans do not wake up to the orchesrations to which they are subjected, they will forfeit their freedom. The Russians and the Chinese are individually and together more powerful than Washington, and they are not going to put up with the lies with which insouciant Americans are content. If Americans cannot take back their country from self-serving oligarchs, Americans are doomed. Related: 9/11 False Flag Conspiracy - Finally Solved (Names, Connections, Motives)

15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation A false flag formula is becoming readily apparent in the face of so many mass shootings and bombings in the US. The phenomenon has become so commonplace in the last 3 years that it’s becoming more American than apple pie.

According to ShootingTracker.com, there have been 353 mass shootings in the USA for 2015 so far. However, as scary as that number is, the good news is that you don’t have to be afraid of them like you may think. A very large number of them - and all of them with any mass media significance and attention – are false flag staged terror events. Related: False Flag Terror. A Historical Overview Some have real victims, some do not, but either way, the most criminal of all institutions – the Government – is the orchestrating force behind them. They are scripted, pre-planned operations which are definitely not the result of random gun violence. Just as Obama stated (by hiding the truth in plain sight), there is a pattern behind these mass shootings. The Controllers are following a definite false flag formula. Below is a list of the top 15 elements of this formula, which you can now use to detect a false flag operation as it occurs:

False Flag Formula #1: Drill at the Same or Nearby Time and Place The exercise or drill – at the same time, at the same place – has became the sine qua non or indispensable element of the recent false flag operation. Sometimes there are slight variations on this when the Government plans a drill nearby (a few miles away) rather than at the exact place, or plans a drill earlier on in the day, so it can just coincidentally “go live”.

There was a twist in the case of the recent San Bernardino shooting: the Government planned regular drills in the building where the shooting took place every month! (Think about it – what are the chances of a real mass shooting occurring in a building used for mass shooting drills?) As Captain Eric H. May, a former US Army military intelligence officer, stated:

“The easiest way to carry out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that simulates the very attack you want to carry out."

In the case of 9/11, there were no less than 46 drills occurring simultaneously during the event, according to Webster Tarpley, author of Synthetic Terror: Made in USA. In the case of the London 7/7 bombings, Peter Power admitted on radio that he was leading a team who were training for that exact scenario when it unfolded!

There were active shooter drills in all of the false flag attacks of Sandy Hook, Boston Marathon, Charleston, San Bernardino, the Norway attack, the 2nd Paris attack of 2015 and many many more. What’s the point of having a drill at the same time and place? Here are a few of its purposes: 1. Distract and remove key personnel who would otherwise be at the scene to contain and investigate it; 2. Confuse other personnel who will treat the whole event in a different way if they think it is a drill rather than a real event; 3. Slow down, reduce or eliminate an effective response, especially of police and other law enforcement, given the removal and confusion of personnel; 4. Distract and confuse witnesses, the media and the public in general; 5. Provide a great cover and period of lower defenses and security to carry out an attack, which would otherwise be difficult or impossible if defenses were at their usual or optimal operating level.

False Flag Formula #2: Foreknowledge Another way you can tell that a mass shooting is a false flag op is if you find proof of foreknowledge of the event. As it so happens, all of the notorious and publicized mass attacks of late have had evidence of foreknowledge. Going way back in time, there was foreknowledge of the Pearl Harbor attack of 1941 that got the US into World War 2.

There were many aspects of foreknowledge on 9/11, including the BBC reporting WTC7 falling before it actually did, and mysterious calls to people like author Salman Rushdie and San Francisco Mayor Willie Brown advising them not to fly to NYC on Sept. 11th. Sandy Hook had blatant foreknowledge (with various webpages put up days before the event), as did the Boston Marathon.

False Flag Formula #3: Eyewitnesses Have Conflicting Accounts You can also spot a likely false flag operation when you see or hear of multiple conflicting witness accounts. In the case of the Aurora Colorado “Batman” mass shooting, eyewitnesses claimed they saw an entire team of shooters, rather than the single shooter James Holmes of the official narrative. With Sandy Hook, we saw multiple scenes of law enforcement chasing men into the surrounding forest, yet the official narrative declares the only shooter was Adam Lanza. In San Bernardino, too, witnesses stated they saw 3 white athletic men, not the 2 brown husband-and-wife team we were told did the shooting.

Related: 1 Trillion Dollar Lawsuit Filed Against MSM For Staging 'Sandy Hook' Conflicting eyewitness accounts can destroy the official narrative no matter what the detail is. On 9/11, various fireman told us there were bombs in the building, contradicting the official story that planes alone took down the Twin Towers. With Sandy Hook, Gene Rosen’s testimony itself was full of holes and was contradicted by that of the school bus driver and the official report.

False Flag Formula #4: MSM Quickly Name and Demonize the Patsy Have you ever wondered how quickly the MSM (Mainstream Media) discovers the name of the patsy? They had somehow deduced that Osama bin Laden was responsible for 9/11 just hours after the attacks. Have you ever wondered why the Government is so good at telling us who supposedly executed these attacks right after they happen, with almost no time to investigate, yet can’t seem to manage to actually stop these alleged terror attacks?

Related: President Putin Reveals Possession Of 9/11 Satellite Imagery Evidence Indicating US Government Complicity In False Flag Attack Without any evidence, the MSM endlessly repeated “bin Laden” like a crazy mantra after 9/11, despite the fact bin Laden himself denied involvement in the attacks and that in the end he was never formally charged by the FBI. Have you ever wondered why many of the patsies, or sorry, deranged mass shooters, are Muslim? That wouldn’t have anything to do with the fact that the Zionist Government and MSM are trying to paint all Muslims as crazy and scary, would it? Nothing like a good dose of Islamophobia to take your freedom away …

False Flag Formula #5: Patsy Has No Military Training, Yet Shoots Extremely Fast and Accurately Another element of the false flag formula is the skilled and lethal patsy. According to the official narrative of false flag ops like Sandy Hook and Aurora, we are supposed to believe that skinny and non-muscular youths, without any discernible military training, were able to acquire expensive military gear (including armor, guns, ammunition and more), wear that gear without getting bogged down in speed, and shoot incredibly fast and accurately. In San Bernardino, we are supposed to believe that a young mother was strong and skilled enough to participate in killing 14 and injuring 17 people while she was strapped up with body armor and holding heavy weaponry! In these cases and more, the official story would have you believe that it’s no big deal or just a coincidence that the patsy can acquire all this high-end gear and use it so well.

False Flag Formula #6: Patsy Gets Killed, Drugged or “Suicided” It is also part of the false flag formula to ensure that the patsy, who is earmarked before the event to take the fall, cannot speak out to rationally defend themselves. This is achieved in a number of ways. The simplest is to have the patsy kill himself or herself by committing “suicide”.

Related: Case Closed: JFK Killed After Shutting Down Rothschild’s Federal Reserve Another favorite way is to take the patsy out in a thrilling high speed chase, which has the added benefit of drawing clueless people in through the MSM and gushingly promoting the police state. Sometimes a patsy is killed in plain sight, just because it’s so important to suppress his testimony (e.g. Lee Harvey Oswald in the JFK assassination). A third way is to mind control and drug the patsy to such an extent that they become a zombie vegetable unable to articulate anything, as was the case with James Holmes.

False Flag Formula #7: Shooter Leaves Manifesto In this day and age, writing a manifesto is a strange and anachronistic thing to do. Yet, for some strange reason, shooters’ manifestos seem to crop up an awful lot after mass shootings. Conveniently for the Controllers, these manifestos provide a perfect explanation for the official narrative, and help fill in the missing (non-existent) motive for the attack – which probably pushes those on the fence over into believing the Government’s version of the event. While the manifesto is not an element in every false flag operation, it is present in enough of them to be regarded as part of the false flag formula.

False Flag Formula #8: Evidence Gets Conveniently Destroyed Another element of the false flag formula is the deliberate destruction of evidence, so that the Controllers can cover their tracks.

In 9/11, the scrap metal (in the smoldering ruins of the WTC towers) was immediately shipped off to China right from the start; with Sandy Hook, the entire school was demolished; in San Bernardino, the supposed landlord of the supposed shooters actually allowed MSM reporters into the suspects’ house to poke around and touch all their stuff, in complete disregard for what could be a possible crime scene! Could it get any more blatant?

False Flag Formula #9: No Obvious Motive for the Mass Attack Have you ever wondered why there is no obvious motive in any of these mass shootings? Crimes are supposed to be solved on the merit of motive and opportunity, yet to hide the reality of a false flag op, the MSM just lies about the motive part, and chalks it up to a deranged shooter.

Other times we are offered the flimsiest of motives, such as people going on an all-out rampage because they had a grievance with a co-worker. In San Bernardino, we were told the young mother, with a 1-year-old child, was aggressive and psychotic enough to help kill 14 and injure 17 people – at the risk of never seeing her child again! Meanwhile, the real purveyors of these operations profit immensely from the ensuing fear, yet somehow the majority of people don’t seem to see that motive...

False Flag Formula #10: Immediate Calls for Gun Control Gun control is obviously one of the key agendas behind all of these false flag mass shootings, since a disarmed population is far easier to exploit and manipulate than an armed one. It is an obvious aspect of the false flag formula. Sometimes gun control is even pushed in the immediate aftermath of the event when people are still in a highly emotional and suggestible state. Take a look at the behavior of Andy Parker, who we were told was the father of a victim killed in the Virginia mass shooting of 2015.

Within hours of hearing the news of the death of his child, Parker had already contacted and talked with the Governor of Virginia, and then appeared on TV saying he would be devoting his entire life to gun control. In a similar fashion, Richard Martinez, the alleged father of a Santa Barbara mass hooting victim, appeared on TV right after the death angrily pleading for more gun control. In both cases, the political agenda of gun control angrily dominated their reactions, rather than grief or other emotions.

False Flag Formula #11: Fake “Victims” = Crisis Actors The above 10 points are a useful outline of the false flag formula as it pertains to mass shootings with real victims, i.e. where real people die. However, ever since the surreal Sandy Hook event, which still contains many unanswered questions, we have entered the twilight zone of the false flag hoax. This is a term used to describe the false flag mass attacks where no one dies – where fake bodies, fake blood and fake victims are used instead. In this way, the entire operation is more tightly controlled and less messy. A hallmark of the false flag hoax is that the authorities never produce a credible piece of evidence showing an actual dead body of a victim.

Is this the same girl crying at all three massacres - Aurora, Sandy Hook and Boston? The following 5 points relate to false flag hoaxes, and specifically to the people employed to pull them off – crisis actors. It is truly a testament to just how utterly fake our normal world is (the Matrix) that false flag ops have now descended to the level where we have to question whether the event even happened at all. There are organizations of crisis actors in the US (such as the IIF), and there is clear evidence crisis actors were used at Sandy Hook, Boston Marathon and many others.

Related: Charlie Hebdo: French False Flag Terror Event Government officials have been caught using the word “actor” to describe various players in these dramas; the MSM has even resorted to calling them actors too (it was one of the buzzwords of the recent San Bernardino mass shooting).

False Flag Formula #12: “Victims” Get Killed Twice The surreal quality of the false flag hoax reached point of absurdity when it was discovered that one of the “victims” was reportedly killed twice! We were told that Noah Pozner was one of the victims of the Sandy Hook shooting, yet his picture was also among those killed in a Pakistan Taliban attack. Apparently the recycling of fake victims is another part of the false flag formula.

False Flag Formula #13: Families of “Victims” Have Elite or Acting Backgrounds Is it just a coincidence that the families of mass shooting “victims” have either elite or acting backgrounds? At the Sandy Hook event, local CEO of the Newtown bank John Trentacosta (whose house was next to the Lanzas and had a lot of unusual activity occurring there the day of Sandy Hook) was connected to the New York Federal Reserve (and thus the international banking elite). Francine Wheeler was formerly the personal assistant of former chief Democratic National Committee fundraiser Maureen White whose husband Steven Rattner is a Wall Street investment banker and member of the Rockefeller CFR (Council on Foreign Relations)!

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ Because It Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened It was also noteworthy at Sandy Hook how acting showed up in the resumes of so many of the key players there. Gene Rosen, David and Francine Wheeler (both professional actors) and others all had a background in acting. Father of Virginia mass shooting “victim” Andy Parker is an actor (and a politician too). This fact supports the idea that another element of the false flag formula is to watch for people with elite connections and acting backgrounds.

False Flag Formula #14: Families of “Victims” Show Little to No Emotion, and Even Snigger and Laugh Luckily for truth seekers, the majority of crisis actors used in these false flag events are poor actors who are utterly unconvincing in the roles they play. The majority display little or no emotion after an alleged tragedy like losing a family member child to a random and violent mass shooting. It is true that humans do vary widely with emotional response and expression. However, with many of the crisis actors, judging by their reactions, it simply strains credibility too much to believe that they have just have been through a harrowing and traumatic ordeal.

Related: The Great ‘Terrorism’ Hoaxes – from Boston to Berlin – #CrisisActors Exposed Given the range of possible reactions to a tragedy like losing a loved one in a mass shooting, what are the chances that many of the “victims’” family members are so non-emotional, or so understanding, or so quick to forgive? It’s shameful enough that the crisis actors playing these roles are perpetrating a monumental deception on the public, tugging at the average person’s heartstrings solely to trick them. However, on top of that, these actors have the gall to actually laugh – to smile, snigger and giggle – while pulling off their atrocious stunts. The only conclusion to draw from this is that it must be pretty funny to get a paid gig like this fooling millions of people…

False Flag Formula #15: Families of “Victims” Receive Millions in Federal Payoffs In the US, the land of the lawsuit, people are generally pretty fast to initiate a lawsuit if they feel they have been wronged. It is highly strange, therefore, that none of the alleged parents of the Sandy Hook event decided to sue the Government for negligence or to demand redress for any other grievance.

Additionally, many of the alleged parents received a total of millions in unsolicited federal payouts (check out the free houses they magically got on Christmas day 2009) – that’s right, unsolicited. The Federal Government just gave it over to them without asking! Ask yourself: is is more likely the Government would just do this out of the goodness of its heart, or that the money was more like a bribe/blackmail/payout all rolled into one, awarded to actors playing a part in a role and being sworn to silence? Related: Sandy Hook Truth Bomb Patch Media's Blatant LIES About Jonathan Reich

Conclusion: Use the 15 Elements of the False Flag Formula to Be More Aware These are 15 elements I noticed forming the false flag formula. There may well be more. Meanwhile, use the knowledge you have of the false flag formula to become more aware, wise and hip to the deception, so that the next time it unfolds (as it surely will), you will be among those that spot the fakery, rather than among those who are too scared, shell-shocked and gullible to do anything other than buy the official narrative.

Related: Articles: Turkish Nightclub a False Flag: Mistaken Prime Suspect? Turkish Nightclub’s Security ‘Taken Over’ Prior to Attack

Saudi survivor: There were three killers at Reina nightclub on New Year Convenient? ‘Active Shooter’ Kills 5 in Fort Lauderdale, CNN Claims Voices in His Head ‘Told Him to Join ISIS’ Florida Governor Reaches Out to Trump “Multiple Times” after Shooting – Bypasses Lame Duck Obama Berlin False Flag Faked - Video Hoax Analysis by Ole Dammegard of Norway Breivik Massacre as a False Flag Event

Ian R Crane - The False Flag Agenda

Trump Confirms "No Effect On The Outcome Of The Election" Following Intelligence Briefing + Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And Control The Masses January 8 2017 | From: Zerohedge / NaturalNews / Various

President-elect Trump has issued a statement following his briefing with various intelligence agencies over the Russian hacking allegations, seemingly rejecting the Democrats' charges that it was the Russians alone and that it had any effect on the outcome of the election.

Additionally, Trump promised to appoint a team to give him a plan to combat cyber attacks within 90 days of taking office. Related: Fake News, Mass Hysteria, And Induced Insanity

Not quite the "stunning" reaction that Nancy Pelosi had. The mainstream media is very disappointed...

Related: Hacker Guccifer Calls US Allegations Against Russia 'Fake Cyber War'

Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And Control The Masses You may not know this, but intelligence agencies around the world have, for decades, infiltrated “target” countries by having their agents and operatives pose as journalists (no, I’m not an intelligence operative).

That served two purposes: 1) it provided the operative with legitimate cover; and 2) it allowed the operative’s government to use the operatives “media” position to shape public opinion in the host country. Related: Ten basic forms of fake news used by major media Brainwash them, in other words, with propaganda. But in truth, that kind of propagandizing and brainwashing is also done by institutional media pushing a specific political agenda. Think back to our recently concluded presidential election cycle and what the “mainstream media” did in a failed effort to get its anointed candidate, Hillary Clinton, elected. They lied, made up narratives out of whole cloth, and tried to smear her opponent, now-President-elect Donald J. Trump, in an effort to defeat him. As reported by The Waking Times, experts denote a number of techniques that are used by the establishment media to brainwash the public and create/control the daily narrative.

The Mainstream Media Are the Real Purveyors of ‘Fake News’ Edward Bernays is known as the father of modern propaganda. He was the first to use social engineering techniques spread via the mass media of the day. In the early 20th century, he laid the groundwork for what became cultural programming at the societal level by assisting in the transformation of a mostly rural, agrarian-based American society into a homogenized culture of devout statists and consumers.

The principles he developed and implemented have greatly influenced the growth of American culture, how it grew and the direction it took. Having picked up Bernays’ torch in the 21st century, several experts on modern brainwashing, mind control and propaganda have recently given insight into their craft. Think about what is ailing our countries today, in terms of societal problems. There is corruption of so-called “grassroots movements” that are actually funded by Left-wing billionaires such as George Soros and Bill Gates, and yet the movements are portrayed by the establishment media very often as spontaneous and locally brewed, but all are attempting to achieve a specific social and political result. The efforts of these allegedly organic groups are amplified many times their size by the media, which gives them both credence and a megaphone with which to shout their views. And what do they shout? America is racist, bigoted, homophobic, unfair, politically broken, etc. Never are the calls for unity or praise for our country given any attention at all.

Related: Former CBS Reporter Exposes Media Lies, Internet Shills & Astroturfing

Much of this is done via a technique known as “astroturfing.” Seasoned veteran investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson explains;

“Astroturf is a perversion of grassroots. Astroturf is when political, corporate or other special interests disguise themselves and publish blogs, start Facebook and twitter accounts, publish ads, letters to the editor, or simply post comments online, to try to fool you into thinking an independent or grassroots movement is speaking.”

Controlling Our Thoughts by Creating False Narratives Another technique used is subliminal messaging. This is a cornerstone of mind control, and when a person is unwittingly bombarded with cleverly concealed information, an emotion can be trigged leaving a person’s intellect and better judgment subjugated in favor of a mental process like fear or sexual desire. You may never consciously understand or realize why you begin to adopt certain behaviors, products of lifestyles, but the attraction is nonetheless real and that manifests itself through actual personal choices.

In a 2011 documentary called Programming the Nation, filmmaker, graphic artist and digital media producer Jeff Warrick, a former advertising sales rep, provided examples of how subliminal messaging and other subconscious methods are employed by ad executives and other media to create cultural ‘norms’ and social programs like consumerism, materialization of women’s bodies, health choices and the glorification of violence.

“Could such techniques really be contributing to a variety of social, political and economic problems currently present in our culture? Such as obesity, anorexia, and other eating disorders? The ongoing war on terror?

And what about the ever-increasing amounts of debt, that has tightened its grip on a growing percentage of the population?” the documentary says.

Other techniques include fake news - yes, by the mainstream media - omission (not covering an issue as though it wasn’t real or important); slanting coverage through the use of biased “expert” sources; and publishing falsified data and science as though it were legitimate.

Related Articles: The Great "Fake News" Scare Of 1530 Ty Simpson: Taking Down David Brock and His Illicit Fake News Empire – Citizens Audit CNN Runs Fake News Story About Russia Closing Anglo-American School in Moscow Washington Post can’t stop faking the news: U.S. electrical grid “penetration” story a complete fabrication FakeNews: Russia hacks Vermont infrastructure! - Old Ukrainian malware found instead Majority Are Still Falling for Fake News Julian Assange with Sean Hannity – Russians Did Not Hack the US Election EU Creating ‘Fake News’ Watchdogs for Upcoming Elections Fake News Mainstream media Has Half of Hillary's Supporters Believing Russia Stole Election Two of the world’s most evil people – Bill Gates and George Soros – behind Facebook’s news censorship agenda Julian Assange: Media Is Colluding with Democrat Party in America Media blackout on death of NATO auditor – was he assassinated to cover-up NATO’s black budget? Donald Trump Endorses Rand Paul’s ‘Audit The Fed’ Bill DNC Refused to Give FBI Access to Its Servers - Gave Access to a DNC Consultant Tied to Anti-Russia Group CIA Training Handbook: How to Fake Intelligence Plus Case Study on Faking Russians Hacking US Election A Case Study in the Creation of False News The “Fake News” Saga: From Official Policy to Mainstream American Discourse, Propaganda in the Making New Twist on Fake News Russian Hacking Story “The Russian Hacking”: How the “Leaks” From Clinton and the DNC Happened Trump Fires All Obama Politically Appointed Ambassadors Effective Inauguration Day

What Is The Obama Regime Up To? + Seven Ways Obama Is Trying To Sabotage The Trump Administration January 5 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Breitbart / Various

Obama has announced new sanctions on Russia based on unsubstantiated charges by the CIA that the Russian government influenced the outcome of the US presidential election with “malicious cyber-enabled activities.”

The US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has issued a report “related to the declaration of 35 Russian officials persona non grata for malicious cyber activity and harassment.” Related: “It’s A Plot, The Russians Are Coming”: Obama Illegally Sanctions Russia for Nonexistent US Election Hacking The report is a description of:

“Tools and infrastructure used by Russian intelligence services to compromise and exploit networks and infrastructure associated with the recent U.S. election, as well as a range of U.S. government, political and private sector entities.”

The report does not provide any evidence that the tools and infrastructure were used to influence the outcome of the US presidential election. The report is simply a description of what is said to be Russian capabilities . Related: DHS/FBI Issues Joint Analysis Report: GRIZZLY STEPPE – Russian Malicious Cyber Activity Moreover, the report begins with this disclaimer: “DISCLAIMER: This report is provided ‘as is’ for informational purposes only. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) does not provide any warranties of any kind regarding any information contained within.” Related: GRIZZLY STEPPE – Russian Malicious Cyber Activity In other words, the report not only provides no evidence of the use of the Russian tools and infrastructure in order to influence the US presidential election, the report will not even warrant the correctness of its description of Russian capabilities.

Related: 18 Major Scandals in Obama’s ‘Scandal-Free’ Presidency Thus the DHS report makes it completely clear that the Obama regime has no evidential basis for its allegations on the basis of which it has imposed more sanctions on Russia. What is going on here? First there is the question of the legality of the sanctions even if there were evidence. I am not certain, but I think that sanctions require the action of a body, such as the UN Security Council, and cannot legally be imposed unilaterally by one country. Additionally, it is unclear why Obama is calling the expulsion of Russian diplomats “sanctions.” No other country has to do likewise. During the Cold War when diplomats were expelled for spying, it was not called “sanctions.” Sanctions imply more than unilateral or bilateral expulsions of diplomats. Second, it is clear that Obama, the CIA, and the New York Times are fully aware that the allegation is false. It is also clear that if the CIA actually believes the allegation, the intelligence agency is totally incompetent and cannot be believed on any subject. Third, President Trump can rescind the sanctions in 21 days, a third reason that the sanctions are ridiculous. So why are President Obama, the CIA, and the New York Times making charges that they know are false and for which they have not produced a shred of evidence?

Related: Soros Launches Plan to Bring Down US and Israel One obvious answer is that the neoconized Obama regime is desperate to ruin US-Russian relations past the point that Trump can repair them. As the New York Times puts it;

“Mr. Obama’s actions clearly create a problem for Mr. Trump.” The question the New York Times says, is whether Trump “stands with his democratic allies on Capitol Hill or his authoritarian friend in the Kremlin.”

Can Trump’s foreign policy be controlled by false allegations? According to the New York Times, Trump has relented and agreed to being briefed by the CIA about the Russian hacking now that Republicans such as Paul Ryan, John McCain, and Lindsey Graham have lined up with Obama and the CIA in accepting charges for which no evidence has been presented. However, a briefing without evidence would seem simply to further discredit the CIA in Trump’s eyes. As I have emphasized in my columns, facts no longer have a role in the United States and its empire. Allegations alone suffice, whether in court cases, interrogation centers, foreign and domestic policies, or classrooms. The US even bases its military invasions on false allegations - “weapons of mass destruction.” Indeed, the entirely of US foreign policy since the Clinton regime has been based on nothing but false allegations. The Russian government should have learned by now, but perhaps Moscow still thinks that facts matter in Washington’s decisions. Possibly we should consider that more is going on than meets the eye. Perhaps the propaganda about the Russian cyber threat to democracy is being used to prepare American and/or European populations for an incident. The CIA has morphed into a “deep state” that uses disinformation and propaganda to align decisions of Congress, the executive branch, and foreign governments with secret behind-the-scenes agendas. Many books, such as Stephen Kinzer’s The Brothers and Douglas Valentine’s CIA As Organized Crime have described some of these secret agendas.

Related: Truman’s True Warning on the CIA In order to deter Trump from restoring normal relations with Russia, an incident would have to be severe and irreversible. Rather than accept defeat for their agenda of US world hegemony, the neoconservatives are prepared to take high risks. The willingness to take risks is demonstrated by the public effort of the CIA Director to discredit the president-elect. As expected, Putin’s response to the latest provocation is low key as the “sanctions” appear to be meaningless on the surface. Related: Stephen Lendman Reports President Putin’s Response To Obama’s New Sanctions However, in the event that something dangerous is below the surface, the Russian government might want to consider putting its military forces on alert.

Related Articles: Stephen Lendman Reports President Putin’s Response To Obama’s New Sanctions Obama Retaliates Against Russians Over Purported Cyberattack, But Is There a Double Standard? Russia sanctions ‘childish, petulant & pointless revenge for Clinton loss’ – UK’s ex-Syria envoy Russia Responds To Obama On Expelled Diplomats: New Hostile Steps Will Receive An Answer Plane with Russian diplomats expelled from US lands in Moscow Washington’s Intent is Economic Destabilization and “Regime Change” In Venezuela

Rescuing Boris - TIME Magazine, 1996 Russia to Obama: Put up or Shut Up HuffPo Turns On Obama: He Presided Over The "Destruction Of The Democratic Party" Refugees Surge 86% Year on Year: Ahead of Trump Presidency Obama Rushes Muslim Refugees into US Benjamin Netanyahu SLAMS Obama and Kerry In Fiery Response

Seven Ways Obama Is Trying To Sabotage The Trump Administration President Barack Obama’s final weeks in office seem dedicated to setting foreign and domestic policy on fire to make life as difficult as possible on his successor, Donald Trump.

Here are some of the biggest mousetraps Obama scattered across the White House floor on his way out: Related: Assange: Obama Is ‘Obviously Trying To Delegitimize Trump’ - Wikileaks founder says source of email hack is '1000% Not Russia' 1. Betraying Israel at the United Nations: Obama’s refusal to block a United Nations vote against Israel, his administration’s shadowy machinations to bring that ugly motion to the floor, and Secretary of State John Kerry’s longwinded broadside against Israel will leave President Trump with a massive political crisis in the Middle East, and quite possibly a security crisis, if terror groups and their “political wings” are emboldened by the rebuke of Israel. Obama’s Israel maneuver also damages American credibility, teaching would-be allies that the United States is not the best friend to have. America’s erstwhile battlefield allies in Syria can teach the same lesson, assuming any of them are left alive to take the podium.

This comes at the very moment aspiring hegemons in China and Russia are showing their allies how Beijing and Moscow will go to the mat for them.

Related: Obama Publishes $7.4 BILLION Worth Of Regulations In One Night Obama’s team thinks it was clever to saddle Trump with an international edict the U.S. president cannot easily reverse. They might not have thought this all the way through, because some of the options that are available to Trump could leave internationalists, and Palestinian leaders, cursing Barack Obama’s memory. Note that even some commentators friendly to Obama, and sources within the Obama Administration itself, have described the Israel vote as a deliberate act of sabotage aimed at Trump, because Obama is “alarmed” by some of Trump’s appointees.

2. A New Cold War With Russia: After eight years of relentlessly mocking anyone who said Russia was a major geopolitical threat to the United States (most famously including his 2012 presidential opponent, Mitt Romney) Barack Obama suddenly realized: “You know what? Russia is a major threat!”

He also awoke to the dangers of cyber-warfare, after an entire presidency of treating electronic espionage as a purely political problem to be minimized and spun away, because taking it seriously made him look bad. Who can forget how Obama left victims of the OPM hack twisting in the wind for weeks, because the administration didn’t want to admit how serious the attack was? But then a top Democrat political operative fell for a crude phishing scam, and the Democratic National Committee got hacked, so Obama… well, he still didn’t take cyber-espionage seriously. He slapped the snooze bar again, because as one anonymous official put it, they thought Hillary Clinton was a cinch to win the 2016 election, “so they were willing to kick the can down the road.” No, it was Hillary Clinton’s loss in the election, and the desperate push to damage President-elect Trump’s legitimacy, that made the president who politely ignored China hacking 25 million American citizens’ private data get tough on information security.

Tucker Carlson Destroys Leftist on Russian Election Hacking Claims

Related Articles: Hannity Has Sit-Down Interview with Julian Assange – “It Was Not Russia” Robert Parry: John V. Whitbeck on the Criminal Insanity of the US Establishment Claiming Russians Hacked the Election When It as the Establishment That Lost Under Its Own Byzantine Fraud-Friendly Rules… Intelligence Insider: Russian Hack Story Is A Giant Hoax Robert Steele in Defence and Intelligence Norway: The Russians Did Not “Hack” the US Election – a Few Facts from a Former CIA Spy

Until now, states involved in cyber-espionage never got anything worse than a few carefully-chosen words of sour disapproval from the expiring administration, but the Russkies received a sprinkling of sanctions, and 35 diplomats were expelled. Russia responded by unleashing an army of ducks and trolls from the depths of the Kremlin. The New Cold War is only a few days old, and it’s already weirder than the old one was. Presumably Obama thinks he’s maneuvered Trump into a position that will make whatever rapprochement he might have entertained with Moscow more difficult, or at least more politically costly for the new President.

Related: Buoyant Putin and Sinking Western Mis-Leaders The end result might be easier relations between Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin, and a lingering memory of how little Barack Obama cared about cybersecurity until it was politically expedient for him to freak out. 3. Ban on Oil Drilling: An overt act of sabotage directed at the American economy itself, leaving an especially heavy bootprint on Alaska. Smug administration flacks spent the past couple of weeks assuring media talking heads that Obama’s unprecedented abuse of an obscure law was impossible for his successor to reverse. It’s like they stayed up all night, looking for executive actions that can’t be undone by the new President four weeks later. (Amusingly, Obama dropped this bomb on our energy sector just a few weeks after publicly advising Trump not to abuse executive orders.) It’s likely that legions of lawyers will battle throughout 2017, and perhaps beyond, to determine if Obama’s “latest poke at Trump” (as Politico put it) really is irreversible. What a lovely parting gift from the departing President to the country that elected him twice: a pile of gigantic wealth-destroying lawsuits! 4. National-Monument Land Grab: The other theoretically irreversible presidential edict discovered by Obama’s munchkins is the ability to designate national monuments. Another 1.65 million acres in Utah and Nevada was yanked off the market in the last week of December, bring Obama’s Antiquities Act acreage up to an unprecedented 553 million acres.

Related: Obama seizes Bundy Ranch area in massive last minute land grab

"This arrogant act by a lame duck president will not stand. I will work tirelessly with Congress and the incoming Trump administration to honor the will of the people of Utah and undo this designation,” thundered Senator Mike Lee of Utah.

Sixty-five percent of his state is now under the wise and compassionate environmental protection of the same government that turned the Colorado River into a toxic-waste dump. 5. Eliminating the National Immigration Registry: Just in case Trump got any ideas about using it as the basis for the “enhanced vetting” he has promised for immigrants from terrorist-infested regions, the Obama administration killed a longdormant program called NSEERS that once committed the unforgivable politically-incorrect sin of tracking military-age males from violently unstable Muslim-majority countries. It’s highly debatable whether the NSEERS program was of any practical use. When it pulled the plug, the Department of Homeland Security noted that the post-9/11 program called for collecting data that is now routinely collected for most foreign visitors, along with more sophisticated biometric information. Almost everyone saw the elimination of these roles as a purely symbolic act - i.e. political sabotage directed at the incoming President. 6. The Great Guantanamo Jailbreak: After paying little more than lip service to his promise to close the Guantanamo Bay prison for much of his presidency, Obama went into overdrive in his last years, transferring over 150 detainees. A shocking number of them ended up back on the battlefield. Rep. Ed Royce (R-CA) of the House Foreign Affairs Committee wrote a Wall Street Journal op-ed this week to sound the alarm about Obama’s “midnight push to empty out Guantanamo.”

“The White House has repeatedly released detainees to countries it knew lacked the intent and capability to keep the detainees from returning to terrorism. The results have been deadly,” Royce wrote, challenging the wisdom of such Obama administration brainstorms as dropping al-Qaeda’s top bomb maker into Bosnia, a country with “limited security services” but plenty of radical mosques and unemployed military-age males.

Related: 2017: The Year Of Microchipping Americans. The Law Was Just Passed Royce’s committee has been investigating allegations the administration tried to pay the bomb-maker $100,000 to refrain from passing his deadly skills along to eager apprentices. Hunting down the rest of the transferred prisoners who transferred themselves right back into the global jihad will be a job for the Trump administration. 7. Depicting Trump’s Election as a Disaster: Let’s not forget Obama’s acts of rhetorical sabotage, such as describing Trump’s presidential campaign as a crime against American class and racial harmony, or his wife wailing that all hope was lost for America’s children. Trump himself has taken note of the “many inflammatory President Obama statements and roadblocks.” It’s hard to remember a previous instance of the outgoing president attacking the legitimacy of his successor this way, especially during the transition, before the new chief executive has actually done anything. And it’s probably not over yet. The time for big executive orders is growing short, but Obama is always just one day away from calling a press conference and saying something else that will make the transition more difficult.

Alex Jones To Announce Who Really Hacked the DNC

Of course he can still talk all he wants after January 20th, and he’s given every indication he won’t follow the dignified path of his predecessors and allow the new president time to chart his own course, but there’s no substitute for the bully pulpit of the presidency. The timber of Barack Obama’s political voice will be very different on January 21st than it was on January 19th. More likely than not, he’ll use it before he loses it. Related: Obama’s legacy of debt and disease: National debt doubles in just eight years while 10.7 million more Americans now on food stamps to buy cancer-causing junk foods

The Top 10 Most Outrageous Science Hoaxes Of 2016 January 2 2017 | From: NaturalNews

Science hoaxes were running rampant throughout 2016, pushed by the fakestream media (CNN, WashPost, NYT, etc.) alongside complicit government organizations working in collusion with dishonest corporations steeped in scientific fraud (Monsanto, Big Pharma, etc.).

2016 saw more science hoaxes than a typical year, with the media placing special emphasis on the Zika virus terror campaign (rooted in total scientific hucksterism) and more climate change propaganda (all based on fraudulently altered data). Related: Seeding Doubt: How Self-Appointed Guardians Of “Sound Science” Tip The Scales Toward Industry In every case, those pushing the science frauds claimed to have a divine monopoly on “science” while declaring all opposing views to be “unscientific.” In this way, much of the “science” in today’s corrupt society has really become nothing more than a cult of scientism, complete with “faith” in the correctness of socially-reinforced beliefs while exercising instant rejection of evidence that contradicts the fairy tale narratives of the science elite. Sadly, “science” in 2016 functioned more like a priesthood of dogmatists fervently demanding the obedient worship of their unassailable assumptions. On every issue that matters, data were thrown out the window and replaced with fraud.

Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud To drive home the fraud, the scientifically illiterate lamestream media catapulted the propaganda to new heights, even while remaining completely oblivious to the laughably false “science” they were promoting. Here, I offer a summary of the most outrageous science hoaxes of 2016, along with a few links where you can explore more. By the way, the video on the “Cicret bracelet” invention that claims to turn your arm into a mobile device touchscreen is also a complete fraudulent hoax that has fooled millions of people, and I cover that in detail at the bottom of this article. My primary message for 2017 is to stop believing in all the fake science being pushed by media, governments, academia and corporate liars.

Science Hoax #1: “Scientific” Political Polling Through the entire year, we were all subjected to an endless onslaught of so-called “scientific” political polls that almost universally showed Hillary Clinton would win the election. All the “scientific” polls were wrong, it turns out. (And yes, I called all this well before the election, on the record.) What we now know is that the word “scientific” was slapped onto these fraudulent polls to try to give them an aura of credibility when, in reality, they were all fabricated or distorted to give Hillary Clinton the appearance of certain victory.

But guess what? All the experts were wrong. But how is that possible if all these polls were “scientific” as claimed? Are the pollsters now telling us that science is broken? Or maybe, just maybe, they were making s##t up all along and there wasn’t any real “science” behind the “scientific” claim in the first place.

Science Hoax #2: The Zika Virus Terror Campaign 2016 saw the rolling out of an elaborate media-fronted Zika terror campaign designed to scare the entire country into ridiculously believing that mosquito bites would cause millions of women in America to give birth to babies with shrunken heads. Yeah, I know, it sounds like something a Batman villain would threaten to unleash in Gotham City. “Pay me one million dollars or all your babies will be born with shrunken heads! Mwuah hah hah!”

Related: Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering? But, alas, the American sheeple bought the medical science hoax hook, line and sinker. Belief in the Zika virus microcephaly hoax was so deeply embedded in the psyche of the nation that even when the Washington Post published a story admitting there was no link after all, the vast majority of so-called “scientists” and doctors still believe the hoax! So, for the record, I’ll say it again in the hopes of educating all the scientifically illiterate “scientists” who still don’t understand actual facts: The original wave of shrunken heads in Brazil was caused by a larvacide chemical that was dumped into the water supply, not by the Zika virus alone. The “Zika apocalypse” predicted by all the doctors, scientists and TV talking heads simply did not materialize. And when evidence contradicts your theory, you have to start questioning your theory. Otherwise, you aren’t a scientist. You’re just a petty fool.

Science Hoax #3: The Flint Michigan Lead Poisoning Cover-Up In order to poison a million black children with brain-damaging lead, the U.S. EPA masterminded a large-scale science fraud that deliberately altered heavy metals testing results for the Flint, Michigan water supply. Eventually, a few of the science scapegoats were charged with felony crimes for engaging in a conspiracy to alter water quality test data, but no one from the EPA was ever charged or prosecuted for their role in the scheme. (This also proves, by the way, that conspiracies are quite real and very much alive in our society right now.)

The result of all this was the mass poisoning of mostly African-American children with a toxic heavy metal that’s well known to damage cognitive function and impede learning.What a great way to raise more democrats! It’s all part of the new “science” of keeping the sheeple dumbed down so they will keep voting for corrupt criminals like Hillary Clinton. Instead of “let them eat cake,” the new progressive Jon Podesta version is, “Let them drink lead!”

Science Hoax #4: The Banning of GMO Labeling Nationwide by Scientifically Illiterate Republicans In the name of “science,” Republican lawmakers passed the so-called “DARK Act” to outlaw honest food labeling of genetically engineered foods. Apparently, Republicans believe that knowledge is a dangerous thing in the hands of consumers, therefore preventing people from knowing what they’re eating is the best solution.

Related: Monsanto Promoting Worldwide Infertility? + Academic GMO Shills Exposed: Fraud & Collusion With Monsanto This was all accomplished via an unholy alliance among biotech corporate giants (like Monsanto) and right-leaning lawmakers, most of whom have never met a toxic chemical they didn’t absolutely love. Notably, while Democrats are passing local laws that criminalize Big Gulp sodas, Republicans are blocking labeling laws as a way to say, “If you don’t SEE the poison on the label, it doesn’t actually count!” Keeping consumers in the dark is now the official science policy of the federal government. How’s that for transparency?

Science Hoax #5: Climate Change Data Fraud Democrats have their own science fraud, of course, and there’s no better example than global warming / climate change. An analysis of climate data reveals that 100% of U.S. warming has been faked by altering temperature data.

Related: Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered To the great frustration of celebritards like Matt Damon, the data don’t show any warming at all unless you “cook” the numbers first. This means “climate change science” is actually more like climate change alchemy, which isn’t science at all. It’s more like Tarot cards mixed with voodoo blended with AlGoratotalitaritopian idiocy. Note to intelligent people: If the world were really warming, they wouldn’t have to alter the temperature data, would they?

Science Hoax #6: Abortion Organ Harvesting for “Scientific Research” According to leftists, chopping up living human babies who have just been forcibly “birthed” in order to harvest their organs and brains isn’t unethical at all. Nope, it’s a tremendous advancement for scientific research, you see. Organ harvesting isn’t just limited to places like Communist China and North Korea: The practice is alive and well in America, too. But in the U.S., it takes on a genocidal milestone because most abortions are carried out on black babies… yep, the very same black babies that were also intentionally poisoned by the EPA in Flint, Michigan (see above).

Hmmm… there seems to be a pattern in all this, but I can’t quite put my finger on it… but it definitely seems to have something to do with killing as many black babies as possible while labeling it all “science.” It’s noteworthy to remember that Adolf Hitler’s eugenics programs were also conducted under the umbrella of “science.” It seems not that much has changed in almost 80 years… except that instead of Jews being exterminated by the millions, it’s now black babies being exterminated by the millions while democrats demand an open borders human blitzkrieg to replace them all with socialist-leaning illegal aliens who are uninformed enough to vote for leftists.

Science Hoax #7: The California Vaccine Mandate Another large-scale science hoax that also happens to place a disproportionate burden on African-American babies is the California “medical police state” vaccine mandate pushed by California’s own “Mercury Joker” Dr. Richard Pan. After receiving bribes from vaccine makers, the “medical child molesting” California state senator Richard Pan took part in a media-backed medical terrorism campaign against California’s citizens, attempting to scare everyone into falsely believing that the best way to protect the health of children is to inject them with mercury (instead of, I don’t know, maybe feeding them nutritious foods and vitamin D).

Related: Doctors Who Discovered Cancer Enzymes In Vaccines All Found Murdered The entire vaccine mandate was founded on blatantly fraudulent quack science claims fronted by the child-murdering vaccine industry, which continues to absurdly insist that vaccines pose zero risk to children (i.e. claiming they do not harm a single child…ever). The claim is, of course, rooted in sheer delusion. But that’s also what passes for “legislation” in California. We can only hope California’s #Calexit effort succeeds soon, so we can build a wall around California and stop the contagious epidemic of lunacy from spreading Eastward.

Science Hoax #8: Janet Yellen’s Libtardtopia Economics “Science” No summary of science quackery would be complete without bringing in the subject of “economics.” Yes, it qualifies as a science… at least if you ask the economists. (If you ask non-economists, it qualifies mostly as voodoo.) Nevertheless, according to Janet Yellen and the decrepit “wizards of collapse” who are currently steering the global debt Titanic directly into an array of large shards of icebergs, the best way to keep a global economy in balance is to create endless new money until the whole thing explodes, at which point the system collapses to “equilibrium” where everybody starves roughly the same amount (i.e. Venezuela). To demonstrate this brilliant hypothesis, Yellen and her crotchety academic cohorts have been busy pumping trillions of fiat currency dollars into the pockets of their bankster pals while raising interest rates to accelerate the debt avalanche apocalypse timetable.

Ideally, they hope to trigger the whole thing to come crashing down sometime during Trump’s first term. Then, they’ll all express total shock and dismay while pleading to the press that we should all “Bring back Obama because he was a monetary genius!” (Or perhaps a radical Muslim sleeper cell working for the communists to subvert America, but that’s another hilarious satire article altogether.) As a cherry on top, Obama also doubled the national debt in just eight years, all while handing Iran a path to nuclear weapons, dissing Israel, subverting American culture, gutting the U.S. military and secretly telling his Russian counterparts he would drastically reduce U.S. nuclear capabilities. Yes indeed, the “dream team” of Obama, Clinton and Yellen has pulled off what America’s worst enemies could not: The near-complete financial paralysis of the U.S. economy all while claiming “Everything is awesome!” Thank God all the pensions across the country are fully funded, huh? Or that would be a real disaster.

Science Hoax #9: Transgenderism and the Lunatic Liberal “Theory of Spontaneous Genetic Transmutation” 2016 also saw many gullible people being convinced to believe that a biological man can instantly transform himself into a biological woman by declaring himself to be a woman. At least one “journalist” even claimed that a transgendered man could become pregnant after declaring himself to be a woman. Yes, science education in America has utterly collapsed at this point, replaced with liberal P.C. insanity and delusional college lesson plans rooted in “feelings” rather than physical reality. Across most of today’s gender-confused college-educated youth, belief in the laws of genetic expression have been replaced by belief that a person’s sex is a “choice.” It’s no longer permutations, phenotypes and genotypes… it’s now metrosexual, generation snowflake, pu##ified blathering idiocy with a diploma, “safe space” cry rooms and $100K in student debt.

Sorry to burst their bubble of stupid, but sex classification isn’t a personal choice. A simple genetic test shows you either have XY chromosomes, XX chromosomes, or the far more rare extra-X-or-Y chromosome defect which typically leads to serious physical and mental defects (including infertility). Somebody please direct gender confused college snowflakes to the National Human Genome Research Institutes fact sheet page on chromosomes. According to today’s college snowflakes, the National Human Genome Research Institute is a “purveyor of HATE” because their fact sheet page says all these mean things about chromosomal defects:

“Inheriting too many or not enough copies of sex chromosomes can lead to serious problems. For example, females who have extra copies of the X chromosome are usually taller than average and some have mental retardation. Males with more than one X chromosome have Klinefelter syndrome, which is a condition characterized by tall stature and, often, impaired fertility. Another syndrome caused by imbalance in the number of sex chromosomes is Turner syndrome. Women with Turner have one X chromosome only. They are very short, usually do not undergo puberty and some may have kidney or heart problems.”

Thus, there are only two sexes in the biology of all mammals: Male and female. And no, you don’t get to change them up just because you think it’s trendy to be a gender-confused metrosexual snowflake. This doesn’t mean you can’t be gay, by the way. Gay men still realize they’re men. They just choose male partners instead of female partners. On the spectrum of personal freedom, I say people should be able to partner with whomever they want. Gay or straight, it’s all a personal choice as far as I’m concerned, because it’s none of my business… and stop shoving your sexual preferences in my face, all you militant gay mafia activists. Just be gay and be done with it. The “gay rights” war is over, and you already won it. Stop being bullies and thinking you’re still oppressed victims.

Marry whomever you want, but just #STFU about it already. Obama already lit up the White House with rainbows, for God’s sake.

But to say that yesterday you were a male, but today you’re a female… now that’s just technically bonkers. You’re not really a female. You’re a male impersonating a female and that’s it. Bruce Jenner, take note: You are not a woman, no matter how much you want to impersonate one. The greatest insult in all this was when some fashion magazine voted Bruce Jenner “Woman of the Year,” instantly declaring that this guy who impersonates a woman is a better woman than all the other women. Dudes with dongs out-women the women? And that’s celebrated by the women? Yeah, it’s insane. And all these same “progressive” women also insist that pervs with dongs should be able to invade women’s restrooms, too, because that’s “embracing gender identity and inclusiveness” blabbity blah blah. Get a grip, people. Check your drawers and briefly fondle your hardware. If it’s junk, you’re a dude, and stop playing with it already. If it isn’t, you’re a woman. If you have both, go ask a doctor to run a genetic test and find out if you have ovaries.

Science Hoax #10: Every Science “Journalist” Working for the Fakestream Media This is more of a collection of hoaxes rather than a single hoax. It all centers around the hilarious fact that most science “journalists” are scientifically illiterate morons who only think they understand science. I remember reading a science column in a major U.S. publication that claimed cell phones could run on water. (Yeah, I know. I tried that by dropping my cell phone into a glass of water, but it turned off all the power for some strange reason. Maybe I need “special” water?)

There has also been a wave of hilariously stupid media coverage for this bracelet computing project called “Cicret” that ridiculously claims to “turn your arm into a touchscreen.” The entire video promoting this “Cicret” bracelet is a complete fraud. Racking up almost 25 million views on Youtube, the video shown here is accomplished purely with special effects overlays. The bracelet does not exist and cannot exist as depicted in the video for the simple reason that light cannot bend around the curvature of your arm. Incredibly, countless “journalists” across the mainstream media fell for this total hoax, stupidly believing that a hi-res touchscreen rendition can be projected onto your skin from a bracelet that barely sits just a few millimeters above your skin in the first place. Question for brain dead “science” journalists: Do you really believe light rays from the Cicret can bend around your wrist and then magically bounce off skin that isn’t in a direct line of sight with the bracelet projector? Seriously, you have to be incredibly stupid (or scientifically illiterate) to think the Cicret bracelet, as depicted in the videos, can actually function. But that sure didn’t stop publications from all across the world pushing the hype and convincing their readers that this “cool tech” was real.

Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States And yes, the younger people are on social media these days, the more gullible they are, too. So special effects “viral videos” can be very successful at raising millions of dollars in “Kickstarter” funds for devices that cannot ever exist because they violate the laws of physics. It’s a whole new kind of financial scam that’s legal because it only extracts money from people who are too stupid enough to believe the viral videos. In summary, “Kickstarter” viral videos are a tax on stupid progressives the same way that the lotto is a tax on stupid conservatives. And now that I’ve thoroughly offended everyone, let’s wrap all this up…

2016 Was a Bad Year For the Credibility of Real Science… Let’s Hope 2017 is Better In summary, 2016 saw the pushing of numerous science hoaxes by the fakestream media, governments, academic institutions and corporate propaganda whores like Forbes.com. (Oh, and we can’t leave out the actual whores running SNOPES, who were exposed as prostitutes and fetish bloggers.) So how do we rescue science in 2017? It’s simple: We start using science to tell the truth instead of allowing governments and corporations to use science to lie. A few fundamental scientific truths I’d like to see finally embraced in 2017 would include: Yes, there is extraterrestrial intelligence in the universe. Yes, there is (or was) microbial life on Mars. Yes, human consciousness is non-material and not located in the physical brain. Yes, vaccines cause autism.

Yes, flu shots still contain mercury. Yes, there are many anti-cancer foods that can help prevent cancer. Yes, transgenderism is a mental disorder, not a “choice.” Yes, glyphosate causes cancer. Yes, DEET is toxic to human neurology. Yes, genetically engineered crops seeds are a genuine threat to the environment and the food supply. Yes, water can retain non-physical properties that subtly alter its interactions with living systems. No, carbon dioxide is not the enemy of mankind. No, chemotherapy does not “cure” cancer. It often makes it worse. No, harvesting organs from living human babies is not “ethical science.” No, science journals are not unbiased, objective arbiters of truth. No, “scientific” political polls are not reliable. They are bunk. No, the “experts” are not as smart as they think they are. Mostly, they’re idiots who have attained high positions of “persistent idiocy” in academia or government, and their job is to protect the idiocy for as long as possible, making sure no one overthrows idiocy with intelligence.

Senate Quietly Passes The "Countering Disinformation And Propaganda Act" & Obama Bans Free Speech In The Dead Of Night December 30 2016 | From: ZeroHedge/ Infowars / Various

While we wait to see if and when the Senate will pass (and president will sign) Bill "H.R. 6393, Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017", which was passed by the House at the end of November with an overwhelming majority and which seeks to crack down on websites suspected of conducting Russian propaganda.

President Trump is going to have an awful lot of un-doing to do...

It calls for the US government to "counter active measures by Russia to exert covert influence… carried out in coordination with, or at the behest of, political leaders or the security services of the Russian Federation and the role of the Russian Federation has been hidden or not acknowledged publicly,” another, perhaps even more dangerous and limiting to civil rights and freedom of speech bill passed on December 8. Related: Gun Control FAIL: Mass Shootings Surge 240% During Obama’s Presidency Recall that as we reported in early June;

"A bill to implement the U.S.’ very own de facto Ministry of Truth has been quietly introduced in Congress. As with any legislation attempting to dodge the public spotlight the Countering Foreign Propaganda and Disinformation Act of 2016 marks a further curtailment of press freedom and another avenue to stultify avenues of accurate information. Introduced by Congressmen Adam Kinzinger and Ted Lieu, H.R. 5181 seeks a “whole-government approach without the bureaucratic restrictions” to counter “foreign disinformation and manipulation,” which they believe threaten the world’s “security and stability.”

Related: "Ministry of Truth" now active in America Also called the Countering Information Warfare Act of 2016 (S. 2692), when introduced in March by Sen. Rob Portman, the legislation represents a dramatic return to Cold War-era government propaganda battles.

"These countries spend vast sums of money on advanced broadcast and digital media capabilities, targeted campaigns, funding of foreign political movements, and other efforts to influence key audiences and populations,” Portman explained, adding that while the U.S. spends a relatively small amount on its Voice of America, the Kremlin provides enormous funding for its news organization, RT. “Surprisingly,” Portman continued, “there is currently no single U.S. governmental agency or department charged with the national level development, integration and synchronization of whole-of-government strategies to counter foreign propaganda and disinformation.”

Long before the "fake news" meme became a daily topic of extensive conversation on wuch mainstream fake news portals as CNN and WaPo, H.R. 5181 would rask the Secretary of State with coordinating the Secretary of Defense, the Director of National Intelligence, and the Broadcasting Board of Governors to “establish a Center for Information Analysis and Response,” which will pinpoint sources of disinformation, analyze data, and - in true dystopic manner - ‘develop and disseminate’ “fact-based narratives” to counter effrontery propaganda.

Related: Epic Montage Video Illustrates How Badly the Media Failed in 2016 Fast forward to Thursday, December 8, when the "Countering Disinformation and Propaganda Act" passed in the Senate, quietly inserted inside the 2017 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) Conference Report. Here is the full statement issued by the generously funded Senator Rob Portman (R- Ohio) on the passage of a bill that further chips away at press liberties in the US, and which sets the stage for future witch hunts and website shutdowns, purely as a result of an accusation that any one media outlet or site is considered as a source of "disinformation and propaganda" and is shut down by the government.

How North Korea and the Obama regime Both Use the Same Mind Control Techniques Against Their Citizens This eye-opening new video details how U.S. government propaganda under Obama parallels the socially-reinforced mind control tactics used in North Korea, a radical left-wing dictatorship rooted in the cult worship of its leader.

Related: Obama Signs Portman-Murphy Kill Alt-Media Bill into Law Under X’mas Cover Barack Obama is simply a more polite rendition of the same social control tyranny used by Kim Jong-Un. Angela Merkel, in many ways, invokes the same tactics of disinformation and linguistic social control, deliberately lying to the people of Germany in order to control them while the country is systematically destroyed to appease globalist interests. As I also state in the video, most Americans would be obedient Kim Jong-Un worshipers if they had grown up in North Korea. The vast majority of individuals in western society today falsely believe they are independent thinkers, but that’s only because they’ve been indoctrinated under a system of mind control that’s very good at pretending to be based on “freedom.” Watch the full video to see for yourself. (This video was recorded before the Nov. 8 Trump election victory, which provides a least some glimmer of hope that the globalist agenda might be slowed.)

Senate Passes Major Portman-Murphy Counter-Propaganda Bill as Part of NDAA Portman/Murphy Bill Promotes Coordinated Strategy to Defend America, Allies Against Propaganda and Disinformation from Russia, China & Others U.S. Senators Rob Portman (R-OH) and Chris Murphy (D-CT) today announced that their Countering Disinformation and Propaganda Act – legislation designed to help American allies counter foreign government propaganda from Russia, China, and other nations – has passed the Senate as part of the FY 2017 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) Conference Report.

Related: How the Crackdown on Patriots Will Occur: Dissent Will Become Unthinkable The bipartisan bill, which was introduced by Senators Portman and Murphy in March, will improve the ability of the United States to counter foreign propaganda and disinformation by establishing an interagency center housed at the State Department to coordinate and synchronize counter-propaganda efforts throughout the U.S. government. To support these efforts, the bill also creates a grant program for NGOs, think tanks, civil society and other experts outside government who are engaged in counter-propaganda related work. This will better leverage existing expertise and empower local communities to defend themselves from foreign manipulation.

“The passage of this bill in the Senate today takes us one critical step closer to effectively confronting the extensive, and destabilizing, foreign propaganda and disinformation operations being waged against us. While the propaganda and disinformation threat has grown, the U.S. government has been asleep at the wheel. Today we are finally signaling that enough is enough; the United States will no longer sit on the sidelines. We are going to confront this threat head-on,” said Senator Portman. “With the help of this bipartisan bill, the disinformation and propaganda used against our allies and our interests will fail.” “Congress has taken a big step in fighting back against fake news and propaganda from countries like Russia. When the president signs this bill into law, the United States will finally have a dedicated set of tools and resources to confront our adversaries’ widespread efforts to spread false narratives that undermine democratic institutions and compromise America’s foreign policy goals,” said Murphy. “I’m proud of what Senator Portman and I accomplished here because it’s long past time for the U.S. to get off the sidelines and confront these growing threats.”

NOTE: The bipartisan Countering Disinformation and Propaganda Act is organized around two main priorities to help achieve the goal of combatting the constantly evolving threat of foreign disinformation.

They are as follows:

The first priority is developing a whole-of-government strategy for countering foreign propaganda and disinformation. The bill would increase the authority, resources, and mandate of the Global Engagement Center to include state actors like Russia and China in addition to violent extremists. The Center will be led by the State Department, but with the active senior level participation of the Department of Defense, USAID, the Broadcasting Board of Governors, the Intelligence Community, and other relevant agencies. The Center will develop, integrate, and synchronize whole-of-government initiatives to expose and counter foreign disinformation operations and proactively advance fact-based narratives that support U.S. allies and interests. Second, the legislation seeks to leverage expertise from outside government to create more adaptive and responsive U.S. strategy options. The legislation establishes a fund to help train local journalists and provide grants and contracts to NGOs, civil society organizations, think tanks, private sector companies, media organizations, and other experts outside the U.S. government with experience in identifying and analyzing the latest trends in foreign government disinformation techniques. This fund will complement and support the Center’s role by integrating capabilities and expertise available outside the U.S. government into the strategy-making process. It will also empower a decentralized network of private sector experts and integrate their expertise into the strategy-making process.

In other words, the Act will: i) Greenlight the government to crack down with impunity against any media property it deems "propaganda", and ii) Provide substantial amounts of money fund an army of "local journalist" counterpropaganda, to make sure the government's own fake news drowns that of the still free "fringes." So while packaged politely in a veneer of "countering disinformation and propaganda", the bill, once signed by Obama, will effectively give the government a full mandate to punish, shut down or otherwise prosecute, any website it deems offensive and a source of "foreign government propaganda from Russia, China or other nations." And since there is no formal way of proving whether or not there is indeed a foreign propaganda sponsor, all that will be sufficient to eliminate any "dissenting" website, will be the government's word against that of the website. One can be confident that the US government will almost certainly prevail in every single time.

Obama Bans Free Speech In The Dead Of Night

America adopts Soviet style media controls. By slipping through the 2017 National Defense Authorization Act, President Obama has signed the “Countering Disinformation And Propaganda Act” into law, effectively putting all speech under federal control.

Related: So Called ‘Fake News’ Could be a Thing of the Past

Top Doctors Reveal Vaccines Turn Our Immune System Against Us + Study Pulled From Publication After Proving Truth Of Vaccinated Versus Unvaccinated Children December 24 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze/ NaturalNews

The research is hard to ignore, vaccines can trigger autoimmunity with a laundry list of diseases to follow. With harmful and toxic metals as some vaccine ingredients, who is susceptible and which individuals are more at risk?

No one would accuse Yehuda Shoenfeld of being a quack. The Israeli clinician has spent more than three decades studying the human immune system and is at the pinnacle of his profession. Related: Nursing student expelled for questioning directives to use threats, lies to coerce patients to vaccinate You might say he is more foundation than fringe in his specialty; he wrote the textbooks. The Mosaic of Autoimmunity, Autoantibodies, Diagnostic Criteria in Autoimmune Diseases, Infection and Autoimmunity, Cancer and

Autoimmunity – the list is 25 titles long and some of them are cornerstones of clinical practice. Hardly surprising that Shoenfeld has been called the “Godfather of Autoimmunology” – the study of the immune system turned on itself in a wide array of diseases from type 1 diabetes to ulcerative colitis and multiple sclerosis. But something strange is happening in the world of immunology lately and a small evidence of it is that the Godfather of Autoimmunology is pointing to vaccines - specifically, some of their ingredients including the toxic metal aluminum – as a significant contributor to the growing global epidemic of autoimmune diseases.

Related: Trump: Vaccines Cause Autism And Will Be Investigated The bigger evidence is a huge body of research that’s poured in in the past 15 years, and particularly in the past five years. Take for example, a recent article published in the journal Pharmacological Research in which Shoenfeld and colleagues issue unprecedented guidelines naming four categories of people who are most at risk for vaccine-induced autoimmunity. “On one hand,” vaccines prevent infections which can trigger autoimmunity, say the paper’s authors, Alessandra Soriano, of the Department of Clinical Medicine and Rheumatology at the Campus Bio-Medico University in Rome, Gideon Nesher, of the Hebrew University Medical School in Jerusalem and Shoenfeld, founder and head of the Zabludowicz Center of Autoimmune Diseases in the Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer. He is also editor of three medical journals and author of more than 1,500 research papers across the spectrum of medical journalism and founder of the International Congress on Autoimmunology.

“On the other hand, many reports that describe post-vaccination autoimmunity strongly suggest that vaccines can indeed trigger autoimmunity. Defined autoimmune diseases that may occur following vaccinations include arthritis, lupus (systemic lupus erythematosus, SLE) diabetes mellitus, thrombocytopenia, vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre syndrome and demyelinating disorders. Almost all types of vaccines have been reported to be associated with the onset of ASIA.”

Related: Herd immunity is a myth: Why un-vaccinated children are not a threat to others ASIA – or Autoimmune/inflammatory Syndrome Induced by Adjuvants (also known as Shoenfeld’s syndrome) - first appeared in the Journal of Autoimmunology four years ago. It is an umbrella term for a collection of similar symptoms, including Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, that result after exposure to an adjuvant – an environmental agent including common vaccine ingredients that stimulate the immune system. Since then an enormous body of research, using ASIA as a paradigm, has begun to unravel the mystery of how environmental toxins, particularly the metal aluminum used in vaccines, can trigger an immune system chain reaction in susceptible individuals and may lead to overt autoimmune disease. Autoimmune disease results when the body’s system meant to attack foreign invaders turns instead to attack part of the body it belongs to (auto is Greek for self). If the immune system is like a national defence system, antibodies are like drones programmed to recognize a certain type of invader (a bacteria say) and to destroy them or mark them for destruction by other special forces.

Autoantibodies are like drones that are misidentifying a component of the human body and have launched a sustained attack on it. If they mistakenly target a component of the conductive sheath around neurons, for example, nerve impulses stop conducting properly, muscles go into spasm and coordination fails; multiple sclerosis results. If autoantibodies erroneously focus on joint tissue; rheumatoid arthritis results. If they target the islets of Langerhans in the pancreas, Type 1 diabetes, and so on

“Throughout our lifetime the normal immune system walks a fine line between preserving normal immune reactions and developing autoimmune diseases,” says the paper. “The healthy immune system is tolerant to self-antigens. When self-tolerance is disturbed, dysregulation of the immune system follows, resulting in emergence of an autoimmune disease. Vaccination is one of the conditions that may disturb this homeostasis in susceptible individuals, resulting in autoimmune phenomena and ASIA.”

Who is “susceptible” is the subject of the paper entitled, “Predicting post-vaccination autoimmunity: Who might be at risk?” It lists four categories of people: 1. Those who have had a previous autoimmune reaction to a vaccine 2. Anyone with a medical history of autoimmunity 3. Patients with a history of allergic reactions 4. Anyone at high risk of developing autoimmune disease including anyone with a family history of autoimmunity, presence of autoantibodies which are detectable by blood tests and other factors including low vitamin D and smoking.

Previous Reaction

Regarding those who have had a previous adverse reaction to vaccines, the paper cites five relevant studies including the case of a death of a teenage girl six months following her third Gardasil injection against HPV virus.

Related: Gardasil Fully Exposed: HPV Vaccine Being Tested on Infants Has Killed, Permanently Injured Thousands She had experienced a range of symptoms shortly after her first dose, including dizziness, numbness and tingling in her hands, and memory lapses. After her second injection, she developed “intermittent arm weakness, frequent tiredness requiring daytime naps,” worse tingling, night sweats, chest pain and palpitations. A full autopsy was unrevealing but blood and spleen tissue analysis revealed HPV-16 L1 gene DNA fragments - matching the DNA found in vials of the Gardasil vaccine against cervical cancer - “thus implicating the vaccine as a causal factor.” The DNA fragments had also been found to be “complexed with the aluminum adjuvant” which, according to the report, have been shown to persist for up to 8 to 10 years causing chronic immune system stimulation.

“Although data is limited,” Shoenfeld and his colleagues concluded, “it seems preferable that individuals with prior autoimmune or autoimmune-like reactions to vaccinations, should not be immunized, at least not with the same type of vaccine.”

Established Autoimmune Condition The second group which the paper cites for vaccine exemption is patients with “established autoimmune conditions.” Vaccines don’t work so well in them, say Shoenfeld and his colleagues, and they are at “risk for flares following vaccination.” Inoculations that contain live viruses including chickenpox, yellow fever and the measles, mumps and rubella triple vaccine (MMR) are “generally contraindicated” for people with autoimmune conditions because of the risk of “uncontrolled viral replication.” But inactivated vaccines are not such a good idea either because they usually contain the added ingredient aluminum, linked to autoimmunity. The immunologists describe recent studies in which patients with autoimmune rheumatic disease given the influenza vaccine (without aluminum) suffered more joint pain and fever than controls and whose levels of autoantibodies (the drones that attack self) increased after receiving the flu vaccine.

Related: How The CDC And Vaccine Court Create An Epidemic Of Autism What’s more, they developed new types of autoantibodies that weren’t present before the vaccines, and those persisted. As the presence of autoantibodies can be predictive of developing autoimmune disease in patients without symptoms, even years ahead of disease onset, this is troubling to those who understand immunology. A number of studies claim vaccines are safe for the “overwhelming majority of patients with established autoimmune diseases,” the study allows, but they only looked at rheumatoid arthritis and lupus and not at severe and active cases so “the potential benefit of vaccination should be weighed against its potential risk,” they cautioned.

Patients With a History of Allergy Vaccine trials have usually excluded “vulnerable” individuals - only extremely healthy individuals with no allergies are recruited. It’s a “selection bias,” say Soriano and Shoenfeld, and has likely resulted in serious adverse events being “considerably underestimated” in “real life where vaccines are mandated to all individuals regardless of their susceptibility.” The true incidence of allergic reactions to vaccines, normally estimated at between one in 50,000 to one in a million doses, is probably much higher and particularly where gelatin or egg proteins are on the ingredients list, they say. There’s a long list of vaccine ingredients that are potential allergens: besides the infectious agents themselves, there are those from hen’s egg, horse serum, baker’s yeast, numerous antibiotics, formaldehyde and lactose, as well “inadvertent” ingredients such as latex.

Related: New Study Confirms That Mercury Is Linked to Autism People’s allergic histories have to be taken before vaccination say the researchers. But some signs of reaction don’t show up until after the shot. The public health nurse or GP might tell patients that a long-lasting swelling around the injection site after a vaccine is a normal reaction, for example. But that is not what the immunologists say. “[A]luminum sensitization manifests as nodules [hard lumps] at the injection site that often regress after weeks or months, but may persist for years.” In such cases, they say, a patch test can be done to confirm sensitivity and to avoid vaccination. According to a growing body of research, though, allergy may be only the beginning of many dangerous aluminum-induced phenomena.

The Trouble With Aluminium Aluminum has been added to vaccines since about 1926 when Alexander Glenny and colleagues noticed it would produce better antibody responses in vaccines than the antigen alone. Glenny figured the alum was inducing what he called a “depot effect” – slowing the release of the antigen and heightening the immune response. For 60 years his theory was accepted dogma. And over the same time, the vaccine schedule grew decade on decade, but few ever questioned the effects of injecting aluminum into the body, which is strange considering its known toxicity. A PubMed search on aluminum and “toxicity” turns up 4,258 entries. Its neurotoxicity is well documented. It affects memory, cognition, psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain barrier, activates brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial function and plenty of research suggests it is a key player in the formation of the amyloid “plaques” and tangles in the brains of Alzheimer’s patients.

Related: The WHO's condescending tips for EU healthcare workers to convince informed patients that vaccines are safe It’s been implicated in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and autism and demonstrated to induce allergy. When kidney dialysis patients were accidentally infused with aluminum, the “dialysis-induced encephalopathy” (DAE) they developed neurological symptoms: speech abnormalities, tremors, memory loss, impaired concentration and behavioural changes. Many of the patients eventually went into comas and died. The lucky ones survived: when the source of toxicity, aluminum, was removed from their dialysis they recovered rapidly. With these new observations, researchers began investigating the adjuvant effects of aluminum and in the past decade there has been a flurry of research. Far from being a sandbag that holds the antigen for a while and then gets excreted, it turns out that aluminum salts trigger a storm of defence action.

Vaccines: A Violation of Human Rights The video below is a rational discussion about vaccines with Christina Hildebrand, President of A Voice For Choice, Inc. where she explains why mandatory vaccines are a violation of your human rights and how they are potentially dangerous to you or your child's health. Christina is passionate about ensuring people know what they are putting into their bodies - be it food, air, water or medications. For the past 12 years, Christina has spent many thousands of hours researching and sharing her knowledge within her local community. However, with the growth of the Big Ag and Big pHARMa's influences on US politics, Christina realized that she needed to take this to a different level and educate the masses on their right to informed choice and transparency of what goes into their bodies.

Within hours of injection of the same aluminum oxyhydroxide in vaccines into mice, for example, armies of specialized immune cells are on the move, calling in grid coordinates for more specialist assault forces. Within a day, a whole host of immune system commandos are in play - neutrophils, eosinophils, inflammatory monocytes, myeloid and dendritic cells, activating lymphocytes and secreting proteins called cytokines. The cytokines themselves cause collateral damage but they send out signals, directing cell-to-cell communication and recruiting other cells into action. If the next phase of the attack is launched: fibroblast growth factor, interferons, interleukins, platelet derived growth factor, transforming growth factor and tumour necrosis factor might all be engaged. There’s evidence that poorly understood and pesky inflammasomes, (currently a topic of cutting- edge cancer causation research) such as the Nod-like receptor 3( NLRP) are activated too, but it’s all still too early to say exactly what they’re doing.

Related: The most evil people in medicine today New research emerging from University of British Columbia has found that aluminum adjuvant injected into mice can alter the expression of genes associated with autoimmunity. And in their recent study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, immunologists at the University of Colorado found that even host DNA is recruited into the aluminum assault, that it rapidly coats injected alum, triggering effects that scientists have barely scratched the surface of understanding.

The Significance of Macrophagic Myofasciitis This mobility or “translocation” of aluminum in the body is perhaps the most disturbing of the mounting evidence in current aluminum research. In 1998, French researcher Romain Gherardi and his colleagues observed an emerging condition of unknown origin which presented in patients post-vaccination with Chronic Fatigue like symptoms including swollen lymph nodes, joint and muscle pain and exhaustion. Tissue biopsies of the patients’ deltoid revealed lesions up to 1 cm in diameter and unique from similar lesions of other diseases. They went to the lab for analysis and to Gherardi’s astonishment, they mainly consisted of macrophages – large white blood cells in the immune system whose job is to swallow up foreign invaders in the body. Enclosed in the cellular fluid of these phagocytes were agglomerates of nanocrystals of aluminum.

Related: Cannabis Oil Cured Girl’s Leukemia After HPV Vaccine Broke Down Her Body: Hayley Willar Gherardi and his colleagues began injecting mice with aluminum to see what happened. Their research published in 2013 revealed that the metal particles were engulfed by macrophages and formed MMF-like granulomas that dispersed — to distant lymph nodes, spleen, liver and eventually brain.

“This strongly suggests that long-term adjuvant biopersistence within phagocytic cells is a prerequisite of slow brain translocation and delayed neurotoxicity,” writes Gherardi in his February 2015 review of the relevant research in Frontiers in Neurology.

A more frightening animal study of aluminum is that of Spanish veterinary researcher Lluis Lujan’s study of ovine ASIA. After huge numbers of sheep in Spain died in 2008 in the wake of a compulsory multiple vaccine campaign against bluetongue in Spain in 2008, Lujan set out to find out what killed them – and he began by inoculating them with aluminum. His 2013 study found that only 0.5% of sheep inoculated with aluminum vaccines showed immediate reactions of lethargy, transient blindness, stupor, prostration and seizures –

“Characterized by a severe meningoencephalitis, similar to postvaccine reactions seen in humans.”

Most of them recovered, temporarily, but postmortem exams of the ones who didn’t revealed acute brain inflammation.

The delayed onset “chronic” phase of the disease affected far more of the sheep - 50-70% of flocks and sometimes virtually 100% of animals within a given flock, usually including all of those who had previously recovered. The reaction was frequently triggered by exposure to cold and began with restlessness and compulsive wool-biting, then progressed to acute redness of the skin, generalized weakness, extreme weight loss and muscle tremors, and finally, entered the terminal phase where the animals went down on their front quarters, became comatose and died.

Related: Cancer industry profits 'locked in' by nagalase molecule injected into humans via vaccines... spurs tumor growth... explains aggressive vaccine push Post-mortem examinations revealed “severe neuron necrosis” and aluminum in the nerve tissue. The immune system’s reaction to aluminum “represents a major health challenge,” Gerhardi declares in his recent review, and he adds that;

“Attempts to seriously examine safety concerns raised by the bio-persistent character and brain accumulation of alum particles have not been made… A lot must be done to understand how, in certain individuals, alumcontaining vaccines may become insidiously unsafe.”

Back to the problem of which “certain individuals” should avoid vaccination to avoid autoimmune disease.

People Prone to Develop Autoimmunity Soriano and Shoenfeld’s identify a final category: anyone at risk of developing autoimmune disease. Since a number of them have been shown to have genetic factors that would include anyone with a family history of autoimmune disease. It also includes anyone who has tested positive for autoantibodies which can indicate disease years before symptoms show up. Vaccinations, the doctors say, “may trigger or worsen the disease.” Smokers too, have an exceptionally high risk of developing an autoimmune disease, says the report. The American Cancer Society estimates that about 18% of Americans smoke. That means about 42 million Americans have an elevated risk of developing an autoimmune disease and they’re stacking the odds with every vaccine.

Related: Vaccinations: An analysis of the health risks And finally, factors that Shoenfeld and Soriano associate with high risk of developing autoimmunity are high estrogen and low vitamin D - which means anyone taking birth control or hormone replacement therapy and, according to one 2009 study of vitamin D status, about three quarters of American teens and adults should be wary of vaccines. Shoenfeld doesn’t seem to mean to exclude all of these people from immunization, however. The paper concludes that “for the overwhelming majority of individuals, vaccines carry no risk of systemic autoimmune disease and should be administered according to current recommendations.” Which is in stark contrast to the body of the paper. The final word is cautionary about weighing the “potential benefit of vaccination…against its potential risk.” It’s exemplary of a strange sort of schizophrenia in a wide range of recent immunology papers. The doctors seem to be trying to reconcile a century of “safe and effective” vaccine dogma with the last decade’s worth of terrifying research findings. There’s a lot of “on the one hand” and “on the other hand” in them.

Related: Gary Null: Are we being lied to about 'vaccine efficacy'? The new research seems about to gain the upper hand, however. A 2013 overview of ASIA by six immunologists including Shoenfeld, for example, is a catalogue of vaccine side effects from Gardasil deaths, narcolepsy epidemics, infertility, chronic fatigue, dead sheep and aluminum-addled brains. It is rife with statements that would have been virtually unheard of inside mainstream medicine a decade ago. Like this shocker:

“Perhaps, in twenty years, physicians will be dueling with better characterized particles of autoimmunity, and the vaccines may become fully safe as well as effective. Nonetheless the recognition of ASIA has initiated the change to put more efforts in identifying the good, the bad and the ugly of vaccines and in particular of adjuvants as triggers of autoimmunity.”

Bad and ugly of vaccines? What’s wrong with the adjuvants? That’s not in the CDC hand-out.

Or How About This One:

“Despite the huge amount of money invested in studying vaccines, there are few observational studies and virtually no randomized clinical trials documenting the effect on mortality of any of the existing vaccines. One recent paper found an increased hospitalization rate with the increase of the number of vaccine doses and a mortality rate ratio for 5-8 vaccine doses to 1-4 doses of 1.5, indicating a statistically significant increase of deaths associated with higher vaccine doses.

Since vaccines are given to millions of infants annually, it is imperative that health authorities have scientific data from synergistic toxicity studies on all combinations of vaccines…”

That could be any anti-vaxxer jabbering on…but it’s not.

But Here is the Topper:

“The US Supreme Court ruled that vaccines makers are immune from lawsuits charging that the design of the vaccine is defective. Thus there is need for innovative clinical trial design and the vaccines themselves should be redesigned.”

Immunologists including the world’s leading authority on autoimmunity are saying it is time to take vaccines back to the drawing board. Autoimmune disease is the third leading cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide and now among the top 10 killers of young American women. The American Autoimmune Related Diseases Association estimates that 50 million Americans suffer from one of 88 autoimmune diseases - from type 1 diabetes to systemic lupus erythematosus - and some research puts the figure at one in five globally. At least 40 more diseases are suspected to be immune-mediated. Most of them are devastating - frequently crippling, expensive to treat and incurable. And they are increasing at an astonishing pace.

Related: Mercury and autism: New research provides yet more damning evidence that mercury exposure leads to ASD

At this stage, it looks like the more the research pours in, the harder it is going to get for pro-vaccine immunologists to keep multiple personality disorder – or complete nervous breakdown - at bay. Ten years of cutting edge research into aluminum’s effects on the immune system has revealed primarily how wrong they were. And how little they know. If, after 90 years, doctors finally have begun to seriously examine the mechanism and question the merits of injecting metal toxins into newborn babies, what have they yet to discover? ASIA sounds awful. (Too bad for all the people whose kids suffered through chronic fatigue when it was just a Freudian yearning to sleep with their mother.) But what if, like Lujan’s sheep, the “negligible” minority that has been paying the price for the good of humanity is actually only the tip of the iceberg? What if some people with no apparent adverse immune reactions still have nanocrystals of aluminum silently depositing in their brains? What if ASIA really includes Alzheimer’s? ALS, autism? ADD? And that’s just the A’s.

Related: New Transmissible Vaccine Spreads Like Virus, No Consent Necessary Even if immunologists keep wearing their rose coloured glasses, and vaccine ingredients are only responsible for a tiny fraction of the exploding autoimmunity, the “ugly” in vaccines will still get harder and harder to ignore. When everyone on the planet is getting injected, 20 years is a long time for disabled people to stack up while scientists “duel with the characterized particles of autoimmunity.” In the fury over the Disneyland measles outbreak that is gripping the world’s vaccine promoters, time is running out for doctors and researchers who see the “bad and ugly” side of vaccines and their adjuvants to do something about it. There’s slim chance of a vaccine redesign in the absence of a profit incentive and a strong chance of universal vaccine mandates for one and all - previous anaphylactic shock reaction or not.

Study Pulled From Publication After Proving Truth Of Vaccinated Versus Unvaccinated Children The censorship of science is nothing new. In Canada, for instance, there were serious concerns about the federal government’s increasingly strict regulations that prevented scientists from sharing their findings with the public.

Censorship, on the whole, is a persistently under-acknowledged problem in our society. The election of Donald Trump certainly showcased the fact that the mainstream media only portrays the narratives they want us to see. In the latest instance of scientific censorship, an article from a scientific journal was “unpublished,” but only after vaccine enthusiasts proclaimed that it needed to be removed. The study, you see, examined the differences in health outcomes between vaccinated and unvaccinated children. The study’s results indicated that:

“Vaccinated children were significantly less likely than the unvaccinated to have been diagnosed with chickenpox and pertussis, but significantly more likely to have been diagnosed with pneumonia, otitis media, allergies and NDDs (defined as Autism Spectrum Disorder, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, and/or a learning disability).”

From the mothers’ reports, the researchers found that vaccinated children were more likely to have allergies and neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs). The team noted that even after controlling for other factors, vaccination remained significantly associated with the presence of an NDD.

VaxXed Stories: Social Engineering of Medical Professionals Dr. Suzanne Humphries attends a meeting called "Confronting Vaccine Resistance: Strategies For Success" at NYU Langone Medical Center in New York, New York on November 21, 2016. This meetings speakers were Senator Richard Pan, Dr. Paul Offit and Dorit Rubenstein Reiss. Afterwards she comes out to the VaxXed Bus to share what happened. Camera and editing by Joshua Coleman.

Indeed, those that were vaccinated were three times more likely to be diagnosed with an NDD such as autism. The

combination of preterm birth and vaccination produced an even higher risk of NDD, increasing the chances of it by more than six-fold. In the abstract, the researchers wrote in their conclusion;

“In this study based on mothers’ reports, the vaccinated had a higher rate of allergies and NDD than the unvaccinated. Vaccination, but not preterm birth, remained significantly associated with NDD after controlling for other factors. However, preterm birth combined with vaccination was associated with an apparent synergistic increase in the odds of NDD. Further research involving larger, independent samples is needed to verify and understand these unexpected findings in order to optimize the impact of vaccines on children’s health.”

Baxter Dmitry from Investment Watch Blog notes that the study was “unpublished” from the journal Frontiers In Public Health. Normally, one can still view the cached version in internet archives. But Baxter says this too was removed, noting that “a cached version available on internet archives has also been removed, suggesting there is a serious campaign to stop members of the public from viewing the study.” Fortunately, a screenshot of the study was saved before the whole thing was scrubbed off the internet for good.

Prior to being removed from the internet, the study was subjected to massive amounts of scrutiny; apparently in this instance, the use of surveys – which are widely used for data gathering – somehow invites “bias.” Some of the colorful public comments included;

“This study is of poor design, though not impossible results. Study relies of self-report of moms, inducing bias,” and, “Another garbage vaccine study in Frontiers journal. Scientists, stop reviewing/publishing there.”

This, of course, is not the first time that a study that showcased the potential ill effects of vaccines has been pulled from the internet. In February, the journal Vaccine temporarily removed, and eventually retracted, a study that linked the HPV vaccine to behavioral issues in mice. Publishing research that contains information that conflicts with the mainstream narrative continues to prove to be a quick and easy way to find yourself blacklisted and censored by conventional media. This just underscores the importance of independent research and alternative media outlets. Related: Big Pharma now wants to vaccinate babies while they’re still in the womb

10 More Signs That The Global Elite’s Ship Is Sinking + Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking - Former U.S. VP To Media ‘We Don’t Need You Guys Anymore’ December 23 2016 | From: WakingTimes / IUV / Various

Times are continuing to shift in a big way and humanity’s rise over the darkness that has plagued our planet for a very long time is gathering momentum by the day.

Remember, the elite’s modus operandi is to crush any form of hope or belief that things can or will get better. Related: The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire Truth prevails though and we are seeing the old world order crumble. 2017 is sure to be an exciting year. Continue to dream big. 1. June 23rd, 2016: Britain votes to leave the European Union. While some are choosing to see this as an extremist act whose focus was on securing the border from immigrants, there is a much bigger picture to that event. While it must be said that the immigration issue is in the minds of some who were pro-Brexit (and thus needs to be humanely and compassionately addressed), the bigger issue was that Britain reclaimed it’s sovereignty back from the imperialistic banking and political cabal.

Related: Criminally Negligent IMF Head Lagarde Unpunished, Here’s Why As it has been reported in The Telegraph, a mainstream media outlet in the UK, the CIA and the U.S. State Department have been heavily involved in the creation of the European Union from the very beginning. As Professor Alan Sked said in the article: Voters in Britain’s referendum need to understand that the European Union was about building a federal superstate from day one.

2. July 22nd, 2016: Wikileaks releases over 20,000 emails from the Democratic National Convention and shows the deep collusion between the Clinton Campaign and the DNC itself. These revelations ultimately helped force the resignations of the top 4 positions within the DNC.

3. October 8th, 2016: Shortly after Wikileaks began dumping the PodestaFiles, emails were revealed that John Podesta, the Clinton campaign chairman, was receiving emails about UFO/E.T. disclosure as well as free energy technology, whose emails came from former NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell.

These are highly significant in the fact that it is admitted by Mitchell that such technologies do exist and that even the Vatican knows of them. Once these technologies are known about on an even wider scale, the lies and corruption of the oil industry will fall apart and humanity can then reclaim it’s freedom. 4. October 10th, 2016: Turkey defies the banking cabal and signs the Turkish Stream gas pipeline deal with Russia. Because Russia is in opposition to the cabal, or NWO, as some would prefer, this is a massive financial and geopolitical game-changer.

5. October 20th, 2016: The Philippines president Rodrigo Duterte visits China with 200 Filipino businessmen to mend ties with China. He also announces his separation from the U.S. (which is a blow to the cabal) and seeks an alliance with not only China, but Russia too. The BRICS Alliance continues to grow. 6. October 30th, 2016: Iceland’s Prime Minister steps down as the activist, anti-establishment party, known as The Pirate Party, comes in second in national elections and jumps it’s number of parliament seats from 3 to 10.

As more people around the world herald the call for true freedom, political parties reflecting such ideals will continue to prevail. The Pirate Party is in over 40 countries around the world currently, and the movement continues to grow. 7. November 4th, 2016: Wikileaks emails reveal the Podesta brothers were invited to a “spirit cooking dinner” and involved eating sperm and menstrual blood. While some surely laughed this off, keep in mind that former FBI special agent Ted Gunderson spent several years investigating and exposing this information to the public, before being murdered. We must also keep in mind that former BBC star Jimmy Savile was revealed to being involved in a massive, elite-ridden pedophile ring.

Related: Report: Obama Threatened Putin With WAR Over Election Hacking Conspiracy Theory The pedophilia and ritualistic claims against many of the elites is well known around the world and is a very serious issue. The fact that even a small bit of this came out in the Wikileaks revelations is significant and a sign of the times. So much more is coming.

8. November 8th, 2016: It was revealed by Neil Keenan that several globalists/cabalists, including Mark Carney of the Bank of England, Janet Yellen of the Federal Reserve, the Rothschilds, Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak and others were involved in a deal to steal 1 million metric tons of Gold from the global collateral accounts. As of this writing, the deal has been stopped and it very beneficial to humanity.

While this story might not make much sense to many readers, understand that the global collateral accounts are the cabal’s biggest financial secret on this planet. It is the reason JFK was killed and it also relates to 9/11.

9. November 13th, 2016: The European countries of Moldova and Bulgaria elect new presidents, both of whom are proRussia. This is yet another major setback for the globalists plans of creating a superstate out of Europe. Watch for even more countries to begin aligning with Russia. 10. November 15th, 2016: More than 200 rallies around the U.S. take place to protest the North Dakota pipeline that is

being attempted to form.

The world is continuing to awaken and sees the lunacy of oil and gas for energy. Clean solutions already exist. What are some other stories that you believe are signs that the elite’s ship is sinking? Some believe that the election of Donald Trump is a sign. Further signs are the recent resignations of Cabal-placed heads of state, namely the resignation of the Prime Minister of New Zealand, the Prime Minister of Italy and the President of France - all three of which announced their intention to resign their positions withinn the same 24 hour period. Related: The Liberation of Aleppo: A Regional Turning Point. Setback for US-Led Aggression

Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking - Former U.S. VP To Media ‘We Don’t Need You Guys Anymore’ There is a direct correlation between populism growing across the globe, replacing the global “elite” one by one, and the fall of the mainstream media. The media has not become irrelevant because the globalists are falling, but rather the global elite are falling because the media has become irrelevant.

That is a very important distinction and a lesson learned in 2016 that must not ever be forgotten. Populism is described as “a political doctrine that stems from a viewpoint of struggle between the populace and a ruling faction.” Nationalism on the other hand is defined as “patriotic feeling, principles, or efforts.” Globalism is the exact opposite of both. Globalists believe what is best for the “international community,” should override what is best for individual countries, basically sacrificing the welfare of a nation’s populace to benefit the “international community” as a whole.

One Globalist Leader Left Standing With the passing of the Brexit referendum in the UK which caused David Cameron, the Prime Minister, to resign, the election of Donald Trump in the U.S. as a repudiation of globalist leader Barack Obama, the Italian referendum which caused the Italian Prime Minister Matteo Renzi to resign, and the recent announcement by French President Francois Hollande that he will not be seeking re-election, there is one “global elite” leader left standing… Angela Merkel, who has suffered some major losses herself in Germany.

Camerion, Obama, Merkel, Hollande, Renzi at G5 Summit

The image above, minus the X marks on their heads, has been going viral on social media, with messages like “Three pro-EU globalists down, one more pro-EU globalist to go,” and “four down, Merkel to go”, according to the Independent UK, in an article headlined “Last world leader standing: The photo that shows just how much the world has changed in 2016.” Each of these leaders have been seen as betrayers by the populists in their respective countries, putting the good of others above the good of those they were elected to represent, and each have been repudiated in elections and referendums in 2016 by the very people they have betrayed with their globalist policies. Jobs, manufacturing, the economy, all sacrificed by the five globalists above in pursuit of their “New World Order,” and all but one will be gone in 2017, with Angela Merkel seeking a fourth term, despite a “historic loss” in the Berlin state election in September, which many believe was a backlash against her open immigration policies.

Globalist Cheerleaders (Mainstream Media) Become Irrelevant The globalist supporting media in each of the “unexpected” losses had campaigned hard to prevent populism from overcoming globalism or to rephrase, to prevent the people from overcoming the elite and their agenda.

Before the Brexit vote, the media hyperventilated and claimed the whole world and markets would be “thrown in turmoil,” in an attempt to influence the referendum results. Headlines from before the referendum included “Brexit ‘would have huge economic impact and spark turmoil in global markets’ from the Daily Mail and “Brexit would create turmoil and damage Irish trade,” from the Irish Times. One of the most amusing headlines came from the UK Mirror at the time, who declared “Brexit could end Britain’s hopes of hosting another World Cup or Olympics.” The same hyperbolic headlines proceeded Italy’s recent referendum, with promising chaos if the “No” vote one and Renzi resigns. The same type of howling preceded the U.S. elections with dire warnings of what would happen if Donald Trump beat globalist Hillary Clinton, where CNN headlined on November 6 with:

“US election 2016: this is the global market turmoil that would be triggered by a Donald Trump victory,” to which not only didn’t happen, but just the opposite occurred, as one day after the election, markets rallied and stocks soared, with increases still being seen as CNBC reports today that “Stocks have been on a rip-roaring rally since the U.S. election.”

One pattern here is that in every case, the mainstream media had attempted to influence the outcome, always in favor of the globalists, but the more important pattern is that the populace in each instance in their respective countries….. ignored them. Ignored the consistent flow of skewed polls claiming the “populist” candidate or position had no chance, ignored the constant negative stories being slammed out daily, in many case multiple times a day, against the candidate or position the media didn’t favor.

While polling over the decades has shown an increase of distrust toward the mainstream media, until 2016, they were still able to influence primaries, elections, referendums and votes……. those days are gone, and that is why the global elite are panicking.

Former US VP to Media: "We Don't Need You Guys Anymore" Former U.S. VP Dick Cheney recently sat down with Former Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta and CNN’s Barbara Starr at the Reagan Library, and said something horrifying to the mainstream media and the globalists.

Love him or hate him... the truth is the truth. Starr asked Cheney about the language of President-elect Trump’s tweets and after answering her Cheney stated:

“I think one of the reasons people get so concerned about the tweets is it is sort of a way around the press. He doesn’t have to rely upon, uh, rely upon - this is the modern era, modern technology. He’s at the point where we don’t need you guys anymore.”

The laughter from the audience is clearly heard… but nothing from CNN’s Starr, because those are the words the global elite and the MSM are all terrified of… because they are the truth. That comment comes at the 3:20 minute mark in the clip below:

Bottom Line The mainstream media and their “fake news,” along with their “fake polls,” using skewed demographics intended to create an illusion meant to influence the public, has failed, and with it they took the last thing propping up globalism and touting it as the “way forward,” in an attempt to create a New World Order. The term “leader of the free world” has often been used to describe the United States and more commonly the U.S. President of the United States, and having a populist U.S. President is a tremendous blow to globalists across the world, so it is no coincidence that after an election to where the ‘populist’ candidate won, Clinton teamed up with Green Party candidate Jill Stein to petition for recounts in the three states that Trump flipped, which if successful would have handed the election to the globalist candidate Hillary Clinton. It is also no coincidence that organized protests, funded by globalist George Soros, have been seen across America after the election or that we are seeing dire warnings of “bloody Friday,” with reports warning that ISIS could attack on inauguration day. The panicked globalists will not give up...

Fear, Bloodshed And Human Sacrifices Before Winter Solstice December 22 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

The killing of an ambassador in Turkey on live television and the attack of a Christmas market in Berlin occurred at a crucial time of year.

The Russian ambassador with his killer standing behind him, moments before the gunshot

On December 19th 2016, Donald Trump was officially confirmed as President of the United States by the Electoral College. Media coverage of this event was however eclipsed by attacks that ironically confirm why he was elected in the first place. And these attacks will most likely greatly influence upcoming elections in Germany, France and the Netherlands. A drastic change in political scenery is in the horizon, and it is fueled by fear, bloodshed and rejection of globalism. Related: Putin vows to destroy ISIL after ambassador killed The assassination of a Russian ambassador on live television and the violent attack of a Christmas market in Germany are events that are not only violent, but charged with intense symbolism meant to shock the public mind. Whether this was coincidental or not, these events occurred right on the brink of the winter solstice a period that is historically prone to blood sacrifices as it is a minor Sabbath in the occult calendar. Before Christmas, there was Saturnalia.

“The origins of Christmas predate Christianity through the Pagan holiday called Saturnalia, which was a week-long of lawlessness from December 17th through December 25th that honored Saturn and included human sacrifice, intoxication, naked caroling and rape. During these seven days, there were no punishments for breaking any laws, according to Roman law.” - In5d, Esoteric Meaning of Christmas “It was traditional to offer gifts of imitation fruit (a symbol of fertility), dolls (symbolic of the custom of human sacrifice), and candles (reminiscent of the bonfires traditionally associated with pagan solstice celebrations). A mock king was chosen, usually from a group of slaves or criminals, and although he was permitted to behave in an unrestrained manner for seven days of the festival, he was usually killed at the end. The Saturnalia eventually degenerated into a week-long spree of debauchery and crime – giving rise to the modern use of the tern saturnalia, meaning a period of unrestrained license and revelry.” - Time and Date, “Holidays and Traditions around the December solstice”

On December 19th, the entire world witnessed a live murder, a carefully planned sacrifice.

The Russian Ambassador Andrey Karlov, Russia’s ambassador to Turkey was shot dead on Monday evening as he delivered a speech at a photo exposition. The killer, identified as Mert Altintas, was an off-duty member of Ankara’s police force. The entire scene was extremely surreal because, beyond the violence, it was “visually perfect”. It was a set piece made for mass media.

Related: Russian Officials: “Highly Likely” Ambassador Assassination a NATO False Flag Mert Altintas stood behind the ambassador, wearing a stylishly tailored black suit, which sharply contrasted with the immaculate white background adorned with pictures of Russia. Several gunshots then wring out and the ambassador falls on his back, suddenly lifeless. The gunman then walks around the body, yelling “Allahu Akbar” and “Don’t forget Aleppo” until police finally manages to reach him and shoot him down. As one reviews this surreal scene, one wonders: How was this even allowed to happen? How come this 22-year-old, off-duty cop, who is part of the riot squad, was the only person standing behind Karlov this entire time? Reports are now saying that the gunman refused security check.

“The off-duty police officer who assassinated Russia’s ambassador to Turkey refused to go through an X-ray security check before the shooting - but was let into the event anyway, according to a report. The Hurriyet Daily News reported Tuesday that the assassin, Mevlüt Mert Altintas, simply flashed his police ID to enter Ankara’s Contemporary Arts Center - where Russian Ambassador Andrey Karlov was scheduled to speak at a photo exhibition.” - Daily News, Assassin of Turkey’s Russian ambassador refused security check before ambushing event

Related: Putin Assures Envoy Karlov’s Murderers to Feel the Heat of Russian Response

Also, all signs point to the attack being ordered from above, Mert Altintas being the proverbial patsy.

“It had been determined Tuesday if Altintas, 22, was part of a wider plan to take out the Russian ambassador. But a senior Turkish official told the Associated Press Altintas likely did not act alone. The official, speaking anonymously, called the killing “fully professional, not a one-man action.” - Ibid.

Turkish authorities suspect that Altintas was under the influence of Fetullah Gulen, a Turkish preacher who is currently based in the United States, in Pennsylvania. He is suspected of being a CIA operative conducting operations meant to destabilize Erdogan’s government. Although some draw comparisons between this event and the assassination that lead to WWI, it is unlikely that the killing will cause significant change. It will most likely justify the Russian-Turkish involvement in Syria.

Berlin Attack

The truck used to conduct the attack with Christmas decorations stuck on the windshield. Sadly symbolic

Related: Statement from President-Elect Donald J. Trump on the Attack in Berlin

Around the same time the assassination occurred in Turkey, a horrific attack took place in Berlin killing 12 people and 48 others.

“What authorities can say for certain is that a tractor-trailer with Polish license plates and laden with steel rods jumped a sidewalk around 8 p.m. Monday and plowed into the market near the Kaiser Wilhelm Memorial Church, a symbolic Berlin site whose spire, jagged from bomb damage, was intentionally left unrepaired after World War II.” - NY Times, Berlin Christmas Market Was Target of Terrorist Attack, Angela Merkel Says

This event was also charged with symbolic meaning. It was not simply about killing people, it was an attack on German culture, history and tradition. Christmas markets are a German tradition originating from the Middle Ages where locals shop for various goods while getting into the Christmas spirit. The market that was attacked is situated near the Kaiser Wilheml Memorial church, a symbolic piece of German history.

Related: The CIA Strikes Again? The truck and the wreckage it caused at the foot of the Church. Although not all Germans are religious, the building remains a piece of local history. This bloody attack is therefore custom-built to anger the German population who have to witness a beloved tradition being turned into a bloodbath by terrorists. This anger might very well translate into votes against Merkel (and her open-door policy to refugees) in the upcoming elections. It might also influence the French elections where Le Pen is gaining traction. At the time of writing this article, Berlin police detains a suspect who is said to be a refugee from Pakistan. However, police also stated that they might have the wrong person and that the true culprit might still be on the run. No matter who finally gets arrested, ultimate losers will be citizens who will have to suffer through even more scrutiny, monitoring and surveillance for

more “security”.

The elite’s motto is Ordo Ab Chao (Order Out of Chaos) and Merkel’s policy brought to Germany great deal of chaos. Now people will crave for order. And that order might come at a terrible price.

In Conclusion The two events described above were not only about killing people. They were about sending a message. They were charged with symbolic meaning custom made for mass media and social networks. These events occurred at a sensitive time of the year, the winter solstice, a minor Sabbath, historically celebrated with human sacrifice. Whether this date was intentionally selected or not, the entire world was forced to witness a planned killing, a ritual sacrifice carried out methodically as the killer screamed “God is Great”.

Top 10 Most Delusional “Facts” Of The Lunatic Left-Wing Fact-Checkers December 22 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Since Facebook has announced its intention to erect a Ministry of Truth echo chamber by labeling all news it doesn’t like “fake news,” I thought it appropriate to unveil the top 10 most delusional “facts” people will be subjected to if they keep viewing Facebook, CNN, or any other news propaganda being put out by what has become the mentally ill political left today.

As anyone with a functioning brain already knows, the unhinged left is utterly clueless about the properties of “facts” or where they come from. To them, “facts” are whatever their friends keep repeating, even if they have no basis whatsoever in evidence or reality. Related: The Western Presstitutes Are Firmly Based In Nazi Propaganda Techniques In essence, “facts” are whatever they believe, while “fake news” is whatever you believe. (It really is that simple in their feeble brains.) So consider these top 10 most delusional “facts” we’ll soon see rolled out as “truth” by the newly-sprung news cartels operating inside Fakebook.

“Fact” #1: Eating Meat is Cruelty to Animals, But Harvesting the Organs of Living, Partially-Born Human Babies Isn’t Cruel at All Somehow, the delusional left has decided that animals are conscious beings but not human babies. Yeah, it’s insane, I know. Liberalism is best defined as a kind of mental illness where a person can hold two utterly contradictory thoughts in their head at the same time while simultaneously believing them both. To demonstrate this particular brand of lunacy, a Beastie Boy recently announced a new line of “cruelty free” sneakers with proceeds to benefit abortion providers. Yep, “no animals were harmed in the process of butchering these babies” might as well be the sicko slogan of the unhinged left.

“Fact” #2: If Not For the Burning of Fossil Fuels, Earth’s Climate Would Never Change at All At first, they called their hoax “global warming,” but when it turned out the Earth wasn’t warming at all - funny how that works when you use actual data instead of fraudulently altered numbers - they had to roll out a more encompassing name: Climate Change. According to Climate Change cultists - named thusly because no amount of evidence can alter their “faith” in Climate Change - Earth’s climate never changed at all until humankind came along and started burning fossil fuels.

But now - OMG! - every hurricane, flood, drought, forest fire and freezing arctic blast is automatically attributed to “climate change.” Yep, especially among young leftists who have been indoctrinated by the lies of government-run schools, they think their ancestors lived in a time when Earth was eternal Spring, with no climate variation or natural disasters whatsoever. It’s only because you and I are using air conditioning and driving SUVs that the planet has become angry, unleashing all sorts of climatic “changes” that otherwise would have never occurred. This explanation, you may have noticed, closely resembles the superstitions of 5th-century humans who largely believed that bad weather and solar eclipses were caused by “angry gods” seeking to punish them. In over 1000 years, we’ve learned nothing, it seems, and “progressives” have thrust us back to an era of incredible ignorance and superstition where scientific evidence is abandoned for the sake of powerful cult-like beliefs.

“Fact” #3: People with XY Chromosomes Can Instantly Transform All Their Genes Into XX Chromosomes by Declaring Themselves to be Women (the Theory of Spontaneous Genetic Transmutation…) Ask any young liberal and they’ll tell you there are at least 30 genders, maybe even more if you count “TransUnicorn.” If you can stop laughing hilariously, ask them whether sex is determined by genetic expression or by a “choice.” They will insist it’s a “choice!”

And just like that, the delusional leftists discard centuries of scientific knowledge in genetics, sexual reproduction, phenotype expressions and physical reality. If you dare point out to them that “transgenderism is a mental illness,” they will label you a purveyor of either hatred or “fake news.” To them, a “feeling” is more REAL than actual science, you see. And if a young man sucks down enough bisphenol-A to start “feeling” like a woman, then his womanhood is accepted as a “fact” by the deranged lunatic left. Some of them even insist that such “gender-fluid” biological males can get pregnant and have babies! I have named this hilarious bit of leftish delusional idiocy the Theory of Spontaneous Genetic Transmutation. This theory is quite literally accepted as “fact” by nearly every liberal under the age of 30.

“Fact” #4: Media News Coverage During the Presidential Campaign Was Completely Fair to Both Clinton and Trump, But the DNC Hacks Were One-Sided, and Thus Totally Unfair Yep, according to the delusional left, the almost universally glowing media coverage of Hillary Clinton - alongside relentless media attacks waged against Trump - were “fair and balanced.” But Trump won the election because the DNC hacks (which were actually leaks from a Bernie Sanders supporter, not hacks at all) were totally unfair because they only leaked the emails of the democrats, not republicans. Kellyanne Conway: CIA Should Go and Testify and Stop Leaking to the Media

Hidden in that protest is an astonishing presumption that all the leaked DNC emails were true! And they reveal a deeply shocking level of collusion inside the DNC to destroy Bernie Sanders and steal the nomination for Hillary Clinton.

“Fact” #5: Hillary Clinton Should be President Because She Won the Popular Vote, But When Bernie Sanders Kept Winning the Popular Vote During the Primary, Clinton Somehow Got All the Delegates… Hmmm… Hilariously, the Clinton campaign (and all delusional leftists in general) only believes in “popular votes” when they win the popular vote. When they don’t win the popular vote, they believe in rigging the delegates to make sure their candidate gets the delegate votes even if they lost the popular vote. This is exactly how Hillary Clinton kept walking away with the vast majority of delegates even in states where Bernie Sanders won the popular votes (sometimes in a landslide). Beyond all that, the presidential election is not determined by popular votes, or else Donald Trump would have campaigned heavily in places like New York City and Los Angeles. The winner is determined by Electoral Votes, which is why Donald Trump campaigned in the areas that deliver electoral victories. (Gosh, is he supposed to be a bad person for following the rules and winning by those rules?)

Judge Jeanine: I'll tell you what hope is, Michelle

If the Clinton campaign didn’t think the Electoral College was fair, why didn’t they protest it before the results revealed Hillary to be the loser? The answer, of course, is because nearly every leftist in America was completely convinced that Hillary Clinton would win the election (because that’s what the media echo chamber told them). Hilariously, this caused many of them to avoid going out to vote, thereby ensuring their ballot box loss. CNN’s false media narrative that Hillary was “unbeatable,” in other words, may have actually handed Donald Trump the election victory. (Such is the price of extreme arrogance.)

“Fact” #6: There’s No Such Thing as a Hate Crime Against White People According to the lunatic left, “hate crimes” can only be committed by white people against people of color. The opposite cannot occur because white people “deserve” to be beaten, raped, or shot by people of color, you see. (For the record, I am a person of color, which means I am therefore incapable of committing any hate crime myself, you see.) Thus, when a group of Black Lives Matter terrorists marches in the streets calling for the open murder of white people - or dragging people out of their vehicles and beating them solely because of their white skin color - they are not engage in hate crimes at all, according to the delusional left. Instead, they are said to be engaged in “social justice.” Because, you see, violence is always called “justice” by the worst criminals in every collapsing society.

This is why the entire left-wing media censors all news about black people attacking white people, but strongly emphasizes all news about white people attacking black people. It’s all part of controlling the narrative to paint the kind of one-sided propaganda that the delusional left depends on for its very survival. For the record, here at Natural News, we believe that there is no such thing as a thought crime. Crimes of violence are crimes in and of themselves due to their actions. Attaching a layer of “hate” to the motivation behind such a crime is a grave injustice. Crimes should be prosecuted based on the actions of those who committed them, not on the words uttered while carrying them out. Otherwise, we are admitting that words are crimes.

“Fact” #7: Guns Are Conscious, Self-Animating Objects That Leap Out Of Their Holsters and Shoot People All On Their Own

According to delusional leftists who essentially believe in magic, guns are self-directed objects that shoot people all on their own. Leftists truly believe that a gun in a room can leap to its feet, target individuals and discharge bullets without needing to be actuated by the will of a person. This is where the delusional left comes up with meaningless phrases like “gun violence,” placing the emphasis on the inanimate object rather than the person deploying it. There is no such thing as “gun violence” any more than there is “hammer violence” when murderers use hammers.

When Somali tribes commit mass murder against each other using machetes, the left never describes such events as “machete violence” and tries to blame machetes. Ever wonder why? Because that would sound incredibly stupid. But when it comes to guns, the left gladly invokes the phrase “gun violence” in order to blame guns rather than people. It’s a deliberately loaded phrase that’s designed to blame guns rather than the mostly left-wing criminals who use them to commit violence against society. Similarly, when radical Islamic terrorists used an ice cream truck to mow down tourists in Paris, the left-wing media reported the mass murder as being carried out by the truck! News reports proclaimed, “TRUCK runs over 85 people…” or “Authorities are searching for TRUCK that murdered 85…” Somehow, it never occurs to idiotic leftists that a terrorist was driving the truck. And if trucks are such murderous instruments of death, then why isn’t the left calling for a nationwide truck ban?

“Fact” #8: Only Progressives Can Identify “Facts”… Everyone Else Doesn’t Know What They’re Talking About This “fact” is the best one of all. According to the delusional, fringe left, only people who support left-wing policies can recognize or identify “facts.” This twisted special sauce of circular logic is what leftists tell themselves when they proclaim their version of “facts” to be absolute and authoritative, while anyone else’s version of “facts” are nothing but lies and falsehoods.

Related: Facebook's plan to tackle fake news raises questions over limitations Thus, the lunatic left believes it gets facts straight from God in a sort of “divining ritual” from which indisputable facts emerge much like a genie might appear after vigorously rubbing a brass lamp. This “monopoly of facts” is the sole domain of liberals, you see, and they know this because so many of them agree with that supposition, thus proving it to be true by “social consensus.” They surveyed each other, you see, and now they cite the survey which states that “100% of all people everywhere participate in surveys.” This, too, is a “fact” of the delusional left-wing media. (It’s kind of convenient for journalists at the Washington Post when they merely need to cite each other as “unnamed sources” for whatever news they happen to be fabricating at the moment, too. Who needs actual intelligence sources when WashPost reporters can circle jerk each other for made-up quotes that get worked into their front page fabrications?)

“Fact” #9: Intentions Count MoreThan Actions Obama is a good President and a good person. How do we know that? Because he has good intentions. Never mind the fact that he doubled the national debt to nearly $20 trillion. Never mind the fact that his DOJ masterminded a gun-running operation to put illegal weapons into the hands of Mexican drug cartels (Operation Fast and Furious). Never mind the indisputable observation that he was a race baiter who created division, hatred and distrust across America’s cultural fabric. And pay no attention to the astonishing job loss, unemployment and plummeting wages caused by the Obamacare scheme he championed as some sort of twisted, pathetic “legacy.” Nope, you’re not supposed to consider actual reality when it comes to judging people on the left. They are all given a pass on their behavior as long as they have good intentions, you see.

This is why it doesn’t matter to the left that Bill Clinton is an accused rapist, sexual molester and repeated attacker of multiple women who have openly and publicly accused him of sexual assault. According to the delusional left, Bill Clinton gets a free pass on all that because he’s a good liberal. He has compassion, don’t you know? He supports abortion, carbon taxes and banning the Second Amendment. Thus, according to the left, it doesn’t matter how many women he raped, abused or molested. Facts be damned. When it comes to protecting the champions of the political left, no amount of legitimate evidence of criminal wrongdoing can overcome the left’s blind faith in their so-called leaders, even if they be pedophiles ordering sicko sessions with minors like buying pizza off a menu.

“Fact” #10: Bigger Government is Always the Answer No matter what challenges society may face, the disconnected left believes bigger government is always the answer. Got a problem with people drinking too much soda? We need bigger government to function as “food police” and criminalize large sodas offerings. Are too many dementia patients forgetting where they are and wandering aimlessly across mall parking lots? We need bigger government, the left insists, to microchip and track the location of all those afflicted with “mental disorders.” (It’s true, Congress just passed the law for government to microchip citizens.)

Can’t afford your rent? Mobile phone bills? Groceries? Don’t worry, the government will create a new program to take money from all those who earned it and redistribute the funds to loyal democrat voters who consume it (while, of course, padding the pockets of the politically connected elite along the way). According to the delusional left, there’s no problem too large that even larger government can’t solve! Their utopian economy, in fact, is a system where the free market is abolished and replaced by a centrally planned economy which values “equality” above all else. Our world already has a system like that, by the way. It’s called “Venezuela.” And right now, all the self-righteous Venezuelans who voted for “equality” are eating out of grocery store dumpsters while having their cash criminalized and confiscated by the very same government they stupidly put into power. (Will socialists never learn?)

The Greatest “Fact” of All is the Fact That Leftists Have Increasingly Become Fact-Free Lunatics So let’s cut the crap. Almost everything the lunatic left insists is a “fact” turns out to be a fairy tale or outright lie. Polar bears are going extinct! If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor! Raising taxes on corporations is good for creating jobs! Hillary Clinton believes in honoring the outcome of all democratic elections… except for the ones she loses.

And if you lose an election in a democracy, the correct course of action, according to the left, is to keep threatening electoral voters with murder until you get your way. It turns out that, for the most part, leftists are fact-free lunatics. I could lay out a hundred striking examples of the lunacy and contradictions of the delusional left, but you probably already see many of them yourself. The left has become so deranged and disconnected from reality that their cheap tactics of race baiting and slandering their political opponents simply don’t work anymore. The political left in America, which was once a semi-respected organization that opposed George Bush’s corporate-run wars and fought to reduce air pollution has become a twisted cabal of deranged fringe lunatics who have already crossed the threshold of mental illness.

Now, with the help of Fakebook - which has become the online equivalent of Darth Vader - they’re going to try to steamroll society with a whole new set of fabricated “facts” that will also fail miserably… just like their recent election efforts. Facts are stubborn things. More importantly, no one has a monopoly on them. Those who try to censor whatever “facts” they don’t agree with will only end up making the things they dispute increasingly popular for the simple reason that human beings are curious about the world around them, and they don’t take kindly to having a homogenized, sanitized worldview shoved down their throats by self-proclaimed “fact checkers” who genuinely belong in a psychiatric ward. But don’t take my word for anything. After all, everything I’ve written here is merely my opinion. Open your eyes, explore the world for yourself, and make up your own mind. That simple act, by the way, will make you a lifelong enemy of the left… which demands you remain blindly obedient to their “facts” even when your own direct experiences contradict them. Remember: The ultimate goal of the radical left is to make you abandon trust in your own senses, thoughts and logical conclusions. Only then can they dominate your existence with their fabrications that any clear-headed person would instantly see right through. Related: As the Coup Against Trump Fails, the Threat Against His Life Rises

Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To Label Independent Journalism “Fake” + Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact December 21 2016 | From: NaturalNews / WashingtonTimes

Facebook has announced a new plan today that will very quickly transform the social media site into an “echo chamber” of left-wing media lies and delusional propaganda (just like we’ve recently seen pushed by the Washington Post).

The new effort will rely on left-wing “fact checker” organizations like Politifact and Snopes to determine the “truthiness” of news stories, reports Business Insider. Those stories deemed by left-wing “fact checkers” to be inaccurate will be buried in Facebook users’ feeds as a form of organized totalitarian censorship. Related: PropOrNot: Evidence of a CIA Psychological Operation This Ministry of Truth “news dictatorship” plan will, of course, transform Facebook into nothing more than a news “bubble” where left-wing propaganda is repeated as “fact” while independent journalism is labeled “fake.” This means all stories that are critical of vaccines, GMOs, Planned Parenthood or Hillary Clinton will be censored out of existence. The political left, you see, doesn’t seek to win any debate at all… their goal is to ban the debate so that you never read any views other than theirs. (They can’t win any legitimate debates or legitimate elections, so they cheat.) In essence, Facebook has now announced it’s going to become the North Korea of social media.

Facebook’s “Fact Checkers” Are Left-Wing Propagandsts Who Despise Factual Journalism

“We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to share,” the company said. “We’ve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynter’s International Fact Checking Code of Principles. We’ll use the reports from our community, along with other signals, to send stories to these organizations.”

“Facebook has announced it will introduce warning labels on stories they deem to be “fake news,” with the help of partisan “fact checking” organisations such as Snopes and PolitiFact,” reports Breitbart.com. Business Insider reports that these organisations will include the likes of Snopes, ABC, Politifact, and FactCheck.org, all of which have records of left-wing partisanship - particularly throughout the 2016 election. For example, PolitiFact infamously said it was “mostly false” when Donald Trump claimed in a presidential debate that Hillary Clinton wanted “open borders.” PolitiFact made this ruling despite Clinton being on the record at a paid speech saying “My dream is a hemispheric common market, with open trade and open borders.”

Trump also said that Russia has 1,800 nuclear warheads and has expanded its arsenal while the U.S. has not. PolitiFact admitted that Trump’s claim was factual, but it rated the statement as “half true” for supposedly “missing the big picture.” In both of these cases, PolitiFact went beyond mere fact-checking and moved the goal posts in ways that benefited Clinton’s candidacy. This type of ideological “fact checking” went beyond parody during October’s presidential debates, with NBC taking Trump’s statement that Clinton “acid washed” her emails (a reference to the data deletion tool “BleachBit”) 100% literally and declaring the statement “false.”

It’s Time to Leave Facebook and Discover Alternatives Like Diaspora or Gab.ai As Facebook turns into an echo chamber of mentally ill liberal whackos, informed people will look elsewhere for uncensored, independent news. One of the best alternatives for Facebook is Diaspora, a network of independent social media hubs run by independent, open source organizations like Natural News. Our Diaspora hub is found at Share.NaturalNews.com, and it’s rapidly growing. There, you’ll receive every story we post, unlike Facebook where 99% of our posts are deliberately buried by Facebook itself.

Gab.ai is also rapidly growing, promising uncensored free speech in a social media format. You can find my articles posted in real time at these two accounts: https://gab.ai/healthranger / https://gab.ai/NaturalNews Join all these sources so that you can stay informed. Understand that Facebook, Google, Twitter, Yahoo and all the other internet gatekeepers are now engaged in an all out war against independent news, hoping to censor it out of existence. (They’ve lost the narrative, and they lost the election. Now they’re desperate to destroy whatever voices they don’t control… but it will only cause them to lose their audience.)

A Mass Exodus Away From Fakebook By censoring independent journalism, Facebook is going to lose tens of millions of users who will simply go somewhere else. The left-wing propaganda swallowers who stay behind at Facebook will simply become increasingly misinformed and

mentally ill as they follow the left-wing media down the rabbit hole of delusional Russian hacker conspiracy theories and hatred against America, the Constitution and the entire male population in general. It won’t be long, probably, before Snopes “officially” confirms that having white skin makes you a racist, or that all men are evil due to their genetics. Politifact might throw down its own delusional “facts” that claim Donald Trump was hypnotized by the Russians as a Manchurian candidate to commit genocide against women (or whatever) whose body parts will be harvested for organ donations to gray aliens from planet Cockamamie.

I can’t wait for Snopes to confirm that people can transform XY chromosomes into XX chromosomes by declaring themselves to be transgender. Before long, everything pushed by the left - from climate change lunacy to transgender psychosis - will be rooted in sheer delusion that stands in complete contradiction to scientific reality. Yet it will all be pushed by Facebook as “verified fact.” To the utterly insane left, “facts” are whatever they believe in, no matter how disconnected from reality they might be. We have now entered the Orwellian nightmare we all knew was coming. The good news is that you can simply change the channel and escape the nightmare by avoiding Facebook altogether. It’s time to #DumpFacebook for good. Related: Over The Top! MSM Calls For Banning Alex Jones From The Airwaves

Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact Facebook announced Thursday that it is ready to “roll out” a process by which alleged “fake news” is identified and flagged for users.

Concern for so-called “fake news,” which has permeated the media landscape since Democrat Hillary Clinton’s Election Day loss to Republican Donald Trump, will now be met by Facebook in a major way. Related: Facebook to Restrict Content by Morphing Into Virtual TV Network The social media giant’s newsroom announced that it will partner with third-party organizations to identify hoaxes and unreliable stories.

“We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to share,” the company said. “We’ve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynter’s International Fact Checking Code of Principles. We’ll use the reports from our community, along with other signals, to send stories to these organizations.”

According to Facebook, “if the fact checking organizations identify a story as fake, it will get flagged as disputed and there will be a link to the corresponding article explaining why. Stories that have been disputed may also appear lower in News Feed.” Still, CEO Mark Zuckerberg’s company said its workforce and partners “cannot become arbiters of truth” while essentially designating them as such. One of the organizations Facebook plans on teaming up with is Snopes, which bills itself as an “essential resource” for truth.

Others groups the social media platform will work with include ABC News, FactCheck.org, PolitiFact, and The Associated Press. Conservative commentators were quick to put forth a “who watches the watchmen” counter-argument.

“Sometimes the experts are also partisans who have an agenda. That was certainly the case with regard to Obamacare,” wrote Hotair’s John Sexton on Thursday. “Health care wonks like Ezra Klein and Jonathan Gruber knew a great deal about the program. They were also prepared to help their Democratic allies in government lie to the public if necessary to see it succeed. It’s not that they didn’t know the truth it’s just that they weren’t going to share all of it (except occasionally to a friendly audience). Now imagine applying these new rules retroactively to this story. Would any story which challenged Obama’s statement be flagged as ‘fake news’ prior to 2013?”

The Weekly Standard’s Mark Hemingway concurred.

“Two university studies show PolitiFact rates the GOP as liars over Democrats at a rate of 3 to 1 and 2 to 1 respectively. […] I once asked the head of PolitiFact to explain a university study suggesting they were biased,” Mr. Hemingway said in a series of tweets. “He no joke told me that based on what people tell him at parties he thinks he’s fair. I could go on … but the idea of PolitiFact censoring political speech at any major social media network is horrifying.”

Facebook, for all intents and purposes, dismissed such concerns as hyperbole over a work-in-progress with good intentions.

“We’re excited about this progress, but we know there’s more to be done,” the company wrote. “We’re going to keep working on this problem for as long as it takes to get it right.”

The New Zealand Road Toll Statistics They Tried To Bury December 20 2016 | From: BreakingViews

I checked the latest road toll statistics a few days ago. Interesting. For the year from January 1, road deaths were up from 291 last year to 300.

For the 12 months to Tuesday, they were up from 315 to 328. For driver fatalities, the figures were up from 138 to 151 (for the calendar year to date) and from 146 to 170 (over 12 months). These are not big increases, but they appear to be more than mere statistical blips. Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government Even more interesting are some of the figures from a Ministry of Transport booklet called Alcohol and Drugs 2016. Most of the tables in the booklet pull together figures covering the years 2013-2015 without breaking them down year by year. They reveal that alcohol and/or drugs contributed to 12 per cent of fatal smashes. This might come as a surprise. Given the official obsession with alcohol as a risk factor (all those checkpoints, all those TV ads, all those earnest lectures from senior police officers every holiday period), I imagine most people would have thought the ratio of deaths attributable to booze must be much higher.

But what especially interested me was whether road deaths involving alcohol had decreased since the legal blood-alcohol limit was lowered on December 1 2014. This is information of some importance, since the objective of the law change was to reduce the road toll. But you have to turn to page 8 before you find any figures relating to the year after the new limits kicked in. These reveal that the number of alcohol-affected drivers involved in fatal crashes actually increased from 70 to 90 in the 12 months after the new law came into effect. This was not what we were led to expect. It is the opposite of what the new limit was intended to achieve, which was to deter people who had been drinking from getting behind the wheel. Opponents of the law change argued that it would punish safe, law-abiding motorists while hard-core drink-drivers would continue to flout the law with impunity. That appears to be precisely what has happened.

Drink-drive fatalities last year were the highest since 2010. In the 20-24 age group, the number of alcohol-affected male drivers involved in fatal crashes increased from 12 to 22 – that’s nearly double. For men overall, the number was up from 56 to 82. If the numbers had gone the other way, I’m sure the ministry would have been shouting from the rooftops. As it is, it’s hard to escape the impression the figures were buried. We shouldn’t be in the least bit surprised that the law change hasn’t delivered the promised improvement. Controlfreak policy-makers and poll-driven politicians refuse to accept that human behaviour can’t conveniently be changed by legislative decree.

Related: 8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us That’s also apparent from the anti-smacking law (on average, one child continues to be killed by domestic violence every five weeks while responsible parents risk prosecution for disciplining out-of-control kids with a harmless slap) and from laughably ineffective dog-control rules, which have entered a whole new realm of fantasy with the expectation that owners of dangerous dogs will obtain special high-risk dog owner licences, submit their dogs to good citizenship tests, have their properties inspected and demonstrate they understand their legal obligations. Yeah, right. Can’t you just see gang members meekly queuing at council offices to fill in the forms and register their blood-flecked pitbulls for obedience training? Now here’s the key point. Any benefits arising from lower blood-alcohol limits – and so far there don’t seem to be any – should be weighed against the social downsides.

As we brace for the annual bout of Christmas finger-wagging, we should ask whether New Zealanders’ enjoyment of life has been unnecessarily diminished just to satisfy the bureaucratic urge to regulate and control. There’s an economic cost too. Country pubs - the heart of some rural communities - are going out of business and wineries can expect fewer summer visitors because people fret that a harmless tasting will push them over the limit. Any supposed benefit must also be weighed against the undoubted change in the public attitude toward the police, who are increasingly resented as bullies and harassers - unwilling or unable to attend burglaries, but never short of the numbers to run alcohol checkpoints at all hours of the day, or to hamper law-abiding bar owners in their attempts to run a business, or to make the staging of public events such as wine festivals so onerous that some participating companies decide that it's just not worth the effort any more. Comment: Anyone who still thinks the Police do not have quotas to meet for traffic and other 'offences' is deluded. It has been established as fact and I and many others have heard it admitted. QUOTAS = REVENUE

Poll: Americans Backing President-Elect Donald Trump Just Weeks After Bitter Campaign + A "Soft Coup" Attempt: Furious Trump Slams "Secret" CIA Report Russia

Helped Him Win December 19 2016 | From: Breitbart / AllNewsPipeline / Various

President-elect Donald J. Trump heads into his Jan. 20 inauguration riding a wave of approval from Americans, according to a national Remington Research Group poll conducted Dec. 11 and Dec. 12 with 1,945 voters.

“America is five weeks removed from one of the most negative presidential campaigns in history,” said Titus Bond, Remington‘s director of research. Related: Top Pollster: Trump Could Create Long Term Majority – And Change Politics as We Know It

“Donald Trump has been able to improve his image in a very short span and if that continues he will govern with a mandate,” he said. “Forty-seven percent of Americans view the president-elect favorably with 41 percent viewing him unfavorably with 12 percent having no opinion.”

The poll carries a 2.3 percent margin of error and was paid for and commissioned independent of any campaign or committee.

Related: Republican Elector Slams “Coup D’etat” Attempt to “Overturn a Fair and Legal Election” Bond said the direct reason for Trump’s approval rating improving is the success of the stock market. The Dow Jones Industrial Index closed Nov. 7 at 18,259.60, the day before the presidential election and the DJIA closed Dec. 9 at 19,756.85.

“Trump’s rebounding image could be attributed directly to the stock market,” he said. “Fifty-nine percent of Americans believe stock market gains are attributed to the election of Donald Trump, with 30 percent saying Trump is solely responsible for the gains. Just 30 percent of Americans believe the election of Trump had nothing to do with the rise in the stock market.”

The poll showed that people are siding with Trump against the press, he said.

“Half of all Americans believe the media has been unfair in its coverage of Trump with 39 percent saying the media has been fair,” Bond said. “The mainstream media is viewed negatively by 57 percent of Americans with just 25 percent viewing mainstream media outlets favorably,” he said.

Americans have a mixed opinion of the team the president-elect is putting together for his cabinet, Bond said. Forty percent of poll participants said they approved of Trump’s selections and 43 percent disapproved, he said.

Related: Forbes List of World’s Most Powerful People: 1. Putin, 2. Trump… 48. Obama “Americans are also split when asked if Donald Trump will make America great again,” Bond said. Forty-three percent believe he will and 43 percent do not believe he will, while 46 percent said they think the United States will be more safe under a Trump presidency and 43 percent believe America will be less safe. Remington Research Group is a polling firm that specializes in automated IVR technology. Remington Research Group accurately predicted the outcome of the 2016 Presidential election and its surveys have been featured in

RealClearPolitics, Newsweek, U.S. News & World Report, the Wall Street Journal, 538 and numerous local media throughout the United States. Related: NYT Claims Trump a “Threat to Democracy”

A "Soft Coup" Attempt: Furious Trump Slams "Secret" CIA Report Russia Helped Him Win Recently the media propaganda wars escalated after the late Friday release of an article by the Washington Post(which last week admitted to using unverified, or fake, news in an attempt to smear other so-called "fake news" sites) according to which a secret CIA assessment found that Russia sought to tip last month’s U.S. presidential election in Donald Trump’s favor, a conclusion presented without any actual evidence, and which drew an extraordinary, and angry rebuke from the president-elect’s camp.

“These are the same people that said Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction,” Trump’s transition team said, launching a broadside against the spy agency. Related: Washington Post goes “full treason” – fabricates entire story falsely claiming Trump won because of Russian hacks

"The election ended a long time ago in one of the biggest Electoral College victories in history. It’s now time to move on and ‘Make America Great Again.’ ”

The Washington Post report comes after outgoing President Barack Obama ordered a review of all cyberattacks that took place during the 2016 election cycle, amid growing calls from Congress for more information on the extent of Russian interference in the campaign. The newspaper cited officials briefed on the matter as saying that individuals with connections to Moscow provided WikiLeaks with email hacked from the Democratic National Committee, Democratic nominee Hillary Clinton’s campaign chief and others.

Without a shred of evidence provided, and despite Wikileaks' own on the record denial that the source of the emails was Russian, the WaPo attack piece claims the email messages were steadily leaked out via WikiLeaks in the months before the election, damaging Clinton’s White House run. Essentially, according to the WaPo, the Russians’ aim was to help Donald Trump win and not just undermine the U.S. electoral process, hinting at a counter-Hillary intent on the side of Putin.

“It is the assessment of the intelligence community that Russia’s goal here was to favor one candidate over the other, to help Trump get elected,” the newspaper quoted a senior U.S. official briefed on an intelligence presentation last week to key senators as saying. “That’s the consensus view.”

CIA agents told the lawmakers it was “quite clear” - although it was not reported exactly what made it "clear" - that electing Trump was Russia’s goal, according to officials who spoke to the Post, citing growing evidence from multiple sources. And yet, key questions remain unanswered, and the CIA’s report fell short of being a formal U.S. assessment produced by all 17 intelligence agencies the newspaper said, for two reasons. As we reported in November "The "Fact" That 17 Intelligence Agencies Confirmed Russia is Behind the Email Hacks Isn’t Actually…A "Fact", and then also because aside from so-called "consensus", there is - once again - no evidence,otherwise the appropriate agencies would have long since released it, and this is nothing more than another propaganda attempt to build tension with Russia. In fact, the WaPo admits as much in the following text, which effectively destroys the article's entire argument:

"The CIA presentation to senators about Russia’s intentions fell short of a formal U.S. assessment produced by all 17 intelligence agencies. A senior U.S. official said there were minor disagreements among intelligence officials about the agency’s assessment, in part because some questions remain unanswered. For example, intelligence agencies do not have specific intelligence showing officials in the Kremlin “directing” the identified individuals to pass the Democratic emails to WikiLeaks, a second senior U.S. official said. Those actors, according to the official, were “one step” removed from the Russian government, rather than government employees. Moscow has in the past used middlemen to participate in sensitive intelligence operations so it has plausible deniability. ...

“I’ll be the first one to come out and point at Russia if there’s clear evidence, but there is no clear evidence - even now,” said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. “There’s a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, that’s it.”

And since even the WaPo is forced to admit that intelligence agents don’t have the proof that Russian officials directed the identified individuals to supply WikiLeaks with the hacked Democratic emails, the best it can do is speculate based on circumstantial inferences, especially since, as noted above, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has denied links with Russia’s government, putting the burden of proof on the side of those who challenge the Wikileaks narrative. So far that proof has not been provided.

Related: Trump’s Showdown with the Deep State Nonetheless, at the White House, Deputy Press Secretary Eric Schultz said Obama called for the cyberattacks review earlier this week to ensure “the integrity of our elections.”

“This report will dig into this pattern of malicious cyberactivity timed to our elections, take stock of our defensive capabilities and capture lessons learned to make sure that we brief members of Congress and stakeholders as appropriate,” Schultz said.

Taking the absurdity to a whole new level, Obama wants the report completed before his term ends on January 20, by none other than a proven and confirmed liar: "The review will be led by James Clapper, the outgoing director of national intelligence, officials said." In other words, the report that the Kremlin stole the election should be prepared by the time Trump is expected to be sworn in.

“We are going to make public as much as we can,” the spokesman added. “This is a major priority for the president.”

The move comes after Democrats in Congress pressed the White House to reveal details, to Congress or to the public, of Russian hacking and disinformation in the election. On Oct. 7, one month before the election, the Department of Homeland Security and the Director of National Intelligence announced that:

“The Russian Government directed the recent compromises of emails from U.S. persons and institutions, including from U.S. political organizations.” “These thefts and disclosures are intended to interfere with the U.S. election process,” they said.

Trump dismissed those findings in an interview published Wednesday by Time magazine for its “Person of the Year” award. Asked if the intelligence was politicized, Trump answered: “I think so.”

Related: 2016 Person Of The Year - Donald Trump

“I don’t believe they interfered,” he said. “It could be Russia. And it could be China. And it could be some guy in his home in New Jersey.”

Worried that Trump will sweep the issue under the rug after his inauguration, seven Democrats on the Senate Intelligence Committee called on Nov. 29 for the White House to declassify what it knows about Russian interference. The seven have already been briefed on the classified details, suggesting they believe there is more information the public should know.

On Tuesday this week, leading House Democrats called on Obama to give members of the entire Congress a classified briefing on Russian interference, from hacking to the spreading of fake news stories to mislead U.S. voters. Republicans in Congress have also promised hearings into Russian activities once the new administration comes in. Obama’s homeland security adviser Lisa Monaco said the cyberinterference goes back to the 2008 presidential race, when both the Obama and John McCain campaigns were hit by malicious computer intrusions. ... An interesting aside to emerge from last night's hit piece and the Trump team response is that there is now a full blown turf war between Trump and the CIA, as NBC's Chuck Todd observed in a series of late Friday tweets:

To which Glenn Greenwald provided the best counterargument:

However, of the mini Tweetstorm, this was the most important aspect: the veiled suggestion that in addition to Russia, both the FBI and the Obama presidency prevented Hillary from becoming the next US president...

...which in light of these stunning new unproven and baseless allegations, she may very well have renewed aspirations toward.

... So while there is no "there" there following the WaPo's latest attempt to fan the rarging fires of evidence-free propaganda, or as the WaPo itself would say "fake news", here is why the story has dramatic implications. First, the only two quotes which matter:

"...There is no clear evidence - even now,” said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. “There’s a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, that’s it.” ... "...Obama wants the report before he leaves office Jan. 20, Monaco said. The review will be led by [PROVEN LIAR] James Clapper, the outgoing director of national intelligence, officials said."

And then the summary: 1. Announce "consensus" (not unanimous) "conclusion" based in circumstantial evidence now, before the Electoral College vote, then write a report with actual details due by Jan 20. 2. Put a proven liar in charge of writing the report on Russian hacking. 3. Fail to mention that not one of the leaked DNC or Podesta emails has been shown to be inauthentic. So the supposed Russian hacking simply revealed truth about Hillary, DNC, and MSM collusion and corruption. 4. Fail to mention that if hacking was done by or for US government to stop Hillary, blaming the Russians would be the most likely disinformation used by US agencies. 5. Expect every pro-Hillary lapdog journalist - which is virtually all of them - in America will hyperventilate (Twitter is currently on fire) about this latest fact-free, anti-Trump political stunt for the next nine days. Or, as a reader put it, this is a soft coup attempt by leaders of Intel community and Obama Admin to influence the Electoral College vote, similar to the 1960s novel "Seven Days in May." Related: Michigan Elector: Anti-Trump Celebrities Are Not Smarter Than the American People

A CIA-Led Coup Against American Democracy Is Unfolding Before Our Eyes + The Albuquerque Journal Asks The Relevant Question: Just Who Is Undermining Election? Russians Or CIA? December 19 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / AlbJournal

This article by Moon of Alabama is not conspiracy theory: The "Elite" Coup of 2016 - Read it carefully. Check out the links.

Putin stands in brazen defiance of the New World Order globalist agenda - another thing that makes him a target

The article is a documented and accurate description of a coup that is underway. The extraordinary lies that are being perpetrated by the media and by members of the US government have as their obvious purpose the prevention of a Donald Trump presidency. Related: Obama Must Declassify Evidence of Russian Hacking There is no other reason for the extraordinary blatant lies for which there is not a shred of evidence. Indeed, there is massive real evidence to the contrary. Yet the coup proceeds and gathers steam. President Eisenhower warned us more than a half century ago of the danger that the military/security complex presents to US democracy. In the decades since Eisenhower’s warning, the military/security complex has become more powerful than the American people and is demonstrating its power by overturning a presidential election. Will the coup succeed? In my opinion, former and present members of the US government and the media would not dare to so obviously and openly participate in a coup against democracy and an elected president unless they expect the coup to succeed. It is an easy matter for the ruling interests to bribe electors to vote differently than their states. The cost of the bribes is miniscule compared to the wealth and income streams that a trillion dollar annual budget provides to the military/security complex. The fake news of a Putin/Trump election-stealing plot generated by unsupported allegations of present and former members of US intelligence, the lame-duck President Obama, and the presstitute media provide the cover for electors to break with precedent “in order to save America from a Russian stooge.”

Related: Larry Nichols: Globalists Readying Lawsuits to Shut Down Free Press The CIA-controlled European media, the politicians in Washington’s European vassal states, NATO officials, and the brainwashed European peoples will support the coup against Trump. The only ones speaking against the coup are the voters who elected Trump - all of whom are alleged to have been deceived by Russian fake news - the Russian government, and the 200 websites falsely described by the Washington Post and the secret organization PropOrNot as Russian agents. In other words, those objecting to the coup are the ones described by the coup leaders as those who made the coup necessary. I do not know that the coup will succeed, but looking at the commitment so many high level people have made to the coup, I conclude that those bringing the coup expect it to succeed. Therefore, we should take very seriously the expectation of success that those who control levers of power are demonstrating.

Related Articles: Obama Vows Retaliation Against "Russia Hacking", To Hold Press Conference On Friday New York Times To Vacate 8 Floors From It’s Iconic Building In Manhattan

The Albuquerque Journal Asks The Relevant Question: Just Who Is Undermining Election? Russians Or CIA? Congress needs to dust off its Magic 8 Ball. At this point, how else are our elected representatives going to get to the bottom of allegations that Russia and its president, Vladimir Putin, tried to influence the U.S. general election?

After all, the Central Intelligence Agency isn’t being very open – at least not with our elected representatives. Related: Senate Quietly Passes The "Countering Disinformation And Propaganda Act" Instead of briefing the House Intelligence Committee about the alleged Russian role in hacked emails made public during the campaign – which Democrats desperately seek to blame for Hillary Clinton’s loss – the agency is leaking conclusions without facts to the Washington Post, New York Times and television networks. The media, naturally, are quick to report the anonymous bits of “blame Putin” information to the public. So to the extent Putin meddled, our own spies have at least matched his efforts to discredit our electoral system. To recap: Private emails from the Democratic National Committee and Clinton campaign were made public via WikiLeaks, allegedly through hacking, even though the FBI had tried to warn the DNC back in September 2015 of problems with its security system. The agency couldn’t get past the party’s technical help desk – harking back to Hillary’s email security problems on her own private server.

Pizzagate Podesta

Related: Here’s the Public Evidence Russia Hacked the DNC - It’s Not Enough The media reported on the leaks daily – and if a reporter had obtained the same information from inside sources, there would be no controversy at all. Today’s uproar is over the source – not the substance. But the CIA’s alleged conclusion – that Russia intervened to help Trump win – does not square with comments made Nov. 17 by James Clapper, director of National Intelligence. He said he lacked “good insight” about whether there was a connection between the WikiLeaks releases and Russia. Congressional Republican leaders are taking the allegations seriously. “The Russians are not our friends,” Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell said. House Speaker Paul Ryan called any Russian intervention;

"Especially problematic because, under President Putin, Russia has been an aggressor that consistently undermines American interests.”

But Intelligence Committee member Peter King of New York flatly accused the U.S. intelligence community of waging a disinformation campaign aimed at undermining Trump’s credibility – if not changing the course of the Electoral College. Not surprisingly, President Obama is seizing a newfound political opportunity and is taking a new interest despite earlier claims of knowing all along of Russian shenanigans but choosing not to go public with whatever evidence he had – none of which he has produced.

This is from a man who plays imaginary golf

He has ordered an investigation into whether Russia has attempted to influence U.S. elections going back to 2008. He said the reported CIA findings should come as no surprise to anyone, as suspicions that Russia was trying to influence the election were widely reported before the general election. Clinton herself spoke frequently about the possibility. President-elect Donald Trump rejected the idea that Russia helped him win as “ridiculous.” Concerning the source of the leaked emails, on Sunday he told Chris Wallace of Fox News;

"Personally, it could be Russia. I don’t really think it is. But who knows? … They don’t know and I don’t know.”

The source of the campaign leaks remains an interesting question, but one unlikely to be answered credibly unless the CIA coughs up its findings to Congress. Cooperation also might help answer the question of possible Russian motives if it was involved: Was it to cast doubt on the U.S. election system? If so, it was highly successful with the help of our own intelligence community and desperate Democrats who simply can’t accept that Trump won 306 Electoral College votes. Though the CIA based its supposed findings of pro-Trump intervention on the fact that no Republican emails were leaked before the election, the Republican National Committee says it wasn’t hacked. And Wikileaks co-founder Julian Assange stands firm in his claim the Russians were not the source of the leaks. Cyber hacking has become one of the mainstays of life – Yahoo most recently was hacked of more than one billion user accounts. And intervention into foreign elections is something many nations, including the United States, do regularly. Obama recently tried to influence the Brexit vote.

And while nobody should feel good about foreign interests intervening in U.S. elections, the reluctance of the U.S. intelligence community to share its information with official sources charged with making decisions about national security, while leaking information via media outlets, is very disturbing, raising the spectre of a political coup by our nation’s intelligence forces. Related: Only a Counter-Coup Can Save American Democracy

Putin Lashes Out At Obama: "Show Some Proof Or Shut Up" + Someone Has Officially Called The CIA’s Bluff Over Russia December 18 2016 | From: Zerohedge / TheAntiMedia

Putin has had enough of the relentless barrage of US accusations that he, personally, "hacked the US presidential election."

The Russian president's spokesman, Dmitry Peskov, said on Friday that the US must either stop accusing Russia of meddling in its elections or prove it. Peskov said it was "indecent" of the United States to "groundlessly" accuse Russia of intervention in its elections. Comment: If watching the 6pm news was not comical before it sure as hell is now. The Western Cabal establishment is so desperate and pathetic, one must ask - just who among us anymore is so stupid as to believe this utter propaganda - bullshit? Related: Treason: Left-wing media attempting a “soft coup” in America by hyperventilating over self-contrived Russian conspiracy fabrication

“You need to either stop talking about it, or finally show some kind of proof. Otherwise it just looks very indecent”, Peskov told Reporters in Tokyo where Putin is meeting with Japan PM Abe, responding to the latest accusations that Russia was responsible for hacker attacks.

Peskov also warned that Obama's threat to "retaliate" to the alleged Russian hack is "against both American and international law", hinting at open-ended escalation should Obama take the podium to officially launch cyberwar against Russia.

Previously, on Thursday, Peskov told the AP the report was "laughable nonsense", while Russian foreign ministry spox Maria Zakharova accused "Western media" of being a "shill" and a "mouthpiece of various power groups", and added that;

“It's not the general public who's being manipulated," Zakharova said. "The general public nowadays can distinguish the truth. It's the mass media that is manipulating themselves."

Meanwhile, on Friday Sergei Lavrov, Russia's foreign minister told state television network, Russia 24, he was "dumbstruck" by the NBC report which alleges that Russian President Vladimir Putin was personally involved in an election hack. The report cited U.S. intelligence officials that now believe with a "high level of confidence" that Putin became personally involved in a secret campaign to influence the outcome of the U.S. presidential election.

"I think this is just silly, and the futility of the attempt to convince somebody of this is absolutely obvious,"Lavrov added, according to the news outlet.

As a reminder, last night Obama vowed retaliatory action against Russia for its meddling in the US presidential election last month. "I think there is no doubt that when any foreign government tries to impact the integrity of our elections that we need to take action and we will at a time and place of our own choosing," Obama told National Public Radio. US intelligence agencies in October pinned blame on Russia for election-related hacking. At the time, the White House vowed a "proportional response" to the cyberactivity, though declined to preview what that response might entail.

Meanwhile, both President-elect Donald Trump, the FBI, and the ODNI have dismissed the CIA's intelligence community's assessment, for the the same reason Putin finally lashed out at Obama: there is no proof. That, however, has never stopped the US from escalating a geopolitical conflict to the point of war, or beyond, so pay close attention to what Obama says this afternoon. According to an NBC report, a team of analysts at Eurasia Group said in a note on Friday that they believe the outgoing administration is likely to take action which could result in a significant barrier for Trump's team once he takes office in January.

"It is unlikely that U.S. intelligence reports will change Trump's intention to initiate a rapprochement with Moscow, but the congressional response following its own investigations could obstruct the new administration's effort," Eurasia Group analysts added.

At the same time, Wikileaks offered its "validation" services, tweeting that "Obama should submit any Putin documents to WikiLeaks to be authenticated to our standards if he wants them to be seen as credible."

We doubt Obama would take the whistleblower organization on its offer, even if he did have any Putin documents to authenticate.

Someone Has Officially Called The CIA’s Bluff Over Russia The scapegoating of Russia is now so widespread, Dirty Wars author and investigative journalist Jeremy Scahill took to The Intercept to call the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) on its bluff.

In the article, “Obama Must Declassify Evidence Of Russian Hacking,” Scahill and Jon Schwartz called out U.S. intelligence agencies for their record of deceit, asserting that the American people are not going to simply “take their word for it.”

Related: Insane: Obama Threatens Russia Over Election ‘Hacking’ Conspiracy

"U.S. intelligence agencies have repeatedly demonstrated that they regularly both lie and get things horribly wrong,” the article argues.

But when it comes to the CIA’s case against Russia’s alleged interference with the latest U.S. presidential elections, it’s impossible to claim the hearsay is based on facts if evidence is not made available to support the agency’s claims. Nevertheless, Scahill and Schwartz argue, it’s possible that Russia may have pulled some strings. But even if the Kremlin had its reasons and acted on them, America is the country with the long history of election meddling - not Russia.

Take Hillary Clinton’s comments on the Palestinian elections, for instance. A leaked audio recording from 2006 revealed thensenator Clinton advocated doing “something to determine who was going to win” in Palestine’s elections. Comment: We are witnessing the final stage of the fall of the Khazarian / Zionist / Illuminati Cabal - and they are throwing one hell of a tantrum on their way down in a desperate attempt to escape the inevitablity of their demise. And yet here she is, hoping to use the “Russia did it” talking point to give censorship a boost. The CIA has its own history of meddling in foreign elections. In order to give Barack Obama’s administration that extra push to release any “proof” the CIA has that the 2016 U.S. elections were “rigged,” the Intercept’s duo encouraged feds or whistleblowers to use the publication’s secure drop link, where a “patriotic whistleblower” within the U.S. intelligence community may drop the leak that proves Russia is behind President-elect Donald Trump’s win. “[W]e will verify its legitimacy and publish it,” they added.

Related: Russian hack narrative revealed to be elaborate media hoax - leaks came from Bernie Sanders insider This response seems fitting. After all, assertions are not evidence, and major publications like the Washington Posthave been basing their Russia-related reports using nothing but assumptions. Using an anonymous source, for instance, the WaPo reported that:

“[U.S. intelligence] agencies have identified individuals with connections to the Russian government who provided WikiLeaks with thousands of hacked emails from the Democratic National Committee and others.” But Reuters has since reported that “[the] overseers of the U.S. intelligence community have not embraced a CIA assessment that Russian cyber attacks were aimed at helping Republican President-elect Donald Trump win the 2016 election.” This means the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) “has not endorsed [the CIA’s] assessment because of a lack of conclusive evidence.”

Caitlin Johnstone put it best in an article for Newslogue:

"Believing something the CIA says is like trusting a meth addict with your car, and trusting the CIA when they’re working with the Washington Post is like trusting a meth addict with your car and leaving your kid in the back seat with the house keys and money for Taco Bell.”

Unless proof is produced either by the CIA or a whistleblower, partisan voices crying wolf in Washington and in the media will continue to run on empty, feeding their base with nothing but “fake news.” But wasn’t that what we were told to unite over so we could “fight” it effectively? Here’s your chance, Mr. President.

Why Now? Tangled Webs: Google, Microsoft, Facebook, The Internet Giveaway, And The Wild, Wild West Of Information December 17 2016 | From: AmericanPolicy

The use of lies and deception, or as the new term coming into vogue; fake news, has been a standard tool of the trade for over a century by the government and their willing and/or unwilling stooges in the mainstream media.

A few examples include Newspaper owners William Randolph Hearst and Joseph Pulitzer, with the unspoken blessings of US President, William McKinley, spreading lies to stir up the masses enough to start a war with Spain. Related: The Oppression of the Internet is Global This allowed McKinley to start an American empire by taking over the Philippines, Guam, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico at the close of the 19th century. In the following decades, the media has obediently followed along coving up such things as the fraudulent Gulf of Tonkin incident, the governmental attack on the Branch Davidians, 9/11, and the Obamacare fiasco. In spite of the lies and distortions presented by the government then spread by an obedient media, there were still some journalists who were doing their job by reporting the truth. In 1983, fifty companies controlled 90% of the American media, today it is just six multinational corporations. They are Viacom, Comcast, Time-Warner, Disney, CBS, and News Corp and these companies are working very hard to make sure that the news you hear is the news they and the government want you to hear. From the anti-Muslim video that “caused” the killing of four Americans at Benghazi, lying about the state of the economy before the 2008 meltdown, to the massive push to promote Obamacare, the main stream media is relentless in pushing the government / corporatist agenda to its audience.

This control is the dream of every tyrannical state in history and the US government has almost achieved it. Only, they have, like the American Army in the WWII Battle of Arnhem, pushed their power too far and too fast causing the American people to no longer trust the main stream media. In the spring of 2016, a major poll was conducted by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute; they found that just 6% of those polled have confidence in the main stream media for news. The bias and outright lies have become so bad that even a 30 year insider like Sharyl Attkisson commented on it:

“There is unprecedented, I believe, influence on the media, not just the news, but the images you see everywhere. By well-orchestrated and financed campaign of special interests, political interests and corporations. I think all of that comes into play.”

“ICANN is arguably the single most powerful institution in the world” - Jeff Baron In every format, the main stream media is losing patrons. From failing newspapers to falling television ratings, the old model is dying because of the internet. The Internet has become the primary source for information for a huge percentage of Westerners today. In fact, in the last 25 years the internet has transformed the world. It has completely revamped the way people do business, communicate, purchase household goods, plan vacations, find friends, look up information and just about every human activity imaginable. Since it first became available for average people, the internet has been a way to find information the elites did not want exposed and they have been looking to shut down that freedom of information for years. Subsequently with the support of numerous multinational corporations like Microsoft, Google, Dell, Yahoo, Amazon, and Facebook along with the blessing from globalist mouth pieces like the Council on Foreign Relations, the LA Times, NBC, the International Chamber of Commerce and Human Rights Watch, President Obama failed to renew the contract with ICANN effectively giving the control over the internet to a private company.

That company is ICANN (Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers) and it is a CA based nonprofit corporation. In 1998, the Commerce Department began contracting with ICANN, to take over management of IANA (The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) and the internet’s domain name system. The US Commerce Department has, for the most part, let ICANN govern itself, but it maintained the authority to pull the nonprofit’s contract. In essence ICANN records the numbers (easier for computers to use) using words (easier for humans to use) through DNS. Domain name system (DNS) is basically a directory for internet-connected devices that helps translate domain names to numerical IP addresses. Without DNS it is difficult for people to access websites as it requires remembering large numbers of IP address, a series of numbers such as “194.66.82.10”. So President Obama just ceded power over the allocation of domain names from Google.com to your church’s website without the consent of Congress and over the objections of millions of citizens.

Those supporting the transfer are quick to report that there is nothing to fear from this transfer, after all ICANN is a “private” company under a global multi-stakeholder group to oversee its Board of Directors. What can possibly go wrong with the internet in the hands of a “private” company? Plenty. ICANN is first and foremost, a complete monopoly. It has exclusive rights to allow and renew domain names and that is a power it has not always been used benevolently. It also has complete control over how much to charge for a top level domain such as .com, .net, .biz and several times in the past, it has abused those powers. For instance it allowed a top level domain named .sucks to be purchased by the company Vox Populi which charges $2,500 to protect a company’s or individuals name from being purchased and slandered with a .sucks after it, then failed to rein the company in when it was running an extortion operation. ICANN has also been accused numerous times of siding with those who have the most to pay its fees and since it costs over a million dollars to have ICANN officially look into a complaint, not many decisions are overturned. Another troubling aspect of ICANN is that ICANN has made a fortune off of its rapidly expanding list of Generic Top Level Domain Names (gTLDs). Names like .lawyer; .google; .africa are going for at least $200,000 each and then annual fees. The .web domain brought $135,000,000 into their coffers giving them not only a complete monopoly on issuing domains but the means to create a very monopolistic self-supporting group of elites.

Amazon, the giant online retailer, applied to register the gTLD .amazon. ICANN has written limitations that govern the sale of a domain name but since the name .amazon does not fall, into any of the categories that are forbidden there should have no problems with Amazon’s request. Only there was, the South American countries of Brazil and Peru, through the interest group Government Advisory Committee (GAC), declared this application to be illegal, based on the fact that the Amazon River is a geographical area inhabited by some 30million people. ICANN sided with the governments proving that the advantage of being a monopoly is that you get to make up rules as you go along. Amazon is now in the process of suing ICANN over the matter. The exact same thing happened to the sports company called Patagonia when it filed for the .patagonia domain. The governments of Argentina and Chile objected and ICANN decided against selling the name to the company. This trend shows that not only are rules made to be broken but governments are meant to be appeased.

This pattern is more than disturbing considering that since 1998, nations that routinely censor the internet of their citizens including Russia, China, Iran and Saudi Arabia have pushed extremely hard to place the functions of ICANN under the control of the U.N.’s Russian dominated International Telecommunications Union (ITU) and President Obama may very well have just handed them their chance. For, as stated above, ICANN holds a COMPLETE monopoly over the World Wide Web root zone and complete monopolies in private hands are illegal in most of the world. When operating under contract with the Commerce Department, ICANN becomes a legal monopolist as it becomes an “instrumentality” of government. As L. Gordon Crovitz points out in his article “U.S. Surrender: Internet Giveaway to the U.N.?,” once ICANN became independent, they lost that umbrella of US Government protection leaving them open to legal challenges from every despotic government on earth looking to force them under the control of the United Nations. Hence President Obama, in another case of: “if you want your doctor, you can keep your doctor;

“Simply lied again when he pledged that ICANN would not replace U.S. control for a “government-led or an intergovernmental organization solution.”

This fact is verified on 10/14/16 When Obama gave a speech in Pittsburg, PA in which he glorified the days of the three major networks delivering the news that most people trusted. Obama went on to say:

“We are going to have to rebuild within this wild-wild-west-of-information flow some sort of curating function that people agree to. There has to be, I think, some sort of way in which we can sort through information that passes some basic truthiness tests and those that we have to discard, because they just don’t have any basis in anything that’s actually happening in the world,” Obama added. “That is hard to do, but I think it’s going to be necessary, it’s going to be possible. The answer is obviously not censorship, but it’s creating places where people can say ‘this is reliable’ and I’m still able to argue safely about facts and what we should do about it.” he added.

There should be no longer any doubt as to why Obama went against Congress and the people to give away the internet; we can no longer have the “wild-wild-west-of-information flow” out there to inform the people of what is really going on in the world.

German Chancellor Merkel, speaking at a press conference with out-going President Obama on 11-17-16, reinforced what ship we will soon see coming to the internet port; censorship. She christened the surge of populist or right wing politics as a “wave that engulfs us that emanates from the United States.”

“Look at the European parliament. There are a lot of people who are looking for simplistic solutions and are preaching simplistic solutions which are very unfriendly policies. We have them here in Europe; too, we have them in Germany too.” “Digitization is a disruptive technological force that brings about deep-seated change and transformation in society. Look at the history of the printing press, when this was invented what kind of consequences it had, or industrialization, what consequences that had.” “Very often, it led to enormous transformational processes within individual societies and it took a while until societies learned to find the right kinds of policies to contain this, to manage and steer this. We live in a period of profound transformation.”

Directing her ire against the Germans who are angered with her flooding Germany with Muslim invaders and massive job loss, she lashed out against PEGIDA, the anti-mass migration and counter-Islamisation movement, repeating their slogan:‘Wir Sind Das Volk’ - ‘We Are The People’ - the chancellor said:

“The most important and noble task of politicians these days is to see that each and every person can find his place. But those who purportedly belong to certain groups say ‘we are the people, and not others’.” In another of those frequent ironies so often dumped on the citizens, Merkel, a former (?) East German communist, now says of PEGIDA:

“At the time when we had [this saying] in the GDR [East Germany] when the people stood in the streets and said ‘we are the people’ it filled me with great joy, but the fact these people have hijacked it does not fill me with joy.”

How long will it be before other world leaders join Ms. Merkel and president Obama in demanding web censorship? Certainly foreign media is now calling for it as Germany’s Zeit newspaper published a piece calling for controls to prevent “a German Donald Trump”, while Britain’s Independent former newspaper website published a list of “fake” news sites which they claimed may have “swayed votes towards Donald Trump”. Even the British news outlet “The Guardian” is in on the fake news bandwagon. That list is the same list being circulated by Google and Facebook. Consequently, now, the very instrument that has become the great equalizing force against corporatism/globalism’s control over the main stream media might now become just another weapon in their arsenal of global censorship. Unfortunately, it is only one of several ways the internet is being manipulated for corporatist/governmental advantage. One only needs to look at the two most popular search engines and the most popular social media site to see complete censorship in action.

What kind of drug does one have to take to believe Microsoft is a friend? - Dr. Roy Schestowitz Google, Bing and Facebook have an unbroken record of suppressing sites, postings and searches that don’t follow their world view. Of the three, Bing is certainly the smallest but being part of Microsoft, perhaps they try harder. Bing claims to be neutral and in fact, the subscriber can set the search engine to their own preference of conservative; liberal; Christian; etc. so how can they be biased? Well the Bing headline on August 16, 2016 for the conservative bias setting in Bing featured three negative Trump articles: – Donald Trump plots strategy on ISIS - and campaign revival (CNN)

– Analysis: Making Sense of Donald Trump’s Disjointed Foreign Policy Pitch (NBC News) – Early Voting Limits Donald Trump’s Time to Turn Campaign Around (New York Times) The first headline implies Trump’s campaign had stalled and needs revival. The second inferred Trump’s foreign policy was chaotic and the third noted that the early vote will give Hillary such a lead that discouraged Trump supporters won’t vote.

Microsoft, donated $650,000 to the Hillary Clinton campaign and both Bill and Melinda Gates were considered as possible Vice Presidential running mates for her Presidential campaign. This is the Bill Gates, founder of Microsoft, whose obsession with globalism and censorship is well known and on Sept. 20, 2016 at a conference in Vancouver, B.C. he openly stated that opposition to globalism is “a huge concern,” and says the underlying issues of resistance to it warrant a close examination. This is the same Bill Gates that along with Steve Ballmer (Microsoft CEO) spoke at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland in early 2015 on the critical need for immigration and more H-1B visas because of a shortage of high tech workers, and then laid off some 18,000 American high tech workers. In 2010, China demanded that Google and Microsoft censor the results of their search engines in China.

Google resisted but Microsoft was more than willing to go along. Bill Gates even criticized Google’s decision to uncensor their search engine in China by saying:

“You’ve got to decide: do you want to obey the laws of the countries you’re in or not? If not, you may not end up doing business there.” Microsoft CEO Steve Ballmer then said “If the Chinese government gives us proper legal notice, we’ll take that piece of information out of the Bing search engine.”

Chinese President Xi Jinping also stopped in for dinner at Bill Gates house in September of 2015 before meeting with the heads of Microsoft, Google and Facebook amongst other business leaders. So great is the Bing Censorship of China that the Chinese Web anti-censorship monitoring service has gone to great lengths to show that Bing censors content in China even more than the Chinese State owned search engine” Baidu” does. But don’t worry; Microsoft’s support of the ICANN was completely in the name of a “free” internet.

Privacy is no longer a “social norm.” - Mark Zuckerberg Facebook is just as bad. In addition to being an outspoken advocate of globalism and a liberal, Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg is the controlling force behind the most powerful social media platform ever created. Facebook controls the global dialogue used by over a billion people with an invisible touch that is unprecedented. Almost two-thirds of American adults get news from social media, with 44% of them getting their news from Facebook alone. This means Facebook’s algorithms dominate the information of almost half the American public. As Gizmodo’s Michael Nuñez puts it, “with Facebook, we don’t know what we’re not seeing.” And he controls that platform with an iron grip. Facebook has conducted numerous studies to better understand how information spreads in a social network. For instance, in 2010 Facebook conducted a secret experiment on 61 million unknowing people by tampering with their news feeds to find out how successfully it could manipulate the real-world voting habits of those people. Later, Facebook released the findings and claimed that they increased voter turnout by more than 340,000 people. Facebook regularly skews the news it posts; in 2012 it manipulated the feeds on 700,000 people without their consent to make them feel sad and then published the results in the respected (?) scientific journal “Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.”

The results showed fairly conclusively that Facebook had found the key to intentionally influencing people’s emotions. That year they did the same type of experiment on 1.9 million people to influence the US election. In 2014 Facebook used the rainbow flag as another experiment to get people to be more accepting of same-sex marriage. Facebook has made an empire of selling information about every person they can. It openly manipulates the feeds and posts they allow on Facebook and the posts people are allowed to place for other members of Facebook. Facebook is now “reluctantly” being “forced” to manipulate their algorithm to crack down on “fake” news being posted on Facebook. Though this sounds like a noble goal, the potential for censorship is unmistakable, especially when one looks at the list of websites they plan on censoring. The sites Facebook and Google are going to censor as “fake” was created by a self-proclaimed feminist assistant professor at Merrimack College who did not like the sites her students citing in their research papers. Sites like Breitbart; Realfarmacy; Lew Rockwell; Zerohedge; and World Net Daily. Though all have posted articles that have proven to be false, Facebook has no problem with posting articles from even less reliable news site like USA Today; MSNBC; CNN; BBC and the New York Times. Google is now planning on using this same list to censor content. It does not take a rocket scientist to see where this censorship is headed. In fact, in one of the most blatant acts of “fake news” to ever hit the news media was perpetrated by the New York Times in early 1957, when a former war correspondent, Herbert L. Matthews, wrote numerous articles filled with the glories and praises of a young Cuban revolutionary named Fidel Castro. Article after article spewing from Matthews’ typewriter glowed with tales that eventually created a Robin Hood persona for a murdering communist thug. It cannot be understated how important the “fake news” was to propel Castro into power. Yet the New York Times stands as a purveyor of honest journalism according to our Ministry of “truth.”

The New York Times; Unrepentant Communist Enabler

“We know where you are. We know where you’ve been. We can more or less know what you’re thinking about.” - Eric Schmidt The last of the big three masters of manipulation is Google, and they are arguably the biggest of the bunch. Google CEO Eric Schmidt is about as open with his liberal bias as one could ever be. The Bilderberg attendee bankrolled a startup company called “The Groundwork” to provide technical experts Hillary Clinton needed to run her campaign. Schmidt was instrumental in getting Barack Obama elected both times as he was the main supplier of technical experts for all three campaigns. Technology is right up Schmidt’s alley as Google is the defacto gateway to information. Google averages some 40,000 search queries every second equaling over 3.5 billion searches per day and 1.2 trillion searches per year worldwide. Google conducts over 64% of all internet searches in the US and over 90% in some countries. Google has indexed some 45 billion web pages while Bing, its closest competitor has only 14 billion. Of course the 45 billion web pages are only part of the Schmidt plan to control everything on earth. Schmidt has stated that privacy is an excuse to hide wrongdoing:

“If you have something that you don’t want anyone to know, maybe you shouldn’t be doing it in the first place.”

In his plan to deprive you of your privacy, Schmidt has employed some of the world’s top technocrats to find ever more powerful ways to pry into every corner of your life since Google’s business is, literally, mass surveillance, and they have become amazingly good at it.

They are also a contractor to the US Government, including the NSA and several military contractors as well. When Edward Snowden revealed to the world the unimaginable world of government spying on US citizens, he also revealed that the NSA has direct access to the information stored on Google’s computers as they do to Facebook, Twitter, Bing and every other company storing online information on you. In a US News and World Report article published on 6/22/16, contributor Robert Epstein wrote an extremely troubling article on just how powerful Google is. According to Epstein:

“When Google’s employees or algorithms decide to block our access to information about a news item, political candidate or business, it causes opinions and votes to shift, reputations to be ruined and businesses to crash and burn. Because online censorship is entirely unregulated at the moment, victims have little or no recourse when they have been harmed.”

Epstein then exposes blacklists that Google wields like Jack the Ripper did his knives with the first being the autocomplete blacklist. This one is simple enough; it quietly guides the searcher to where the company wants you to go. From directing away from negative articles on Hillary Clinton to pointing to negative articles on Donald Trump, there is little doubt that Google had a large impact on the recent US election. In any search you make, the algorithm is your spiritual guide. Google maps is a stalker’s dream showing just about every house and area in the US and huge sections of the world. They did not ask for permission to film your house, they just did it. Military installations and a few other places are excluded but chances are, your house is there. Google’s You Tube blacklist allows users to tag certain clips as inappropriate and Google’s censors may or may not remove them.

However, You Tube is notorious for removing politically and morally conservative videos on a regular basis while never doing the same to liberal videos. They are also willing to work with foreign governments to determine which videos will be allowed to be shown in the country. The Google account blacklist can cut people’s access to their own email account as well as You Tube and other Google products without any notice or recourse. The Google News blacklist is insidious in every way. They are the biggest news aggregator on the planet, tracking tens of thousands of news sources daily and converting them to numerous languages. They have been accused on numerous occasions of excluding conservative news feeds as well as certain writers and competing companies. This is an incredibly powerful and nearly unnoticeable tool to promote political, moral and/or religious agenda. Google Adwords blacklist is how Google gets the lion’s share of its money (some $56 billion annually) by selling keywords to the highest bidders.

These keywords are how the website is found by searchers so if your site does not have them, you are going to sink. On numerous occasions, Google has simply deleted those keywords on sites effectively making them invisible and financially crushing them. The search engine blacklist is a make or break situation for many web pages. Google, for many unknown reasons will push web page down the list of rankings effectively ruining many businesses in a very short time. The power to “blacklist” a site is Google’s most dreaded weapon however. Google claims this power is to keep the internet free from malicious malware which, they claim is a public service. The problems with this argument are many however. Google’s crawlers often make mistakes, blacklisting websites that do not contain malware. Because of how extensively Google crawls the web, all the other main search engines use their “blacklist” which means that once on the list, the site is effectively cut off from public access. Google has used this power on numerous occasions on people they do not like. Google even profits from this arrangement as they collect information from every user that accesses Google’s results and then sells it. Google has, for all intents and purposes, become the internet police man and they use this power to further their globalist agenda on a regular basis and it is now supporting the same list of “fake” news sites that the British Independent and Facebook are touting. Google, Microsoft and Facebook have all three censored users on the behest of world governments and all three; have consistently censored users for no apparent reason. They, along with Twitter (another social media monster) sided with Obama to give away America’s right the control the internet.

“Those who can make you believe absurdities, can make you commit atrocities.” - Voltaire Tragically, the US now finds every purveyor of media has been compromised and censored by those with globalist views. Once ICANN loses its independence to the UN, the corporatist/governmental takeover will be complete. Controlling access to information is every tyrant’s dream and our government is no different. The main stream media did a masterful job of concealing the 2008 economic meltdown from the masses just like they have the corruption of Hillary Clinton; the imploding Deutsche Bank; the growing threat of nuclear war with Russia; the threat of an EMP from North Korea and now the escalating violence of the Clinton supporters after the election of Donald Trump.

It was only the access of the people to alternative news sites that alerted and continue to alert those willing to listen to truth that news of these events get out at all. Post-election America is now a powder keg awaiting a spark. The Green Party candidate for President, Jill Stein, started a fund to recount the votes in three states in hopes of overturning the election of Donald Trump and now Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton has joined her in what is only going to create a greater rift in our already shredded national tapestry.

Related: Michigan Recount Exposes Clinton Electoral Fraud: Half Of Detroit Votes Show Signs Of Tampering This is only a part of the drama as now; the Washington Post has publically called the Drudge Report, Zero Hedge and former Congressman Ron Paul agents of Russian Propaganda. As if on cue, the call has come from numerous governments on the spread of “hate speech” in the US and the call to regulate it. Which Mark Zukerberg is only too happy to oblige as he outlined a seven point plan to help stop the “spread” of “fake news” on Facebook. So convincing is this “fake news” that it fools most students a new “study” finds which of course means that our very Ministry of Truth will need to decipher it for us. In fact, the media is now calling on the FBI to investigate the “fake news” without a shred of evidence to support them. With a growing population of closed minded bigots unwilling to even listen to opposing opinions or facts, the US is slowly returning to the Dark Ages with only a few sources controlling access to information.

Freedom loving people everywhere should all be asking themselves why this particular time was chosen for Obama to open the door for the UN takeover of an already censored internet. It is past time to look into a ham radio and other forms of communication that cannot be controlled by the elites. Here in the Pacific Northwest we have an excellent source for information called the “Radio Free Redoubt.” Time is of the essence as the days of the open internet are coming to a rapid close. “Hell is truth seen too late.” Thomas Hobbes – Leviathan

References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Why the Media Lies So Much Selling Empire: American Propaganda and War in the Philippines 5 Times When The Mainstream Media “Created Fake News”… And People Died As A Result Waco, Texas: Where A Part Of America’s Heart And Soul Died. The Great 9/11 Cover-up ABC, NBC Ignore All Obamacare Failures in 2016, CBS Barely Covers Six Corporations Control 90% of American Media Hillary’s Worst Crime Was Against the ‘Filmmaker’ The media and the financial crisis: Journalism failed The Great ObamaCare Failure Our Corrupt Media Can’t Talk About Animated Map: The Battle of Arnhem Just 6% of the People Former CBS Reporter: ‘I Was Called a Troublemaker for Pursuing Benghazi’ Obama Admin Wants To Surrender US Control Over Internet To Global Bureaucracy Statements in Support of the IANA Stewardship Transition What Does ICANN Do? Critics fear censorship as Obama hands control of internet to multi-national body Here’s Why We Should Go through the IANA Transition US to Hand Over Internet’s Naming System, But Is ICANN Ready for Transition? S. Surrender: Internet Giveaway to the U.N.? Governing Cyberspace: ICANN, a Controversial Internet Standards Body In Congressional Hearing, Stakeholders Highlight ICANN’s Failures and Need for Reform ICANN reports .sucks to the FTC over “predatory” pricing

24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89.

ICANN Transition is Premature ICANN’s Amazon Problem Amazon files appeal on rejected .amazon domain Governments kill off Patagonia’s dot-brand bid US hands internet control over to ICANN Stop Obama’s Internet Giveaway Lie of the Year: ‘If you like your health care plan, you can keep it’ Obama: We Have to Change ‘Wild West’ Media Landscape Obama Says He Wants To Change The Free Flow Of Information Merkel With Obama: Internet ‘Disruptive’ Force that Has to Be ‘Contained, Managed, and Steered’ by Government Obama Merkel - Internet Censorship Will Control Middle Class Rebellion Obama, Merkel Blame Social Media for Being Politically Disruptive Microsoft is Still an Evil Company, Don’t Believe the Reputation Laundering ‘Campaigners’ Liberal Media Bias How Bing Search Engine Plays Politics in Election 2016 Tim Cook and Bill Gates Might Have Been on Hillary Clinton’s Vice President List Gates Foundation accused of ‘dangerously skewing’ aid priorities by promoting ‘corporate globalization’ Web censorship in China? Not a problem, says Bill Gates Bill Gates: Voter opposition to globalization is ‘a huge concern’ - and a wake-up call Bill Gates says in order to keep talent in America the country must overhaul ‘perverse’ immigration laws Soros & Fellow Billionaires for Open Borders Lobby GOP on Amnesty Microsoft Lays Off Thousands While Demanding More H1-B Visas Xi Jinping in Seattle to meet with CEOs of Apple, Microsoft and other tech giants New research claims that Microsoft’s Bing censors heavily within China, even more so than Baidu Is Facebook Trying to Turn you Into a Globalist? The end of Trump’: How Facebook deepens millennials’ confirmation bias Zuckerberg proves he is Facebook’s editor by allowing Trump’s hate speech. Will Facebook Replace the News? Facebook is a Media Company, Treat it as One 61 million person experiment in social influence Facebook Deliberately Experimented on Your Emotions Facebook wants you to vote. Did YOU change your Facebook picture to a rainbow? Meet leftist prof who wrote ‘hit list’ of ‘fake’ news sites HOW FAKE NEWS CREATED THE MYTH OF FIDEL CASTRO AS LATIN ROBIN HOOD The New York Times; Unrepentant Communist Enabler 1957: Matthews NY Times interview Castro in Sierra Still Fronting for Fidel at the New York Times Facebook Censorship How Facebook Censors your posts Facebook to crack down on spread of misinformation The Top Ten Things We Can’t Believe Eric Schmidt Ever Said Of Course Facebook Is Biased. That’s How Tech Works Today Wikileaks: Google’s Eric Schmidt Planning Hillary’s Campaign Since 2014 The Groundwork Google defends its search engine against bias it favors Clinton Eric Schmidt Dismisses Movie Driven Fear of AI Google Search Statistics Search Engine Ratings Google’s power of censorship: who controls the controllers of the internet? Google controls what we buy, the news we read — and Obama’s policies The new mind control The NSA’s Bulk Collection Is Over, but Google and Facebook Are Still in the Data Business The New Censorship NSA Prism program taps in to user data of Apple, Google and others You’re a Criminal in a Mass Surveillance World – How to Not Get Caught Clinton to join recount that Trump calls ‘scam’ Washington Post: Drudge, Zero Hedge, & Ron Paul As Anti-Clinton “Sophisticated Russian Propaganda Tools” Liberals are suddenly experts in Russian Espionage Washington Post Peddles Tarring of Ron Paul Institute as Russian Propaganda EUROPEANS CALL ON US LEADERS TO CURB HATE SPEECH How Facebook plans to crack down on fake news The Fake epidemic of fake news Most Students Can’t Tell the Difference Between Fake and Real News, Study Finds Elite Media Plot New Censorship Regime If you question the establishment, you are guilty of Espionage, says Corporate Media

90. Radio Free Redoubt

Additional Reading:

                              

Cortana: The spy in Windows 10 Google Is Burying Negative Search Suggestions For Hillary Clinton, New Study Shows Google to Bias Search Engine Based on ‘Facts’ Google will soon ban fake news sites from using its ad network Google is Liberal and Biased 7,000 Sources or just a few favorites Analyzing the Google bias Why we should care about Facebook and Google’s political bias How Google Skewed Search Results You Think Google Wight be Biased? Ban on “Fake News:” What is Fake News? ICANN’s War on Whois Privacy ICANN Can Be Fixed ICANN faces first post-transmission test of U.N. power Obama Admin Wants To Surrender US Control Over Internet To Global Bureaucracy FCC Commissioner Hits Back at Internet Handover Proponents Internet giveaway day? US gov’t relinquishes control of web’s ‘address book’ S. to relinquish remaining control over the Internet Please Stop Sharing These Sites: Fake news sites, deceptive memes, and the rise of post truth politics Liberal News, Conservative News and Fake News False, Misleading, Clickbait-y, and/or Satirical “News” Sources List of Fake News Websites Two-thirds of the world’s internet users live under government censorship: report Donuts Inc.’s major play for new Web domain names raises eyebrows Not Obama’s to Give Away Clinton’s Russian roulette *BREAKING* Anti-Trump Globalist Zuckerberg Weaponizing Facebook to Influence 2016 Election Facebook admits human role in news operation but denies left wing bias Fake News threaten Democracy, Obama Says Using fake news against opposing views

The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Can’t Answer December 17 2016 | From: FluorideAlert

During 2016, I asked this question to many fluoridation promoters and have yet to receive an adequate scientific answer.

I asked it in several audiences in New Zealand and also to promoters at a council hearing in Naples, Florida and most recently at a debate in Cortland, New York with Johnny Johnson and Steve Slott. Neither Johnson nor Slott, otherwise very vocal on promoting fluoridation, had an answer. Related: Why Does NZ Still Fluoridate? TV Commercial FFNZ

The Question to Promoters of Fluoridation:

“What primary scientific studies (not bogus reviews conducted by pro-fluoridation agencies) can you cite that gives you the confidence to ignore or dismiss the evidence that fluoride damages the brain as documented in over 300 animal and human studies (including 50 IQ studies).”

If proponents cannot provide an adequate scientific answer to this question: fluoridation should be halted immediately. On Nov 22, 2016, Michael Connett, JD, asked this question to the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), on behalf of FAN, Food & Water Watch, Organic Consumers Association, American Academy of Environmental Medicine, International Academy of Oral Medicine and Toxicology, Moms Against Fluoridation, and several individual mothers, in a petition calling on the EPA to ban the deliberate addition of fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water under provisions in the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The EPA has 90 days to reply, and if they fail to provide a satisfactory reply then they can be taken to Federal Court. How you can take this further? We are requesting that each one of you to ask this question of any promoter of fluoridation – and keep asking it throughout 2017 until you can get an answer. Send that answer to us. Based on responses we have seen so far we anticipate that there will be no satisfactory answers. In our view, there is no scientific evidence that could justify ignoring the large number of scientific studies that fluoride damages the brain and thus no justification for continuing this unethical and reckless practice of deliberately adding fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water.

This in essence will be our 2017 campaign. Very simple, very direct and very important. We hope that you will support this in two ways: a) ask this showstopper question in as many creative ways as you can and as many times as you can, and b) support FAN financially.

Five More Ways to Take Action: 1. Send a letter-to-the-editor to your local newspapers 2. Sign on to FAN’s petition to the EPA. 3. Send the press release to your media outlets 4. Share this Facebook and this Twitter post. 5. Make a donation to support this campaign (see below).

Fundraising Update Our new totals are $70,150 from 235 donors. We will be updatinng our running totals on a daily basis on our home page: www.FluorideACTION.net

Related Articles: Undeniable Evidence From Numerous Studies Proves That Fluoride Causes Cancer

New Zealand Government Plans To Drown Its Citizens In Toxic Fluorides Auckland: No Consultation Needed For Stopping Or Starting Fluoridation + Decision Is An Attack On Democracy Fluoride: Poison On Tap Official Trailer The Fluoride Deception New Zealand Fluoridation Review Unscientific And Intellectually Dishonest Say International Reviewers Fluoride Free New Zealand: Dirty Science Secret Fluoridation Review Totally One-Sided Admits Chair Harvard Research Finds Link Between Fluoridated Water, ADHD & Mental Disorders

Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered December 16 2016 | From: RickWells

Acclaimed climate realist and former adviser to British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, Lord Christopher Monckton, has some major news of a breakthrough discovery he has made in the area of climate science. Comment: How long are the Cabal going to try to bury this latest hit?

He’s interviewed at the “Global-Warming; an Inconvenient Lie” conference in Phoenix, AZ by Millie Weaver, a reporter for Infowars. Related: Inconvenient Truths About the Man-made Global Warming Scam

Moncton is proud to be able to announce that he and his;

“Team of very distinguished professors and doctors of science have discovered a major, significant, substantial error in the way in which the computer models calculate how much warming they would predict should be happening.” He says, “Take that error away and there is no longer any climate problem. You might get one or two Celsius of warming with a doubling of CO2 concentration but you won’t get much more than that.” He says, “All the suggestions that we’re facing some tipping point and suddenly we might see five or six, seven, eight, ten, twelve, thirteen Celsius of warming for a doubling of CO2, the kind of dramatic figures that have been appearing in some scientific papers, we can now prove that all of those very high end forecasts of how much warming we might get are based on an error in mathematics. Correct for the error and we are back down to a maximum of two, perhaps two and a half Celsius of warming for a doubling of CO2.” Monckton says, “I have been looking for this error in the mathematics for ten years. I have known it was there but I didn’t know what the error was, I just knew they’d made a mistake."

He then goes on to explain in some mathematical detail how he knew it, describing himself as a classical mathematician.

Related: With Ice Growing at Both Poles, Global Warming Theories Implode He also has an announcement regarding a discovery by one of his esteemed colleagues, Professor William Happer of Princeton, who discovered that “the central estimate of global warming has been exaggerated by forty percent.” When his result is combined with the discovery by Monckton declares, officially, that the climate scare is over.

Infowars Reporter Millie Weaver interviews Lord Christopher Monckton who reveals a breaking discovery which may prove the entire 'climate change' scare is based on faulty mathematics. At the "Global-Warming; an Inconvenient Lie" conference in Phoenix, AZ Lord Monckton covers in depth the mathematical discovery his team has made and announces that these findings have been submitted for proper peer review.

Related: Colleges Ban Free Speech Over Global Warming Skepticism

Michigan Recount Exposes Clinton Electoral Fraud: Half Of Detroit Votes Show Signs Of Tampering December 16 2016 | From: RussiaInsider

This is some next-level poetic justice: A Michigan recount backed by Jill Stein and the Democrats, and intended to deligitimize Trump's astonishing victory on November 8, has actually exposed widespread fraud in precincts which voted heavily for Clinton.

Hillary even sucks at cheating. Via the Detroit News: Related: Pro-Monsanto think tank helped funnel Republican money into the Hillary Clinton campaign

“Michigan’s largest county voted overwhelmingly for Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton, but officials couldn’t reconcile vote totals for 610 of 1,680 precincts during a countywide canvass of vote results late last month. Most of those are in heavily Democratic Detroit, where the number of ballots in precinct poll books did not match those of voting machine printout reports in 59 percent of precincts, 392 of 662.

According to state law, precincts whose poll books don’t match with ballots can’t be recounted. If that happens, original election results stand. “It’s not good,” conceded Daniel Baxter, elections director for the city of Detroit."

Understatement of the millenium?

Clinton's legendary "blue firewall"

Related: Wikileaks: Colbert Report Gave Clinton Foundation Control Over Production Here's the best part: Officials blame the scanners used to tally votes for the huge discrepancies. Hard to believe:

“Once they started the Michigan recount in earnest, and knowing he would be exposed, the Detroit City Clerk Daniel Baxter all of a sudden started claiming that the optical scanners which read the paper ballots did not work the day of the election. Baxter blamed the discrepancies on decade-old voting machines. That is his cover story. Nothing like this was mentioned until he realized their voting fraud scheme would be detected. Baxter’s claim is that, when trying to push the ballots through the readers, the ballots would be stuck and they’d have to push them through again thus ‘ACCIDENTALLY’ resulting in a double count. He says the poll workers sometimes ‘FORGET’ to adjust the machine count and instead let the ballot count twice."

Sounds reasonable. It gets worse, though. Vigilant citizens who observed the recount said that there were numerous signs of vote tampering in Hillary-heavy precincts.

Related: Alleged FBI Insider Says Bill Clinton Will Die, Everyone Is Exposed including Elite Pedophiles, Benghazi Server, False Flag Events, All Part of the Final Drama Ken Crider, a 2014 Republican candidate for District 19 of the Michigan House of Representatives, said he watched the recount effort in Cobo Hall in Detroit with his wife, Penny. In a Facebook post Tuesday, he claimed to have witnessed some serious ballot discrepancies. Crider wrote:

“Penny Crider and I just got back from helping watch the recount at Cobo Hall in Detroit. On Nov. 8th (Election Day) the election officials at 8:00 p.m. shut down the polls. They then reconciled the differences from the machine count and the voter count on the computer. At this point, a Metal tag/seal with a serial number is put on the box and the box was taken away. Penny’s precinct, Detroit Precinct #152 had an unbroken seal and everything looked proper. The tag on the box said 306 and the book said 306 and the ticket said 306, so there should be 306 paper ballots on the box, right. Well when they pulled out the ballots the stack seemed short and when they finished separating the two page ballot to count the Presidential page only guess how many ballots were in the box? 304 no, 299 nope, 200 nada, how about 100 wrong again. There were only exactly 50 paper ballots in a locked sealed box that again was supposed to have 306. Hmm. Oh I forgot to add, since there was a discrepancy in the two numbers, the original count stands.

One more thing my precinct (sorry I forgot the number), had 525 votes on the book, tag and ticket and we counted 525 ballots the election official was praising the Lord “Hallelujah we have a countable precinct” Jill Stein had three (3) votes."

In other words: In Democratic Detroit, each vote was counted 6 times! Just imagine the landslide popular vote victory Trump would have enjoyed if the Democrats played fair on Election Day.

Related Articles: Report: Hillary Clinton Spent $1.2 Billion to Lose 2016 Election A Clinton Fan Manufactured Fake News That MSNBC Personalities Spread to Discredit WikiLeaks Docs Hillary Clinton Just Proved She Learned Nothing from Losing the Election Report: Drunk Hillary Demanding Recount to “Lift Her Spirits” The truth about Gaddafi's Libya, NATO's bombing, and the Benghazi 'consulate' attack Money, Power and Oil. Exposing the Libyan Agenda: A Closer Look at Hillary’s Emails Report: Hillary Planning Yet Another Run For President in 2020

Former UK Ambassador Blasts "CIA's Blatant Lies", Shows "A Little Simple Logic Destroys Their Claims" + Top Experts Dismiss Reported Claim That Russia Influenced the US Election December 15 2016 | From: BlacklistedNews / PaulCraigRoberts / InformationClearingHouse

I have watched incredulous as the CIA’s blatant lie has grown and grown as a media story – blatant because the CIA has made no attempt whatsoever to substantiate it.

Former Ambassador Craig Murray

I have watched incredulous as the CIA’s blatant lie has grown and grown as a media story – blatant because the CIA has made no attempt whatsoever to substantiate it. Related: CIA: Washington Post Report Linking Russian Government to Trump & Election Hacking Is “Outright Lie” A little simple logic demolishes the CIA’s claims. The CIA claim they “know the individuals” involved. Yet under Obama the USA has been absolutely ruthless in its persecution of whistleblowers, and its pursuit of foreign hackers through extradition. We are supposed to believe that in the most vital instance imaginable, an attempt by a foreign power to destabilise a US election, even though the CIA knows who the individuals are, nobody is going to be arrested or extradited, or (if in Russia) made subject to yet more banking and other restrictions against Russian individuals? Plainly it stinks. The anonymous source claims of “We know who it was, it was the Russians” are beneath contempt. As Julian Assange has made crystal clear, the leaks did not come from the Russians. As I have explained countless times, they are not hacks, they are insider leaks – there is a major difference between the two.

Related: The Conspiracy to Shut Down Truth, Donald Trump, and The American People And it should be said again and again, that if Hillary Clinton had not connived with the DNC to fix the primary schedule to disadvantage Bernie, if she had not received advance notice of live debate questions to use against Bernie, if she had not accepted massive donations to the Clinton foundation and family members in return for foreign policy influence, if she had not failed to distance herself from some very weird and troubling people, then none of this would have happened. The continued ability of the mainstream media to claim the leaks lost Clinton the election because of “Russia”, while still never acknowledging the truths the leaks reveal, is Kafkaesque. I had a call from a Guardian journalist this afternoon. The astonishing result was that for three hours, an article was accessible through the Guardian front page which actually included the truth among the CIA hype:

“The Kremlin has rejected the hacking accusations, while the WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has previously said the DNC leaks were not linked to Russia.

A second senior official cited by the Washington Post conceded that intelligence agencies did not have specific proof that the Kremlin was “directing” the hackers, who were said to be one step removed from the Russian government. Craig Murray, the former UK ambassador to Uzbekistan, who is a close associate of Assange, called the CIA claims “bullshit”, adding: “They are absolutely making it up.” “I know who leaked them,” Murray said. “I’ve met the person who leaked them, and they are certainly not Russian and it’s an insider. It’s a leak, not a hack; the two are different things. “If what the CIA are saying is true, and the CIA’s statement refers to people who are known to be linked to the Russian state, they would have arrested someone if it was someone inside the United States. “America has not been shy about arresting whistleblowers and it’s not been shy about extraditing hackers. They plainly have no knowledge whatsoever.”"

But only three hours. While the article was not taken down, the home page links to it vanished and it was replaced by a ludicrous one repeating the mad CIA allegations against Russia and now claiming – incredibly – that the CIA believe the FBI is deliberately blocking the information on Russian collusion. Presumably this totally nutty theory, that Putin is somehow now controlling the FBI, is meant to answer my obvious objection that, if the CIA know who it is, why haven’t they arrested somebody. That bit of course would be the job of the FBI, who those desperate to annul the election now wish us to believe are the KGB. It is terrible that the prime conduit for this paranoid nonsense is a once great newspaper, the Washington Post, which far from investigating executive power, now is a sounding board for totally evidence free anonymous source briefing of utter bullshit from the executive.

Related: Trump’s Stock Market Rally Continues at Record Pace – This Has Never Occurred in 110 Years! In the UK, one single article sums up the total abnegation of all journalistic standards. The truly execrable Jonathan Freedland of the Guardian writes “Few credible sources doubt that Russia was behind the hacking of internal Democratic party emails, whose release by Julian Assange was timed to cause maximum pain to Hillary Clinton and pleasure for Trump.” Does he produce any evidence at all for this assertion? No, none whatsoever. What does a journalist mean by a “credible source”?

Well, any journalist worth their salt in considering the credibility of a source will first consider access. Do they credibly have access to the information they claim to have? Now both Julian Assange and I have stated definitively the leak does not come from Russia. Do we credibly have access? Yes, very obviously. Very, very few people can be said to definitely have access to the source of the leak. The people saying it is not Russia are those who do have access. After access, you consider truthfulness. Do Julian Assange and I have a reputation for truthfulness? Well in 10 years not one of the tens of thousands of documents WikiLeaks has released has had its authenticity successfully challenged. As for me, I have a reputation for inconvenient truth telling. Contrast this to the “credible sources” Freedland relies on. What access do they have to the whistleblower? Zero. They have not the faintest idea who the whistleblower is. Otherwise they would have arrested them. What reputation do they have for truthfulness? It’s the Clinton gang and the US government, for goodness sake.

Related: The Wisconsin Vote Recount Raised Trump’s Vote Count (And the Michigan vote recount found that in Detroit some Hillary votes were multiplied by 6.) In fact, the sources any serious journalist would view as “credible” give the opposite answer to the one Freedland wants. But in what passes for Freedland’s mind, “credible” is 100% synonymous with “establishment”. When he says “credible sources” he means “establishment sources”. That is the truth of the “fake news” meme. You are not to read anything unless it is officially approved by the elite and their disgusting, crawling whores of stenographers like Freedland. The worst thing about all this is that it is aimed at promoting further conflict with Russia. This puts everyone in danger for the sake of more profits for the arms and security industries – including of course bigger budgets for the CIA. As thankfully the four year agony of Aleppo comes swiftly to a close today, the Saudi and US armed and trained ISIS forces counter by moving to retake Palmyra. This game kills people, on a massive scale, and goes on and on. Related: FBI Disputes CIA’s “Fuzzy And Ambiguous” Claims That Russia Sought To Influence Presidential Election

Top Experts Dismiss Reported Claim That Russia Influenced the US Election Presstitutes such as the New York Times and Reuters continue to hype an alleged CIA finding that

Russians hacked Hillary’s emails and used them to influence the election outcome.

As a number of experts have noted, there is no evidence whatsoever for the claim, which is in the category of fake news. Related: Anonymous Leaks to the WashPost About the CIA’s Russia Beliefs Are No Substitute for Evidence Julian Assange at Wikileaks, which released the leaked, not hacked, documents, denies that the Russians were involved. William Binney, former top NSA official says that if Russia did it, NSA would have clear evidence. Binney said that:

“They have failed to prove anything, which suggests they don’t have proof and just want to war-monger the public into a second cold war with the Russians. After all, there’s lots and lots of money in that for the military-industrial-intelligence-governmental complex of incestuous relationships.”

How To Instantly Tell If Russia Hacked the Election December 11, 2016 "Information Clearing House" - "Moon Of Alabama" - Anonymous CIA officials claim that Russia hacked the U.S. election by accessing emails from top Democratic officials and then leaking them to Wikileaks. But the Washington Post notes:

“Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell (Ky.) voiced doubts about the veracity of the intelligence, according to officials present.

*** A senior U.S. official said there were minor disagreements among intelligence officials about the agency’s assessment, in part because some questions remain unanswered. For example, intelligence agencies do not have specific intelligence showing officials in the Kremlin “directing” the identified individuals to pass the Democratic emails to WikiLeaks …. *** Julian Assange, the founder of WikiLeaks, has said in a television interview that the “Russian government is not the source.” [The former intelligence analyst, British Ambassador to Uzbekistan, and chancellor of the University of Dundee (Craig Murray) – who is close friends with Wikileaks’ Assange – said he knows with 100% certainty that the Russians aren’t behind the leaks.] *** “I’ll be the first one to come out and point at Russia if there’s clear evidence, but there is no clear evidence — even now,” said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. “There’s a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, that’s it.”

Indeed, some cybersecurity consultants claim that it’s impossible to ever know for sure who is behind hacks of this nature. But that’s wrong … In reality, it would be child’s play to determine whether or not the Russians really hacked the Dem emails and shared them with Wikileaks.

Related: Is The Deep State At War... With Itself? Specifically, Edward Snowden says the NSA could easily determine who hacked the Democratic National Committee’s emails:

“Evidence that could publicly attribute responsibility for the DNC hack certainly exists at #NSA, but DNI traditionally objects to sharing." - Edward Snowden (@Snowden) July 25, 2016

But don’t trust Snowden … The NSA executive who created the agency’s mass surveillance program for digital information, who served as the senior technical director within the agency, who managed six thousand NSA employees, the 36-year NSA veteran widely regarded as a “legend” within the agency and the NSA’s best-ever analyst and code-breaker, who mapped out the Soviet command-and-control structure before anyone else knew how, and so predicted Soviet invasions before they happened (“in the 1970s, he decrypted the Soviet Union’s command system, which provided the US and its allies with real-time surveillance of all Soviet troop movements and Russian atomic weapons”) – confirmed to Washington’s Blog that the NSA would definitely know who the hacker was. Binney told Washington’s Blog in July:

“Snowden is right and the MSM is clueless. *** Do they have evidence that the Russians downloaded and later forwarded those emails to wikileaks? Seems to me that they need to answer those questions to be sure that their assertion is correct. *** You can tell from the network log who is going into a site. I used that on networks that I had. I looked to see who came into my LAN, where they went, how long they stayed and what they did while in my network. Further, if you needed to, you could trace back approaches through other servers etc. Trace Route and Trace Watch are good examples of monitoring software that help do these things. Others of course exist … probably the best are in NSA/GCHQ and the other Five Eyes countries. But, these countries have no monopoly on smart people that could do similar detection software."

In October, Binney told us:

“If the idiots in the intelligence community expect us to believe them after all the crap they have told us (like WMD’s in Iraq and “no we don’t collect data on millions or hundreds of millions of Americans”) then they need to give clear proof of what they say. So far, they have failed to prove anything. Which suggests they don’t have proof and just want to war monger the US public into a second cold war with the Russians. After all, there’s lots and lots of money in that for the military-industrial-intelligence-governmental complex of incestuous relationships. *** If you recall, a few years ago they pointed to a specific building in China that was where hacks on the US were originating. So, let’s see the same from the Russians. They don’t have it. That’s why they don’t show it. They want to swindle us again and again and again. You can not trust these intelligence agencies period."

Related: Rogue Elements of the CIA Are Operating Against President-elect Trump That same month, Binney told Newsweek:

“U.S. officials “know how many people [beyond the Russians] could have done this but they aren’t telling us anything. All they’re doing is promoting another cold war.” Binney … compared allegations about Russian hacks to previous U.S. fabrications of intelligence to justify the invasion of Iraq in 2003 and the bombing of North Vietnam in 1964. “This is a big mistake, another WMD or Tonkin Gulf affair that’s being created until they have absolute proof” of Russian complicity in the DNC hacks, he charged during a Newsweek interview. He noted that after the Kremlin denied complicity in the downing of a Korean Airlines flight in 1983, the U.S. “exposed the conversations where [Russian pilots] were ordered to shoot it down.” Obama officials “have the evidence now” of who hacked the DNC, he charged. “So let’s see it, guys.“

Last month, Binney explained:

“If it were the Russians, NSA would have a trace route to them and not equivocate on who did it. It’s like using “Trace Route” to map the path of all the packets on the network. In the program Treasuremap NSA has hundreds of trace route programs embedded in switches in Europe and hundreds more around the world. So, this set-up should have detected where the packets went and when they went there.

In other words, there’s no need to speculate on whether the Russians were the hackers. The NSA could easily determine who was behind the hacks. Of course, in an era where challenging officials to provide evidence may get one labeled as a Russian propagandist, the question is how many people will stand up for the all-American value of questioning the proclamations of those in power:

Tucker Carlson DESTROYS Congressman Adam Schiff On Russian Interference In U.S Election

Related: Anti-Trump False Flag: Rogue CIA, Globalist Left Attempt to Overthrow Trump

“Fake News” Hysteria Hinges On The Laughable Assumption That Corporate-Run Media Has A Divine Monopoly On “Facts” + US Lawmakers Move To Criminalize ‘Fake News, Propaganda’ On The Web December 14 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Sputnik/ Various

The insidious assumption behind the “fake news” accusations being flung far and wide by the fakestream media (CNN, NPR, WashPost, NYT, MSNBC, etc.) is that somehow the corporate media has a divine monopoly on “facts.” The Cabal Establishment is in Panic Mode as Alternative Media Blasts the Controlled-Mainstream Media Out of the Water - the Corporate Media Lies are Being Exposed Virally, Worldwide.

The assumption is ludicrously demonstrated when MSNBC rolls out “convicted” liar Brian Williams to decry “fake news.” Related: ‘Fake News’: Who is Really Making the War on Truth? You’d be hard pressed to find any fake news propagandist who churned out more fake news than Brian Williams… and he’s

still working at MSNBC! “ Back in early 2015, Breitbart News presented a list of at least 32 times that NBC News let Williams present such fake news to the American people - lies and disputed stories - including his false claims about being in a helicopter that was hit by an RPG,” reports Breitbart.com, one of the new media giants accused of publishing “fake news” by the collapsing lamestream media.

“As long as the government engages in intelligence activities that violate our rights secured by our Constitution, any Intel Authorization bill should be opposed,” Justin Amash told Sputnik News.” “Williams also made up stories about Seal Team 6, the fall of the Berlin Wall, the Pope, Hurricane Katrina, quitting college, rescuing a puppy from a house fire, and more,” Breitbart continues.

If the Media Establishment Only Tells the Truth, Why are so Many of Their News Reports Obviously Faked? If the corporate-run media really had some sort of divine monopoly on “facts,” then none of us would be able to find examples of laughably fake news on their websites, would we? Yet even the Washington Post has now been exposed for, if you can believe it, faking a news story about fake news! Any honest investigation can go right down the list: CNN, NYT, WashPost, HuffPost, LA Times, USA Today, NPR, MSNBC, Fox News and so on… every one of these “news” organizations has run genuinely fake news while claiming it was “fact.”

It’s not even difficult to find examples of these organizations deliberately fabricating fake news in order to alter the outcome of the recent election.

Nearly all of them reported, for example, some variation of the absurd claim that “Donald Trump can’t win the election.” These are also the same fake news organizations that obediently and enthusiastically repeated Obama’s fabricated claims about Obamacare. Remember “If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor?” Or how about the claim that “Obamacare will save American families $2500 a year, on average?” Not only were these glaring examples of “fake news,” they were known to be false at the time they were published by the corporate-run media.

Another way the Media Fakes the News: Censorship of Important Stories they Don’t Want you to Learn And then there are the stories the entire fakestream media censors because they don’t want anyone to learn about actual facts. As a particularly egregious example, it is an established fact that CDC scientist Dr. William Thompson publicly admitted to falsifying scientific data at the CDC to obscure the statistical link between vaccines and autism in African-Americans. That is not only indisputable, it’s also an incredibly important piece of news for the health of all Americans. Did the fakestream media cover that story? Not by a long shot: They censored it.

Every single fakestream media organization across the country obediently blackballed the story. The censorship was obviously coordinated, deliberate and malicious. Remember, censorship of important facts is another way the insidious corporate-run media lies to its misinformed viewers.

Hilarious Videos of CNN Staging Fake Locations, Fake Missile Attacks and Fake Seafaring CNN has forever used fakery, theatrics and false reporting to influence public opinion rather than report the news. Perhaps the most hilarious example of dishonest CNN fakery is the Charles Jaco video from the first Gulf War. In order to pretend to be covering the Gulf War from a live set in Saudi Arabia, CNN built a “Saudi stage” in the USA and faked a SCUD missile attack on its news anchor Charles Jaco. Hilarious, as the video shows below, while Charles Jaco grabs a gas mask, his co-anchor grabs a helmet (see the 7:00 mark in the video below). It’s funnier than a really bad SNL skit!

Remember, this was all broadcast as “CNN Live,” where CNN literally pretended this was all real and true. Faking the news is a specialty of CNN, and there are countless examples of the network going out of its way to stage fake sets, fake locations and even use “actors” following mass shootings to make sure the proper narrative is delivered to the public. For example, this video interview reveals a comprehensive collection of CNN news fakery such as the “bizarre moment when CNN anchors try to pretend they are not in the same parking lot.” That incident, detailed in this UK Daily Mail article, involved a CNN anchor and guest desperately trying to pretend they were broadcasting live from distant locations when, in reality, they were in the exact same parking lot. (This is evidenced by the simple fact that the exact same vehicles pass behind them, in the exact same sequence…)

CNN frequently uses green screens to fake locations. The hilarious video below shows CNN building an entire fake ship on a green screen set to try to create the illusion that their reporter is on the scene in the Black Sea, covering US war ships near Ukraine. During the hilariously bad “fake set” report, the CNN journalist even points off in the distance behind him to try to make the green screen illusion more convincing:

You’ll discover another jaw-dropping compilation of fake, scripted news from the mainstream media in this next video, covering media fakery involving the Gulf War, the defamation of Ron Paul, 9/11 attacks, Bin Laden and more:

The entire Sandy Hook mass shooting narrative was deeply layered in all sorts of CNN fakery, including the use of “actors” who were told to read lines to the cameras while sobbing uncontrollably for maximum effect. Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ Because It Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened In one case, a cheerful white man is laughing it up in the background, then when signaled to approach the microphone to speak on camera, starts hyperventilating and crying while reading his obviously scripted lines. (The guy turns out to be a professional actor.) In the same video, shown below, another actor is caught on a hot mic asking, “Do you want me to read the card?” right before sobbing on camera, playing the part of a “grieving parent.”

Yet another Sandy Hook theatrical “fake news” hoax was the use of David Wheeler, a professional actor, as both a “grieving parent” and a SWAT team sniper. As with all the other actors rolled out for CNN’s cameras, this professional actor performed a scripted role in order to evoke

a powerful emotional response with the sole purpose of repealing the Second Amendment (a necessary step before America can be overrun and controlled by radical leftist communists). The way he carries his sniper rifle (upside down, by the magazine) makes it laughably obvious to anyone familiar with firearms that he has absolutely no clue how to carry a rifle…

The Corporate-Run Media has Done Nothing but Fake the News for Decades Search YouTube for terms like “CNN green screen” or “crisis actors” or “Sandy Hook” or “faked news” and you can spend hour and after watching clear examples of outlandish news fakery by the mainstream media. It doesn’t take long for any intelligent, clear thinking individual to realize the mainstream media has been faking the news for decades. CNN, in fact, can be best described as a “fake news theater organization” pretending to be engaged in legitimate journalism. I even recorded a podcast on this very subject, discussing all the news fakery we’ve all been subjected to over the years by the deliberate fabrications of the corporate-controlled media. Come to think of it, you probably need to go back and revisit what you think is really true about many historic events covered by the lying media: Oklahoma City, 9/11, Sandy Hook, the assassination of JFK and even the nuking of Japan in World War II. In every case, what was reported by the lying mainstream media was a scripted narrative, not a serious investigation into what really happened.

Related Articles: Who’s Behind PropOrNot’s Blacklist of News Websites Who’s the Biggest Peddler of Fake News? Denzel Washington Slams Mainstream Media For Peddling “BS” Reddit Shadow Bans Infowars As “Fake News” War Accelerates How the mainstream media’s “fake news” undermines democracy and protects the corrupt establishment Facebook, Google, Twitter, YouTube: A Spirit of Cooperation Trump Labels CNN ‘Fake News’

US Lawmakers Move To Criminalize ‘Fake News, Propaganda’ On The Web The witch hunt for “fake news” and “Russian propaganda” has been kicked up a notch, after the House passed a bill quietly tucked inside the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017, designed to crack down on free speech and independent media.

Under "Title V - Matters relating to foreign countries,” the bill seeks to "counter active measures by Russia to exert covert influence … carried out in coordination with, or at the behest of, political leaders or the security services of the Russian Federation and the role of the Russian Federation has been hidden or not acknowledged publicly.” It lists media manipulation as: Establishment or funding of a front group Covert broadcasting Media manipulation Disinformation and forgeries Funding agents of influence Incitement and offensive counterintelligence Assassinations Terrorist acts

“It is easy to see how this law, if passed by the Senate and signed by the president, could be used to target, threaten, or eliminate so-called ‘fake news’ websites, a list which has been used to arbitrarily define any website, or blog, that does not share the mainstream media’s proclivity to serve as the Public Relations arm of a given administration,” - Global Research reported.

The frightening attack on speech and independent media was opposed by only 30 members of the House, including Tulsi Gabbard, Thomas Massie, and Justin Amash - who stated that he fought against it.

“As long as the government engages in intelligence activities that violate our rights secured by our Constitution, any Intel Authorization bill should be opposed,” Justin Amash told Sputnik News.”

The bill must now pass through Senate, though a senior Rand Paul aide has told Sputnik News that the Senator is currently holding the intelligence bill for several reasons - and that they are looking at this specific issue very closely. “Curiously, the bill which was passed on November 30, was introduced on November 22, two days before the Washington Post published its Nov. 24 article citing ‘experts’ who claim Russian propaganda helped Donald Trump get elected,” Zero Hedge noted. The ‘experts’ the newspaper cited was a group called “PropOrNot,” although it have refused to name the experts behind the operation. The organization has promoted a Ukrainian hacker group on their Twitter feed.

PropOrNot also listed over 200 websites that they accuse of peddling Russian propaganda, including extremely popular news websites on all sides of the political spectrum, including The Drudge Report, Zero Hedge, TruthOut, Sputnik News, and even WikiLeaks.

Former presidential candidate Ron Paul’s website is also mentioned in many of the articles on so-called fake news, an issue that should be concerning to those who believe in free speech, including his son, Senator Rand Paul. The elder Paul has long been a vocal supporter of freedom of speech, as it is enshrined in the Constitution of the United States, and he and his supporters have repeatedly been the target of finger pointing and demonization. In 2012, a risk-assessment report from a Missouri-based fusion center stated that support for Ron Paul's presidential bid was a sign of membership in a “domestic terrorist group."

Related: Washington Post’s Piece on Fake News Promotes Fake List of Unreliable Sources “For purposes of this definition it does not matter whether the sites listed here are being knowingly directed and paid by Russian intelligence officers, or whether they even knew they were echoing Russian propaganda at any particular point: If they meet these criteria, they are at the very least acting as bona-fide ‘useful idiots’ of the Russian intelligence services, and are worthy of further scrutiny,” the so-called experts cited by PropOrNot state.

Many of those listed on censorship hit lists are speaking out against the attempt to stop independent media.

“Information is dangerous and with this new reactionary shift of people making ban lists of so called ‘fake news,’ it shows us how afraid they are of knowledge and differences of opinion that spur people to have an open mind,” Luke Rudkowski, the owner of We Are Change, one of the sites on the blacklist, previously told Sputnik News. “Information is very dangerous for the establishment status quo that tried to keep things the way they are.”

The bill, Zero Hedge notes, will soon proclaim much of the internet to be “criminal Russian propaganda if it is allowed to pass.

Related Articles: Congress Admits CIA Moving To Ban Free Speech In America If You Are For Peace You Are A Russian Agent ‘Fake News’ Viewed as Move to Ban Dissenting Voices MSM Takes Fake News To The Next Level Why Labeling Websites As “Russian Propaganda” is Dangerous

Pike River: The Great Disgrace December 13 2016 | From: Uncensored / Archvival

The recent open letter from the directors of solid energy regarding pike river - the greatest disgrace & corrupt act of treason in new zealand’s history.

Solid Energy's penned an open letter defending its plan to permanently seal the Pike River mine reiterating it won't

change its stance. The company's directors maintain it's not safe to re-enter the mine, and say anyone who disagrees is being ‘reckless’. Related: 'The town bully just went down' - Pike River families say control of mine's access road given to them But families of the 29 men who died in the in the 2010 explosions are protesting near the site and say Solid Energy is ignoring ‘expert research’ that shows the mine can safely be re-entered. The mine is expected to be permanently sealed by February.

According to Dr Jacob Cohen’s mind-blowing book Murder at Pike River Mine (on the Internet, (the NZ intelligence agencies have been trying to censor censoring it) or it is available through Mr Lawrie Drew at Greymouth (a father of one of the victims): 1. The 29 miners at Pike River Mine explosion in 2010 were all deliberately murdered, to facilitate Pike River Coal Ltd to collect a $100 million insurance pay-out, turn the public’s attitude away from underground coal mining and reduce opposition to open-cut mining.

This would allow BATHURST RESOURCES LIMITED (at the time registered on the Australian Stock Exchange but now dually listed) which foreign bankers also secretly control with Pike River Coal, to overtly come into New Zealand and buy up all of the country’s coal resources and then open cut mine it – which has by now almost been fully completed!

2. Interestingly, Dr Cohen mentions in great detail with references from Bathurst’s own website, that just before the explosion in the mine, BANK OF AMERICA was aggressively buying up shares in Bathurst Resources Limited. Guess who was working for Bank of America before he became NZ Prime Minister.

3. COLLUSION BETWEEN THE DIRECTORS OF PIKE RIVER COAL LTD, THE DIRECTORS OF THE BIG SHAREHOLDERS OF PIKE RIVER COAL, THE NEW ZEALAND GOVERNMENT, THE NZ PM, THE NZ MINISTER OF POLICE, THE NZ JUDICIARY, THE NZ INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES, THE ROYAL COMMISSION INTO THE PIKE RIVER COAL MINE DISASTER, THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA AND THE FOREIGN BANKING CRIMINALS THAT CONTROL THE LOT AT THE TOP – has ensured the New Zealand public have been totally brainwashed about the true facts of this monstrous crime and cover-up. 4. And just to make sure the mine victims’ families, or the general public can’t ever know the full truth about the crime, or even get into the mine to inspect the crime scene, and can’t sue the Government, the companies or Pike’s criminal directors, the spurious rat and High Court Judge heading the corrupt, Royal Commission of Inquiry.

Oh, the quandry for the corporate 'it', such that is has intentionally failed

According to Lawrie Drew, HAS EMBARGOED ALL THE CRITICAL EVIDENCE FOR 75 YEARS! And yes, this has all been totally censored by the incredibly vile, corrupt mainstream media! 5. This means, in simple man’s terms, that the corrupt lawyers and judiciary involved all now know, that when for example the Government Department supposedly that wanted to bring CEO of Pike River Coal Peter Whittall to trial under Health and Safety laws (actually it was just a pretence because they all knew that it would fail) all that Peter Whittall’s legal counsel had to say to the judge in the pre-trial hearing was:

“Your Honour, as all the critical evidence has been been embargoed by the Royal Commission for 75 years, we cannot get disclosure and my client cannot defend himself against the allegations because all the evidence is being kept secret and cannot be accessed.” Judge: “Case dismissed.”

6. This therefore means that the NZ Government, police, the judiciary etc. at least at the top - ALL KNOW they are a pack of lying criminals, including the drafters of this latest “Open Letter FROM THE DIRECTORS OF SOLID ENERGY.” 7. All I can say is, because of the widespread indifference of the the general public in putting up with this outrageous evil, we all deserve the judgment coming on us all. Because inevitably it will come. If they will get away with this, what will be next? 8. Apparently, PM John Key was personally given a copy of Dr Jacob Cohen’s mind-blowing book so he can’t say he was not informed. Isn’t it rather strange to see he is abruptly resigning around the same time they want to seal up the mine. 9. Finally these devils want to seal up the entrance to the mine with a 30 metre thick plug of concrete. 30 metres! Can you believe it? They sure do want to make sure nobody ever investigates the crime scene don’t they?

In the United States of America a similar coal mine explosion occurred at the Upper Big Branch Mine not long before Pike

River explosion when exactly 29 miners were also killed. Since then, the miners’ families have received millions of dollars in pay-outs and the CEO of the company concerned Don Blankenchip is now in jail.

Yet here in New Zealand, not even one director has even been charged or brought to trial. We hear about the criminal activities of government agencies in the United States being bad, but our government and corporate criminal cabal is a hundred times worse! 29 miners cruelly killed, and yet nobody has even received a slap on the hand. What an utter disgrace. Frankly, if we just sit back and put if with this rot and say nothing about the blatant lies being perpetuated by the mainstream corporate media propaganda goons, nearly five million of us, seriously, I fear for the freedoms and liberties of every single person in this country. Isn’t it about time things changed dramatically? Truly.

Pike River Murder Of 29 Miners & Blocking Of Re-Entry September 25 2014 | From: Dr Jacob Cohen & 'Jack' (see download link below)

A censored book claims corruption at the very highest level of Government, Poice, International Bankers, Corporations and Media Propoganda - naming those who should be charged.

"I’ve been watching the reports on TV and mainstream media over last couple of days, and hadn’t realised that your victim’s families had sought, successfully, under the Official Information Act the expert’s reports that say the drift 2.3 km access tunnel is now perfectly safe for re-entry, yet Solid Energy have been lying about this fact, and it is plain what their delayed decision in October will be negative!" "Clearly, there is something in the access tunnel that they know they don’t want to be revealed to either you or the public. It all points to the fact the serious allegations in Dr Jacob Cohen’s book, MURDER AT PIKE RIVER MINE are 100% correct, and that all the miners were plainly murdered. Further, in even greater support of Dr Cohen’s penetrating allegations now, is the undeniable fact that government intelligence agencies (it couldn’t be anyone else) have REMOVED and CENSORED the book almost entirely from the Internet. The only copy I could find this morning was on this site below. You can have a look at the few remaining references to it if you GOOGLE-search it and you will find the book’s references are still there, but the book has been DELETED. Perhaps, you and the families, could have copies of the book printed up and personally delivered to all MPs. While this would not guarantee mine re-entry and police examination of some of the crime scene, at least it will mean that the entire government, (representing the entire nation) has been properly informed of the real truth and the blatant cover-up, headed by big business in collusion with the NZ Prime Minister John Key, brought out so vividly by Dr Cohen. " Download a PDF copy of Dr Cohen's book here.

The Fight to Save Us From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages December 12 2016 | From: AtlasObscura

In the 1980s, many politicians were convinced there were devious, secret messages hidden inside popular records.

On April 27, 1982, members of the California Assembly’s Consumer Protection and Toxics Committee gathered in Sacramento to hear Robert Plant endorse Satan. This was not a straightforward testimonial. Note: The following story essentially attempts to de-bunk the idea that the music industry is not satanic, and that negative influences are utilsed. Whether the author is aware or not, both points are wrong, as the links included and insider experience will attest. While it is an interesting enough read, the links take it apart on the way through... Related: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed For one thing, the Led Zeppelin frontman wasn’t actually in attendance. Also, his pro-devil paeans could only be heard when you played “Stairway to Heaven” backwards. After circulating pamphlets with the “backward masked” declarations spelled out, that’s precisely what Assemblyman Phillip Wyman and panel witness William H. Yarroll II did. The relevant portion of the eight-minute classic was first played forward for committee members and then reversed. Here’s what Wyman claimed could be heard:

“I sing because I live with Satan. The Lord turns me off. There’s no escaping it. Here’s to my sweet Satan.”

Yarroll, who identified himself as a “neuroscientist,” noted that a teenager need only listen to “Stairway to Heaven” three times before these backward messages were “stored as truth.”

It wasn’t just Plant reverse-singing Satan’s praises, either. According to Yarroll, bands ranging from Styx to the Beatles also had secret backmasked messages hidden in their music - messages that, in the words of legislative proposal A.B. 3741, had the power to “manipulate our behavior without our knowledge or consent and turn us into disciples of the Antichrist.”

As the bill’s sponsor, Wyman wanted mandatory warning labels on all rock albums containing these morally dubious backward messages.

“Suppose young people have heard ‘Stairway to Heaven’ two or three hundred times and there has been implanted in their subconscious mind pro satanic messages or incantations?” he told Terry Drinkwater the following day on a CBS Evening News segment.

Indeed, this was the truly insidious part of backmasking. Even though you had to play records in reverse to decipher the occultic messages, they could still subliminally imprint themselves upon young teen minds when played in the standard direction. During the same news segment, Yarroll described how the brain unscrambles a backward masked message:

“We have it stored in the unconscious as a truth image,” he said, “and as the creative unconscious side of the brain does, it goes through scanning the unconscious brain to go about and bring those truth images to the surface and make them reality for us.”

After calling the issue ”exciting and interesting,” committee chairman Sally Tanner (D-El Monte) delayed an official vote until the music industry and band members could weigh in on the matter. That day never came. But the national panic surrounding subliminal satanic messages in rock music was about to reach fever pitch. In the early ’70s, backmasking - or the practice of recording vocals and instruments backwards and then reinserting them into the forward mix of a song - was something a music savvy (and possibly stoned) Beatles fan might bring up.

A decade later, it had become a cause célèbre for conservative religious leaders, school teachers, parents, and even politicians. Whether it was the reversed voice of Freddie Mercury declaring ”it’s fun to smoke marijuana” on “Another One Bites the Dust” or Styx imploring Satan to “move through our voices” on “Snowblind,” there seemed to be mounting evidence that rock music was literally becoming a mouthpiece for the devil.

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program Believers held record-smashing parties, appeared on popular TV talk shows, wrote books, formed watchdog groups, and, perhaps most importantly, called their government representatives to warn them. By 1982, state and federal legislation was being introduced at a steady clip to combat rock and roll’s hidden satanic agenda. Two weeks after the California Assembly hearing in Sacramento, California congressman Robert Dornan introduced H.R. 6363 to the House. Also known as the ”Phonograph Record Backward Masking Labeling Act,” the bill aimed to do the same thing as Wyman’s A.B. 3741, only on a national level.

While it would ultimately be shuffled off to the Subcommittee on Commerce, Transportation and Tourism to die, other bills including one in Arkansas a year later - were passed unanimously by both house and senate members (then-Governor Bill Clinton ultimately vetoed that one). For its own part, the music industry responded with a bemused skepticism. Styx’s James Young called the whole idea of satanic backmasking a hoax perpetrated by religious zealots, and refused to attend any meeting or hearing where the topic was discussed. Then there was Bob Garcia of A&M Records, who declared;

“It must be the devil putting these messages on the records because no one here knows how to do it.”

Related: How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind A spokesman for Led Zeppelin’s record label, Swan Song Records, issued just one statement in response to the “Stairway to Heaven” satanic allegations:

“Our turntables only rotate in one direction.”

Taken as a whole, these reactions only stoked the righteous (and possibly entrepreneurial) fires of religious leaders like pastor Gary Greenwald, who started holding backmasking seminars all over the country. Soon, books like Backward Masking Unmasked, Dancing With Demons, and The Devil’s Disciples: The Truth About Rock,

were exposing “the sinister nature of rock and roll music,” while watchdog organizations like Parents Against Subliminal Seduction (P.A.S.S.) tried to block rock concerts at various venues.

The problem, as you may have already guessed, was that the whole thing was a bunch of diabolical tihsllub. Let’s pause here to do something most satanic backmasking proponents never did during the controversy: distinguish between real engineered backmasking and the majority of messages people thought they were hearing during the ’70s and ’80s. The former is a technique that dates back to the advent of recorded music. The latter is the result of what psychologists call pareidolia (more on that in a bit), and is simply the brain’s attempt to make sense of the gibberish that results from phonetic reversals.

Related: 10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control “Recording things backwards really began when the field of sound recording began,” says Alex Case, president of the Audio Engineering Society. After Thomas Edison’s invention of the phonograph in 1877, there was rampant experimentation both with recorded speech and music. “It’s clear that part of the sales pitch when they were selling wax cylinder recorders would be to record someone speaking and then play it backwards for them,” says Case. Fittingly, the phrase “mad dog” (“goddamn” in reverse) seems to have been a crowd favorite. Real backmasking - intentional backwards music or speech in musical compositions - began to come into vogue during the 1940s with experimental composers like Pierre Schaeffer. Playing records (and later, tapes) backwards was, according to Case, a way for musicians and composers to fool around with timbre and produce new and distinct sounds.

By most accounts, that’s precisely what attracted the Beatles to the practice. The band famously used backward instrumentation, including a backward guitar solo, on their 1966 album Revolver. “Rain,” the B-side of “Paperback Writer,” has what is believed to be the first backward masked message in a pop song. Its coda is a backwards version of the song’s first line: “When the rain comes, they run and hide their heads.”

Yet while the Beatles may have popularized the practice, the satanic backmasking scare of the 1980s required more than just the willful misrepresentation of a decades-old musical trend. It also needed some good old fashioned pseudoscience. A drive-in movie theater in Fort Lee, New Jersey just happened to provide a perfect junk science laboratory. Over the course of six weeks in 1957, unsuspecting filmgoers were the subjects of a grand marketing experiment. Using a special high-speed projector, researcher and social psychologist James Vicary inserted the words “drink Coke” and “eat popcorn” into movies that summer. Invisible to the human eye, each message lasted for 1/3,000th of a second and was repeated in five-second intervals during films on alternating nights.

By the end of the six weeks, Vicary claimed 45,699 people had been subjected to his subliminal inducements. He also claimed that popcorn and Coke sales went up 57.5 and 18.1 percent, respectively. At a press conference held later that same year, Vicary described the results of this now infamous study to help boost interest in his new “Subliminal Projection Company,” an attempt to commercialize what he called a major breakthrough in subliminal advertising. The public and press went bonkers, and not in a good way. The first sentence of an influential op-ed responding to the press conference by journalist Norman Cousins read: ”Welcome to 1984.” He, like many others, wondered what such a technology could mean not just for advertisers who wanted to sell us stuff, but also for governments seeking to steer public sentiment.

Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge For its own part, the FCC almost immediately threatened to suspend the broadcast license of any company that dared use Vicary’s machine. In the years following the experiment, the CIA started looking into the “operational potential of subliminal perception” (they found it ”exceedingly limited”), and authors like Wilson Bryan Key began cranking out books such as Subliminal Seduction, which claimed that sexual images (and the actual word “sex”) were being hidden in hundreds of ads. But when the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation tried to replicate Vicary’s claims by subliminally flashing the message “Call now” during a popular Sunday night program, there was no increase in phone calls. The station later told viewers they had inserted a message and asked them to guess what it might have been. Almost half of the roughly 500 viewers claimed to have been made hungry or thirsty during the show, which aired during dinner time.

Vicary’s study was clearly on the public’s mind, which was problematic because it was completely made up. From the beginning, Vicary refused to release key details about his study. Not only was there never any independent evidence to support his claims about the effectiveness of subliminal advertising, years later, Vicary admitted he had done only enough research to file a patent for his machine, and actually had collected barely any data. Even worse, his machine didn’t seem to work half the time once people did try to test it. Of course, none of that mattered by the late ’70s and early ’80s. Subliminal messaging was being used in self-help tapes, in department store Muzak to ward off shoplifters, and, if you believed Key, to sell the American public lots and lots of booze and cigarettes.

Related: Television Mind Control Exposed Fast-forward 25 years, when two psychologists from the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada decided to figure out why so many of their neighbors to the south were hearing devilish incantations in their rock music. After being contacted by a skeptical local radio DJ who had attended one of pastor Gary Greenwald’s backmasking talks,

John Vokey and his colleague Don Read agreed to come up with a series of experiments that would directly address the idea of subliminal satanic messages. The psychologists decided to start their study by recording a few simple passages from Lewis Carroll’s Jabberwocky and the 23rd Psalm. They wanted to find out whether the content of backward messages had any measureable influence on a listener, consciously or otherwise. They also wanted to see if the alleged backward messages people were hearing in rock music were perhaps more about active construction on the listener’s part and less about a devious satanic plan to corrupt young people.

After each passage was recorded forward in a few languages, Vokey and Read re-recorded them backward and played them for 65 test subjects. They found that the participants could discern things like the sex of the speaker with 98.9 percent accuracy when the passages were played backwards. Subjects also displayed a better-than-chance ability to detect the language of the backwards messages. But when it came to deriving any kind of meaning from the passages, things didn’t go as well. Another series of tests asked subjects to categorize the content of the backwards messages as a nursery rhyme, Christian, satanic, or pornographic. The results were no greater than chance, and the meaning of the backwards messages didn’t appear to have been understood at any level, says Vokey. In a final experiment, the two psychologists listened to the backwards passages themselves and came up with some real sounding phrases hidden within them. They found the following: “Saw a girl with a weasel in her mouth,” “snatched her nips,” and, to their delight, “I saw Satan.” Listen below:

“It wasn’t as easy as it sounds,” says Vokey. “We had to drink a lot of beer to create those messages.” The two psychologists also invented control messages that didn’t fit the phonological patterns of the samples. Just as Vokey predicted, when subjects were instructed to listen for the phrases, they were unable to hear the control messages but were successful in detecting the phonologically plausible ones at a rate of 84.6 percent. Mind you, this was only after the phrases had been provided to them. As Vokey and Read noted in their now famous article about the study, ”Subliminal Messages: Between the Devil and the Media,” this suggested you really could induce people to hear messages that weren’t there so long as they were plausiblesounding interpretations. How was this relevant to the satanic backmasking scare? Well, for one critical reason: Believers were almost always providing the alleged backward masked phrases before having others listen to them. It’s what happened at the 1982 California Assembly hearing, and it was the MO for religious leaders like Greenwald. In what has become a staple of modern Intro to Psych perception lectures, professors will often play these backmasked songs or similar garbled and distorted messages. When students aren’t given any guidance, almost all of them struggle to make sense of the gibberish. Once supplied with a phonetically plausible phrase, however, suddenly they can’t hear anything but that phrase.

This is what psychologists call pareidolia. For the same reason some of us see faces on Mars and Jesus in toast, we also can be led to hear things that aren’t there. Our brains are exceptional pattern recognition machines, particularly when comes to sound and vision. Often, all it takes is a little priming to get things rolling. As many have noted, one of the many delicious ironies of the ’80s backmasking panic is that it actually helped rekindle the practice in popular music. As rock bands began to regularly get accused of hiding secret satanic messages in their records, they figured: why not start putting real messages in them? Many of these were sarcastic rebuttals to the backmasking controversy itself.

On ELO’s fifth studio album, Face the Music, you can find this tongue-in-cheek message at the start of the song “Fire on High”: “The music is reversible, but time is not. Turn back, turn back, turn back.” Pink Floyd had some fun on The Wall’s “Empty Spaces,” as well. When played backwards, you can hear Roger Waters say: “Congratulations. You have just discovered the secret message. Please send your answer to old pink, care of the funny farm.”

Although the moral panic started to subside by the end of the ’80s (less because of the scientific discrediting of subliminal messages and more because records and cassettes gave way to CDs), musicians continued to play around with backward masking throughout the ‘90s and early aughts. Today, perhaps because most of us stream the music we listen to, hiding backwards messages in songs seems both quaint and pointless. Yet while Satan abandoned his plans to corrupt America’s youth through rock and roll, a devil-may-care attitude towards science is keeping the belief in subliminal messages alive and well.

Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll Earlier this fall, author and journalist Ahmet Altan and his brother were arrested in Turkey. The charge? Sending out “subliminal messages suggestive of a coup attempt” during a TV appearance. Both men will stand trial “for trying to overthrow the government or prevent it from carrying out its duties.” Backwards music may have fallen out of fashion, but backwards thinking is alive and well. Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

The Orwellian War On Skepticism: Battling “Fake News” & Institutional Investors Now Dominate Media Company Ownership December 9 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / Scoop

Under the cover of battling “fake news,” the mainstream U.S. news media and officialdom are taking aim at journalistic skepticism when it is directed at the pronouncements of the U.S. government and its allies.

One might have hoped that the alarm about “fake news” would remind major U.S. news outlets, such as The Washington Post and The New York Times, about the value of journalistic skepticism. However, instead, it seems to have done the opposite. Related: Who is Behind “Fake News”? Mainstream Media Use Fake Videos and Images The idea of questioning the claims by the West’s officialdom now brings calumny down upon the heads of those who dare do it. “Truth” is being redefined as whatever the U.S. government, NATO and other Western interests say is true. Disagreement with the West’s “group thinks,” no matter how fact-based the dissent is, becomes “fake news.” So, we have the case of Washington Post columnist David Ignatius having a starry-eyed interview with Richard Stengel, the State Department’s Undersecretary for Public Diplomacy, the principal arm of U.S. government propaganda. Entitled “The truth is losing,” the column laments that the official narratives as deigned by the State Department and The Washington Post are losing traction with Americans and the world’s public. Stengel, a former managing editor at Time magazine, seems to take aim at Russia’s RT network’s slogan, “question more,” as some sinister message seeking to inject cynicism toward the West’s official narratives.

“They’re not trying to say that their version of events is the true one. They’re saying: ‘Everybody’s lying! Nobody’s telling you the truth!’,” Stengel said. “They don’t have a candidate, per se. But they want to undermine faith in democracy, faith in the West.”

No Evidence Typical of these recent mainstream tirades about this vague Russian menace, Ignatius’s column doesn’t provide any specifics regarding how RT and other Russian media outlets are carrying out this assault on the purity of Western information. It’s enough to just toss around pejorative phrases supporting an Orwellian solution, which is to stamp out or marginalize alternative and independent journalism, not just Russian.

The Washington Post building in downtown Washington, D.C.

Ignatius writes:

“Stengel poses an urgent question for journalists, technologists and, more broadly, everyone living in free societies or aspiring to do so. How do we protect the essential resource of democracy - the truth - from the toxin of lies that surrounds it? It’s like a virus or food poisoning. It needs to be controlled. But how? “Stengel argues that the U.S. government should sometimes protect citizens by exposing ‘weaponized information, false information’ that is polluting the ecosystem. But ultimately, the defense of truth must be independent of a government that many people mistrust. ‘There are inherent dangers in having the government be the verifier of last resort,’ he argues.”

By the way, Stengel is not the fount of truth-telling, as he and Ignatius like to pretend. Early in the Ukraine crisis, Stengel delivered a rant against RT that was full of inaccuracies or what you might call “fake news.” Yet, what Stengel and various mainstream media outlets appear to be arguing for is the creation of a “Ministry of Truth” managed by mainstream U.S. media outlets and enforced by Google, Facebook and other technology platforms. In other words, once these supposedly responsible outlets decide what the “truth” is, then questioning that narrative will earn you “virtual” expulsion from the marketplace of ideas, possibly eliminated via algorithms of major search engines or marked with a special app to warn readers not to believe what you say, a sort of yellow Star of David for the Internet age. And then there’s the possibility of more direct (and old-fashioned) government enforcement by launching FBI investigations into media outlets that won’t toe the official line. (All of these “solutions” have been advocated in recent weeks.)

On the other hand, if you do toe the official line that comes from Stengel’s public diplomacy shop, you stand to get rewarded with government financial support. Stengel disclosed in his interview with Ignatius that his office funds “investigative” journalism projects.

“How should citizens who want a fact-based world combat this assault on truth?” Ignatius asks, adding: “Stengel has approved State Department programs that teach investigative reporting and empower truthtellers.”

Buying Propaganda After reading Ignatius’s column on Wednesday, I submitted a question to the State Department asking for details on this“journalism” and “truth-telling” funding that is coming from the U.S. government’s top propaganda shop, but I have not received an answer.

Related: EU Demands Social Media Websites Censor “Fake News” Within 24 Hours But we do know that the U.S. government has been investing tens of millions of dollars in various media programs to undergird Washington’s desired narratives. For instance, in May 2015, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) issued a fact sheet summarizing its work financing friendly journalists around the world, including:

“Journalism education, media business development, capacity building for supportive institutions, and strengthening legal-regulatory environments for free media.” USAID estimated its budget for “media strengthening programs in over 30 countries” at $40 million annually, including aiding “independent media organizations and bloggers in over a dozen countries.”

In Ukraine before the 2014 coup ousting elected President Viktor Yanukovych and installing a fiercely anti-Russian and U.S.-backed regime, USAID offered training in “mobile phone and website security,” skills that would have been quite helpful to the coup plotters. USAID, working with currency speculator George Soros’s Open Society, also has funded the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project, which engages in “investigative journalism” that usually goes after governments that have fallen into disfavor with the United States and then are singled out for accusations of corruption. The USAID-funded OCCRP collaborates with Bellingcat, an online investigative website founded by blogger Eliot Higgins.

Higgins has spread misinformation on the Internet, including discredited claims implicating the Syrian government in the sarin attack in 2013 and directing an Australian TV news crew to what appeared to be the wrong location for a video of a BUK anti-aircraft battery as it supposedly made its getaway to Russia after the shoot-down of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 in 2014.

Despite his dubious record of accuracy, Higgins has gained mainstream acclaim, in part, because his “findings” always match up with the propaganda theme that the U.S. government and its Western allies are peddling. Higgins is now associated with the Atlantic Council, a pro-NATO think tank which is partially funded by the U.S. State Department. Beyond funding from the State Department and USAID, tens of millions of dollars more are flowing through the U.S.government-funded National Endowment for Democracy, which was started in 1983 under the guiding hand of CIA Director William Casey. NED became a slush fund to help finance what became known, inside the Reagan administration, as “perception management,” the art of controlling the perceptions of domestic and foreign populations.

The Emergence of StratCom Last year, as the New Cold War heated up, NATO created the Strategic Communications Command in Latvia to further wage information warfare against Russia and individuals who were contesting the West’s narratives.

NATO headquarters in Brussels, Belgium

As veteran war correspondent Don North reported in 2015 regarding this new StratCom, “the U.S. government has come to view the control and manipulation of information as a ‘soft power’ weapon, merging psychological operations, propaganda and public affairs under the catch phrase ‘strategic communications.’

“This attitude has led to treating psy-ops - manipulative techniques for influencing a target population’s state of mind and surreptitiously shaping people’s perceptions - as just a normal part of U.S. and NATO’s information policy.” Now, the European Parliament and the U.S. Congress are moving to up the ante, passing new legislation to escalate “information warfare.”

On Wednesday, U.S. congressional negotiators approved $160 million to combat what they deem foreign propaganda and the alleged Russian campaign to spread “fake news.” The measure is part of the National Defense Authorization Act and gives the State Department the power to identify “propaganda” and counter it. This bipartisan stampede into an Orwellian future for the American people and the world’s population follows a shoddily sourced Washington Post article that relied on a new anonymous group that identified some 200 Internet sites, including some of the most prominent American independent sources of news, as part of a Russian propaganda network. Typical of this new McCarthyism, the report lacked evidence that any such network actually exists but instead targeted cases where American journalists expressed skepticism about claims from Western officialdom.

McCarthyism is the practice of making accusations of subversion or treason without proper regard for evidence. It also means "the practice of making unfair allegations or using unfair investigative techniques, especially in order to restrict dissent or political criticism." The term has its origins in the period in the United States known as the Second Red Scare, lasting roughly from 1950 to 1956 and characterized by heightened political repression against supposed communists, as well as a campaign spreading fear of their influence on American institutions and of espionage by Soviet agents. Originally coined to criticize the anti-communist pursuits of Republican U.S. Senator Joseph McCarthy of Wisconsin, "McCarthyism" soon took on a broader meaning, describing the excesses of similar efforts. The term is also now used more generally to describe reckless, unsubstantiated accusations, as well as demagogic attacks on the character or patriotism of political adversaries.

Consortiumnews.com was included on the list apparently because we have critically analyzed some of the claims and allegations regarding the crises in Syria and Ukraine, rather than simply accept the dominant Western “group thinks.” Also on the “black list” were such quality journalism sites as Counterpunch, Truth-out, Truthdig, Naked Capitalism and ZeroHedge along with many political sites ranging across the ideological spectrum.

The Fake-News Express Normally such an unfounded conspiracy theory would be ignored, but – because The Washington Post treated the incredible allegations as credible – the smear has taken on a life of its own, reprised by cable networks and republished by major newspapers.

Related: My interview with former CBS star reporter: fake news But the unpleasant truth is that the mainstream U.S. news media is now engaged in its own fake-news campaign about “fake news.” It’s publishing bogus claims invented by a disreputable and secretive outfit that just recently popped up on the Internet. If that isn’t “fake news,” I don’t know what is. Yet, despite the Post’s clear violations of normal journalistic practices, surely, no one there will pay a price, anymore than there was accountability for the Post reporting as flat fact that Iraq was hiding WMD in 2002-2003. Fred Hiatt, the editorial-page editor most responsible for that catastrophic “group think,” is still in the same job today. Two nights ago, MSNBC’s Chris Matthews featured the spurious Washington Post article in a segment that - like similar rehashes - didn’t bother to get responses from the journalists being slandered. I found that ironic since Matthews repeatedly scolds journalists for their failure to look skeptically at U.S. government claims about Iraq possessing WMD as justification for the disastrous Iraq War. However, now Matthews joins in smearing journalists who have applied skepticism to U.S. and Western propaganda claims about Syria and/or Ukraine.

MSNBC’s “Hardball” host Chris Matthews

While the U.S. Congress and the European Parliament begin to take action to shut down or isolate dissident sources of information – all in the name of “democracy” - a potentially greater danger is that mainstream U.S. news outlets are already teaming up with technology companies, such as Google and Facebook, to impose their own determinations about “truth” on the Internet. Or, as Ignatius puts it in his column reflecting Undersecretary for Public Diplomacy Stengel’s thinking;

“The best hope may be the global companies that have created the social-media platforms.‘They see this information war as an existential threat,’ says Stengel. … The real challenge for global tech giants is to restore the currency of truth. Perhaps “machine learning” [presumably a reference to algorithms] can identify falsehoods and expose every argument that uses them. Perhaps someday, a human-machine process will create what Stengel describes as a ‘global ombudsman for information.’”

Ministry of Truth An organization of some 30 mainstream media companies already exists, including not only The Washington Post and The New York Times but also the Atlantic Council-connected Bellingcat, as the emerging arbiters – or ombudsmen – for truth, something Orwell described less flatteringly as a “Ministry of Truth.”

Big Brother poster illustrating George Orwell’s novel about modern propaganda, 1984

The New York Times has even editorialized in support of Internet censorship, using the hysteria over “fake news” to justify the marginalization or disappearance of dissident news sites. It now appears that this 1984-ish “MiniTrue” will especially target journalistic skepticism when applied to U.S. government and mainstream media “group thinks.” Yet, in my four decades-plus in professional journalism, I always understood that skepticism was a universal journalistic principle, one that should be applied in all cases, whether a Republican or a Democrat is in the White House or whether some foreign leader is popular or demonized.

Related: The Ultimate “Fake News” List: The mainstream media is the primary source of the most harmful, most inaccurate news ever As we have seen in recent years, failure to ask tough questions and to challenge dubious claims from government officials and mainstream media outlets can get lots of people killed, both U.S. soldiers and citizens of countries invaded or destabilized by outsiders. To show skepticism is not the threat to democracy that Undersecretary Stengel and columnist Ignatius appear to think it is. Whether you like or dislike RT’s broadcasts - or more likely have never seen one - a journalist really can’t question its slogan: “question more.” Questioning is the essence of journalism and, for that matter, democracy. [In protest of the Post’s smearing of independent journalists, RootsAction has undertaken a petition drive, which can be found here.]

PETITION: Defend Independent Media From ‘Fake News’ Attacks Ask President-elect Donald Trump to take a stand against the establishment's desperate move to label independent media as ‘fake news’. This is a red level emergency. Infowars, Breitbart, the Drudge Report and other independent sources are destroying the mainstream media narrative like never before, and the establishment is getting desperate. In an effort to try and censor the liberty movement and free speech, the mainstream media is now attempting to label legitimate news sources like Infowars as "fake news" to push towards a government-led shut down of Infowars.com.

The Washington Post has even gone as far as to label sites like Infowars as "Russian propaganda fake news" web sites, exemplifying the last attempt of a dying media conglomerate to force out any and all dissenting voices. Even more concerning, the United States House of Representatives quietly passed legislation targeting 'Russian propaganda' websites. But the calls for censorship do not end with the United States. The European Union is demanding that Twitter, YouTube and Facebook censor “illegal hate speech” within 24 hours and content that includes so-called “fake news,” a term so broad that it includes perfectly legitimate news content. Microsoft, Facebook, YouTube and Twitter have also announced that they will be ramping up efforts to remove "extremist" content from their websites by using a shared database of offenders. And perhaps most importantly, Twitter has recently gone on record stating the company will ban President-Elect Donald J. Trump's Twitter account if he were to violate the company's "hate speech" rules. We are calling on and asking President-Elect Donald J. Trump to take a stand against the establishment media's "fake news" attacks and to stop the impending censorship of independent media platforms like Infowars.com and others.

Click here to go to the petition page

Related: US House Bill 6393 Passed to Counter Russian “Fake News” & its “Repeaters”

Institutional Investors Now Dominate Media Company Ownership Institutional investors now dominate the ownership and governance of New Zealand media companies, according to the sixth annual update on local media ownership from the Auckland University of Technology's Journalism, Media and Democracy Research Centre.

"For the first time in six years, our media companies are exclusively owned by financial institutions and it is in their interest to push structural changes through," the report's author, Merja Myllylahti, says in a review of a sector in which two major mergers are proposed: between news publishers NZME and the New Zealand assets of Australian media firm Fairfax Media; and between Vodafone New Zealand and Sky Network Television. Related: Is the US Government Behind the Fake News Media Attacks on President-elect Trump? Media owners have largely pulled out of the sector, she notes.

"Many of the directors have no declared media interests, but have directorships in financial firms and corporate advisory businesses.The board structures of media corporates support further consolidation."

The report lists the most significant events in New Zealand media ownership this year as: NZME separating from its Australian parent APN News & media, to become a standalone NZX-listed company; Rupert Murdoch's News Corp selling all its NZME shares, inherited as a result of the APN split; the proposed merger between NZME and Fairfax's New Zealand assets; Vodafone proposing a merger with Sky Network Television; and TV3 owner MediaWorks getting a new board and senior management.

NZME, publisher of the New Zealand Herald newspaper and website and the Newstalk ZB radio network among other assets, is 85.6 percent-owned by financial institutions, she said. Myllylahti painted a grim outlook for traditional news publishers, saying merging was;

“Not a solution for NZME’s and Fairfax’s troubled business models". "The market challenges remain the same."

She noted a report by David Kaynes, an Australian-based analyst for multinational investment bankers Citi, reported in Australian media yesterday, suggesting Fairfax's flagship titles in Australia have “no future if digital revenue continues to decline”.

“The only way for the merged company to stabilise its revenue in the short-term is to implement cost savings and cut hundreds of jobs, and it is their intention to do so," said Myllylahti.

The report notes that media and telecommunications consolidation is accelerating in many countries.

“The relations and dependencies between news media corporations, social media companies, search engines, chat providers, and news app companies became increasingly intertwined and complex" in 2016.

NZME and Fairfax are arguing they must merge to have a chance of competing with global platforms like Facebook and Google, which are becoming go-to venues for news while hoovering up digital advertising revenues, which are a far smaller than the total pool of advertising spend once available to newspaper publishers.

That's in spite of new evidence that the total proportion of all ad spending committed to digital channels is growing fast. The Standard Media Index, a measure of New Zealand advertising spend, shows some 31.6 percent of total ad spending was on digital from January to September this year was 31.6 percent, compared with 26.2 percent in the same period last year and 11.6 percent for the same period five years ago. Related: Why I named my web site no-more-fake-news in 2001

In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored December 8 2016 | From: Arnoldit / TheAntiMedia

Yahoo, Facebook, Google, WhatsApp, Instagram and Microsoft all have one thing in common; for any service that they provide for free, they are harnessing your private data to be sold to advertisers.

Related: This $5 Device Can Hack Your Locked Computer In One Minute Mirror UK recently published an Op-Ed titled Who Is Spying on You? What Yahoo Hack Taught Us About Facebook, Google, and WhatsApp in which the author says:

“Think about this for a second. All those emails you’ve written and received with discussions about politics and people that were assumed to be private and meant as inside jokes for you and your friends were being filtered through CIA headquarters. Kind of makes you wonder what you’ve written in the past few years, doesn’t it?”

The services be it free email or free instant messaging have been designed and developed in such a way that the companies that own them end up with a humongous amount of information about its users. This data is sugarcoated and called as Big Data. It is then sold to advertisers and marketers who in the garb of providing immersive and customized user experience follow every click of yours online. This is akin to rearing animals for slaughtering them later.

The data is not just for sale to the corporates; law enforcement agencies can snoop on you without any warrants. As pointed out in the article:

“While hypocritical in many ways, these tech giants are smart enough to know who butters their bread and that the perception of trust outweighs the reality of it. But isn’t it the government who ultimately ends up with the data if a company is intentionally spying on us and building a huge record about each of us?”

None of the tech giants accept this fact, but most are selling your data to the government, including companies like Samsung that are into the hardware business. Is there are a way that can help you evade this online snooping? Probably no if you consider mainstream services and social media platforms. Till then, if you want to stay below the radar, delete your accounts and data on all mainstream email service providers, instant messaging apps, service providing websites and social media platform.

Related Articles: How a Grad Student Found Spyware That Could Control Anybody’s iPhone from Anywhere in the World Google is Quietly Recording Everything You Say - Here’s How to Hear It, Delete It, and Stop It Twitter Threatens To Kill Trump’s Account Google will tell you how crowded your favorite bar is in real time

Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

The war on “fake news” embarked upon by Facebook, Google, and Twitter may be earning the media goliaths brownie points with establishment politicos, but users - and even employees aren’t feeling as enthusiastic.

In the midst of backlash over the stunning victory of President-elect Donald Trump, which some people attribute to the preponderance of apocryphal headlines disseminated by Internet search engines and social media platforms, the companies are tweaking their algorithms in order to target specifically blacklisted sites, many of which happen to be alternative media sites that question the political and media establishment. Related: YouTube, Facebook, Twitter & Microsoft Removing “extremist content” in 2017 Many of the sites are also financially dependent on ad revenue earned by organic and referral traffic directed by Google, Facebook, and Twitter. Now, it appears Facebook’s new algorithmic censorship practices are causing some of its employees to quit. According to the New York Times, three current and former anonymous employees claim the company has had a new tool developed specifically to restrict certain kinds of posts from appearing in users’ news feeds in certain geographic areas.

This form of censorship has been deployed under the auspices of facilitating Facebook’s entry into the Chinese market. Previously, the company did this in Pakistan, Russia, and Turkey, where the respective governments requested the ability for third parties to review and block posted content. Facebook granted the requests and removed approximately 55,000 total pieces of content. Now Facebook wants access to 1.4 billion people in the world’s second-largest economy, China, and they are willing to adhere to draconian censorship practices in order to do so. It could be a complete coincidence that this new push happens to coincide with Facebook’s crackdown on alternative media, which has caused several employees to tender their resignations. A Facebook spokeswoman responded to the report in a statement:

“We have long said that we are interested in China, and are spending time understanding and learning more about the country. However, we have not made any decision on our approach to China. Our focus right now is on helping Chinese businesses and developers expand to new markets outside China by using our ad platform.”

The question now is whether there is a connection between two different but simultaneous pushes for censorship by the largest social media platform in the world.

Is The Global-Warming Hustle Finally Falling Apart? December 7 2016 | From: JonRappoport

(Al Gore stuffed $98 million into his lockbox while "saving the world")

“When you see a problem defined as ‘a threat to all humans’, you can be sure Globalists are using that fake or real problem to impose control on all humans.” (The Underground. Jon Rappoport) Related: US-developed weapon system 'HAARP' may cause global warming - India With the election of Donald Trump, climate change and global warming have come back into the spotlight. In a different way.

“The science is settled” isn’t good enough now.

Neither is the Globalist plan to cut energy production in every country in the world, in order to “rescue us from frying.” LA Times:

“Donald Trump will be about the only head of state who does not believe in climate science or the responsibility of his government to act,” said Michael Brune, executive director of the Sierra Club…”

But all along, there have been dissenters from the manmade warming mantra; they just haven’t been allowed inside government portals.

Freeman Dyson, physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princeton’s Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award:

“What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between what’s observed and what’s predicted have become much stronger. It’s clear now the models are wrong, but it wasn’t so clear 10 years ago… I’m 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side…” - The Register, October 11, 2015

Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-prize winner in Physics (1973), reported by Climate Depot, July 8, 2015:

“Global warming is a non-problem…I say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but you’re wrong. Dead wrong.”

Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming:

“The computer models just weren’t reliable. In fact, I’m not sure the whole thing isn’t crazy, this climate change.” - The Guardian, September 30, 2016

And these are but a tiny fraction of the statements made by dissident scientists who reject manmade global warming. The science is only settled in government circles where leaders have climbed on board the Globalist plan to undermine economies all over the world by grossly lowering energy production, as a way to “reduce warming.”

One of the major warming hustlers is, of course, Al Gore.

Consider facts laid out in an uncritical Washington Post story (October 10, 2012, “Al Gore has thrived as a green-tech investor”): In 2001, Al was worth less than $2 million. By 2012, it was estimated he’d locked up a nice neat $100 million. How did he do it? Well, he invested in 14 green companies, who inhaled - via loans, grants and tax relief somewhere in the neighborhood of $2.5 billion from the Federal government to go greener. Therefore, Gore’s investments paid off, because the Federal government was providing massive cash backup to those companies. It’s nice to have Federal friends in high places.

For example, Gore’s investment firm at one point held 4.2 million shares of an outfit called Iberdrola Renovables, which was building 20 wind farms across the United States. Iberdrola was blessed with $1.5 billion from the Federal government for the work which, by its own admission, saved its corporate financial bacon. Every little bit helps. Then there was a company called Johnson Controls. It made batteries, including those for electric cars. Gore’s investment company, Generation Investment Management (GIM), doubled its holdings in Johnson Controls in 2008, when shares cost as little $9 a share. GIM sold when shares cost $21 to $26 - before the market for electric-car batteries fell on its head. For a while, the going was good. To make it go good, Johnson Controls had been bolstered by $299 million dropped at its doorstep by the administration of President Barack Obama.

On the side, Gore had been giving speeches on the end of life as we know it on planet Earth, for as much as $175,000 a pop. (It isn’t really on the side. Gore was constantly on the move from conference to conference, spewing jet fumes in his wake.) Those lecture fees can add up. So Gore, as of 2012, had $100 million. The man has worked every angle to parlay fear of global-warming catastrophes into a humdinger of a personal fortune. And he didn’t achieve his new status in the free market. The Federal government has been helping out with major, major bucks.

This wasn’t an entrepreneur relying exclusively on his own smarts and hard work. Far from it.

- How many scientists and other PhDs have been just saying no to the theory of manmade global warming? A letter to The Wall Street Journal signed by 16 scientists just said no. Among the luminaries: William Happer, professor of physics at Princeton University; Richard Lindzen, professor of atmospheric sciences at Massachusetts Institute of Technology; William Kininmonth, former head of climate research at the Australian Bureau of Meteorology. And then there was the Global Warming Petition Project, or the Oregon Petition, that just said no. According to Petitionproject.org, the petition has the signatures of “31,487 American scientists,” of which 9,029 stated they had Ph.D.s. Global warming is one of the Rockefeller Globalists’ chief issues. Manipulating it entails convincing populations that a massive intervention is necessary to stave off the imminent collapse of all life on Earth. Therefore, sovereign nations must be eradicated. Political power and decision-making must flow from above, from “those who are wiser.”

Al Gore is one of their front men. He jets here and he jets there, carrying their messages. He’s their delivery kid.

And for his work, he is paid $100 million - a drop in the bucket. A final note about the “science” of global warming A hypothesis is a provisional statement that remains to be confirmed through experiments. Confirmation means making a correct prediction. Not just any prediction, but a useful one. Take this hypothesis: The Earth has become warmer by X degrees over the past 1000 years. Putting all the chatter aside, have scientists deployed this hypothesis to make accurate, specific, and useful predictions about warming? So far, the answer is no. That eliminates, for the time being, the acceptance of the warming hypothesis. Many predictions have been made, many alarm bells have been rung, many dire warnings have been issued, many threats have been launched…but no correct and useful predictions. However, scientists will say their (rejected) hypothesis is also a statement of fact. That is, it is a summary of a warming trend derived from thousands of measurements of temperatures, now and in the past, on land, sea, and air. Scientists will also claim their investigation reveals humans have directly and significantly contributed to a recent warming trend. At this point, we are leaving the method of hypothesizing and predicting, and moving to a debate about the accuracy of all those temperature measurements and the causes of any actual climate changes.

Among scientists, there is a great deal of disagreement about the accuracy of the measurements. Any fair examination of studies and their critics will reveal that. In this regard, the science is not settled. Far from it. So: useless as a hypothesis, the assertion of manmade warming, as fact, is wide open to debate. To say the least. Yet... based on this non-proof, Globalists want all national governments on the planet to commit to lowering energy production by a significant and destructive percentage in the next 15 years - “to save us from a horrible fate.” Their real agenda is clear:

“The only solution to climate change is a global energy-management network. We (the Globalist leaders) are in the best position to manage such a system. We will allocate mandated energy-use levels throughout planet Earth, region by region, nation by nation, and eventually, citizen by citizen.”

Yes, citizen by citizen. This is the long-term goal. This is the Globalists’ Holy Grail. Slavery imposed through energy. Related: Media falsely spinning Trump climate comments

If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship December 4 2016 | From: ActivistPost / GlobalResearch

Mainstream, corporate media has launched a dangerous and slanderous campaign to label any news outlet not spewing accepted governmental narrative as professional Russian propagandists and those unaware they’d apparently been duped by Russia, “useful idiots.”

Ordinarily, the complete dearth of proof this claim has even a shred of truth would cause a reflexive eye roll — but in this case, the American exceptionalist machine behind the supposed analysis calls for FBI and Department of Justice to investigate possible violations of Espionage Act. Related: Establishment Media Declares War On Their Competition As “Fake News” Conflating legitimate journalism with espionage because it refutes a narrative acceptable to the establishment is categorically ludicrous. This irresponsible, criminal violation of ethics devoid of any journalistic integrity came from the Washington Post, which ‘reported’ two “teams of independent researchers” discovered ‘The Russians’ were behind ‘fake news’ articles to help Donald Trump win the election and ‘undermine faith in American democracy.’ It could be said ‘you can’t make this up’ - but apparently that’s exactly what these so-called ‘expert’ researchers did.

“The flood of ‘fake news’ this election season got support from a sophisticated Russian propaganda campaign that created and spread misleading articles online with the goal of punishing Democrat Hillary Clinton, helping Republican Donald Trump and undermining faith in American democracy, say independent researchers who tracked the operation,” the Post declared in its lede.

Russia’s increasingly sophisticated propaganda machinery - including thousands of botnets, teams of paid human ‘trolls,’ and networks of websites and social-media accounts - echoed and amplified right-wing sites across the Internet as they portrayed Clinton as a criminal hiding potentially fatal health problems and preparing to hand control of the nation to a shadowy cabal of global financiers.

Who would have thunk such a thing? The effort also sought to heighten the appearance of international tensions and promote fear of looming hostilities with nuclear-armed Russia. Related: The Myth Of “Aggressive Russia” However, as has been the highly-suspect tendency thus far in the corporate media’s war on ostensible disinformation, literally no evidence accompanied the Post’s report - nor the analyses provided by these two putatively independent research groups - making the article a prime example of libel.

Related: House Quietly Passes Bill Targeting "Russian Propaganda" Websites In fact, the credibility of this reporting is so wet tissue paper-flimsy, even the mainstream outlet Fortune refuted the contents in an article appropriately titled, “No, Russian Agents Are Not Behind Every Piece of Fake News You See,” because “the case starts to come apart at the seams the more you look at it.” Fortune notes one of the two research groups, the Foreign Policy Institute, is:

“A conservative think tank funded and staffed by proponents of the Cold War between the U.S. and Russia, which says it has been researching Russian propaganda since 2014.”

PropOrNot, the other group publishing the exhaustive list of even award-winning sites, “tweets and retweets anti-Russian sentiments from a variety of sources, has only existed since August of this year,” according to Fortune. “And an article announcing the launch of the group on its website is dated last month.”

None of the supposedly multiple people responsible for the fledgling PropOrNot website are named, even by the Post. Its executive director, whom the Post quoted “on the condition of anonymity to avoid being targeted by Russia’s legions of skilled hackers”- a laughable excuse worthy of its own tinfoil hat - claims;

“The way that this propaganda apparatus supported Trump was equivalent to some massive amount of a media buy. It was like Russia was running a super PAC for Trump’s campaign... It worked.”

Once again, the ‘Russia did it’ narrative belies the underlying establishment frustration and inability to come to terms with the loss of democratic election - a loss alternative, independent media undoubtedly assisted, but not for the tiresome reasons corporate outlets repeat ad infinitum. Hillary Clinton did not lose the 2016 presidential election because some shady, Russian-government crafted cabal of nonmainstream outlets plotted her downfall for the benefit of Donald Trump. Indeed, most of the outlets listed - including The Free Thought Project - castigated both Clinton and Trump when pertinent information became available. No, Hillary Clinton lost because - even faced with as contentious a character as megalomaniacal Trump - the American populace has grown too weary of Washington politics-as-usual, foreign policy-as-usual, and corruption-as-usual.

Related: McCarthyism Is Breaking Out All Over - Paul Craig Roberts Independent media did a phenomenal job reporting on revelations published by WikiLeaks, and equally stellar slaying of U.S. government propaganda reported as legitimate news by irresponsible corporate media presstitutes, who some time ago abandoned journalism for establishment acceptance. Pointing fingers will never make this any less true - and, in actuality, only deepens the shameful dereliction of journalistic duty. To wit, the Post’s regurgitating this thinly veneered anti-Russian agenda as fact, when literally no investigation was undertaken - no one contacted the outlets on this list to offer their side, for example - is precisely the sort of ‘fake news’ the establishment insists it needs to fight. Fortune points out:

“There’s also little data available on the PropOrNot report, which describes a network of 200 sites who it says are

‘routine peddlers of Russian propaganda,’ which have what it calls a ‘combined audience of 15 million Americans.’ How is that audience measured? We don’t know. Stories promoted by this network were shared 213 million times, it says. How do we know this? That’s unclear."

Once again, we have literally unverifiable ‘information’ coughed up by unknown entities, who employed unknown methods to produce a blacklist of media sites - which incidentally includes a disparate mishmash from Ron Paul and Chris Hedges, to the Drudge Report and Lew Rockwell - that the public should deem verboten because they said so. That, and because Russia. As The Intercept’s Glenn Greenwald tweeted: Yes, the WashPost is saying: some people who we won’t identify, using methodologies we won’t describe, created This Important Blacklist!

Again, though it’s difficult not to laugh at this altogether ironic travesty, the peril lies in these unknown entities at PropOrNot suggesting these outlets and the journalists behind them “have violated the Espionage Act, the Foreign Agent Registration Act, and other related laws, but determining that is up to the FBI and the DOJ.” Just two paragraphs prior, PropOrNot paradoxically claims it “fiercely believe in the rights to freedom of expression and freedom of the press, and have no interest in seeing anyone punished for exercising them.”

Although PropOrNot flatly claims its questionably researched and flagrantly unvetted list shouldn’t be considered McCarthyistic, well, it is. “So in other words, any and every one who is anything but a liberal drone is now a Russian plant?” Zero Hedge, which also landed a spot on the Everyone the Establishment Dislikes Is a Russian Agent list, asked rhetorically. “McCarthy would be proud.” Related: The Major Purveyor of ‘Fake News’ is the CIA-Corporate Complex

The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship In the weeks since the November 8 election, US media reports on the spread of so-called “fake news” during the presidential campaign have increasingly repeated unsubstantiated pre-election claims that the Russian government hacked into Democratic Party email servers to undermine the campaign of Hillary Clinton.

There is more than a whiff of McCarthyism in this crusade against “fake news” on social media and the Internet, with online publications critical of US wars of aggression and other criminal activities being branded as Russian propaganda outlets. Related: Fake News List Death Knell for MSM-Paul Craig Roberts A case in point is an article published in the November 24 edition of the Washington Post headlined “Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’ during election, experts say.” The article includes assertions that Russian “botnets, teams of paid human ‘trolls,’ and networks of web sites and social media accounts” were used to promote sites across the Internet;

"As they portrayed Clinton as a criminal hiding potentially fatal health problems and preparing to hand control of the nation to a shadowy cabal of global financiers.”

Comment: Well they may not have been Russian bot-nets but they sure as hell were real people who have woken up to the reality of that the psychopathic luciferial control-freak establishment wanted... According to the Post, the exposure of Russian involvement in the spread of fake election news is based on the work of a team of “independent researchers” and another anonymous group calling itself PropOrNot, which has expertise in “computer science, national security and public policy.”

Oh for the love of Christ who do they think believes this hore shit anymore?

Pathetic. Although no one from the PropOrNot organization is mentioned by name, the Post quotes the executive director of this group anonymously. The organization has gone so far as to publish a list of 200 web sites - including WikiLeaks, the ultraright Drudge Report and the left-liberal Truthout - that are deemed “routine peddlers of Russian propaganda.” It should be obvious that the Post report is itself an example of the state-sponsored pseudo-news that is increasingly dispensed by the corporate-controlled media to promote the geopolitical and military aims of American imperialism. The New York Times has published similar articles, including one authored by David E. Sanger and posted on the Times web site on November 25 under the headline “US Officials Defend Integrity of Vote, Despite Hacking Fears.” Sanger, the chief Washington correspondent of the Times, is a regular sounding board for the military/intelligence establishment, to which he is closely “plugged in.” He writes that:

“Intelligence officials are still investigating the impact of a broader Russian ‘information warfare’ campaign, in which fake news about Mrs. Clinton, and about United States-Russia relations, appeared intended to influence voters.” He adds, “Many of those false reports originated from RT News and Sputnik, two state-funded Russian sites.”

The readers of this and virtually all other articles on the topic of Russia’s role in “fake news” will search in vain for a single piece of evidence to substantiate the claims made. Instead, the views and opinions of “experts,” usually unnamed, are cited and treated as indisputable fact - much in the manner of Joe McCarthy and similar witch-hunters. The editors and writers who produce these articles seem not even to notice that their publications have been caught in one colossal lie after another - from the claims of Iraqi “weapons of mass destruction” used to justify the illegal invasion and occupation of Iraq in 2003 to the more recent flood of government propaganda in support of neo-colonial wars in Libya and Syria and drone killings in a growing number of countries - all justified in the name of “human rights” and the “war on terror.” There are no institutions anywhere in the world more adept at producing “fake news” than the American corporatecontrolled media. These same media outlets further discredited themselves by overtly slanting their “news” coverage of the election campaign in favor of their preferred candidate, Hillary Clinton, and predicting that she would secure a decisive victory. Blindsided by the support for Trump among disaffected and angry lower-income people and taken unawares by the electoral collapse of the Democrats, the corporate media are responding to the growth of popular distrust by seeking to discredit alternative news sources.

Related: Dear Donald Trump: Blockade the lying mainstream media and recognize the independent media as America's real free press This is not to deny the spread of false information and propaganda masquerading as news on the Internet. Fabricated news stories and hoaxes have been circulating online since the World Wide Web began in the 1990s, but there was a significant increase in “fake” political sites and content during the US elections. Stories that stretched the truth or were entirely made up typically started on mock news web sites and were then amplified by social media sharing.

Related: ‘Putin awaits my application for citizenship,’ says ‘Russian agent’ Paul Craig Roberts Other false reports originated on platforms such as Facebook and Twitter and spread rapidly with the “like,” “share” and “comment” features of social media. An analysis published by Buzzfeed on November 16 showed that false political news stories in the final three

months of the election campaign, such as a report that the Pope had endorsed Trump for president, generated more engagement on Facebook than the combined top stories of nineteen major US news organizations.

The Buzzfeed study noted the “hyperpartisan right-wing” nature of the top fabricated news items, as well as the spike in the number of visitors to these sites during the final election months. Another key aspect of online “fake news” has been the growth of its scope internationally. The Guardian reported in August, for example, that a group of teenagers and college students from Veles, Macedonia set up dozens of political web site façades to both influence and cash in on the Trump candidacy. The Guardian report also pointed out that, although the pro-Trump sham news sites were more popular, both offshore and domestic web sites became very popular and generated income for their publishers whether they were peddling phony “conservative” or “liberal” misinformation. That being said, the campaign in the corporate media against “fake news” on the Internet, including calls for social media outlets such as Google and Facebook to vet the material that appears on their sites, is a reactionary attack on freedom of the press. It has already elicited positive responses from major Internet sites.

Both Google and Facebook have published statements acknowledging that they are working on systems that will use third-party “fact-checking” of news content published on their services. In the case of Facebook, this initiative - reminiscent of Orwell’s Thought Police - will be reinforced by barring accounts identified as “fake news” sources from using online advertising tools. Pressure to shut down or muzzle “fake news” sites and social media accounts are emanating from the offices of corporate media organizations concerned about the loss of their influence over the public. Any moves to censor Internet content must be opposed as an attack on democratic rights. The measures being prepared today against “fake news” web sites and social media publishers will be perfected and used tomorrow against the working class and the socialist media - the World Socialist Web Site - that articulates and fights for its independent interests. Related: FAKE NEWS: Newsweek Admits They Didn’t Proof Read ‘Madam President’ Issue; They Didn’t Even Write It

Climate Intervention: A Government Cover-Up Of Epic Proportions December 3 2016 | From: WND

I recently addressed how CIA Director John Brennan gave a historic speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, confessing something few thought they would ever hear: the federal government’s explicit and intentional climate intervention via operations like stratospheric aerosol spraying or injections, or SAI.

What I didn’t explain is that SAI is a ginormous federal geo-engineering cover up that is now being exposed, and yet not a single mainstream media outlet has reported on it. Let me explain. Related: The Real Fake News exposed: '97% of scientists agree on climate change' is an engineered hoax... here's what the media never told you In April, the U.S. Senate directed the Department of Energy (DOE) “to review the findings of the National Academy [of Sciences, or NAS] report,” “Climate Intervention: Reflecting Sunlight to Cool Earth,” and “to study the potential impacts of albedo modification [or solar radiation management], a potential method of geoengineering,” which included “smaller scale field trials.” Science magazine explained:

“Albedo modification would work by lacing the atmosphere with tiny particles or aerosols that would reflect sunlight and mimic natural processes. For example, in 1991 the volcano Mount Pinatubo in the Philippines spewed 20 million tons of sulfur dioxide into the stratosphere, which spans altitudes from 10 to 50 kilometers. There, the sulfur dioxide produced aerosols that reflected enough sunlight to reduce global temperature by an estimated 0.3°C for 3 years. Albedo modification might also work by using aerosols to seed cloud formation in a lower atmospheric layer called the troposphere.”

The U.S. Senate pushed the DOE to pursue albedo modification action a couple months before CIA Director Brennan gave his blessing to stratospheric spraying as a government operation that “potentially could help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.”

What’s crazy about all that government endorsement is that the February 2015 NAS report, on which the feds base their entire toxic rain operation;

“Warned explicitly that albedo modification shouldn’t be deployed now because the risks and benefits were far too uncertain.”

What are those risks? Here are just three grave consequences that we know about: Drought: The team under Chien Wang, a co-author of the NAS study and a senior research scientist at MIT’s Center for Global Change Science and the Department of Earth, concluded that albedo modification would lead;

“To dangerous changes in global weather: Precipitation would also decline worldwide, and some parts of the world would be worse off. Europe, the Horn of Africa, and Pakistan may receive less rainfall than they have historically.”

Loss of blue sky: According to a report by the New Scientist, Ben Kravitz of the Carnegie Institution for Science explained, “Releasing sulphate aerosols high in the atmosphere should in theory reduce global temperatures by reflecting a small percentage of the incoming sunlight away from the Earth.

Related: Trump Picks Top Climate Skeptic to Lead EPA Transition However, the extra particles would also scatter more of the remaining light into the atmosphere. This would reduce by 20

per cent the amount of sunlight that takes a direct route to the ground, and it would increase levels of softer, diffuse scattered light,” making the sky appear hazier. Hazards to human health and other earth life: The gravest of all consequences of atmospheric aerosol spraying is that, simply put, what’s sprayed above us settles down upon us and in us, as well as other life on earth. The U.S. government’s own National Center for Biotechnology Information, or NCBI, released a report in January 2016, the goal of which was “Assessing the direct occupational and public health impacts of solar radiation management with stratospheric aerosols.” The NCBI concluded:

“Our analysis suggests that adverse public health impacts may reasonably be expected from SRM via deployment of stratospheric aerosols. Little is known about the toxicity of some likely candidate aerosols, and there is no consensus regarding acceptable levels for public exposure to these materials. There is also little infrastructure in place to evaluate potential public health impacts in the event that stratospheric aerosols are deployed for solar radiation management.”

No wonder the co-author of the study on “Climate Intervention,” Dr. James Fleming, called geo-engineering like SAI: “untested and untestable, and dangerous beyond belief.”

Related: A new study suggests that carbon-hungry plants help keep atmospheric CO2 levels in check Another colleague and co-author, Dr. Raymond T. Pierrehumbert, the Louis Block professor in geophysical sciences at the University of Chicago, and Sweden’s King Carl XVI Gustafn, chairman in environmental science at Stockholm’s Universitet, took it one step further. He warned;

“The nearly two years’ worth of reading and animated discussions that went into this study have convinced me more than ever that the idea of ‘fixing’ the climate by hacking the Earth’s reflection of sunlight is wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad.” (That is why Dr. Pierrehumbert prefers to call albedo modification by the name “albedo hacking.”)

Dr. Pierrehumber added: “The report describes albedo modification frankly as involving large and partly unknown risks. It states outright that albedo modification ‘should not be deployed.'” So, why are the U.S. Senate and CIA director disregarding the dire and passionate warnings of scientists like Dr. Pierrehumbert and Dr. Fleming by demanding that the Department of Energy proceed with trials on geo-engineering? In the words of Dr. Pierrehumber, are they “wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad”? Answer: Yes!

Is it a mere coincidence that the very government agencies that are spraying our stratosphere with toxic chemicals were the actual sponsors of the NAS report? The NAS itself confessed:

“The study was sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences, U.S. intelligence community, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and U.S. Department of Energy” (italics mine). Isn’t that like your right hand quoting your left hand so that your right hand can grab what it’s already holding? Is the NAS report another government push and ploy to collaborate and cite “scientific proof” to justify its clandestine climate agenda? Why else would the CIA and U.S. Senate be proceeding in climate aerosol spraying when the very scientists preparing the study warned, “Stop! Don’t do it! It’s crazy and dangerous!”

The most colossal and tragic of all government cover-ups is the fact that the feds have been waging climate warfare for more than 30 years, lacing our clouds and stratosphere with dangerous nano-particles, including environmental sulfates, black carbon, metallic aluminum and aluminum oxide aerosols.

The truth is, for decades, the feds have been covertly and overtly running sky criminal operations behind (above!) our backs, leaving humans and the rest of the planet life as lab rats of their toxic cocktail fallout.

Geoengineeringwatch.org reported that a 1978 750-page congressional report was recently discovered with a mountain of information going back decades that “confirms the ongoing extensive involvement of our government in climate modification/weather warfare. This document also confirms the involvement of foreign governments around the globe, even governments that would otherwise have been considered ‘hostile to US interests.'” Why hasn’t a single mainstream media outlet reported on the CIA and DOE’s march forward with SAI when the scientific community has explicitly and repeatedly warned against it? Why are geo-engineering researchers being stonewalled by government and media? And why in hell are watchdogs on both the left and right dodging the feds’ intentional and hazardous climate intervention, when they seek to uncover government cover-ups and conspiracies with the most scant of evidence? Dane Wigington, the lead researcher for GeoengineeringWatch.org and a fierce fighter for government geoengineering transparency, was absolutely right when he wrote: “How big does the climate engineering elephant in the room need to be before it can no longer be hidden in plain site?

How much more historical proof do we need of the ongoing climate engineering/weather warfare before the denial of the masses crumbles? When will populations around the globe bring to justice all those responsible for the ongoing and rapidly worsening worldwide weather warfare assault?” Is it a mere coincidence that, in October 2015, the feds put a universal “gag order” on agency employees in “The National Weather Service,” the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration” and the “U.S. Dept. of Commerce”? Is it a mere coincidence that the Obama administration has spent more taxpayer monies for legal prosecutions of government whistleblowers than all other U.S. presidents combined, resulting in 31 times the jail sentences?

It’s time to blow the lid off the government’s climate cover-up!

That is why my wife, Gena, and I encourage citizens everywhere to do their own research on geo-engineering and then write their government representatives to demand action. We also encourage the support of the Legal Alliance of pro-bono lawyers now amassed as a united front to fight the geo-engineering government cover-up in court. To read or learn more immediately, I highly recommend the work and website of Dane Wigington. GeoEngineeringWatch.org is loaded with great research on the many facets of climate intervention.

Whereabouts Of Julian Assange Remain A Mystery + Want To Know Julian Assange’s Endgame? He Told You A Decade Ago December 1 2016 | From: Infowars / Wired / Various

Speculation is exploding about the fate of Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, who’s been out of public spotlight since Hillary Clinton lost the U.S. presidential election.

Wikileaks has responded by asking people to stop requesting proof of life, and that Ecuadorian President Rafael Correa is to blame for controlling Assange’s movement.

Want To Know Julian Assange’s Endgame? He Told You A Decade Ago [Archical but relevant] Amid a seemingly incessant deluge of leaks and hacks, Washington, DC staffers have learned to imagine how even the most benign email would look a week later on the homepage of a secret-spilling outfit like WikiLeaks or DCLeaks.

In many cases, they’ve stopped emailing altogether, deleted accounts, and reconsidered dumbphones. Julian Assange - or at least, a ten-years-younger and more innocent Assange - would say he’s already won. After another week of Clinton-related emails roiling this election, the political world has been left to scrub their inboxes, watch their private correspondences be picked over in public, and psychoanalyze WikiLeaks’ inscrutable founder. Once they’re done sterilizing their online lives, they might want to turn to an essay Assange wrote ten years ago, laying out the endgame of his leaking strategy long before he became one of the most controversial figures on the Internet. In “Conspiracy as Governance,” which Assange posted to his blog in December 2006, the leader of then-new WikiLeaks describes what he considered to be the most effective way to attack a conspiracy - including, as he puts it, that particular form of conspiracy known as a political party.

“Consider what would happen if one of these parties gave up their mobile phones, fax and email correspondence let alone the computer systems which manage their [subscribers], donors, budgets, polling, call centres and direct mail campaigns. They would immediately fall into an organisational stupor and lose to the other.”

And how to induce that “organisational stupor?” Foment the fear that any correspondence could leak at any time.

“The more secretive or unjust an organization is, the more leaks induce fear and paranoia in its leadership and planning coterie. This must result in minimization of efficient internal communications mechanisms (an increase in cognitive ‘secrecy

tax’) and consequent system-wide cognitive decline resulting in decreased ability to hold onto power as the environment demands adaptation.”

WikiLeaks would publish its first leak the same month as that blog post, a communication from a Somalian Islamic cleric calling for political assassinations.

Three years later it’d put out the Pentagon and State Department leaks provided by Chelsea Manning, and six years after that, leaked emails from the Democratic National Committee and Clinton advisor John Podesta would lead to the ousting of DNC Chairman Debbie Wasserman Schultz and shake Hillary Clinton’s campaign. The last decade has shown just how prescient Assange was. Take, for example, the Russian hackers who published private files from the World Anti-Doping Agency after Russia’s athletes got banned from the Olympics for doping. “Now a group like WADA has to take everything they say to every person into account. They have to think, this could leak,” says Dave Aitel, a former NSA staffer and founder of the security firm Immunity who focuses on cyberwar and information warfare. “The idea is, ‘If we can prevent them from having secrets, they have to operate very differently.'” That move comes straight from Assange.

“It was a crappy, annoying manifesto,” Aitel says. “And it was ahead of its time by many years.” - Dave Aitel, Former NSA analyst

A spokesperson for WikiLeaks says Assange’s essay was a “thought experiment” that the organization still believes to be true. “Organizations have two choices: 1. reduce their levels of abuse or dishonesty or 2. pay a heavy ‘secrecy tax’ in order to engage in inefficient but secretive processes,” the spokesperson writes. “As organizations are usually in some form of competitive equilibrium this means that, in the face of WikiLeaks, organizations that are honest will, on average, grow, while those that are dishonest and unjust will decline.”

“The more secretive or unjust an organization is, the more leaks induce fear and paranoia in its leadership and planning coterie." - Julian Assange, writing in 2006

Of course, Assange’s claim that a political party leaks in direct proportion to its dishonesty looks almost laughable after the last several months.

WikiLeaks has published leaks exclusively damaging to Clinton and the Democratic Party, while publishing nothing from Donald Trump or his campaign. (Trump has, of course, faced the leaks of his 1995 tax returns and a damning video where he brags about sexual assault. But mainstream newspapers published both, and neither came from the sort of internal communications Assange wrote about. Trump himself also famously doesn’t use email, as good a security measure as anyone could hope for.) In fact, the Department of Homeland Security and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence have both said that recent WikiLeaks releases originated with Russian state-sponsored hackers seeking to influence US electoral politics. Comment: Horse shit. The Cabal were so hard up for a cover story that they had a tantrum and tried to blame the Russians. Fucking pathetic. These people are inept, worthless scum.

Assange’s essay doesn’t account for the possibility that a government might exploit or collude with a leak platform like WikiLeaks. (WikiLeaks’ spokesperson denied that there has been any “official claim that any documents published by WikiLeaks have come from a state actor,” somehow ignoring last week’s DHS and ODNI announcement.) The notion in Assange’s essay that only corrupt conspiracies keep secrets is one that Clinton herself has argued against ironically, something we know because she said it in a speech whose partial transcript WikiLeaks leaked last Friday. Speaking to the National Multi-Housing Council in 2013, Clinton cited how President Lincoln secretly promised jobs to lame duck Congressmen of the opposing political party if they agreed to vote for the 13th Amendment, which ended slavery.

“If everybody’s watching all of the backroom discussions and the deals, you know, then people get a little nervous, to say the least,” she said. “So, you need both a public and a private position.” But the other point Assange makes - the “secrecy tax” that organizations pay when they try to avoid leaks - rings true. Any organization that has tried to encrypt all its communications, delete them, or throttle, quarantine, and compartmentalize them in the name of secrecy knows the toll that paranoia takes.

“An authoritarian conspiracy that cannot think efficiently cannot act to preserve itself against the opponents it induces... When we look at a conspiracy as an organic whole, we can see a system of interacting organs, a body with arteries and veins whose blood may be thickened and slowed till it falls, unable to sufficiently comprehend and control the forces in its environment.”

Let that be a warning to the Democratic Party and any other organization with secrets to keep. If the leaks don’t kill you, the fear of them just might.

The following articles are a cross-section of developments over recent weeks and months, some of which may provide clues as to what has led to this strange situation:

Why Did WikiLeaks Tweet a Picture of Gavin MacFadyen? Ecuador Admits They Silenced Assange Because Clinton Leaks Were “Interfering” With US Election Wikileaks Warns It Is Launching "Phase Three" Of Its Election Coverage Julian Assange Gets Sweet Revenge After Hillary Cuts His Internet Wikileaks Appears To Have Just Released Its First “Insurance” File, Fully Open And Unencrypted Assange: WikiLeaks Will Publish Docs on Elections, Oil, War & Google, Every Week for Next 10 Weeks Wikileaks: Hillary Clinton Proposed Killing Assange With Drone Strike Assange ready to surrender to US Renowned lawyer who represented Julian Assange died after being struck by train in West Hampstead WikiLeaks Founder Just Revealed Why Sanders Really Dropped Out Under Intense Pressure to Silence Wikileaks, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton Proposed Drone Strike on Assange Wikileaks Cancels Highly Anticipated Tuesday Announcement Due to ‘Security Concerns’ Wikileaks Email Exposes Podesta Using Soviet Assassination Term Just Prior to Justice Scalia’s Death FBI Found "Tens Of Thousands Of Emails" Belonging To Huma Abedin On Weiner's Laptop Hillary Just Got Politically Assassinated: Wikileaks Just Released Her Full Isis Donor List With Names! Shocking: Top 100 Bombshell WikiLeak Emails Revealed So Far…

Google Is Funding A “Ministry Of Truth” With Corporate Media Outlets Known For Deadly Deception + Here’s Why “Fake News” Sites Are Dangerous December 1 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / JonRappoport

While establishment Democrats trumpet all sorts of excuses for Hillary’s loss, few are willing to admit that she represented the alliance of bureaucratic corruption and corporate greed people are sick of.

The most insidious excuse being pushed by the establishment Left (consisting of party leaders and much of the mainstream media) is the so-called “fake news” trope. Related: The Western War On Truth No one denies that publishing articles about made-up events, and presenting that as real news, is a terrible thing, which unfortunately gets “shared” without people taking the responsibility of verifying information. But the censorship crusade being carried out by MSM is about more than actual fake news. It is a vehicle for silencing alternative media and dissenting voices that represent a threat to the narrative. The target is not just the “alt-right” but alternative news and views from a range of political categories. MSM outlets such as NYMag, LA Times and the Independent immediately picked up on a list of “False, Misleading, Clickbait-y, and/or Satirical “News” Sources” produced by a university professor. Without providing reasoning or examples to back up the claim that this list should be taken seriously, it was held up as a blacklist to be avoided. That may have been only the first salvo, as far greater plans are in the works, represented by something called the First Draft Coalition.

Related: NZ's Media Already Very Concentrated, Lacks Diversity Funded by Google News Lab, this coalition of “over thirty major news and technology organisations” aims to “tackle issues of trust and truth in reporting information that emerges online.” Notable members include the New York Times, Washington Post, CNN and BBC. They have anointed themselves as a sort of Ministry of Truth, as Robert Parry describes in his examination of the “fake news” subject:

“It has also led to some very real harassment of the people caught up in the theory, including the owner of the Comet Ping Pong pizzeria in the District, James Alefantis. Alefantis has received hundreds of death threats over the past couple of weeks, he told the New York Times this week, after Pizzagate enthusiasts decided that his restaurant was the secret headquarters of a child sex-trafficking ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle."

However, these self-appointed deciders have their own dubious history with accuracy in journalism. We recently reported on five campaigns of deception that mainstream media have happily marched along with, resulting in the suffering of millions and the whitewashing of American foreign policy. The New York Times and Washington Post were particularly irresponsible with their reporting of falsities on nuclear weapons and WMD in Iraq. They have long pushed the narrative for the foreign policy establishment, from ignoring the Iran-Contra scandal to providing cover for U.S. machinations in Syria.

Related: The Major Purveyor of ‘Fake News’ is the CIA-Corporate Complex CNN silenced their own reporter who found evidence of human rights abuses being carried out in Bahrain, a Middle East dictatorship that also happens to host the U.S. Navy Fifth Fleet. But the irony of the First Draft Coalition goes even further. One of the founders of First Draft Coalition – a “citizen journalism” site called Bellingcat – has published high-profile stories with false information, and, according to Parry, has a close association with NATO through the Atlantic Council.

“Despite Bellingcat’s checkered record and its conflicts of interest through the Atlantic Council, major Western news outlets, including the Times and Post, have embraced Bellingcat, apparently because its articles always seem to mesh neatly with U.S. and European propaganda on Syria and Ukraine. Two of Bellingcat’s (or its founder Eliot Higgins’s) biggest errors were misplacing the firing location of the suspected Syrian rocket carrying sarin gas on Aug. 21, 2013, and directing an Australian news crew to the wrong site for the so-called getaway Buk video after the July 17, 2014 shoot-down of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17. But like many news outlets that support establishment “group thinks,” Bellingcat wins widespread praise and official endorsements, such as from the international MH-17 investigation that was largely controlled by Ukraine’s unsavory intelligence agency, the SBU and that accepted Bellingcat’s dubious MH-17 evidence blaming the Russians.”

Parry believes that if this “Ministry of Truth” called the First Draft Coalition existed during Iran-Contra and the Iraq invasion, the voices of dissent that ultimately exposed government and MSM lies would have been quashed. U.S. intervention in Syria and the nurturing of the Salafist sect that went on to become ISIS - as well as the McCarthyist aggression against Russia - all could not have happened without the support of Washington think-tanks and MSM cheerleaders toeing the government line.

Related: Washington Post Disgracefully Promotes a McCarthyite Blacklist From a New, Hidden, and Very Shady Group So it comes back around to the problem of who gets to decide what constitutes “fake news”? How can establishment outlets - who have purveyed a fake narrative of U.S. foreign policy that hides a truly subversive, hegemonic and war-making nature - be trusted to tell us what is real? There are undoubtedly great journalists among the members of the First Draft Coalition, who brave dangerous parts of the world and the gauntlet of political retribution to bring us valuable information. It’s the overarching agenda of establishment media, acting as Praetorian Guard for Washington’s political elite, that has become so obvious and so troubling.

“While it’s undeniable that some false or dubious stories get pushed during the heat of a political campaign and in wartime – and journalists have a role in fact-checking as best they can – there is potentially a greater danger when media insiders arrogate to themselves the power to dismiss contrary evidence as unacceptable, especially given their own history of publishing stories that turned out to be dubious if not entirely false. It’s even more dangerous when these self-appointed arbiters of truth combine forces with powerful Internet search engines and social media companies to essentially silence dissenting opinions and contrary facts by making them very difficult for the public to locate.”

Alternative media represent a choice for people who are fed up with the system, and it is the people’s responsibility to research the news in order to achieve an accurate perspective on events. It is not up to a self-proclaimed “Ministry of Truth” – laden with the same corrupt baggage that acted as proverbial bouy for Hillary Clinton during the campaign – to dictate what is right and wrong.

Here’s Why “Fake News” Sites Are Dangerous We’re not supposed to believe these “fake news” Individuals created their news operations on their own.

We’re not supposed to believe each individual had a vision of what the news is supposed to be and followed that vision forward with great energy. Related: 5 Times Corporate Media Got Caught Publishing Fake News Causing the Death & Suffering of Millions

Here is your daily mantra: “Narrow the range of thought, narrow the range of thought.” Exposing elites who run the world? Exposing pedophile networks? Documenting the lies and fabrications of major media? Laying bare the manipulations of Globalists? Revealing the crimes of both major political parties in America? Uncovering the spread of pharmaceutical devastation? Tracking the ruthless ops of major corporations? Yes, many so-called “fake news” sites do all this and much more - but something else is also going on. Many of these sites were launched and are spearheaded by ONE man or woman. No person outside the mainstream is supposed to be so emboldened by his/her own point of view and passion. “All points of view belong to a group.” An individual works for what he believes is true? He keeps his own counsel? He forges ahead, despite all opposition? He may even, when all is said and done, make a profit from his own labors? We’re supposed to oppose these “evils,” and by the grace of governments and their shadow operators, we will emerge from the darkness and find our salvation in a New Order of things. And never - if you happen to disagree with what some independent news site is saying - NEVER entertain the idea of starting YOUR OWN news operation and building it from the ground up to reflect YOUR OWN vision.

Related: Washington Post claims Natural News is controlled by the Russian government NEVER. That is individual power, which is the horrible fate that would await you. DOING IT ON YOUR OWN? Avoid it like the plague. America was originally built on chipping away at people’s individual creations and tearing them down. Right? How else could America have succeeded? It is only by taking away independence in all its forms that we could have arrived at the cusp of this grand triumph now: One Collectivist World. If we give all our attention to the six corporations that own big media and deliver their news to us, we will arrive. Hail, Caesar! Your followers salute you! Let the bands play. March to the tune. No individual ever built anything, no individual can build anything, no individual ever will build anything. Search for the media-teat of the State. Find it. And drink from it.

Related: The Fake News Witch Hunt: McCarthy’s Red Scare Redux Ah. How rejuvenating. In summary, independent news-site creators are fakes because they’re real. Outside the mainstream, on their own, they launched and expanded their operations. Being real outside the mainstream is fake, because the powers-that-be do not support that model. Are we clear? I hope so. You can be fake within the approved model: that’s real. But if you’re real outside the approved model: that’s fake.

Got it?

“Don’t you see that the whole aim of Newspeak is to narrow the range of thought?” - 1984, George Orwell.

Did Orwell even think to obtain permission from the New York Times before writing that statement?

Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School November 26 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch

Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie.

In the current issue of the journal Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry, Australian dissident psychiatrist Niall McLaren titles his article, "Psychiatry as Bullshit" and makes a case for just that. Related: The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness The great controversies in psychiatry are no longer about its chemical-imbalance theory of mental illness or its DSM diagnostic system, both of which have now been declared invalid even by the pillars of the psychiatry establishment. In 2011, Ronald Pies, editor-in-chief emeritus of the Psychiatric Times, stated;

“In truth, the 'chemical imbalance' notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded by well-informed psychiatrists." And in 2013, Thomas Insel, then director of the National Institute of Mental Health, offered a harsh rebuke of the DSM, announcing that because the DSM diagnostic system lacks validity, the: "NIMH will be re-orienting its research away from DSM categories."

So, the great controversy today has now become just how psychiatry can be most fairly characterized given its record of being proven wrong about virtually all of its assertions, most notably its classifications of behaviors, theories of "mental

illness" and treatment effectiveness/adverse effects. Among critics, one of the gentlest characterizations of psychiatry is a "false narrative," the phrase used by investigative reporter Robert Whitaker (who won the 2010 Investigative Reporters and Editors Book Award for Anatomy of an Epidemic) to describe the story told by the psychiatrists' guild American Psychiatric Association. In "Psychiatry as Bullshit," McLaren begins by considering several different categories of "nonscience with scientific pretensions," such as "pseudoscience" and "scientific fraud." "Pseudoscience" is commonly defined as a collection of beliefs and practices promulgated as scientific but in reality mistakenly regarded as being based on scientific method. The NIMH director ultimately rejected the DSM because of its lack of validity, which is crucial to the scientific method.

In the DSM, psychiatric illnesses are created by an APA committee, 69 percent of whom have financial ties to Big Pharma. The criteria for DSM illness are not objective biological ones but non-scientific subjective ones (which is why homosexuality was a DSM mental illness until the early 1970s). Besides lack of scientific validity, the DSM lacks scientific reliability, as clinicians routinely disagree on diagnoses because patients act differently in different circumstances and because of the subjective nature of the criteria. "Fraud" is a misrepresentation, a deception intended for personal gain, and implies an intention to deceive others of the truth - or "lying." Drug companies, including those that manufacture psychiatric drugs, have been convicted of fraud, as have high-profile psychiatrists (as well as other doctors). Human rights activist and attorney Jim Gottstein offers an argument as to why the APA is a "fraudulent enterprise"; however, the APA has not been legally convicted of fraud.

To best characterize psychiatry, McLaren considers the category of "bullshit," invoking philosopher Harry Frankfurt's 1986 journal article "On Bullshit" (which became a New York Times bestselling book in 2005).

Defining Bullshit What is the essence of bullshit? For Frankfurt, "This lack of connection to a concern with truth - this indifference to how things really are - that I regard as of the essence of bullshit." Frankfurt devotes a good deal of On Bullshit to differentiating between a liar and a bullshitter. Both the liar and the bullshitter misrepresent themselves, representing themselves as attempting to be honest and truthful. But there is a difference between the liar and the bullshitter.

The liar knows the truth, and the liar's goal is to conceal it. The goal of bullshitters is not necessarily to lie about the truth but to persuade their audience of a specific impression so as to advance their agenda. So, bullshitters are committed to neither truths nor untruths, uncommitted to neither facts nor fiction. It's actually not in bullshitters' interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge can hinder their capacity to bullshit. Frankfurt tells us that liar the hides that he or she is "attempting to lead us away from a correct apprehension of reality." In contrast, the bullshitter hides that "the truth-values of his statements are of no central interest to him."

Are Psychiatrists Bullshitters? Recall establishment psychiatrist Pies' assertion:

“In truth, the 'chemical imbalance' notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded by well-informed psychiatrists."

What Pies omits is the reality that the vast majority of psychiatrists have been promulgating this theory. Were they liars or simply not well-informed? And if not well-informed, were they purposely not well-informed? If one wants to bullshit oneself and the general public that psychiatry is a genuinely scientific medical specialty, there's a great incentive to be unconcerned with the truth or falseness of the chemical imbalance theory of depression. Bullshitters immediately recognize how powerful this chemical imbalance notion is in gaining prestige for their profession and themselves as well as making their job both more lucrative and easier, increasing patient volume by turning virtually all patient visits into quick prescribing ones. Prior to the chemical imbalance bullshit campaign, most Americans were reluctant to take antidepressants - or to give them to their children.

Related: Big Pharma Caught Manipulating Antidepressant Drug Trials Putting Teenagers in Grave Danger But the idea that depression is caused by a chemical imbalance that can be corrected with Prozac, Paxil, Zoloft and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressants sounded like taking insulin for diabetes. Correcting a chemical imbalance seemed like a reasonable thing to do, and so the use of SSRI antidepressants skyrocketed. In 2012, National Public Radio correspondent Alix Spiegel began her piece about the disproven chemical imbalance theory with the following personal story about being prescribed Prozac when she was a depressed teenager:

“My parents took me to a psychiatrist at Johns Hopkins Hospital. She did an evaluation and then told me this story: "The problem with you," she explained, "is that you have a chemical imbalance. It's biological, just like diabetes, but it's in your brain. This chemical in your brain called serotonin is too, too low. There's not enough of it, and that's what's causing the

chemical imbalance. We need to give you medication to correct that." Then she handed my mother a prescription for Prozac. "

Related: 7 Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away When Spiegel discovered that the chemical imbalance theory was untrue, she sought to discover why this truth had been covered up, and so she interviewed researchers who knew the truth. Alan Frazer, professor of pharmacology and psychiatry and chairman of the pharmacology department at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center, told Spiegel that by framing depression as a deficiency - something that needed to be returned to normal - patients felt more comfortable taking antidepressants. Frazer stated;

“If there was this biological reason for them being depressed, some deficiency that the drug was correcting, then taking a drug was OK."

For Frazer, the story that depressed people have a chemical imbalance enabled many people to come out of the closet about being depressed. Frazer's rationale reminds us of Edward Herman and Noam Chomsky's book Manufacturing Consent, the title deriving from presidential adviser and journalist Walter Lippmann's phrase "the manufacture of consent" - a necessity for Lippmann, who believed that the general public is incompetent in discerning what's truly best for them, and so their opinion must be molded by a benevolent elite who does know what's best for them.

There are some psychiatrists who view the chemical imbalance theory as a well-meaning lie by a benevolent elite to ensure resistant patients do what is best for them, but my experience is that there are actually extremely few such "well-meaning liars." Most simply don't know the truth because they have put little effort in discerning it. I believe McLaren is correct in concluding that the vast majority of psychiatrists are bullshitters, uncommitted to either facts or fiction. Most psychiatrists would certainly have been happy if the chemical-imbalance theory was true but obviously have not needed it to be true in order to promulgate it. For truth seekers, the falseness of the chemical imbalance theory has been easily available, but most psychiatrists have not been truth seekers. It is not in the bullshitters' interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge of what is a fact and what is fiction hinders the capacity to use any and all powerful persuasion. Simply put, a commitment to the truth hinders the capacity to bullshit.

About the Author Bruce E. Levine is a practicing clinical psychologist. His latest book is Get Up, Stand Up: Uniting Populists, Energizing the Defeated, and Battling the Corporate Elite.

Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe?

Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School.

Myth # 1: “The FDA (US Food and Drug Administration) tests all new psychiatric drugs” False. Actually the FDA only reviews studies that were designed, administered, secretly performed and paid for by the multinational profit-driven drug companies. The studies are frequently farmed out by the pharmaceutical companies by well-paid research firms, in whose interest it is to find positive results for their corporate employers. Unsurprisingly, such research policies virtually guarantee fraudulent results.

Myth # 2: “FDA approval means that a psychotropic drug is effective long-term” False. Actually, FDA approval doesn’t even mean that psychiatric drugs have been proven to be safe – either shortterm or long-term! The notion that FDA approval means that a psych drug has been proven to be effective is also a false one, for most such drugs are never tested – prior to marketing – for longer than a few months (and most psych patients take their drugs for years). The pharmaceutical industry pays many psychiatric “researchers” – often academic psychiatrists (with east access to compliant, chronic, already drugged-up patients) who have financial or professional conflicts of interest – some of them even sitting on FDA advisory committees who attempt to “fast track” psych drugs through the approval process.

For each new drug application, the FDA only receives 1 or 2 of the “best” studies (out of many) that purport to show shortterm effectiveness. The negative studies are shelved and not revealed to the FDA. In the case of the SSRI drugs, animal lab studies typically lasted only hours, days or weeks and the human clinical studies only lasted, on average, 4- 6 weeks, far too short to draw any valid conclusions about long-term effectiveness or safety! Hence the FDA, prescribing physicians and patient-victims should not have been “surprised” by the resulting epidemic of SSRI drug-induced adverse reactions that are silently plaguing the people. Indeed, many SSRI trials have shown that those drugs are barely more effective than placebo (albeit statistically significant!) with unaffordable economic costs and serious health risks, some of which are life-threatening and known to be capable of causing brain damage.

Myth # 3: “FDA approval means that a psychotropic drug is safe long-term” False. Actually, the SSRIs and the “anti-psychotic” drugs are usually tested in human trials for only a couple of months before being granted marketing approval by the FDA. And the drug companies are only required to report 1 or 2 studies (even if many other studies on the same drug showed negative, even disastrous, results). Drug companies obviously prefer that the black box and fine print warnings associated with their drugs are ignored by both consumers and prescribers. One only has to note how small the print is on the commercials.

Related: Key Factors To Overcoming Depression Without Drugs In our fast-paced shop-until-you-drop consumer society, we super-busy prescribing physicians and physician assistants have never been fully aware of the multitude of dangerous, potentially fatal adverse psych drug effects that include addiction, mania, psychosis, suicidality, worsening depression, worsening anxiety, insomnia, akathisia, brain damage, dementia, homicidality, violence, etc, etc. But when was the last time anybody heard the FDA or Big Pharma apologize for the damage they did in the past? And when was the last time there were significant punishments (other than writs slaps and “chump change” multimillion dollar fines) or prison time for the CEOs of the guilty multibillion dollar drug companies?

Myth # 4: “Mental ‘illnesses’ are caused by ‘brain chemistry imbalances’” False. In actuality, brain chemical/neurotransmitter imbalances have never been proven to exist (except for cases of neurotransmitter depletions caused by psych drugs) despite vigorous examinations of lab animal or autopsied human brains and brain slices by neuroscientist s who were employed by well-funded drug companies. Knowing that there are over 100 known neurotransmitter systems in the human brain, proposing a theoretical chemical ”imbalance” is laughable and flies in the face of science.

Related: Low-Serotonin Depression Theory Challenged Not only that, but if there was an imbalance between any two of the 100 potential systems (impossible to prove), a drug – that has never been tested on more than a handful of them – could never be expected to re-balance it! Such simplistic theories have been perpetrated by Big Pharma upon a gullible public and a gullible psychiatric industry because corporations that want to sell the public on their unnecessary products know that they have to resort to 20 second sound bite-type propaganda to convince patients and prescribing practitioners why they should be taking or prescribing synthetic, brain-altering drugs that haven’t been adequately tested.

Myth # 5: “Antidepressant drugs work like insulin for diabetics” False. This laughingly simplistic – and very anti-scientific – explanation for the use of dangerous and addictive synthetic drugs is patently absurd and physicians and patients who believe it should be ashamed of themselves for falling for it. There is such a thing as an insulin deficiency (but only in type 1 diabetes) but there is no such thing as a Prozac deficiency. SSRIs (so-called Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors – an intentional mis-representation because those drugs are NOT selective!) do not raise total brain serotonin. Rather, SSRIs actually deplete serotonin long-term while only “goosing” serotonin release at the synapse level while at the same time interfere with the storage, reuse and re-cycling of serotonin (by its “serotonin reuptake inhibition” function).

(Parenthetically, the distorted “illogic” of the insulin/diabetes comparison above could legitimately be made in the case of the amino acid brain nutrient tryptophan, which is the precursor molecule of the important natural neurotransmitter serotonin. If a serotonin deficiency or “imbalance” could be proven, the only logical treatment approach would be to supplement the diet with the serotonin precursor tryptophan rather than inflict upon the brain a brain-altering synthetic chemical that actually depletes serotonin long-term!

Myth # 6: “SSRI ‘discontinuation syndromes’ are different than ‘withdrawal syndromes’” False. The SSRI “antidepressant” drugs are indeed dependency-inducing/addictive and the neurological and psychological symptoms that occur when these drugs are stopped or tapered down are not “relapses” into a previous ”mental disorder” as has been commonly asserted - but are actually new drug withdrawal symptoms that are different from those that prompted the original diagnosis The term “discontinuation syndrome” is part of a cunningly-designed conspiracy that was plotted in secret by members of the psychopharmaceutical industryin order to deceive physicians into thinking that these drugs are not addictive.

Related: Dr. Kelly Brogan's Takedown Of Big Pharma's SSRI Anti-Depressant Drug Lies Hits Bestseller Lists The deception has been shamelessly promoted to distract attention from the proven fact that most psych drugs are dependency-inducing and are therefore likely to cause “discontinuation/withdrawal symptoms” when they are stopped. The drug industry knows that most people do not want to swallow dependency-inducing drugs that are likely to cause painful, even lethal withdrawal symptoms when they cut down the dose of the drug.

Myth # 7: “Ritalin is safe for children (or adults)” False. In actuality, methylphenidate (= Ritalin, Concerta, Daytrana, Metadate and Methylin; aka “kiddie cocaine”), a dopamine reuptake inhibitor drug, works exactly like cocaine on dopamine synapses, except that orally-dosed methylphenidate reaches the brain more slowly than snortable or smoked cocaine does.

Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist Therefore the oral form has less of an orgasmic “high” than cocaine. Cocaine addicts actually prefer Ritalin if they can get it in a relatively pure powder form. When snorted, the synthetic Ritalin (as opposed to the naturally-occurring, and therefore more easily metabolicallydegraded cocaine) has the same onset of action but, predictably, has a longer lasting “high” and is thus preferred among addicted individuals. The molecular structures of Ritalin and cocaine both have amphetamine base structures with ring-shaped side chains which, when examined side by side, are remarkably similar. The dopamine synaptic organelles in the brain (and heart, blood vessels, lungs and guts) are unlikely to sense any difference between the two drugs.

Myth # 8: “Psychoactive drugs are totally safe for humans” False. See Myth # 3 above. Actually all five classes of psychotropic drugs have, with long-term use, been found to be neurotoxic (ie, known to destroy or otherwise alter the physiology, chemistry, anatomy and viability of vital energy-producing mitochondria in every brain cell and nerve). They are therefore all capable of contributing to dementia when used long-term.

Related: The Shocking Truth About Antidepressant Drug Studies + Peter Breggin MD: How Do Psychiatric Drugs Really Work? Any synthetic chemical that is capable of crossing the blood-brain barrier into the brain can alter and disable the brain. Synthetic chemical drugs are NOT capable of healing brain dysfunction, curing malnutrition or reversing brain damage. Rather than curing anything, psychiatric drugs are only capable of masking symptoms while the abnormal emotional, neurological or malnutritional processes that mimic “mental illnesses” continue unabated.

Myth # 9: “Mental ‘illnesses’ have no known cause” False. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM, published by the American Psychiatric Association, is pejoratively called “the psychiatric bible and billing book” for psychiatrists. Despite its name, it actually has no statistics in it, and, of the 374 psychiatric diagnoses in the DSM-IV (there is now a 5th edition) there seem to be only two that emphasize known root causes. Those two diagnoses are Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Acute Stress Disorder. The DSM-V has been roundly condemned as being just another book that laughingly pathologizes a few more normal human emotions and behaviors. In my decade of work as an independent holistic mental health care practitioner, I was virtually always able to detect many of the multiple root causes and contributing factors that easily explained the signs, symptoms and behaviors that had resulted in a perplexing number of false diagnoses of “mental illness of unknown origin”. Many of my patients had been made worse by being hastily diagnosed, hastily drugged, bullied, demeaned, malnourished, incarcerated, electroshocked (often against their wills and/or without fully informed consent). My patients had been frequently rendered unemployable or even permanently disabled as a result – all because temporary, potentially reversible, and therefore emotional stressors had not been recognized at the onset.

Because of the reliance on drugs, many of my patients had been made incurable by not having been referred to compassionate practitioners who practiced high quality, non-drug-based, potentially curable psychotherapy. The root causes of my patient’s understandable emotional distress were typically multiple, although sometimes a single trauma, such as a rape, violent assault or a psychological trauma in the military would cause an otherwise normally-developing individual to decompensate. But the vast majority of my patients had experienced easily identifiable chronic sexual, physical, psychological, emotional and/or spiritual traumas as root causes – often accompanied by hopelessness, sleep deprivation, serious emotional or physical neglect and brain nutrient deficiencies as well. The only way that I could obtain this critically important information was through the use of thorough, compassionate (and, unfortunately, time-consuming) investigation into the patient’s complete history, starting with prenatal, maternal, infant and childhood exposures to toxins (including vaccines) and continuing into the vitally important adolescent medical history (all periods when the patient’s brain was rapidly developing).

My clinical experience proved to me that if enough high quality time was spent with the patient and if enough hard work was exerted looking for root causes, the patient’s predicament could usually be clarified and the erroneous past labels (of “mental illnesses of unknown origin”) could be thrown out. Such efforts were often tremendously therapeutic for my patients, who up to that time had been made to feel guilty, ashamed or hopeless by previous therapists. In my experience, most mental ill health syndromes represented identifiable, albeit serious emotional de-compensation due to temporarily overwhelming crisis situations linked to traumatic, frightening, torturous, neglectful and soul-destroying life experiences. My practice consisted mostly of patients who knew for certain that they were being sickened by months or years of swallowing one or more brain-altering, addictive prescription drugs that they couldn’t get off of by themselves. I discovered that many of them could have been cured early on in their lives if they only had access – and could afford – compassionate psychoeducational psychotherapy, proper brain nutrition and help with addressing issues of deprivation, parental neglect/abuse, poverty and other destructive psychosocial situations.

Related: Officials Declare ‘Eating Healthy’ A “Mental Disorder” I came to the sobering realization that many of my patients could have been cured years earlier if it hadn’t been for the disabling effects of psychiatric drug regimens, isolation, loneliness, punitive incarcerations, solitary confinement, discrimination, malnutrition, and/or electroshock. The neurotoxic and brain-disabling drugs, vaccines and frankenfoods that most of my patients had been given early on had started them on the road to chronicity and disability.

Myth # 10: “Psychotropic drugs have nothing to do with the huge increase in disabled and unemployable American psychiatric patients” False. See Myths # 2 and # 3 above. In actuality recent studies have shown that the major cause of permanent disability in the “mentally ill” is the long-term, high dosage and/or use of multiple neurotoxic psych drugs – any combination of which, as noted above, has never been adequately tested for safety even in animal labs.

Related: Neuroscientist Shows What Fasting Does To Your Brain & Why Big Pharma Won’t Study It Many commonly-prescribed drugs are fully capable of causing brain-damage long-term, especially the anti-psychotics (aka, “major tranquilizers”) like Thorazine, Haldol, Prolixin, Clozapine, Abilify, Clozapine, Fanapt, Geodon, Invega, Risperdal, Saphris, Seroquel and Zyprexa, all of which can cause brain shrinkage that is commonly seen on the MRI scans of antipsychotic drug-treated, so-called schizophrenics – commonly pointed out as “proof” that schizophrenia is an anatomic brain disorder that causes the brain to shrink! (Incidentally, patients who had been on antipsychotic drugs – for whatever reason – have been known to experience withdrawal hallucinations and acute psychotic symptoms even if they had never experienced such symptoms previously.) Of course, highly addictive “minor” tranquilizers like the benzodiazepines (Valium, Ativan, Klonopin, Librium, Tranxene, Xanax) can cause the same withdrawal syndromes. They are all dangerous and very difficult to withdraw from (withdrawal results in difficult-to-treat rebound insomnia, panic attacks, and seriously increased anxiety), and, when used long-term, they can all cause memory loss/dementia, the loss of IQ points and the high likelihood of being mis-diagnosed as Alzheimer’s disease (of unknown etiology).

Myth # 11: “So-called bipolar disorder can mysteriously ‘emerge’ in patients who have been taking stimulating antidepressants like the SSRIs” False. In actuality, crazy-making behaviors like mania, agitation and aggression are commonly caused by the SSRIs. That list includes a syndrome called akathisia, a severe, sometimes suicide-inducing internal restlessness – like having restless legs syndrome over one’s entire body and brain. Akathisia was once understood to only occur as a long-term adverse effect of antipsychotic drugs (See Myth # 10). So it was a shock to many psychiatrists (after Prozac came to market in 1987) to have to admit that SSRIs could also cause that deadly problem.

Related: Antidepressants Aren’t Needed Most Of The Time It has long been my considered opinion that SSRIs should more accurately be called “agitation-inducing” drugs rather than “anti-depressant” drugs. The important point to make is that SSRI-induced psychosis, mania, agitation, aggression and akathisia is NOT bipolar disorder nor is it schizophrenia!

Myth # 12: “Antidepressant drugs can prevent suicides” False. In actuality, there is no psychiatric drug that is FDA-approved for the treatment of suicidality because these drugs, especially the so-called antidepressants, actually INCREASE the incidence of suicidal thinking, suicide attempts and completed suicides.

Related: The Roots Of Mental Health - Maybe They’re Not In Our Heads + Rising Rates Of Suicide: Are Pills The Problem? Drug companies have spent billions of dollars futilely trying to prove the effectiveness of various psychiatric drugs in suicide prevention. Even the most corrupted drug company trials have failed! Indeed what has been discovered is that all the so-called “antidepressants” actually increase the incidence of suicidality. The FDA has required black box warning labels about drug-induced suicidality on all SSRI marketing materials, but that was only accomplished after over-coming vigorous opposition from the drug-makers and marketers of the offending drugs, who feared that such truth-telling would hurt their profits (it hasn’t). What can and does avert suicidality, of course, are not drugs, but rather interventions by caring, compassionate and thorough teams of care-givers that include family, faith communities and friends as well as psychologists, counselors, social workers, relatives (especially wise grandmas!), and, obviously, the limited involvement of drug prescribers.

Myth # 13: “America’s school shooters and other mass shooters are ‘untreated’ schizophrenics who should have been taking psych drugs” False. In actuality, 90% or more of the infamous homicidal – and usually suicidal – school shooters have already been under the “care” of psychiatrists (or other psych drug prescribers) and therefore have typically been taking (or withdrawing from) one or more psychiatric drugs. SSRIs (such as Prozac) and psychostimulants (such as Ritalin) have been the most common classes of drugs involved. Antipsychotics are too sedating, although an angry teen who is withdrawing from antipsychotics could easily become a school shooter if given access to lethal weapons. (See www.ssristudies.net). The 10% of school shooters whose drug history is not known, have typically had their medical files sealed by the authorities – probably to protect authorities such as the drug companies and/or the medical professionals who supplied the drugs from suffering liability or embarrassment.

Important Comment: It should be noted that in most cases such 'False Flag' shooter events, that Mind-Controlled assets are used in order to carry out events pushing Cabal-driven agenda's such as gun control. In virtually EVERY case the 'perpetrators' are on multiple prescription drugs for mental health issues. This is not a comfortable subject but it is one that you will need to confront sooner or later, as the truth will become common knowledge at some point. Interspersed with the rest of this section are details of the reality which hides behind the prescription drugs and their side effects -

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program The powerful drug industry and psychiatry lobby, with the willing help of the media that profits from being their handmaidens, repeatedly show us the photos of the shooters that look like zombies. They have successfully gotten the viewing public to buy the notion that these adolescent, white male school shooters were mentally ill rather than under the influence of their crazy-making, brain-altering drugs or going through withdrawal. Contrary to the claims of a recent 60 Minutes program segment about “untreated schizophrenics” being responsible for half of the mass shootings in America, the four mentioned in the segment were, in fact, almost certainly being already under the treatment with psych drugs – prior to the massacres – by psychiatrists who obviously are being protected from public identification and/or interrogation by the authorities as accomplices to the crimes or witnesses.

Related: CIA MKULTRA: They Intended To Use Drugs For “Everything” Because of this secrecy, the public is being kept in the dark about exactly what crazy-making, homicidalityinducing psychotropic drugs could have been involved. The names of the drugs and the multinational corporations that have falsely marketed them as safe drugs are also being actively protected from scrutiny, and thus the chance of prevention of future drug-related shootings or suicides is being squandered. Such decisions by America’s ruling elites represent public health policy at its worst and is a disservice to past and future shooting victims and their loved ones.

Related: Confession Of A Human Programmer: Illuminati Mind Control The four most notorious mass shooters that were highlighted in the aforementioned 60 Minutes segment included the Virginia Tech shooter, the Tucson shooter, the Aurora shooter and the Sandy Hook shooter whose wild-eyed (“drugged-up”) photos have been carefully chosen for their dramatic “zombie-look” effect, so that most frightened, paranoid Americans are convinced that it was a crazy “schizophrenic”, rather than a victim of psychoactive, brain-altering, crazy-making drugs that may have made him do it. Parenthetically, it needs to be mentioned that many media outlets profit handsomely from the drug and medical industries. Therefore those media outlets have an incentive to protect the names of the drugs, the names of the drug companies, the names of the prescribing MDs and the names of the clinics and hospitals that could, in a truly just and democratic world, otherwise be linked to the crimes.

Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories Certainly if a methamphetamine-intoxicated person shot someone, the person who supplied the intoxicating drug would be considered an accomplice to the crime, just like the bartender who supplied the liquor to someone who later committed a violent crime would be held accountable. A double standard obviously exists when it comes to powerful, respected and highly profitable corporations. A thorough study of the scores of American school shooters, starting with the University of Texas tower shooter in 1966 and (temporarily) stopping at Sandy Hook, reveals that the overwhelming majority of them (if not all of them) were taking brainaltering, mesmerizing, impulse-destroying, “don’t give a damn” drugs that had been prescribed to them by well-meaning but too-busy psychiatrists, family physicians or physician assistants who somehow were unaware of or were misinformed about the homicidal and suicidal risks to their equally unsuspecting patients (and therefore they had failed to warn the patient and/or the patient’s loved ones about the potentially dire consequences).

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ Because It Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened

Most practitioners who wrote the prescriptions for the mass shooters or for a patient who later suicided while under the influence of the drug, will probably(and legitimately so) defend themselves against the charge of being an accomplice to mass murder or suicide by saying that they were ignorant about the dangers of these cavalierly prescribed psych drugs because they had been deceived by the cunning drug companies that had convinced them of the benign nature of the drugs.

Myth # 14: “If your patient hears voices it means he’s a schizophrenic” False. Auditory hallucinations are known to occur in up to 10% of normal people; and up to 75% of normal people have had the experience of someone that isn’t there calling their name. (www.hearing-voices.org/voices-visions). Nighttime dreams, nightmares and flashbacks probably have similar origins to daytime visual, auditory and olfactory hallucinations, but even psychiatrists don’t think that they represent mental illnesses. Indeed, hallucinations are listed in the pharmaceutical literature as a potential side effect or withdrawal symptom of many drugs, especially psychiatric drugs. These syndromes are called substance-induced psychotic disorders which are, by definition, neither mental illnesses nor schizophrenia.

Rather, substance-induced or withdrawal-induced psychotic disorders are temporary and directly caused by the intoxicating effects of malnutrition or brain-altering drugs such as alcohol, medications, hallucinogenic drugs and other toxins. Psychotic symptoms, including hallucinations and delusions, can be caused by substances such as alcohol, marijuana, hallucinogens, sedatives, hypnotics, and anxiolytics, inhalants, opioids, PCP, and the many of the amphetamine-like drugs (like Phen-Fen, [fenfluramine]), cocaine, methamphetamine, Ecstasy, and agitation-inducing, psycho-stimulating drugs like the SSRIs). Psychotic symptoms can also result from sleep deprivation, sensory deprivation and the withdrawal from certain drugs like alcohol, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and especially the many dopamine-suppressing, dependency-inducing, sedating, and zombifying anti-psychotic drugs.

Examples of other medications that may induce hallucinations and delusions include anesthetics, analgesics, anticholinergic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antihypertensive and cardiovascular medications, some antimicrobial medications, anti-parkinsonian drugs, some chemotherapeutic agents, corticosteroids, some gastrointestinal medications, muscle relaxants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications, and Antabuse. The very sobering information revealed above should cause any thinking person, patient, thought-leader or politician to wonder:

“How many otherwise normal or potentially curable people over the last half century of psych drug propaganda have actually been mis-labeled as mentally ill (and then mis-treated) and sent down the convoluted path of therapeutic misadventures – heading toward oblivion?”

In my mental health care practice, I personally treated hundreds of patients who had been given a multitude of confusing and contradictory mental illness labels, many of which had been one of the new “diseases of the month” for which there was a new psych “drug of the month” that was being heavily marketed on TV. Many of my patients had simply been victims of unpredictable drug-drug interactions (far too often drug-drug-drugdrug interactions) or simply adverse reactions to psych drugs which had been erroneously diagnosed as a new mental illness. Extrapolating my 1,200 patient experience (in my little isolated section of the nation) to what surely must be happening in America boggles my mind. There has been a massive epidemic going on right under our noses that has affected millions of suffering victims who could have been cured if not for the drugs. The time to act on this knowledge is long overdue.

In The Wake Of Trump’s Historic Victory The 4th Estate Is Rightfully Burning To The Ground November 26 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Infowars

Thanks to Wikileaks we know at least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting with and/or Coordinating Offline with Top Hillary Advisors.

The info-fascists in the political and corporate media classes have a new meme in their war on information they don’t like: the scourge of so called “fake news.” Related: Proof Mainstream Media Publishes Fake News Even President Obama (who will never pass up a microphone except to avoid quelling violent anti Trump-nuts) is railing about the fake problem of “fake news.” But watch out. You’ll notice Obama and his media enablers conveniently add “hyperpartisan sites” to their list of declared enemies of the people. Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg just announced to his liberal masters that he will go after “fake news” and cites as an example some outrageous story printed on an unheard of clickbait site. But his real target, as it is for corporate media and liberal politicians, are sites such as the one you are on now. The fact is the media and it’s losers on the campaign trail are desperately trying to avoid self reflection after being exposed as partisan hacks themselves throughout the campaign. It’s a reality confirmed on election night as newscasters and “experts” collectively acted as if their puppies were being summarily executed in front of their eyes.

Related: After Election Loss Hillary Clinton Looks Like Death But the only true death was that of their credibility. With no more electronic wall maps to desperately poke on in hopes of finding more Hillary votes, they have nowhere to turn in the aftermath except to invent another enemy besides Republicans, Trump and good ideas. You’ll notice the “hyper partisan ” category only includes such conservative sites such as Breitbart, the Blaze and The Gateway Pundit. There is no mention of Daily Kos, Media Matters, or Buzzfeed. Nor is there any mention of CNBC, CNN or ABC which are staffed on air by hyper partisans and former employees of the Clintons. That’s mainly because the Conservative sites were wickedly effective in balancing the left wing moonbattery which rotted seconds after being printed. It is true that bias is seen in what is reported and stated. But most media bias comes in the form of what is NOT reported and NOT stated. The sites currently targeted told the truths the corporate mainstream media was unwilling to tell because of their support of one ideology and one candidate. And, more importantly, these sites relegated corporate media into nothing but a bunch of third world government -speak mimics. And much like it was with the government ghouls so it was with the liberal media hacks both open and closeted: Smarter Americans flushed them on Election Day.

Related: Mainstream Media Corruption It should be noted the Conservative sites being targeted in his “fake news” jihad make no mystery of where they stand politically. It’s why Americans seem to trust them MORE not less, as they don’t have to sit there and decipher the views of who is behind the information. But Mainstream media pretends to be objective when it’s not. Its consumers know better and feel lied to en masse. The good (and accurate) news is that there is no hope for the info fascists. There is no recovery. The liberal ayatollahs will never win as they attempt to stomp on free speech and sites that show them as clothesless emperors. And their #NeverTrump partners typing away in usual suspect NRO circles have been exposed as well. Having been humiliated after joining forces with Libs to attack the outsider and get Hillary Clinton elected , their operations are now the “dumpster fires” that they so arrogantly called the Trump movement.

How Trump Destroyed Mainstream Media Forever

Related: How Trump Destroyed Mainstream Media Forever

Gallup shows only a third of Americans trust mainstream media. That was a month before the election. Once the advertisers start to shed them the revolution will be complete. The fourth estate is rightfully burning to the ground. This election was a huge victory for non-traditional media. It truly reminded the right people of our never ending - and never to be abridged - freedom to discern.

Related: New York Times publisher vows to 'rededicate' paper to reporting honestly

Obama Declares War On Infowars, Breitbart With the intention to censor independent media, President Obama is now spearheading the fervent assault on so-called “fake news.”

This war on “fake news” began after anti-Trump world leaders, heads of social media platforms and the mainstream press realized they lost the presidential election because they no longer had credibility and influence over the US population. Related: Who is Behind “Fake News”? Mainstream Media Use Fake Videos and Images Obama made clear his desire to limit news reports by populist media at a press conference in Lima, Peru, on Sunday where he also defended the Trans-Pacific Partnership.

“If, generally, we’ve got elections that aren’t focused on issues and are full of fake news and false information and distractions, then the issue is not going to be what’s happening from the outside; the issue is going to be what are we doing for ourselves from the inside,” he claimed. “The good news is that’s something that we have control over.”

These assertions come in conjunction with statements he made last week at a press conference in Germany alongside Chancellor Angela Merkel.

“Part of ways changed in politics is social media and how people are receiving information,” he said.

Related: Entrenched Western Media Propaganda Accepted As Truth In a recent interview in the The New Yorker, Obama targeted some of what he likely considers his enemies in the media by name.

“People didn’t see me coming. In southern Illinois, in those counties I won, I was at VFWs and fish fries hearing people’s stories and talking to folks, so that they knew me,” he said. “They weren’t getting me through Fox or Rush Limbaugh or Breitbart or Red State.”

But as former congressman Dr. Ron Paul points out, the origin of fake news isn’t independent media sites like Infowars and Breitbart, but rather the establishment media which has hit all-time lows in public trust and ratings.

“These are the news sources that told us ‘if you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor,’” Dr. Paul revealed. “They told us that Hillary Clinton had a 98% chance of winning the election.” “They tell us in a never-ending loop that ‘The economy is in great shape!’”

President-elect Donald Trump’s campaign was famous for powerful, simple slogans, such as “Make America Great Again” and “Drain the Swamp,” and was bolstered by a massive wave of social media support fueled by stories originating from alternative media outlets which are now being falsely smeared as “fake news” by the corporate press. Related: Ron Paul Reveals Hit List of Alleged ‘Fake News’ Journalists

Donald Trump’s Media Summit Was A "Fucking Firing Squad" + Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager November 24 2016 | From: NewYorkPost / CNBC

Donald Trump scolded media big shots during an off-the-record Trump Tower sitdown on Monday, sources told The Post.

“It was like a fucking firing squad,” one source said of the encounter. “Trump started with [CNN chief] Jeff Zucker and said, ‘I hate your network, everyone at CNN is a liar and you should be ashamed,’ ” the source said.

“The meeting was a total disaster. The TV execs and anchors went in there thinking they would be discussing the access they would get to the Trump administration, but instead they got a Trump-style dressing-down,” the source added.

A second source confirmed the fireworks.

“The meeting took place in a big boardroom and there were about 30 or 40 people, including the big news anchors from all the networks,” the other source said. “Trump kept saying, ‘We’re in a room of liars, the deceitful, dishonest media who got it all wrong.’ He addressed everyone in the room, calling the media dishonest, deceitful liars. He called out Jeff Zucker by name and said everyone at CNN was a liar, and CNN was [a] network of liars,” the source said. “Trump didn’t say [NBC reporter] Katy Tur by name, but talked about an NBC female correspondent who got it wrong, then he referred to a horrible network correspondent who cried when Hillary lost who hosted a debate which was Martha Raddatz, who was also in the room.”

The stunned reporters tried to get a word in edgewise to discuss access to a Trump administration.

“[‘CBS Good Morning’ co-host Gayle] King did not stand up, but asked some question, ‘How do you propose we the media work with you?’ Chuck Todd asked some pretty pointed questions. David Muir asked, ‘How are you going to cope living in DC while your family is in NYC?’ It was a horrible meeting.”

Trump spokeswoman Kellyanne Conway told reporters the gathering went well.

“Excellent meetings with the top executives of the major networks,” she said during a gaggle in the lobby of Trump Tower. “Pretty unprecedented meeting we put together in two days.”

The meeting was off the record, meaning the participants agreed not to talk about the substance of the conversations. The hour-long session included top execs from network and cable news channels.

Among the attendees were NBC’s Deborah Turness, Lester Holt and Chuck Todd; ABC’s James Goldston, George Stephanopoulos, David Muir and Martha Raddatz; CBS’ Norah O’Donnell, John Dickerson, Charlie Rose, Christopher Isham and King; Fox News’ Bill Shine, Jack Abernethy, Jay Wallace and Suzanne Scott; MSNBC’s Phil Griffin, and CNN’s Jeff Zucker and Erin Burnett. Arthur Sulzberger, publisher of the New York Times, plans to meet with Trump on Tuesday. There was no immediate comment from the Trump Team.

Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager The surprising election win for Donald Trump is raising questions across a range of policy areas, with the future role of monetary stimulus and central banking being one of them.

Trump's policies are "about spending money and then printing money, so it's the end of central banking as we know it since the beginning of the (1980s)," Beat Wittmann, partner and chairman at Porta Advisors, told CNBC on Monday. The president-elect wants to provide the economy with a strong fiscal stimulus, promising to invest $1 trillion on infrastructure and cutting taxes. But, according to several analysts, this strategy is set to increase inflation as well as the U.S. budget deficit.

A Shock Boost

Janet Yellen

Related: Globalist's Desperation: Janet Yellen & Her Criminal Cohorts

“This is a completely inappropriate time to engage in further fiscal stimulus," David Kelly, chief global strategist at JP Morgan Asset Management, said in a note.

This is because the federal deficit is already rising, growing from 2.5 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) in fiscal 2015 to 3.2 percent of GDP in 2016, and if Trump's fiscal plans are implemented in full, national debt would go up to 105 percent of GDP by 2026, he added. Also, given that the U.S. economy is considered as in full employment, "a shock boost to aggregate demand through tax cuts would likely boost inflation and imports more than domestic production," Kelly said. If these inflationary pressures materialize, the Federal Reserve could be forced to tighten its policy at a faster pace. But apart from impacting monetary policy through his economic policies, the president-elect could pave the way for changes inside the Federal Reserve.

“I think she is very political," Trump said in September regarding Janet Yellen, the chair of the Fed. "And to a certain extent, I think she should be ashamed of herself," he added.

Trump has often criticized the central bank regarding its independence.

Seven Vacancies According to the Wall Street Journal, Trump could change the formation of the Fed over the next 18 months, during which seven vacancies will be available in the bank's board of governors.

He might also be willing to work with the GOP-controlled Congress to rewrite the laws governing the Fed's structure and disclosures, possibly embracing proposals central bank officials have seen as threats to their policy-making independence, the newspaper reported. Related: Trump Releases A Video Outlining His Policy Plans For First 100 Days

The Fifth Estate Casts It's Shadow Like A Massive Mothership November 22 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence

Before Long the Mainstream Media Will be History: “BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!” The biggest story on planet Earth has gone virtually unnoticed.

It is now common knowledge that whoever controls the media effectively controls the world. Those who do control the entire planetary realm are only able to do so because they have controlled the mainstream media for as long as it has been in existence. Related: Alex Jones: The Media is a Joke, We Have Won This ironclad control has enabled the World Shadow Government to exert power over the flow of information throughout every sphere of life for centuries. In fact, it is the Fourth Estate that holds the true power over the other three. Only by the power of the press is the WSG able to keep the governments and corporations of the world in check.

A New Era Dawns Since the advent of the Internet in 1995, the Fifth Estate has been growing by the day. It has taken over 20 years for it to finally come into its own. 2016 will be long remembered as the year when the Fifth Estate became a force unto itself, so much so that it profoundly affected the outcome of this year’s U.S. presidential election. The campaign season of this election cycle has been the most dynamic and electrifying, surprising and captivating in American history. No one has ever seen anything like it. Because the nation still finds itself steeped in the depths of the Great Recession, there are millions of young adults out of work. Many of them live at home with mom and dad and with very few possessions except a smartphone or a tablet, a laptop or a desktop.

It is in this environment that the citizen journalist has been born. They are by and large unemployed, bored and angry that the American Dream has eluded them. Some of them believe that the dream has become an “American nightmare” and want to know why. As they seek answers to this inquiry, they are stumbling upon long-hidden truths that have made them deeply distrust the mainstream media (MSM)…with a vengeance.

"The MSM is comprised not only of all print, video and audio forms of media but also book publishing, movie production, music production, TV programming, social networks among others."

So here’s the current context: While the banksters bankrupted the USA in order to swell the ranks of the jobless and unemployed, especially among the youth who they intended to fight their unlawful and unprovoked wars of aggression around the world, something unexpected happened. The banksters unwittingly created an army of writers and bloggers, e-book authors and essayists, Facebook posters and Twitter tweeters, YouTube video producers and Instagram photojournalists.

Related: Whoever Controls The Media Controls The World What else was there to post about this year but the exceedingly dramatic 2016 presidential election, as well as the coming Second American Revolution. No matter what side of the fence these folks are on, they are busier than if they had a 9 to 5 with the local corporation. And they’re loving every minute of it because they are learning how the world really works. And, why they really have no job… or even a prospect of a job.

The Rise of the Citizen Journalist The Internet is the place where many will find their future job. Not the one working for a Fortune 500 corporation; rather, a real job that will assist with the transformation of post-modern society. As these young Internet practitioners expand their skill sets, deepen their knowledge base, and broaden their experience, they have quickly acquired the right stuff to function as a one-person, multi-media platform. This single development has contributed significantly to the rapid establishment of the Fifth Estate. As a matter of fact, the now defunct specialty of investigative journalism has seen a massive rebound. These young journalists have no advertisers to appease and can therefore go after whatever they choose to investigate. Bloggers and videographers are tearing up the terrain with their incisive blogs and documentaries, respectively.

Related: Google, Corporate Press Launch Attack On Alternative Media Upstart authors are now writing Pulitzer Prize level reports and series on topics ranging from the Holocaust Industry to the rigged 2016 U.S. presidential election, from the US Government-coordinated terrorist attacks on 9/11 to the CIA-conducted assassination of John F. Kennedy. These citizen journalists all share one thing, and that is a passion for the truth. They see a world in total disarray and are desperately trying to make some sense of it. In their ardent search for the truth they unwittingly find themselves becoming world-class journalists. And it is only their pursuit of the truth that has set them free from the ranks of the unemployed. Not only do many these folks now have control of their destiny, they are not bound to a corporate agenda like their parents and grandparents were. Nor are they bound to the conventions of traditional, university taught journalism that keeps their MSM peers in a tighly controlled box. They are free to think for themselves and to follow the truth wherever it leads them.

Four Horsemen - an award winning independent feature documentary which lifts the lid on how the world really works. Such a liberation of genuinely creative energy has created a supernova in the firmament of worldwide media. So many young journalists have been born into their Internet-based profession that there is now a crowded field of competition to be dealt with. This has forced many into various specialty niches which has posed a real threat to the MSM journalists who are now primarily generalists because of the severe budget cuts over several years throughout that industry.

“The Truth Shall Set You Free” The MSM is soon to be overwhelmed by the Alt-Media. Little did the controllers of this planetary realm know that one day in the not-too-distant future - they will see a world transformed by the vast number of truth-speakers and fact-writers who they helped create. The readership and viewership of the Alt-Media will be filled with billions of souls who are likewise truth-seekers who know that the MSM is positively not the place to find it. Truly, this rapidly evolving saga is “The Greatest Show on Earth” at this very moment in time. It is a global drama of such epic proportions that soon the entire planetary civilization will have gone through an unparalleled metamorphosis. For as We the People find our voices and put our pens to paper and take to our keypads to speak truth to power, so, too, will the peoples of the world.

Related: Who REALLY Controls The Mainstream Media? When the Alt-Media becomes an echo chamber of truth that replaces the MSM echo chamber of falsehood, the world will have taken a great leap forward toward the restoration of both personal and national sovereignty. It is only in this global context that the world community of nations will experience a durable peace and genuine brotherhood. Then, many things like political integrity and social equality, economic stability and financial security, religious tolerance and racial respect, civil justice and environmental protection, will all occur naturally and spontaneously. These are only some of the ways that “The Truth Shall Set You Free”.

The MOTHERSHIP There is a very powerful and fast-growing movement afoot that identifies with the meme of the Mothership. One of the various tag lines of this extraordinary phenomenon, that is quietly manifesting under the radar, is this:

“BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!” For the uninitiated, the emerging Fifth Estate is BIG MOTHER. The slowly dying Fourth Estate is Big Brother. There is no question that the tide is gradually changing. And, that the traditional control of information is being altered in profound and fundamental ways. Hence, it is only a matter of time - a relatively short period of time - that a veritable sea change will occur on planet Earth. That moment of highly anticipated change will transpire when the Mothership appears to everyone in all its glory. Think of it this way: Were a massive Mothership to slowly glide across the sky over New York City… and then Washington, DC… and then Miami, Florida, on the very same day, would not the whole order change in a day and a night?!

The Alt-Media is like a Mothership that is slowly approaching Earth as it disseminates forbidden truth and lost information, deep wisdom and esoteric knowledge across the entire planetary realm. Then, one day, when nary a soul expects it, looming over the horizon, is this inconceivably enormous Mothership casting a shadow the size of a solar eclipse. Imagine that out of that Mothership comes darting a multitude of smaller starships, each one carrying a payload of truth and banner of justice. More than likely every reader of this post has already contributed to this Project Multi-Media Mothership. If you have a simple blog or a Facebook page, a website or a Twitter feed, a YouTube channel or an Instagram account, you have already set loose your starship into the skies of planet Earth via the World Wide Web.

Conclusion It’s time for every truth-seeker to get on board the Mothership. You have been baptized into the Fifth Estate. Please do not take your responsibilities lightly, you just may be the one who everyone is waiting for to post that vital piece that finally takes the whole God-forsaken System down, once and for all!

Remember, from this point forward, it is BIG MOTHER who will be watching Big Brother. Related: The Multi-Media Mothership Platform: Beta Version

Establishment Media Declares War On Their Competition As “Fake News” November 18 2016 | From: ActivistPost / Various

The establishment media is dying. This is not a biased view coming from “alternative media,” it is a fact borne out by metrics and opinion polls from within the establishment itself.

It was true before the recent election, and is guaranteed to accelerate after their shameless defense of non-reality which refused to accept any discontent among the American population with standard politics. Related: Desperate: Establishment Media Says Everything Apart From Itself Is ‘Fake’ Now, with egg on their face after the botched election coverage, and a wobbling uncertainty about how they can maintain multiple threads of a narrative so fundamentally disproven, they appear to be resorting to their nuclear option: a full shut down of dissent. Voices within independent media have been chronicling the signposts toward full-on censorship as sites have encountered everything from excessive copyright infringement accusations, to de-monetization, to the open admission by advertising giants that certain images would not be tolerated. However, until now these efforts have appeared random, haphazard, and rife with retractions and restorations of targeted sites and content. A massive backlash of reader outrage toward these restrictive measures has confirmed that most consumers don’t like the idea of being given boundaries to their intellectual freedom.

That said, there has been a notable increase of hoax websites beginning to populate the information stream. We can attest that this has been an incredible annoyance as we are bombarded daily with new outrageous claims and rabbit holes that readers expect us to sift through. Most times, a cursory glance at the “About” page or any disclaimers quickly shows where this information is coming from. Other times, a bit of common sense and discernment about why a site that has just appeared on the scene (check Alexa for this info) would have “EXCLUSIVE” “BREAKING” content under the banner of an apparent local news channel or a name that is the twisted version of a legitimate news outlet. But even with those caveats, we’ve all been taken in at one time or another and have had to retract or update articles as necessary, or apologize to our e-mail list for sending out a given link. This does jam up the works, but it is the tax we all must pay if we believe in the free-market of ideas and information. We’re not perfect, but at least we have never been deliberately misleading like CNN and others often have been.

The government recently legalized using propaganda against US citizens. They wielded all of their establishment media force to sell their lies. And now they’re frustrated that people still prefer the truth as they see it naturally. As The Verge highlighted in a recent article, "Two-thirds of the world’s internet users live under government censorship." Although this is roundly decried by establishment media as evidence of “declining freedom,” this is exactly the path we are heading toward at the behest of that same media within those areas that have managed to thwart such a reality. The voices of the corporate media are making a show of calling Facebook to task for evidently not having stringent enough algorithms to discern legitimate news from deliberate hoax. We are being told that this very likely led to the election of Trump, and that this has become a major problem in need of a major solution. The first shots are being fired as we speak. Yesterday we learned that Facebook and Google would take swift action against “fake news” by de-monetizing or banning them outright.

"Moving forward, we will restrict ad serving on pages that misrepresent, misstate, or conceal information about the

publisher, the publisher’s content, or the primary purpose of the web property,” a Google spokesperson said in a statement given to Reuters. This policy includes fake news sites, the spokesperson confirmed. Google already prevents its AdSense program from being used by sites that promote violent videos and imagery, pornography, and hate speech. - Source

This is problematic on a number of levels, not least of which is the vague notion of what constitutes violent imagery and hate speech. War, of course, is what should first come to mind when thinking of violence. Police shootings and other clashes might qualify as well, but routinely populate the most mainstream of sources. And one person’s hate speech is another person’s dissent.

The second component is that of transparency, where we see claims about any effort to “conceal information about the publisher.” Again, very vague, but as any journalist worth their salt knows, it is anonymity which leads to the truth more often than not, especially when threats against journalists and whistleblowers are demonstrably on the rise. Today, the mainstream media named us as one of the top “fake news” sites to avoid. It’s quite an honor. US News (linked above) has published a list of websites that it deems unworthy of support, and is essentially urging to be de-monitized or banned based on the previous calls to action. "Here are several fake news sites that have become popular on Facebook, and which should be avoided if you’re looking for the facts:"

- Source Firstly, the grouping of satire, hoax, and propaganda is troubling, as the definitions of each aren’t even remotely related to one another. Satire is literature and has a tradition dating back thousands of years; it has been recognized as an essential component of intellectual and political freedom. A deliberate hoax, we can all agree, is lacking integrity, purposely deceptive, and can be legitimately harmful or dangerous. Propaganda, though, is aligned with the State; and most commonly is directed and funded by the State. That is a serious accusation and one that is entirely without merit for this website. It is also an especially ironic and dubious accusation coming from an outlet called US News. Yet we’re proud to be biased for peace, love, and liberty. Anyone against those principles is serving fake news as far as we’re concerned.

Related: The Real Reason Why The UN Wants Control Over The Internet All of this is to say that we are entering dangerous new territory, as the Internet itself is under a new regime with the transfer to ICANN, an international body. If 2/3 of the globe is under digital dictatorship, what else is the likely outcome from such international control over information? However, it is also an exhilarating time to be a part of such mammoth upheaval, where the entrenched apparatus of the State itself has declared information to be its enemy and to acknowledge that it must do everything in its power to maintain its tenuous monopoly on the truth. The unfortunate reality for them is that the truth will always be more efficient and, therefore, simpler to disseminate than the complexities of lies and true propaganda. Related Articles: The Bizarre Media Blackout Of Hacked George Soros Documents Infowars Announces Fake News Analysis Center 15 Facts About The Imploding U.S. Economy That The Mainstream Media Doesn’t Want You To See This Video Proves The Media is Lying About Trump

Lamestream Media Suddenly Cares About Free Speech! Trump Campaign Manager Calls on Democrats to Tell “Paid” Protesters to “Cut it Out”

Fomenting A National Crisis And Color Revolution: Soros-Funded Anti-Trump Protesters Riot In Cities Across United States November 18 2016 | From: Sott / Various

Globalist investor in murder and mayhem George Soros is at it again, funding his MoveOn.org to organize post-election "sour grapes" protests around the country in response to underdog Trump's surprising President-elect victory.

Complicit crime partner mainstream media is having a field day deceitfully spinning these top down, billionaire driven demonstrations as a spontaneous, grassroots populist uprising against racist dictator Donald. From a press release from MoveOn.org: Related: Soros And Liberal Mega-Donors Plot For War With Donald Trump

"The gatherings - organized by MoveOn.org and allies - will affirm a continued rejection of Donald Trump's bigotry, xenophobia, Islamophobia, and misogyny and demonstrate our resolve to fight together for the America we still believe is possible."

The Soros-affiliated machine further boasts:

"Within two hours of the call-to-action, MoveOn members had created more than 200 gatherings nationwide, with the number continuing to grow on Wednesday afternoon.

The Washington oligarchy's propaganda ministry wants the world to believe a groundswell of concerned, mindful citizens have taken to the streets in a surge of moralistic patriotic fervor determined to derail the spread of Trump's legitimacy as the so called leader of the "free world," that is if you still believe living in a fascist totalitarian police state called Amerika is still "the free world." Thanks to the likes of the Clintons, Obama and the Bushes who've for decades conspired to strip away all our constitutional rights and freedoms in the name of New World Order deep state tyranny, "the free world" no longer exists on this planet. But the self-righteous, follow-the-leader sheep of befuddled malcontents rioting in the streets across America haven't a clue with propaganda lies now owning them.

Related: Trump Campaign Manager Calls on Democrats to Tell “Paid” Protesters to “Cut it Out” In every large city in America that voted heavily for Hillary, a Soros organized and financed mercenary army has been unleashed engaging in violent destructive behavior. We're all supposed to accept MSM reporting that tens of thousands of fellow Americans who in good conscience just can't accept a Trump-led United States are joining forces in righteous solidarity, defiantly marching now in large numbers crying foul that that a "xenophobic racist" is soon to be our president. They're violently hitting the streets in robotic, monkey see, monkey do support for a former serial rapist president and his thug wife who intimidated and silenced all his victims and who also lost Tuesday's election.

Related: Secret Recordings Fueled Mutinous FBI Investigation of Clintons Despite DOJ Orders To "Stand Down" And as far as their track record, the Clintons have been consistently supporting and implementing the globalist agenda that exploits racial tensions promoting racial and religious division and war against dark skinned people. Though the Clintons have always paid lip service pretending to support minorities in order to secure their votes, they have never done anything beneficial for people of color. Take a look at how they raked in millions from their Haiti post-earthquake scam, leaving the Western Hemisphere's poorest nation's people abandoned, still suffering and thoroughly ripped off. If you want to get real with racism and sexual perversion, than look no further than the Clintons.

But in a truth-starved, deep state world, the automatons now running violently in America's streets have systematically been conditioned to be oblivious to the truth. In Hillary and Bill's belated concession speech, each conspicuously wore purple in a symbolic covert message giving the greenlight to the latest Soros' funded "color revolution" taking place in America. As Paul Craig Roberts incisively observes, the anti-Trump protesters are mere tools of the oligarchy to "de-legitimize" the Trump presidency the same way Soros funded while Hillary's US State Department NGO's were used to disfavor the democratically elected Ukraine president three years ago that led to his overthrow in February 2014. Soros-Hillary's blood-soaked hands in past color revolutions sponsored by the CIA destabilized the Middle East and North Africa during 2011's Arab Spring Uprising that included Syria, Tunisia, Egypt, Libya among others.

Related: Thanks to WikiLeaks, we now have direct email evidence of the collusion between the MSM and Hillary Clinton The subversive objective is regime change by inciting domestic tensions and upheaval designed to destabilize wherever Empire encounters resistance to its brutal rape and pillaging. Lingering effects from these abominable, highly illicit Soros-Clinton operations interfering with the internal affairs of targeted sovereign nations around the world are still lethally raging as wars in Ukraine, Syria, Libya and Yemen, chaotic disaster in Venezuela, simmering violent tensions periodically boiling over in Armenia's Nagorno-Karabakh, South Sudan and now the Philippines as well among many more. Any nation state that refuses to be chewed up and spit out by US Empire/World Bank/IMF economic hit job becomes a CIA/NGO target for violent coups and insurrections, and now it's USA's turn using the Trump presidency as its next victim. As if the bloodshed and violence that George Soros' filthy money has caused around the globe isn't enough, as of late he's been especially active in America trying to create race wars on US soil.

Related: Trump’s Opponents See Normal Americans as Deplorables - Paul Craig Roberts Spending millions to send busloads of his mercenary army of agitators to foment riots and violence in inner cities right after another white cop kills another unarmed black man in Ferguson and Baltimore, Soros as a huge $25 million Clinton campaign donor also deployed mentally handicapped individuals to disrupt and incite brawls at Trump rallies this year blaming it on opponents Sanders and Trump. The bloodsucking Soros thrives on stirring up trouble and hostilities around the globe, pitting various people and groups against each other as part of his elitist strategy to divide and rule over the world. Since the late 1980's the double trouble kingpin has conspired insurgence and regime change revolts in Eastern European nations like Poland and the Czech Republic and ran the show dictating at will with his money and unbridled power what Secretary of State puppet Hillary needed to do in Ukraine, Albania and elsewhere in order to continue receiving both his financial support and "guidance." This week the Soros and Clinton paid minions are out in full force deployed onto the streets of Washington, New York, Boston, Baltimore, Philadelphia, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Oakland, Portland, Seattle and Austin, totaling over a couple dozen cities.

Related: Blocks Of Anti-Trump Protest Buses Caught On Tape As a matter of fact, photographic evidence proving the protests are nothing more than artificially staged "civil disturbances" inflicted on America by Soros, a fleet of chartered buses showed up in Austin, Texas. But of course the loyal Clinton presstitutes are creating the false narrative that an authentic citizen uprising is organically growing out of moral indignation for Trump, and they're milking it for all its worth with headlines like "Anti-Trump Protests Spread Around Nation." Ironically it was supposed to be all the disgruntled Trump diehards who would angrily rise up in arms after the rigged election triggers a violent national citizen revolt from Trump supporters. But instead it's the violent rabblerousing Hillary camp starting fires and spreading anarchy in America's streets.

With purple Hillary and MSM's subtly hidden blessings, mainstream coverage of the ensuing violence and property damage continuing to erupt for a third straight day in a row is predictably being downplayed. Reuters reports:

"The protests were for the most part peaceful and orderly, although there were scattered acts of civil disobedience and damage to property."

Reuters goes on to explain only "a handful of protesters" were arrested in Portland, Oregon. That said, in stark contrast, this is what "peaceful" pro-Hillary demonstrations actually look like. Enraged Trump haters went out seeking revenge against the Donald's supporters celebrating early Wednesday morning at Times Square, promptly crashing Trump's party with violent clashes. Pro-Hillary supporters resorted to widespread violence in at least two dozen US cities. Reports that American flags have been burned in multiple cities is actually right in synch with Hillary and her globalists' masterplan to erase all sovereign borders in favor of their one world government.

So will the globalists' trade agreements like TPP and TTIP that Hillary secretly supports put the final nail in the coffin of America as a sovereign independent nation. The so called peaceful demonstrators turned into violent rioters in a number of locations like Oakland and Portland, setting fire to garbage and tires and breaking windows. An unruly mob of 7,000 Oakland protesters quickly grew out of control, engaging in acts of arson starting about 40 different fires, throwing rocks, bottles, M-80's and Molotov cocktails at police injuring three officers who then fired tear gas to break up the crowd as thick plumes of smoke filled the embattled city skies.

Related: PROOF – The Trump protests utilizing paid professional protesters financed by George Soros

An Oakland police patrol car was also torched. One entire Oakland block was seriously vandalized. Protesters spray painted graffiti messages "kill Trump" and "fuck Trump" as they set fires. At least 30 were arrested during the Oakland rampage. The more vocal pro-Hillary outbursts began surfacing on America's college campuses. At the University of Oregon and California universities like UCLA and UC Berkeley the anti-Trump forces converged... a far cry from the 60's and early 70's when these same colleges were the bastions of the antiwar peace movement. Now the same schools are spawning violence in support of their nasty crime boss who vowed to bomb Russia and Iran. Meanwhile, the object of their violent hatred is a noninterventionist vowing to help Putin kill the very same terrorists that their favored losing candidate helped create and continues supporting. Sadly, times have vastly changed not for the better. Too many university students today are media brainwash victims.

Related: Report: Three Million Votes in Presidential Election Cast by Illegal Aliens Across America hundreds of protesters have been arrested. In Los Angeles about 3,000 demonstrators gathered in two places, disrupting traffic commandeering the 101 freeway that passes through the downtown area. Another contingent of angry anti-Trump protestors assembled outside of Los Angeles city hall. A bloody head of Trump was burned in effigy. In all, 29 people were reported to be arrested in LA. A confrontation between police and protesters in Orange County's Santa Ana witnessed a brick thrown into a police cruiser, two other cars damaged and two businesses vandalized with 10 arrests. 4,000 protesters in Portland disrupted downtown traffic and forced train delays, shattered windows, lit a fire in a dumpster and vandalized 19 vehicles at a car dealership. A group of violent anarchists led the crowd inciting property destruction although a number of demonstrators chanted "peaceful protest." But likely the Soros paid agitators succeeded in turning the protest into a riot, resulting in at least 26 arrests. Denver protesters walked onto Interstate 25 shutting down both sides of the freeway for a half hour. 500 demonstrators assembled in Louisville.

In New York City over 30 were arrested gathering in two locations, one outside the Trump Tower and another at Columbus Circle. Clinton loyalists Lady Gaga, Madonna and Cher joined the Trump Tower protesters on Wednesday night where American flags were burned as well as in Philadelphia and Washington. 15 arrests were made at the Trump Towers in New York for disorderly conduct. Speaking of has-been celebrities, in dire desperation the last week of her campaign, Hillary paraded her A-list of star power onto the stage playing the pied piping idolatry card as a last gasp cheap ploy to condescendingly buy votes from the younger generations. Beyoncé, husband Jay Z, Katy Perry, Miley Cyrus, LeBron James and Bruce Springsteen all payed homage to their favorite crime boss. Meanwhile, Cher, Lena Dunham, Samuel L. Jackson, Barbra Streisand, Amy Schumer, Jon Stewart, George Lopez, Al Sharpton, and Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsberg have all gone on public record stating that they plan to move out of the country if the rigged election still fails to get their murdering crime boss queen elected. Good riddance! On Friday evening protests were organized in Miami and West Palm Beach as well. 1000 demonstrators each marched in Milwaukee and Minneapolis, slightly less in Columbus, Ohio. Up to 2,000 marchers in Chicago gathered at Trump Tower while others attempted to obstruct traffic.

Related: Anti-Trump Protests: Proof Of Professional Activist Involvement USA Today counted over 50 protests since Tuesday night and over a dozen more known already planned. The MoveOn.org supplying the centralized organizers of these nationwide protests in reaction to a Trump presidency is intended to spread and grow over time into a political movement throughout the country. Soros is prepared to fuel the protests with deep pockets and paid professional anarchists designed to incite widespread violence, vandalism and civil unrest throughout the US. The treasonous aging billionaire is seeking regime change right here in America in plain sight, clearly a direct assault on our nation's democratic principles, against both the democratically elected leader as well as against the will of the American people who specifically voted for the outsider as a rejection of the very corrupt dirty power politics game represented by Soros, Hillary and her Democratic Party. Related: Break Up the Democratic Party: It’s Time for the Clintons and Rubin to Go - and Soros Too The hypocritical hubris of these diehard Clinton supporters is projected on full display when they resort to lawbreaking anarchy violence at the same time that misguided, flowery language flows out of their mouths. In the words of one New York protester:

"There's a man who's the human embodiment of hate who's going to become our next president, so the best thing we can do is try to connect with people who are representing love and connection...

Hmm, like the most dangerous, warmongering presidential candidate in US history who promised the world that America would go to war against both Russia and Iran... or the vicious, demonic mastermind who buys violence, death and destruction like they're commodities on a monopoly board, or like the "loving" protesters spreading violence across America right now, all in the name of love and connection. Meanwhile, anti-Trump death threats showed up on Twitter calling for Trump and his Vice President-elect Mike Pence to be assassinated. That's how some who object to Trump show their love. If it were angry Trump supporters on a wild rampage like this, mainstream media would be calling protesters

committing this exact same behavior as hateful, anti-American racists bent on causing race wars in cities across America, forcing the government to take measures to quell such out of control, Trump-inspired violent anarchy and hate. In the same way that Soros and the media giants both engage in race baiting that foments further violence and unrest in places like Ferguson and Baltimore as part of a sinister globalist agenda, the same diabolical dynamic is currently underway with the media inciting American citizens to hit the streets in protest and a meta-message to spread violence and bloodshed that will invariably be blamed on Donald Trump, who is being demonized just like Putin and Assad.

The disturbing truth here is there's a hidden Soros-Clinton-MSM agenda purposely adding fuel to the fire so that paid Soros-Hillary shills violently act out in efforts to lead another color revolution coup staged as an "out of control crisis" and "national rebellion." Remember the operative word here is perception where MSM covertly creates and stages a false narrative that a national emergency will warrant President Obama to opportunistically call out the National Guard in order to stabilize the nation "bordering on civil war," thus handing him the excuse to declare martial law prior to Trump's inauguration in January. Or if that particular endgame scenario fails to materialize, as long as the civil unrest and widespread violence continues to grow nationally, the ruling elite may engineer some other form of false flag crisis like a cyberattack on the US banking infrastructure, then subversively blame the Trump-Putin duo for the conspiracy.

Related: Soros, Liberal Billionaires Meet in DC to Plan War on Trump Or if Trump does manage to outlast his January inauguration date and become president, you can bet that the globalists will soon thereafter unleash a full blown financial crisis where their house of cards global economy collapses like dominos into a worse depression than the one that followed the 1929 stock market crash that they also initiated. President Trump of course would be accused of causing that catastrophe as well. That's why this election was rigged by preprogrammed voting machines to deliver the outcome that has shocked so many. Once the elite deemed Hillary to be damaged goods and a liability with all her nonstop scandals and criminality, suddenly a decision was made to fix the election so a narrow margin of victory could be claimed by Donald Trump. Comment: The narrative that Trump is controlled opposition is yet another desperate attempt to derail positive developments in the battle against the Cabal. When just before the election Hillary and Bill were both accused of being pedophiles by honest members of the New York Police Department and the FBI after discovering evidence on Anthony Weiner's laptop, directly connecting the Clintons to their billionaire buddy, registered sex offender and fellow pedophile Jeffrey Epstein's international child sex slavery trafficking ring, the elite conceded defeat and threw Hillary under the bus.

With this worldwide child sex ring threatening to expose not only the Clintons but the likes of the Bushes, Prince Andrew, other members of European royalty, multiple high court judges in both North America and Europe, prominent politicians in both US Congress as well as European parliaments, high ranking military officers and world famous entertainers as part of a Satanic worshipping cabal that rules the world, But it's too late for that now as the cat's already been let out of the bag . Courageous whistleblowers in both law enforcement and journalism are pushing for the ugly truth to be fully exposed as the best opportunity to remove this criminal cabal from power once and for all, seeking justice by placing the perpetrators on trial for their unlimited high crimes that include treason, war atrocities, pedophilia, human genocide and crimes against humanity. An international truth and reconciliation commission will need to be organized to facilitate those from lower levels of this international cabal to come forth providing evidence and testimony to hold those guilty at the top fully accountable. This tall order is what "draining the swamp" will really be all about.

Getting rid of the subhuman scum that have controlled virtually all human affairs over the past few centuries will pave the way for a new beginning where such advanced technologies as free energy and a resource-based global infrastructure can be developed and built to sustain a population of 11 billion people. By purging the crime cabal leaders and their puppet masters, the ruling elite's plan to commit human genocide by drastically reducing the world population from its current 7.4 billion to just over a half billion people will be circumvented. Once we "drain the swamp" of these Satanic mass murderers, a social, economic and spiritual transformation will then finally be freely in place to promote humans into living in harmony and peace on this earth the way that God originally intended.

Related Articles: Clinton Foundation: Admits hiding Qatar's $1M 'donation'; Killary at the 'center of the wheel' Podesta email bombshell: Clinton campaign was heavily funded by Monsanto Huma Abedin Said To Suffer Emotional Breakdown FBI Now 99% Certain at Least 5 Foreign Agencies Hacked Into Hillary’s Server What? Clinton Camp Says Media Bias Caused Loss Martin Armstrong Exposes "The Real Clinton Conspiracy" Which Backfired Dramatically Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton walk in to a bar This is the email that hacked Hillary Clinton’s campaign chief Memo to Hillary Supporters: Trump Won, Stop Whining and Grow Up How Hillary Clinton Stole the Democratic Nomination from Bernie Sanders, Did Not Legally Win the Popular Vote

Are Microwave Transmission Weapons Of Mass Destruction Being Used To Trigger Catastrophic Earthquakes? + New Zealand Earthquake: The World’s Biggest Offshore Seismic Blasting Ship The Amazon Warrior November 17 2016 | From: GeoEngineeringWatch / TheContrail

Are unimaginably powerful microwave transmissions actively and aggressively being used as weapons of mass destruction? If all available evidence is examined, the logical conclusions are chilling.

Understanding the full potential of the power that can be projected from the ionosphere heater installations (like HAARP) is difficult and complex. Related: World’s Biggest Seismic Testing Ship – Amazon Warrior – Parked On Top Of New Zealand Fault Line & 6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2 We all know and understand that microwave transmissions produced in our countertop ovens can heat a cup of water (or frozen TV dinners) at blinding speed. Unfortunately, most don't know and thus have never even considered (let alone investigated) what massively powerful and interlinked microwave transmissions can do to the planet. When immensely powerful microwave transmissions are bounced off the atmosphere (facilitated by the atmospheric aerosol saturation) and directed back into the Earth's strata (in a seismically sensitive location), the triggering of seismic activity becomes scientifically possible.

The constant jet aircraft spraying of reflective and electrically conductive particles into the atmosphere (as part of the ongoing climate engineering/geoengineering assault) is a verifiable fact. Is New Zealand, yet again, the victim of microwave transmission super-weapons? There is a long list of shocking facts surrounding a number of recent catastrophic earthquakes. It is imperative to examine these facts without preconceptions or programmed denial. Let's start with the month leading up to the extremely destructive 2010 earthquake in Haiti, MIT satellite monitoring detected a radical increase in ULF (ultra low frequency/microwave) radio transmissions over the quake epicenter.

“Spacecraft Saw ULF Radio Emissions over Haiti before January Quake A French satellite observed a dramatic increase in ultra low frequency radio waves over Haiti in the month before the M7.0 earthquake earlier this year. DEMETER’s is an unusual mission. Its job is to monitor low frequency radio waves generated by earthquakes. Today, a group of geoscientists release the data associated with the M 7.0 earthquake that struck Haiti in January. They say that DEMETER saw a clear increase in ultralow frequency radio waves being emitted from the Earth’s the crust in that region in the build up to the quake. The anecdotal evidence of electromagnetic effects associated with earthquakes is legion. Various accounts link earthquakes with mysterious light and heating effects."

After the Haiti quake, the US military moved in and occupied the country. In addition, the long drawn-out Clinton Foundation reconstruction debacle began.

The following year a deadly earthquake struck Christchurch, New Zealand. Many circumstances surrounding this disaster were also troubling. Did US officials know the earthquake was coming? Some excerpts from a report on the disaster are below.

"Was the Christchurch earthquake a terrible natural disaster, or was it a terrible MAN MADE disaster? 9 members of US Congress were in Christchurch for a summit meeting on Feb 21 & 22 but left Christchurch 2.5 hours before the earthquake hit and relocated to Wellington even though the meeting was not due to finish until the evening of Feb 22nd. The US Secretary of Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, was supposed to be visiting Christchurch and speaking at the summit meeting on Feb 22, but on Feb 18 announced she was cancelling her visit 3. The Deputy Administrator of FEMA (US Federal Emergency Management Agency), Timothy Manning, just happened to be in Christchurch at the time with a US delegation. All of the rest of the delegation left Christchurch shortly before the quake hit except for Mr Manning who stayed behind, and then after the quake hit he assisted with directing the emergency response. Exactly the same thing happened with FEMA delegates with the Haiti earthquake. In Haiti , the FEMA delegates just happened to be there at the time conducting training exercises for responding to major earthquakes."

Recent releases from Wikileaks resulted in the headline below: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advanced Warning of Christchurch Earthquake.

In the days before the catastrophic Japanese Earthquake (that occurred on March 11, 2016), world renowned research institution, MIT, yet again, noted extremely profound and anomalous atmospheric heating directly over the quake epicenter. MIT published the following report:

"Atmosphere Above Japan Heated Rapidly Before M9 Earthquake Infrared emissions above the epicenter increased dramatically in the days before the devastating earthquake in Japan, say scientists. They say that before the M9 earthquake, the total electron content of the ionosphere increased dramatically over the epicentre, reaching a maximum three days before the quake struck. At the same time, satellite observations showed a big increase in infrared emissions from above the epicentre, which peaked in the hours before the quake. In other words, the atmosphere was heating up."

Though the science community is desperately trying to link pre-quake atmospheric heating to some unknown phenomenon of an atmospheric coupling with the pressure buildup in the strata, is this a rational conclusion? The much more logical and straightforward conclusion is this, the atmospheric heating is being intentionally created by the global network of ionosphere heaters as immense microwave signals are bounced off of the atmosphere and back down into the planet. Unfortunately, the science community is not allowed to even consider this possibility, let alone talk about it. In the period preceding the decimating Japanese earthquake, US Japanese relations were very strained.

The post-quake scenario of US/Japanese relations seemed to suddenly be unquestionable, was there a connection? Was the catastrophic quake just a natural event? Or an engineered warning to Japan? On the 13th of November, 2016, another catastrophic earthquake struck near Christchurch, New Zealand. The list of troubling questions surrounding this earthquake is long and growing. Below are some quotes from seismologist Anna Kaiser (who is investigating the latest New Zealand earthquake activity):

"We don't know what we are dealing with right now but it may be… it involves potentially more than one fault… we need to figure out what was going on before and after the 7.5 magnitude quake… "

Kaiser went on to say this:

"We're working very hard… this is looking quite complex. The epicenter was possibly just south of the Hope fault, but it did look like "something else was going on.

The seismologist statements are only the beginning, there are many more concerning factors surrounding the latest New Zealand Earthquake that should be considered.

In spite of the unfolding US election circumstances, in the days before the latest New Zealand quake John Kerry first went to Christchurch, and then on to McMurdo Station, Antarctica.

The stated purpose of Kerry's visit was to examine the effects of global warming and the record low sea ice, but this trip at this time was criticized by some.

"US Secretary of State John Kerry is scheduled to head back to New Zealand after checking out summer in Antarctica. He's been criticized for heading to such a remote place while the US election riveted the world He tweeted a photograph of himself boarding C-17 cargo plane in Christchurch saying "headed to Antarctica to see firsthand some of the drastic effects of climate change". In Antarctica he was scheduled to meet with scientists and researchers at McMurdo Station, the largest research station of the US Antarctic programme, as well as visit surrounding areas on Ross Island, and the US Government's Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station. He is the first secretary of state and the most senior US government official to ever travel to Antarctica. He is hosted by the US National Science Foundation, which manages the US Antarctic program me."

In fact Antarctica has just broken a new climate record, with record low winter sea ice. After a peak of 18.5 million square kilometers in late August, sea ice began retreating about a month ahead of schedule and has been setting daily low records through most of September. Though Antarctic sea ice (and global sea ice) are at record shattering low levels, why else might John Kerry go to McMurdo Station at this exact window of time? Could the ionosphere heater (microwave transmission) facility that is constructed at McMurdo be a factor?

Noctilucent clouds in the skies above Antarctica are an ominous harbinger of the atmospheric damage that is occurring there

"Many are under the belief that HAARP, now labeled IRI, no longer exists Operationally due to the Gakona, AK spin. One must understand that these Frequency Generators are Globally Ubiquitous. There are so many that are of dissimilar designs, and go by different acronyms, it is not seen as functionally one and the same. In the case of McMurdo’s Radome and all of the Radar equipment there; Raytheon has had the contracts beginning to end. The National Science Foundation and Raytheon Polar Services Company are housed in the same building. For years the station has grown. It can house 1258 personnel and an average of 200 winter over."

Raytheon is one of the largest private "defense contractors" on the planet, this corporation is also the holder of numerous climate engineering patents including some that relate directly to ionosphere heaters. The power structure is likely microwaving the skies for a multitude of reasons, none of those reasons are in the interest of the common good. Shocking atmospheric flashing lights were filmed in the skies above New Zealand as the massive Earthquake was occurring.

Kerry returned to Christchurch from Antarctica, and then promptly (and conveniently) departed only hours before the catastrophic earthquake struck. The statement below is from CBS news.

"Sec. John Kerry had left the country before it struck, and just landed in Singapore on his way to Oman when news of the quake was reported.

Is it just a coincidence that US officials always seem to safely depart quake impact zones just prior to the event? Then there is this headline to consider:

"World’s Biggest Seismic Testing “Blast” Ship – Amazon Warrior – Parked on top of New Zealand Fault Line

Is this just a coincidence? Another point of interest, New Zealanders protested against US Oil exploration continued right up to the day before the quake. Then there was the conflict in New Zealand over the visit of a US warship, this story was covered the day before the quake hit. The New Zealand Prime Minister's apparent apprehension about the US election results just days prior to the quake are also of interest. Finally, could known massive oil deposits just off the New Zealand coast also be a part of the equation? Microwave transmission signals/rings near Antarctica are clearly visible in the satellite composite image shown below.

The regions of New Zealand near the epicenter have been constantly assaulted with aerosols spraying and microwave transmissions.

The uniform ribbing of aerosolized cloud cover is a clear indication of microwave transmission exposure. Though some "official" sources try to explain this type of cloud pattern as being a result of the underlying land topography, this explanation is patently false. The same patterns are now regularly seen over oceans as well as land as is shown in the satellite photo below that was taken of New Zealand directly over the quake region.

The image below bears testimony to what the global power structure does to those that try to get in the way of their agendas and operations. This photo is of the bridge of the Greenpeace ship "The Rainbow Warrior". It was bombed and sunk by the French Secret Service in order to prevent the ship and its crew from witnessing ongoing illegal and unimaginably destructive nuclear detonations.

Over 2 decades ago I dove alone on the wreck of the Rainbow Warrior, as it laid on the seafloor off the coast of New Zealand. I swam through the area shown above, around the ship, and examined the gapping bomb blast hole in the hull of the once noble vessel. I hovered over the wreck and contemplated the tyranny of those who rule the world. We are all at a crossroads, and the horizon is darkening rapidly. The power structure wields weapons of unimaginable destruction, they can only do so because of the order-followers that carry out their insanity. As the saying goes, "we have seen the enemy, and they are us". It is up to us, the people, all of us, to refuse any further participation in the insanity. It is up to us to fully investigate and fully face the whole truth. It is up to us to prioritize the fight for the greater good because we owe that debt to our children, to the planet, and to the whole. Make your voice heard, while you can, while it can still matter.

New Zealand Earthquake: The World’s Biggest Offshore Seismic Blasting Ship The Amazon Warrior Dots: Super-supermoon, Climate change huckster American Politician, Amazon Warrior, Oil Exploration and Mapping for drilling, Earthquake M7.5 and plates shifting generating many aftershocks the entire length of the fault line through NZ.

The 11/13/16 quake, with a magnitude of 7.8, was much stronger than the magnitude-6.3 quake in 2011. But it also was much deeper - striking 23 kilometers (14 miles) below the earth's surface. The 2011 quake had a depth of just 5 kilometers (3 miles). The shallower a quake is, the more destruction it tends to cause.

The evil empire are after New Zealand's unobtainium. First shake up the locals, destroy infrastructure, weaken the economy and then extort deals to rape the resources of the country. If you were planning to do seismic blasting off the coast of a Country, the best time to do it would be with the super full moon wouldn’t it? So that people only discuss that as the possible reason.

Kaikoura was clearly the target – now destroyed, and that basin is full of the precious oil for the foreign bankers and the only thing stopping them was the people of Kaikoura - now homeless and to be relocated by NZ Navy ship. Kaikoura is also known for its whale populations, the area should be protected from ALL sonic oil exploration and Naval activity!

The World’s Biggest Seismic Testing Ship - The US "Amazon Warrior" - Parked On Top Of New Zealand Fault Line during the November 13, 2016 Earthquake! The World’s biggest seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior was photographed off Rarangi Beach in Cloudy Bay last night. Right on top of a major fault line. The ship was met with protests when it arrived on the 13th! It was seen off the Coast of Kaikoura on Nov. 13th, but its ETA from Panama was 10 am on Nov 14th in Wellington.

The Amazon Warrior came from Panama, was seen off of Kaikoura on the 13th and then went to anchor off of Cloudy Bay at the top of the South Island, across the channel from Wellington. If you are steaming to NZ from Panama, and your destination is Wellington, then there is no need to go an extra 95 miles south before arriving at your charted destination; after a long sea journey of 7,353 miles. This fact alone shows that there was something very fishy going on in the state of Aotearoa. If their scheduled arrival was for 10am on the 14th in Wellington, then their trip to Kaikoura was already calculated into their original ETA. The AW's estimated project-to-project transit speed is 17 knots or 19.5633 mph. Thus traveling the 7353 miles to NZ will take around 16 days, and the last report in Vessel Finder was Oct 25, 2016 17:52 UTC which was probably the departure time from Panama. Roughly Oct 26 to Oct 13 is 19 days, so they left plenty of leeway to ensure they could make it to Kaikoura before heading to Wellington…however rather than 3 days leeway, it is only 2 days because NZ is one day ahead of Panama. On a ship like the Amazon Warrior... to travel 95 miles distance from Kaikoura to Wellington it takes around 5 hours, so they have 1.75 days to engage in their seismic mayhem. The ship only pulled into Cloudy Bay to avoid the protesters at Wellington. Yea, rather obvious isn't it. By their deeds shall they shall be known.

Further information on the Amazon Warrior is available here and here. The Amazon Warrior is owned by WesternGeco which is a geophysical services company. It is headquartered in the Schlumberger House on the property of London Gatwick Airport in Crawley, West Sussex, and also has an office in Denver CO. The company provides reservoir imaging, monitoring, and development services. The company, a business segment of Schlumberger, offers 3D and time-lapse seismic surveys, electromagnetic surveys, and multicomponent surveys for delineating prospects and reservoir management. The giant defense contractor Raytheon, now holds all 12 HAARP patents. HAARP devises can be made mobile on ships, such as the HAARP Sea-Based X-Band Radar (SBX) platform.

A HAARP phased array antenna system was transmitting the 2.5Hz ULF frequency and it triggered the 9.0 magnitude earthquake off of Japan and ensuing tsunami. The earthquake inducing 2.5 Hz ULF frequency was being broadcasted for two days prior to March 11, 2011…during which time the sky over Tokyo turned red as the ionosphere was pulled down into the oxygen rich atmosphere. DARPA is also developing an airborne version of HAARP. Related: HAARP to blame for Japan Quake? Any country that is in the way of an oil pipeline, has valuable and strategic resources, or threatens to drop the $US dollar standard – is in danger of being chemtrailed, HAARP zapped and attacked with earthquakes and extreme weather events. The earthquake frequency can be focused on an area during a solar flare event or full moon and once the earthquake is triggered, a seismic research vessel like the Amazon Warrior can take readings of the shockwaves moving through the earth’s crust and get an excellent picture of oil deposits even at very deep levels. Ray Tomes:

“America and NZ tested a system of using bombs to cause seismic activity and make tsunamis as a weapon in 1944 off the coat of NZ (yes, 72 years ago). "Preliminary modelling suggests that the earthquake was caused by a rupture of a northeast-striking fault that projects to the surface offshore"

Related: What happened in New Zealand's magnitude 7.5 earthquake? The Amazon Warrior is due to commence imminent seismic testing for oil on behalf of Norwegian Oil giant Statoil. Seismic testing involves the dragging of a seismic airgun along the seabed, emitting seismic blasts every 10 seconds, 24 hours a day, from now until next May.

Statoil acquired their permit from American multinational oil corporation Chevron, and the permit extends along the eastern seaboard and to depths that are unprecedented for New Zealand. Seismic blasting has been proven to be disruptive and harmful to sea life, including marine mammals, and is opposed by coastal fishing interests and eco-tourism operators including Ngāi Tahu’s Whale Watch ventures. Chevron Corporation (NYSE: CVX) is an American multinational energy corporation. One of the successor companies of Standard Oil, it is headquartered in San Ramon, California, and active in more than 180 countries. Standard Oil Co. Inc. was an American oil producing, transporting, refining, and marketing company. Established in 1870 by John D. Rockefeller as a corporation in Ohio, it was the largest oil refiner in the world of its time.

Tesla-HAARP-Earthquakes Tesla quaked Manhattan around Houston St. with a small resonant device attached to a beam in his workshop/lab, and smashed it with a hammer when it started to shake things to a dangerous level, which stopped the quake instantly. One of his basic working principles was resonance, mechanical and electromagnetic. It's how the Tesla coil drives up huge voltage on a low current. HAARP is an adaptation of Tesla technology used for nefarious purposes. The microwave array broils the Upper Atmosphere to 100°F with a focused and steerable electromagnetic beam, that lifts areas of the ionosphere by heating those areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything - living and dead. Along with chemtrails and this heating of the atmosphere with HAARP dries up precipitation thus producing drought. I learnt somewhere they

HAARP uses sunspot cycles, sunspots, solar flares, hurricanes, fault tension build ups etc... for a EMF assisted corporatepolitical warfare. HAARP is boost assist and director of natural energies. They can even reflect of the moon to generate massive explosions. On the HAARP web site in 2001 discussed successful moon bounce experiments (done since the 1960's by HAM radio operators) see: HAARP array may use Moon as a reflector to reach distant targets on Earth to create Nuclear-Sized Explosions Without Radiation!. In order to target the moon you need a steerable array and three arrays minimum are required. Related: HAARP likely not Primary Ionospheric array in Alaska HAARP is capable of creating weather like hurricanes and tornadoes and tsunamis and earthquakes. It is also capable of altering people’s moods.

NASA tomographic image of the subducted Farallon Plate in the mantle beneath eastern North America

Earth tomography is used by the oil and gas industry to find deposits. Tomography refers to imaging by sections or sectioning, through the use of any kind of penetrating wave or mechanical method. ELF waves or extremely low frequency waves can trigger an earthquake on faults that have built up tension. Thus a ship like Amazon Warrior with even weak exploratory ELF waves can trigger fault lines into concussive domino effect earthquakes of “any” magnitude depending on how much tension is held in the tectonic ridges.

HAARP Weapon How to Make an Earthquake

Conclusion It appears that the earthquake was accidentally triggered by the Amazon Warrior's exploratory ELF waves...then they quickly pulled out of the area to avoid being held responsible, but didn't go to Wellington due to the protest, and possible fear of reprisal from the New Zealand Navy. However it is illegal to travel through New Zealand waters and conduct personal "business" PRIOR to checking in officially at one's port of entry first. I conclude that the 11/13 quakes were accidentally triggered by an oil exploratory vessel working for Chevron. So Chevron should be made responsible for picking up the tab for repairing the damage to the country’s infrastructure and the lives of the people by this little chiropractic adjustment to the backbone of New Zealand.

The ship went about their business conducting their "research" in New Zealand territorial waters PRIOR to officially checking in with customs. Plus this sortie was premeditated due to the original ETA, and so their actions were criminal and secretive... by going for the gold (oil) first before being invited into the country. However reading the shenanigans of US officials in Christchurch before and after the 2011 quake....it appears that the 11/13/16 quake swarm was likely deliberate, and appears to be an act of economic war. Related Articles: Earthquakes: Worldview of New Zealand, Macquarie Island, Guadalupe Island & Nova Scotia / Nov. 13, 2016 New Zealand on NASA EOSDIS Worldview: A Collection of Various Screenshots / 2016

Goldman Sachs And the Sacking of New Zealand Goldman Sachs appears to be undertaking economic warfare on areas to drive up the prices of its commodities and stocks, and to lay claim to resources.

Canadian wildfires, pipeline attacks in Nigeria and the Gulf Oil Spill are likely sabotage undertaken by Goldman Sachs to drive up prices for its own benefit. In New Zealand now, the Christchurch and Kaikoura quakes and the Rena shipwreck toxic spill event are acts of war against a sovereign nation for economic gain and to intimidate and demoralize Kiwis into submission to the poisoning and sacking of their country. On 5 October 2011 the Rena ran aground near Tauranga, New Zealand, resulting in an oil spill. The spill has been described as New Zealand's worst maritime environmental disaster.

The ship was carrying 1,368 containers, eight of which contained hazardous materials, as well as 1,700 tonnes of heavy fuel oil and 200 tonnes of marine diesel oil. Related: Rena Oil Spill The election of the ex-Goldman Sachs exec “John Keys” is key to the implementation of the disaster capitalization and resource rape of New Zealand. Related: Goldman Sachs Plans for the depopulation of the East Coast of New Zealand for Oil & Gas Drilling by BP, Shell Oil & Todd Energy Goldman Sachs Now Sees Chevron Better Off Than Exxon Mobil. Goldman Sachs is now buying and selling enough natural gas to make it one of the key players on the market - even reportedly overtaking oil major Exxon Mobil and Chevron.

According to a recent regulatory filing, Goldman Sachs bought and sold 1.2 trillion cubic feet of physical gas in the U.S. in 2015, which equates to 25 percent of the country’s residential consumption and more than double its 2013 volumes. These figures turn Goldman Sachs and its J Aron commodities division into the seventh largest gas marketer in North America. Related: Goldman Sachs Is Now Bigger Than Exxon, Chevron in Nat Gas Trading Goldman Sachs, Chevron, the owners of the Amazon Warrior and the American Military Industrial Machine should be charged with war crimes, deliberate environmental sabotage and held accountable to damages.

John Kerry is in Bed with Goldman Sachs as is Evidenced by their Joint white Washing Projects Secretary of State John Kerry and Lloyd C. Blankfein, chairman and CEO of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (NYSE: GS), in partnership with Harvard Kennedy School have announced the first-ever cross-border exchange and leadership program to support emerging women leaders across the private and non-profit sectors in the Middle East and Northern Africa. Senator John Kerry appears to be Goldman Sachs running man, or rather flying man…but appears to be innocent of their crimes of international disaster capitalism. John Kerry is the most Carbon Intensive Politician on the Planet - I guess we now know why John Kerry was making a short notice / unexplained trip to NZ right in the middle of a fierce US ‘elitecon’.

He went to Antarctica, which has a HAARP at the US base. Kerry is said to be on a climate saving mission. Speaking Sunday in Wellington, New Zealand before flying to Oman via Singapore…after NZ he flew to Oman, and another Arab Gulf states and then Morocco before winging to Peru and then back home. John Kerry’s current trip could be said to be responsible for 853.4 metric tons of CO2 – as many as 52 average Americans produce in a year. The average CO2 emission for aircraft at 53.3 pounds per air mile. [ CarbonFootprint.com ]

World’s Biggest Seismic Testing Ship - Amazon Warrior - Parked On Top Of New Zealand Fault Line & 6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2 November 15 2016 | From: MediaWhores / RT / Various

If you were planning to do seismic blasting off the coast of a Country, the best time to do it would be with the full moon wouldn’t it? So that people only discuss that as the possible reason.

The World’s biggest seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior was photographed off Rarangi Beach in Cloudy Bay last night. Right on top of a major fault line. Related: Smoking Gun For Christchurch Killer Quake: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advance Warning Of Christchurch Earthquake Green MP Steffan Browning reported it on his Facebook page hours before the giant quakes. The post has been shared over 400 times at time of this post:

The ship was met with protests when it arrived on the 13th: Related: Oil protesters throw 'unwelcoming party' on Wellington Harbour There are trillions of dollars worth of Oil and Gas around NZ’s shores: Related: North oil may be worth trillions It has now been well reported (in the real / social media) that the US State department had advanced knowledge of the Christchurch Quakes – with John Key saying they were “man made” earthquakes. Surely the oil company banker would know? Plus the usual dose of foreign spies with extra passports on scene – as there always is with most of these events.

Kaikoura was clearly the target – now destroyed, and that basin is full of the precious oil for the foreign bankers and the only thing stopping them was the people of Kaikoura - now homeless and to be relocated by NZ Navy ship. Related: Auckland Council backs away from oil exploration stance And I guess we now know why John Kerry was making a short notice / unexplained trip to NZ right in the middle of a fierce US ‘elitecon’... Related: Evidence of global warming overwhelming - Kerry US disaster relief ‘FEMA’ was in Christchurch the week before the Christchurch earthquake also. Strange how they seem to know when the quakes will strike isn’t it.

Surely John Key, Simon Bridges and their fellow foreign banker mafia should now be rounded up for questioning. People have died. Or perhaps Kiwis should just be thankful they haven’t been carpet bombed, like the same “club” has done to Iraq, Libya and Syria for their resources. And Afghanistan for its opium of course.

The USGS website showed that the entire "Ring of Fire" volcanic area was triggered, with over 30 local aftershocks at the time of writing

The semi-retarded Government sponsored “experts” are all over the media today explaining that there is no way such ships have the technology to trigger such a large quake. As if they would have access to accurate info on the latest military technology. Related: The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes

6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2 A new earthquake measuring 6.2 has struck 39km west of Kaikoura, New Zealand. This is one of the most powerful in a series of tremors that followed a 7.8 magnitude quake which struck the town, located some 180km northeast of Christchurch, on Sunday.

Local residents Chris and Viv Young look at damage caused by an earthquake along State Highway One near the town of Ward, south of Blenheim on New Zealand's South Island, November 14, 2016

The quake took place at around 12:30am GMT at a depth of 8.3 kilometers, and was initially measured at 6.8, but was later downgraded to 6.2 by USGS. Related: Christchurch: The Man-Made Earthquakes - What Really Happened, How And Why Meanwhile GeoNet, the official source of geological hazard information for New Zealand, measured the latest quake at 6.3 and said its depth was around 35 kilometers.

At least two people were killed following the initial quake which struck New Zealand just after 11:00am GMT on Sunday (12:02am Monday local time). The ministry of civil defense immediately issued a warning saying that a “destructive tsunami” with waves of up to five meters (16 feet) was possible. The ministry treated the possibility of a tsunami as “an event of life-threatening or national significance.”

Tsunami warning sirens notified residents in coastal areas of New Zealand to leave for higher ground. Police and emergency workers mobilized in the wake of the quake to help with evacuations. Authorities eventually downgraded tsunami

warnings around the country after people fled and the waves arrived two hours later. “We've canceled the tsunami warning in place for Wellington to Banks Peninsula. Based on all available data, the tsunami threat has now passed,” Civil Defense said in their latest bulletin, stressing that coastal areas could still “experience unusual, strong currents and sea level fluctuations.”

New Zealand Prime Minister John Key confirmed that at least two people were killed. Police said one person died in Kaikoura and another died in Mt. Lyford, a nearby ski resort, AP reported. Police also say that several people had suffered minor injuries in Kaikoura. A local state of emergency was declared in Kaikoura and Hurunui. Roads in Canterbury and Marlborough have been severely damaged. Trains and ferries between North and South Islands were also affected by the quake. Authorities are now assessing the extent of the damage from the quake. After the initial 7.8 disaster, all trains on South Island were initially stopped but KiwiRail later resumed services between Christchurch and Invercargill, local media reported.

Related: Tsunami alert lifted after New Zealand earthquake, aftershocks kill 2 Power and phone lines outages were also reported in addition to the structural damage to homes. “It was the most significant shock I can remember in Wellington,” PM Key told reporters. “There will be quite major costs around roads and infrastructure.” Related: New Zealand earthquake: thousands stranded and towns cut off

Paul Has Been Dead For 50 Years [?] November 14 2016 | From: Inverse / Various

Fifty years later, the mystery of Paul's fake death still haunts us. Comment: Now, this is a fascinating one. Here we have a detailed "Mockumentary" with a staggering number of data points that actually make the whole premise seem completely plausible - not to mention the television interview with 'McCartney's' ex-wife alluding to a horrific truth hidden from the public for a long time...

On November 9, 1966, Paul McCartney was prematurely killed, the victim of a bizarre conspiracy theory. In many ways, the hoax was also the original crazy fan theory. Fifty years later, we know Paul is definitely alive - and still making music! - but in all the strange lore and mythology surrounding the Beatles, this theory is probably the most confounding. Here’s a brief guide to understanding why Paul was thought to be dead, why we know he isn’t, and why people still care. The basics are as follows: Some fans thought that the Beatles actively put clues in their albums designed to fuel a conspiracy theory that McCartney had died in 1966 and was replaced by lookalike actor named William Campbell. While the conspiracy theory puts Paul’s death in 1966, the theory first surfaced on October 12, 1969, one month after the official (and legally-binding) break-up of the band. Patient zero of the “Paul Is Dead” Theory was an American DJ named Russ Gibb of radio station WKNR-FM. Gibb claimed he got an anonymous phone call saying that Paul McCartney was dead, and actually had been dead for just under three years. In a series of very lengthy 1970 interviews for Rolling Stone - later republished as the 1971 book Lennon Remembers journalist Jann Wenner asked John Lennon what he thought about the whole conspiracy theory, and John Lennon was unequivocal:

“That’s bullshit. I don’t know where that started. It’s balmy … the whole thing was made up. We wouldn’t do anything like that.”

Maybe the fans didn’t know the band as well as they thought they did, because they had plenty of “evidence.” The first piece was the suggestion that the end of the song “Strawberry Fields Forever” features John Lennon chanting “I buried Paul.” The comprehensive Beatles biography - The Love You Make, written by former Apple Corp. manager Peter Brown and Steven Gaines - puts it like this: “As much as it might have been John’s sentiments at the time, it was hardly true.” And yet, the search for retroactive pieces of evidence backing the theory didn’t stop. When fully formed, the theory looked like this: Paul was killed in a car crash on November 9, 1966. This car crash is referenced in “A Day in the Life” and more vaguely in “I Am the Walrus.” After this point, Beatles replaced Paul with Campbell, who had won a Paul McCartney lookalike contest. This “explains” why the Beatles introduce “Billy Shears” in the first on track of Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band. And if you play the song “Revolution No. 9” from The White Album backwards someone says “Turn Me on Dead Man.” Most famously, the cover of Abbey Road presents a funeral procession: John as a priest, Ringo as a pallbearer, George as a gravedigger, and Paul, of course, as a corpse. Various photographs were analyzed and retroactively filled with more bits of evidence: A White Album photograph gives us a scar on Paul’s lip that he wasn’t supposed to have, and the Sgt. Pepper’s photos have him looking more ghost-like than the other Beatles.

As Brown and Gaines explain in The Love You Make:

“It seemed as if a Paul-is-dead mini-industry developed overnight. One of the more ghoulish entrepreneurs published a magazine devoted to the subject.”

In 1969, these kinds of fanzines certainly helped to propagate the notion that Paul was dead, something which seems pretty impossible (at least long-term) with the way information travels on Facebook. Brown specifically asked Paul to tell the press that he was alive, but Paul declined, wanting to simply let it go and hang out in his farm in Scotland.

“I finally called Paul on his private line at the farm and told him that work at Apple was being disrupted by thousands of queries about his health,” Brown writes.

It was in an interview with Life Magazine in which Paul McCartney cleared up once and for all the idea that he was indeed and in fact alive.

“The rumors of my death have been greatly exaggerated,” he said. “However, if I was dead, I’m sure I’d be the last to know…”

Call it a “hoax” or a “fan theory” - the notion that Paul was dead was obviously false - but it was pervasive for one specific reason: At least one of the clues did seem straight-up weird. In the White Album song “Glass Onion,” John Lennon sings:

“Here’s another clue for you all. The Walrus was Paul.”

Now, despite containing a great “oh yeah” (which was sampled by Danger Mouse for the mashup album “The Grey Album) no one would claim “Glass Onion” as their favorite Beatles song, mostly because it’s so self-referential and, basically, silly. And yet, why does John say, “Here’s another clue” if he wasn’t at the very least trying to stir up some kind of trouble? Obviously, Paul wasn’t (and still isn’t) dead, but Lennon denying that he or any of the the other Beatles didn’t know or understand where this came from in the first place is the part that still seems strange. Obviously, claiming that Paul was really alive make sense. But denying any involvement in the prank to begin with? Seems fishy.

So, on this day, celebrate the fact that Paul McCartney is in fact alive. But, consider this: Everyone knows John Lennon was a witty and surreal humorist. Would he have had the foresight to plant a few “Paul Is Dead” clues on a few albums, and then, a few years later phone a radio DJ with the news? John was in a pretty earnest phase at that point, but, he did hate Paul McCartney in 1969. He even referenced the theory in his anti-Paul song “How Do You Sleep” when he sang, “Those freaks were right when they said you were dead.” Still, even if Lennon didn’t call the radio station (which really, he probably didn’t), and we accept it to be true that Gibb did receive a phone call, who made that phone call and why? In the annuls of weird pop culture mysteries, that question, the identity of the person who started the rumor, is bizarrely, still haunting.

Paul McCartney / Faul McCartney This Video addresses the latest hoax revelation, supposedly, from Ringo Starr, that James Paul McCartney really did die on 9/11/1966, and was replaced by William Shears Campbell.

There may have been some truth to this story but did James Paul McCartney really die?

Paul McCartney Really Is Dead: The Last Testament of George Harrison In this mockumentary spoof of "Paul-Is-Dead" theories, a mysterious voice on the tape reveals a secret Beatles history, chronicling McCartney's fatal accident, the cover up, and dozens of unknown clues, exposing "Paul McCartney" as an impostor! Highway 61 Entertainment has produced this unauthorized documentary that includes newly unearthed evidence.

The Anti-Trump Protesters Are Tools Of The Oligarchy + Media Attempts To Discredit Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins November 13 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / TheSiriusReport / Various

“Reform always provokes rage on the part of those who profit by the old order.” Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., The Crisis of the Old Order

Who are the anti-Trump protesters besmirching the name of progressives by pretending to be progressives and by refusing to accept the outcome of the presidential election? They look like, and are acting worse than, the “white trash” that they are denouncing. Related: Anti-Trump Protesters Admit Answering Craigslist Ad and Getting Paid to Protest Trump I think I know who they are. They are thugs for hire and are paid by the Oligarchy to delegitimize Trump’s presidency in the way that Washington and the German Marshall Fund paid students in Kiev to protest the democratically elected Ukrainian government in order to prepare the way for a coup. The organization, change.org, which claims to be a progressive group, but might be a front, along with other progressive groups, for the Oligarchy, is destroying the reputation of all progressives by circulating a petition that directs the electors of the Electoral Collage to annul the election by casting their votes for Hillary. Remember how upset progressives were when Trump said he might not accept the election result if there was evidence that the vote was rigged? Now progressives are doing what they damned Trump for saying he might do under certain conditions. The Western presstitutes used the protests in Kiev to delegitimize a democratically elected government and to set it up for a coup. The protest pay was good enough that non-Ukrainians came from nearby countries to participate in the protest in order to collect the money.

Related: Ron Paul: Trump Needs To Resist Neocons And Shadow Government Elites At the time I posted the amounts paid daily to protesters. Reports came in to me from Eastern and Western Europe from people who were not Ukrainian but were paid to protest as if they were Ukrainians. The same thing is going on with the Trump protests. CNN reports that “for many Americans across the country, Donald Trump’s victory is an outcome they simply refuse to accept. Tens of thousands filled the streets in at least 25 US cities overnight.” This is the exact reporting that the Oligarchy desired from its presstitutes and got. I hope no one thinks that simultaneous protests in 25 cities were a spontaneous event. How did 25 independent protests manage to come up with the same slogans and the same signs on the same night following the election? What is the point of the protests, and what interest is served by them? As the Romans always asked, “who benefits?”

There is only one answer: The Oligarchy and only the Oligarchy benefits.

Trump is a threat to the Oligarchy, because he intends to stop the giveaway of American jobs to foreigners. The jobs giveaway, sanctified by the neoliberal junk economists as “free trade,” is one of the main reasons for the 21st century worsening of the US income distribution. Money that was formerly paid in middle class wages and salaries to American manufacturing employees and college graduates has been re-routed to the pockets of the One Percent. When US corporations move their production of goods and services sold to Americans offshore to Asian countries, such as China and India, their wage bill falls. The money formerly paid in middle class incomes goes instead into executive bonuses and dividends and capital gains to shareholders. The ladders of upward mobility that had made America the land of opportunity were dismantled for the sole purpose of making a handful of people multi-billionaires.

Trump is a threat to the Oligarchy, because he intends peaceful relations with Russia. In order to replace the profitable Soviet Threat, the Oligarchy and their neoconservative agents worked overtime to recreate the “Russian Threat” by demonizing Russia. Accustomed to many decades of excess profits from the profitable Cold War, the military/security complex was angry when President Reagan brought the Cold War to an end. Before these leaches on American taxpayers could get the Cold War going again, the Soviet Union collapsed as a result of a right-wing coup against Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev. The military/security complex and their zionist neoconservative agents cooked up “the war on terror” to keep the money flowing to the One Percent. But as hard as the presstitute media worked to create fear of “the Muslim threat,” even insouciant Americans knew that the Muslims did not have thousands of ICBMs carrying powerful thermo-nuclear weapons capable of destroying the entirety of the United States in a few minutes. Neither did the Muslims have the Red Army capable of overrunning all of Europe in a couple of days. Indeed, the Muslims haven’t needed an army. Refugees from Washington’s wars enabled by Europeans are overrunning Europe. The excuse for the annual trillion dollar ($1,000 billion ) military/security budget was missing. So the Oligarchy created “the New Hitler” in Russia. Hillary was the Oligarchy’s principle agent for heating up the new Cold War.

Related: Missing CEO Of Clinton Foundation, Eric Braverman Appears To Be In FBI Custody. Missing Arms Dealer Mark Turi Who Was The Benghazi Fallguy Possibly Dead Hillary is the tool, enriched by the Oligarchy, whose job as President was to protect and to increase the trillion dollar budget of the military/security complex. With Hillary in the White House, the looting of the American taxpayers in behalf of the wealth of the One Percent could go forward unimpeded. But if Trump resolves “the Russian threat,” the Oligarchy takes an income hit. Hillary’s job as President was also to privatize Social Security in order that her Wall Street benefactors can rip off Americans the way that Americans have been ripped off by the insurance companies under Obamacare. Those Americans who do not pay attention think, mistakenly, that the FBI cleared Hillary of violating National Security protocols with her email practices. The FBI said that Hillary did violate National Security, but that it was a result of carelessness or ignorance. She got off from indictment, because the FBI concluded that she did not intentionally violate National Security protocols. The investigation of the Clinton Foundation continues. In other words, in order to protect Hillary the FBI fell back on the ancient common law rule that “there can be no crime without intent.” (See PCR and Lawrence Stratton, The Tyranny of Good Intentions.) One would think that protesters, if they were legitimate, would be celebrating Trump’s victory. He, unlike Hillary, promises to reduce tensions with powerful Russia, and we hope also with China. Unlike Hillary, Trump says he is concerned with the absence of careers for those very people protesting in the streets of 25 cities against him.

Related: Trump Reveals Policy Goals: "Building That Wall", End "War On Coal", Repeal Obamacare, Dismantle Dodd-Frank In other words, the protests against the American people for electing Trump as their president are pointless. The protests are happening for one reason only. The Oligarchy intends to delegitimize the Trump Presidency. Once President Trump is delegitimized, it will be easier for the Oligarchy to assassinate him. Unless the Oligarchy can appoint and control Trump’s government, Trump is a prime candidate for assassination. The protests against Trump are suspicious for another reason. Unlike Hillary, Obama, and George W. Bush, Donald Trump has not slaughtered and dislocated millions of peoples in seven countries, sending millions of refugees from the Oligarchy’s wars to overrun Europe. Trump earned his fortune, and if by hook or crook, not by selling US government influence to foreign agents as Bill and Hillary did. So what are the protesters protesting? There is no answer except that they are hired to protest. Just as the Maidan protesters in Kiev were hired to protest by US and German financed NGOs.

The protests in Kiev were equally pointless, because presidential elections were only months away. If Ukrainians really believed that their president was conspiring with Russia to keep Ukraine from becoming a Western puppet state and wished to become a puppet state regardless of the costs, the opportunity to vote the government out was at hand. The only reason for the protests was to orchestrate a coup. The US did succeed in putting their agent in control of the new Ukrainian government as Victoria Nuland and the US ambassador in Kiev confirmed in their telephone conversation that is available on the Internet. The Maidan protests were pointless except for making a coup possible. The protests were without any doubt arranged by Washington through Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland, a neoconservative brought into the State Department by Hillary Clinton for the purpose of creating conflict with Russia. Trump is being protested in order to make him vulnerable in the event he proves to be the threat to the Oligarchy that he is thought to be. Trump won the presidency, but the Oligarchy is still in power, which makes any real reforms difficult to achieve. Symbolic reforms can be the product of the contest between President Trump and the oligarchs.

Related: A 'Deplorable' Speaks Out: "Sorry Snowflake, But It's Not Over" Karl Marx learned from historical experience, and Lenin, Stalin, and Pol Pot learned from Karl Marx, that change cannot occur if the displaced ruling class is left intact after a revolution against them. We have proof of this throughout South America. Every revolution by the indigenous people has left unmolested the Spanish ruling class, and every revolution has been overthrown by collusion between the ruling class and Washington. Washington has conspired with traditional elites to remove the elected presidents of Honduras on a number of occasions. Recently, Washington helped elites evict the female presidents of Argentina and Brazil. The presidents of Venezuela, Ecuador, and Bolivia are in the crosshairs and are unlikely to survive. Washington is determined to get its hands on Julian Assange. To achieve this Washington intends to overthrow the Ecuadoran government that, in defiance of Washington, gave Julian Assange political asylum.

Hugo Chavez

Hugo Chavez had the power to exile or to exterminate the Spanish ruling class in Venezuela when the ruling class participated in a CIA coup against Chavez. But before the CIA could kill Chavez, the people and the military forced his release. Instead of punishing the criminals who would have murdered him, Chavez let them go. According to Marx, Lenin, and Stalin, this is the classic mistake of the revolutionary. To rely on good will from the overthrown ruling class is the certain road to the defeat of the revolution. Latin American has proved itself unable to learn this lesson: Revolutions cannot be conciliatory. Trump is a dealmaker. The Oligarchy can permit him the sheen of success in exchange for no real change. Trump is not perfect. He might fail on his own. But we should back him on the two most important elements in his program: to reduce tensions between the major nuclear powers, and to halt Washington’s policy of permitting globalism to destroy Americans’ economic prospects.

Comment: While Paul Craig Roberts may have his doubts he should know one thing: Trump knows what is really going on and he understands that he is up against the Illuminati cabal - and he is very clear on what the stakes are. If tensions between nuclear powers worsen, we won’t be here to worry about other problems. The combination of the economy hollowed out by globalism and immigration is an economic nightmare. That Trump understands this is reason to support him. Note: Some believe that Trump is a ruse conducted by the Oligarchy. However, as Hillary is the bought-and-paid-for representative of the Oligarchy, such an elaborate ruse is unnecessary. It is preferable for the Oligarchy to win on its own platform than to install a president on the opposite platform and then change him around. Another sellout increases the anger of the people. If Hillary had won, the Oligarchy would have had the voters’ mandate for their platform. Related: Insider: Elites Conspiring Against President-Elect Trump

Watch Donald Trump And President Obama Describe Their First Meeting In a moment that most thought would never happen, Donald Trump and President Obama met for the first time at The White House on Thursday. The two men described what was apparently a productive meeting.

Media Attempts To Discredit Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins After Donald Trump was elected president of the United States on November 8th, we started to see a flood of both mainstream and alternative media sources making all sorts of claims regarding

Trump allegedly, according to ‘advisors’ or other such sources, eyeing certain people to work for his administration.

These claims are false and are merely another attempt to discredit Trump and make it seem like he is already acting in contradiction to things he said during his presidential campaign. This has been confirmed to us through certain channels. Related: The Silent Majority Fights Back Admittedly that sounds equally as vague as what these media sources are claiming, but we would urge to you to just wait and see what unfolds over the next few months, especially after Trump’s inauguration in January 2017. We have seen mainstream media trying to portray Trump as a racist, a bigot and a sexist and you will see more of this as they are trying to incite fear and anger in Trump’s opponents. You will also see some alternative media sources trying to convince people that Trump is just another cabal stooge and that nothing is ever going to change because of this. Nothing could be further from the truth and in our opinion, the only reason they are doing this is because, quite simply, they want to keep their jobs. And the only way to do that is to make people fear the ‘almighty’ cabal, because that is the sort of rhetoric these sources have been thriving on for years. They do not like the fact that things are truly changing.

Related: The Clintons and Soros launch America’s Purple Revolution Again, we would urge you to just sit back and wait until Trump officially takes office and we can deal with the facts, instead of investing your time and energy in rumours about who supposedly did what and why. The truth will become apparent for all to see in due course. We have been saying for well over a year now that Donald Trump would become the next US president, provided they didn’t kill him. Now that he has been officially elected, we are fully confident that Mr. Trump will do what is right. That doesn’t mean that he is a saint and certainly not a saviour, but he is the right man for the job. However, it is not going to be an easy ride and it is going to take time before he can truly ‘make America great again’, so don’t expect miracles. It is likely to get worse before it gets better, specifically in Western nations. That said, we are certainly on the right path and people around the world are waking up more and more to what is going on around them and next year we will start to see a lot of political shifts with upcoming elections in European countries. So let us try and stay grounded and look objectively at the reality that is unfolding. That is the only way to discern fact from fiction. As the saying goes, “cooler heads will prevail”! Related: Craigslist Ad Exposes Paid Anti-Trump Protesters Being Recruited for STAGED Event

Max Keiser: ‘Trump's presidency will be an acid test for US constitution’ Donald Trump’s presidency will be a fantastic test to see whether the US constitution actually works and a “reasonably intelligent guy with good intentions” can appear from the private sector to take the role, said RT host and financial analyst Max Keiser.

Related Articles: The Signs Were There: Revenge Of The Forgotten Class

Soros MoveOn Organizes Anti-Trump Protests Around Country Chelsea Clinton being groomed to run for Congress Mainstream Media Blames “Whitelash” For Trump’s Victory "Protester" Propagates Discontent Obama and Trump Smoke Peace Pipe We Have Won the Revolution! Trump called out bigotry of establishment

Commentary: The Unbearable Smugness Of The Press November 12 2016 | From: CBSNews

The mood in the Washington press corps is bleak, and deservedly so. [Comment: Whilst this article comes from the heart of the controlled mainstream media, at least they are becoming aware of the errors of their ways...]

It shouldn’t come as a surprise to anyone that, with a few exceptions, we were all tacitly or explicitly #WithHer, which has led to a certain anguish in the face of Donald Trump’s victory. Related: The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force More than that and more importantly, we also missed the story, after having spent months mocking the people who had a

better sense of what was going on. This is all symptomatic of modern journalism’s great moral and intellectual failing: its unbearable smugness. Had Hillary Clinton won, there’s be a winking “we did it” feeling in the press, a sense that we were brave and called Trump a liar and saved the republic. So much for that. The audience for our glib analysis and contempt for much of the electorate, it turned out, was rather limited. This was particularly true when it came to voters, the ones who turned out by the millions to deliver not only a rebuke to the political system but also the people who cover it.

Related: Obama Decries 'Wild West' [Independent] Media Landscape Trump knew what he was doing when he invited his crowds to jeer and hiss the reporters covering him. They hate us, and have for some time. And can you blame them? Journalists love mocking Trump supporters. We insult their appearances. We dismiss them as racists and sexists. We emote on Twitter about how this or that comment or policy makes us feel one way or the other, and yet we reject their feelings as invalid. It’s a profound failure of empathy in the service of endless posturing. There’s been some sympathy from the press, sure: the dispatches from “heroin country” that read like reports from colonial administrators checking in on the natives. But much of that starts from the assumption that Trump voters are backward, and that it’s our duty to catalogue and ultimately reverse that backwardness. What can we do to get these people to stop worshiping their false god and accept our gospel? We diagnose them as racists in the way Dark Age clerics confused medical problems with demonic possession. Journalists, at our worst, see ourselves as a priestly caste. We believe we not only have access to the indisputable facts, but also a greater truth, a system of beliefs divined from an advanced understanding of justice.

Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States You’d think that Trump’s victory – the one we all discounted too far in advance – would lead to a certain newfound humility in the political press. But of course that’s not how it works. To us, speaking broadly, our diagnosis was still basically correct. The demons were just stronger than we realized. This is all a “whitelash,” you see. Trump voters are racist and sexist, so there must be more racists and sexists than we realized. Tuesday night’s outcome was not a logic-driven rejection of a deeply flawed candidate named Clinton; no, it was a primal scream against fairness, equality, and progress. Let the new tantrums commence! [Comment: Boy oh boy, do these media whores have a rude awakening coming...] That’s the fantasy, the idea that if we mock them enough, call them racist enough, they’ll eventually shut up and get in line. It’s similar to how media Twitter works, a system where people who dissent from the proper framing of a story are attacked by mobs of smugly incredulous pundits. Journalists exist primarily in a world where people can get shouted down and disappear, which informs our attitudes toward all disagreement.

Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Media? Journalists increasingly don’t even believe in the possibility of reasoned disagreement, and as such ascribe cynical motives to those who think about things a different way. We see this in the ongoing veneration of “facts,” the ones peddled by explainer websites and data journalists who believe themselves to be curiously post-ideological. That the explainers and data journalists so frequently get things hilariously wrong never invites the soul-searching you’d think it would. Instead, it all just somehow leads us to more smugness, more meanness, more certainty from the reporters and pundits. Faced with defeat, we retreat further into our bubble, assumptions left unchecked. No, it’s the voters who are wrong. As a direct result, we get it wrong with greater frequency. Out on the road, we forget to ask the right questions. We can’t even imagine the right question. We go into assignments too certain that what we find will serve to justify our biases. The public’s estimation of the press declines even further -- fewer than one-in-three Americans trust the press, per Gallup which starts the cycle anew.

Related: Putin Begs Media To Wake Up + The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin There’s a place for opinionated journalism; in fact, it’s vital. But our causal, profession-wide smugness and protestations of superiority are making us unable to do it well. Our theme now should be humility. We must become more impartial, not less so. We have to abandon our easy culture of tantrums and recrimination. We have to stop writing these know-it-all, 140-character sermons on social media and admit that, as a class, journalists have a shamefully limited understanding of the country we cover. What’s worse, we don’t make much of an effort to really understand, and with too few exceptions, treat the economic grievances of Middle America like they’re some sort of punchline. Sometimes quite literally so, such as when reporters tweet out a photo of racist-looking Trump supporters and jokingly suggest that they must be upset about free trade or low wages. We have to fix this, and the broken reasoning behind it. There’s a fleeting fun to gang-ups and groupthink. But it’s not worth what we are losing in the process. Related: Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media

New Zealand Government Has Pledged Millions Of Dollars Worth Of Taxpayer Funds To The Corrupt Clinton Foundation & Clinton Health Access Initiatives November 6 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview / WakeUpNZ

The New Zealand government will continue supporting the Clinton Foundation's flagship project by donating a further $6 million despite a new wave of recent controversy surrounding the charitable organisation.

Question: WHY is John Key sending our money to a knowingly corrupt operation? Does this make him complicit in the ongoing fraudulent machinations of the Clinton related criminal Cabal activities? Does he even have any choice at this juncture? And what the hell will happen to John Key when this whole farce comes falling down given the mathematical certainty of just that outcome? Related: Clinton Charities Raked in Millions of Taxpayer Dollars The Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MFAT) tells NBR it has "no intention to further review our support for the Clinton Health Access Initiative (CHAI)." CHAI began as an initiative under the Clinton Foundation but has since been separated out to a non-profit organisation with a focus on reducing the cost of HIV/AIDS medicine in sub-Saharan Africa. CHAI accounts for almost two-thirds of the Clinton Foundation's annual income and expense according to online disclosures and was, until recently, vice-chaired by Chelsea Clinton with former US President Bill Clinton serving as a board member. Following political pressure, CHAI released a list of all of its donors from the past six years, along with how much they had donated in August.

Related: Wikileaks Confirms Hillary Sold Weapons To ISIS + Wikileaks Will Release More Emails On The Clinton Foundation – FBI Has Enough Evidence To Indict It turns out, MFAT was on the list and near the top alongside the likes of the World Health Organisation, Save the Children and the Rockefeller Foundation, which all donated between &US1-5 million. The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation was one of CHAI's biggest donors, along with the Australian government, which donated more than $US25 million to the organisation.

MFAT says it has donated to the CHAI since 2013 through New Zealand's Aid Programme. The programme has been providing funding and technological assistance for the agriculture-strengthening component of a project in Rwanda and Ethiopia. MFAT had an original budget of $13.7 million to distribute to CHAI, of which $7.7 million has been distributed to date, with a further $6 million remaining. It has a $1.7 billion budget over three years, of which most will be delivered through international organisations such as CHAI, an MFAT spokesman says.

MFAT's only support for CHAI has been through the funding of a project that aims to significantly reduce child malnutrition and raise incomes in Rwanda and Ethiopia, he says.

In Hot Water CHAI has recently found itself at the centre of controversy in the US. US presidential candidate Hillary Clinton as been forced to defend the Clinton Foundation on her campaign trail, following accusations by her Republican rival Donald Trump, along with other Republicans, that wealthy donors may be expecting favourable treatment from the US Government.

Although Mrs Clinton denies this, the foundation last month revealed that it will no longer receive donations from foreigners to corporations if Mrs Clinton won the race for the White House. But the organisation made no mention of CHAI at the time. After weeks of speculation, in early September a CHAI spokeswoman announced that the initiative would take steps to sever ties with the Clinton family and if Mrs Clinton is elected president and would spin CHAI into a "completely independent" charity.

Clinton Health Access Initiative, Inc. Cumulative Donations By Donor (January 2010 to June 2016)

Funding Ranges: (in $USD)

Donor's Name:

1. Above $25 Million

Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Global Affairs Canada, Ikea Foundation, Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Australian Government, ELMA Foundation, UK Department for International Development, UNITAID

2. $10 Million to $25 Million

Children's Investment Fund Foundation, Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency

3. $5 Million to $10 Million

Bill, Hillary and Chelsea Foundation, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Elton John AIDS Foundation, Embassy of Ireland, New Zealand Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade, Sheik Mohammed Hussein Ali Al Amoudi, STOP AIDS NOW, United Nations Children's Fund, World Health Organisation

Related: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation Exposed But CHAI does not plan on implementing restrictions on where it can raise money - meaning it can still accept donations from New Zealand. The controversy did not stop there. Just weeks after CHAI's decision, US Republican Congresswoman Marsha Blackburn released a 17-page report slamming CHAI's "self-serving" philanthropy in sub-Saharan Africa. The report, titled: The Clinton Foundation and the "India Success Story: Self-serving philanthropy, watered down drugs and money in sub-Saharan Africa, alleges the Clinton Foundation "likely facilitated the distribution of watered-down HIV/AIDS medications in sub-Saharan Africa through it's Health Access Initiative [CHAI]. The report scrutinises the relationship the relationship between CHAI and Indian pharmaceutical company Ranbaxy, which

partnered with the initiative in 2003, working with CHAI to combat HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa. Ranbaxy Laboratories, now owned by Sun Pharma, is a multinational pharmaceutical company.

Related: Bill Gates And George Soros Fund Monsanto And A World Depopulation Agenda

One of CHAI's main roles is to bring together buyers of antiretroviral drugs used to fight HIV/AIDS, such as governments, non-profits and multilateral aid organisations, with sellers such as Ranbaxy. The initiative has, by most accounts been successful in bringing down the price of the lifesaving drugs and has been welcomed by the global community. But Ranbaxy has run into problems with US regulators. Ms Blackburn's report says a former employee of the company turned whistleblower, Dinesh Thakur, confirmed the company's HIV/AIDs antiretrovirals were adulterated. The US government took Ranbaxy to court in 2007 resulting in the company pleading guilty to seven felonies and paying a half billion dollar fine in 2013.

Related: Hillary Clinton’s Relationship With The Rothschild / Rockefeller Establishment Is Now On Full Display Ms Blackburn also suggests the adulterated drugs may have "increased patient mortality rates" in the region. MFAT won't comment on the report but says its funding is focused on providing technical assistance for agriculturestrengthening components of projects in Rwanda and Ethiopia, as well as working with local farmers to aid in the development of factories to produce food. Comment: Horse shit. This is a PR spin - once the money is released to the Clinton Foundation, MFAT and the New Zealand government have NO IDEA as to what use they are put. Then again, they very may well know all too well. Related: Indian Doctors Sue Bill Gates For Harming Children With Deadly 'Humanitarian' Vaccines + Dr. Robert Rowen Reveals The Raw Truth About Vaccines At The Vaccine World Summit

$13.7 Million Dollars Of New Zealand Taxpayer Funds Pledged To Shady Clinton Charity It has been revealed that millions of New Zealand taxpayer dollars have been donated by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MFAT) to Hillary Clinton’s charity, the Clinton Health Access Initiative (CHAI), a non-profit organisation created from the Clinton Foundation with the stated goal to reduce HIV/AIDs in Africa.

An MFAT spokesman confirmed to the NBR that between January 2010 and June 2016, $7.7 million of taxpayer funds had already been donated and another $6 million was to follow, keeping to a pledge to donate $13.7 million made by the government organisation in 2013. Related: Prime Minster John Key caught channeling millions of dollars of taxpayer's money to 'ethically compromised' Clinton Foundation ACT party member David Seymour commented:

“In a world where New Zealanders can crowdsource to buy a beach, it’s not clear what role there is for the government to collect taxes and contribute it to a global charity which is more than capable of reaching out and raising its own money.”

The big question is, why is our government sending millions of dollars overseas while at the same time cutting funding for crucial services which desperately need the money here in New Zealand? To fully understand how Clinton charities operate and decide whether a single taxpayer dollar should have been donated, we first need to look at some of the controversies. Over the past 15 years, the Washington Post can reveal the charities have raised over $2 billion dollars, mainly from big corporates, foreign governments and political donors. Many have called the contributions ‘pay for play’, where powerful donors exchange funds for future political favours. Speeches make up a large part of the revenue stream, with the Clintons earning hundreds of thousands per speech from the likes of big Wall Street banks including Goldman Sachs as revealed by WikiLeaks.

Related: The Clinton Chronicles Hacked emails also released by WikiLeaks revealed that in 2012, Qatar pledged to donate US $1 million to the Clinton Foundation raising a question of ethics after Hillary promised that while she was serving as secretary of the state donations from foreign governments would no longer be accepted due to the potential influence on foreign policy. It was also been revealed the Clinton charities utilised the devastating Haiti earthquake to implement disaster capitalism, funneling funds into Haiti under the pretense of aid but only for the funds to flow away from the Haitians desperately in need and instead to companies who had made previously large donations to the Clinton Foundation. Then there is the $145 million ‘pay for play’ contributions made to the Clinton Foundation by shareholders of Canadian company Uranium One, a mining company with concessions in Kazakhstan and the US. Uranium One sought to sell these concessions to the Russians, but the deal had to be approved by a government committee due to the implications to national security.

Related: Criminal Roots: A Shocking Exposé On The Clinton Family And Their Rise To Power In return for the contributions and the extra $500,000 Bill Clinton received in speaking fees from a Russian investment bank, the 20% purchase of US uranium assets by the Russians was approved, knowing this purchase would mean the production of more nuclear weapons against America’s own interests. The Clinton Health Access Initiative has also had its share of controversy. US Congresswoman Marsha Blackburn recently released a 71 page report which slammed CHAI’s “self-serving” philanthropy in Africa, after the charity was found distributing watered down HIV/AIDS medications to sick Africans. According to the report, these cheaper drugs which were provided by Ranbaxy Laboratories:

“Subjected patients to increased risks of morbidity and mortality”.

Ranbaxy later was found guilty of selling badly made generic drugs and fined a record US$500 million.

Related: Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government If Hillary is elected president, she has committed to changing how the Clinton Foundation operates. Bill Clinton has said:

“The Foundation will accept contributions only from U.S. citizens, permanent residents, and U.S.- based independent foundations, whose names we will continue to make public on a quarterly basis. And we will change the official name from the Bill, Hillary & Chelsea Clinton Foundation to the Clinton Foundation. While I will continue to support the work of the Foundation, I will step down from the Board and will no longer raise funds for it.”

However, CHAI, which receives around 60% of the funds from the Clinton Foundation, has yet to decide whether it will also refuse foreign government donations if she was to win, and when asked for comment on CHAI the Clinton campaign spokesman declined. There’s no doubt the Clinton charities have done some incredible work overseas through CHAI, but the manner in which these charities are utilised as vehicles for personal benefit can not be ignored. With strong financial ties to Wall Street, big pharmaceuticals and other large corporate sponsors, it’s clear the charities are being used as avenues to channel funds under the guise of philanthropy. What is of great concern here in New Zealand is the level of taxpayer funded donations made to Hillary’s charity without public knowledge, and how quiet the mainstream media has been about it.

John Key and the National Party clearly have no issue using millions of taxpayer funds as bribes, revealed by the corrupt Saudi sheep deal, so it should be of no surprise to see the government fund a shady charity found to be acting only for ‘self serving’ interests. We need to hold our government accountable for where taxpayer funds are being applied, especially when gifted to charities operated by corrupt American political figureheads. Our country currently can not afford to be sending millions of dollars overseas. Instead of donating the remaining $6 million pledged to CHAI, we demand that MFAT reallocate the funds within New Zealand to help assist those struggling under our poverty and homelessness crisis.

For an excellent review of the Clinton Foundation, please have a read through the Washington Post’s feature ‘Inside the Clinton Donor Network’. We also highly recommend watching the in-depth documentary ‘Clinton Cash’, which discusses the ‘pay for play’ model and resulting corruption which can be viewed here.

Putin’s Compelling Exposure Of The Egregious Lawless Behaviour Of The Western Dark Cabal In The Wake Of The True Revolution Of The Masses November 5 2016 | From: StankovUniversalLaw / Kremlin / Various

Speech at the Valdai International Discussion Club, October 27, 2016.

President of Russia Vladimir Putin: Related: Vladimir Putin’s Third Way: As Seen Through the Nooscope Tarja, Heinz, Thabo, colleagues, ladies and gentlemen, It is a great pleasure to see you again. I want to start by thanking all of the participants in the Valdai International Discussion Club, from Russia and abroad, for your constructive part in this work, and I want to thank our distinguished guests for their readiness to take part in this open discussion. Our esteemed moderator just wished me a good departure into retirement, and I wish myself the same when the time comes. This is the right approach and the thing to do. But I am not retired yet and am for now the leader of this big country. As such, it is fitting to show restraint and avoid displays of excessive aggressiveness. I do not think that this is my style in any case. But I do think that we should be frank with each other, particularly here in this gathering. I think we should hold candid, open discussions, otherwise our dialogue makes no sense and would be insipid and without the slightest interest. I think that this style of discussion is extremely needed today given the great changes taking place in the world. The theme for our meeting this year, The Future in Progress: Shaping the World of Tomorrow, is very topical.

Related: Can The American People Defeat The Oligarchy That Rules Them? Last year, the Valdai forum participants discussed the problems with the current world order. Unfortunately, little has changed for the better over these last months. Indeed, it would be more honest to say that nothing has changed. The tensions engendered by shifts in distribution of economic and political influence continue to grow. Mutual distrust creates a burden that narrows our possibilities for finding effective responses to the real threats and challenges facing the world today. Essentially, the entire globalisation project is in crisis today and in Europe, as we know well, we hear voices now saying that multiculturalism has failed. I think this situation is in many respects the result of mistaken, hasty and to some extent over-confident choices made by some countries’ elites a quarter-of-a-century ago. Back then, in the late 1980s-early 1990s, there was a chance not just to accelerate the globalisation process but also to give it a different quality and make it more harmonious and sustainable in nature. But some countries that saw themselves as victors in the Cold War, not just saw themselves this way but said it openly, took the course of simply reshaping the global political and economic order to fit their own interests. In their euphoria, they essentially abandoned substantive and equal dialogue with other actors in international life, chose not to improve or create universal institutions, and attempted instead to bring the entire world under the spread of their own organisations, norms and rules.

They chose the road of globalisation and security for their own beloved selves, for the select few, and not for all. But far from everyone was ready to agree with this. We may as well be frank here, as we know full well that many did not agree with what was happening, but some were unable by then to respond, and others were not yet ready to respond. The result though is that the system of international relations is in a feverish state and the global economy cannot extricate itself from systemic crisis. At the same time, rules and principles, in the economy and in politics, are constantly being distorted and we often see what only yesterday was taken as a truth and raised to dogma status reversed completely. If the powers that be today find some standard or norm to their advantage, they force everyone else to comply. But if tomorrow these same standards get in their way, they are swift to throw them in the bin, declare them obsolete, and set or try to set new rules.

Thus, we saw the decisions to launch airstrikes in the centre of Europe, against Belgrade, and then came Iraq, and then Libya. The operations in Afghanistan also started without the corresponding decision from the United Nations Security Council. In their desire to shift the strategic balance in their favour these countries broke apart the international legal framework that prohibited deployment of new missile defence systems. They created and armed terrorist groups, whose cruel actions have sent millions of civilians into flight, made millions of displaced persons and immigrants, and plunged entire regions into chaos. We see how free trade is being sacrificed and countries use sanctions as a means of political pressure, bypass the World Trade Organisation and attempt to establish closed economic alliances with strict rules and barriers, in which the main beneficiaries are their own transnational corporations.

And we know this is happening. They see that they cannot resolve all of the problems within the WTO framework and so think, why not throw the rules and the organisation itself aside and build a new one instead. This illustrates what I just said. At the same time, some of our partners demonstrate no desire to resolve the real international problems in the world today. In organisations such as NATO, for example, established during the Cold War and clearly out of date today, despite all the talk about the need to adapt to the new reality, no real adaptation takes place. We see constant attempts to turn the OSCE, a crucial mechanism for ensuring common European and also trans-Atlantic security, into an instrument in the service of someone’s foreign policy interests. The result is that this very important organisation has been hollowed out. But they continue to churn out threats, imaginary and mythical threats such as the ‘Russian military threat’.

Related: Hillary Clinton’s Strategic Ambition In A Nutshell. “Regime Change” in Russia… Putin is an Obstacle This is a profitable business that can be used to pump new money into defence budgets at home, get allies to bend to a single superpower’s interests, expand NATO and bring its infrastructure, military units and arms closer to our borders. Of course, it can be a pleasing and even profitable task to portray oneself as the defender of civilisation against the new barbarians. The only thing is that Russia has no intention of attacking anyone. This is all quite absurd. I also read analytical materials, those written by you here today, and by your colleagues in the USA and Europe. It is unthinkable, foolish and completely unrealistic. Europe alone has 300 million people. All of the NATO members together with the USA have a total population of 600 million, probably.

Putin Warns Americans: You're Being Distracted! Of all the internal problems the Presidential candidates could solve - Clinton harps on about "Russian aggression" and mainstream media goes into Russophobic overdrive.

But Russia has only 146 million. It is simply absurd to even conceive such thoughts. And yet they use these ideas in pursuit of their political aims. Another mythical and imaginary problem is what I can only call the hysteria the USA has whipped up over supposed Russian meddling in the American presidential election. The United States has plenty of genuinely urgent problems, it would seem, from the colossal public debt to the increase in firearms violence and cases of arbitrary action by the police.

You would think that the election debates would concentrate on these and other unresolved problems, but the elite has nothing with which to reassure society, it seems, and therefore attempt to distract public attention by pointing instead to supposed Russian hackers, spies, agents of influence and so forth. I have to ask myself and ask you too: Does anyone seriously imagine that Russia can somehow influence the American people’s choice? America is not some kind of ‘banana republic’, after all, but is a great power. Do correct me if I am wrong.

Putin expressed hopes that a new US president will work with him to rectify the dangerous deterioration in relations between the US and Russia. Obviously, this cannot happen if the new president is Hillary. Related: President Putin Asks US To Stop Provoking Russia The question is, if things continue in this vein, what awaits the world? What kind of world will we have tomorrow? Do we have answers to the questions of how to ensure stability, security and sustainable economic growth? Do we know how we will make a more prosperous world? Sad as it is to say, there is no consensus on these issues in the world today. Maybe you have come to some common conclusions through your discussions, and I would, of course, be interested to hear them. But it is very clear that there is a lack of strategy and ideas for the future. This creates a climate of uncertainty that has a direct impact on the public mood. Sociological studies conducted around the world show that people in different countries and on different continents tend to see the future as murky and bleak. This is sad. The future does not entice them, but frightens them. At the same time, people see no real opportunities or means for changing anything, influencing events and shaping policy. Yes, formally speaking, modern countries have all the attributes of democracy: Elections, freedom of speech, access to information, freedom of expression. But even in the most advanced democracies the majority of citizens have no real influence on the political process and no direct and real influence on power.

People sense an ever-growing gap between their interests and the elite’s vision of the only correct course, a course the elite itself chooses. The result is that referendums and elections increasingly often create surprises for the authorities. People do not at all vote as the official and respectable media outlets advised them to, nor as the mainstream parties advised them to. Public movements that only recently were too far left or too far right are taking centre stage and pushing the political heavyweights aside. At first, these inconvenient results were hastily declared anomaly or chance. But when they became more frequent, people started saying that society does not understand those at the summit of power and has not yet matured sufficiently to be able to assess the authorities’ labour for the public good. Or they sink into hysteria and declare it the result of foreign, usually Russian, propaganda. Friends and colleagues, I would like to have such a propaganda machine here in Russia, but regrettably, this is not the case. We have not even global mass media outlets of the likes of CNN, BBC and others. We simply do not have this kind of capability yet.

As for the claim that the fringe and populists have defeated the sensible, sober and responsible minority - we are not talking about populists or anything like that but about ordinary people, ordinary citizens who are losing trust in the ruling class. That is the problem. By the way, with the political agenda already eviscerated as it is, and with elections ceasing to be an instrument for change but consisting instead of nothing but scandals and digging up dirt – who gave someone a pinch, who sleeps with whom, if you’ll excuse me. This just goes beyond all boundaries. And honestly, a look at various candidates’ platforms gives the impression that they were made from the same mould – the difference is slight, if there is any. It seems as if the elites do not see the deepening stratification in society and the erosion of the middle class, while at the same time, they implant ideological ideas that, in my opinion, are destructive to cultural and national identity. And in certain cases, in some countries they subvert national interests and renounce sovereignty in exchange for the favour of the suzerain.

This begs the question: who is actually the fringe? The expanding class of the supranational oligarchy and bureaucracy, which is in fact often not elected and not controlled by society, or the majority of citizens, who want simple and plain things – stability, free development of their countries, prospects for their lives and the lives of their children, preserving their cultural identity, and, finally, basic security for themselves and their loved ones. People are clearly scared to see how terrorism is evolving from a distant threat to an everyday one, how a terrorist attack could occur right near them, on the next street, if not on their own street, while any makeshift item – from a home-made explosive to an ordinary truck – can be used to carry out a mass killing. Moreover, the terrorist attacks that have taken place in the past few years in Boston and other US cities, Paris, Brussels, Nice and German cities, as well as, sadly, in our own country, show that terrorists do not need units or organised structures – they can act independently, on their own, they just need the ideological motivation against their enemies, that is, against you and us.

The terrorist threat is a clear example of how people fail to adequately evaluate the nature and causes of the growing threats. We see this in the way events in Syria are developing. No one has succeeded in stopping the bloodshed and launching a political settlement process. One would think that we would have begun to put together a common front against terrorism now, after such lengthy negotiations, enormous effort and difficult compromises. But this has not happened and this common front has not emerged. My personal agreements with the President of the United States have not produced results either. There were people in Washington ready to do everything possible to prevent these agreements from being implemented in practice. This all demonstrates an unexplainable and I would say irrational desire on the part of the Western countries to keep making the same mistakes or, as we say here in Russia, keep stepping on the same rake. We all see what is happening in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and a number of other countries. I have to ask, where are the results of the fight against terrorism and extremism? Overall, looking at the world as a whole, there are some results in particular regions and locations, but there is no global result and the terrorist threat continues to grow. We all remember the euphoria in some capitals over the Arab Spring. Where are these fanfares today? Russia’s calls for a joint fight against terrorism go ignored. What’s more, they continue to arm, supply and train terrorist groups in the hope of using them to achieve their own political aims.

Related: Hillary Clinton embraces George Soros’ ‘radical’ vision of open-border world This is a very dangerous game and I address the players once again: The extremists in this case are more cunning, clever and stronger than you, and if you play these games with them, you will always lose. Colleagues, it is clear that the international community should concentrate on the real problems facing humanity today, the resolution of which will make our world a safer and more stable place and make the system of international relations fairer and more equal. As I said, it is essential to transform globalisation from something for a select few into something for all. It is my firm belief that we can overcome these threats and challenges only by working together on the solid foundation of international law and the United Nations Charter. Today it is the United Nations that continues to remain an agency that is unparalleled in representativeness and universality, a unique venue for equitable dialogue. Its universal rules are necessary for including as many countries as possible in economic and humanitarian integration, guaranteeing their political responsibility and working to coordinate their actions while also preserving their sovereignty and development models.

The NSA leaked the DNC emails because they hate Hillary - Judge Napolitano

Related: Assange: WikiLeaks did not receive Clinton emails from Russian govt

We have no doubt that sovereignty is the central notion of the entire system of international relations. Respect for it and its consolidation will help underwrite peace and stability both at the national and international levels. There are many countries that can rely on a history stretching back a thousand years, like Russia, and we have come

to appreciate our identity, freedom and independence. But we do not seek global domination, expansion or confrontation with anyone. In our mind, real leadership lies in seeing real problems rather than attempting to invent mythical threats and use them to steamroll others. This is exactly how Russia understands its role in global affairs today. There are priorities without which a prosperous future for our shared planet is unthinkable and they are absolutely obvious. I won’t be saying anything new here. First of all, there is equal and indivisible security for all states. Only after ending armed conflicts and ensuring the peaceful development of all countries will we be able to talk about economic progress and the resolution of social, humanitarian and other key problems.

It is important to fight terrorism and extremism in actuality. It has been said more than once that this evil can only be overcome by a concerted effort of all states of the world. Russia continues to offer this to all interested partners. It is necessary to add to the international agenda the issue of restoring the Middle Eastern countries’ lasting statehood, economy and social sphere. The mammoth scale of destruction demands drawing up a long-term comprehensive programme, a kind of Marshall Plan, to revive the war- and conflict-ridden area. Russia is certainly willing to join actively in these team efforts. We cannot achieve global stability unless we guarantee global economic progress. It is essential to provide conditions for creative labour and economic growth at a pace that would put an end to the division of the world into permanent winners and permanent losers.

The rules of the game should give the developing economies at least a chance to catch up with those we know as developed economies. We should work to level out the pace of economic development, and brace up backward countries and regions so as to make the fruit of economic growth and technological progress accessible to all. Particularly, this would help to put an end to poverty, one of the worst contemporary problems. It is also absolutely evident that economic cooperation should be mutually lucrative and rest on universal principles to enable every country to become an equal partner in global economic activities. True, the regionalising trend in the world economy is likely to persist in the medium term. However, regional trade agreements should complement and expand not replace the universal norms and regulations. Russia advocates the harmonisation of regional economic formats based on the principles of transparency and respect for each other’s interests. That is how we arrange the work of the Eurasian Economic Union and conduct negotiations with our partners, particularly on coordination with the Silk Road Economic Belt project, which China is implementing.

We expect it to promote an extensive Eurasian partnership, which promises to evolve into one of the formative centres of a vast Eurasian integration area. To implement this idea, 5+1 talks have begun already for an agreement on trade and economic cooperation between all participants in the process. An important task of ours is to develop human potential. Only a world with ample opportunities for all, with highly skilled workers, access to knowledge and a great variety of ways to realise their potential can be considered truly free. Only a world where people from different countries do not struggle to survive but lead full lives can be stable. A decent future is impossible without environment protection and addressing climate problems. That is why the conservation of the natural world and its diversity and reducing the human impact on the environment will be a priority for the coming decades.

Another priority is global healthcare. Of course, there are many problems, such as large-scale epidemics, decreasing the mortality rate in some regions and the like. So there is enormous room for advancement. All people in the world, not only the elite, should have the right to healthy, long and full lives. This is a noble goal. In short, we should build the foundation for the future world today by investing in all priority areas of human development. And of course, it is necessary to continue a broad-based discussion of our common future so that all sensible and promising initiatives are heard. Colleagues, ladies and gentlemen, I am confident that you, as members of the Valdai Club, will actively take part in this work.

Your expertise enables you to understand all angles of the processes underway both in Russia and in the world, forecast and evaluate long-term trends, and put forward new initiatives and recommendations that will help us find the way to the more prosperous and sustainable future that we all badly need. Thank you very much for your attention.

Video Version of Full Speech:

Addendum: Media comments on Putin”s Valdai Speech: Putin takes part in Valdai club’s final session (LIVE UPDATES) - RT Vladimir Putin Addresses 13th Annual Valdai Discussion Club (VIDEO) - Sputnik Putin says Russia showing restraint in Syria but patience may run out - Reuters Putin says Russia has no option but to clear Aleppo of militants - Reuters Putin urges new Marshall Plan for Middle East to see recovery and growth - TASS Putin says Russia does not plan to get militarily involved in Iraq, Libya - Reuters Russia threat exaggerated by West to justify military spending – Putin - SKY News Putin: Russia is not going to attack anyone - TASS Putin is sure Russia and Ukraine will find way to end crisis - TASS Russia’s Putin says cyber attacks are unacceptable - Reuters Putin urges US not to provoke Russia to actively protect national interests - TASS

Calling Trump Moscow’s favorite is nonsense created by media - Putin - RT Putin says U.S. ‘hysteria’ over Russia is election ploy - Reuters Putin rejects claims of Russian interference in US election - AP Russia’s Putin says Trump behaves extravagantly to get message across - Reuters Russia’s Putin says Obama administration does not stick to any deals - Reuters

Counter-Coup: US Intelligence Joins With WikiLeaks To “Put Down” The Criminal Cabal Seeking To Extend Control Over US Government + Hillary Clinton Goes Full Tin Foil Hat November 4 2016 | From: StevePieczenik / NaturalNews / Infowars / Various

We are watching history unfold before us with such sound and fury that we are likely to never witness comparable events again in our lifetime.

As of today, I am now convinced that the deep state has turned on Hillary Clinton and will unveil damning evidence in the next few days that will end the Clintons' reign of terror over America and collapse her bid for the presidency. Related: Mutiny At The FBI: Comey warned by his own agents to indict Clinton or watch the FBI's reputation go down in flames The mainstream media, of course, will never report this news for the simple reason that they are the propaganda arm of the criminal Clinton cartel. As such, they will lie to the public to the bitter end, even as the Clinton Titanic sinks with all of them on board (in deep, frigid waters, no less, with no more lifeboats to be found). The so-called "deep state" - the powerful insiders who really run the intelligence services and inner layers of untouchable bureaucracy - has decided Hillary Clinton is too damaged to defend any longer. Even if she were to win by stealing the election, she would be so mired in criminal investigations and political illegitimacy that she would rip the nation to shreds while fighting for her own political survival.

It has now been decided, I believe, that Hillary Clinton will be taken out of power by releasing criminally damaging emails which have long been held by the NSA and FBI. [Note: Remember, this article represents just one line of observation in terms of how this could play out - however the video below denotes actions that are already in play.]

Related: Unprecedented Crisis, Collapse of the Clinton Apparatus? Hacker Whistleblowers, Trump, and the FBI Converge This will likely happen before the coming weekend. Once that is accomplished, the next goal will be to wait for President Trump to take office, then destroy the U.S. economy through a controlled, global debt collapse so that Trump can be blamed for the near collapse of western economies. (Remember: The deep state isn't pro-Trump. They're still all about defending the establishment. But Hillary is one bridge too far for even the statists to stomach...) Instead of allowing Hillary Clinton to take power and destroy America from the top, in other words, deep state power brokers have reverted to "Plan B" which is to let Trump take the White House, then destroy America through the controlled demolition of its currency and economy. This is simpler than it sounds. Bringing down the debt pyramid of a nation carrying nearly $20 trillion in national debt isn't exactly rocket science. All they have to do is stand back and stop manipulating the markets and stop printing new money for a few months while raising interest rates. Monetary gravity will do the rest...

In the mean time, Hillary Clinton and a long list of her co-conspirators are going to find themselves charged with obstruction of justice, lying under oath, destruction of evidence, conspiracy, corruption and other serious charges that will lead to serious prison time for many. The criminal racket of the Clintons is about to implode. The participants will be charged under the RICO Act for "racketeering" activities, for which ample evidence already exists.

A New Video from Steve Pieczenik Describes Some of This In this video, intelligence insider Steve Pieczenik lays out how high-level intelligence insiders are now working in concert to "reverse the Clinton coup" that's attempting to take over America and destroy it from within. Even if you don't believe Pieczenik - and I fully realize he's controversial in his own way - this short video is a very important "must watch" explanation to know what people in the intelligence community are doing... "we've initiated a counter-coup..."

Steve Pieczenik was Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Henry Kissinger, Cyrus Vance and James Baker. His expertise includes foreign policy, international crisis management and psychological warfare. He served the presidential administrations of Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan and George H.W. Bush in the capacity of deputy assistant secretary. As we constantly emphasize, 95% of those working for the US Government are good people trapped in a bad system. A tipping point appears to have been reached in which these good people are now saying to the corrupt political class: ENOUGH!

The Clintons are Going to Go "Full Murder" In a Last Ditch, Desperate Effort to Save Themselves Beware of what may yet unfold in the coming days. Like a cornered wild animal, the Clintons are extremely dangerous when they realize they have nothing to lose by going "full murder" in an attempt to save themselves. I will not be surprised the least bit if bodies of people in high places start piling up over the next week. Watch for news reports of mysterious car crashes, swimming pool accidents or "natural" deaths involving people like James Comey, who'd better have armed security personnel around him at all times.

Related: Hillary Admits In Leaked Email That Clinton Donors Are Funding ISIS Look for desperate measures such as the Clintons attempting to blackmail Obama, Comey or anyone who they think might serve as leverage to save their own skins. We might also see desperate false flag attacks unfold in the next few days, although that's increasingly unlikely since it seems the Clintons are now on their own (they would need the assistance of Obama to pull off another Sandy Hook, you see).

A Deal has Already Been Struck With Obama Most likely, deep state operatives have already struck a deal with Obama to avoid prosecuting him for his own serious crimes as long as he stays out of the way as Hillary Clinton's head is served up on a platter. This likely explains why Obama is now publicly saying he trusts Comey (and refuses to go to bat for Hillary). There's no love lost between Obama and the Clintons (remember 2008?). As all this is going down, the propaganda ministry of the Clinton regime - CNN, NYT, Washington Post, etc. - is going to explode into an all-out "bat-s##t crazy" conspiracy theory phase where they blame the Russians, extraterrestrials, Bigfoot and the Loch Ness Monster for everything that's imploding around the Clintons.

Related: The Failure of Democracy, How The Oligarchs Plan To Steal The Election Mainstream media news reports are going to increasingly sound like sociopathic babble from crazy people grasping at whatever outlandish theories they can invoke. Maybe crop circles were created by the Russians as a secret code to Wikileaks and Donald Trump, eh? Meanwhile, conspiratorial operatives like George Stephanopoulos fully realize they are probably going to jail for collusion and sedition, so they have nothing left to lose by desperately trying to put Hillary in the White House via any means at their disposal, including totally faking negative news against Donald Trump (which is, of course, the entire news mission of CNN at this point, a disgraced propaganda network run by anti-American traitors).

If the Vote is Stolen for Hillary Clinton, All Hell Breaks Loose Should the globalist Soros operators manage to steal the vote, bribe the electoral voters or rig the black box voting machines sufficiently to place Hillary Clinton in the White House, all Hell breaks loose across America:

The FBI goes into full indictment mode to push criminal charges for the Clinton criminal regime.

Donald Trump launches a massive legal challenge to the election outcome, dispatching an army of lawyers to level a vast assortment of charges involving coordinated voter fraud, the rigging of voting machines, the attempted bribery of Electoral voters and so on.

The U.S. military revs up its plans for an armed military coup to depose Clinton and restore democracy. This one should be especially entertaining to watch unfold if it gets activated... (and yes, YOU will beg for a short-term military dictatorship as long as they promise to depose Clinton and restore open, fair and free elections).

Armed U.S. citizens prepare for a massive march on Washington to take back their democracy and restore a lawful society where the political elite don't get away with corruption, fraud and murder. Expect this march to be joined by police officers and federal law enforcement officials of all kinds.

Related: NSA Whistleblower: US Intelligence Worker Likely Behind DNC Leaks, Not Russia The NSA likely goes into "full dump" mode to unleash every scrap of damning criminal evidence against Hillary Clinton. This will likely be joined by CIA assets who already have the goods on the Clintons and their "Lolita Express" pedo joy rides.

Wikileaks, Anonymous and every former NSA analyst goes into "destroy the Clintons" mode and begins to hack and expose every last shred of email evidence ever possessed by the Clintons and anyone close to them. Anonymous alone has enough technical clout to accomplish this with little or no outside help. (I expect Kim Dotcom to be aiding this entire effort as well, as he rightly holds extreme hatred toward Hillary Clinton... as do we all, come to think of it.)

The establishment Republicans in the U.S. Congress will, as usual, meekly surrender to the democrats, pulls down their britches and bend over to prepare to take it in the rear because that's what they do best when the going gets tough. Totally useless politicrats like John McCain can't get their pants around their ankles quickly enough when democrats start accusing them of something. These useless heaps of human baggage will be tossed out of Washington as the revolution unfolds, replaced with individuals who actually honor the U.S. Constitution (like Rep. Louie Gohmert).

I Root for All Groups Working to Save America and Expose the Criminal Politicians Bring out the marshmallows and weiners, folks: This is going to be the most bizarre campfire front row seat to U.S. history that anyone has witnessed in over 200 years. Try not to trip and "face plant" into the flames as all this unfolds. It might be a smart idea to have some preparedness supplies at the ready, since no one really knows just how nasty this is all going to get. (And thank God Hillary doesn't have her fingers on the nuclear launch codes, or she'd probably launch them just to change the narrative...)

Related: This Viral Video Has Hillary Running Scared As for me, I'm with anybody who's trying to save America, restore democracy and throw the establishment criminals in prison. Like almost everybody else, I've had enough of the lies, the corruption, the media deceptions and the incessant blood sucking parasites in Washington D.C. who are too arrogant and stupid to realize just how much they're universally despised. The revolution is ON. Anonymous, Wikileaks, Project Veritas, the FBI and the NSA have all been activated. There's no stopping them now, and all the details of all the crimes of the Clintons are about to spill onto the stage of history, dirty deeds and all. Be warned, you are probably not psychologically prepared for the truth about what the Clintons really are. You will probably vomit. Internal Coup Against Hillary Clinton Has Begun: Red Alert Inside the Invisible Government The Path to Total Dictatorship: America's Shadow Government and Its Silent Coup

Clinton Emails Linked To Political Pedophile Sex Ring – FBI Insider FDNY Fireworks Detail for Hillary Clinton Prompts Questions 'Clinton is in serious trouble': Internet pirate Kim Dotcom warns 'there's unpublished material yet to come' Hillary Clinton embraces George Soros’ ‘radical’ vision of open-border world Hillary Clinton’s Strategic Ambition In A Nutshell. “Regime Change” in Russia… Putin is an Obstacle The World Purposely Destabilised Hillary’s Girlfriend Caught In Yahoo Attack Forget the FBI cache; the Podesta emails show how America is run Wikileaks Releases Clinton Foundation Bombshell: “If This Story Gets Out, We Are Screwed” Hillary Clinton is an alcoholic Is This Why Comey Broke: A Stack Of Resignation Letters From Furious FBI Agents 650,000 Emails Found On Anthony Weiner's Laptop; DOJ Blocked Foundation Probe Clinton operative 'Dirty' Donna Brazile let Hillary Clinton CHEAT at the debates John Podesta's Best Friend At The DOJ Will Be In Charge Of The DOJ's Probe Into Huma Abedin Emails Investigating Donald Trump, F.B.I. Sees No Clear Link to Russia Feds Leak Details of New Clinton Investigation / Weinergate - Could this be the end of Hillary's campaign? The Director of the FBI Reopens the Hillary Case Clintons Are Under Multiple FBI Investigations as Agents Are Stymied Trey Gowdy Just Joined Trump And Gave The Best Media Attack Guilty as Sin – Uncovering New Evidence of Corruption and How Hillary & the Democrats Derailed the FBI Investigation

Hillary Clinton Goes Full Tin Foil Hat Clinton resorts to pushing outlandish accusations in attempt to divert attention from herself With her campaign going up in flames, Clinton resorts to red-baiting and finger pointing, obvious projection that ironically exposes her own corruption.

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/mass-media-manipulation-1.shtml

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force November 3 2016 | From: JonRappoport

I begin this piece with three quotes from my work-in-progress, The Underground:

“There is a media metaphysics. Its basic principle states that nothing exists until it becomes information. Now we have a new twist: information only becomes real when it reaches a mind already attuned to it. In other words, the tree falling in the forest makes a sound only if a user/consumer who wants a tree to fall receives video and audio of the event…” Related: Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media “Information can be dressed up a thousand different ways. But it tends to have an ‘elastic’ quality. By that I mean you eventually get to see the person who dressed it up. That’s a problem for chronic liars who inhabit the press. They expose themselves, even though they don’t want to. It takes a surprisingly small push to expose the whole operation. This is happening now, right in front of our eyes.” “The basis of big media is theater. News is theater. Its directors and producers think they’re doing a first-rate job. But they’re sadly mistaken. Gaps and obfuscations are growing larger. The outright non-sequiturs and gibberish are becoming more apparent. The audience is wising up to the farce. Who are these fools who direct the news? They’re simply people who want to sell their souls and have found an elite buyer. But that transaction doesn’t contain any guarantees about shelf life. Mainstream news is decaying, and the expiration date is approaching. Like civilizations, the petty princes of information rise and fall…” Globalized media. It’s nice plan. Let’s examine it.

Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States The new technocratic media is based on profiling users. There is no impactful news unless each member of the audience is surveilled and analyzed on the basis of what he already likes and wants. Shocking? It’s to be expected. How else would technocrats parlay the untold hours they’ve spent sizing up their consumers/users? Several years ago, I wrote:

“Tech blather has already begun, since Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, bought the Washington Post at a fire sale. Jeff Genius will invent new ways to transmit the news to ‘people on the go’ and make the Post a smashing success. Mobile devices. Multiple platforms. Digital taking over from print. Ads customized to fit readers’ interests (profiling). News stories customized to fit readers’ interests (more profiling).” In other words, non-news. If you thought media were irrelevant and deceptive before, you haven’t seen anything. The “new news” will create millions of virtual bubbles in which profiled users can float contentedly, under the cozy cottage roofs of their favorite little separate paradigms. The tech giant Apple has waded into this territory with an app that will deliver news to users. Yahoo:

“Apple News, part of the upcoming iOS 9 operating system, aims to be the primary news source for users of the iPhone and iPad… Apple says its news app ‘follows over a million topics and pulls relevant stories based on your specific interests’… Joshua Benton of the Nieman Journalism Lab said the app will be important because ‘through the awesome power of default, Apple distribution puts it in an entirely other league. This [news] app will be on hundreds of millions of devices within 24 hours of its debut’.” Translation: Profiling their users down to their toenails, Apple will present them with virtual bubbles of news they want to see and read.

Not just one overall presentation for all; no, different “news outlets” for Apple’s audiences.

Related: I Used to Be a Human Being This introduces a whole new layer of mind control. “You’re an Obama fan? Here are stories confirming your belief in the Prophet.” “You want neo-con on the rocks with a conservative Republican twist? Here’s some war footage that’ll warm your heart.” “Do you believe ‘government gridlock’ is our biggest concern? Congress can’t get anything done? We’ve got headlines for that from here to the moon.” “Tuned into celeb gossip? Here’s your world in three minutes.” The idea: convince users, one day at a time, that what they already believe is important IS the news of the day. It’s Decentralized Centralization. One media giant carving its global audience up into little pieces and delivering them a whole host of different algorithmically appropriate lies and fluff and no-context psyops.

Related: Obama Decries 'Wild West' [Independent] Media Landscape And for “fringe users?” “You’re doubtful about GMOs? Well, look at what Whole Foods is planning for their healthier produce section. Cheer up.” Nothing about Maui voters declaring a temporary ban on devastatingly toxic Monsanto/Dow experiments or the dangers of Roundup. “You’re anti-vaccine? Sorry, you don’t count. You’re not a recognized demographic. But here’s a piece about a little unvaccinated boy who was involved in car crash on the I5.” Does this sound like science fiction? It isn’t. It’s the mainstream look of the near-future. Search engines are already “personalizing” your inquiries. US ABC national news is climbing in the ratings because it’s giving viewers “lighter stories,” and spending less time on thorny issues like the Middle East.

Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Media? The mainstream news business is desperately looking for audience; and treating every “user” as a profiled social-constructbundle of superficial preferences is their answer. “Mr. X, we’ve studied the little virtual bubble you live in, and now we can sell you your own special brand of truth.” “Hello, audience. We’re going to pitch you on becoming full-fledged obsessed consumers, as if there is no other worthy goal in life - and then we’re going to profile you from top to bottom, to find out exactly what kind of obsessed consumer you are, so we can hit you and trigger you with information that uniquely stimulates your adrenal glands…” The one-two punch.

Trey Gowdy Joins Trump and Gives a Great Mainstream Media Attack

Any actual event occurring in the world will be pre-digested by robot media editors and profilers, and then split up into variously programmed bits of information for different audiences. Who cares what really happened? In the new world, there is no ‘what really happened’. That’s a gross misnomer. A faulty idea. A metaphysical error. No, there is only a multi-forked media tongue that simultaneously spits out a dozen or a hundred variations of the same event…because different viewers want and expect different realities.

Related: Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media In 1984, Orwell’s Big Brother was issuing a single voice into the homes of the population. That was old-school. That was primitive technology. That was achieving unity by hammering unity into people’s skulls. This, now, is the frontier of unity through diversity.

“We want to make all of you into androids, through basic PR and propaganda and a pathetic excuse for education. However, we recognize you’ll become different varieties of androids, and we’ll serve that outcome with technological sophistication. Trust us. We care about what you prefer.”

User A: “Wow, did you see the coverage of the border war in Chula Vista?” User B: “War? They had a fantastic exhibit of drones down there. At least a hundred different types. And then I watched an old WW2 movie about aerial combat.” User C: “Chula Vista? They had a great food show. This woman made a lemon pie. I could practically taste it.” User D: “That wasn’t a border war. It was a drill. And then afterwards, these cops gave a demonstration of all their gear. Vests, shields, communication devices, flash-bangs, auto rifles with silencers, batons. I watch drills all over the country. Love them.” User E: “Chula Vista? The only thing I saw on the news was ‘sunny and mild’ this week. I watch all the weather channels. I love them.” BUT when a Big One comes along, like the 2016 national election in the US, the separate tunes come together and ring as one. Then the overriding need to extend Globalism’s goals (in the person of Hillary Clinton) blot out every other priority.

Related: Alternative Media Is Winning: 60% Of Americans [ Read: The West ] Distrust Mainstream Media Then the major media twist whatever they need to twist. Then it’s the same bubble for everyone. One problem, though. Major media have been lanced thousands of times by alt news sites, and by Wikileaks and Project Veritas. This attack has exposed the truth and the Clinton crimes. And alt news reflects the growing interest of the public in what’s actually happening on many fronts. The technocratic plan for the news is failing. It was a nice plan, but… It’s turning out to be a dud. Alt media are forcing public awareness of one giant scandal after another: Hillary/Obama support for ISIS; pro-vaccine liars; the collapse of Obamacare; the GMO hustle; pesticide damage... on and on and on.

Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War The result? Major media are being backed into a corner, where they must defend lies and build monolithic lies for EVERYONE all the time. The idea of creating separate news for each profiled user is collapsing. Major media are playing defense against the rest of the world. It’s quite a party. And it has no expiration date. A final note: Trump, Wikileaks, Project Veritas, Drudge, and many alt news sites created a perfect storm in 2016, raining down on major media. It was and is unprecedented. The mainstream press has been exposed down to its roots, as never before. The lying, the collusion, the arrogant sense of entitlement, the desperation, the corruption - it’s all there to see, for anyone who has eyes and a few working brain cells. Expect more to come, regardless of the outcome of the election. The train has really left the station…

Dear Mainstream Media… You f**king suck! You’ve almost succeeded in destroying the 4th estate and you should be ashamed of yourselves. This is why 94% of the American people don’t trust you. When are you going to get that through your thick skulls? You lie, you smear, you ingratiate yourselves with wanton abandon. Dear mainstream media: You’ve betrayed your profession, sacrificed its once sacred principles, and stabbed the American people in the back.

Related: Six Giant Corporations Control the Media, and Americans Consume 10 Hours of ‘Programming’ a Day

The Real Reason Why The UN Wants Control Over The Internet November 2 2016 | From: DeWeeseReport

By its very nature, the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) is a nonprofit organization exclusively run by Technocrats.

As such, it is an apolitical body that is happy to serve whatever form of governance exists as long as funding is received and salaries are paid. To a Technocrat, a world run by science and technology is better than any other form of governance. Related: The UN Releases Plan to Push for Worldwide Internet Censorship That Technocrats have played a supporting role in world history is unquestioned. Scientists, engineers and technicians played a huge role in the Communist dictatorship in the former Soviet Union (For instance, see Science and the Soviet Social Order).

Related: Vampire Technocrats Fly To Jekyll Island To Stop Trump Technocrats likewise played a central role in support of Adolph Hitler and National Socialism (See Scientists, Engineers and National Socialism). In both cases, the Technocrat goal was not necessarily Communism or Nazism, but rather the methodical exercise of science according to its Scientific Method. In other words, the process was more important than the outcome – and in both cases, the outcome was not questioned or resisted, but simply accepted.

Reality Check: Obama Administration Has Handed Over The Internet to a Private Corporation

The reason that ICANN formerly served the interests of the United States was simply that it answered to our government’s judicial, legislative and executive branches. In other words, the U.S. held the umbrella over ICANN and that was enough to keep it working for our national interests and not for someone else’s interests. Obama changed that when he cut ICANN loose on September 30, 2016 by letting the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) contract expire without being renewed. After expiration, we forever lost the right to renew the contract again. So, ICANN is now a “free-agent” looking for shelter in the same way that a boll weevil looks for a cotton plant: it needs a host organization in order to practice its craft, and, I dare say, it doesn’t care one whit who that host is. What does ICANN do?

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

It is no secret that the United Nations is making a play to become host to ICANN. In particular, the UN’s International Telecommunications Union (ITU), run by the Peoples Republic of China, is expected to play the central role in this effort. However, whether it is the ITU or some other UN agency is immaterial because it will still be the UN in the end. But, why the UN? Because it is the fountainhead of the plans and operations to establish Technocracy as the sole global economic system while destroying capitalism and free enterprise. Technocracy is the issue here. Others know it as Sustainable Development or Green Economy, but the correct historical term is Technocracy. In February 2015, the head of climate change at the UN, Christiana Figures, stated,

“This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150 years, since the industrial revolution.” [emphasis added] What is unclear about this? Sustainable Development, or Technocracy, is a resource-driven economic model regulated by energy rather than by supply and demand plus monetary currencies. In 1938, the original Technocrats defined Technocracy as

“The science of social engineering, the scientific operation of the entire social mechanism to produce and distribute goods and services to the entire population.” To achieve its Utopia goals, the UN must have ICANN’s steering wheel and throttle. But while everyone is stressing over Internet censorship of web sites and the suppression of free speech, the real prize is completely overlooked: The Internet of Things (IoT).

In terms of “follow the money”, IoT is expected to generate upwards of $3 trillion by 2025 and is growing at a rate of at least 30 percent per year. In other words, it is a huge market and money is flying everywhere. If the UN can figure out a way to tax this market, and they will, it will provide a windfall of income and perhaps enough to make it self-perpetuating. Currently, the UN is financed by contributions from member states. But, what is the IoT and who cares? IoT are the connections between inanimate objects and the humans that depend upon them. The digital Smart Meter on your home communicates energy usage via WiFi to the utility company; but it also communicates with the major appliances in your home and can even control them remotely without your consent or knowledge.

The smart phone that you carry communicates with cell towers and localized signal receptors to create a map of your every movement. Smart home technology lets your stereo send sound to remote wireless speakers and to light bulbs equipped

with sensors. The security camera that you installed to watch your home while you were on vacation can communicate with other cameras, microphones, the police department, etc. Examples go on and on. ICANN issues the so-called IP addresses that are assigned to all these devices on a global basis. The original addressing scheme, IPV4, was based on four blocks of up to three digits each, punctuated with a period (e.g., 192.168.2.14). This scheme allows for a discrete address for up to 16.8 million devices.

A few years ago, IPV4 ran out of numbers, forcing Internet service providers, corporations and other organizations to improvise internal numbering systems, known as ‘proxy servers’, to issue safe addresses to devices within their own domain. These systems are not only fragile, but they are bloated beyond reason and generally easy to hack. To fix this, ICANN devised a new IP numbering system called IPV6, which adds two more blocks of numbers (e.g., 192.168.2.14.231.58). This scheme provides for 3.4×1038 addresses, or 340 trillion, 282 billion, 366 million, 920 thousand, 938 - followed by 24 zeroes. There is probably a way to say this number, but I cannot imagine what it would be. It’s somewhere beyond a trillion trillion unique numbers for every human being on earth! Thus, IPV6 provides a way to assign a unique and directly addressable number to every electronic device on earth… for centuries to come.

As IPV6 rolls out to the world, the modified mission for ICANN will be to inventory and categorize the device attached to each IP address. For instance, all the air conditioners in the world would be directly addressable from a single list. Likewise for all computers, all automobiles, all cameras, all phones, all refrigerators, all articles of clothing, etc. Whoever has control over and access to this data will literally be able to control the entire world, down to the last minutiae – and that is the United Nations’ exact mission: inventory, monitor and control. But, this concept was set in history long before the technology existed. The original bible of Technocracy, the Technocracy Study Course (1934), laid out the hard requirements necessary for its implementation:

1. “Register on a continuous 24 hour-per-day basis the total net conversion of energy. 2. “By means of the registration of energy converted and consumed, make possible a balanced load. 3. “Provide a continuous inventory of all production and consumption 4. “Provide a specific registration of the type, kind, etc., of all goods and services, where produced and where used 5. “Provide specific registration of the consumption of each individual, plus a record and description of the individual.” - Scott, Howard et al, Technocracy Study Course, p. 232 As I thoroughly documented in my book, Technocracy Rising: The Trojan Horse of Global Transformation, the United Nations is indeed the engine of modern Technocracy and as such, it is acting in a perfectly predictable manner.

Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship It seeks to establish a global Scientific Dictatorship where it controls all resources, all production and limits all consumption to its own liking. These Technocrats will dutifully apply their pseudo-scientific methodology to every problem in the world, and simply issue instructions to the net to ‘make it so.’ Yes, free speech will decrease and censorship will increase, but that pales in comparison to the real prize of the IoT that the United Nations desperately wants and needs in order to accomplish its own twisted goals. Congress never understood this when they passively let Obama fail to renew our contract with ICANN. However, Obama and his globalist handlers understood it perfectly well, which makes the deception and treachery of it even worse. Thanks to this scurrilous bunch, the world has just been sold into digital slavery, from which there may be no return. Related: Warning: Don’t Share This Article, Facebook Might Ban You!

Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz November 1 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution

“If you want to find the secrets of the universe, think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration.” - Nikola Tesla

“What we have called matter is energy, whose vibration has been so lowered as to be perceptible to the senses. There is no matter.” – Albert Einstein Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music Tesla said it. Einstein agreed. Science proved it. It is a known fact that everything—including our own bodies—is made up of energy vibrating at different frequencies. That being said, it seems logical to wonder, can sound frequencies affect us? It would appear that this is the case. Frequencies affect frequencies, much like mixing ingredients with other ingredients affects the overall flavour of a meal. The way frequencies affect the physical world has been demonstrated through various experiments, such as the science of Cymatics and water memory. Cymatics illustrate that when sound frequencies move through a particular medium such as water, air, or sand, they directly alter the vibration of matter. Below are pictures demonstrating how particles adjust to different frequencies. (Click here to watch a video demonstrating the patterns of sound frequencies)

Water memory also illustrates how our own intentions may even alter the material world. This has been demonstrated by Dr. Masaru Emoto, who has performed studies showing how simple intentions through sound, emotions, and thoughts can dramatically shape the way water crystallizes.

We all hold a certain vibrational frequency, and our bodies are estimated to be about 70% water. Given the above experiments, it stands to reason that musical frequencies could also alter our own vibrational state. Every expression through sound, emotion, or thought holds a specific frequency which influences everything around it much like a single drop of water can create a larger ripple effect in a large body of water.

Music Frequency With this concept in mind, let us bring our attention to the frequency of the music we listen to. Most music worldwide has been tuned to A=440 Hz since the International Standards Organization (ISO) promoted it in 1953. However, when looking at the vibratory nature of the universe, it’s possible that this pitch is disharmonious with the natural resonance of nature and may generate negative effects on human behaviour and consciousness.

Some theories (although unproven) even suggest that the Nazi regime had been in favor of adopting this pitch as standard after conducting scientific research to determine which range of frequencies best induce fear and aggression. Whether or not the conspiracy is factual, interesting studies have pointed towards the benefits of tuning music to A=432 Hz instead.

Mathematics of The Universe 432 Hz is said to be mathematically consistent with the patterns of the universe. It is said that 432 Hz vibrates with the universe’s golden mean PHI and unifies the properties of light, time, space, matter, gravity and magnetism with biology, the DNA code, and consciousness. When our atoms and DNA start to resonate in harmony with the spiralling pattern of nature, our sense of connection to nature is said to be magnified. The number 432 is also reflected in ratios of the sun, Earth, and moon, as well as the precession of the equinoxes, the Great Pyramid of Egypt, Stonehenge, and the Sri Yantra, among many other sacred sites.

“From my own observations, some of the harmonic overtone partials of A=432hz 12T5 appear to line up to natural patterns and also the resonance of solitons. Solitons need a specific range to form into the realm of density and span from the micro to the macro cosmos. Solitons are not only found in water mechanics, but also in the ionacoustic breath between electrons and protons.” – Brian T. Collins

Color Spectrum Resonance Another interesting factor to consider is that the A=432 Hz tuning correlates with the color spectrum and chakra system, while the A=440 Hz does not.

“The Solar Spectrum & The Cosmic Keyboard All of the frequencies in the spectrum are related in octaves, from gamma rays to subharmonics. These colors and notes are also related to our Chakras and other important energy centers. I f we are to understand that… Chakras are connected to the Seven Rays of the Solar Spectrum, then the notes and frequencies we use for the same should be the same. A432 Hz is the tuning of the Cosmic Keyboard or Cosmic Pitchfork, as opposed to the A440 Hz modern ‘standard.’ It places C# at 136.10 Hz ‘Om,’ which is the main note of the Sitar in classical Indian music and the pitch of the chants of the Tibetan monks, who tell us, ‘It comes from nature.'” – Dameon Keller

Exploring The Difference Let’s explore the experiential difference between A=440 Hz and A=432 Hz. Music lovers and musicians have noticed that music tuned in A=432 Hz is not only more beautiful and harmonious to the ears, but it also induces a more inward experience that is felt inside the body at the spine and heart. Music tuned in A=440 Hz was felt as a more outward and mental experience, and was felt at the side of the head which projected outwards. Audiophiles have also stated that A=432hz music seems to be non-local and can fill an entire room, whereas A=440hz can be perceived as directional or linear in sound propagation.

“The ancients tuned their instruments at an A of 432 Hz instead of 440 Hz – and for a good reason. There are plenty of music examples on the internet that you can listen to, in order to establish the difference for yourself. Attuning the instrument to 432 Hz results in a more relaxing sound, while 440 Hz slightly tenses up to body. This is because 440 Hz is out of tune with both macrocosmos and microcosmos. 432 Hz on the contrary is in tune. To give an example of how this is manifested microcosmically: our breath (0,3 Hz) and our pulse (1,2 Hz) relate to the frequency of the lower octave of an A of 432 Hz (108 Hz) as 1:360 and 1:90.” – innergarden.org “The overall sound difference was noticeable, the 432 version sounding warmer, clearer and instantly sounded more listenable but the 440 version felt tighter, with more aggressive energy.” – Anonymous guitarist

The video below was created by someone with no opinion on whether A=432 Hz or A=440 Hz is better. Therefore, the way both versions of the melody is played is unbiased. It is up to us to tune in and feel which one feels more harmonious to us!

Here’s another example: David Helpling – Sticks and Stones in 440 hz David Helpling – Sticks and Stones in 432 hz

Personal Thoughts I personally have enjoyed many bands, artists, and styles of music even though they were tuning in A=440 hz, however, after comparing a few songs in both A=432 hz and A=440 hz I can say I definitely feel and hear the difference. I wouldn’t say that my experience of 440hz music has turned me into an aggressive person, but I can understand how an entire population being exposed to music that is more mind directed as opposed to heart directed - not to mention all of the materialistic and ego-driven lyrics in most popular music - is a perfect combination to maintain a more discordant frequency and state of consciousness within humanity. This is, of course, simply my own opinion.

“Music based on C=128hz (C note in concert A=432hz) will support humanity on its way towards spiritual freedom. The inner ear of the human being is built on C=128 hz.” – Rudolph Steiner I cannot state with complete certainty that every idea suggested in this article is 100% accurate, nor am I an expert on the subject. I simply gathered interesting information from others who researched this issue more deeply. For this reason, if we are looking for scientific validation for these claims, I suggest that we each do our own research on the matter with an open yet discerning mind. Perhaps more research on this topic will be done in the near future to help explain the phenomenon.

I believe we all possess intuition and the ability to observe without judgment, which can be more useful than resorting to ridicule when exposed to information that has not yet been accepted by the scientific community. It is therefore up to us to tone down the urge to jump to conclusions and instead EXPERIENCE the difference between A=440 Hz and A=432 Hz. To do so, we need to listen with our entire body and a neutral awareness as opposed to with our mental ideas, judgments, and preconceptions. If you are interested in changing your music’s pitch to A=432 hz, click here to learn how to do it.

Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

October 31 2016 | From: QZ / Inverse / Various

In 2005, John Ioannidis, a professor of medicine at Stanford University, published a paper, “Why most published research findings are false,” mathematically showing that a huge number of published papers must be incorrect.

He also looked at a number of well-regarded medical research findings, and found that, of 34 that had been retested, 41% had been contradicted or found to be significantly exaggerated. Related: The Rise Of Scientific Fundamentalism Since then, researchers in several scientific areas have consistently struggled to reproduce major results of prominent studies. By some estimates, at least 51% - and as much as 89% - of published papers are based on studies and experiments showing results that cannot be reproduced. Related: Crisis In Science Research: Over 70% Of Researchers Fail To Reproduce Another Scientist's Experiments Researchers have recreated prominent studies from several scientific fields and come up with wildly different results. And psychology has become something of a poster child for the “reproducibility crisis” since Brian Nosek, a psychology professor at the University of Virginia, coordinated a Reproducibility Initiative project to repeat 100 psychological experiments, and could only successfully replicate 40%.

Related: Some Of The Biggest Lies Of Science Now, an attempt to replicate another key psychological concept (ego depletion: the idea that willpower is finite and can be worn down with overuse) has come up short. Martin Hagger, psychology professor at Curtin University in Australia, led researchers from 24 labs in trying to recreate a key effect, but found nothing. Their findings are due to be published in Perspectives on Psychological Science in the coming weeks.

Why Are They Getting it Wrong? No one is accusing the psychologists behind the initial experiments of intentionally manipulating their results. But some of them may have been tripped up by one or more of the various aspects of academic science that inadvertently encourage bias. For example, there’s massive academic pressure to publish in journals, and these journals tend to publish exciting studies that show strong results.

"Journals favor novelty, originality, and verification of hypotheses over robustness, stringency of method, reproducibility, and falsifiability,” Hagger tells Quartz. “Therefore researchers have been driven to finding significant effects, finding things that are novel, testing them on relatively small samples.” This has created a publication bias, where studies that show strong, positive results get published, while similar studies that come up with no significant effects sit at the bottom of researchers’ drawers.

Related: The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science Meanwhile, in cases where researchers have access to large amounts of data, there’s a dangerous tendency to hunt for significant correlations. Researchers can thus convince themselves that they’ve spotted a meaningful connection, when in fact such connections are totally random.

A Sign of Strength The idea that papers are publishing false results might sound alarming but the recent crisis doesn’t mean that the entire scientific method is totally wrong. In fact, science’s focus on its own errors is a sign that researchers are on exactly the right path. Ivan Oransky, producer of the blog Retraction Watch, which tracks retractions printed in journals, tells Quartz that ultimately, the alarm will lead to increased rigor.

"There’s going to be some short-term and maybe mid-term pain as all of this shakes out, but that’s how you move forward,” he says. “It’s like therapy - if you never get angry in therapy, you’re probably not pushing hard enough. If you never find mistakes, or failures to reproduce in your field, you’re probably not asking the right questions.” For psychologists, who have seen so many results crumble in such a short space of time, the replication crisis could be disheartening. But it also presents a chance to be at the forefront of developing new policies.

Related: Official Science: The Grand Illusion Ioannidis tells Quartz that he views the most recent psychology reproducibility failures as a positive.

"It shows how much effort and attention has gone towards improving the accuracy of the knowledge produced,” he says. “Psychology is a discipline that has always been very strong methodologically and was at the forefront at describing various biases and better methods. Now they are again taking the lead in improving their replication record.” For example, there’s already widespread discussion within psychology about pre-registering trials (which would prevent researchers from shifting their methods so as to capture more eye-catching results), making data and scientific methods more open, making sample sizes larger and more representative, and promoting collaboration. Dorothy Bishop, a professor of developmental neuropsychology at Oxford University, tells Quartz that several funding bodies and journals seem to be receptive to these ideas and that, once one or two adopt such policies, she expects them to spread rapidly.

Doing Science on Science Each scientific field must adopt its own methods of ensuring accuracy. But ultimately, this self-reflection is a key part of the scientific process.

Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud As Bishop notes, “Science has proved itself to be an incredibly powerful method.” And yet there’s always room for further advancement.

"There’s never an end point,” says Bishop. “We’re always groping towards the next thing. Sometimes science does disappear down the wrong path for a bit before it corrects itself.” For Nosek, who led the re-testing of 100 psychology papers, the current focus on reproducibility is simply part of the scientific process.

"Science isn’t about truth and falsity, it’s about reducing uncertainty,” he says. “Really this whole project is science on science: Researchers doing what science is supposed to do, which is be skeptical of our own process, procedure, methods, and look for ways to improve.”

A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked" But that doesn't mean we should give up.

Between the duping of the American public from Big Sugar, shocking moral fact-checks on some of history’s most groundbreaking experiments, and failure after failure of science research we’ve accepted as truth, science is teetering on the verge of being, well, fucked. Related: Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Of A Nervous Breakdown Actually, it might be too late. Those fears drove University of Oregon psychologist Sanjay Srivastava, Ph.D., to design the fictitious course “Everything Is Fucked.” The imagined ten-week seminar, written up as a syllabus on his blog, is Srivastava’s version of a reality check for young scientists: Do you seriously think you’re going to cure the world’s diseases and elevate humanity through technology? You won’t because everything is fucked. This may seem a little harsh. After all, aren’t CRISPR, the discovery of Martian water, and the newly not-endangered panda and whale proof that science is alive and well?

But that’s the problem with science, Srivastava argues: We’re so intent on focusing on the results that we don’t see the path toward finding these results, and that’s fucked up. Would CRISPR have become 2015’s biological buzzword if academic journal editors hadn’t decided gene editing papers were worth publishing? What else did we find out (or not find out) about Mars that wasn’t deemed publishable? Can we even trust the data showing the pandas and whales are thriving? We don’t know, and not only is it fucked up, it raises questions about the foundations of modern science altogether. The “everything” in “Everything Is Fucked,” Srivastava explains, refers to scientific methods, the ways researchers acquire funding, the universities that support research, and our channels for publishing and disseminating scientific knowledge. He defines something as fucked if:

"It presents hard conceptual challenges to which implementable, real-world solutions for working scientists are either not available or routinely ignored in practice.” For Srivastava, the way we discover and share scientific knowledge is so riddled with these problems that there’s no way we can fully trust what we believe to be true. Take week eight’s theme, “Scientific publishing is fucked.” In the science community, a published paper in an academic journal is professional currency; everyone’s striving to collect them, and anyone who doesn’t have one is professionally broke. Academic journals - big-name, respected publications like Nature, Science, and the New England Journal of Medicine - are academia’s banks.

Related: Academic Oligarchy: Majority Of Science Publishing Is Controlled By Just Six Companies In Srivastava’s view, this is troublesome, because it means they’re in control. “The problem is, there’s this incentive to find things that meet the publishable standards,” he says, referring to science that shows positive results, like a drug that promises a cure. If journals only pay attention to the “success” stories, it means they’re ignoring all of the research that doesn’t produce sexy results. In turn, the temptation to falsify results and fudge graphs only grows stronger. Scientists behind the unsexy studies are screwed: If they don’t get published, they don’t get tenure at research institutions or grants to continue their work, and their scientific pursuits inevitably come to a standstill.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics' But does their work deserve to come to an end? Most of those studies are not “wrong” or “useless,” because negative results are often just as useful for advancing scientific discovery as positive ones. But they aren’t treated that way because they don’t make for good publishing.

"That’s really where it starts: Publication decisions becoming hinged, not on whether it’s a good question, but on whether the answer comes out, one way or another,” Srivastava says. The cycle continues, and fucked-ness persists. He has other, finer bones to pick. In week six, he discusses the issue of replicability, which is the idea that an experiment needs to be repeatable. If it’s not, the data it produces is, statistically, a one-off, and therefore pretty much useless. And yet, there are an alarming number of scientific studies out there that are not replicable, cited by everyone from Big Pharma to the federal government.

Related: A Totalitarian Society Has Totalitarian Science He claims that the scientific profession as a whole is fucked in week ten because the pressure on scientists to publish more papers, faster, leads to smaller sample sizes, which in turn lead to weaker, less statistically sound results. The scientists that design better, more thorough experiments may be doing better science, but because they aren’t publishing as many studies, they’re ultimately viewed as less accomplished.

"Where do truth and publishability depart?” Srivastava ponders. “When it comes time to hire people, we’re still going to hire someone with more papers.” If it sounds like a massive clusterfuck, then Srivastava has made his point. Does that mean the pursuit of science in 2016 is a completely futile endeavor? No, Srivastava surprisingly argues. Look to week seven - “Interlude” - for a scientific salvation, right about the time when his fictional students consider switching to a liberal arts degree, which can be distilled to this: Sure, everything is fucked, but it’s up to the next generation of scientists to make science less so. There’s hope, and the replicability crisis might ironically offer that by being a cautionary tale for the arrogance of science. The rest of us should be at least calmed by the fact that sexy results are garnering more upturned eyebrows and head scratching than ever before. Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Clinton Disaster Continues - FBI Reopens Investigation Into Clinton Emails + Busted: Early Votes Are Already Being Switched - Even More Corruption Exposed On Video October 30 2016 | From: Infowars / Zerohedge / Various

FBI looking into "new developments" after previously recommending no charges against Democrat candidate.

The FBI on Friday announced it is reopening its investigation into Hillary Clinton’s private email server, another shocking October surprise for the Democrat candidate days from the presidential election. Related: Recent Poll Shows More Americans Want Clinton Indicted than Want Her to Be President In a letter to committees and lawmakers relevant to the matter, FBI Director James Comey cited “recent developments” for the bureau’s decision to look into new emails which may contain classified information and how they may relate to its previous investigation.

"In previous congressional testimony, I referred to the fact that the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) had completed its investigation of former Secretary Clinton’s personal email server. Due to recent developments, I am writing to supplement my previous testimony,” Comey wrote in the letter obtained by CNBC. “In connection with an unrelated case, the FBI has learned of the existence of emails that appear to be pertinent to the investigation. I am writing to inform you that the investigative team briefed me on this yesterday, and I agreed that the FBI should take appropriate investigative steps designed to allow investigators to review these emails to determine whether they contain classified information, as well as to assess their importance to our investigation.” “Although the FBI cannot yet assess whether or not this material may be signifcant, and I cannot predict how long it will take us to complete this additional work, I believe it is important to update your Committees about our efforts in light of my previous testimony,” Comey stated.

Republican Congressman Jason Chaffetz, who led an Oversight Committee effort to pursue perjury charges against Hillary, tweeted about the FBI’s announcement.

Back in July, Comey announced the FBI’s investigation into Clinton’s use of a private email server during her tenure as secretary of state would not result in a recommendation to the Justice Department to pursue charges.

"Although the Department of Justice makes final decisions on matters like this, we are expressing to Justice our view that no charges are appropriate in this case,” the FBI director stated in a speech at the time. “A Clinton campaign spokesman did not immediately respond to a request for comment,” reported the Washington Post on Friday.

Related: Most Americans want Hillary indicted for email scandal – Poll Democrat vice presidential pick Tim Kaine said he’s “got to read a little more” when asked about the FBI investigation during an early voting site visit in Tallahassee, Florida, Friday. Likewise, Hillary ignored questions shouted at her from reporters when she disembarked from her campaign plane for a rally in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, according to the Associated Press.

She did not address the FBI announcement during her speech. Reports state the campaign was unaware of the news until they touched down in Iowa as her plane did not have wi-fi:

However, one Wall Street Journal writer claims the plane does indeed have wi-fi:

Related: Watergate's Bob Woodward: "Clinton Foundation Is Corrupt, It's A Scandal" “So it just happens to go out today?” asks the American Mirror’s Kyle Olson. The campaign later released a statement saying “FBI Director Comey should provide the American public more information than is contained in the letter he sent to eight Republican committee chairmen.”

“Already we have seen characterizations that the FBI is ‘reopening’ an investigation but Comey’s words do not match that characterization,” the campaign claimed.

Speaking at a campaign rally in Manchester, New Hampshire, Republican presidential candidate Donald Trump jumped on the bureau’s decision to reopen its case:

“The FBI has just sent a letter to Congress informing them that they have discovered new emails pertaining to the former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s investigation. And they are reopening their case into her criminal and illegal conduct that threatens the security of the United States of America.” “Hillary Clinton’s corruption is on a scale we have never seen before. We must not let her take her criminal scheme into the Oval Office.” “I have great respect for the fact that the FBI and the Dept. of Justice are now willing to have the courage to right the horrible mistake that they made. This was a grave miscarriage of justice that the American people fully understood and it is everybody’s hope that it is about to be corrected.” CNBC reports, “Stocks turned negative after the report of the new probe,” adding that “Many analysts have said that markets were pricing in a Clinton victory in November.” Related: Statement On Attempted Coverup Of Clinton's Emails At The State Department

Robert Creamer's Illegal $20,000 Foreign Wire Transfer Caught On Tape Project Veritas has just released Part IV of it's multi-part series exposing numerous scandals surrounding the DNC and the Clinton campaign, including efforts to incite violence at Trump rallies and, at least what seems to be, illegal coordination between the DNC, Hillary For America and various Super PACs.

Disgraced Democratic operative Robert Creamer participated in daily calls with the Hillary Clinton campaign, and worked directly with President Barack Obama to organize “issue campaigns.”

Part IV focuses on a $20,000 foreign donation made by an undercover Project Veritas journalist to Americans United for Change (AUFC). Ironically, shortly after the $20k donation wire was released, the contributor's "niece" was offered an internship with Creamer's firm, Democracy Partners. Related: "Don’t Repeat That To Anybody" - Hillary Clinton And Donna Brazile Personally Implicated + The Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen In the new video, Creamer says:

“Every morning I am on a call at 10:30 that goes over the message being driven by the campaign headquarters … I am in this campaign mainly to deal with what earned media with television, radio, with earned media and social media, not with paid media, not with advertising.” He also mentions a conference call discussing a woman potentially coming forward to accuse Trump of inappropriate behavior. Creamer, a seasoned Chicago activist who is married to Rep. Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), whose Republican opponent, Joan McCarthy Lasonde has called for her to resign over her husband’s activities, also talks about his work with Barack Obama, whom he says he has known since the 1980s, when Obama was a community organizer in Chicago: “He’s a pro, I’ve known the President since he was a community organizer in Chicago.”

Related: Wall Street Journal Lashes Out “The Press Is Burying Hillary Clinton’s Sins” Elsewhere, Creamer adds: “I do a lot of work with the White House on their issues, helping to run issue campaigns that they have been involved in. I mean, for immigration reform for the… the health care bill, for trying to make America more like Britain when it comes to gun violence issues.”

In the effort to prove the credibility of the undercover donor featured in the videos and to keep the investigation going, Project Veritas Action made the decision to donate twenty thousand dollars to Robert Creamer’s effort. Project Veritas Action had determined that the benefit of this investigation outweighed the cost. And it did. “First thing, like I said, thank you for the proposal. And I’d like to get the $20,000 across to you. The second call I’m going to make here is to my money guy and he’s going to get in touch with you and auto wire the funds to you,” said the PVA journalist. Creamer told the PVA journalist to send the money to Americans United for Change. Shortly after the money was released, the “donors” “niece” - another Project Veritas Action journalist - was offered an internship with Creamer. In an effort to see how far Creamer would go with the promise of more money, another Project Veritas journalist posing as the donor’s money liaison requested a meeting with Creamer. During that meeting, Creamer spoke about connections he had with Obama and Clinton.

AUFC President, Brad Woodhouse, subsequently returned the money, after Project Veritas started to release their undercover videos, citing "concerns that it might have been an illegal foreign donation." Oddly, Woodhouse was not terribly concerned about the "legality" of the donation when he chose to accept it a month prior.

In an unexpected twist, AUFC president Brad Woodhouse, the recipient of the $20,000, heard that Project Veritas Action was releasing undercover videos exposing AUFC’s activities. He told a journalist that AUFC was going to return the twenty thousand dollars. He said it was because they were concerned that it might have been an illegal foreign donation. Project Veritas Action was pleased but wondered why that hadn’t been a problem for the month that they had the money.

Related: Statement on Hillary Clinton’s Deliberate Incitement of Violence at Trump Rallies While the latest video focuses on the "$20,000 illegal foreign contribution" from an undercover Project Veritas journalist, the following comments from Robert Creamer were also rather intriguing in light of recent White House efforts to vehemently deny any connections between he and President Obama.

"Oh Barack Obama's was the best campaign in the history of American politics, I mean the second one, I mean the first was good too. I was a consultant to both, the second one, was everything hit on every level and every aspect. He's a pro. I've known the President since he was a community organizer in Chicago. I was just at and event with him in Chicago actually, on Friday last. He is just as good as ever. I do a lot of work with the White House on their issues. Helping to run issued campaigns that they have been involved in. I mean, for immigration reform for the...the health care bill...trying to make America more like Britain when it comes to gun violence issues."

Video 1 revealed DNC efforts to incite violence at Trump rallies. Video 2 provided the democrat playbook on how to commit "mass voter fraud". Video 3 directly linking Donna Brazile and Hillary Clinton to efforts to disrupt Trump events. See the first 3 videos and more in this earlier article: Related: "Don’t Repeat That To Anybody" - Hillary Clinton And Donna Brazile Personally Implicated + The Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen

Clinton Insider: Rigging Only Way Hillary Can Win She’s going to lose and she knows it, he said.

Nichols explained that the establishment is already doing what it can to prevent an open and transparent election.

“The DNC filed a lawsuit to try to force the removal of poll watchers at the polls,” he said. “Why would they do that if they know there’s no cheating going on? Why would they fight the voter ID if they don’t plan to have massive voter fraud?”

The mainstream media and the Clinton campaign are also doing everything they can up until Election Day to make everybody believe that the election is already over in Hillary’s favor, Nichols said.

“Folks, do not believe it,” he said. “The polling is a part of this game plan to destroy your confidence in your ability to win.” “I believe Donald Trump is winning,” Nichols added. “You’re winning. You’ve just got to stay the course.” Nichols warned that voters must take extra steps to ensure their vote isn’t being altered.

“You’ve got to make people at the precinct prove that your vote was recorded properly,” he said. “If they can’t show you proof, then demand a paper ballot.” The damning videos provided by Project Veritas exposing high-level Democrat operatives discussing how they steal elections illustrate that worries about voter fraud aren’t unfounded, with even the New York Times acknowledging a recent survey showing that most voters fear their ballot won’t count because they believe “the political process is so dominated by corporate interests.” Related: Maryland Trump Supporter: They Switched My Vote to Hillary

Hillary's #1 Aide Huma Abedin: Undeniable Ties to Terrorists & 9/11 Funders

Related: The Failure of Democracy, How The Oligarchs Plan To Steal The Election

Related Articles: Facebook goes full Orwellian, begins deleting PRIVATE messages that mention Hillary Clinton’s crimes Clinton “Fixer”: “Nothing I have heard Trump comes close to the sexual and moral corruption of the Clintons” Meet The Man Who Can Expose "The Real Hillary Clinton Scandal" WikiLeaks Just Dropped Bombshell About Hillary’s Health… The Truth, Revealed Mainstream Media Attempts To Defend Hillary And Attack Wikileaks, Fails Epically Here Are Hillary Clinton's Three Speeches To Goldman Sachs For Which She Was Paid $675,000 Statement On Clinton Campaign Misleading Misleading On Contents Of Secret Server Hillary's ties to Monsanto mean more GMOs, less transparency in labeling Proof: Hillary Clinton Is Worse Than Putin Hillary’s Dark Secret Revealed Before Final Debate Hillary Admits “Shadow Government” In Control FBI Files: Hillary Clinton Stole Furniture From State Dept. Wikileaks Emails Prove Obama Lied When He Said He Didn’t Know Hillary Was Using Unsecure Email Server Hillary Leaks Nuclear Secrets During Debate False Flag Red Alert – Potential for Murders Intended to Frame Trump and Twist Narrative with CNN Complicity The Wikileaks List: At Least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting with / Coordinating Offline with Top Hillary Advisors DNC Nomination Elections were Fabricated against Sanders Hillary Clinton embraces George Soros’ ‘radical’ vision of open-border world SHOCKING Report Documents Massive Election Theft by the Democrats Former Ohio Governor Triggered By Questions About Voter Fraud Leaked Memo Exposes Shady Dealings Between Clinton Foundation Donors And Bill's "For-Profit" Activities Statement On More Clinton State Department Corruption Trump Attacks Hillary’s Wild Spending Binge of Taxpayer Dollars Leak Exposes Who Ordered Hillary To Leave behindThe 4 Men In Benghazi Hillary’s Massive meltdown"If that f - - - ing bastard wins, we all hang from nooses!

The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells October 30 2016 | From: Omnithought

Aoccdrnig to rscheearch at Cmabrigde Uinervtisy, it deosn’t mttaer in waht oredr the ltteers in a wrod are, the olny iprmoetnt tihng is taht the frist and lsat ltteer be at the rghit pclae.

The rset can be a toatl mses and you can sitll raed it wouthit a porbelm. Tihs is bcuseae the huamn mnid deos not raed ervey lteter by istlef, but the wrod as a wlohe. Related: How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

Spelling: We Spell Words to Pronounce a [Prison] Sentence or Term The first thing you learn when you go to school is how to spell. Words are spelled to create a sentence of terms. Think of a jail sentence or a prison term. The Wyrd sisters in Greek mythology were Fates or witches who controlled the fates of man. In our language we use curse words and cursive writing. We cuss and dis-cuss. Words have meaning and (are) mean things especially cross words. They can be used to make a point. We use a “con” verse to converse in order to keep us off course in our dis-course as a phrase frays. We use catch words. A story is a spiel or a spell. It is all part of the gospel of the Godspell or God’s spell.

Cursive (W)Riting

Books contain chapters. What is a chapter? A chapter is a secret society or religious order, like the Knights Templar. A chapter contains many pages. What is a page? A page is an understudy and in service to the queen and king, as in pages and squires, a knight who is well versed in magic and is more or less a soldier or trained assassin. To page someone is to summons them. Pages summon demons to enslave or imprison our souls. After all, a page does contain many sentences. A jail sentence is served in a prison ward. And indeed a sentence is created by words that are spelled out by using letters. A letter is someone who allows something to happen or someone who does something for some one else, like a bloodletter.

Languid Language We languish in our languid language. Languid means “weak and lacking spirit or void of animation, lifeless” and languish which means “to lose strength or animation; be or become dull, feeble or spiritless; lackadaisical, listless”. How are we imprisoned by our language? Think about a book. The word book as a verb means to arrest or detain - “book ’em, Danno”. In fact, the Latin word for book is “liber”, which is where we get our word “library” and also the word “liberty”. You can book a reservation which means you’re paying for the ownership of something in advance. You can book or place a bet on a game or race with your bookie.

Yes, there is a bet being placed on a race - and it is the human race and the game is the game of life. It is the main bet or the alpha bet. In a group of monkeys, the alpha monkey is the primary monkey or the one in control. There’s a song called Spirits in the Material World from an album named Ghost in the Machine. The lyrics proclaim, “Our socalled leaders speak. With words they try to jail ya. They subjugate the meek. Where do the answers lie when we live from day to day? We are spirits in a material world.” The song was performed by a group appropriately named, The Police. The song - and an entire album by Sting, the lead singer, entitled The Soul Cages - refers to how we are spirits imprisoned in an earthly body.

Aoccdrnig to rscheearch at Cmabrigde Uinervtisy, it deosn’t mttaer in waht oredr the ltteers in a wrod are, the olny iprmoetnt tihng is taht the frist and lsat ltteer be at the rghit pclae. The rset can be a toatl mses and you can sitll raed it wouthit a porbelm. Tihs is bcuseae the huamn mnid deos not raed ervey lteter by istlef, but the wrod as a wlohe.

Words Mean Things Most words have multiple meanings and synonyms not to mention many anagrams which the subconscious mind can recognize. Factor in its homophones such as “there”, “they’re”, and “their” and it can get quite confusing to keep track. What effect does that have when words with almost opposite meanings are homophones. Think about “know” and “no”. Knowledge is considered a very positive word yet it is linked phonetically with the most negative word in our language. So when you say “I know this to be true” are you partiallly negating its reality? Consider the above statement in which the letters of the words have been rearranged, yet you still should be able to read it without problem. This means your subconscious mind should also relate multiple meanings to words have many anagrams. So it shouldn’t be any problem to associate God as good, the devil as evil. Now consider the following word relationships: live, evil; god, dog; love, evol.

Pronouncing the words has a pronounced effect. The science of cymatics shows how all spoken sounds take on a vibratory geometry or shape like how you can blow smoke rings by forming your mouth into the shape of the ‘O’. The tibetan monks show how sound can be used to form geometric patterns in a plate of sand particles. So the spoken word can indeed create reality. Also consider the mind’s ability to combine words and sounds. When someone sneezes you feel customarily obligated to say “Bless you”. But if you sound out the syllables does your subconscious mind also make the connection to the phrase “Be less, you”. So the very act of blessing someone can also be subconsciously telling them to be less. This is spell casting. How are we being programmed through our language to go to the sun or hell? Hello?!!!! Helios was the Greek name for the sun. The sun in English as well as other languages such as Latin, is called Sol. We are all said to be souls or to have a soul (Sol). We have a solar plexus and our feet have soles.

Sole is sun in Italian. You are called a person (pertaining to the sun). When a male child is born, he is called a son (sun). The word for sun is sonne in German. Hu was one of the twelve gods in the Egyptian stellar cult which could explain why we are human. Colors and hues originate from the light of the sun. Politicians encourage soldiers or sol diers to go to war for God and country. Of course, when they die they will go to another dimension (die men sun). Have you ever wondered why we use the word hello to greet each other? After all, the word can be reduced to hell, the fiery place of eternal punishment and the suffix -o which means “associated with”. In Greek mythology, Helios, which means “sun”, was the God of the Sun. Is it just a coincidence that you have a soul and that our sun is called Sol?

If so, why do we call those who die in battle soldiers or sol diers? Is that why we say “good morning” when the sun rises because it is good to see the sun because it gives us life, but we are mourning those who sacrificed their souls to make it possible. Why do we call our male offspring sons? You are called a person. Is it because you pertain to the sun? Words are defined in a dictionary - dick-shun-nary. Two of the three syllables are negative sounds and theother is a derogative slang term. Synonyms and antonyms are listed in a thesaurus. ‘The’, from the greek ‘theos’, is the root of the-ology, the study of ‘god’ and ‘saurus’ means ‘lizard’. A thesaurus literally means ‘lizard god’. How many names for government entities start with a negative prefix. The word nation is nay-shun. The UN, Un-ited nations, NATO, NASI party, NASA, Norad, Unesco, NASCAR, NATAS, and I’m sure you can come up with others.

How to Ruin a Language with Rune Magic Do some of the letters or building blocks of our language contain within them a blueprint for the control and possession of our spirits? English has Germanic origins and it is likely that the english letters have their roots in the Germanic runes which were used for magic and casting spells. From Wikipedia on rune magic: “In 1990, Stephan Grundy, a.k.a. Kveldulf Gundarsson, described runic magic as the active principle as opposed to passive interpretations based on runic divination.

He held that runic magic is more active than the allegedly shamanic practice of seid practiced by the Seiðkona. Runic magic, he states, uses the runes to affect the world outside based on the archetypes they represent. Most of Gundarsson’s runic magic entails being in possession of a physical entity that is engraved with any or all of the individual runes or “staves”, so as to practically work with their energies. The individual runes are reddened with either blood, dyes, or paints. The act of possessing the stave in its final form serves the purpose of affecting the world of form with “the rune might” of that particular stave. After use, the staves are discarded or destroyed. Gundarsson holds that each rune has a certain sound to it, to be chanted or sung; the sound has in common the phonetic value by which it is represented. This act of singing or chanting is supposed to have more or less the same effect of using the staves in their physical form. Many of the letters of the English alphabet come directly from the Germanic Runes which were used for magic and spell casting and for causing ‘ruin’. Look at how many English letters you can identify from the Elder Futhark rune set.

Grammar or Grimoire? Goetia & Cymantics

The word “grammar” comes from grammars which were old Latin books on syntax and diction. The ancient magic books of Europe which contained instructions to summon demons were known as the Grimoires, French word for “grammar”. A “grimoire” or spellbook is a derivative of the french word “grammaire”. The pronunciation and sound of words affects the matter around us. The science of cymatics is the study of sound vibration on matter and it has been demonstrated with sand on plates that vibration caan cause geometric patterns. The ancient Goetia spellbooks were used for conjuring up demons and each demon had its own sigil and name.

“IT” & The Creature from the Subconscious “ID” Stephen King captured the hearts of America with the release of his blockbuster smash hit book, “It”. The video features the menacing face of a clown while the book reveals the clown’s head as a skull with stars in the eye sockets.

The video jacket reads:

“Your every fear – all in the deadly enemy. It can be anything, a fanged monster that won’t stay on the movie screen, something ominous lurking in the basement or around the next corner. No matter what your biggest fear is, no one knows IT better than Stephen King… The force takes the shape of a clown, but it isn’t clowning around. Instead, it terrorizes youngsters with their innermost fears, bringing them to untimely doom – until a group of wily neighborhood kids fight back. Thirty years later it resurfaces: meaner, angrier. And the friends who vividly remember the terrors of their youth reunite to make a desperate final stand against it.” In an interview, King admits he was possessed during the writing of the book.

Let “It”Be & Make “It”So Sigmund Freud, the father of psychology, invented a model of the psyche which contained three parts to the self: the ego (conscious mind), the superego (superconscious mind) and what he termed the “id” or the subconscious mind. This was the realm of our fears: scary monsters and demons.

This id was considered a sort of third person subsistent to the conscious and superconscious mind. Of course, we use the word “it” as a sort of third “person” as well in our use of speech. And, of course, subconsciously we have been programmed to accept the abbreviated “ID” as our identity. We unknowingly give power to this creature and help create “it” every day with our thought and speech. We watch the horor movie “It” by Stephen King and associate all our deep dark subconscious fears with “IT”. Likewise with the word “thing” (‘everything’. ‘anything’, and ‘nothing’ or no thing) and the use of ambiguous words such as ‘they’ (THEY live), ‘them’ (“If you can’t beat ’em join them”). We chant the chorus to the song Let It Be over and over again. And it’s no coincidence that IT is the acronym that has been curently assigned to the Information Technology field, or computers, for IT very well may be an artificial intelligence or computer.

For a detailed analysis and many more examples of “IT” please reference my page on this phenomenon. Extra! Extra! Click here to “read all about IT“. We really need to learn to speak with a more conscious language in mind, ever aware of how we think our thoughts in our minds and how we word our sentences!!

“S”- Lang Consider the English letter ‘S‘. First of all, it looks like a snake or serpent - one that has risen up and is ready to strike or if viewed from overhead it looks like one that is perhaps crawling along. In two-dimensional space, it looks like a sideways wave and in 3-D space it looks like a spiral, both paths that energy follows.

The letter ‘s’ is used in English to denote “possession”, which is Satan’s specialty, by placing it at the end of a word with an apostrophe. Plurality or the concept of multiplication or creation, is achieved by appending an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to a word. These two facts, coupled with the sheer number of words in our language means the ‘S’ sound is one of the most, if not single most, frequently uttered sounds in our speech. Although the vowels are used frequently, they have more than one sound associated with them, a long and short sound. There are probably more esses used in our speech than any other sound. Virtually every sentence we speak contains one or more of these hissing sounds. It would not be accurate to say we sound like hissing snakes when we speak, but our incessant hissing probably reminds us of it at some level subconsciously. Not only does the letter ‘S’ physically represent the snake or serpent, phonetically it even sounds like a snake!! It sounds exactly like the hissing sound a snake makes – sssssssss – when it “shakes” its tail. The word hiss even ends in a doubles. And, of course, the words snake and serpent are both s-words as well as Satan, who the Bible says took the form of a snake. He was said to have told mankind a secret - that man would not die if he ate of the fruit.

Of course, when you want to tell someone a secret you say, “pssssssst, come here…” or if you want to keep a secret you say “Shhhhhhhhhhhhh!!“. The dollar sign, $, is the standard symbol for English currency. Money is said to be the root of all evil. Not only does the ‘S’ look like a snake (Satan), and sound like a snake, which is known for shedding its skin, but nearly all words that begin with the letter ‘s’ have a negative connotation associated with them. That is why they can be considered s-words, or swords, because they can kill and injure like a sword. These s-words are a seal or stamp associated with Satan, Satan’s Slang or s-lang. The word lang is defined in the dictionary as an abbreviation for the word “language”. Satan, the snake or serpent also known as Set, slithers about striving to snatch, steal, or strip us of our souls or spirits and is obsessed with possessing or seizing them. He, or she, is subtle, sly, sneaky, slick, slippery, scaly, secretive, scary, spins, spirals or screws into your soul and possesses you and seizes your spirit. Speech is his peach and when we speak, Satan is at his peak as far as deception is concerned. The words “possesses”, “obsesses”, “seizes” contain a multiple s-sound and are words pertaining to control.

The word ess, which is defined as the pronunciation for the letter ‘s’, becomes the word esse when a silent ‘e’ is added. The word esse means “to be” which is where we get the word essence and the word essay which is sort of a written speech and comes from the Old French esai which means “to put to a test” which is what Satan did to Jesus in the wilder-ness. The suffix “-ness” also means a state of being, like loneliness or business. It’s interesting that the Loch Ness in Scotland is said to contain a serpent creature named “Nessie” which nests there. Yes, Satan certainly is a “Busy Ness” when it comes to the business world and show business. And he specializes in monkey business. One should keep this in mind before wishing for good-ness. A partial list of s-words: sun, shine, soul, spirit, Satan, Samael, Set, sin, serpent, snake, salamander, hisses, siren, spell, steal, scales, shed, skin, slither, slimy, slip, slide, shake, strike, scare, sly, sneak, stealth, secret, subtle, slash, slice, slay, slit, shoot, strip, smack, smite, sword, spook, possesses, obsesses, spin, screw, smell, say, speak, salacious, spiral, pssssssst, sssssssshhhh Shit! I, mean, Sheesh! It is not easy to think of positive s-words and double “ss” words are even worse. The swastika resembles two esses and the word ‘swastika’ has two of them in number.

The Nazis had the “SS” and the ‘ss’ logo which looked like lightening bolts. The far reaching extent in which the spell our language has cast on us can be seen in the every day usage of cliche. Our languages are saturated with what we like to call killer words and phrases because that’s what they do. Englishmen use the word bloody all the time… bloody well right, they do!!! Some women are considered drop dead gorgeous… and when they are dressed to kill, they are to die for. She was a dead ringer for Marilyn Monroe. If looks could kill they would because she will take your breath away. Wouldn’t you just kill for a date with her? Sometimes she really gets under my skin and burns me up, but if anyone tries to hurt her, they would have to go“over my dead body because I will punch their lights out if they get near her. I’m serious as a heart attack. I’m dead serious. She can be as mean as a snake at times, but she really knew how to kill ‘em with kindness. I was dead set for her. I could have just died right there. I mean, I felt like I had just died and gone to heaven.

Eat your heart out. She was a live wire, but at least I would go out in a blaze of glory. I don’t want to beat a dead horse, but she really took me for a ride. Of course, I wore my heart on my sleeve the whole time, but I was scared to death I might lose her because you really have to keep your eyes peeled to find a good one. Not to be a killjoy, but I’m dead to the world around most women, dead as a doorknob. Ok, that was overkill and painful to read, but it did make a point. Think about the terms we use when we wish good luck to others. “Break a leg, kid” or “Knock ‘em dead!” Or if someone borrows something from us we say, “Go ahead, knock yourself out.” Even time is not immune to our sadistic ways…”time to kill”, “just killing time”. Why do Christians conclude their prayers by invoking the name of an Egyptian deity, Amen, who had the body of a man and a ram’s head when Satan is depicted as a horned god having a goat’s head? Why does the American dollar bill (known as a buck) have an Egyptian pyramid on its reverse side accompanied by the Latin phrase “Anuuit Coeptis Novus Ordo Seclorum” which can be translated “Announcing the Birth of a New World Order”?

Why does the American military wear a chevron as an insignia patch when the word derives from the French word chevre, which means “goat”, and On, the Egyptian City of the Sun? If the word God traces back to the Indo-European root “ghut-” or the German “gott”, why does the changing of the vowel from a short sound to a long sound render the word “goat”? Why does Christmas, the birthday of the Son of God, coincide with the birthday of the Sun of God at the winter solstice, the three days when the sun is at its lowest point on the Southern Cross, appears to stand still for three days, and then rises or is born again? Is this why Easter is celebrated during the Spring Equinox when the East Star, the Sun, has risen? Why is Santa an anagram for Satan? What exactly does Old Nick really mean? And what is a jingle bell? Why do we have company and product names like Chevron, Capri Sun, Shiner Bock, Star Bucks, and Sears and Roebuck? What is a Sun Kist or a Star Kist? Why are sports contests called ball games and why do we idolize rock stars such as Kid Rock?

The genre of Horror films possesses other “creature features” with “It” in the title. There was “It Lives!”, “It Lives Again”, “It Came From the Sea”, “It Came From Outer Space”, and “It’s Alive!” which is the expression Doctor Frankenstein made famous when he brought his monster to life. From the time we were young, we have been told over and over again that IT is a scary creature that this association has become deeply embedded within the recesses of our mind. On the Adamms Family, Cousin Itt was a monster. Itt communicated via a high speed gibberish that only members of the Addams family seemed to understand. Cousin Itt’s voice was provided by sound-effects engineer Tony Magro, who created Itt’s garbled responses by mouthing gibberish into a tape recorder, with a “ppffft and a thhhhhttt” added for good measure, and then accelerating the tape’s recording speed.

The eyes have it. What do the eyes have? What or who is it? The eyes are the windows to the soul. In Saturday Night Live, Dana Carvey played the Church Lady who asked, “Could IT be… Satan?” That IT refers to Satan can seen in the phrase “when It rains, It pours.” Satan, the goat God, is also known as Pan, the Piper. The word gote, a variant spelling of goat, means a channel or pipe for water and comes from the Old English word geotan which means “to pour”! So when It reigns, It pours. When children play hide and seek, someone always has to be “it”. All the other children run and hide from whoever’s “it”. “It” then goes roaming around trying to find and capture whoever’s not “it”. When someone is found they are tagged as the new “it” - “Tag, you’re it!!”

The Beatles’ Paul McCartney said the idea for the song “Let it Be” came to him in a dream. He chants the line over and over and we all sing along almost willing it into existence. Every time the song is played on the radio, thousands and thousands are sending forth thought and sound vibrations into the air. We use the word “it” in our language over and over all the time. Could it be possible to manifest a creature from the id, or from the subconscious? Think of these songs: Bread’s “Make it with you”, The Scorpions “Make it Real”:

“…Make it real, not fantasy Did you ever have a secret yearning? Don’t you know it could come true? Now’s the time to set wheels turning To open up your life for you As you know there’s always good and evil Make your choice, Don’t be blind Open up your mind and don’t be trivial There’s a whole new world to find Make it real, not fantasy…” The Michael Jackson song “Who is it?” “…(Who is it?) It is a friend of mine (Who is it?) Is it my brother? (Who is it?) Somebody hurt my soul (Who is it?) I can’t take this stuff no more…” In this song, Michael explains who IT is: “Can you feel it in the air Ghosts be hiding everywhere I’m gonna be Exactly what you wanna see It’s you who’s haunting me You’re warning me To be the stranger In your life Am I amusing you Or just confusing you? Am I the beast You visualized? And if you wanna to see Eccentricities I’ll be grotesque Before your eyes Let them all materialize Is that scary for you, baby Am I scary for you, oh Is it scary for you, baby Is it scary for you?” How about songs like Mariah Carey’s Make It Happen or Bread’s Make It with You? Star Trek’s Captain Picard says “Make it so.” Nike inundates us with the “Just Do It” slogan and the swoosh logo.

People do things “just for the hell of it”. Believe it. Keep it real. To hell with it!!! Keep it up. Let it ride. Pass it on. Get with it. Are you with it? Go for it. Hop to it. Bring it on. Get it together. Play it again, Sam. There’s something to it. Check it out. Figure it out. I love it!! When someone dies, “I guess that was it”. Live it up. Let it go. Do you get it? i get it! How’s it going? It’s going good! How’s it hanging? Don’t let it end. Who can it be now? It’s a wonderful life (the ‘i deal’ life). Let’s make it last. You’ve got it made. Give it a try. Grin and bear it. It just so happens. Leave it alone. Give it a rest. How sweet it is. It’s what you make it. I can see it in your eyes. Get it together. What is it? Get over it. The devil made me do it. Whatever it takes. Now you see it, now you don’t. Cut it out. Whoomp, there it is. I’m not going to stand for it. Take it away boys. It looks so real. Say it ain’t so. Give it up. It could happen to you. It can’t be true (it always lies). I can feel it in my bones. It’s a mystery. Give it everything you’ve got. It’s all in your head. I can’t get it out of my head. It’s in the way that you use it. Get it, got it? Good. Could it be? Don’t even try it. Sit on it.

The Energizer bunny took the world by storm in one of the best advertising campaigns in history. The slogan which was for batteries that create energy was “It keeps going and going…” and became a household phrase for many years. Alka Seltzer encourages us to “Try it, you’ll like it!” Compaq asks the question, “Has it changed your life yet?” And American Express admonishes us to “Don’t Leave Home without It.” The company Sobe had this ad on their web site encouraging us to “get it up” and to “keep it up”.

The Lexicon of Love

we all “fall” inlove sometimes blinded by love from make up to break up love is the drug i got a crush on you i just died in your arms tonight crazy for you dying to be with you hurts so bad i gave her my heart smitten swoon addicted to love take my breath away i’m lost without your love breaking up is hard to do you put a spell on me, under her spell, spellbound love hurts, love bites, love stinks, lovestruck baby lovefool lovegame love is a battlefield drunk in love stole/captured my heart/soul dazed and confused cupid shoots an arrow through the heart poison arrow why do fools fall in love how can you men a “broken heart” heartbreak hotel heartbreaker unbreak my heart heart skips a beat heart attack killer looks over the moon all’s fair in love and war 50% marriages end in divorce To read more articles on similar and related topics, visit Omnithough.org

"Don’t Repeat That To Anybody" - Hillary Clinton And Donna Brazile Personally Implicated + The Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen October 28 2016 | From: Zerohedge / PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Last week, Jame O'keefe and Project Veritas Action potentially altered the course of the U.S. election, or at a minimum raised serious doubts about the practices of the Clinton campaign and the DNC, after releasing two undercover videos that revealed efforts of democrat operatives to incite violence at republican rallies and commit "mass voter fraud."

While democrats have vehemently denied the authenticity of the videos, two democratic operatives, Robert Creamer and Scott Foval, have both been forced to resign over the allegations. Related: Rigged: Twelve Ways the Two-Party Tyranny Rigs the US Electoral System to Block Out Independents, Small Parties, and 70% of the Eligible Voters Many democrats made the rounds on various mainstream media outlets over the weekend in an attempt to debunk the Project Veritas videos. Unfortunately for them, O'Keefe fired back with warnings that part 3 of his multi-part series was forthcoming and would implicate Hillary Clinton directly.

Now, we have the 3rd installment of O'Keefe's videos which does seemingly reveal direct coordination between Hillary Clinton, Donna Brazile, Robert Creamer and Scott Foval to organize a smear campaign over Trump's failure to release his tax returns.

Per Project Veritas:

"Part III of the undercover Project Veritas Action investigation dives further into the back room dealings of Democratic politics. It exposes prohibited communications between Hillary Clinton’s campaign, the DNC and the non-profit organization Americans United for Change. And, it’s all disguised as a duck. In this video, several Project Veritas Action undercover journalists catch Democracy Partners founder directly implicating Hillary Clinton in FEC violations. “In the end, it was the candidate, Hillary Clinton, the future president of the United States, who wanted ducks on the ground,” says Creamer in one of several exchanges. “So, by God, we would get ducks on the ground.” It is made clear that high-level DNC operative Creamer realized that this direct coordination between Democracy Partners and the campaign would be damning when he said: “Don’t repeat that to anybody.” Within the video both Clinton and Brazile are directly implicated by Creamer during the following exchange:

"The duck has to be an Americans United for Change entity. This had to do only with some problem between Donna Brazile and ABC, which is owned by Disney, because they were worried about a trademark issue. That's why. It's really silly. We originally launched this duck because Hillary Clinton wants the duck. In any case, so she really wanted this duck figure out there doing this stuff, so that was fine. So, we put all these ducks out there and got a lot of coverage. And Trump taxes. And then ABC/Disney went crazy because they thought our original slogan was 'Donald ducks his taxes, releasing his tax returns." They said it was a trademark issue. It's not, but anyway, Donna Brazile had a connection with them and she didn't want to get sued. So we switched the ownership of the duck to Americans United for Change and now our signs say 'Trump ducks releasing his tax returns.' And we haven't had anymore trouble." As Project Veritas points out, this direct coordination between Clinton, Brazile and Americans United For Change is a violation of federal election laws:

"The ducks on the ground are likely 'public communications' for purposes of the law. It's political activity opposing Trump, paid for by Americans United For Change funds but controlled by Clinton/her campaign." Here is the full video just released:

As a reminder, below are parts 1 & 2 of the Project Veritas series in case you missed them. Video 1 revealed DNC efforts to incite violence at Trump rallies:

Video 2 provided the democrat playbook on how to committ "mass voter fraud":

The Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen

Over the course of its history, the New York Times has reported on many American elections that have been rigged or stolen or are suspected of having been being rigged or stolen. For example, as a supporter of the black civil rights movement, the NY Times has many stories in its archives of elections rigged by disenfranchisement of black voters.

But this was when the NY Times was an independent voice before it became a whore for the Oligarchs who rule America. When the NY Times reported that black Americans could have no confidence in the integrity of American elections, the NY Times did not denounce itself for delegitimizing American democracy. Related: What Is At Stake In The Election - Paul Craig Roberts The NY Times forgot all of this when it published Max Fisher’s article yesterday. Fisher fished up “scholars” among the Hillary advocates, and they obligingly told him that Trump’s questioning of the integrity of American elections were the tactics of a would-be dictator who is at work delegitimizing democracy so that he can take over. What Fisher and his “scholars” overlook is that the US government is already delegitimized in the eyes of the American population, as well as foreign populations. If the US government was not already delegitimized, Donald Trump would not have been successful in what, despite Trump’s damnation by the presstitutes, was an easy sweep-aside of the Establishment’s candidates for the Republican presidential nomination.

Aerial photos show how downtown Detroit has been turned into a tiny urban island, surrounded by abandoned housing blocks

The US government is delegitimized, not only in the eyes of Americans, but also in the eyes of most of the world. Millions of Americans have lost their jobs, their careers, their hopes, because corrupt bought-and-paid-for-Washington enabled Globalism to send the futures of the American people to China and India. Millions of Americans lost their homes, because the corrupt Federal Reserve came down on the side of five “banks too big to fail” at the expense of the American people. Millions of Americans along with much of the world know that the US government has been slaughtering millions of peoples in seven countries based on lies, wasting not only countries and the lives of millions of peoples, but trillions of American dollars that Americans needed for their welfare. Saddam Hussein had no weapons of mass destruction. Assad did not use chemical weapons. Gaddafi was innocent of all the absurd charges that Washington used to destroy Libya, a country that had the most progressive social system on earth. Russia did not invade Ukraine. The Taliban had nothing whatsoever to do with 9/11. Yet countries are in ruins because of Washington’s war crimes justified by transparent lies. If the NY Times does not know this, the organization is too stupid to justify its existence. Of course the Times knows it. But the NY Times is no longer a newspaper. It is a cog in the Ministry of Propaganda that works to create a Matrix in which brainwashed Americans accept the dictates of the Oligarchs.

The purpose of the Times’ article is to discredit in advance criticism of an election that the ruling Oligarchs intend to steal. If the Times believed that Hillary would have a clear election victory, there would be no point to Fisher’s article. We see voluminous signs of the intended theft of the election. For example, Hillary’s lead in the polls is based on the pollsters skewing the affiliation of those polled to Democrats. The percentage of Democrats in the samples is far higher than their percentage of registered voters. Related: This Is How WaPo's Latest Poll Gave Hillary A 12 Point Advantage Over Trump It the past it was difficult to steal elections unless they were very close. Exit polls were a check on vote count, and the disenfranchisement of blacks could be risky if it attracted the attention of the US Department of Justice. The new method, which is unfolding before our eyes, steals the election in advance with the Oligarchs’ candidate far ahead in the polls (now by 12 points according to the latest fiction) and by making anyone who questions the faked results into a fascist dictator.

Obviously, if Hillary was really ahead by 12 points - a landslide - there would be no need for Fisher’s article or for the constant drumbeat against Trump.

Judging from the hysteria, as reflected in Fisher’s NY Times article, for example, the Oligarchs are aware that objections to their rule have elevated Trump. In order to hold on to power, the American Oligarchs must smash Trump and put their bought-and-paid-for-candidate, Hillary - whom the Oligarchs have provided along with Bill a personal fortune of $120 million and endowed the Clinton Foundation with $1,600 million - into the Oval Office. Pollsters by nature of their business are unreliable. If truthful results offend the establishment political organizations, the pollsters are out of work. Polls have to serve the Oligarchs or the polling firms go down. Trump is an outsider toward whom the ruling Oligarchy is totally opposed, which is why Americans support him. Therefore, polling firms are adverse to betting their future on poll results favorable to Trump, especially when the whores who constitute the American print and TV media, such as the NY Times, are all out to put Hillary in the White House. As Hillary’s public statements have made clear, Hillary is antagonistic toward Russia and the Russian government, calling the president of Russia “the new Hitler.” She promises conflict with Russia, which would certainly be nuclear and end life on earth.

Trump says in the face of contrary ruling neoconservative opinion that he sees no point in conflict with Russia and no point in NATO’s continued existence a quarter century after the purpose of NATO collapsed with the Soviet Union. Trump might not be successful in appointing a government that serves his instincts, but at least he gives us hope of avoiding military conflict with Russia and China. With Hillary there is no hope whatsoever. My opinion is that the world would not survive Hillary’s first term. I have known the neoconservatives since the 1970s. They are crazed fanatics, and they hate Russia. Hillary is their agent. It is unclear that the Russian government understands, or takes seriously, the neoconservative ideology of US world hegemony. Putin’s hesitant, indecisive behavior in Syria has done more to set himself and Russia up for demonization than to defeat ISIS. Related: By Cooperating With Washington On Syria Russia Walked Into A Trap The Western world is corrupt and evil. The list of its victims is almost endless. What disconnect makes some Russians desire association with the Western world?

How the Media and Democrats Rig the Perception of Trump Democratic heads roll after video shows agitators planted at Trump rallies

The Orchestrated Trump-Putin Connection Leaked emails prove that the Trump-Putin connection was orhestrated as campaign talk to deflect attention from damaging content of Clinton’s released emails. ‘Slaughter Donald for Putin bromance’: #Podesta15 emails reveal ISIS strategy diversion for Clinton

Integrity Of US Elections Among Lowest Of All Countries According to Shyla Nelson, the co-founder of Election Justice USA, US elections are manipulated in many ways, including «voter suppression, unauthorized registration purges, district gerrymandering, gross exit poll variances, the privatization of voting machinery, and the lack of transparency in ballot processing – our elections will continue to rank among the lowest in the world in integrity.

US elections are so corrupt that the US has threatened Russian diplomats with arrest if they attempt to monitor the US November presidential election. US Gives Another Reason to Believe Its Democracy Is Deeply Flawed

Bill Clinton’s Rape Victims (the ones we know about) Juanita isn't the only one: Bill Clinton's long history of sexual violence against women dates back some 30 years But we must not tolerate Trump’s lewd comments. Bill and Hillary are lawless because they have never been held accountable. As the justice system has given Hillary a pass, will voters hold her accountable in November, or will the American public also give her a pass?

Hillary Has Never Been Held Accountable For Anything What is worse, Hillary laughing about her success in getting a child rapist off or Trump’s lewd comments about women? Why is it that the TV women can’t come up with the right answer? How can democracy function when a propaganda ministry takes the place of the media? 'I never trusted a polygraph again': Hillary Clinton LAUGHS in 30-year-old interview as she recalls how she helped a suspected child rapist walk free after the prosecution lost crucial evidence Exclusive: ‘Hillary Clinton Took Me Through Hell,’ Rape Victim Says

A Comparison of Trump’s and Hillary’s Crowds Trump’s crowds are hundreds of times larger than Hillary’s, so how is it that she is in the lead? We are being told lies in order to cover up the coming election theft. Donald Trump vs. Hillary Clinton Rally Crowds

Poll of Likely Voters Finds 53% Want Hillary Indicted If 53% of voters want Hillary indicted, how can she be leading in the presidential race? Which of the polls is wrong? Most Americans want Hillary indicted for email scandal – poll

Rigged Elections Are An American Tradition Rigged Elections Are An American Tradition

Trump's Speech to the New World Order

Related Articles: SHOCKING Report Documents Massive Election Theft by the Democrats Former Ohio Governor Triggered By Questions About Voter Fraud Putin Just Exposed US Election Rigging By Trolling The State Dept. In The Most Hilarious Way 'Rigged' Debates? Questions Arise Again Over Lighted Screen At Hillary's Podium New Podesta Email Exposes Playbook For Rigging Polls Through "Oversamples" Trump: Democrats Are Rigging The Polls Media Rigging Polls To Suppress Voter Turnout! Proof Media Is Working For Hillary To Steal The Election New Wikileaks Confirm Media Rigging Polls For Hillary Clinton Campaign Admits Making False Claims Against Trump How To Stop Election Fraud Destroying Election Integrity By Executive Order ‘Calibration error’ changes GOP votes to Dem in Illinois county North Carolina voters report voting machines switching their votes to GOP candidate Voting Machine in Chicago Switches Republican Votes into Democratic Votes After Obama Attacked Trup, Trump Pulled Out His Secret Weapon & Shot Back Texas County Switches to Paper Ballots after Electronic Voting Glitches Top Clinton Ally Caught Accepting $20k Foreign Donation More Reports of Votes Flipping From Trump to Clinton in Texas Video: Hillary Supporters Beg For Election Fraud Trump Warns Of ‘Vote Flipping’ On Machines ABC Poll Oversamples Dems by 9%, Claims Hillary Leading Ignoring The Law To Rig Elections

Donald Trump Has Won The 2016 Presidential Election

Donald Trump Lays Out Historic Plan For First 100 Days In Office: End Corruption, Stop The Crooks In Washington And Unleash Economic Abundance For America October 27 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Various

For anybody who is still dopey enough to swallow the Cabal's embarassingly desperate Hillary Clinton propaganda that is being heaved about by the pathetic Western mainstream meda, this is going to be one hell of a wake up call...

Donald J. Trump just delivered an historic speech that lays out his plan for the first 100 days in office. [These statements have the establishment Cabal in a mad panic]. Related: Donald Trump Exposes Globalist Control & Criminal Clintons Live In Florida Speech + All-Out Effort To Destroy Trump Proves He's Not Part Of The Establishment Highlights are listed here. Actual quotes from Donald Trump:

"The system is totally rigged and broken."

"The dishonest mainstream media is a major part of this corruption. They lie and fabricate stories to make a candidate that is not their preferred choice look as bad and as dangerous as possible.... They're trying desperately to suppress my vote and the voice of the American people... They're trying to poison the mind of the American voter."

"If they can fight somebody like me, who has unlimited resources, just imagine what they can do to YOU...'

"The rigging of the system is designed for one reason: to keep the corrupt establishment and the special interests in power at your expense."

"We will never solve our problems by relying on the same politicians who created these problems in the first place. Hillary Clinton is running against all the American people..."

"[This 100-day plan is] a contract between Donald J. Trump and the American voter... to bring honestly, accountability change to Washington D.C."

"We will drain the swamp in Washington D.C. and replace it with a new government of, by and for the People."

"This is my pledge to you. If we follow these steps, we will once more have a government of, by and for the people. We will make America great again."

This Video Could Win The Election For Trump

A. Six Groundbreaking Political Reforms that Will End Corruption in Washington 1. A constitutional amendment to impose term limits on all members of Congress. 2. A hiring freeze on all federal employees, exempting military, public safety and public health. 3. A requirement that for every new federal regulations, two existing regulations must be eliminated. "Regulations are killing our country and our jobs..." 4. A five year ban on White House and congressional officials becoming lobbyists after they leave government. service. 5. A lifetime ban on White House officials lobbying on behalf of a foreign government. 6. A complete ban on foreign lobbyists raising money for American elections.

Former FBI Assistant Director Endorses Trump “Our Constitution is At Stake!” James Kallstrom, former Assistant Director of the FBI offered a passionate endorsement of Trump on Stuart Varney’s show this week. He’s deeply concerned about the direction our country is going in. Here’s a partial transcript: Ex-FBI Assistant Director Makes First-Ever Political Endorsement for Trump With Emotional Plea to America

"I’m endorsing Donald Trump. I’ve know him 40 years. I’ve never endorsed a candidate. He’s a good human being. He’s a generous person.

He’s got a big heart. He’s done hundreds and hundreds of things for people without fanfare. He’s a good guy. He’s a patriot of this country. And regardless of what he says, his acts show that he is not that person. He’s been in this Hollywood crowd that talks like that, a lot of people talk like that.” “He doesn’t do these things. He’s a good guy. I’ve known his family from the time they were kids. Look at his children. Could you find a better family than he brought up in this country?”

He is not a fan of Hillary Clinton.

He's absolutely right. This election really is that serious.

B. Seven Actions to Protection American Workers 1. Totally renegotiate NAFTA, "one of the first deals out country has ever made." 2. Announce withdrawal from the TPP, "a potential disaster for our country." 3. Direct the Secretary of the Treasury to label China a currency manipulator. "What they have done to us by playing [with] currency is very sad... I blame our politicians for letting this take place." 4. Direct the Secretary of Commerce to identity all foreign trading abuses that unfairly impact American workers, and to use "every tool" under American law to end those abuses. 5. Lift restrictions on production of $50 trillion worth of job-producing American energy reserves, including shale, oil, natural gas and clean coal. "And we will put our miners back to work." 6. Lift Obama / Clinton roadblocks that allow this vital energy infrastructure projects to go forward. "We're going to allow the Keystone pipeline ... to move forward." 7. Will cancel billions in payments to UN climate change programs and use the money to fix America's water and environmental infrastructure.

Jon Voight Just Destroyed Hillary Clinton, George Soros, and Robert Deniro Jon Voight has a message that every American needs to hear, and it is all about how important this election is. And trust me, folks, he didn’t hold ANYTHING back! In his “Plea to save America”, Voight tackles all the biggest issues facing America including: Dangerous Refugees, Obama’s failed Presidency, No Jobs , Robert De Niro being a Hillary shill, Freedom of religion under attack, George Soros selling Jews to Nazis, and Hillary Making the Supreme Court Socialist And that list is just the half of it folks. Trust me when I say, you just gotta see this one for yourself…

See what I mean? Pretty great rant if you ask me. Plus, it’s good to see at least 1 major A-list actor supporting Donald Trump this election (sorry Scott Baio). I guess Hillary’s money doesn’t buy off everyone.

So thank you, Jon Voight, for believing in America enough to put yourself and your career at risk to make a difference. We hope more Americans can be inspired by the great work you do. Related: 'May God protect the real truth and may Donald Trump win this presidency': Jon Voight issues 'plea to save America' and lashes out at Robert De Niro AGAIN

C. Five actions to restore security and constitutional rule of law in America 1. Cancel every unconstitutional executive order and action issued by Obama. 2. Begin the process of selecting a replacement for Justice Scalia. 3. Cancel all federal funding for sanctuary cities. 4. Remove two million criminal illegal immigrants from the country, and cancel visas to foreign countries that won't take them back. 5. Suspend immigration from terror prone regions where vetting cannot safetly occur.

Donald Trump vs. Hillary Clinton Rally Crowds

D. Substantial tax policy changes that will create jobs, simplify tax forms and reduce taxes on the middle class by up to 35% 1. Reduce taxes for the middle class. "The largest tax reductions are for the middle class... they have been forgotten. The middle class family with two children will get ... a 35% tax cut." 2. The number of tax brackets will be reduced from 7 to 3. Tax forms will be greatly simplified. 3. The business rate will be lowered from 35% to 15% and the trillions of dollars in corporate money overseas will be brought back at a 10% rate. (This will allow businesses to invest in American operations that will create millions of new jobs.) 4. End the offshoring act, establish tariffs to discourage companies from laying off their workers and relocating to foreign countries. Side comment: We are going to work on fixing the VA hospital problem. "We have illegal immigrants that are treated far better than our veterans."

Donald Trump Roasts Hillary Clinton Donald Trump just beat Hillary Clinton right where it hurts tonight. This video needs to be seen by everyone. Seriously. This video will go down in history. Donald Trump walked out on stage and said something that will change the election forever!

E. Donald Trump's Proposed Acts for Serious Reform

1. Infrastructure Reinvestment Act would restore investment in our domestic infrastructure (bridges, roads, water systems). 2. School Choice and Education Opportunity Act will give parents the right to send their child to the schools of their choice. "We're going to end Common Core and bring education supervision to local communities... Our current system is not working." We will expand vocational and technical education, and make 2- and 4-year colleges more affordable. 3. Repeal and Replace Obamacare Act: Fully repeal Obamacare and replace it with health savings accounts. The ability to purchase health insurance across state lines (to create competition), and let states manage Medicaid funds. Reforms will include cutting the red tape at the FDA. We want to speed the approval of lifesaving medications. 4. Affordable Childcare and Elder Care Act would allow caregivers to deduct care costs from their taxes. Creates tax free dependent care savings accounts. 5. End Illegal Immigration Act: Fully funds the construction of a wall on our southern border, with the understanding that the country of Mexico will be reimbursing the United States for the full cost. Establishes 2-4 year mandatory prison sentences for those illegally re-entering the USA if they have multiple prior deportations or felony convictions. 6. Restoring Community Safety Act: Creates a task force on violent crime, increases funding for programs to train and assist local police. "Put violent offenders behind bars or out of our country..." 7. Restoring National Security Act: Rebuilds our military by eliminating the defense sequester and expanding military investment. "Peace through strength... we need a strong military." It also provides our veterans with the ability to receive public VA treatment or visit a private doctor of their choice. Additional comment: "We are going to protect our vital infrastructure from cyber attack." 8. Clean up Corruption in Washington Act: Enact new ethics reforms to reduce corrupting influence of special interests and donors. Stay informed at Trump.news and Newstarget.com

Watch the Full Speech Here: Donald Trump Delivers Historic Speech in Gettysburg, PA 10/22/16

Related: Trump could be First in History to Win all 50 States according to Linguistic Genius

Related Articles: Trump Cleveland Rally Has 1.7 MILLION Views – Hillary Cleveland Rally has 3,825 Views Mainstream Media Losing Power to Stop Trump THE WIKILEAKS LIST: At Least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting / Coordinating Offline with Top Hillary Advisors Statement on Hillary Clinton’s Deliberate Incitement of Violence at Trump Rallies Media plotting with Clinton operatives to gun down democrats and blame it on Trump At Trump Rally In PA, “WOMEN FOR TRUMP” Signs Are Everywhere! Man Behind Brexit Issues Warning For America

Why The Nobel Peace Prize Is A Complete Joke October 27 2016 | From: TrueActivist

Numerous war criminals, such as Barack Obama and Henry Kissinger, have won the Nobel Peace Prize over the years, which seems fitting as Alfred Nobel himself was known as “the merchant of

death”.

2016 Nobel Peace Prize Winner, Colombian President Juan Manuel Santos, and 2009 Nobel Peace Prize Winner, US President Barack Obama have both been responsible for tens of thousands of civilian deaths

Since its founding in 1901, the Nobel Peace Prize has ostensibly been the most prestigious international award recognizing those who have done “the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses.” However, the Norwegian committee, which chooses the peace prize winner annually, uses no formal definition of “peace” and has been criticized for the politicizing the award numerous times. Peace certainly was not a forté of Alfred Nobel, the Swedish arms dealer who created the prizes which bear his name. Nobel invented dynamite in 1867 and was the owner of Bofors AB, a steel producer that Nobel transformed into a major manufacturer of cannons and other weapons. Today, what remains of Bofors is owned by Saab AB and United Defense Industries. His reputation during his lifetime was so notorious that newspapers labeled him “the merchant of death” due to the massive wealth he received;

"Finding ways to kill more people faster than ever before.” Perhaps, it is no surprise then that the Nobel “Peace” Prize has been awarded to several war criminals over the course of its 115-year history. Past winners of the Nobel Peace Prize include Henry Kissinger, former US secretary of State as well as Shimon Peres, a “founding father” of Israel who was largely responsible for their covert nuclear program.

Peres

Kissinger’s award was especially controversial as two members of the Nobel committee resigned in protest. Kissinger received the award in 1973 alongside Le Duc Tho, of North Vietnam, for the “peace” agreement ending the Vietnam War. Le Duc Tho refused to accept the award alongside Kissinger, claiming that the peace agreement was a sham. Kissinger, that same year, had organized a bloody coup in Chile, which overthrew the democratically elected president Salvador Allende and replaced him with brutal dictator Augusto Pinochet, who went on to rule for 17 years. This year’s winner of the Nobel peace prize, Colombian President Juan Manuel Santos, is the head of one of Colombia’s wealthiest families and, as president, has overseen the genocide of Colombia’s largest indigenous group, the Wayuú. This genocide has resulted in the death of 14,000 children in only 5 years.

Pinochet

Yet, the peace prize winner whose actions have most flagrantly belittled all that the prize purports to stand for is current US president Barack Obama. In 2009, Obama was awarded the prize for Obama’s promotion of nuclear nonproliferation and for Obama’s “outreach” to the Muslim world. Even Obama expressed that he felt undeserving of the award and used his acceptance speech to promote the decidedly Orwellian idea of a “just war.” Obama’s “outreach” to the Muslim world has since materialized in the form relentless bombing campaigns in 7 Muslim countries, which have caused tens of thousands of civilian casualties, as well as the rise of terror groups such as ISIS and Al-Nusra, which have benefited handsomely from US arms deals.

In addition, Obama’s “promotion” of nuclear nonproliferation resulted in Obama’s plan – announced this January – to “modernize” the US nuclear arsenal at a cost of $1 trillion over the next 30 years as well as the likelihood of nuclear war with Russia higher than ever. Obama has also overseen the country’s largest arms deal with Saudi Arabia, funder of ISIS and murderer of Yemeni civilians, with over $115 billion arms sold over his 8 years as president. It seems that Obama, perhaps more than any other questionable recipient of the award, fully displays the schizophrenic nature of the Nobel Peace Prize – the public promotion of peace alongside a dark, sinister history of promoting and profiting from war.

Why Children Hate School + Digital Media And Kids: How Much Is Too Much? October 25 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / TheConversation

Children come out of the womb with an inborn desire to better understand themselves and the world they live in - they desire to explore new perspectives, to discover different realities and make sense of existence.

But why is it that later on, once they become school students , most children begin to lose interest in learning? Why do children feel bored in classroom, are uninterested in reading books, and in general hate school? These are some questions that I am going to answer here, with the aim to shed some light on the negative aspects of our current education system and provide suggestions on how it can be improved for the benefit of the new generations and hence the future of humanity.

Suppressing Children Through Schooling When I was a school student, I was feeling very unhappy. I wanted to spend my time outside in nature and play with other children, but I was forced to stay for hours upon hours every day in a small classroom where play was out of question. I wanted to express myself through art and sports, but I was made to sit down learning maths, history, and other things that I couldn’t care less about learning at that age. I wanted to communicate my thoughts and emotions with my peers, but I was told not to talk or move unless I was given permission first. What I loved doing, I was not allowed to do, and what I hated doing, I was forced to do. No wonder I was so unhappy. In most places around the world, school is a very traumatic experience for the majority of children. Children from a very young age are sent to school, whether they like it or not.

There they usually have to be confined in a room for 6 to 8 hours every weekday (except on holidays) for about 12 years of their life, to obey to rules, to follow orders and to learn things they are not interested in. What children truly want is to have fun, to play, to communicate and form social connections, to explore the great outdoors, to ponder and create - and barely any of those things they are allowed to do in school. School, as you can understand, is suppressing children in all sorts of ways, which is turning their life into an ongoing hellish experience. So how can children not hate school? It’s only natural that they do.

Education as Indoctrination Although school is supposed to be the place where children learn to think and become wiser individuals, in reality school is preventing them from developing their critical thinking. At school, an authority figure (i.e. teacher) is hired to have students unquestionably accept and repeat in a parrot-like fashion what they are being taught by him/her. Those students who do so are rewarded with good grades, while those who choose to think for themselves are being punished with bad grades or by being expelled from school. I remember once, when I was a high school student, I took the courage to openly disagree with the opinions of my religion teacher. She was teaching a class on world’s religions, but being Christian herself, she provided us students with biased information. She would do her best to talk in a negative way about all other religions in order to prove the superiority of Christianity.

And it's not just a dig at Christianity. All religions do the same thing.

When I presented her with some solid arguments against the Christian dogma, she soon afterwards started to treat me as a bad student, by giving me lower grades and talking to me in a disrespectful manner. All I tried to do was to raise questions and use critical thinking, but to her that meant questioning God, which she thought is an inappropriate thing to do. At school, students are not taught how to think, but what to think, and the difference between the two is tremendous. Instead of learning how to utilize logic and come to their own conclusions through critical thinking, school is stunting their intelligence by filling their minds with information that they have to accept on belief alone. Not surprisingly, once students graduate from school, they are so indoctrinated that they cannot make intelligent choices in life and deal with the challenges they encounter along their life’s journey.

Rethinking Our Education System If we don’t want our children to be mindless automatons, we need to start thinking differently about our education system. We need to start searching for ways to help children grow into conscious, healthy beings, instead of repressing their

emotions and killing their intelligence - which is what schooling is currently doing. In order for this to happen, however, we first need to realize what the true meaning of education is.

Education is not passing exams in order to get a certificate and find a well-paying job - it is cultivating the mind and spirit in order to find health, happiness and peace. Education is not the imposition of opinions and ideologies of the elder on the youth - it is mastering the art of thinking critically and acquiring the ability to process emerging information. Education is not memorizing knowledge - it is developing understanding and learning how to put knowledge into practice. Up until now, the role of school has been to force students to fit into the mould of what we consider normal living.

To be normal in our sick society means to do work that we hate doing, to doubt ourselves and be afraid to think for ourselves, to blindly believe in dogmas, to bend down in submission to authority and follow orders - in short, to live a life of ignorance and pain. It’s about time we realize that school’s function should not be to adjust children into an unhealthy society, but to help create a healthy society instead, starting from the children themselves, who will form the future of our civilization. The purpose of schooling should be to provide children with the tools that will enable them to develop to their full potential on multiple levels- emotional, intellectual and spiritual. School should give children the freedom to express themselves, evolve their talents and assist them in the creative process of acquiring essential practical knowledge and skills. Most importantly, school should be the place where the needs of children are being understood, accepted, and taken care of, so that children can grow their wings of consciousness that will allow them to chase their dreams. Then, children will no longer hate school, but, on the contrary, love it and embrace the learning experience it offers.

Digital Media And Kids: How Much Is Too Much? Any time a new technology is introduced, it disrupts values, routines and behaviors. This goes back well before the printing press replaced oral histories or the telephone replaced face-to-face

conversations, but is evident today in our regular habits of checking our smartphones for notifications.

Kids are growing up with the expectation of auto-playing streaming videos and having access to our phones when we need them to be quiet. Human anxieties about these changes can take years to resolve, as we slowly figure out how to control the technology to meet our values and needs, rather than being controlled by it. With the rapid pace at which new digital products and services are being developed, parents report feeling particularly overwhelmed. They fear missing out on what benefits tech might hold for their families, yet don’t fully trust that electronic devices and apps are designed or marketed with their child’s best interests in mind. We doctors used to urge parents to discourage media use under age two, and to limit kids’ use to two hours a day, at most. But we have now arrived at a more nuanced understanding of the various ways in which children use digital tools. Through review of the updated science, interviews and focus groups with parents from diverse backgrounds, and our own clinical experience, we are now recommending that parents use media as a teaching tool – a way to connect and create – instead of just to consume.

As a developmental behavioral pediatrician, parent of two young boys and lead author of the new American Academy of Pediatrics policy statement “Media and Young Minds,” I hope to help parents shape tech use in their homes based on their human ideals and values.

Main Principles to Keep in Mind This new policy statement represents the best medical research and academic scholarship about electronic media and health and development of children from birth through age five. Along with the associated family media-use planning website, it focuses on how parents can use electronic media together with their young children to encourage family connection, learning and digital literacy skills, in several ways:

1. We emphasize teaching children that media use means more than just entertainment. It can also involve connecting with others: Videochatting, for example, is fine at any age, although infants need their parents’ help to understand it. Another great use is for creating and learning together – letting the child take photos and record videos or songs, as well as looking up craft ideas. We hope parents will feel comfortable seeing digital media as a tool to meet their parenting needs, and not the thing-in-itself that controls us or our children through the attention economy or gamification.

2. As far as entertainment, we recommend trusted content producers such as Sesame Workshop and PBS Kids, who design apps with the child’s and parent’s needs in mind. There is also Common Sense Media, a great site for finding information on digital products and answering any tech-related parenting question you can imagine.

3. We recommend having unplugged spaces and times of day so that both parent and child can play, be bored, or talk without distraction or feeling a need to to multitask.

4. We ask parents to test apps and watch videos with their children to determine if they are good fits for their child’s temperament, rather than letting the child make all of these choices. Parents are the best people to decide whether a particular app or video is appropriate for the child’s current stage of development and knowledge. 5. Parents should not feel pressure to introduce their children to technology early in life for the sake of seeking a competitive advantage. Kids will catch up when they are older or in school. But, if parents want to introduce media early, the youngest age we recommend is 18 months. At that age, it’s important to note, parents must play or view along with the child for there to be any educational benefit, such as learning new words. Otherwise, that expensive tablet may just be a portable TV or cause-and-effect toy.

Time Limits and Rules Remain Important

We still recommend time limits (one hour of entertainment media per day – which does not include videochatting, taking pictures, using with parents as a learning tool and the like) and rules, for several reasons. First, pediatricians are trained to be child advocates, making us naturally protective. In our day-to-day experiences with families in clinics, we see children having difficulties with sleep, obesity, school, relationships or behavior that appear to be intertwined with problematic media habits. We hear parents asking for concrete guidance from us about the role digital devices might play in their families’ lives. They want to know what to let their child watch and how much of it.

They ask about how to make sure their child can be tech-savvy without ending up in a position where the child prefers and will choose digital play to the exclusion of other important activities. Parents also tell us that they don’t want their child to be spoon-fed information by online media. In addition, they’re concerned about apps determining their child’s play ideas. And they want help finding alternative activities to really encourage the creativity, persistence, and cognitive and social-emotional skills kids need to flourish in school. Overall, the research still shows that excessive media use is associated with poorer sleep, higher obesity risk and developmental outcomes such as poor executive function (the “boss” of our brain that helps us focus, control impulses and plan), so we want parents to prioritize unplugged, social and unstructured play as much as possible. Parents have always been interpreters of the world for young children. If kids are to grow up with a healthy concept of what digital tools are and how to use them effectively, creatively and kindly, we need to teach them.

This means both guiding them directly and modeling with our own behavior from the very start. The longer-term goal is to raise kids who see us, their parents, as guides when they encounter weird stuff online or have negative interactions on social media. We want to raise kids who don’t react to negative emotions by spewing out their feelings - sometimes at others’ expense online, nor binge on videos or games. We want to raise kids with good sleep habits, healthy bodies, a variety of interests and curiosity about the world, who feel good about their learning and their relationships, both on and offline. We hope our new guidance can help us all - parents, medical professionals and children alike - achieve that.

Obama Decries 'Wild West' [Independent] Media Landscape October 16 2016 | From: Yahoo

President Barack Obama on Thursday decried America's "wild, wild west" media environment for allowing conspiracy theorists a broad platform and destroying a common basis for debate.

Comment: Oh my, the establishment are having a wee cry now. They are not in carte-blanche control of the news media anymore. Recalling past days when three television channels delivered fact-based news that most people trusted, Obama said democracy require citizens to be able to sift through lies and distortions.

"We are going to have to rebuild within this wild-wild-west-of-information flow some sort of curating function that people agree to," Obama said at an innovation conference in Pittsburgh. "There has to be, I think, some sort of way in which we can sort through information that passes some basic truthiness tests and those that we have to discard, because they just don't have any basis in anything that's actually happening in the world," Obama added. His remarks came amid an election campaign that has seen Republican candidate Donald Trump repeat ideas and take on key staff from right-wing media outlets. They also come at the end of an eight-year presidency in which Obama has been plagued by false scandals over his place of birth that have forced him to play media-critic-in-chief.

For much of that time, Republicans and Democrats -- which their own media sources -- could rarely agree on even the most basic facts to build a debate.

"That is hard to do, but I think it's going to be necessary, it's going to be possible," he added. "The answer is obviously not censorship, but it's creating places where people can say 'this is reliable' and I'm still able to argue safely about facts and what we should do about it."

Anyone can read between the lines here. They are desperate for something they are not going to get...

Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + Politically Correct Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich October 6 2016 | From: EurasiaReview / NaturalNews

Washington’s quest for perpetual world power is underwritten by systematic and perpetual propaganda wars.

Every major and minor war has been preceded, accompanied and followed by unremitting government propaganda designed to secure public approval, exploit victims, slander critics, dehumanize targeted adversaries and justify its allies’ collaboration. In this paper we will discuss the most common recent techniques used to support ongoing imperial wars.

Role Reversal A common technique, practiced by the imperial publicists, is to accuse the victims of the same crimes, which had been committed against them. The well documented, deliberate and sustained US-EU aerial bombardment of Syrian government soldiers, engaged in operations against ISIS-terrorist, resulted in the deaths and maiming of almost 200 Syrian troops and allowed ISISmercenaries to overrun their camp. In an attempt to deflect the Pentagon’s role in providing air cover for the very terrorists it claims to oppose, the propaganda organs cranked out lurid, but unsubstantiated, stories of an aerial attack on a UN humanitarian aid convoy, first blamed on the Syrian government and then on the Russians.

The evidence that the attack was most likely a ground-based rocket attack by ISIS terrorists did not deter the propaganda mills. This technique would turn US and European attention away from the documented criminal attack by the imperial bombers and present the victimized Syrian troops and pilots as international human rights criminals.

Hysterical Rants Faced with world opprobrium for its wanton violation of an international ceasefire agreement in Syria, the imperial public spokespeople frequently resort to irrational outbursts at international meetings in order to intimidate wavering allies into silence and shut down any chance for reasonable debate resolving concrete issues among adversaries.

The current ‘US Ranter-in-Chief’ in the United Nations, is Ambassador Samantha Power, who launched a vitriolic diatribe against the Russians in order to sabotage a proposed General Assembly debate on the US deliberate violation (its criminal attack on Syrian troops) of the recent Syrian ceasefire. Instead of a reasonable debate among serious diplomats, the rant served to derail the proceedings.

Identity Politics to Neutralize Anti-Imperialist Movements Empire is commonly identified with the race, gender, religion and ethnicity of its practioners. Imperial propagandists have frequently resorted to disarming and weakening anti-imperialist movements by co-opting and corrupting black, ethnic minority and women leaders and spokespeople. The use of such ’symbolic’ tokens is based on the assumption that these are ‘representatives’ reflecting the true interests of so-called ‘marginalized minorities’ and can therefore presume to ’speak for the oppressed peoples of the world’. The promotion of such compliant and respectable ‘minority members’ to the elite is then propagandized as a ‘revolutionary’, world liberating historical event – witness the ‘election’ of US President Barack Obama.

The rise of Obama to the presidency in 2008 illustrates how the imperial propagandists have used identity politics to undermine class and anti-imperialist struggles. Under Obama’s historical black presidency, the US pursued seven wars against ‘people of color’ in South Asia, the Middle East and North Africa. Over a million men and women of sub-Saharan black origin, whether Libyan citizens or contract workers for neighboring countries, were killed, dispossessed and driven into exile by US allies after the US-EU destroyed the Libyan state – in the name of humanitarian intervention. Hundreds of thousands of Arabs have been bombed in Yemen, Syria and Iraq under President Obama, the socalled ‘historic black’ president. Obama’s ‘predator drones’ have killed hundreds of Afghan and Pakistani villagers. Such is the power of ‘identity politics’ that ignominious Obama was awarded the ‘Nobel Peace Prize’.

Meanwhile, in the United States under Obama, racial inequalities between black and white workers (wages, unemployment, access to housing, health and educational services) have widened. Police violence against blacks intensified with total impunity for ‘killer cops’. Over two million immigrant Latino workers have been expelled – breaking up hundreds of thousands of families– and accompanied by a marked increase of repression compared to earlier administrations. Millions of black and white workers’ home mortgages were foreclosed while all of the corrupt banks were bailed out – at a greater rate than had occurred under white presidents. This blatant, cynical manipulation of identity politics facilitated the continuation and deepening of imperial wars, class exploitation and racial exclusion. Symbolic representation undermined class struggles for genuine changes. Related: Globalists are pitting blacks against whites in America to incite a bloody race war... here's how we can all win together by refusing to be manipulated into hatred and rage

Past Suffering to Justify Contemporary Exploitation Imperial propagandists repeatedly evoke the victims and abuses of the past in order to justify their own aggressive imperial interventions and support for the ‘land grabs’ and ethnic cleansing committed by their colonial allies – like Israel, among others. The victims and crimes of the past are presented as a perpetual presence to justify ongoing brutalities against contemporary subject people. The case of US-Israeli colonization of Palestine clearly illustrates how rabid criminality, pillage, ethnic cleansing and selfenrichment can be justified and glorified through the language of past victimization. Propagandists in the US and Israel have created ‘the cult of the Holocaust’, worshiping a near century-old Nazi crime

against Jews (as well as captive Slavs, Gypsies and other minorities) in Europe, to justify the bloody conquest and theft of Arab lands and sovereignty and engage in systematic military assaults against Lebanon and Syria.

Millions of Muslim and Christian Palestinians have been driven into perpetual exile. Elite, wealthy, well-organized and influential zionist Jews, with primary fealty to Israel, have successfully sabotaged every contemporary struggle for peace in the Middle East and have created real barriers for social democracy in the US through their promotion of militarism and empire building. Those claiming to represent victims of the past have become among the most oppressive of contemporary elites. Using the language of ‘defense’, they promote aggressive forms of expansion and pillage. They claim their monopoly on historic ’suffering’ has given them a ’special dispensation’ from the rules of civilized conduct: their cult of the Holocaust allows them to inflict immense pain on others while silencing any criticism with the accusation of ‘anti-Semitism’ and relentlessly punishing critics. Their key role in imperial propaganda warfare is based on their claims of an exclusive franchise on suffering and immunity from the norms of justice.

Entertainment Spectacles on Military Platforms Entertainment spectacles glorify militarism. Imperial propagandists link the public to unpopular wars promoted by otherwise discredited leaders. Sports events present soldiers dressed up as war heroes with deafening, emotional displays of ‘flag worship’ to celebrate the ongoing overseas wars of aggression. These mind-numbing extravaganzas with crude elements of religiosity demand choreographed expressions of national allegiance from the spectators as a cover for continued war crimes abroad and the destruction of citizens’ economic rights at home.

Much admired, multi-millionaire musicians and entertainers of all races and orientations, present war to the masses with a humanitarian facade. The entertainers smiling faces serve genocide just as powerfully as the President’s benign and friendly face accompanies his embrace of militarism. The propagandist message for the spectator is that ‘your favorite team or singer is there just for you… because our noble wars and valiant warriors have made you free and now they want you to be entertained.’ The old style of blatant bellicose appeals to the public is obsolete: the new propaganda conflates entertainment with militarism, allowing the ruling elite to secure tacit support for its wars without disturbing the spectators’ experience.

Do the Imperial Techniques of Propaganda Work? How effective are the modern imperial propaganda techniques? The results seem to be mixed. In recent months, elite black athletes have begun protesting white racism by challenging the requirement for choreographed displays of flag worship. . . opening public controversy into the larger issues of police brutality and sustained marginalization. Identity politics, which led to the election of Obama, may be giving way to issues of class struggle, racial justice, antimilitarism and the impact of continued imperial wars. Hysterical rants may still secure international attention, but repeated performances begin to lose their impact and subject the ‘ranter’ to ridicule.

The cult of victimology has become less a rationale for the multi-billion dollar US-tribute to Israel, than the overwhelming political and economic influence and thuggery of billionaire Zionist fundraisers who demand US politicians’ support for the state of Israel. Brandishing identify politics may have worked the first few times, but inevitably black, Latino, immigrant and all exploited workers, all underpaid and overworked women and mothers reject the empty symbolic gestures and demand substantive socio-economic changes – and here they find common links with the majority of exploited white workers. In other words, the existing propaganda techniques are losing their edge – the corporate media news is seen as a sham. Who follows the actor-soldiers and flag-worshipers once the game has begun? The propagandists of empire are desperate for a new line to grab public attention and obedience. Could the recent domestic terror bombings in New York and New Jersey provoke mass hysteria and more militarization? Could they serve as cover for more wars abroad . . .?

A recent survey, published in Military Times, reported that the vast majority of active US soldiers oppose more imperial wars. They are calling for defense at home and social justice. Soldiers and veterans have even formed groups to support the protesting black athletes who have refused to participate in flag worship while unarmed black men are being killed by police in the streets. Despite the multi-billion dollar electoral propaganda, over sixty percent of the electorate reject both major party candidates. The reality principle has finally started to undermine State propaganda.

Politically Correct Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich Stunning new documentary reveals why we must stop the rise of safe spaces, social justice warriors and progressive fanaticism.

In a stunning new documentary released just today, I reveal how politically correct speech control (thought control) gave rise to Adolf Hitler and the Third Reich. The film reveals how the phenomenon of progressive fanaticism -- safe spaces, social justice warriors, microaggressions, generation snowflake crybullies -- mirrors the Brownshirts of Nazi Germany and escalates demands for obedience into physical violence against innocents. We're already seeing a similar phenomenon today with numerous Black Lives Matter terrorist shootings of police officers, beatings of innocent people merely because they are white, and calls for extreme acts of violence against police officers and Caucasians. The aggressive, violent behavior of "progressive fanatics" is now mirroring the rise of the Third Reich that eventually led to genocide and the mass murder of millions.

FYI, "Nazi" means "National Socialism." The Third Reich is often incorrectly described as a "far right" regime. It was actually an extreme rendition of corporate-government fascism, a powerful centralized socialist government, and the kind of strict demands for cultural obedience that we frequency see from the extreme left. Some of the big issues that characterized the Nazi government were gun control, forced euthanasia, an expansion of entitlement handouts and the invocation of "science" as the justification behind genocide. We see all these same theme today from the political left. California SB 277, for example, a genocidal medical experiment conducted on children by the state government, was pushed by a radical leftist child killer named Sen. Richard Pan (who would have been right at home in the Third Reich).

America's social justice warriors are intolerant, racist bigots who are a real threat to a peaceful society Just as in Nazi Germany, today's "social justice warriors" are intolerant, racist, bigoted instigators of violence, and they seek political power at the expense of innocents. While disavowing the legitimacy of law in a peaceful society, today's P.C. fanatics - including lunatic leftist university students - demand the mass disarmament of private citizens by a totalitarian government, following in lockstep with the early days of Nazi Germany when gun confiscation preceded genocide. With students in the United States now being vilified for saying that "all lives matter," we have entered a realm of extreme leftist lunacy that cannot be ended with reason or any appeal to logic. The violent rhetoric and destructive actions of the

political left have now gone beyond the point of no return, leading America to the exact outcome desired by globalist instigators like George Soros: civil war.

Soros and other seek to tear America apart from within. Seething with hatred for humanity, destructive people of high influence -- like Adolf Hitler, George Soros and Barack Obama - use their positions to enslave people rather than setting them free. They create conflict rather than preventing it... and they use words as weapons to keep people down rather than as tools to empower individuals. America has now entered a very dangerous chapter of its history, and conformity to P.C. language is a surrender to the fanaticism of the radical left. Now is the time for all Americans to reject P.C. language control, reject the leftist thought police and assert your right to exercise cognitive diversity with a vast array of ideas and dissenting speech. At this critical moment in history, we must defend speech freedom or lose it forever, because the Nazi-like P.C. language police on the left demand that you either surrender to them or DIE. Sound familiar? History has been here before, and it didn't end without massive bloodshed. Eventually, the USA, Russia and other allies had to use kinetic weapons to destroy the Nazi regime and end its "politically correct" genocide against humanity. Let us hope it doesn't come to that again.

Can Russia Learn From Brazil’s Fate? Cabal Meddling In South America October 1 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / NewEasternOutlook / Various

William Engdahl recently explained how Washington used the corrupt Brazilian elite, which answers to Washington, to remove the duly elected President of Brazil, Dilma Rousseff, for representing the Brazilian people rather than the interests of Washington [see follow up article below].

Unable to see through the propaganda of unproven charges, Brazilians acquiesced in the removal of their protector, thereby providing the world another example of the impotence of democracy. Everyone should read Engdahl’s article. He reports that part of the attack on Rousseff stemmed from Brazil’s economic problems deliberately created by US credit rating agencies as part of Washington’s attack to down grade Brazilian debt, which set off an attack on the Brazilian currency. Brazil’s financial openness made Brazil an easy target to attack. One might hope that Vladimir Putin would take note of the cost of “economic openness.” Putin is a careful and thoughtful leader of Russia, but he is not an economist. He has confidence in neoliberal Elvira Nabiulina, Washington’s choice to head the Russian central bank. ... Note: The rest of Paul Craig Robert's article has not been republished here. Whilst he is a very smart man on many matters the rest of this article demonstrates his fundmental lack of understanding of the central banking system. His belief that Russia needs to rely upon it's central bank, while it is still under the unfluence of the Rothschild cabal - is woefully misinformed. He is right in the idea that any country would be better to rely on itself for financing itself - doing that by using a privatelyowned foreign central bank is insane - and how we have come to be in this mess in the first place. Mr. Roberts is not playing the game with all of the pieces on this matter but you can read his full article here.

Washington Tries To Break BRICS – Rape Of Brazil Begins Washington’s regime change machinery has for the time being succeeded in removing an important link in the alliance of large emerging nations by railroading through a Senate impeachment of the duly elected President, Dilma Rousseff.

On August 31 her Vice President Michel Temer was sworn in as President. In his first speech as president, the cynical Temer called for a government of “national salvation,” asking for the trust of the Brazilian people. He indicated plans to reform, and has also signaled his intention to overhaul the pension system and labor laws, and cut public spending, all themes beloved of Wall Street banks, of the International Monetary Fund and their Washington Consensus. Related: Brazilian Senate approves Rousseff’s impeachment Now after less than three weeks at the job, Temer has unveiled plans for wholesale privatization of Brazil’s crown jewels, starting with oil. The planned Wall Street rape of Brazil is about to begin. It’s important to keep in mind that elected President Rousseff was not convicted or even formally charged with any concrete act of corruption, even though the pro-oligarchy mainstream Brazil media, led by O’Globo Group of the billionaire Roberto Irineu Marinho, ran a media defamation campaign creating the basis to railroad Rousseff into formal impeachment before the Senate. The shift took place after the opposition PMDB party of Temer on March 29 broke their coalition with Rousseff’s Workers’ Party, as accusations of Petrobras-linked corruption were made against Rousseff and former president Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva. On August 31, 61 Senators voted to remove her while 20 voted against removal. The formal charge was “manipulation of the state budget” before the 2014 elections to hide the size of the deficit. She vehemently denies the charge. Indeed, the Senate issued its own expert report that concluded there was:

"No indication of direct or indirect action by Dilma” in any illegal budgetary maneuvers. According to the Associated Press, “Independent auditors hired by Brazil’s Senate said in a report released Monday that suspended President Dilma Rousseff didn’t engage in the creative accounting she was charged with at her impeachment trial.” Under an honest system that would have ended the impeachment then and there. Not in Brazil. In effect, she was impeached for the dramatic decline in the Brazilian economy, a decline deliberately pushed along as US credit rating agencies downgraded Brazilian debt, and international and mainstream Brazilian media kept the Petrobras corruption allegations in the spotlight.

Importantly, the Senate did not ban her from office for 8 years as Washington had hoped, and she has promised an electoral return. The Washington-steered Temer has until end of 2018 to deliver Brazil to Temer’s foreign masters before his term legally ends.

Related: There Has Been A Coup In Brazil Notably, Temer himself was accused of corruption in the Petrobras state oil company investigations. He reportedly asked the then-head of the transportation unit of Petróleo Brasileiro SA in 2012 to arrange illegal campaign contributions to Temer’s party which was running a Washington-backed campaign to oust Rousseff’s Workers’ Party. Then this June, only days into his serving as acting president, two of Temer’s own chosen ministers, including the Minister of Transparency, were forced to resign in response to allegations that they sought to subvert the probe into massive graft at Petrobras. One of the two, Temer’s extremely close ally Romero Jucá, was caught on tape plotting Dilma’s impeachment as a way to shut down the ongoing Petrobras corruption investigation, as well as indicating that Brazil’s military, the media, and the courts were all participants in the impeachment plotting. In brief, the removal of Dilma Rousseff and her Workers’ Party after 13 years in Brazil’s leadership was a new form of Color Revolution from Washington, one we might call a judicial coup by corrupt judges and congressmen. Of the 594 members of the Congress, as the Toronto Globe and Mail reported, “318 are under investigation or face charges” while their target, President Rousseff, “herself faces no allegation of financial impropriety.”

And the cabal moves in - Michel Temer

Related: Brazil: Rousseff ousted, VP assembles right-wing government The day after the first Lower House impeachment vote in April, a leading member of Temer’s PSDP party, Senator Aloysio Nunes, went to Washington, in a mission organized by former Bill Clinton Secretary of State Madeline Albright’s lobbying firm, Albright Stonebridge Group. Nunes, as president of the Brazilian Senate’s Foreign Relations Committee, has repeatedly advocated that Brazil once again move closer to an alliance with the US and UK. Madeline Albright, a Director of the leading US think-tank, Council on Foreign Relations, is also chair of the prime US Government “Color Revolution” NGO, the National Democratic Institute (NDI). Nothing fishy here, or? Nunes reportedly went to Washington to rally backing for Temer and the unfolding judicial coup against Rousseff. A key player from the side of Washington, Rousseff’s de facto political executioner, was, once again, Vice President Joe Biden, the “Dick Cheney” dirty operator-in-chief in the Obama Administration.

Biden’s fateful Brazil trip In May, 2013, US Vice President Joe Biden made a fateful visit to Brazil to meet with President Rousseff. In January 2011 Rousseff had succeeded her Workers’ Party mentor, Luis Inacio Lula da Silva, or Lula, who constitutionally was limited to two consecutive terms.

Related: New Political Earthquake in Brazil: Is It Now Time for Media Outlets to Call This a “Coup”? Biden went to Brazil to discuss oil with the new President. Relations between Lula and Washington had chilled as Lula backed Iran against US sanctions and came economically closer to China. In late 2007 Petrobras had discovered what was estimated to be a mammoth new basin of high-quality oil on the Brazilian Continental Shelf offshore in the Santos Basin. In total the Brazil Continental Shelf could contain over 100 billion barrels of oil, transforming the country into a major world oil and gas power, something Exxon and Chevron, the US oil giants wanted to control.

Related: Brazil’s Democracy to Suffer Grievous Blow as Unelectable, Corrupt Neoliberal is Installed In 2009, according to leaked US diplomatic cables published by Wikileaks, the US Consulate in Rio wrote that Exxon and Chevron were trying in vain to alter a law advanced by Rousseff’s mentor and predecessor in her Brazilian Workers’ Party , President Luis Inacio Lula da Silva. That 2009 law made the state-owned Petrobras chief operator of all offshore oil blocs. Washington and the US oil giants were not at all pleased at losing control over potentially the largest new world oil discovery in decades.

Related: Another one bites the dust: Brazil's anti-corruption minister quits over leaked recordings Lula had not only pushed ExxonMobil and Chevron out of the controlling position in favor of the state-owned Petrobras, but he also opened Brazilian oil exploration to the Chinese, since 2009 a core member of the BRICS developing nations with Brazil, Russia, India and South Africa. In December, 2010 in one of his last acts as President, Lula oversaw signing of a deal between the Brazilian-Spanish energy company Repsol and China’s state-owned Sinopec. Sinopec formed a joint venture, Repsol Sinopec Brasil, investing more than $7.1 billion towards Repsol Brazil. Already in 2005 Lula had approved formation of Sinopec International Petroleum Service of Brazil Ltd as part of a new strategic alliance between China and Brazil. In 2012 in a joint exploration drilling, Repsol Sinopec Brasil, Norway’s Statoil and Petrobras made a major new discovery in Pão de Açúcar, the third in block BM-C-33, which includes the Seat and Gávea, the latter one of the world’s 10 largest discoveries in 2011. USA and British oil majors were nowhere to be seen. Biden’s task was to sound out Lula’s successor, Rousseff, about reversing that exclusion of US major oil companies in favor of the Chinese. Biden also met with leading energy companies in Brazil including Petrobras.

Related: BRICS Should Prepare for 'Braxit': A Brazilian Exit While little was publicly said, Rousseff refused to reverse the 2009 oil law in a way that would be suitable to Biden, Washington and US oil majors. Days after Biden’s visit came the Snowden NSA revelations that the US had also spied on Rousseff and top officials of Petrobras. She was livid and denounced the Obama Administration that September before the UN General Assembly for violating international law. She cancelled a planned Washington visit in protest. After that, US-Brazil relations took a dive. After his May 2013 talks with Rousseff, Biden clearly gave her the kiss of death. Before Biden’s May 2013 visit Dilma Rousseff had 70% of popularity rating. Less than two weeks after Biden left Brazil, nationwide protests by a very well-organized group called Movimento Passe Livre, over a nominal 10 cent bus fare increase, brought the country virtually to a halt and turned very violent. The protests bore the hallmark of typical “Color Revolution” or Twitter social media destabilizations that seem to follow Biden wherever he makes a presence. Within weeks Rousseff’s popularity plummeted to 30%. Washington had clearly sent a signal that Rousseff had to change course or face serious problems.

Related: Rousseff's impeachment may be about stopping a massive corruption investigation The Washington regime change machine, including its entire array of financial warfare operations ranging from a leaked PwC audit of Petrobras to Wall Street credit rating agency Standard & Poors’ downgrade of Brazil public debt to junk in September 2015, went into full action to remove Rousseff, a key backer of the BRICS New Development Bank and of an independent national development strategy for Brazil.

Selling the Crown Jewels The man who has now manipulated himself into the Presidency, the corrupt Michel Temer, worked as an informer for Washington the entire time. In documents released by Wikileaks, it was revealed that Temer was an informant to US intelligence since at least 2006, via telegrams to the US embassy in Brazil classified by the Embassy as “sensitive” and “for official use only.”

Washington’s man in Brazil, Temer, has lost no time appeasing his patrons in Wall Street. Even as acting President this May, Temer named Henrique Meirelles as Minister of Finance and Social Security. Meirelles, a Harvard-educated former President of the Brazilian central bank, was President of BankBoston in the USA until 1999, and was with that bank in 1985 when it was found guilty of failing to report $1.2 billion in illegal cash transfers with Swiss banks. Meirelles is now overseeing the planned selloff of Brazil’s “crown jewels” to international investors, a move that is intended to gravely undercut the power of the state in the economy. Another of Temer’s key economic advisers is Paulo Leme, former IMF economist and now Goldman Sachs Managing Director of Emerging Markets Research. Wall Street is in the middle of the Temer-led economic rape of Brazil. On September 13, Temer’s government unveiled a massive privatization program with the cynically misleading comment,

"It is clear the public sector cannot move forward alone on these projects. We are counting on the private sector.” He omitted to say the private sector he meant were his patrons. Temer unveiled plans that would complete the country’s largest privatization in decades. Conveniently, the process us to be completed by end of 2018, just before Temer’s term must end. The influential US-Brazil Business Council detailed the privatization list on its website. The US-Brazil Business Council was founded forty years ago by Citigroup, Monsanto, Coca-Cola, Dow Chemicals and other US multinationals.

Related: Rousseff on RT, first interview since impeachment: 'Brazilian oligarchy is behind coup' Tenders for the first round of concessions will be issued before the end of this year. They will include privatization of four airports and two port terminals, all auctioned in the first quarter of 2017. Other concessions include five highways, one rail line, bidding on small oil blocks and a later round for large, mainly offshore, oil development blocks. As well the government will sell selected assets currently controlled by its Minerals Research Department plus six electric power distributors and three water treatment facilities. The heart of his planned privatization are, not surprisingly, Joe Biden’s coveted state oil and gas companies along with chunks of the state Eletrobrás power company. Temer plans to get as much as $24 billion from the selloff. Fully $11 billion of the total are to come from sale of key oil and gas state holdings.

Related: Defiant Rousseff says Brazil's democracy on trial with her Of course, when state assets such as huge oil and gas resources are sold off to foreign interests in what will clearly be a distress sale, it is a one-off deal. State oil and gas or electric power projects generate a continuing revenue stream many times any one-off privatization gains. Brazil’s economy is the ultimate loser in such privatization. Wall Street banks and multinationals are of course, as planned, the winner. On September 19-21, according to the US-Brazil Business Council website, the Brazilian government’s key ministers for infrastructure including Minister Moreira Franco; Minister Fernando Bezerra Coelho Filho, Minister of Mines and Energy; and Minister Mauricio Quintella Lessa, Minister of Transport, Ports and Civil Aviation, will be in New York City to meet with Wall Street “infrastructure investors.” This is Washington’s way, the way of the Wall Street Gods of Money, as I title one of my books. First, destroy any national leadership intent on genuine national development such as Dilma Rousseff.

Replace them with a vassal regime willing to do anything for money, including selling the crown jewels of their own nation as people like Anatoli Chubais did in Russia in the 1990’s under Boris Yeltsin’s “shock therapy.” As reward for his behavior, Chubais today sits on the advisory board of JP MorganChase. What will Temer and associates get for their efforts remains to be seen. Washington for now has broken one of the BRICS that ultimately threaten her global hegemony. It is not likely to bring any lasting success if recent history is any guide. F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook.” Related: The price of oil just wiped out Venezuela’s economy — was it orchestrated?

Presidential Debate Check: 12 Hillary Lies Debunked + Lots More September 29 2016 | From: Lifezette

Clinton's debate performance was riddled with mistruths that got a pass from Lester Holt.

While the moderator focused on interrupting and fact-checking Trump, Hillary Clinton offered a litany of lies to the nation on Monday night during her first debate against Donald Trump. Related: Infowars Predicted Lester Holt Would Help Hillary Before the Debate Began Clinton’s nose began to grow from the very start, as she asserted that the nation needs to “finally guarantee equal pay for equal work” for women in her opening statement. The notion that women on average do not receive the same pay as men the 77 cents to a dollar myth - has been proven false repeatedly. The fact is that it is already illegal to pay men and women different wages for the same work if they have the same experience. The 77 cents myth is derived from looking merely at average income accrued over a lifetime, and ignores the fact that men on average tend to work longer hours, often work in higher paying industries, and spend more active years in the work force. Related: Rigged: CNN Poll Claiming Hillary Won the Debate Sampled 41% Democrats Compared to 26% Republicans

"When confronted by Trump about her former strong support for the Trans-Pacific Partnership, Clinton claimed that she “hoped it would be good deal.” The truth of course is that she called it the “gold standard” of trade deals. Clinton also advocated raising taxes on the wealthy based on the premise that they do not currently pay enough. “I think it’s time to suggest that the wealthy pay their fair share,” she said. The truth is that America has the most progressive tax system in the developed world - the top 10 percent contribute over half of all income tax revenue.

Bizarrely, Clinton claimed that "slashing taxes on the wealthy hasn't worked." Her comment implied that slashing taxes on the wealthy is why the economy is in such poor shape currently. This is an odd thing to say, considering Obama has been in office for the better part of eight years and has done anything but slash taxes for anyone. When Trump said he wished to lower the corporate tax rate, Hillary said: "We've looked at your tax proposals. I don't see changes in the corporate tax rates … you're referring to that would cause the repatriation." Clinton and her team couldn't have been looking very hard, as Trump's plan to lower to corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 15 is written quite clearly on the economic plan posted on his website. Taking time to remind the country that Clinton's success is due in large part to her surname, she asserted that "my husband did a pretty good job in the 1990s." Clinton, like all Democrats, loves to take credit for the financial stability of her husband's presidency. Of course, it was the Republican-controlled Congress led by Newt Gingrich that blocked Clinton's desired spending measures and balanced the budget. Only Hillary: With Hillary Clinton campaigning for the White House, it’s hard to determine the truth from the lies - especially with the biased media. But we know the truth - it is only Hillary who has a questionable and incriminating track record.

Clinton also claimed that in being party to the Iran deal she helped "put the lid on Iran's nuclear program." But many said the deal guarantees no such thing. Indeed, it rests entirely on Iran's acting in good faith and upholding their end of the bargain. When Trump defended the use of stop-and-frisk policies in New York City, Clinton attacked them as unconstitutional and asserted "it was uneffective it did not do what it needed to do." This is simply false. "Data from the few cities that report police stops show their effectiveness," Dennis C. Smith, professor of public policy at the Robert F. Wagner Graduate School of Public Service at New York University, wrote in The New York Times in 2012 . "My trend analysis with SUNY Albany professor Robert Purtell found that the increased use of stops correlated significantly with accelerating drops in most of the major crimes. A Harvard study of policing in Los Angeles under William Bratton, when crime dropped significantly, reported a surge in stops by the L.A.P.D. [with per capita stop rate higher than N.Y.P.D.]," Smith continued.

Related: Who does the world vote for U.S. president? + Cast YOUR vote here

Perhaps Clinton's most egregious lies were two concerned with emails. "I made a mistake using a private email," Clinton said. Of course, Clinton didn't use a "private email." She used multiple private email servers. The word mistake implies Clinton didn't know she was doing anything wrong, a claim belied entirely by the fact that so many of her aides and associates pleaded the Fifth or were granted immunity by the FBI - not to mention the fact that many of them engaged in the destruction of evidence and that she herself made false exculpatory statements. Finally, in visiting her favorite Trump-Putin conspiracy theory, Clinton claimed that "Donald publicly invited Putin to hack into Americans." The truth, as is obvious from the context of his words, is that Trump was calling on the Russians to release Clinton's missing emails in the event that they already had them. Clinton may have proven her ability to hold her own against Trump one-on-one Monday night, but she also proved her complete disregard for the truth and willingness to lie to the American people.

Related Statements: Limbaugh: Clinton ‘a witch with a capital B’ Rudy Giuliani Statement On Donald J. Trump’s Debate Victory Congressman Lou Barletta Statement On Donald J. Trump’s Debate Victory

Congressman Frank Guinta Statement On Donald J. Trump’s Debate Victory Donald J. Trump for President Celebrates Massive $18 Million Haul After Debate Win

Another Thunderous Dump of Related Articles on The Clintons: And these reports are increasingly taking less and less time to accumulate as more and more people wake up to their crimes... Lester Holt: android, wisdom figure, computer brain Special Report: This Video Could Bring Hillary Down FBI calls Clinton email probe ‘different’ as key witness ditches House hearing How a smartphone camera changed the discussion on Clinton's health The Madness of Queen Hillary: Mental as Well as Physical Breakdown "Clinton Foundation Is Charity Fraud Of Epic Proportions", Analyst Charges In Stunning Takedown BOOM! Navy Veteran Just DESTROYED HILLARY CLINTON at Forum: “I Would Have Been Prosecuted and Imprisoned” (VIDEO) Clinton receives millions from Dow Chemical; backs away from effort to ban toxic chemical that harms women Hillary Clinton may swap White House for prison Here’s the Proof that Hillary Clinton is a Mass Murderer The absurdity of Hillary Clinton blaming Putin for vast 'far-right conspiracy' in the U.S. Democratic Pundits Downplay Serious Ethical Issues Raised by the Clinton Foundation If this doesn't disqualify Killary for president, what will? Poll: Record High Number Of Voters Can’t Stand Hillary DONALD J. TRUMP STATEMENT ON FBI RELEASING CLINTON INTERVIEW NOTES SEVEN MORE DISCOVERIES FROM THE FBI REPORT ON CLINTON’S EMAILS ICYMI: ALL THREE NETWORK NEWSCASTS SLAM CLINTON ON EMAILS FBI Releases Hillary Clinton Email Investigation Files Clinton's story is unravelling, FBI reveals Hillary's inability to recall briefings due to "blood clot" and health problems A Brain-damaged US President with Finger on the Nuclear Button? Here’s All 40 Times Hillary Clinton Told the FBI She Couldn’t Remember Something Hillary Threatens Russia With War - Neocon Media Doesn't Even Notice WIKILEAKS: Hillary Clinton Sent THOUSANDS of Classified Cables Marked “(C)” for Confidential

Dr. Drew threatened by CNN to retract his medical analysis of Hillary... 'scary and creepy' phone calls... then his show was pulled Hillary Clinton’s Illness Revealed The Hillary Files: How special interests that violate health, human rights and the environment have pre-purchased the Clinton presidency Clinton Foundation is False Philanthropy – In-depth Analysis Over 70% Of US Doctors Surveyed Say Hillary's Health Concerns Are "Serious, Possibly Disqualifying" Hillary the CHEAT! Clinton caught wearing covert earpiece during last night's debate with Trump... brazen dishonesty on display yet again John McCain’s Daughter Meghan Just Set Fire to Hillary’s Campaign. She’s Vicious! Trump: Hillary ‘Running Global Criminal Enterprise And Spreading Terrorism’ BREAKING: DR. TED NOEL REACTS TO 'PNEUMONIA' CLAIMS FROM CRIPPLED HILLARY'S DOCTOR Clinton “Medical Episode” at 9/11 Memorial, Rushed to Hospital Hillary Clinton Email Archive Dr. Milton Wolf: Hillary’s Doctor Claimed Hillary Got a Perfect Score on TEST THAT DOES NOT EXIST How the Clinton Foundation, UN, NGOs Ripped off Haiti & Other HAARP Victims Clinton Foundation Distributed “Watered-Down” HIV/AIDS Drugs to Patients in Africa Nigel Farage: Hillary Clinton a “Truly Horrible Candidate” Quite Frankly the “Worst I’ve Ever Seen” Haitian President EXPOSES the Clinton Foundation: "Hillary Clinton tried to bribe me! Obama used a pseudonym in emails with Clinton, FBI documents reveal

Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people: The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States September 28 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RedFlagNews

The latest from the Gallup Poll is that only 32% of Amerians trust the print and TV media to tell the truth. Republicans, 18 to 49 year old Americans, and independents trust the media even less, with trust rates of 14%, 26%, and 30%.

The only group that can produce a majority that still trusts the media are Democrats with a 51% trust rate in print and TV reporting. The next highest trust rate is Americans over 50 years of age with a trust rate of 38 percent. Related: YouTube Has Quietly Begun “Censoring” Journalists Who Criticize Government The conclusion is that old people who are Democrats are the only remaining group that barely trusts the media. This mistaken trust is due to their enculturation. For older Democrats belief in government takes the place of Republican belief in evangelical Christianity. Older Democrats are firm believers that it was government under the leadership of President Franklin D. Roosevelt that saved America from the Great Depression. As the print and TV media in the 21st century are firmly aligned with the government, the trust in government spills over into trust of the media that is serving the government. As the generation of Democrats enculturated with this mythology die off, Democratic trust rates will plummet toward Republican levels.

It is not difficult to see why trust in the media has collapsed. The corrupt Clinton regime, which we might be on the verge of repeating, allowed a somewhat diverse and independent media to be 90% acquired by six mega-corporations. The result was the disappearance of independence in reporting and opinion. The constraints that corporate ownership and drive for profits put on journalistic freedom and resources reduced reporting to regurgitations of government and corporate press releases, always the cheapest and uncontroversial way to report. With journalistic families driven out of journalism by estate taxes, the few remaining newspapers become acquisitions like a trophy wife or a collector Ferrari.

Jeff Bezos, CEO and founder of amazon.com, handed over $250 million in cash for the Washington Post. Jeff might be a whiz in e-commerce, but when it comes to journalism he could just as well be named Jeff Bozo. On September 12, Washington Post reporter Cindy Boren dropped the Washington Post below the level of the supermarket tabloid, National Enquirer. One must wonder where her editor was. Drunk perhaps? The Washington Post actually reported that a Nigerian MD, Bennet Omalu, “whose credentials and tenacity are well known,” has concluded that Hillary Clinton’s obvious medical problems could be due to her being poisoned by a Putin-Trump conspiracy. Related: The man who discovered CTE thinks Hillary Clinton may have been poisoned One could possibly conclude that Cindy Boren and her Washington Post editor were having fun with Omalu, except that the article repeated the unfounded allegation that circumstantial evidence according to a UK inquiry associates Putin with the poisoning death of Litvinenko.

In other words, first Litvinenko, now Hillary.

If circumstantial evidence is to be the Washington Post’s guide, then clearly that evidence suggests that the neoconservatives, well-ensconced in high government positions and desperate for a New Pearl Harbor in order to launch their wars of hegemony in the Middle East, are responsible for 9/11. Yet the Washington Post has a full-time reporter whose job is to disparage conspiracy theories while the Washington Post itself launches the conspiracy theory of the century: Putin And Trump Conspiracy Poisons US Democratic Candidate for President. Related: Washington Post Grasps at Crazy Conspiracy Theory in Support of Hillary Clinton If intelligence, or perhaps simply sufficient time in Americans’ lives to investigate the news, were not in such short supply, possibly Americans would reflect on what the benefit is of being driven by Washington into conflict with Russia and China.

UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American People. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States. US Peace Council Representatives CONFRONT a hostile American press after visiting Syria, and learning that the American people are being lied to, grossly lied to. A long video, but worth watching if you care to know the truth about what is going on in Syria and how Obama has been lying to us... again.

Tribalism: New Mini-Documentary Reveals How Globalist Manipulators Hijack The Animalistic Control Centers Of Your Brain September 28 2016 | From: NaturalNews

My new mini-documentary unveils exactly how globalist manipulators hijack the animalist control centers of your brain.

If you're ever wondered how globalists manage to convince the masses that Islamic terrorism doesn't exist, that half the population is gay or transgender, that national security is hatred and bigotry or that government dictatorships are rooted in love and compassion, you must see this video. This video joins the series of mini-documentaries I've recently released on the subject of mass awakening.

Be sure to watch the other videos in the series: The War on Reality: How globalists occupy your mind to control everything The Government is a PARASITE on society Faith Money and the Coming Collapse

Crash Predictor Ann Pettifor: 'We're No Longer Citizens, We're Customers' September 24 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand

One of the few analysts to correctly predict the 2008 global financial crash says we need to start worrying about the economic attempts to turn citizens into consumers.

UK economist Ann Pettifor was also one of the leaders of the Jubilee 2000 debt campaign that successfully pushed to cancel $100 billion worth of debt owed by some of the world's poorest nations. Ms Pettifor, the director of left-wing economic think tank Policy Research in Macroeconomics, has been in New Zealand to deliver public lectures on the current state of the financial world.

Speaking to Nine to Noon today, she said many of the current issues facing the world came from attempts by economists and the finance sector to 'marketise' society and to "turn us all into customers for everything".

"We're no longer citizens, we're no longer workers, we're customers, all along the line. And all of our relationships must, they argue, be marketised. They're also turning us into 'rentiers', so when we rent out our house as part of Airbnb, or we rent out our car as part of Uber, we are learning that with the ownership of an asset, it becomes possible, almost effortlessly, to earn rent." She said the global economy was increasingly about earning rent from money, property and any other assets people owned.

"We are using up everything we have to earn a bit more money, and that is partly because the way the system is

geared, and those who do have assets are able to earn rent on those assets, whether it's interest rates or whatever, and those without assets are poor, and those people are cross, they are very cross." Ms Pettifor said people were feeling increasingly desperate due to low wages and salaries.

"I'm not against people using Airbnb, and I understand why they are doing it, and the reason they are doing it is because they are getting poorer, because they cannot live on their existing income, because we don't pay wages or salaries that allow people to live a decent life. So they have to supplement that, with all of these additional marginal activities. That's what's wrong with the way we have allowed the markets to take control of our economies and for the invisible hand to decide who gets what, is those who are left behind - and the left-behinders voted for Brexit, the left-behinders are voting for Trump, and they're voting for Le Pen, the fascist in France - we need to worry about that." Related: Why working class Americans are supporting Donald Trump

Syria: Attack on Aid Convoy Kills Twenty, Destroys Aid, And Obliterates US War Crimes In Support Of ISIS-Daesh Terror Group? September 23 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

“The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the nation.” Candidate Barack Obama, December, 2007

As the US heaps blame and accusations on Russia and Syria for the alleged air strike on the aid convoy on Monday 19th September, as ever there are more questions than answers – and whatever US spokespersons state, absolutely no certainties. Related: Voices from Syria: “This Country is being Violated by Terrorists who Destroy History, and People” The only undeniable fact is that another tragedy killed at least twenty Syrian Arab Red Crescent volunteers and the organisation’s local Director Omar Barakat, father of nine. At least eighteen of the thirty one-truck convoy were destroyed with the warehouse where humanitarian aid was stored. The Russian Defence Ministry has categorically denied any attack and claims the convoy caught fire:

"We have studied video footage from the scene from so-called ‘activists’ in detail and did not find any evidence that the convoy had been struck by ordnance”, commented Igor Konashenkov, a Ministry spokesman. “There are no craters and the exterior of the vehicles do not have the kind of damage consistent with blasts caused by bombs dropped from the air.”

Related: Russian defense ministry confirms US drone was present in area of attack on UN convoy His observations are hard to challenge, anyone who has studied the assaults of the "international community" on far away countries over the last decades knows what a bombed truck looks like, what fragments remains of it . Photographs of the affected lorries show burned out vehicles, metal skeleton intact.

Related: After Bombing Syrian Army, US Accuses Russia of Bombing Aleppo Aid Convoy Konashenkov said that damage visible in footage was instead the result of cargo igniting – “oddly” occurring at the same time as militants (formerly Nusra Front) had started a big offensive in nearby Aleppo, backed by tanks, artillery and other heavy equipment. He added:

"Only representatives of the ‘White Helmets’ organization close to the Nusra Front who, as always, found themselves at the right time in the right place by chance with their video cameras can answer who did this and why.” Indeed the ‘White Helmets’ boasted in a video of being on the scene within “moments.” The “White Helmets” who have had the gall to entitle themselves the Syrian Civil Defence Force are seemingly neither Syrian, nor Civil, nor Defence. Vanessa Beeley who has meticulously charted their antics points out:

"This is an alleged ‘non-governmental’ organization … that so far has received funding from at least three major NATO governments, including $23 million from the US Government and $29 million (£19.7 million) from the UK Government, $4.5 million (€4 million) from the Dutch Government. In addition, it receives material assistance and training funded and run by a variety of other EU Nations.”

Related: Ceasefire in ruins: Putin - the US can not separate "healthy" opposition in Syria from terrorists She informs of such concerns regarding the organization that:

"A request has been put into the EU Secretary General to provide all correspondence relating to the funding and training of the White Helmets. By law this information must be made transparent and available to the public.” Beeley points out: “There has been a concerted campaign by a range of investigative journalists to expose the true roots of … the White Helmets.” The most damning statement, however (comes from) their funders and backers in the US State Department who attempted to explain the US deportation of the prominent White Helmet leader, Raed Saleh, from Dulles airport on the 18th April 2016. Of the incident, Mark Toner, State Department spokesman stated:

"And any individual – again, I’m broadening my language here for specific reasons, but any individual in any group suspected of ties or relations with extremist groups or that we had believed to be a security threat to the United States, we would act accordingly. But that does not, by extension, mean we condemn or would cut off ties to the group for which that individual works for.” Figure that one, Dear Reader. The Ron Paul Institute has pointed out:

"We have demonstrated that the White Helmets are an integral part of the propaganda vanguard that ensures obscurantism of fact and propagation of Human Rights fiction that elicits the well-intentioned and self righteous response from a very cleverly duped public. A priority for these NGOs is to keep pushing the No Fly Zone scenario which has already been seen to have disastrous implications for innocent civilians in Libya, for example.” What better chance to push “the No Fly Zone scenario” than arriving within “moments” of the convoy tragedy, filming it and creating a propaganda scenario before any meaningful forensic investigation could even be started, since the trucks were still burning. And of course, the “White Helmets”, aka “Syrian Defence Force”, were filming rather than attempting to put out the fire and rescue those in the burning trucks. The Russian Defence Ministry subsequently caused outrage by claiming that Drone footage: “shows bombed Syrian aid convoy included truck full of militant fighters carrying mortar guns.” However: “The footage emerged as the United Nations rowed back from describing the attack on the aid convoy as air strikes, saying it did not have conclusive evidence about what had happened.”

It must be asked, why on earth, after long and protracted negotiations over the convoy would Syria and or their Russian ally risk the wrath of US and “coalition” further decimation of the country by laying themselves open to accusations of bombing and aid convoys? The tragedy has emphatically achieved one thing, however. Wiped from the headlines is another atrocity – the US bombing which killed over sixty Syrian soldiers and wounded over a hundred others just two days earlier, on Saturday 17th September, causing Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova to comment:

“We are reaching a really terrifying conclusion for the whole world: That the White House is defending Islamic State. Now there can be no doubts about that”, according to the RIA Novosti news agency. Again – Quis custodiet ipsos custodes? Who will guard the guards?

UN Security Council Holds High-Level Meeting On Syria The United Nations Security Council is held a high-level meeting on Syria in New York on Wednesday, September 21, on the sidelines of the UN General Assembly. The meeting, chaired by New Zealand’s Prime Minister John Key, started with a briefing on Colombia, followed by a discussion of the situation in the Middle East, with special focus on Syria, after the US-Russia brokered ceasefire collapsed due to US bombing of Syrian government forces, and the subsequent attack on the Aleppo aid convoy.

Why Washington Had To Wreck The Syrian Ceasefire Finian Cunningham explains that the CIA and Pentagon had to wreck the Syrian ceasefire in order to prevent the world discovering that there are no moderate Syrian rebels.

All of the so-called “rebels” are part of a US organized group of jihadists tasked with bringing chaos to Syria. Cunningham makes clear that the US has no print and TV media, just a collection of whores who lie for their living. For the article visit: StrategicCulture Related: Lavrov Makes History: 'Ceasefires' were bogus, nixes future 'unilateral measures'

Paul Craig Roberts "Russia Didn't Attack The UN Aid Convoy, It's A False Flag"!

Related: Russian Defense Ministry: Aid convoy in Aleppo followed by terrorists’ truck with mortar

How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse September 18 2016 | From: SitsShow

Television has been used as a medium for dispensing news, entertainment and information for over 90 years at this point.

The effects of this nearly pandemic device are little acknowledge by mainstream society, but within a growing population of inquisitive individuals the mind altering attributes of this seemingly benign device are well understood. Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge They call it tell-a-vision for a reason, because our minds at a certain level of consciousness, are unable to distinguish between the images on screen and reality itself. Additionally the unconscious mind becomes stimulated via focused attention on the items presented, generating a wealth of internal insights, ideas, and concepts.

If these are left unprocessed, if we do not analyze the internal generated products as a result of watching TV, they settle into our being, altering our perception and distorting our values. And so, TV, like all things can be a powerful tool for expanding consciousness or it can create chaos and strife if the powers of our discernment are never used. Related Divine Feminine in Distress - She is waiting for your Divine Masculine! | All human beings are divided into

four general classes by Manly P. Hall The ALL Seeing Attributes of the Unconscious Mind In the below linked article on A.I. Robots, we discuss mirror neuron's and how they suggest a biological component to empathy; the basis of morality. This part of the brain receives information as if observed events are happening to us directly, in other words we are hard wired for empathy.

The unconscious mind is hardwired to receive all information from within and without, storing it as memories that alter our conscious mind's processes. In other words there is an aspect of us that is literally all seeing, which provides us a wealth of data that can be consciously analyzed and distilled, eventually allowing us to gain knowledge of all things in our experience; if we but do the inner work of philosophy, contemplation and discernment. Related 'Killer robots' with AI must be banned, urge Stephen Hawking, Noam Chomsky and thousands of others in open letter Here is an excerpt from the article:

“Enter the AI drone or soldier debate. The military industrial complex has long desired a highly obedient yet adaptable soldier, able to execute commands without question and anticipate needs so as to change tactics of battle real time. Human beings are programable, but human nature allows us to change, providing an unending source of risk and error for military activities.

For example, in the Civil War, 50% of soldiers froze when aiming at a living target, and in some cases instinctually missed. This was despite standard training and practice shooting. What was the problem? - empathy. "Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, a psychologist and professor of military science, looked at this evidence and concluded “that there is within most men an intense resistance to killing their fellow man. A resistance so strong that, in many circumstances, soldiers on the battlefield will die before they can overcome it.” In some ways this isn’t all that surprising. Very few people would seek out an opportunity to kill others. At the same time, you may find it hard to believe that it is sometimes impossible for soldiers to kill others even when their own lives are at risk." - The Psychology of Killing and the Origins of War Empathy is 'hardwired' into living organisms, with increasing levels of actualization in higher order life. Modern science has acknowledged this in discovering the so called mirror neurons, which fires when an action is taken by an organism or when it is observed. This is why when we watch another getting hurt we react as if we have been hurt. This subconscious and unavoidable process is the foundation for empathy processing, which concordantly is the basis for morality."

The brain is profoundly affected by what we experience, even if it comes from TV. As the below article discusses, the brainwave patterns of movie goers actually synchronizes from the hypnotic effects of watching images and sound on film. Related TV Side Effects | 12 Little-Known Ways That Television Stifles Spiritual Awakening [and the Mind] Related What you Believe may be a False Memory (Subliminal Mind Control) | Study shows how easily false memories can be planted to frame individuals for crimes Does this mean all video, film and movies are bad?

Related: NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra? In my view, the programing of one's mind using TV is due to lack of conscious processing. Often the worldviews, ideals and opinions offered are not questioned or contemplated, we do not engage in philosophy as a civilization any longer; thats what TV is for! This also applies to any other source of information, such as school, literature, advertising and even mild conversation. Anytime an idea enters the mind and it is not contemplated and reconciled with our knowledge base, it settles into the unconscious as is.

The Technique For Dispelling Suggestion and Mind Control The mind has two primary modes of expression, conscious thought and unconscious absorption. The conscious mind is where two or more ideas can be compared, revealing patterns and inconsistencies. The unconscious mind is a powerful observer, able to receive and store all information streaming in as insight and intuition (random thoughts), and without as sensory data. Science has proven that even though we may not notice something consciously, the unconscious mind does, settling into the total consciousness; effecting our behavior.

Therefore, the key to undoing any form of mind control (unconsciously accepted suggestions) is through the conscious mind. Essentially a subliminal suggestion is an illusion or magic trick, it only fools us into thinking it's real so long as we never investigate it. But once we know how the trick is done, we see the whole truth more clearly, and now we are conscious of the subtle suggestion, able to dismiss it with ease. Ignorance is the foundation upon which all forms of mind control and subtle suggestion work, therefore dispelling it with knowledge - the conscious act of seeking the truth - is the primary tool for gaining freedom. In my own experience, after researching these topics in earnest over the past five years, it is now clear how many suggestions are spread liberally into almost all media. For example, often in police dramas the cops show up at the door of a suspect or witness needing to conduct a search or look for someone inside. When answering the door, rarely if ever do the police have a warrant. The person answering the door usually just lets the police in without a word of question; never asking to see a warrant. This fictional story sends a subtle suggestion to the watcher, that most people don't ask for warrants.

And since the vast majority of people base their behavior on what everyone else does, they are effectively being programed to never ask for a warrant. Even if they do have the notion to ask for one, the social pressure from this suggestion will require a major act of will to overcome. But all of this can only work on an unconscious mind; an unawake person. Once the sleeper has awakened, and we begin to consciously investigate the mind control all around us, it becomes very easy to spot subliminal suggestion when encountered. Just like it can become easy to tell when someone is lying to us after we've passed through the initiative experience of being lied to, in this way, the efforts of our would-be masters to control the masses actually provides us with the information we need to become immune to such forms of control. The solution to external control, therefore, is to become conscious, awaken and active. To use the power of philosophy - the exploration of meanings, to analyze and discern the suggestions constantly pouring into our minds. A deception, illusion or fraud, once recognized, is forever dissolved by the now wise and discerning mind. And these skills of self mastery and sovereignty can now be shared with others. In essence each of us who accepts the mission of facing these forms of control, can now become a force to counter them, an epicenter of awakened and active consciousness.

In my view, reviewing mainstream TV, especially news, is an essential part of training discernment and strengthening mental discipline. We can literally watch TV looking for suggestions. Try doing this with scenes in your favorite show, attempt to observe the events of the story and what they are implying about the characters in it. Often there are flagrant examples of suggestion such as symbols or words flashed on the screen at a point in the story that when put together creates a subtle suggestion. In any popular TV series or film there are many layers of suggestion to discover and gain mastery over by exercising these skills of internal discernment . Related Decoding Fiction - Science of Meaning | As Above So Below (Fractal) Symbolism in Once Upon A Time TV Series One final point on TV is the actual technology used. In our modern age Cathode Ray Tube televisions have been almost completely phased out. These devices produce an extremely intense electromagnetic field that disrupts the bodies delicate organic field. These fields govern a huge amount of processes within our bodies and minds. It has been demonstrated that the minds ability to create a stable image or thought is significantly reduced after exposure to older TV's. But this effect also happens when viewing any imagery for prolonged periods of time, without also exercising the imagination using discernment.

Imagination Is Essential It is during philosophy, contemplation, investigation, insight and meditation that these innate imaginative powers are exercised and honed. The imagination is an essential aspect of our beingness, the foundation of holistic intelligence, balanced emotional states and even psi-abilities. Any adverse affects of TV on the mind, by way of implantation of thought forms, belief systems and values, can be almost totally reversed by a dedicated and active process of mental activity.

We must think about what we're watching, sift through meanings and reveal insights, develop an appreciation for symbolism and the power of consciousness to explore ideas. In this way TV becomes a powerful tool for expanding consciousness, so long as we learn to use the discerning powers of the mind and healing energy of the heart. As I often like to say: "learn to use your mind, or someone else will."

How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture September 5 2016 | From: GarretGalland

How many times have you heard someone lament how much the world has changed from the good old days? You know, the simpler pre-PC period when the world operated according to fairly predictable principles.

But then we woke one day in a world with every bastion of what some might call normalcy under attack. Institutions that 100 years ago appeared unassailable - marriage, for example - are increasingly seen as antiquated. Even the idea of a national character is viewed as wrong-minded and, in the successful societies of the West, as exclusionary and even racist. How did all this come about? Or, more colloquially, what was the number of the bus that hit us? This article shines the light on the Frankfurt School, an insidious movement that set down roots in the early 1900s. As you’ll read, it is at the feet of the Frankfurt School that we can lay much of the blame for setting the modern world culturally adrift. After reading, please pass this edition along. People need to understand the agenda behind much of what is now accepted as the new normal.

How the Frankfurt School Changed American [Western] Culture The 1950s were a simple, romantic, and golden time in America. California beaches, suburbia, and style. Atlas Shrugged was published, NASA was formed, and Elvis rocked the nation. Every year from 1950–1959 saw over 4 million babies born. The nation stood atop the world in every field.

It was an era of great economic prosperity in The Land of the Free. So, what happened to the American traits of confidence, pride, and accountability?

The roots of Western cultural decay are very deep, having first sprouted a century ago. It began with a loose clan of ideologues inside Europe’s communist movement. Today, it is known as the Frankfurt School, and its ideals have perverted American society.

When Outcomes Fail, Just Change the Theory Before WWI, Marxist theory held that if war broke out in Europe, the working classes would rise up against the bourgeoisie and create a communist revolution. Well, as is the case with much of Marxist theory, things didn’t go too well. When war broke out in 1914, instead of starting a revolution, the proletariat put on their uniforms and went off to war. After the war ended, Marxist theorists were left to ask, “What went wrong?”

Marx

Two very prominent Marxists thinkers of the day were Antonio Gramsci and Georg Lukács. Each man, on his own, concluded that the working class of Europe had been blinded by the success of Western democracy and capitalism. They reasoned that until both had been destroyed, a communist revolution was not possible. Gramsci and Lukács were both active in the Communist party, but their lives took very different paths.Gramsci was jailed by Mussolini in Italy where he died in 1937 due to poor health. In 1918, Lukács became minister of culture in Bolshevik Hungary. During this time, Lukács realized that if the family unit and sexual morals were eroded, society could be broken down. Lukács implemented a policy he titled “cultural terrorism,” which focused on these two objectives. A major part of the policy was to target children’s minds through lectures that encouraged them to deride and reject Christian ethics. In these lectures, graphic sexual matter was presented to children, and they were taught about loose sexual conduct. Here again, a Marxist theory had failed to take hold in the real world. The people were outraged at Lukács’ program, and he fled Hungary when Romania invaded in 1919.

The Birth of Cultural Marxism All was quiet on the Marxist front until 1923 when the cultural terrorist turned up for a “Marxist study week” in Frankfurt, Germany. There, Lukács met a young, wealthy Marxist named Felix Weil. Until Lukács showed up, classical Marxist theory was based solely on the economic changes needed to overthrow class conflict. Weil was enthused by Lukács’ cultural angle on Marxism.

Weil’s interest led him to fund a new Marxist think tank - the Institute for Social Research. It would later come to be known as simply The Frankfurt School.

Freud (above) was the uncle of Edward Bernays who was an Austrian-American pioneer in the field of public relations and propaganda, referred to in his obituary as "the father of public relations". Bernays' public relations efforts helped to popularize Freud's theories in the United States. Coincidence?

In 1930, the school changed course under new director Max Horkheimer. The team began mixing the ideas of Sigmund Freud with those of Marx, and cultural Marxism was born. In classical Marxism, the workers of the world were oppressed by the ruling classes. The new theory was that everyone in society was psychologically oppressed by the institutions of Western culture. The school concluded that this new focus would need new vanguards to spur the change. The workers were not able to rise up on their own.

As fate would have it, the National Socialists came to power in Germany in 1933. It was a bad time and place to be a Jewish Marxist, as most of the school’s faculty was. So, the school moved to New York City, the bastion of Western culture at the time.

Coming to America In 1934, the school was reborn at Columbia University. Its members began to exert their ideas on American culture. It was at Columbia University that the school honed the tool it would use to destroy Western culture: the printed word. The school published a lot of popular material. The first of these was Critical Theory. Critical Theory is a play on semantics. The theory was simple: criticize every pillar of Western culture - family, democracy, common law, freedom of speech, and others. The hope was that these pillars would crumble under the pressure.

The schedule of damaged created by Marx. Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Next was a book Theodor Adorno co-authored, The Authoritarian Personality. It redefined traditional American views on gender roles and sexual mores as “prejudice.” Adorno compared them to the traditions that led to the rise of fascism in Europe. Is it just a coincidence that the go-to slur for the politically correct today is “fascist”? The school pushed its shift away from economics and toward Freud by publishing works on psychological repression. Their works split society into two main groups: the oppressors and the victims. They argued that history and reality were shaped by those groups who controlled traditional institutions. At the time, that was code for males of European descent. From there, they argued that the social roles of men and women were due to gender differences defined by the “oppressors.” In other words, gender did not exist in reality but was merely a “social construct.”

A Coalition of Victims Adorno and Horkheimer returned to Germany when WWII ended. Herbert Marcuse, another member of the school, stayed in America. In 1955, he published Eros and Civilization. In the book, Marcuse argued that Western culture was inherently repressive because it gave up happiness for social progress. The book called for “polymorphous perversity,” a concept crafted by Freud. It posed the idea of sexual pleasure outside the traditional norms.

Eros and Civilization would become very influential in shaping the sexual revolution of the 1960s. Marcuse would be the one to answer Horkheimer’s question from the 1930s: Who would replace the working class as the new vanguards of the Marxist revolution? Marcuse believed that it would be a victim coalition of minorities blacks, women, and homosexuals. The social movements of the 1960s - black power, feminism, gay rights, sexual liberation - gave Marcuse a unique vehicle to release cultural Marxist ideas into the mainstream. Railing against all things “establishment,” The Frankfurt School’s ideals caught on like wildfire across American universities. Marcuse then published Repressive Tolerance in 1965 as the various social movements in America were in full swing. In it, he argued that tolerance of all values and ideas meant the repression of “correct” ideas. It was here that Marcuse coined the term “liberating tolerance.” It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the right.

It was here that Marcuse coined the term “liberating tolerance.” It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the right. One of the overarching themes of the Frankfurt School was total intolerance for any viewpoint but its own. That is also a basic trait of today’s political-correctness believers. To quote Max Horkheimer, “Logic is not independent of content.”

Recalling the Words of Winston (Not That One) The Frankfurt School’s work has had a deep impact on American culture. It has recast the homogenous America of the 1950s into today’s divided, animosity-filled nation. In turn, this has contributed to the undeniable breakdown of the family unit, as well as identity politics, radical feminism, and racial polarization in America. It’s hard to decide if today’s Western culture is more like Orwell’s 1984 or Huxley’s Brave New World. Never one to buck a populist trend, the political establishment in America has fully embraced the ideas of the Frankfurt School and has pushed them on American society through public miseducation. Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton, the beacons of progressivism, are both disciples of Saul Alinsky, a devoted cultural Marxist.

And so we now live in a hyper-sensitive society in which social memes and feelings have overtaken biological and objective reality as the main determinants of right and wrong. Political correctness is a war on logic and reason.

To quote Winston, the protagonist in Orwell’s dystopia, “Freedom is the freedom to say that 2+2=4.” Today, America, and the West, are not free.

Here Come the Clowns Canadian lawmakers vote to make the national anthem gender neutral. Because after all, folks, budget deficits are too much work, and well, it’s 2016. Segregation is back! At this school, white children are taught about their “privilege” while black children are coddled and brought to dedicated spaces to “voice their feelings.” Thank God for their “diversity director.” Even 22 years after the end of apartheid, there is still racist architecture in Cape Town. Ever wish you were a child again? Well, now it is possible. Just attend adult playschool in NYC! Prices range from $333– $999 per class. A bargain!

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories September 2 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Do you smirk when you hear someone question the official stories of Orlando, San Bernardino, Paris or Nice? Do you feel superior to 2,500 architects and engineers, to firefighters, commercial and military pilots, physicists and chemists, and former high government officials who have raised doubts about 9/11?

If so, you reflect the profile of a mind-controlled CIA stooge. The term “conspiracy theory” was invented and put into public discourse by the CIA in 1964 in order to discredit the many skeptics who challenged the Warren Commission’s conclusion that President John F. Kennedy was assassinated by a lone gunman named Lee Harvey Oswald, who himself was assassinated while in police custody before he could be questioned. The CIA used its friends in the media to launch a campaign to make suspicion of the Warren Commission report a target of ridicule and hostility. This campaign was “one of the most successful propaganda initiatives of all time.” So writes political science professor Lance deHaven-Smith, who in his peer-reviewed book, Conspiracy Theory in America, published by the University of Texas Press, tells the story of how the CIA succeeded in creating in the public mind reflexive, automatic, stigmatization of those who challenge government explanations. This is an extremely important and readable book, one of those rare books with the power to break you out of The Matrix. Professor deHaven-Smith is able to write this book because the original CIA Dispatch #1035-960, which sets out the CIA plot, was obtained through a Freedom of Information Act request. Apparently, the bureaucracy did not regard a document this old as being of any importance. The document is marked “Destroy when no longer needed,” but somehow wasn’t. CIA Dispatch #1035-960 is reproduced in the book.

The success that the CIA has had in stigmatizing skepticism of government explanations has made it difficult to investigate State Crimes Against Democracy (SCAD) such as 9/11. With the public mind programmed to ridicule “conspiracy kooks,” even in the case of suspicious events such as 9/11 the government can destroy evidence, ignore prescribed procedures, delay an investigation, and then form a political committee to put its imprimatur on the official story. Professor deHaven-Smith notes that in such events as Kennedy’s assassination and 9/11 official police and prosecutorial investigations are never employed. The event is handed off to a political commission. Professor deHaven-Smith’s book supports what I have told my readers: the government controls the story from the beginning by having the official explanation ready the moment a SCAD occurs. This makes any other explanation a “conspiracy theory.” This is the way Professor deHaven-Smith puts it:

“A SCAD approach to memes assumes further that the CIA and other possibly participating agencies are formulating memes well in advance of operations, and therefore SCAD memes appear and are popularized very quickly before any competing concepts are on the scene.” The CIA’s success in controlling public perception of what our Founding Fathers would have regarded as suspicious events involving the government enables those in power positions within government to orchestrate events that serve hidden agendas. The events of September 11 created the new paradigm of endless war in behalf of a Washington-dominated world. The CIA’s success in controlling public perceptions has made it impossible to investigate elite political crimes. Consequently, it is now possible for treason to be official US government policy.

Professor deHaven-Smith’s book will tell you the story of the assassination of President Kennedy by elements of the US military, CIA, and Secret Service. Just as the Warren Commission covered up the State Crime Against Democracy, Professor deHaven-Smith shows why we should doubt the official 9/11 story. And anything else that the government tells us. Read this book. It is short. It is affordable. It is reality preparation. It will innoculate you against being a dumbshit, insouciant, brainwashed American. I am surprised that the CIA has not purchased the entire print run and burned the books. Perhaps the CIA feels secure from its success in brainwashing the public and does not believe that American democracy and accountable government can be restored.

The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented by the CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief of Official Government Stories

Ron Unz reports on the cold shoulder given to an extensively researched book that concludes that World War II hero General George Patton was murdered by the CIA because he became a powerful critic of Washington. The book was ignored because the US media and public have been programmed to regard the US government as a truthteller and those who expose government crimes as “conspiracy theorists.” In 2013 Professor Lance Dehaven-Smith in a peer-reviewed book published by the University of Texas Press showed that the term “conspiracy theory” was developed by the CIA as a means of undercutting critics of the Warren Commission’s report that President Kennedy was killed by Oswald. The use of this term was heavily promoted in the media by the CIA. See: Conspiracy Theory in America (Discovering America) It is ironic that the American left is a major enforcer of the CIA’s strategy to shut up skeptics by branding them conspiracy theorists.

5 Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe August 31 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Every single day we are bombarded with thousands of advertisements, whether we realize it or not.

Being accustomed to their constant presence, we don’t consciously pay attention to them and can’t realize the tremendous negative impact they have on us and the world. Below are five quite damaging lies that advertisements want you to believe and which you should be aware of so as to avoid falling into their trap. 1. You are incomplete. Advertisements do their best to convince you that you are not enough as you are. Once they achieve to make you feel bad about yourself, they provide you with a solution to make you feel well again: that of buying the products they sell.

2. Everything you need is on sale. Advertisements want to persuade you to think that anything you desire can be bought. Do you want to feel confident? Then buy this shiny car! Do you feel you’re not attractive to the opposite sex? Then get yourselves some hip shoes! Are you stressed? Then consume these magic pills! 3. Material possessions are all that matters in life. Another damaging lie promoted through advertising is that acquiring material things is the key to living well. You needn’t search anywhere else for happiness and fulfillment, such as in pursuing your passions or building healthy relationships with people - there’s always a product that can substitute for all those things. 4. Success is measured by the stuff you own. Advertisements try to fool you into believing that if you have less and worse stuff than those around you, then you are a person to be looked down upon, and that the only way to prove your importance is to get more and better stuff than others.

Thus advertisements are urging you to constantly compare yourself to others and compete with them. 5. Consuming without end is normal. Lastly yet perhaps most importantly, advertisements are trying to convince you that your purpose in life is to consume, and that only by doing so will you fit in society. As a result, they can immensely complicate your life by stressing you to constantly hunt for the next best thing, regardless of how wasteful that behavior is and the negative consequences it has on the planet.

As you can understand, the sole purpose of advertisements is to sell you stuff so that companies and corporations can make an economic gain, and the tactics they use to achieve that are hideous and deceptive.

The quicker you realize this fact and stop buying into their lies, the more you’ll be able to live free, without feeling the constant pressure to mindlessly waste your time, energy, and the earth’s finite resources to satisfy your artificial needs.

Finally, The CIA Admits Covering Up JFK Assassination August 26 2016 | From: TrueActivist / Politico

Yes, the CIA Director Was Part of the JFK Assassination Cover-Up: Even if you have to wait over 50 years, eventually the truth will out. [While they have not admitted to everything - the red links below fill in the gaps.]

Suspicions that the CIA covered up JFK‘s murder have finally been confirmed, according to an explosive Politico report (further below) out this week. Related: JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention Fifty-two years after the President’s death, declassified documents show that the CIA were in communication with alleged assassin Lee Harvey Oswald before JFK’s murder in 1963, and they were monitoring his mail since 1959. Not only that but John McCone, who was Chief of the CIA at the time, allegedly hid evidence from the Warren commission, set up by Lyndon Johnson to investigate JFK’s assassination. The spymaster and other senior CIA officials are accused of withholding ‘incendiary’ information from the commission and therefore perverting the course of justice. The CIA has admitted this. The Politico report is based on evidence given by CIA historian David Robarge. He has claimed the cover-up was intended to keep the commission focused on:

"What the agency believed at the time was the best truth - that Lee Harvey Oswald, for as yet undetermined motives, had acted alone in killing John Kennedy.”

McCone directed the CIA to provide only “passive, reactive and selective” assistance to the Warren commission, meaning the investigation was severely compromised and did not follow up any other leads which may have been crucial in the search for truth.

Robarge also believes that John McCone, who died in 1991, withheld vital information relating to various CIA plots to assassinate Fidel Castro. The historian points out that these plots may well be linked to JFK‘s assassination - there’s a strong chance his murder was a revenge attack for CIA operations in Cuba - but McCone’s unwillingness to explore other potentialities outside of prime suspect Lee Harvey Oswald could have resulted in a grave miscarriage of justice. JFK was America’s youngest ever and most charismatic President, and his death shocked the nation. Alternative murder theories are popular across the States:

A 2013 poll found that only 30% of Americans believe Oswald shot JFK, and that he acted alone. 61% believed that others were involved in a conspiracy (see the embedded video to find out why). David Robarge first published these exclusive claims in a secret internal CIA magazine in 2013. His claims have now been declassified and can be publicly accessed here on the George Washington University’s National Security Archive. Robarge has also written a biography of John McCone, but his book continues to be classified. What else might the historian have uncovered? Here’s hoping that the full truth of what happened in Dealy Plaza on that fateful day will very soon be common knowledge.

Yes, The CIA Director Was Part Of The JFK Assassination Cover-Up John McCone was long suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission. Now even the CIA says he did.

John McCone came to the CIA as an outsider. An industrialist and an engineer by training, he replaced veteran spymaster Allen Dulles as director of central intelligence in November 1961, after John F. Kennedy had forced out Dulles following the CIA’s bungled operation to oust Fidel Castro by invading Cuba’s Bay of Pigs. McCone had one overriding mission: restore order at the besieged CIA. Kennedy hoped his management skills might prevent a future debacle, even if the Californian - mostly a stranger to the clubby, blue-blooded world of the men like Dulles who had always run the spy agency - faced a steep learning curve. After JFK’s assassination in Dallas in November 1963, President Lyndon Johnson kept McCone in place at the CIA, and the CIA director became an important witness before the Warren Commission, the panel Johnson created to investigate Kennedy’s murder. McCone pledged full cooperation with the commission, which was led by Chief Justice Earl Warren, and testified that the CIA had no evidence to suggest that Lee Harvey Oswald, the assassin, was part of any conspiracy, foreign or domestic.

In its final report, the commission came to agree with McCone’s depiction of Oswald, a former Marine and selfproclaimed Marxist, as a delusional lone wolf. But did McCone come close to perjury all those decades ago? Did the onetime Washington outsider in fact hide agency secrets that might still rewrite the history of the assassination? Even the CIA is now willing to raise these questions. Half a century after JFK’s death, in a once-secret report written in 2013 by the CIA’s top in-house historian and quietly declassified last fall, the spy agency acknowledges what others were convinced of long ago: That McCone and other senior CIA officials were “complicit” in keeping “incendiary” information from the Warren Commission. According to the report by CIA historian David Robarge, McCone, who died in 1991, was at the heart of a:

"Benign cover-up” at the spy agency, intended to keep the commission focused on “what the Agency believed at the time was the ‘best truth’ - that Lee Harvey Oswald, for as yet undetermined motives, had acted alone in killing John Kennedy.”

The most important information that McCone withheld from the commission in its 1964 investigation, the report found, was the existence, for years, of CIA plots to assassinate Castro, some of which put the CIA in cahoots with the Mafia. Without this information, the commission never even knew to ask the question of whether Oswald had accomplices in Cuba or elsewhere who wanted Kennedy dead in retaliation for the Castro plots. While raising no question about the essential findings of the Warren Commission, including that Oswald was the gunman in Dallas, the 2013 report is important because it comes close to an official CIA acknowledgement - half a century after the fact of impropriety in the agency’s dealings with the commission. The coverup by McCone and others may have been “benign,” in the report’s words, but it was a cover-up nonetheless, denying information to the commission that might have prompted a more aggressive investigation of Oswald’s potential Cuba ties. Initially stamped “SECRET/NOFORN,” meaning it was not to be shared outside the agency or with foreign governments, Robarge’s report was originally published as an article in the CIA’s classified internal magazine, Studies in Intelligence, in September 2013, to mark the 50th anniversary of the Kennedy assassination. The article, drawn from a still-classified 2005 biography of McCone written by Robarge, was declassified quietly last fall and is now available on the website of The George Washington University’s National Security Archive.

In a statement to POLITICO, the CIA said it decided to declassify the report “to highlight misconceptions about the CIA’s connection to JFK’s assassination,” including the still-popular conspiracy theory that the spy agency was somehow behind the assassination. (Articles in the CIA magazine are routinely declassified without fanfare after internal review.) Robarge’s article says that McCone, quickly convinced after the assassination that Oswald had acted alone and that there was no foreign conspiracy involving Cuba or the Soviet Union, directed the agency to provide only “passive, reactive and selective” assistance to the Warren Commission. This portrait of McCone suggests that he was much more hands-on in the CIA’s dealings with the commission - and in the agency’s post-assassination scrutiny of Oswald’s past - than had previously been known. The report quotes another senior CIA official, who heard McCone say that he intended to “handle the whole (commission) business myself, directly.” The report offers no conclusion about McCone’s motivations, including why he would go to lengths to cover-up CIA activities that mostly predated his time at the agency. But it suggests that the Johnson White House might have directed McCone to hide the information.

McCone;“shared the administration’s interest in avoiding disclosures about covert actions that would circumstantially implicate [the] CIA in conspiracy theories and possibly lead to calls for a tough US response against the perpetrators of the assassination,” the article reads. “If the commission did not know to ask about covert operations about Cuba, he was not going to give them any suggestions about where to look.” In an interview, David Slawson, who was the Warren Commission’s chief staff investigator in searching for evidence of a foreign conspiracy, said he was not surprised to learn that McCone had personally withheld so much information from the investigation in 1964, especially about the Castro plots.

"I always assumed McCone must have known, because I always believed that loyalty and discipline in the CIA made any large-scale operation without the consent of the director impossible,” says Slawson, now 84 and a retired University of Southern California law professor. He says he regrets that it had taken so long for the spy agency to acknowledge that McCone and others had seriously misled the commission. After half a century, Slawson says, “The world loses interest, because the assassination becomes just a matter of history to more and more people.”

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts The report identifies other tantalizing information that McCone did not reveal to the commission, including evidence that the CIA might somehow have been in communication with Oswald before 1963 and that the spy agency had secretly monitored Oswald’s mail after he attempted to defect to the Soviet Union in 1959. The CIA mail-opening program, which was later determined to have been blatantly illegal, had the code name HTLINGUAL.

"It would be surprising if the DCI [director of central intelligence] were not told about the program” after the Kennedy assassination, the report reads. “If not, his subordinates deceived him. If he did know about HTLINGUAL reporting on Oswald, he was not being forthright with the commission - presumably to protect an operation that was highly compartmented and, if disclosed, sure to arouse much controversy.”

John McCone

In the 1970s, when congressional investigations exposed the Castro plots, members of the Warren Commission and its staff expressed outrage that they had been denied the information in 1964. Had they known about the plots, they said, the commission would have been much more aggressive in trying to determine whether JFK’s murder was an act of retaliation by Castro or his supporters. Weeks before the assassination, Oswald traveled to Mexico City and met there with spies for the Cuban and Soviet governments - a trip that CIA and FBI officials have long acknowledged was never adequately investigated. (Even so, Warren Commission staffers remain convinced today that Oswald was the lone gunman in Dallas, a view shared by ballistics experts who have studied the evidence.) In congressional testimony in 1978, after public disclosures about the Castro plots, McCone claimed that he could not have shared information about the plots with the Warren Commission in 1964 because he was ignorant of the plots at the time. Other CIA officials;

"Withheld the information from me,” he said. “I have never been satisfied as to why they withheld the information.” But the 2013 report concluded that “McCone’s testimony was neither frank nor accurate,” since it was later determined with certainty that he had been informed about the CIA-Mafia plots nine months before his appearance before the Warren Commission. Robarge suggests the CIA is responsible for some of the harsh criticism commonly leveled at the Warren Commission for large gaps in its investigation of the president’s murder, including its failure to identify Oswald’s motive in the assassination and to pursue evidence that might have tied Oswald to accomplices outside the United States.

Dealey Plaza

For decades, opinion polls have shown that most Americans reject the commission’s findings and believe Oswald did not act alone. Four of the seven commissioners were members of Congress, and they spent the rest of their political careers badgered by accusations that they had been part of a coverup.

"The decision of McCone and Agency leaders in 1964 not to disclose information about CIA’s anti-Castro schemes might have done more to undermine the credibility of the commission than anything else that happened while it was conducting its investigation,” the report reads. “In that sense - and in that sense alone - McCone may be regarded as a ‘co-conspirator’ in the JFK as sassination ‘cover-up.’” If there was, indeed, a CIA “cover-up,” a member of the Warren Commission was apparently in on it: Allen Dulles, McCone’s predecessor, who ran the CIA when the spy agency hatched the plots to kill Castro.

"McCone does not appear to have any explicit, special understanding with Allen Dulles,” the 2013 report says. Still, McCone could “rest assured that his predecessor would keep a dutiful watch over Agency equities and work to keep the commission from pursuing provocative lines of investigation, such as lethal anti-Castro covert actions.” (Johnson appointed Dulles to the commission at the recommendation of then-Attorney General Robert Kennedy.)

In fact it is doubtful that Castro had anything to do with the assassination of JFK other than being used as false flag cover. See the red related links for more detail

The 2013 report also draws attention to the contacts between McCone and Robert Kennedy in the days after the assassination. In the wake of the Bay of Pigs disaster in 1961, the attorney general was asked by his brother, the president, to direct the administration’s secret war against Castro, and Robert Kennedy’s friends and family acknowledged years later that he never stopped fearing that Castro was behind his brother’s death.

"McCone had frequent contact with Robert Kennedy during the painful days after the assassination,” the report says. “Their communication appears to have been verbal, informal and, evidently in McCone’s estimation, highly personal; no memoranda or transcripts exist or are known to have been made.” “Because Robert Kennedy had overseen the Agency’s anti-Castro covert actions - including some of the assassination plans - his dealings with McCone about his brother’s murder had a special gravity,” the report continues. “Did Castro kill the president because the president had tried to kill Castro? Had the administration’s obsession with Cuba inadvertently inspired a politicized sociopath to murder John Kennedy?” The declassification of the bulk of the 2013 McCone report might suggest a new openness by the CIA in trying to resolve the lingering mysteries about the Kennedy assassination. At the same time, there are 15 places in the public version of the report where the CIA has deleted sensitive information sometimes individual names, sometimes whole sentences. It is an acknowledgement, it seems, that there are still secrets about the Kennedy assassination hidden in the agency’s files. Related: The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians August 26 2016 | From: NaturalNews

I'm almost rolling with laughter watching all this unfold: Because democrats refuse to face the real threats facing America - Islamic terrorism, debt spending, illegal immigration and job-crushing federal mandates like Obamacare - they have to invent their own fake emergencies to try to win the votes of people who don't have any clue about the real world.

So-called "climate change" - previously known as "global warming" but renamed after the data revealed no warming trend at all - is entirely rooted in false mythologies, official narratives and creative storytelling. Related: Engineer: Decarbonization Will Result in Mass Starvation, Poverty, Civil Strife That's precisely why democrats had to hire James Cameron, Arnold Schwarzenegger and Sigourney Weaver to present a climate change scary in a new short film. These are the very same people whose films depict time-traveling Terminator robots, interplanetary aliens with green acid blood, and poltergeists that could be captured with vacuum cleaners (the original "Ghostbusters" movie... the one that didn't suck). If you believe in time-traveling robots from the future, you might also believe in the climate change narrative, too.

That narrative is based entirely on ridiculous, absurd, make-believe notions such as: The hilariously ignorant idea that polar bears can't swim (or even that their numbers are plummeting). In truth, polar bears are champion swimmers, and their population numbers are on the rise. The scientifically illiterate notion that carbon dioxide is bad for the planet. In reality, it's the No. 1 nutrient source of all forests, food crops, herbal plants and green zones across the planet. CO2 reforests deserts and amplifies food production. It's also impossible for humans alone to raise CO2 levels much at all for the simple reason that plants are starving for it and keep consuming it as fast as we can make it. (This is Botany Science 101.) The laughably anti-science narrative that says oceans are going to rise so quickly, they'll drown out coastal cities and devastate human civilization. In reality, even during warming periods of Earth's history, oceans barely creep up at the pace of only about 1-2mm per year. That's about 1-2 DECADES for a single inch of ocean level rise. (Yep, not exactly the tidal wave apocalypse depicted in climate change scare films, is it?)

There is no man made climate change You have hopefully realized by now that everything the democrats invoke in their political campaigning is based on lies.Man made climate change is a cult science myth rooted in a convenient political narrative, not scientific facts.

That's why their climate change scare film had to be made: to stir up the imagination of climate change and make it seem visually real even though it is scientifically false. It sort of reminds me of the original "Reefer Madness" film which was also created as a propaganda political film to scare people away from medical marijuana. That film was also based on quack science hysteria, just like the climate change films being made today.

Yep, you heard me right: There is no legitimate scientific evidence whatsoever to support their climate change narrative. The data that have been presented to the public are all "corrected" (i.e. fraudulent altered) to artificially insert new "data points" that fit the political narrative we're all being spoon fed by the corrupt democrats. Remember: The climate changing pushing politicians are all exactly the same people who lie to us all about vaccines, GMOs, fluoride, government debt and antidepressant drugs.

Why on Earth would anyone believe they are magically and selectively telling the truth only about climate change when we all know they are constantly lying about everything else? The pro climate change position is truly just climate superstition masquerading as science. It should be obvious at this point, but everything the democratic establishment insists is TRUE is almost certainly FALSE. Read this excellent article entitled Climate Superstition Is Weaponizing The Ignorant. It states, "Climate alarmists are no different from 16th century Europeans who burned 15,000 witches for 'cooking the weather.' They observe ordinary events, and convince themselves that it is unprecedented and somebody's fault." From this 2014 Natural News article:

"Planetary temperatures have remained largely stable throughout the past several decades, according to new data released by the Remote Sensing Systems (RSS) satellite. Mean temperatures gauged across multiple measurement platforms including GISS, HadCRUt4, NCDC, UAH and RSS definitively show that the planet has not been warming for nearly 18 years, taking the wind out of the sails of the global warming fallacy.” And from another Natural News article:

"The US government's Global Historical Climate Network reversed the results of temperature recordings to suggest that the temperature was rising through 60 years of research. These recordings were amplified by two official surface records. The Goddard Institute for Space Studies and the National Climate Data Center amplified surface records to estimate temperatures across entire regions of the Earth where temperatures aren't even recorded. By falsifying records and then amplifying the data, these large data centers misrepresented temperatures records across an entire region of the earth.” And finally, from Global warming data FAKED by government to fit climate change fictions:

"Now, in what might be the largest scientific fraud ever uncovered, NASA and the NOAA have been caught redhanded altering historical temperature data to produce a "climate change narrative" that defies reality. We now know that historical temperature data for the continental United States were deliberately altered by NASA and NOAA scientists in a politically-motivated attempt to rewrite history and claim global warming is causing U.S. temperatures to trend upward. The data actually show that we are in a cooling trend, not a warming trend (see charts below). This story is starting to break worldwide right now across the media, with The Telegraph now reporting, "NOAA's US Historical Climatology Network (USHCN) has been 'adjusting' its record by replacing real temperatures with data 'fabricated' by computer models." Because the actual historical temperature record doesn't fit the frenzied, doomsday narrative of global warming being fronted today on the political stage, the data were simply altered using "computer models" and then published as fact.” Related: Bill Gates backs climate scientists lobbying for large-scale geoengineering Here's the actual scientific temperature data BEFORE the data were altered:

And here's the "official narrative" version of the data AFTER they were altered for political reasons:

And here is the EPA's own chart depicting heat waves throughout U.S. history. Notice that the heat waves were far, far worse in the 1930's than they are today?

How to counter the climate change narrative with actual logic and real data From RealClimateScience.com (go there to see all the graphs and charts that accompany this text): 1) There is no 97% consensus of scientists. In a 2013 survey of the professional members of the American Meteorological Society, only 52% believed that global warming was primarily man-made – much less dangerous. No group in the survey came anywhere close to reaching 97%. 2) Heatwaves are not getting worse. According to the EPA, the worst heatwaves in the US (by far) occurred during the 1930's - when the Midwest commonly saw temperatures over 110 degrees, and as high as 120 degrees. 3) Droughts are not getting worse. According to NOAA, the US has been getting steadily wetter over the past century. In the 1930's, drought covered 80% of the US, as poignantly described by John Steinbeck in "The Grapes of Wrath." 4) Scientists say that California has had much more severe droughts in the past, lasting as long as 200 years. The past 100 years was the wettest century on record in California. 5) Hurricanes are not getting worse. The US is experiencing a record quiet period for hurricanes. 6) According to the Danish Meteorological Institute, the Arctic Ocean is full of thick ice. There is more ice on the Russian side than there has been in years, and a group of global warming sailors are currently blocked by impenetrable ice in the Northeast Passage.

7) Polar Bear populations are not decreasing. (They are steadily rising, year after year.) 8) Sea level has been rising for 20,000 years, since the end of the last ice age. Most of that time much faster than now. It has nothing to do with humans. 9) According to NOAA, sea level is only rising 1.7 to 1.8 mm/year. At that rate, it will take thousands of years for Manhattan to drown. 10) According to NOAA, sea level at Manhattan has been rising at about the same rate (2.8 mm/year) since the 1850's. There is no indication that humans are affecting the rate of sea level rise. 11) Glaciers have been melting for a very long time. In 1879, John Muir (founder of the Sierra Club) found that Alaska's largest glacier had retreated 48 miles since 1794. Twenty thousand years ago, Chicago was buried under a mile of glacial ice. 12) Forest fires are not getting worse over the long term. According to USDA, the US had five times as much burn acreage in the 1930's as we do now. The New York Times confirmed this. 13) Climate models have failed, and greatly over-predict warming. 14) Our most accurate systems for measuring global temperature, satellites, show that this year is no warmer than 1998. 15) NASA shows that global surface temperatures have fallen 0.54 degrees C over the last four months. The largest drop on record in such a short time. Sites to visit where you can get educated about climate change: ClimateDepot.com RealClimateScience.com In fact, the biggest threat to our climate is Geoengineering.

Western Propaganda - So Simple But So Effective August 25 2016 | From: JournalNeo

When some time ago Noam Chomsky and I met at MIT, in order to write a book “On Western

Terrorism: From Hiroshima to Drone Warfare” and to produce a film with the same title together, the topic we mainly aimed at discussing was that of the countless genocides the West has committed all over the world since the end of the WWII. The second topic was impunity.

But no matter what atrocities we re-visited, our conversation kept slipping towards one crucial theme: the propaganda that has been manufactured in media centers like New York, Paris, London and other North American and European cities; the propaganda created in order to twist both the past and the present. Related: Trump: “The Media is Rigged” Without such brainwashing and the almost total indoctrination of the Western general public and the ‘elites’ in all of the ‘client’ states, no imperialist and neo-colonialist policies would have become truly successful. We spoke about US commercial advertising and its influence on German Nazi propaganda, and about Nazi propaganda influencing by return both the US and European propaganda-makers. Noam kept asking me about my childhood in socialist Czechoslovakia, and I explained to him, honestly, how indoctrinated I was as a teenager: not by the Communist dogmas, but by the BBC, the Voice of America and the Radio Free Europe – all of them relentlessly spreading the Western political and market gospel to all corners of the socialist world. Both Noam and I have created dozens of essays on the topic, as well as several books. My latest one, basically written about all the corners of the world where the Empire is spreading destruction and followed by indoctrination, has more than 800 pages, and is called “Exposing Lies of the Empire”.

And I always feel that even this massive book just touches the tip of the iceberg, that it is only a beginning! Western propaganda is actually a perfect apparatus! It is effective and it is almost fully ‘bulletproof’. It ‘works’! European empires have been refining it for many long centuries, and the European offspring – the United States – has elevated it to almost total perfection. One precondition for its success is, of course, that the Western political and economic regime owns almost all the major media channels and distribution outlets of the world. Diversity can never be tolerated. It could smash the idiocy! Once this prerequisite is completed, things get relatively relaxed and cozy for the demagogues in Washington, London and Paris. Here is just an example of how easy it is to smear a world leader who resists the imperialist designs of the Empire: Imagine that one sunny morning, some 10 major newspapers and television stations declare that various anonymous but highly reliable sources in Moscow have informed them that the Russian President Vladimir Putin is a vampire!

This ‘news’ would fly all over the world. Many readers and viewers would at first roll around on the floor laughing, but some would not. And even several of those who found the information thoroughly bizarre and unbelievable would at some point realize that seeds of doubt were beginning to grow inside their brains: “OK, it is absurd, of course, but what if? What if? How awful that would be!” But how can one really prove that he or she is not a vampire? Or how can one prove that he or she has not been visited by some evil extra-terrestrial flying saucers on several occasions? At some point, the Russian President would feel that he had enough of the charade. He’d go to the best university clinic in Moscow, and ask for a certificate that clearly stated that he is not a vampire. Several leading academics and doctors would get involved and produce a complex and thorough scientific conclusion, resolutely stating that President Putin is not a vampire. Shocked by and reacting to the vulgarity demonstrated by the Western propaganda tsars, most of the Russian media outlets would offer some commonsense and logic:

"Can’t we all see clearly that he cannot be a vampire? All his teeth are of approximately equal length, he socialized during the day, he does not sleep in a coffin, he eats garlic and he is not scared of crosses; be they Orthodox, Protestant or Catholic ones!” Others would argue that there are actually no real vampires inhabiting our Planet. This is when the Western mass media would go into overdrive. Sarcastically it would declare that the Russian academia, Russian doctors and Russian media cannot be trusted – they are all under the heel of the state, and on top of it they have been infiltrated by nation’s secret services and former KGB agents.

"And doesn’t ‘Vlad’ sound somehow similar to ‘Bran’, which is the castle in Romania, which in turn used to be the home base of the commander-in-chief of all militant vampires - Count Dracula?” There would still be some rational resistance: “No, ‘Vlad’ does not really sound like ‘Bran’, and anyway, nobody in Russia calls Mr. Putin ‘Vlad’ – only the Western media does.” But such voices of reason would never reach the general public all over the world! And on it goes. In the end, a few billions of human brains would register and subconsciously store the ‘vampire theory’, and they would never again look at the President of Russia, or at his country, with the same eyes!

Of course the Russian leadership is not the only one that the West is targeting. There is a relentless flow of ‘shocking’ rumors and derogatory remarks made by the mainstream media against the President of China, of Byelorussia, against the leadership of Iran, South Africa, Eritrea, Zimbabwe, Syria, and North Korea as well as against all the left-wing governments of Latin America. After being repeated hundreds of times, the rumors, at least for many people, get confused with facts, and get accepted as facts. When still leading Cuba, Fidel Castro was constantly ‘dying’ or ‘disappearing’. The North Korean government has been relentlessly portrayed as a desperate gang of bloodthirsty sexual maniacs, executing and raping all that moves. The ANC and especially President Zuma have done ‘nothing to close that staggering social divide in South Africa’. In South America, the pro-Western media outlets invented and then perfected a new lucrative industry: manufacturing corruption scandals and implicating in them virtually all of the popular socialist leaders. Nihilism, darkest ‘news’, and scenarios have been force-fed to the public, in order to eradicate all zeal and optimism that comes when one is building a great independent and egalitarian nation.

"I never forget that day,” an Eritrean cameraman exclaimed, during my visit to his country. “I had just finished an assignment inside the Presidential Palace. Then I met my friends and we were having coffee in front of the main gate. Suddenly the Western networks began broadcasting that ‘there is a coup in Asmara’. Social media went bananas. It was the “Breaking News” story everywhere. And here we were, right there, on a lazy sunny afternoon, in front of the Palace… I had just seen the President…. All was quiet! They just invented it, in order to get people out onto the streets! They were trying to manufacture a coup via their media outlets.” It is mainly fear, implanted into the brains of its subjects and slaves; fear that allows the Empire to control almost the entire Planet. Often it is subconscious fear, but it is fear nevertheless. Fear can be that of the Empire as a whole, or of its might

and brutality, or even of the alternatives, portrayed in the most unsavory and frightening colors by the propaganda.

In order to rule unopposed, one has to be feared! And one has to smear the alternatives. The task to spread fear, slander diversity and dissent, was given to the official media, academia and ‘artists’. Of course the biggest ‘threat’ to the Empire has been the two sisters who were born under the same star, from the same mother called Humanism. Their names are Communism and Socialism. And I am not only talking about the Western Marxist concept. There are many great concepts that put life and the well-being of the people first, all over the world! In fact, a few decades ago, it was becoming crystal clear that Western colonialism, imperialism and capitalism were finished. Their time was up! Socialism was the natural and logical way forward for most of humanity.

Realted: 25 Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques But then the West and its Empire fought back. They employed extreme violence and brutality, as well as cunning ‘divide and rule’ tactics. Tens of millions died, and progress was stopped, although hopefully, only for a limited period of time. And not everywhere! One of many reasons why Russia is perceived as a great ‘threat’ is because it inherited the humanist and internationalist foreign policy of the Soviet Union. But, also because it itself is actually becoming socialist again (although it is moving in that

direction by taking extremely short steps). Russia is recovering irreversibly from those dark days of the free marketer and West’s lackey, Boris Yeltsin.

Russia is also hated because it is setting the ‘wrong example’; proving to the world that one can develop and prosper without taking orders from the West, without serving its governments and corporations. Or more precisely: it can do it exactly because it broke itself free! The demonization of Russia is relentless. Every little negative detail is multiplied and magnified by the mainstream media and film industry. The world’s public is being nourished by bizarre stereotypes and fabrications. And so one of the most compassionate, deep, artistic and passionate nations on Earth, Russia, is depicted as being cold, robotic, heartless and inherently evil. Massive NATO military forces are now dispatched along Russia’s western border, and they include German troops. Periodically there are maneuvers and exercises, not far from the borderline. It is clearly a provocation, and it all brings back the horrific memories of the years right before World War II, the war in which the Russian nation lost between 25 and 30 million lives. A few hundred kilometers south, an old ally, in fact a Slavic sister, Ukraine, is being forced to confront Russia by its Western handlers, something that is being done against the will of the great majority of the Ukrainian people.

The US is heavily involved in the destabilizing of Central Asia, including a group of nations that used to form part of the Soviet Union. But thanks to Machiavellian Western propaganda, it is actually Russia that is being portrayed as the aggressor and a danger to world peace! And it is China, which is being depicted as some kind of a ruthless and unpredictable monster that is now ready to swallow the world! In fact China is an extremely predictable country, and any unbiased student of world history would clearly see how peacefully it has been behaving, for centuries! But to ‘prove’ that China is not a Communist country, anymore, and at the same time that it is one of the greatest threats to world peace and ‘stability’ (read: to Western control of the World), is one of the most important tasks given to the Western media, academia and propaganda tsars by the Empire.

And they are succeeding! Indoctrination tactics are working flawlessly. The Western pubic is by now thoroughly brainwashed (at worst) or confused (at best) when it comes to China. In recent years I engaged hundreds of French, Italian, Spanish, German, British and Czech people in discussions about China, just to receive (with extremely few exceptions) a barrage of standardized, patronizing, mass-produced ‘opinions’. It often felt like talking to the people who were forced to live for decades under the Taliban or under the ‘spiritual guidance’ of some fundamentalist evangelical Protestant sect. In fact, China is both Communist (Communism or Socialism, but with Chinese characteristics) as it is breathtakingly successful! Analyzing this marvelous country, together with my China-based colleagues and comrades, I am coming to the conclusion that Beijing often uses “capitalist means in order to achieve socialist goals” (to borrow a quote from Jeff J Brown, which is actually the sub-title’ of his latest book). And an enormous, independent, successful Communist or Socialist country – that is absolutely the worst nightmare for the Empire! It is something that has to be stopped, derailed, destroyed, isolated and demonized by all means! China’s Communist success…

You would never hear about that on CNN, BBC or Fox TV! Just as you would never hear that Indonesia, India, Rwanda and any of the other Empire’s allies and client nations, are in fact the most brutal fascist ‘failed’ states, and that the genocides in Papua, Kashmir and the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) are the bloodiest extermination campaigns anywhere in the world. I have worked in all these countries, intensively, I can testify. As this is being written, the people of Kashmir are being murdered and tortured. Right at this moment! I am wondering how many of my readers are aware of it? Perhaps I’m obsessed with “exposing lies of the Empire”. A second volume will soon follow my 820-page long book. I cannot stop travelling, investigating and amassing the evidence. Because I am shocked; because I am outraged and because there are so few, so desperately few people that are actually working in the most desperate parts of the world! Virtually all stereotypes about the world that have been domesticated in the West are wrong, terribly wrong. The story of the Russian Revolution is told in the most twisted way, and so is the story of the Ukrainian famine and of the gulags. Not everything is wrong, of course, but the facts and numbers are twisted. I will soon resume my work in the Russian Far East, to write on this subject.

The story of China is grotesquely wrong, from the Great March to the present day! The story of Cambodia’s “Commie slaughter” under the Khmer Rouge is a thoroughly idiotic manipulation! The slaughter was there, but more people died from the US carpet-bombing, and then from being displaced from their farms by US mines and cluster ‘bombies’, than from Pol Pot’s atrocities. The great majority of Khmer Rouge men and women had nothing to do with Communism. They were just settling scores with the capital, which they saw as responsible for selling the country to the US, and for the bombing of the countryside. In the jungle, I recently met Pol Pot’s personal guard. He told me frankly that he was simply pissed off (the bombing killed his relatives), and had no clue what Communism was:

“Pol Pot came and said ‘Communism! Let’s fight the traitors!’ And we did. How could someone call us a Communist country if we did not even know what Communism was?” What we hardly ever hear is the most important story of mankind: the story of Western colonial plunders, of imposed slavery, genocides that lasted for centuries, of British-triggered famines that killed tens of millions in the Sub-Continent, of virtually the entire Europe and Christianity systematically committing global holocaust.

We are not told that it actually happened, and that it is still going on and on and on! In order to ‘shelter’ the Western public from the horrendous truth about the past and the present of their countries and culture, new and newer stories about those “evil others” are being invented and circulated. Perhaps, soon, we will be really told that Mr. Putin is a vampire, or that Kim Jong Un is eating Korean virgins for breakfast. We may not be far from such a new wave of propaganda zeal. It all makes sense: the more evil the Empire becomes; the more it has to smear its adversaries. The mass media and Hollywood are asked to perform. And they do! Reality and fiction are now being systematically mixed, and everything gets blurred and finally the great confusion and intellectual chaos are managing to overwhelm both reason and logic.

The Empire is killing millions and destroying countries and continents. But California is falling off a cliff, and clouds of huge insects are invading the entire North America. While millions of alien terrorists are now engulfing the ‘tolerant’ and ‘democratic’ Europe! So what is more terrible?

Plus there are those sinister monsters like Count Vlad and Comrade Kim, waiting with their daggers behind a corner! Therefore, The Empire and its people have to ‘protect’ themselves. They have to be tough, even tougher than before! And to put their interests first! America (North America) first! Germany first! France first! Primitive? Does it all sound primitive? Yes, certainly. But it works! At least for the Europeans and North Americans it does. And the rulers don’t give a damn what works or doesn’t for the rest of the Planet.

The Boy In The Ambulance: US State Dept-Funded Groups Behind Latest 'Iconic Image' Designed To Demonize Russia And Encourage Further Bloodshed In Syria August 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Washington’s media presstitutes are using the image of the child to bring pressure on Russia to stop the Syrian army from retaking Alleppo.

Washington wants its so-called moderate rebels to retain Alleppo so that Washington can split Syria in two, thereby keeping a permanent pressure against President Assad. [See CNN propaganda here] Related: The Aleppo Poster Child As for the little boy in the propaganda picture, he does not seem to be badly injured. Let us not forget the tens of thousands of children that Washington’s wars and bombings of 7 Muslim countries have killed without any tears shed by CNN anchors, and let us not forget the 500,000 Iraqi children that the United Nations concluded died as a result of US sanctions against Iraq, children’s deaths that Clinton’s Secretary of State Madeleine Albright said were worth it.

Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences Let us not forget that Washington’s determination to overthrow the Syrian government has brought many deaths to Syrians of all age groups. Washington alone is responsible for the deaths.

The evil Obama regime has stated over and over that “Assad must go” and is prepared to destroy the country and much of the population in order to get rid of him. According to the Obama regime, Assad must go because he is a dictator. Washington tells this lie despite the fact that Assad was elected and re-elected and has far higher support among Syrians that Obama has among Americans. Moreover, whatever Washington accuses Assad of doing to Syrians is nothing compared to the death and destruction that Washington brought to Syria. Perhaps the tragedy of Aleppo could have been avoided if the Russian government had not prematurely declared “mission accomplished” in Syria and withdrawn only to have to rush back after the Russian government was again deceived by Washington.

Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World

Related: Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq

All The World’s A Cult August 19 2016 | From: ZenGardner

It’s funny how people get all self righteous about not being religious or belonging to some group and condemn anyone who they think is or has been.

Naturally most people attempt to be careful about what they align themselves with, but do we really see what all of society is made up of and what we’ve each unwittingly participated in to varying degrees? Religions don’t have a corner on the market. Perhaps all of us have been cult-ivated in some way. Cult-ure is called just that for a reason. It’s pretty blatant nomenclature. Merriam-Webster defines culture as the following:

Simple Definition of culture The beliefs, customs, arts, etc., of a particular society, group, place, or time A particular society that has its own beliefs, ways of life, art, etc. A way of thinking, behaving, or working that exists in a place or organization (such as a business)

That just about includes every societal behavior or activity. So-called cults, the word derived from the Latin colere meaning to cultivate, are mere start-ups of new and old ideas of group conformity for some objective. In the 60’s these were everywhere as groups and individuals attempted to harvest the spiritual awakening and longings of an entire generation looking for alternatives to the mad military industrial complex-bound world around them. Some were labeled cults by the orthodox minded, but these included a wide range of groups, organizations, alternative learning centers, spiritual fellowships, institutes, break away churches or other so-called “new religious movements” as they preferred to be called.

And the followers were enthusiastic, the word enthusiastic derived from “spirit, or god within us”. Just about any alternative was deemed good, or at least an effort to break free from the system, so there was a lot of experimentation going on. Some of those groups still exist today. Many have been absorbed by the New Age amoeba and yet others grew into powerful organizations. Mind control experimentation was rife at this time as well as the deliberate introduction of mind altering drugs and manipulated music in an effort to scramble society, diffuse dissent, and make it malleable for further indoctrination. Little did we know. But now we do.

Cults and More Cults When you finally become awakened and grow detached from this massive matrix ensnaring the world you begin to realize it’s all cults.They’ve simply externalized the idea so we don’t recognize the cults we’re already in. Cult of the personality for example, where sycophantic adoration towards an individual takes place. There are the obvious cases as in showbiz and the media and charismatic religious or social leaders, but this is much more prevalent than people would like to realize. It could be anyone in our lives we’re overly enamored with to the point we relinquish our rational thought.

And even worse, our autonomy and individualism, to the charismatic or domineering authority of another, resulting in great devotion to whatever the object and their eventual unquestioned control and spiritual and even physical abuse. These are all forms of disempowerment or containment, the symptoms to look out for. I’ve written about religion and belief systems quite a bit in this regard, but few realize how social and spiritual pressures are brought to bear via many seemingly innocuous relationships, especially with groups and even loose associations. Think about school and all the pressures we felt to conform and survive in that packaging facility. That’s a cult, a carefully structured one with a very clear purpose – entrainment and uniformity.

How about clubs, fraternities and sororities, or the whole sports scene, never mind the military. The even more obvious examples are business organizations and “work” relationships. Then there are the guys at the bar, or the ladies’ coffee cliques. Speaking of cliques, remember those from your school days? They still exist not only in school environments but in adult social circles. Then you get to the source – the oc-cult cultivators. They are the ones that set the imprint. They are all avid adherents to cult control of the very worst and most insidious sort. They may seem to act autonomously or as having authority, but they aren’t and they don’t. They’re under heavier control than any of us could imagine. It’s a blood agreement and they’ve sold their souls to move up the pyramid of control, both in this world and other realms. This is a big subject covered extensively in many books as well as other articles by myself and other researchers.

Cultivating Culture – The Open Hidden Hand The media, corporations and government have a field day playing on this weakness for group think and the need for acceptance, to the extent they’ve created a society that’s complete mush, with the intent that big corp and the nanny state can be the lead dogs in everyone’s life. When you think about how many people are glued to the boob-toob today it’s easy to understand why the masses behave as they do, dress as they do, and eat and drug themselves as they do.

It’s learned. And there is a lot of direct as well as implied pressure to fit in, or else you’ll be mocked, marginalized and excluded, to the extent that any seemingly “anti-social” behavior is now considered suspicious and to be reported, the fear of terrorism coursing through their programmed neurons like molten nano metal. Most of us are aware of these traps and devices, but the vast majority have no idea. They’re swayed like sickened seaweed in an artificially rippled pond of liquified sewage.

Detachment – The Only Way to Live Fully Free This may sound like some vague concept but it really isn’t. If you’re not invested in their sticky entrapping webbery you can live outside of it. Sure, we all have to interact with this engineered madness but we don’t have to give it our energy and obeisance. But it will take some sacrifices and dealing with our own shadow work seeing how we’ve succumbed to this in our past. Each of us have to deal with our own entanglements. Besides religious and belief systems, there are financial interactions with the beast, social obligations we think we have to submit to or endure, or employment entrapments we’d rather have nothing to do with.

Do what you can, but get free, in mind, body and spirit, even if you’re still in it. Some costs will not be comfortable. Old stuck in the mud friends who only bring you down and sap your energy, living or working circumstances that make you curse your situation and absently long for freedom, or how you portray yourself on a daily basis. This is perhaps the most important. Are we being who we truly are? Do we respond honestly, or has the cult-ure of our micro environment, usually hinged on the macro, force us to compromise our convictions and water down what we know to be true, honest and loving? Do you like yourself when you’re forced into artificial social situations and to compromise for the sake of momentary convenience? We all face these situations. These are questions we all ask ourselves, consciously and definitely subconsciously. They need answers. And appropriate action, or inaction, needs to be taken.

The hour is late. It always is when it comes to snapping out of the matrix of deceit. Otherwise it will kill you – spiritually and physically. Something to think about. Time to bust out of the cult of everything. It’s not the real world, it’s fabricated, and often with our permission and subservient compliance. Stop empowering it. Break out and change the world by being your authentic self. Wisely and lovingly, and with centered conviction. This is the stand we each need to make. The rest will follow.

9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists” August 18 2016 | From: ZenGardner

The day the masses wake up and understand what the term “conspiracy theory” really means and recognise the truth about “conspiracy theorists,” who they are, what they stand for, the world ruling elite’s hold on humanity will be over.

Their deceptive cover would have been blown wide open and indeed there will be consequences. Related: The Telegraph: Perhaps The World's Conspiracy Theorists Have Been Right All Along So, in light of the above, here are 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.”

“Conspiracy Theorists” 1. …have to put up with much ignorance, and as a knee-jerk reaction, baseless accusation of “conspiracy theory.” “Conspiracy theory” carries with it the deriding insinuation that there are no conspiracies (no conspiracy facts, just theory). Who could be so brainwashed, unquestioningly ignorant, or naïve enough to believe that no country has ever conspired? 2. Are conspiracy factualists. Using evidence they expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world. They expose the deceitful criminal perpetrator networks and authorities. Therefore, the term “conspiracy theorist” is a misnomer.

Related: 10 "Conspiracy Theories" That Came True

3. Give credible accounts of events, diligently challenging the official versions filled with lies, inconsistencies, fake bogeymen enemies and false paradigms… manufactured for power, profit and political gains. Many official versions of these false flag events have big enough holes in their stories to drive double-decker buses in and out of. Further, they expose financial, health, environmental, educational and war agendas, the secret occult societies, paedophilia, organ harvesting and black ops projects… the ruling elite enslavers don’t want you know about. Then there are the eugenics, trans-humanism and depopulation agendas… these blatantly obvious conspiracy facts are there for all to see. 4. As a consequence of 3, are perceived by the ruling elite and their associates as a threat. In order to get away with their crimes and deception they know that “conspiracy theorists” have to be ignored, invalidated, or ridiculed by the masses:

Related: 10 More Conspiracy Theories That Turned Out To Be True

The term “conspiracy theory” was originally a 1960s’ CIA invention. Over the years the ruling elite’s owned and controlled intelligence agencies such as the CIA and their mainstream media propaganda machine have used this term to expand its effect of negatively stigmatizing “conspiracy theorists” so that the masses will never realize that these people were right all along. 5. …therefore are truther messengers running the risk of getting shot. They are targeted individuals. Targeted by the likes of the UK’s ex-Prime Minister David Cameron, calling them “non-violent domestic extremists” as one of the many attempts to silence such people who have seen right through the phoney baloney. 6. Are not “coincidence theorists.” How can anyone dismiss the overwhelming number of coincidences pointed out by “conspiracy theorists” to be indicators of crimes and cover-ups tied in with false flag events? Is it really a mere coincidence that it’s always the elite few; the banksters, the puppet senior politicians, the owner/controllers of mega-corporations that benefit from these events?

Related: Conspiracy Theories: Scavenging For Truth

7. Are the freethinking minority able to think for themselves against the backdrop: a world full of sheep-like people going into agreement with the general consensus of the masses while blindly accepting authority viewpoints blurted out in the ruling elite’s bought-off, owned and controlled mainstream media…

Related: Scientific Study: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Are The Sanest Of All

8. Consistent with Arthur Schopenhauer’s statement, in time, with their conspiracy facts, could be the majority stage3: “…accepted as being self-evident.” 9. …Are who the world’s needs most: Unstoppable, increasing in numbers and gathering in momentum. They are laudable investigators. They are peaceful activists, spreading the truth about what’s really going on in the world. Many do their inner work to cocreate a turnaround, away from the planned doom and gloom. Thus, it is their intention to co-create freedom: A new paradigm experience, a world that truly makes a difference for everyone. A shift in mass consciousness is the underlying key principle. This is how these consciously awakened individuals will bring about that freedom. Not an attempt at an exhaustive A-Z account, I realize, but that concludes my 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.” “Conspiracy theorists,” just keep on keeping on! Related: Conspiracy Theorist - The New Normal

Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF): The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism August 14 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

This year the World Social Forum is being held in Montreal, regrouping committed social activists, anti-war collectives and prominent intellectuals.

Most of the participants are unaware that the WSF is funded by corporate foundations including Ford, Rockefeller, Tides, et al. Much of this funding is channelled to the WSF organizers under the helm of the WSF International Council. This is an issue which has been raised on numerous occasions with progressive organizations and WSF activists: you cannot effectively confront neoliberalism and the New World Order elites and expect them to finance your activities.

The World Social Forum operating under the banner of “Another World is Possible” was founded in 2001 at its inaugural venue of Porto Alegre. Brazil. From the outset in 2001, the WSF has been upheld as an international umbrella representing grassroots people’s organizations, committed to reversing the tide of globalization. Its stated intent is to challenge corporate capitalism and its dominant neoliberal economic agenda. The World Social Forum at its inaugural meeting defined itself as a counter-offensive to the World Economic Forum (WEF) of business leaders and politicians which meets annually in Davos, Switzerland. The 2001 Porto Alegre WSF was held simultaneously with that of the WEF in Davos.

While there have been many important accomplishments of the WSF, largely as a result of the commitment of grassroots activists, the core leadership of WSF – rather than effectively confronting the New World Order elites– has (often unwittingly) have served their corporate interests. In this process, co-optation has been achieved through the corporate funding of the WSF. Among the two major accomplishments are the participation of the WSF in the February 2003 Worldwide protest against the US led war on Iraq. The WSF has also supported progressive movements and governments, particularly in Latin America. In contrast, at the Tunis 2013 WSF, the final declaration paid lip service to to the US sponsored “Syrian opposition”. Similarly the Al Qaeda affiliated Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) which allegedly led the “Arab Spring” against the government of Muammar Gaddafi was tacitly upheld as a revolutionary force. Several workshops on Libya applauded Western military intervention. A session entitled “Libya’s transition to democracy” focused on “whether Libya was better off without Muammar Gaddafi.”

Funding Dissent From the outset in 2001, the World Social Forum was funded by governments and corporate foundations, including the Ford Foundation which has ties to US intelligence. The anti-globalization movement is opposed to Wall Street and the Texas oil giants controlled by Rockefeller, et al. Yet the foundations and charities of Ford, Rockefeller et al will generously fund progressive anti-capitalist networks as well as environmentalists (opposed to Wall Street and Big Oil), etc. with a view to ultimately overseeing and shaping their various activities. The mechanisms of “manufacturing dissent” require a manipulative environment, a process of arm-twisting and subtle cooptation of a small number of key individuals within “progressive organizations”, including anti-war coalitions,

environmentalists and the anti-globalization movement. Many leaders of these organizations have in a sense betrayed their grassroots. The corporations are funding dissent with a view to controlling dissent. The Ford Foundation (which has links to the CIA) provided funding under its “Strengthening Global Civil Society” program during the first three years of the WSF.

When the WSF was held in Mumbai in 2004, the Indian WSF host committee declined support from the Ford Foundation. This in itself did not modify the WSF’s relationship to the donors. While the Ford Foundation formally withdrew, other foundations positioned themselves. The WSF (among several sources of funding is supported by a consortium of corporate foundations under the advisory umbrella of Engaged Donors for Global Equity (EDGE). This organization, which previously went under the name of The Funders Network on Trade and Globalization (FTNG), has played a central role in the funding of successive WSF venues. From the outset in 2001, it had an observer status on the WSF International Council.

In 2013, the Rockefeller Brothers representative Tom Kruse co-chaired EDGE’s program committee. At the Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Kruse was responsible for “Global Governance” under the “Democratic Practice” program. Rockefeller Brothers grants to NGOs are approved under the “Strengthening Democracy in Global Governance” program, which is broadly similar to that put forth by the US State Department. A representative of the Open Society Initiative for Europe currently sits on EDGE’s Board of directors. The Wallace Global Fund is also on its Board of Directors. The Wallace Global Fund is specialized in providing support to “mainstream” NGOs and “alternative media”, including Amnesty International, Democracy Now (which supports Hillary Clinton’s candidacy for president of the US).

Several members of the EDGE BoD, however, are from non-corporative and family foundations with a social mandate. (see below).

In one of its key documents (2012), entitled Funders Network Alliance In Support of Grassroots Organizing and MovementBuilding (link no longer available)EDGE acknowledged its support of social movements which challenge “neoliberal market fundamentalism.” including the World Social Forum, established in 2001:

“From the Zapatista uprising in Chiapas (1994) to the Battle in Seattle (1999) to the creation of the World Social Forum in Porto Alegre (2001), the TINA years of Reagan and Thatcher (There Is No Alternative) have been

replaced with the growing conviction that “another world is possible. Counter-summits, global campaigns and social forums have been crucial spaces to articulate local struggles, share experiences and analyses, develop expertise, and build concrete forms of international solidarity among progressive movements for social, economic and ecological justice.” But at the same time, there is an obvious contradiction: another world is not possible when the campaign against neoliberalism is financed by an alliance of corporate donors firmly committed to neoliberalism and the US-NATO military agenda. The following is the EDGE Montreal WSF Communique. The donors not only fund the activities, they also influence the structure of the WSF venue, which was determined in Puerto Alegre in 2001, namely the decentralized and dispersed mosaic of “do it yourself” workshops.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

With regard to the Montreal WSF, the Consortium of Donors (EDGE) intent is:

“…to develop an intersectional space for funders and various movement partners – organizers thought leaders and practitioners – to build alignment by cultivating a shared understanding of the visions, values, principles and pathways of a “just transition.” (See edgefunders.org)

“Just Transition” implies that social activism has to conform to a “shared vision” with the corporate foundations, i.e. nothing which in a meaningful way might upset the elite structures of global capitalism. From the standpoint of the corporate donors “investing in the WSF” constitutes a profitable (tax deductible) undertaking. It ensures that activism remains within the confines of ”constructive dialogue” and “critique” rather than confrontation. Any deviation immediately results in the curtailment of donor funding:

“Everything the [Ford] Foundation did could be regarded as “making the World safe for capitalism”, reducing social tensions by helping to comfort the afflicted, provide safety valves for the angry, and improve the functioning of government (McGeorge Bundy, National Security Advisor to Presidents John F. Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson (1961-1966), President of the Ford Foundation, (1966-1979))

The limits of social dissent are thereby determined by the “governance structure” of the WSF, which was tacitly agreed upon with the funding agencies at the outset in 2001.

“No Leaders” The WSF has no leaders. All the events are “self-organized”. The structure of debate and activism is part of an an “open space” (See y Francine Mestrum, The World Social Forum and its governance: a multi-headed monster, CADTM, 27 April 2013, at cadtm.org). This compartmentalized structure is an obstacle to the development of a meaningful and articulate mass movement. How best to control grassroots dissent against global capitalism?

Make sure that their leaders can be easily co-opted and that the rank and file will not develop “forms of international solidarity among progressive movements” (to use EDGE’s own words), which in any meaningful way might undermine the interests of corporate capital. The mosaic of separate WSF workshops, the relative absence of plenary sessions, the creation of divisions within and between social movements, not to mention the absence of a cohesive and unified platform against the Wall Street corporate elites, against the fake US sponsored “global war on terrorism”, which has been used to justify and USNATO’s ”humanitarian R2P interventions (Afghanistan, Syria, Iraq, Libya, Ukraine, etc). The corporate agenda is to “manufacture dissent”.“The limits of dissent” are established by the foundations and governments which ultimately finance this multimillion dollar venue.

The financing is twofold: 1. Core financing of the WSF Secretariat and the Costs of the WSF venue. 2. Many of the constituent NGOs which participate in the venue are recipients of donor and / or government support.

3. The WSF venue in Montreal also receives funding from the Government of Canada as well as from the Quebec provincial government. What ultimately prevails is a ritual of dissent which does not threaten the New World Order. Those who attend the WSF from the grassroots are often misled by their leaders. Activists who do not share the WSF consensus will ultimately be excluded:

“By providing the funding and the policy framework to many concerned and dedicated people working within the non-profit sector, the ruling class is able to co-opt leadership from grassroots communities, … and is able to make the funding, accounting, and evaluation components of the work so time consuming and onerous that social justice work is virtually impossible under these conditions” - Paul Kivel, You Call this Democracy, Who Benefits, Who Pays and Who Really Decides, 2004, p. 122 “Another World is Possible” is nonetheless an important concept, which characterizes the struggle of the peoples movements against global capitalism as well as the commitment of thousands of committed activists who are currently participated in the Montreal 2016 WSF. Activism is being manipulated: ”Another World is Possible” cannot, however, be achieved under the auspices of the WSF which from the outset was funded by global capitalism and organized in close liaison with its corporate and government donors. The important question for activists in Montreal: Is it possible to build “an Alternative” to global capitalism, which challenges the hegemony of the Rockefellers et al and then asks the Rockefellers et al to foot the bill? We call upon participants of the Montreal World Social Forum (WSF) to raise and debate these issues: the campaign against neoliberalism is financed by corporate foundations (and governments) which are firmly committed not only to the tenets of neoliberalism but also to the US-NATO led military agenda. Why would they fund organizations which are actively campaigning against war and globalization? The answer is obvious.

13 Important Elements To Look For In Every Staged Shooting Event August 8 2016 | From: ZenGardner

People who don’t trust government, those who think on their own and tend to question what they hear, by now are all becoming experts at identifying false flag staged events. With so many recent staged psyop events in the news lately many of us are getting a lot of practice at this.

But have you considered that the script has become more complex than you think? Have you considered that you (we) are being fooled in some way as we speak? Have you taken into account that the events happening today are all happening in a post-Jade Helm revelation AI era? Today’s events are happening in a very sophisticated world of unimaginably deep levels of political corruption actively at work and deeply focused on removing all of our rights and freedoms and cementing their new global order. Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag? This complex and deep reality alone is something many people refuse to face; and without facing this you’ll never be able to peel and dig deeper into the deep state’s structure, mind and mechanisms that are behind these chaotic staged psyop false flag events. Notice I’m using the terms “false flag” and “staged events” interchangeably because at times it’s difficult to determine which one is actually happening. So it’s fair to say that false flags are types of staged events. We’re all familiar with the different types of events; mass shooting attacks by crazed supposed lone gunmen who are the selected patsies for the event. We also see shootings where the government conveniently retroactively tells us the shootings are courtesy “ISIS,” “ISIS inspired” or “ISIS related.” In recent events we also saw a focus on the paid-for engineered race war where the selected shooters are looking to shoot ONLY police or only “white” police (Dallas sniper, Baton Rouge shooting).

Conveniently these shootings work great for fanning the flames of race and class tension and division while conveniently boosting the police state and public sympathy for police. Whatever the type of event, notice we rarely if ever get to see any evidence whatsoever of the actual accused patsy shooter at the scene of the crime. For example, consider that it’s been weeks and still no one has any actual evidence of Omar Mateen physically entering the Pulse night club in Orlando and physically firing and killing people. Where are these videos? Yet the majority of people have him at the scene because that’s how the story goes, and apparently it’s almost too stressful to believe something no one else is saying. The same could be said of the accused truck driver “terrorist” in Nice, France or the actual sniper (supposed) lone gunman shooter in Dallas, Texas. You get the picture. This anomaly only scratches the surface on what this article is about. The fact is we are all now getting used to these events, for better or for worse, and there are many elements being shown to us that most of us are not paying attention to.

The events themselves are huge to us only because the mainstream media puts them in our faces 24/7. They are important because the government and their mass media says they are. They (the government and their media) say this because the events are always part of a greater agenda. The agenda and the event itself are inseparable in a world today where the masses are conditioned into reacting to a presented problem whose solution is later sold to them. This process of “problem, reaction, solution” is undeniable and obvious to all today. The mechanisms of the script are openly available for all to see; but, as mentioned earlier, have you considered how deep this “staged event” mechanism goes? Hopefully the following 13 elements we’re about to point out will bring more awareness to these additional possibilities, agendas and factors which are quietly hidden in these events but as you will see are actually hidden in plain view.

1: The “Breaking News” trigger phrase The first thing I want to point out is the whole “breaking news” psyop phrase. Any professional hypnotist will tell you trigger words and phrases are important when it comes to putting someone under your spell, so it shouldn’t surprise us that mainstream media would resort to using key trigger words on the general public.

They would definitely do this because it works. And this is precisely what they do, and “breaking news” is probably as clever and effective a trigger word as there is in America today. It stops you in whatever you are doing and forces you to pay attention to new information that may change your life. I’m sure that if you monitored someone’s vital signs and visceral response under controlled conditions you will find a direct response to trigger phrases like “breaking news” when used in the right context. Let’s be aware of this trigger phrase which always sets the initial tone with typical staged false flag events.

2: Mainstream media voice tone, speech pattern and neuro-linguistic effect Subliminal informational submission is accomplished with classic mainstream media “authority” speech patterns and key use of neuro-linguistic terms (as discussed above) that many of us don’t pay attention to. Go watch any segment of mainstream media news and see how they all talk in a certain form. There is a certain “official” pattern of speech that subliminally tells the audience “this is official and true certified informational.” Here’s a Wikihow page discussing this very topic and notice how news reporters go through a training process to sound official and convincing.

This speech pattern, the use of key words and overall mannerism all contributes to the early hypnotic phase when the initial story is being officially constructed and delivered to the public. Look for it the next time you are watching mainstream media news. Notice how the pattern of the speech is similar with all news anchors and presenters in all the mainstream media related networks.

3: “Body count” used to psychologically manipulate eventual reaction Moving on to the events themselves, notice how the Illuminati CIA controlled media especially lately is using the body count to attach political urgency to each shooting. They are implying that if only 1, 2 or 3 people die then it’s a boring maybe not so important shooting, but if 50 die then we need to get all worked up and act more urgently with political interest and legislation to match the body count somehow. Don’t fall for the “body count” psyop. They are also using the body count psyop to engage you emotionally in their misery and fear as if to imply that a higher body count means this could have been you, which, again, somehow implies that a lower body count is maybe not so likely to have involved you and thus less worthy of your emotional attention.

4: Overly-detailed “eyewitness accounts” containing compelling Hollywood-style human interest elements We are now seeing staged interviews with poor-acting crisis actors giving us Hollywood-style details of what they experienced during the shooting event. Crisis actor Patience Carter, one of many actors who inexplicably packed out the Pulse night club bathrooms instead of actually leaving the club during the Orlando shooting, dramatically tells of how she was lying on the floor when the gun fight broke one of the water pipes and she thought she was “going to drown.” This segment of the story is inserted only to draw your human interest and compel you to empathize with her.

We have also seen the famous Gene Rosen interview during Sandy Hook when he tells of 6 children who came to his house speechless, telling him “our teacher is dead” and how he followed up by giving them cookies and crying with them. Again this segment which was proven a lie with countless inconsistencies, was inserted to add Hollywood-style compelling human interest elements to the story. In the case of Rosen, he ended up getting his own song written after him! And how about the testimony given by the sobbing 15-yearold Kuwaiti girl, Nayirah, following the Iraq invasion of Kuwait in 1990 when she testified:

"They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators, and left the babies on the cold floor to die." Notice it wasn’t just the floor it had to be the “cold” floor. All of this is staged propaganda just to compel human emotion, a tactic that worked nicely in this case as it triggered the invasion of Iraq. Let’s not fall for this element of the psyop now being used regularly, and lets be on the lookout for it.

5: Control of the information at the ground level usually assigned to a key actor With every “event” we are seeing someone at the ground level, usually a head police officer, now claiming that any “information” not confirmed by them should be assumed to be false until they (and only they) say it’s true. We saw just this in the recent Baton Rouge shooting and the Dallas, Texas sniper shooting. Classically this brings to mind the one and only Lieutenant Paul Vance during Sandy Hook who declared himself the information czar and bearer of truth and reality for the Sandy Hook show.

Again, let’s not fall for the delusion that somehow police has a handle on what is real and verified “truth” surrounding any event as if anyone trusts police. Since the beginning of the modern-day concept of police, police always get their information from the people who were there not the other way around. The police themselves have never been assigned the controllers of information for any crime scene. So why are we suddenly deferring the details of the event to the police? But it’s not just police, at the Orlando nightclub shooting we saw a team of doctors led by doctor “Michael Cheatham” controlling the information on behalf of hundreds of people who would have been at the hospital. We didn’t hear from any maintenance person, nurse assistant, nursing student, radiology tech or anyone else at the hospital in Orlando. Notice only Cheatham (and to a lesser extent his short list of fellow doctors who briefly spoke to the media) was assigned to deliver the carefully controlled information. Let’s realize that information is now entirely controlled and the controllers are now appointing key players at the ground level to control that information. With this control comes the threat of jail for anyone interfering with the official narrative. So in the next event be on the lookout for the ground-level information gatekeeper.

6: Great fluctuations and changes of the narrative in the early phases of the story We’re all familiar with this next element. We listen to the initial version of the official account only to see the body count or number of shooters change dramatically. This goes on until the “authorities” finally agree on the “official” version of what happened.

The important thing to take notice of is that often we’ll see the death count go from a higher number to a lower number, a clear medical impossibility. Think to yourself, how can a body count go from higher to lower all the time? Shouldn’t it be the other way around? And it’s not just the body count, the number of shooters (if there are any real shooters at all) always seems to be a problem for the controllers, and in the end the smaller number usually works best once the assassins (if there are truly any) are cleared to leave the scene as we’ve seen so many times.

7: Conflicting components potentially deliberately put out to authenticate the “reality” of the event This next element is one of the most important and I urge truth seekers to pay close attention. We all saw the mysterious man running through the woods at Sandy Hook wearing camouflage. Yet to this day no one really knows what was his role at Sandy Hook which we now have reason to believe was not an operational school according to research done by Wolfgang Halbig. So why was this man briefly shown to us on TV in an era where information is so tightly controlled? Did they WANT you to see the man running through the woods just to give the story authenticity? These are the questions we should be asking.

Why were 2 gas masks purposely left on the floor outside the theater at the Aurora Colorado shooting a few years back? Why was even the mainstream media so quick to point out that Omar Mateen had been tracked by FBI and they knew about him? Do you really think that the mainstream media wants you to see that the FBI is incompetent? I discussed this issue in the context of the Orlando shooting before. Regarding the Orlando night club event, ask yourself, why did CNN and the rest of the mainstream media allow the segment to leak out about someone “holding the door” shut at the Orlando shooting so that no one can get out? This segment should have shocked everyone. And why would the mass media then interview a man named Luis Burbano who admits on camera that he was the one holding the door? This without question is one of the deep mysteries of the Orlando shooting “event” which everyone by now has forgotten. See image below.

The point is that I firmly believe that elements are now being inserted that have several distinct effects. They serve the

purpose of authenticating the story. Even the alternative media quickly concluded that the event was real only it was a “real false flag” narrative as in “we believe the event happened, but it was done by paid government mercenaries or operatives.” This narrative may be entirely false but the additional segments that give it reality make it more believable. This again serves the purpose of making the event real in one way or another to everyone but in different ways (divide and conquer) so that those calling the entire event fake thus stand alone isolated in their views. Perhaps this is the point, again think in terms of divide and conquer.

8: Obviously fake elements deliberately inserted to subliminally mock truth seeking community Here’s another element few are paying attention to. At this point I don’t think there’s any doubt that the controllers know that a large segment of humanity has caught on to their staged events. So ask yourself, how would they use this information against us? How about creating an event with possible real components and then float out the obviously fake crisis actors to essentially mock truth seekers. Again, this is a topic I’ve hit on following the landmark Orlando shooting “event” that needs to be reiterated.

Crisis actor victims were magically transported one block down the road only to stage a walk BACK TOWARD the Pulse night club in front of the CNN cameras. Why? We should all be asking this very important question. As I said in my previous articles – did they WANT us to see these obvious crisis actors? The goal is no less than to cause confusion and to potentially mock those who are looking for the truth. How about the crisis actor “eyewitness” posing for the camera at the Dallas, Texas sniper shooting practically wearing the exact same American flag t-shirt as Christopher Hansen, the key crisis actor story teller of the Orlando event? Coincidence? You decide.

We must now become aware of all of these elements to stay on top of the next false flag psyop event.

9: Staged “cell phone footage” to authenticate the story delivered by specific individuals After doing some research I’m very skeptical of the “cell phone footage” released during the Dallas sniper shooting. Listen to the narrator of the video posted below and notice how he carefully narrates to point out where the shooter is. Listen to him saying things like “you see him moving around?” and “this guy is evil … sorry, this guy needs to be killed” even though there is no way that he could know this information from the distance he is located. According to the person who made the video below the narrator even claims to have footage of the actual shooting. Conveniently that footage is missing and the channel he claims to have the video “MK7Wolf” conveniently is “vanished” from YouTube. Can it be because this video never existed? Calling for the shooter’s death again just seems to add to the authenticity of the story and stirs up emotion. Watch the video for yourself beginning at around 12:40 and see what you think. Either way (multiple shooter false flag or staged event) the video as a whole proves that the official story is a lie.

We saw similar conveniently timed sketchy cell phone footage taken of “the chase” at San Bernardino. Authenticating segments of “the chase” was critical to the official story and the character who filmed the video, I believe, was staged there to capture blurry indistinguishable footage that nonetheless lent authenticity to the story. We saw similar seemingly staged cell phone footage segments at the Paris concert shooting as well. So in the next psyop event don’t fall so quickly for the ONE cell phone footage segment. Remind yourself that everyone has a cell phone with a camera and we should be seeing massive amounts of cell phone footage of these events from many different angles not just one.

10 Retroactive construction of the final story often takes days or weeks (or longer)

Does everyone know what stage we are in when it comes to the Orlando shooting event? Right now we are in what I will call for the sake of this article the “extended retroactive story construction period.” This is the period of weeks and months following a staged event when the controllers can roll out other events and stories to capture your attention and get your attention away from the story. During this period they can construct all the evidence they need but, unlike the early moments following the event, they can actually take their time and construct this evidence with more precision and care. For example, during this period they can construct additional surveillance camera video footage, they can pull out “new” images that show the attacker entering the building, they can pull out “new” documents that support the official story, set up their fake death certificates and much more. Recall following 9/11, much later on the government released controlled images of the never before seen “plane wreckage” at the Pentagon (see below) which of course on the day of the event there was “not a sign anywhere of any plane having crashed there” to paraphrase Fox news’ own reporter on the scene.

Realize that you (we) are all being played and that with every day that goes by something else is being done to fool you. We know they can’t possibly have all their evidence ready at first and that is why they need time to synthesize their evidence. This is what is currently happening for all the staged events we’ve witnessed in the recent past (June-July 2016) or so, and I’m not even going to get into the long distance story construction (think: “I shot Bin Laden”) and the eventual Hollywood movie they will release to reinforce the story much later down the road.

11: Long and detailed narration of the aftermath by the mass media Following every “breaking news” 24/7 psyop event notice how for the next week or two we’ll get daily if not hourly fine tuning of the story with lots of behind-the-scenes segments being added like for example “mother of shooter apologizes, didn’t see this coming” or “girlfriend of shooter says he hated white people” or “gays” or whatever it may be. These aftermath segments are all designed to pad the official narrative and make you digest the reality of the context of the event. As time goes on, of course, we’ll always get “details” of the gun purchase, how the shooter obtained training and much more. Obviously we’re all familiar with the usual “manifesto” as well.

12: Early reaction to the event, televised ceremonies create backdrop for multi-million dollar funding campaigns and call for new legislation I’ve already discussed this element in previous articles but it’s worth mentioning again here. The long emotional and morality based ceremonies talking about “god” and “the lord,” “love,” “forgiveness” at a time like this, are all part of the period setting up the big money train and legislation that is to follow.

The ceremonies thus act as a calm before the storm and charges up the participants into an emotional state where they are prepared to take action. Who can forget Sandy Hook crisis actor and fake FBI agent David Wheeler (along with his wife) touring the country telling his compelling story, desperately calling for gun control.

13: Subsequent psyop staged false flag events are used as opportunities to rekindle the “reality” of past events Finally, we are now seeing how staged false flag events are being used as golden opportunities to rekindle the memory of other staged events just in case you have forgotten. Look for this tactic which they are using every time now. This is a reminder that the gun control agenda is a process. It’s not about one event, they are in a mission filled with many events that need reinforcement. The events are playing out differently. Some may have elements of reality and others not. They are potentially mixing realities and challenging you to guess which one it is. Confusion and chaos, as I pointed out in a recent article, are the goal and now the norm.

Plain and simple, as I continue to warn, we’re all being played in one way or another. The deception is so deep I can only present, as I see it, the various segments of these ongoing deceptions. No one said this information war and defending freedom would be easy and for anyone still in the old model of “real event” versus “false flag real event” you are falling behind in the information war. As I said earlier, the tactics are now much more sophisticated and the game has changed. The goal is to confuse you into submission and we have to look at all elements of these events in the context of our new reality. If you agree please share this message. Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

Propaganda War Raging August 7 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

A war has already commenced and it is dangerous as any war in history with the U.S. and western subservient countries on one side with Russia & China on the other. The pitch for our minds is in full motion and nothing will stop this media onslaught aimed at ensuring populations meekly if not blindly follow our leaders to an eventual real shooting war.

Joe Biden wasn’t calling in to just say ‘Hi’ to John Key for the sake of it. He was here to enforce the TPPA deal from foundering as it appears to struggle for traction in the U.S. itself plus negotiate to send (nuclear armed) warships to our waters that encircles New Zealand as a U.S. ally and regrettably therefore potential target. All the years of New Zealand standing up and being counted against nuclear weapons is now put on the line by John Key. Of course U.S. warships will come, who is he kidding that he is considering the situation, the invitation has been sent! The beat-up by the U.S. in the South China Sea is very dangerous as the aim is to force China to back down over the reclaimed atolls pitching the U.S. against China aiming to enforce U.S. domination in Asia and the Pacific. China views the South China Sea as it’s backyard and sphere of influence, is nuclear armed and on high alert. It’s one of New Zealand’s largest trading partners without which we become massively poorer. This is a nuclear armed confrontation for power.

Meanwhile, the anti Russian media frenzy about banning all Russian Olympic athletes from Rio is disgusting hypocrisy. Stirred as always from the U.S. that has politicised the Olympic movement like none other, it is out of control. Has any reporter in New Zealand investigated the report contents? I suggest not, this is pure U.S. media driven propaganda. Canadian lawyer Richard McLaren the author of the so called ‘damning’ report issued by WADA, himself says in an interview to RT (and available for anyone to view if they care to listen to McLaren speak himself) that he ‘only had 57 days’ to write the report. The implication is that a ‘comprehensive’ report actually requires a longer time frame. More importantly McLaren says he did not go to Russia to interview anyone and spoke to no Russian officials or athletes at all. Excuse me, but surely if you are going to make a whole range of accusations that are going to impact hundreds of athletes you would actually go and see for your self just what is going on before judgement?

Apparently not, so how can this be a credible report? It’s massively damaging to Russia but that is the objective of this whole exercise. Demonize and damage Russia however you can. The McLaren report was commissioned in response to accusations made by Grigory Rodchenkov, the former head of the Moscow Anti-Doping Laboratory to the New York Times. Rodchenkov alleged that he switched the athletes’ samples as he dumped “tainted” urine into a nearby toilet, washed out the bottles, dried and filled them with “clean” samples. McLaren calls Rodchenkov a “credible and truthful person,” even though he is facing criminal proceedings in Russia on charges by Russia’s Investigative Committee. Of course, he absconded to the U.S. and is continuing the same line of practice in Los Angeles that he was responsible for in Russia. Someone facing criminal charges in Russia is not an unbiased witness but the blanket ban of all Russian athletes is the outcome based on a report delivered to satisfy the expectations of American and Canadian interests intending to politicise the Olympic movement.

I agree absolutely that doping in sport must be eliminated if at all possible and I have no doubt that there are plenty of Russian drug cheats but this is different, the media frenzy over Russian ‘State Sponsored‘ doping is a charge that is far higher yet McLaren hasn’t talked to any Russian. It’s easy to poke accusations at anyone, make them out to be the worst possible beings and that is what has been achieved in everyone’s mind whatever the truth is about Russian sport. Hypocritically the United States and Canada are far from immune from drug cheating and no doubt some of their athletes will reappear as cheats again. Americans Carl Lewis, Marion Jones, Flo Jo, Tyler Hamilton, Tyson Gay and Canadian Ben Johnson were all drug cheats with Jones, Johnson, Gay and Hamilton all losing their Olympic medals but that is only scratching the surface. The propaganda has worked.

Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government July 28 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Breitbart

To anyone who has ever been called a "conspiracy theorist," the world owes you a massive apology. As the leaked DNC emails now exhaustively prove, Hillary Clinton and the DNC actually did conspire to destroy Bernie Sanders.

It was a genuine conspiracy involving a multitude of people who acted in coordinated secrecy to deceive the public, destroy a candidate and coronate their chosen evil globalist (Hillary Clinton) as President. Related: The Clinton Presidential Campaign just went Kaboom! The only thing that makes this conspiracy any different than all the other true conspiracies happening right now is that they got caught. And now, the entire leftist media -- which is also part of the very same conspiracy to thrust Clinton into office -- is trying to distract you from all this by invoking their own hilarious conspiracy theory: The Russians did it! Yep, suddenly now the same leftist media skeptics who ridiculed anyone even hinting that the DNC was running a conspiracy to destroy Sanders is floating its own tin foil hat theories in a desperate bid to hope you won't read any of the emails that actually leaked. Those emails, it turns out, expose the DNC and Hillary Clinton as a cabal of corrupt political mafia bosses who deeply hate voters, democracy and a free press.

The DNC even rewarded top donors with political appointments to the boards of federal organizations. If you give them enough money, they'll make sure Hillary lands you a spot in your favorite federal bureaucracy (the United States Postal Service is apparently in need of several BORED members... ha ha). Check out some of these email findings for yourself: All the dirt (so far) from the 19,000 leaked emails: TheGatewayPundit DNC staffers revealed as total bigots who tried to destroy Bernie Sanders by attacking his religion: GovtSlaves Obedient MSNBC morons report "cheers" when the audience is BOOING Debbie Wasserman Schultz off the stage: (see the text along bottom of the video): ZeroHedge

It Was the Russians! But you're not supposed to pay any attention to all the admissions of crime and corruption found in these emails. Never mind the fact that all these DNC members need to be arrested, indicted and put behind bars for 20 years to life. They're all corrupt criminals who despise democracy and use the power of their positions to rig elections and place sleazebag politicians into public office. The voters be damned! No, you're supposed to think to yourself, "It was the Russians!" And right on cue, the leftist media is now floating the ludicrous idea that Putin loves Trump and wants Trump to win the presidency. Why is this idea so ludicrous?

Because Hillary Clinton is the sellout who approve the selling of America's uranium reserves to Russian mining companies, sacrificing a strategic national resource so she and her husband Bill could collect a few more million dollars in "speaking fees." (Source: CLINTON CASH book and documentary.) In other words, the Russians get everything they want when democrats are in power, because democrats are corrupt criminals who are willing to sell anything to the Russians (as long as the donation fee is high enough to the Clinton Foundation). Thus, the idea that Putin wouldn't want Clinton in the White House is absurd. But this is all best said by none other than Patrick Buchanan in this WND.com editorial which I offer here as a partial reprint:

Waving off the clerics who had come to administer last rites, Voltaire said: "All my life I have ever made but one prayer to God, a very short one: 'O Lord, make my enemies look ridiculous.' And God granted it." The tale of the thieved emails at the Democratic National Committee is just too good to be true. For a year, 74-year-old socialist Bernie Sanders has been saying that, under DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz, the party has been undercutting his campaign and hauling water for Hillary Clinton. From the 19,200 emails dumped the weekend before Clinton's coronation, it appears the old boy is not barking mad. The deck was stacked; the referees were in the tank; the game was rigged. For four decades, some of us have wondered what Jim McCord, security man at CREEP, and his four Cubans were looking for in DNC Chair Larry O'Brien's office at the Watergate. Now it makes sense. Among the lovely schemes the DNC leaders worked up to gut Sanders in Christian communities of West Virginia and Kentucky, was to tell these good folks that Sanders doesn't even believe that there is a God. He's not even an agnostic; he's an atheist. The idea was broached by DNC chief financial officer Brad Marshall in an email to DNC chief executive officer Amy Dacey: "Does [Bernie] believe in a God. He has skated on saying he has a Jewish heritage. I think I read he is an atheist. This could make several points difference with my peeps. My Southern Baptist peeps would draw a big difference between a Jew and atheist." Dacey emailed back, "Amen."

In 1960, John F. Kennedy went before the Houston ministers to assert the right of a Catholic to be president of the United States. Is the "Marshall Plan," to quietly spread word Bernie Sanders is a godless atheist, now acceptable politics in the party of Barack Obama? If Marshall and Dacey are still around at week's end, we will know. The WikiLeaks dump came Friday night. By Sunday, Clinton's crowd had unleashed the mechanical rabbit, and the press hounds were dutifully chasing it. The new party line: The Russians did it! Clinton campaign chief Robert Mook told ABC, "experts are telling us that Russian state actors broke in to the DNC, took all these emails, and now they are leaking them out through the Web sites. … some experts are now telling us that this was done by the Russians for the purpose of helping Donald Trump." Monday, Clinton chairman John Podesta said there is a "kind of bromance going on" between Trump and Vladimir Putin. Campaign flack Brian Fallon told CNN, "There is a consensus among experts that it is indeed Russia that is behind this hack of the DNC." Purpose: Change the subject. Redirect the media away from the DNC conspiracy to sabotage Sanders' campaign.

Assange: "A Lot More Material" Will Be Released"

FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email servers, source reveals.

The Clinton Foundation is a “massive spider web of connections and money laundering implicating hundreds of high-level people,” according to an anonymous insider who revealed why the FBI stopped short of indicting Hillary Clinton. Related: IRS Launches Investigation Of Clinton Foundation

Before FBI Director James Comey announced the FBI wouldn’t recommend pressing charges against Clinton, an insider with “intimate knowledge of the inner workings of the Clinton case” hosted an little-publicized AMA session on 4Chan, and the statements he made on July 2 corroborate with later developments of the scandal.

“There is enough for her and the entire government to be brought down,” he revealed. “ People do not realize how enormous this whole situation actually is.” “Whether she will be [indicted] or not depends on how much info others involved gets out, and there are a lot of people involved.” Since then, both the FBI and the DOJ declined to press charges against Clinton, and other sources revealed the Clinton Foundation is now under scrutiny.

“The problem is with the Clinton Foundation as I mentioned, which you should just imagine as a massive spider web of connections and money laundering implicating hundreds of high-level people,” the source said. “Though I do not have a high opinion of Hillary, she is just a piece – albeit a big piece – of this massive sh*tstorm."

Those implicated extends to the Justice Dept.

“The DOJ is most likely looking to save itself,” he continued. “Find everyone involved in the Clinton Foundation, from its donors to its Board of Directors, and imagine they are all implicated.” This would explain why Bill Clinton forced himself on Attorney General Loretta Lynch’s plane at the Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport last week; Clinton insider Larry Nichols said blackmail was likely involved.

“Bill Clinton met with Lynch, and he was there to assure her that when Hillary gets to be president she’ll be able to keep her job,” said Nichols on the Alex Jones Show Friday.

“I would imagine he gave Lynch a slip of paper that had on it a couple of things about the career prosecutors that are working the case. What was on that? The things they have on them. The drugs, women, men, whatever.” The source indicated the Clinton Foundation is likely a nexus of blackmail material keeping everyone in D.C. in line behind the Clintons – even those with tremendous influence.

“The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email server,” he said. “We received the server from Benghazi, then from the server we found data on the Clinton Foundation.” “Then we realized the situation is much worse than previously thought.” The server was in Benghazi? Was that one of the reasons why the embassy was attacked, to destroy evidence on the Clinton Foundation?

Additionally, the source said the investigation took so long because FBI Director James Comey didn’t want to face the “Clinton Machine” and the “rest of Washington D.C.”

“…This case would explode into a million other cases if fully brought to light, and then we would be one agency competing against the entire government and a hoard of other interests,” he continued. “It is a very tense and uncomfortable position.” Interestingly, the insider spoke more about Clinton’s relationship with President Obama, which seems frosty at times despite Obama currently campaigning for his former Secretary of State.

“The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email server,” he said. “We received the server from Benghazi, then from the server we found data on the Clinton Foundation.”

“Then we realized the situation is much worse than previously thought.” “Obama and Hillary do hate each other,” he said. “Hillary hates black people and Obama dislikes recklessness.” On Thursday, Breitbart reported the FBI is “is still investigating Hillary Clinton in connection with possible corruption related to the Clinton Foundation.”

‘Clinton Cash’ Movie Surpasses 500,000 Views In 48 Hours News showed the motion picture adaptation of Clinton Cash three times in three-hour windows. In those total nine hours of Saturday and Sunday viewing, there were 290,000 video views.

Pirated versions of the film have already begun sprouting up online, with one YouTube upload alone currently showing more than 215,800 views. In total, more than 500,000 people have pressed play on this film. But, of course, that half million views number does not take into account the massive amount of people who held watch parties or watched Clinton Cash with their family and friends during the weekend. Indeed, several comments have been posted on Breitbart.com and various social media platforms from people saying they and their friends and family were watching the Clinton Cash movie together in groups.

It’s hard to know just how many millions of Americans may have tuned in to watch Clinton Cash during its two-day global release. As Breitbart News reported, the film was pushed heavily on social media by more than 283,000 dyed-in-the-wool Bernie Sanders supporters, who helped catapult Clinton Cash to the top of Facebook’s trending topics list on Sunday. Related: 21 New ‘Clinton Cash’ Revelations That Have Imperiled Hillary Clinton’s Campaign Related: 11 Explosive Clinton Cash Facts Mainstream Media Confirm are Accurate

Due to overwhelming response and request, Breitbart News has decided to make Clinton Cash available for free forever. Clinton Cash was directed by M.A. Taylor and was written and produced by Danny Fleurette and Breitbart News Executive Chairman Stephen K. Bannon. The film exposes the alarming pattern of record-high speaking fees to Bill Clinton and donations to the Clinton Foundation from foreign contributors, which coincided with favors for those closest to the Clintons and their foundation donors while Hillary Clinton served as secretary of state. Related: Historic Civil Law Suit against Alleged War Criminal George W. Bush in California: Chilcot Report Submitted to the Ninth Circuit Court

A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All July 27 2016 | From: NaturalNews

The success of the globalists in perverting the minds of Western youth is evident in a new study by the Innovation Group, which found that most people between the ages of 13 and 20 – what the mainstream media and social engineers have dubbed "Generation Z" – no longer believe in strictly-defined gender identities like "male" and "female."

These gender "binaries," which are really just the pronouns humanity has been using since the beginning of time to differentiate between individuals with external reproductive equipment versus internal reproductive equipment, are now "old-fashioned" to the youth of today, which the study found are more comfortable than previous generations using gender-neutral (and grammatically incorrect) pronouns like "they" and "them" to describe a single, genderless individual. A majority of Gen-Z respondents, 52 percent, indicated that they aren't completely heterosexual, while 35 percent – an 11 percent increase compared to "Millennials" – admit that they fall somewhere along the spectrum of bisexuality. This spectrum identification for sexuality is further reflected in the more than 38 percent of Gen-Zers who claim they don't believe gender defines a person. As far as the types of clothes and accessories they buy, 13–20 year-olds are much more fluid when it comes to sticking to a gender norm. Only 44 percent of Gen-Zers buy clothes exclusively designed for their own gender, while an astounding 70 percent say they support the idea that bathrooms become "genderless," welcoming anyone and everyone who wants to use them.

Gen-Z is likewise more accepting of others who don't identify by any specific gender pronoun, or who identify by "nontraditional" gender pronouns like "ze;" 74 percent of Gen-Zers fall into this category compared to just 62 percent of older Millennials between the ages of 21–34. But the one thing on which both Gen-Zers and Millennials agree? More people than ever are experimenting with their gender identity. A 16-year-old pansexual (genderless) student from Nebraska by the name of "Madeleine" told VICE that "it" (for lack of a better pronoun) learned more about gender and identity from its peers than from older people, and that "agender," or no gender at all, is a young people's phenomenon. "I also notice that people my age are more open to gender and sexuality being fluid and subject to change," Madeleine told VICE. "For a while, I identified as asexual, but as time went on and I changed, I realized that maybe I wasn't that way anymore."

Endocrine-Disrupting Chemicals are Eliminating Sex, Gender This lack of clarity about biological identity is a product of two things: relentless media propaganda and chemical poisoning with gender-bending chemicals found in plastics, herbicides and pesticides sprayed on our food, and environmental pollution. Chemicals like bisphenol-A (BPA), glyphosate, soy and other hormone-disruptors are altering human genes and producing next-generation "robot" humans with no gender, and thus no identity.

It's sad, really, because it could have been prevented through reforms that protect the people rather than the chemical and drug industries that produce these toxins. Food, water, air: It's all tainted with endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs) that, more often than not, mimic the effects of estrogen, meaning they deplete testosterone and create hormone imbalances that not only confuse children, but also affect their growth and development. Young girls are becoming more "masculine," while young boys are becoming more "feminine" – an alchemy of the two sexes both physically and mentally that's changing the landscape of culture and civilization. We've identified many sources of EDCs through our ongoing work at the Natural News Forensics Food Lab, which I encourage you to check out in order to learn more.

Who Owns New Zealand's Media? July 16 2016 | From: JMAD New Zealand Media Ownership Report / Throng / MadisonLevy / Various

The JMAD 2015 New Zealand Media Ownership Report observes that New Zealand media companies are now owned by a small number of private funds and investment banks. In the case of MediaWorks, financial ownership has intensified its profit imperatives, and led to the demolition of its news and currents affairs programmes.

In this context, it is encouraging that independent news organisations such as the National Business Review (NBR), BusinessDesk and Scoop, have continued to operate in the market. Related: Fraudcast News: You Will Believe What the Media Tells You To In 2015, New Zealand media companies were implementing ‘digital first’ strategies, and integrating newsrooms across the print and online platforms. Unfortunately, this didn’t put ‘journalists first’, and newsroom layoffs continued. The revenue structures of media companies continued to encounter difficulties, and new forms of partnership and collaboration emerged. For example, Fairfax partnered with Sky TV, The Huffington Post and The New York Times; and APN with News Corp and The Washington Post in content delivery.

Additionally, NZME, TVNZ, MediaWorks and Fairfax joined forces in advertising against companies such as Facebook and Google. In 2015, Rupert Murdoch returned to the New Zealand media market by acquiring a 15 per cent stake in APN, publisher of The New Zealand Herald. In contrast, mining billionaire Gina Rinehart sold all of her Fairfax shares. Consequently, the investment bank Morgan Stanley became the company’s largest shareholder. Yet again MediaWorks became owned by one financial institution. In 2013 it went into receivership under its private equity owner Ironbridge Capital. In 2015, American hedge fund Oaktree Capital emerged as the biggest MediaWorks owner. Key events concerning New Zealand media ownership Billionaire Gina Rinehart exits Fairfax Media Rupert Murdoch becomes the second largest owner in APN MediaWorks becomes owned by Oaktree Capital Scoop crowdfunds to become a not-for-profit outlet Three funds hold 20 per cent of Sky TV’s shares

Read the New Zealand Media Ownership 2015 report

New Zealand Media Ownership and Market Structure From 2010 to 2015, the market structure of New Zealand media has not changed significantly. However, television broadcasting has become increasingly competitive with the arrival of on-demand and video streaming services. During the past five years, the newspaper publishing, radioand televisionmarkets have been dominatedby the same major players: APN/NZME, Fairfax Media, MediaWorks, Sky TV, TVNZ, Radio New Zealand (RNZ), and Maori TV.

Additionally, independent news organisations such as Scoop, Allied Press, the National Business Review and BusinessDesk, maintained operations in an increasingly competitive media environment. New Zealand Media and Entertainment (NZME) is owned by APN News and Media, an Australian media corporation headquartered in Sydney. APN is a publicly listed company owned by its shareholders, which operates both in Australia and New Zealand. Similarly, Fairfax Media is headquartered in Sydney, and is publicly listed and owned by its shareholders. Sky TV (NZ) operates in New Zealand, and is also a public company owned by shareholders. Bauer Media, a privately owned, global media conglomerate, is headquartered in Germany. It entered the New Zealand publishing market in 2013 by purchasing APN’s magazine staples such as The Listener, New Zealand Woman’s Weekly, Simply You and Simply You Living.

MediaWorks is privately owned, ow by American hedge fund Oaktree Capital. New Zealand has three Crown owned companies: Television New Zealand (TVNZ), Radio New Zealand (RNZ) and Maori Television. TVNZ is owned by the state, and it is commercially funded with no public service obligation. Approximately 95 percent of its operations are funded by advertising, and its primary mandate is to pay dividends to the New Zealand government. RNZ is the only public service broadcaster in New Zealand. Its aim is:

“To provide reliable, independent and freely accessible news and information, and to give expression to New Zealand’s national identity and diversity” - Treasury, 2014

Treasury states that “RNZ is an independent Crown entity with public funding, and has a mandate to operate in the broad public interest in accordance with the RNZ Charter”. Maori Television, also funded by the government, is specifically required to revitalise the Maori language. According to Maori TV, its general objective is to be:

“An independent Maori television service that is relevant, effective and widely accessible” - Maori TV, 2014

Company

Ownership

Focus

Most Important NZ Assets

APN/NZME

Shareholders

Commercial

The Radio Network, The New Zealand Herald, nzherald.co.nz, GrabOne

Fairfax

Shareholders Commercial

The Dominion Post, The Press, stuff.co.nz

MediaWorks

Private

Commercial

TV3, FOUR, EdgeTV, TV3plus1, TV4plus1, 3NOW On Demand, 3news.co.nz, The Edge, More FM, RadioLIVE, The Breeze...

SkyTV

Shareholders

Commercial

SkyTV, MySky, Prime, Igloo, Neon

TVNZ

Crown

Commercial

TV ONE, TV2, TV One plus 1, TV2+1, TVNZ Ondemand, onenews.co.nz

Radio New Zealand

Crown

Public Service

Radio New Zealand National, Radio New Zealand Concert, thewireless.co.nz

Maori TV

Crown

Public Service

Maori Television Channel, Te Reo Channel

Bauer NZ

Private

Commercial

Metro, The Listener, North & South, The New Zealand Women's Weekly

NBR

Private

Commercial

The National Business Review, nbr.co.nz

Scoop

Private

Independent

scoop.co.nz

BusinessDesk

Private

Independent

BusinessDesk

Coliseum Sports Media

Private

Commercial

Coliseum Sports Media

New Zealand Media: Concentration of Ownership The week commencing 9th May 2016 is likely to be remembered by journalists in New Zealand for a very long time. In another twist in the complex, uncertain and volatile media landscape the two Australian media titans, Fairfax Media and APN announced they were engaged in discussions with a view to merging their New Zealand media assets.

These assets are Fairfax NZ and NZME, a merger of which would result in New Zealand being left with one newspaper group holding an effective monopoly over the newspapers in the large cities, with the Otago Daily Times as the lone independent newspaper.

Loss of advertisng revenue as a result of both digital convergence and multi-platform media configurations is adversely impacting the traditional mass media operating model across the developed world. However, these commercial realities and the frequent media ownership concentration that results have very serious potential implications for the quality of journalism.

Media ownership in New Zealand has been gradually concentrating over the past years, first moving to corporate ownership and then more latterly to financial ownership. Nonetheless, given the relatively light media regulation by government, if this move to merger is successful the public will inevitably have less choice and the role of the fourth estate will be at risk of being weakened, at the very time when the worlds of politics and business appear to becoming less and less tranparent. Related: Media Merger Will Change the News

Over the Last Few Weeks [November 2015] Throng has Presented Adhoc Analysis of Ratings on the Free-to-Air Channels. Related: Corporate Media Really Is Dying: Check Out these New Statistics This has shown a staggering 12 point decline in viewing audiences across the combined TV2 and TV3 channels.

So where has that audience gone? Has it migrated to other Freeview channels such as Maori Television, ChoiceTV and the timeshifted channels (TVOne+1,TV2+1 and TV3+1)? Should advertisers be devoting more analysis to the audience and reach of these other channels? Or has the audience shifted to the, as Throng would have you believe, anachronistic Sky?

This is highly important not just to stimulate discussion in television media in New Zealand but also highly

important to the advertising community that essentially funds these channels. A one point movement in audience share in the $614million spent on television advertising in 2014 means $6.14m impact on profitability and the ability to acquire content in subsequent years. Viewers have to go somewhere Audience share, by its very nature, sums to 100%. So a double digit shift in audience share has to go somewhere. At this time the data for other channels (and the plus ones) haven’t been presented and this author doesn’t have access to the audience data that the administrators enjoy. However it would be ironic to think that the audience has migrated to watching more hours of television on the platform that the administrators go to great lengths to harangue and ridicule. Although the demographic is incorrect publically available data shows that over the 2010-2014 Sky TV and Prime have enjoyed a 4% lift in audience share. Something that must increase the bitterness of Throng. It still begs the question – where has 8 percentage points or $50 million worth of advertising share gone? Read more at: Throng

Related: Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media

Print Newspapers and Online News Outlets In 2015, NZME and Fairfax maintained their duopoly in New Zealand’s print newspaper market. The three leading newspapers, including The New Zealand Herald(NZME), The Dominion Post (Fairfax), and The Press (Fairfax), saw declines in their circulation numbers.

Related: German Journalist Reveals That The CIA Has Compromised The Western Media In June 2015, the circulation of The New Zealand Herald was 139,209, down 4.7 per cent from the previous year; the circulation of The Dominion Post was 64,851(-9.6%) and the circulation of The Press61,573(-7.8%). However, The Dominion Post has increased its readership. According to Roy Morgan readership results, in 2015 The Dominion Post’s Monday to Saturday readership increased 3.8 per cent from the previous year to 274,000 readers, a gain of “10,000 readers per average issue”. The readership of The New Zealand Herald was 589,000, down 3.3 per cent from 2014, but the paper remained “the country’s most-read daily newspaper”. The leading Sunday papers lost readers: the Sunday Star Times had 415,000 readers, down 1.4 per cent. However, the Herald on Sunday lost 11 percent of its readers having readership of 290,000 in the 12 months to June 2015. In April 2015, The New Zealand Herald’s editor-in-chief Tim Murphy announced that he was stepping down. In a media statement Jane Hastings, chief executive of NZME said: “Tim has guided The New Zealand Herald through some of the most dynamic years in the paper’s history including changing format from broadsheet to compact in 2012" Murphy was appointed as editor-in-chief in 2001 at the age of 37, and he was the youngest person to edit the paper.

In 2015, New Zealand’s online news - in terms of unique audience - was dominated by Fairfax. Its online site stuff.co.nz became “the most popular” New Zealand based website as it overtook Trade Me as the one most visited. In April 2015, Fairfax appointed the former nzhreald.co.nz editor Jeremy Rees as an editor for its national community titles in New Zealand.

Sinead Boucher, Fairfax Media’s executive editor, said that his role wasto develop “our strategy around communities - in print as well as in digital” as well lead innovation as Fairfax sought “to grow this very important and strong part of business". In May 2015, stuff.co.nz had aunique audience of over 1.8 million. Boucher commented that in New Zealand:

“The digital world is now defined by Google for search, Facebook for social, and Stuff for content”, adding that “usage is the ultimate engagement metric”.

In 2014 nzherald.co.nz had a unique audience of 1.2 million, and according to NZME, in 2015 The New Zealand Herald had a “monthly digital audience of 1,383,000”, and a “total brand audience of 1,821,000". In order to attract an even greater audience, and in preparation for digital subscriptions, The New Zealand Herald launched a new data-journalism website entitled Insights in November 2015. The paper noted that thelaunch was “a further demonstration of its commitment to in-depth journalism and new forms of storytelling". NZME group revenue director Laura Maxwell said in a press release, that the site was “generating interest from advertising agencies which opens up opportunities for revenue generation”. In her view, by using data visualising tools, the new site “creates new immersive and creative opportunities for advertisers to align with these engaged audiences".

Another Local Paywall Goes Up, The New Zealand Herald Yet to Follow In 2015, New Zealand media companies were driving newsroom and other changes to increase their digital and advertising income. Their need to find new revenue sources is clear, and APN illustrates the point. As mentioned earlier,its 2015 halfyear profit shrank 67 per cent from the previous year. In this context,it is not surprising that NZME is contemplating paywalls. In August, the company said thatit would introduce digital registrations for the nzherald.co.nz website by the end of year. This move precedes introduction of digital subscriptions, or a paywall. Earlier in 2015 the company stated its intention to monetise online news with memberships, digital subscriptions, and pay as you click articles. In May APN announced paywalls for its regional newspapers in Australia, and in August 2015 the Toowoomba Chronicle introduced charges for its online news.

In New Zealand, the National Business Review has digital subscriptions, and local newspapers Whakatane Beacon and The Ashburton Guardian have also introduced paywalls. In October another local newspaper, independently owned The Gisborne Herald, announced that it would launch charges for its online content. The paper stated that “some important content on the site will be outside the paywall. Most critically, in a civil defence emergency all news will be freely accessible”. The paper’s digital services cost“about two-thirds the price of a newspaper subscription - $1 for one day of viewing through to $200 for a 12-month subscription”. Fairfax introduced a paywall for the Australian Financial Review in 2011, and for its general newspapers The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald in 2013. Its paywall revenue has gradually increased from AUD$4.8 million in 2013 to AUD$32.7 million in 2015. At the same time its income from digital classified advertising has increased from AUD$109 million to AUD$161.5 million.

Independents In 2015, New Zealand’s independent media outlets included the National Business Review, a privately owned financial news outlet; privately owned newspaper publisher Allied Press; Scoop, which became a trust owned not-for-profit media outlet, and BusinessDesk, a privately owned independent news provider focusing on business and financial news. In September 2015, Scoop, the 16-year old online news publisher, became a non-profit media outlet committed to public interest journalism. The publishing company was “embedded in an independent charitable trust” entitled Scoop Foundation for Public Interest Journalism.

Related: Recharging With Alastair Thompson, Publisher Of Scoop Media The trust owns the publishing arm of Scoop, called The New Scoop Publishing Company. Before this change, the company’s shareholders included Margaret Thompson (Mother of Scoop’s editor and publisher Alastair Thompson), Imarda chief executive Selwyn Pellett, who held 20 per cent of the shares, and journalists Gordon Campbell, Russell Brown and Pattrick Smellie. However, in December 2014, Margaret Thompson took full control in the company. According to the National Business Review, the ownership changes meant that “several shareholders are short of hundreds of thousands of dollars”. Related: Alternative Media Is Winning: 60% Of Americans [ Read: The West ] Distrust Mainstream Media

Bloggers The 2013 JMAD New Zealand media ownership report found that the blogosphere was thriving in New Zealand. As was then stated, the mainstream media was becoming increasingly commercially focused,and therefore there was “a gap in public interest reporting, which bloggers are now trying to fill”.

However, the 2014 JMAD report observed after the revelations in Nicky Hager’s book Dirty Politics, that “blogs are not necessarily a counterweight to commercial media outlets”. The report stated that there is “increasing evidence of unethical alliances among bloggers, politicians, PR companies and legacy media”. In 2015, bloggers kept breaking news stories ahead of the mainstream media. In April, Martyn Bradbury’s The Daily Blog broke a story in which an anonymous waitress revealed that Prime Minister John Key kept pulling her hair against her wishes whenvisiting an Auckland café. After The Daily Blog published an anonymous blog written by the waitress, The New Zealand Herald named her in its story “against her wishes”. However, Shayne Currie, editor of The New Zealand Herald, said that after the paper’s gossip columnist Rachel Glucina interviewed the waitress and the café owners, “no one was in any doubt that the article, quotes and photograph would be appearing in the Herald". After the scandal broke, Prime Minister apologised to the waitress for any offence caused. The story was covered extensively in New Zealand media and abroad by news outlets such as the BBC, the Washington Post, CNN, The Daily Telegraph, The Guardian, The Japan Time sand The Hindu.

Related: It’s Official, Alternative Media Win Over Mainstream Media There is no publicly available, reliable data about blog readership numbers and rankings. When asked, Nielsen New Zealand failed to provide any information concerning blog readership and traffic, and therefore this report cannot discuss the visitor numbers of unique visits to these sites. Some ofthe most well-known blogs in New Zealand include Cameron Slater’s Whale Oil blog, Martyn Bradbury’s The Daily Blog, Russell Brown’s Hard News, David Farrar’s Kiwiblog,The Standard and The Dim-Post. Other well-known blogs include Chris Trotter’s Bowalley Road and Politik, which was established by Front Page Ltd. The company produces television news and current affairs programmes as well as television material for commercial clients. It is headed by the former TVNZ political editor Richard Harman.

New Zealand Media Ownership: Events and Patterns The ownership structures of leading New Zealand media corporations have changed substantially in the past five years. None of the commercial media companies are New Zealand owned, and APN is the only one with a media corporation as a substantial shareholder. In all four commercially operated media companies ownership has concentrated in hands of financial institutions: private equity firms, investment banks, banks and managed funds. In 2015, APN’s ownership changed substantially when long-term shareholder, the Irish Independent News and Media (INM), sold its shares along with telecom billionaire Denis O’Brien (he had substantial holdings in both INM and APN). In March, INM and O’Brien’s investment company Baycliffe Limited sold all their APN shares. Before the sale, INM owned 18.6 per cent of APN’s shares, and Baycliffe 12.2 per cent. Following the sale, Rupert Murdoch’s News Corp purchased a 14.99 per cent of APN to become thesecond largest shareholder.

APN’s Chairman Peter Cosgrove described this ownership change as a “defining moment for APN that also reflects a new era”. News Corp noted that its interest was due to APN’s “high quality portfolio of Australian and New Zealand radio and outdoor media assets and small regional print interests”. Following the transaction, in June 2015, APN’s chief executive officer Michael Miller resigned from APN to become executive chairman of News Corp Australasia. He was followed by Ciaran Davis, who was previously chief executive officer of the Australian Radio Network (ARN) owned by APN. ...

In June 2013 MediaWorks was put into receivership, and consequently sold to a new holding company MediaWorks Holdings Limited; a syndicate of banks, hedge funds and private equity companies. In April 2015, MediaWorks announced that American privately owned hedge fund Oaktree Capital owned 77.8 per cent of the company’s shares after purchasing them from Royal Bank of Scotland and Westpac. Mark Weldon, MediaWorks chief executive officer commented that “Oaktree is an experienced, long-terminvestor into media businesses”, referring to the company’s involvement in Australian Nine Entertainment.

According to media reports, Oaktree Capital has increased its stake in MediaWorks to 100 per cent, but this hasn’t been officially confirmed. In October, John Drinnan wrote that “in June, Oaktree took full ownership of MediaWorks, which has suffered low morale and ratings mishaps at its TV operations”. He also noted that after Weldon joined MediaWorks in 2014 as a chief executive officer, he “had a rollercoaster ride with disappointing results from TV amid a strategic shift that downgraded news and current affairs and made more use of reality formats”. Related: The Dumbing Down Of Mainstream Media & The Agendas Driving It Earlier in April, Nick Grant commented that MediaWorks’ CEO makes “ruthless decisions on a financial basis. Most other people will take into account various personalities and issues and stakeholders, but Mr Weldon only has one stakeholder – money”.

Conclusions During the past five years, New Zealand media has undergone some substantial ownership changes. The following table lists some of the major developments in the New Zealand media market from 2011 to 2015. In general, it can be observed that the financial ownership of APN, Fairfax Media and Sky TV has increased, and their future is determined by management funds and investment banks which are the largest shareholders in these companies. In 2015, 20 per cent of Sky TV’s shares were owned by three financial institutions; 32 per cent of APN’s shares were in hands of four funds; 44.7 per cent of Fairfax’s shares were owned by five financial institutions, and MediaWorks was owned by one hedge fund.

At the time of writing, it is clear that the New Zealand media sector has some major structural changes ahead. APN has indicated that it may still float NZME as a separate company on the New Zealand stock market. At the time of writing MediaWorks’s future seemed uncertain, and the company’s management has indicated that it was seeking to sell the company, or to list it onthe local stock market. During 2015 it became evident that media corporations need to pursue new partnerships and alliances while they are trying to recapture audiences, and revenues. In this context it is not surprising that ‘old enemies’ have started to find new ways to co-operate.

Competition in the New Zealand broadcasting market has become fiercer, and new entrants to the market have emerged. In 2015, American companies Netflix and Yahoo TV introduced their video streaming services in New Zealand to compete with existing broadcasters and services. This report also notes examples of technological innovation among New Zealand media companies. The National Business Review launched radio service; RNZ experimented with podcasts and video content; NZME introduced a new data-journalism site, and Scoop used crowd funding to help its transformation to a non-profit news organisation. Additionally some interesting new content providers, such as The Spinoff, emerged. Related: These 6 Corporations Control 90% Of The Media In America

Comment: The consolidation of New Zealand media is no different in real terms than that which has been happening overseas. Such centralisation is not just about fiscal considerations, but power. We see consolidation happening in all industries and countries. It is far easier for those at the top to continue running the show, shaping the narrative and indeed in the case of the media - controlling the news and flow of information - when there are less strings to pull.

Related Articles: 14 Tactics Used By The Mainstream Media To Manufacture Consent For The Oligarchy CIA Agents To Troll Alternative Media Sites In Huge Propaganda Program Former CBS Reporter Exposes Media Lies, Internet Shills & Astroturfing

Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War The CIA And The Media: 50 Facts The World Needs To Know

Year

Company

2011 NZPA

Development Closed after 130 years in operation

Yellow Pages Group

Launch of hyperlocal site Yellow Local

New Zealand Post

Launch of Hyperlocal site Localist

Fairfax

The company sold its 34% stake in auction site TradeMe in an initial public offering (IPO)

2012 TVNZ

TVNZ7 Channel closed after government stopped its funding

APN

Increased its stake in group buying site GrabOne to 100%

SkyTV

Todd Communications sold its entire stake of 11%

Bauer Media

Took over ACP and its magazines such as Metro and N orth & South

Fairfax

Sold the remainder of its TradeMe shares

NBR

Barry Coleman sold the newspaper to Todd Scott

2013 APN

Sold South Island newspapers Christchurch Star and Oamaru Mail to Mainland Media

APN

Sold its New Zealand magazines including The Listener to Bauer Group

TVNZ

Closed its youth channel TVNZ U

SkyTV

Rupert Mursoch's News Limited sold its entire 44% stake in SkyTV

MediaWorks

Entered into receivership, sold to a new holding company owned by financial institutions

2014 APN

INM's ownership shrinks to 18.6%

APN

Rebrands as NZME and prepares for stock market float on NZX

Fairfax

Joint venture StreamCo with Nine Entertainment

2015 APN

INM and Baycliffe sell their APN shares - Rupert Murdoch's News Corp buys 14.99% of the shares, becominf the second largest shareholder

Fairfax

Billionarire Gina Rinehart sells all her shares in Fairfax

MediaWorks

Hedge fund Oaktree Capital becomes the largest shareholder

Scoop

Becomes a trust-owned non-profit media outlet, raises money via crowdfunding

More: Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Putin Begs Media To Wake Up + The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin July 13 2016 | From: Infowars / Counterpunch / Sott / Various

"How do you not understand the world is being pulled in an irreversible direction?"

The growing tension between East and West is especially worrisome in light of the general public’s departure from political awareness and its inability to survive outside of the government system. Related: Russian President Putin signs law banning GMO production

The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin Vladimir Putin is probably the most popular Russian leader there has ever been, polling up around a phenomenal 80% as recently as November 2015 in a study carried out by a team of American researchers.

This makes him inarguably the most popular world leader today, though you would think the opposite given the way he’s routinely depicted and demonized in the West. Paradoxically, the main reason for Putin’s popularity in Russia is the same reason he’s so reviled in the US and Western Europe. It comes down to the simple but salient fact that when it comes to leadership and political nous Vladimir Putin is playing chess while his counterparts in London, Washington, and Paris are playing chequers . This is not to ascribe to the Russian leader the moral virtues of Nelson Mandela or the humanitarian instincts of Mahatma Gandhi. But neither is he the caricature regularly and vehemently described in the UK and US media. Putin is not a villain straight from a Bond movie, sitting in a spooky castle somewhere in deepest Russia planning and plotting world domination. For that kind of ‘Masters of the Universe’ malarkey you need to take yourself to the White House in Washington, or maybe CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia.

No, the Russian President is a man who knows his enemy better than they know themselves, and who understands and has imbibed the truth of former Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s statement that:

“If you live among wolves you have to act like a wolf.” What those Western ideologues and members of the liberal commentariat who’ve been lining up to attack him in their newspaper columns fail to appreciate, not to mention the army of the authors who’ve been churning out books painting Putin as a latter day Genghis Khan, is the deep scars left on the Russian psyche by the country’s exposure to freedom and democracy Western-style upon the collapse of the Soviet Union in the 1990s. Canadian journalist and author Naomi Klein lays it out in forensic detail in her peerless work, The Shock Doctrine (Penguin, 2007). The impact of free market shock therapy on Russia under Boris Yeltsin’s presidency, Klein describes thus:

“In the absence of major famine, plague or battle, never have so many lost so much in so short a time. By 1998 more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt, and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2 million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty, on less than $4 a day. By the time the shock therapists had administered their ‘bitter medicine’ in the mid-nineties, 74 million Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the World Bank.” Klein also reveals that by 1994 the Russian suicide rate had doubled and violent crime increased fourfold. Given the devastation wrought on the Russian economy and society by Western free market gurus and their Russian disciples during that awful period, the country’s recovery to the point where it is now able to contest and resist Washingtonled unipolarity where before it existed unchecked, has to count as a staggering achievement. Putin rose to power in Russia on the back of his role in violently suppressing the Chechen uprising, which began amid the chaos of the Soviet Union’s dissolution. It was a brutal and bloody conflict in which atrocities were undoubtedly committed, as they are in every conflict, until the uprising was finally crushed and Moscow’s writ restored. The former KGB officer was thrust into the spotlight as a key member of Boris Yeltsin’s team thereafter, viewed as a safe pair of hands, which propelled him onto the political stage and his first stint as president in 2000, when he was elected for the first time. Some maintain that during his time with the KGB that Putin made it as far as New Zealand:

Since then Putin has worked to restore the Russian economy along with its sense of national pride and prestige on the world stage. The loss of that prestige as a result of the demise of the Soviet era had a cataclysmic effect on social cohesion in a country that had long prided itself on its achievements, especially its role in defeating the Nazis in the Second World War. The new Russian president is credited with returning the country to its former status as a respected power that can’t and won’t be bullied by the West. The attempt to use Georgia as a cat’s paw in 2008 was swiftly dealt with, and so has the attempt to do likewise with Ukraine in 2014. All this baloney about Putin having expansionist aims is an attempt to throw a smokescreen over the West’s own expansionist agenda in Eastern Europe with the goal of throwing a cordon sanitaire around Russia in pursuit of a cold war agenda.

Russia’s current game changing role in the Middle East, along with China’s ferocious economic growth and growing influence, is proof that the days of unipolarity and uncontested Western hegemony are drawing to a close. This more than any other factor lies at the root of the irrational Russophobia being peddled so passionately in the West. The most populous country in Europe is not and never will be a Western colony or semi colony. For those Western ideologues that cannot conceive of any relationship with Russia other than as a deadly or defeated foe, accepting this reality is a non-negotiable condition of achieving a semblance of stability and peace in the world. While Vladimir Putin and his government are not beyond criticism – in fact, far from it – their misdeeds pale in comparison to the record of Western governments in destroying one country after the other in the Middle East, presiding over a global economy that has sown nothing but misery and despair for millions at home and abroad, leading in the last analysis to the normalization of crisis and chaos. Their deeds, as the man said, would shame all the devils in hell. Related: Hysterical demonization campaign of Putin and Russia - The Pentagon's empire of whining

German Green Party Politician Speaks Out Against Demonization Of Putin The former green state minister Ludger Volmer strongly criticizes his party's Russia policy and warns against a one-sided image of Putin. The former Minister of State in the Foreign Office, Ludger Volmer (Green), has sharply attacked his party's Russia policy.

The 64-year-old, who served under the aegis of Joschka Fischer and retired from the Bundestag in 2005, now castigates the Greens in an open letter for demonizing the Russian President Vladimir Putin and "meekly reciting NATO slogans." This just increases the danger of escalation. This is "disgraceful for a peace party" that it is "stuck in silence." Although it is correct to consider Putin critically according to Volmer, yet Putin's image in Germany is "one-sided." And: "The vast majority of Russians want him." In addition, one does not have to "love the Russian national character, but when it comes to any other questionable ideology, you try to deal constructively with them, political Islamism for instance - in some instances too much so." The former member notes: "Putin may be no role model for a libertarian democracy. But he is not a warmonger." At the same time some aspects of the Orange Revolution in Ukraine get downplayed, such as the participation of fascists in it, while the annexation of the Crimea is not so clear a violation of international law, as the Greens insist.

Comment:On several occasions, Putin has managed to successfully outmanoeuvre the psychopathic western powers both in the Ukraine and in Syria, and by doing so has preserved countless numbers of lives. His actions here have been a display of courage, discipline and determination. A feat like this must have also required a great deal of strength and strategic insight. Unsurprisingly, his abilities and success as a leader are reflected in his approval ratings and popularity (which significantly outweigh those of any 'leader' in the West), throughout both Russia and the rest of the world. Aside from political skill, Putin's numerous acts of generosity toward his people demonstrate humility and kindness, both of which are qualities that are now exceedingly rare among politicians in this day and age. In the face of constant lies spread by the West and blatant acts of aggression, Putin appears to exercise a significant degree of self-control by maintaining respectful communication, utilising an approach which is calm and collected.

Incorrect threat assessment? Related: Vladimir Putin Is The Only Leader The West Has

Above all, there is "no serious reason to assume that Russia wants incorporate Poland or the Baltic states. An incorrect threat assessment is as dangerous as a real threat," Volmer therefore asks: "Why are you, except for some individual voices, being silent about the NATO / EU escalation on the eastern borders?" The letter follows on the heels of statements by Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier (SPD), who had accused the West of "sabre rattling" and had gotten criticized for it. And representatives of the Left party had attacked the Greens with arguments comparable to Volmer's. On Wednesday of last week word came from the Greens that it was working up a response to the letter, which was received on the Monday. The foreign policy Group spokesman Omid Nouripour told the Frankfurter Rundschau: "It's never good style to publicly criticize the work of your own successor, without first dealing with them or seeking contact with them. We are fine with the line on de-escalation, but we are not with Ludger Volmer on relativizing the breach of international law by the Kremlin." Related: NATO focuses on "containment" of non-existing "threat from East" - Russian diplomat

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State” July 12 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / GushShalom / GlobalResearch / Various

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians.

General Golan, Deputy Chief of Staff of the Israeli Army, on Holocaust Memorial Day, said:

“If there is something that frightens me about the memories of the Holocaust, it is the knowledge of the awful processes which happened in Europe in general, and in Germany in particular, 70, 80, 90 years ago, and finding traces of them here in our midst, today, in 2016.”

Related: The Jewish Colonization of Palestine Related: Roger Waters on Why More Artists Don’t Speak Out Against Israel: They’re Terrified Israeli Uri Avnery, a former member of the Israeli parliament, who as a boy lived in Germany during the rise of the Nazis, has come to the support of General Golan. General Golan, who was slated to be the next Chief of Staff of the Israeli Army, and Uri Avnery, one of the bravest men on the planet, are being demonized as “self-hating Jews.” No one is permitted to mention any truth about Israel’s genocide against the Palestinians or the support for this genocide by the two American political parties and presstitute media, not even former President Jimmy Carter. When Carter mentioned the apartheid that characterizes present-day Israel in his book, the Jewish members of the Carter Center resigned.

Uri Averny: I Was There "Please Don't write about Ya'ir Golan!" a friend begged me, “Anything a leftist like you writes will only harm him!"

Uri Avnery

Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...] So I abstained for some weeks. But I can't keep quiet any longer. General Ya'ir Golan, the deputy Chief of Staff of the Israeli army, made a speech on Holocaust Memorial Day. Wearing his uniform, he read a prepared, well-considered text that triggered an uproar which has not yet died down. Dozens of articles have been published in its wake, some condemning him, some lauding him. Seems that nobody could stay indifferent. The main sentence was: "If there is something that frightens me about the memories of the Holocaust, it is the knowledge of the awful processes which happened in Europe in general, and in Germany in particular, 70, 80, 90 years ago, and finding traces of them here in our midst, today, in 2016." All hell broke loose. What! Traces of Nazism in Israel? A resemblance between what the Nazis did to us with what we are doing to the Palestinians?

Related: Shymaa's story from GAZA - "We Are the Ones" 90 years ago was 1926, one of the last years of the German republic. 80 years ago was 1936, three years after the Nazis came to power. 70 years ago was 1946, on the morrow of Hitler's suicide and the end of the Nazi Reich. I feel compelled to write about the general's speech after all, because I was there. As a child I was an eye-witness to the last years of the Weimar Republic (so called because its constitution was shaped in Weimar, the town of Goethe and Schiller). As a politically alert boy I witnessed the Nazi Machtergreifung ("taking power") and the first half a year of Nazi rule. I know what Golan was speaking about. Though we belong to two different generations, we share the same background. Both our families come from small towns in Western Germany. His father and I must have had a lot in common. There is a strict moral commandment in Israel: nothing can be compared to the Holocaust. The Holocaust is unique. It happened to us, the Jews, because we are unique. (Religious Jews would add: "Because God has chosen us".) I have broken this commandment. Just before Golan was born, I published (in Hebrew) a book called "The Swastika", in which I recounted my childhood memories and tried to draw conclusions from them. It was on the eve of the Eichmann trial, and I was shocked by the lack of knowledge about the Nazi era among young Israelis then. My book did not deal with the Holocaust, which took place when I was already living in Palestine, but with a question which troubled me throughout the years, and even today: how could it happen that Germany, perhaps the most cultured nation on earth at the time, the homeland of Goethe, Beethoven and Kant, could democratically elect a raving psychopath like Adolf Hitler as its leader? The last chapter of the book was entitled "It Can Happen Here!" The title was drawn from a book by the American novelist Sinclair Lewis, called ironically "It Can't Happen Here", in which he described a Nazi take-over of the United States.

In this chapter I discussed the possibility of a Jewish Nazi-like party coming to power in Israel. My conclusion was that a Nazi party can come to power in any country on earth, if the conditions are right. Yes, in Israel, too. The book was largely ignored by the Israeli public, which at the time was overwhelmed by the storm of emotions evoked by the terrible disclosures of the Eichmann trial. Now comes General Golan, an esteemed professional soldier, and says the same thing. And not as an improvised remark, but on an official occasion, wearing his general's uniform, reading from a prepared, well thought-out text. The storm broke out, and has not passed yet. Israelis have a self-protective habit: when confronted with inconvenient truths, they evade its essence and deal with a secondary, unimportant aspect. Of all the dozens and dozens of reactions in the written press, on TV and on political platforms, almost none confronted the general's painful contention. No, the furious debate that broke out concerns the questions: Is a high-ranking army officer allowed to voice an opinion about matters that concern the civilian establishment? And do so in army uniform? On an official occasion?

Should an army officer keep quiet about his political convictions? Or voice them only in closed sessions - "in relevant forums", as a furious Binyamin Netanyahu phrased it? General Golan enjoys a very high degree of respect in the army. As Deputy Chief of Staff he was until now almost certainly a candidate for Chief of Staff, when the incumbent leaves the office after the customary four years. The fulfillment of this dream shared by every General Staff officer is now very remote. In practice, Golan has sacrificed his further advancement in order to utter his warning and giving it the widest possible resonance.

One can only respect such courage. I have never met General Golan, I believe, and I don't know his political views. But I admire his act. (Somehow I recall an article published by the British magazine Punch before World War I, when a group of junior army officers issued a statement opposing the government's policy in Ireland. The magazine said that while disapproving the opinion expressed by the mutinous officers, it took pride in the fact that such youthful officers were ready to sacrifice their careers for their convictions.)

The NAZI march to power started in 1929, when a terrible world-wide economic crisis hit Germany. A tiny, ridiculous far-right party suddenly became a political force to be reckoned with. From there it took them four years to become the largest party in the country and to take over power (though it still needed a coalition). I was there when it happened, a boy in a family in which politics became the main topic at the dinner table. I saw how the republic broke down, gradually, slowly, step by step. I saw our family friends hoisting the swastika flag. I saw my high-school teacher raising his arm when entering the class and saying "Heil Hitler" for the first time (and then reassuring me in private that nothing had changed.) I was the only Jew in the entire gymnasium (high school.) When the hundreds of boys – all taller than I – raised their arms to sing the Nazi anthem, and I did not, they threatened to break my bones if it happened again. A few days later we left Germany for good. General Golan was accused of comparing Israel to Nazi Germany. Nothing of the sort. A careful reading of his text shows that he compared developments in Israel to the events that led to the disintegration of the Weimar Republic. And that is a valid comparison.

Things happening in Israel, especially since the last election, bear a frightening similarity to those events. True, the process is quite different. German fascism arose from the humiliation of surrender in World War I, the occupation of the Ruhr by France and Belgium from 1923-25, the terrible economic crisis of 1929, the misery of millions of unemployed. Israel is victorious in its frequent military actions, we live comfortable lives. The dangers threatening us are of a quite different nature. They stem from our victories, not from our defeats. Indeed, the differences between Israel today and Germany then are far greater than the similarities. But those similarities do exist, and the general was right to point them out. The discrimination against the Palestinians in practically all spheres of life can be compared to the treatment of the Jews in the first phase of Nazi Germany. (The oppression of the Palestinians in the occupied territories resembles more the treatment of the Czechs in the "protectorate" after the Munich betrayal.)

The rain of racist bills in the Knesset, those already adopted and those in the works, strongly resembles the laws adopted by the Reichstag in the early days of the Nazi regime. Some rabbis call for a boycott of Arab shops. Like then. The call "Death to the Arabs" ("Judah verrecke"?) is regularly heard at soccer matches. A member of parliament has called for the separation between Jewish and Arab newborns in hospital. A Chief Rabbi has declared that Goyim (non-Jews) were created by God to serve the Jews. Our Ministers of Education and Culture are busy subduing the schools, theater and arts to the extreme rightist line, something known in German as Gleichschaltung. The Supreme Court, the pride of Israel, is being relentlessly attacked by the Minister of Justice. The Gaza Strip is a huge ghetto. Of course, no one in their right mind would even remotely compare Netanyahu to the Fuehrer, but there are political parties here which do emit a strong fascist smell. The political riffraff peopling the present Netanyahu government could easily have found their place in the first Nazi government.

One of the main slogans of our present government is to replace the "old elite", considered too liberal, with a new one. One of the main Nazi slogans was to replace "das System". By the way, when the Nazis came to power, almost all high-ranking officers of the German army were staunch anti-Nazis. They were even considering a putsch against Hitler. Their political leader was summarily executed a year later, when Hitler liquidated his opponents in his own party. We are told that General Golan is now protected by a personal bodyguard, something that has never happened to a general in the annals of Israel. The general did not mention the occupation and the settlements, which are under army rule. But he did mention the episode which occurred shortly before he gave this speech, and which is still shaking Israel now: in occupied Hebron, under army rule, a soldier saw a seriously wounded Palestinian lying helplessly on the ground, approached him and killed him with a shot to the head. The victim had tried to attack some soldiers with a knife, but did not constitute a threat to anyone any more. This was a clear contravention of army standing orders, and the soldier has been hauled before a court martial.

A cry went up around the country: the soldier is a hero! He should be decorated! Netanyahu called his father to assure him of his support. Avigdor Lieberman entered the crowded courtroom in order to express his solidarity with the soldier. A few days later Netanyahu appointed Lieberman as Minister of Defense, the second most important office in Israel. Before that, General Golan received robust support both from the Minister of Defense, Moshe Ya'alon, and the Chief of Staff, Gadi Eisenkot. Probably this was the immediate reason for the kicking out of Ya'alon and the appointment of Lieberman in his place. It resembled a putsch. It seems that Golan is not only a courageous officer, but a prophet, too. The inclusion of Lieberman's party in the government coalition confirms Golan's blackest fears. This is another fatal blow to the Israeli democracy. Am I condemned to witness the same process for the second time in my life? It is this incident that aroused the general to speak out and warn the country. I can only salute him.

Related: ISIS is a US-Israeli Creation: Top Ten “Indications” Related: The West has a terrorist "catch and release" program, admits proxy army is geopolitical strategy

Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”

All of the following facts are verifiable in the public domain:

1. Netanyahu heads the only undeclared nuclear weapons entity on the planet yet still ludicrously alleges that non nuclear Iran is trying to exterminate the state of Israel with its 100s of warheads in its Dimona secret arsenal, (all of which are outside the inspection of the IAEA), in an abortive effort to damage the agreed Iran peace deal, painstakingly negotiated by the UN Security Council members and the EU. His convoluted political machinations, in Washington and Europe, have resulted in ignominious failure as Iran rejoins the international community. 2. His government also refuses to be a party to both the Chemical and Biological Weapons Conventions (CWC / BWC) to which all EU members and most other UN states are signatories 3. His rightwing, extremist government supports the continued illegal occupation and settlement of the Palestinian West Bank, East Jerusalem and the Golan Heights in violation of international law, in addition to continuing a blockade of essential materials to 1.8 million in Gaza that has received global condemnation. 4. He exerts a wholly undemocratic influence over the Republican AIPAC dominated US congress in Washington thereby disproportionately skewing American foreign policy in favour of Israel

5. His family background includes a documented association with terrorist organisations notably the Irgun Zvai Leumi paramilitaries 6. His government is in continued breach of the human rights provisions of the EU Association Agreement that affords Israel free trade access to the European single market 7. He allows the socalled ‘pricetag’ terrorists to continue to persecute Arab residents in the Occupied Territories by the burning and destruction of olive groves and businesses in a program of uncontrolled intimidation and violence 8. He continually threatens to restrict access to Jerusalem’s Al Aqsa mosque as did his failed predecessor, Ariel Sharon, apparently in a bid to provoke violence and dissent 9. He is the leader of a party whose published charter requires the ethnic cleansing of all indigenous Palestinians in order to establish a Greater Israel in all of former Palestine

10. Likud’s official agenda to establish the socalled ‘facts on the ground’ is a blatant attempt to abort the establishment of an independent Palestinian state. This illegal program has recently been condemned by China as well as by the EU, Russia and the US and is now expected to lead to economic, political and sporting sanctions.

Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial, Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension + Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real July 12 2016 | From: GeoengineeringWatch / GreenMedInfo

How expansive and deep is the cancer of payed denial and deception which has long since permeated so much of the science community on countless fronts? How many so called "experts" have long since sold any shred of honor and honesty they may have once possessed in exchange for a paycheck and a pension?

The blatant criminal denial of the climate engineering atrocities so visible in skies around the globe is the greatest deception ever perpetrated on populations of the planet. Related: Aerosol Spraying Conspiracy Theory Confirmed by Obama CIA Director at CFR AThe majority of the masses have unfortunately so far been all too willing to accept a constant parade of lies from the power structure and their paid minions on an endless list of issues. Denial is epidemic in our society, the herd mentality has so far ruled the day. Populations have been successfully programmed to never investigate or question the "experts" or the "official narrative" no matter how obvious and glaring the lies become. We have been taught to criticize and marginalize any that dare to question.

This is the Orwellian world we live in, it is a paradigm that is leading the human race and all life toward a mathematically certain near term extinction. A complete course correction begins with publicly exposing those that are perpetuating lethal deceptions. The six minute video below covers the cowardice and deceit that is rampant in the meteorological community. Shining a light on the insanity is a responsibility that must be carried by us all if we are to have any chance of turning the tide in time. Our sincere gratitude to Co Creation Productions, Inc, for producing this video.

Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real While any discussion of the "chemtrail" phenomenon today is immediately labeled conspiracy theory, a new study provides evidence that a global covert program is underway, made possible through political, commercial, and government interests working in collusion to release extremely toxic material into the atmosphere ostensibly to "combat global warming."

Admittedly, when the topic of "chemtrails" comes up, I get a bit uneasy. Like connecting vaccines with autism, certain topics have been so loaded with misinformation for so long that writing about them automatically invokes the specter of controversy, and not open discussion, as would be expected if discovering the truth were a priority. Related: Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare One highly marginalized but vocal sector of the population believes chemtrails are being sprayed on us like Raid on cockroaches by our invisible overlords to facilitate a depopulation agenda. On the other extreme are academics unashamedly publishing papers suggesting we should play God by using various geoengineering techniques with avowedly planet wide impacts to "combat global warming."

Rarely, however, do we see anyone convincingly tying together the first-hand observational data with objective data, to prove that there is something in these persistent contrails other than frozen water vapor. Thankfully, a groundbreaking study was recently published that did exactly this, bringing us closer to the truth than we have ever been before. The implications are simply profound and I believe may foment greatly expanded awareness and activism on the topic.

New Research Proves Coal Fly Ash Is The Source Material for "Chemtrails" The new study published in the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health titled, "Evidence of Coal-Fly-Ash Toxic Chemical Geoengineering in the Troposphere: Consequences for Public Health," offers a convincing explanation for what is behind the so-called "chemtrail" phenomenon, revealing that the source material used to create artificial weather visible throughout the world is the extremely toxic waste material from the electric industry known as coal fly ash. If you are not already aware, "chemtrail" is a colloquial term used to describe the persistent contrails, presumably laden with "chemicals," observed issuing from aircraft that result in the formation of artificial cloud patterns and weather.

Their existence has been almost universally written off as "conspiracy theory" by the media and government despite global evidence – as clear as day – that the weather is being manipulated with aerosols, presumably for geoengineering purposes intended to offset global warming. The new study, authored by San Diego resident J. Marvin Herndon, was initiated after he witnessed his region being sprayed daily by an, as of then, unidentified aerosol:

"In the spring of 2014, the author began to notice tanker-jets quite often producing white trails across the cloudless blue sky over San Diego, California. The aerosol spraying that was happening with increasing frequency was a relatively new phenomenon there. The dry warm air above San Diego is not conducive to the formation of jet contrails, which are ice condensate. By November 2014 the tanker-jets were busy every day crisscrossing the sky spraying their aerial graffiti. In a matter of minutes, the aerosol trails exiting the tanker-jets would start to diffuse, eventually forming cirrus-like clouds that further diffuse to form a white haze that scattered sunlight, often occluding or dimming the sun. Aerosol spraying was occasionally so intense as to make the otherwise cloudless blue sky overcast, some areas of sky turning brownish. Sometimes the navigation lights of the tanker-jets were visible as they worked at night, their trails obscuring the stars overhead; by dawn the normally clear-blue morning sky already had a milky white haze. Regardless, aerosol spraying often continued throughout the day. The necessity for daily aerosol emplacement stems from the relatively low spraying-altitudes in the troposphere where mixing with air readily occurs bringing down the aerosolized particulates and exposing humanity and Earth's biota to the fine-grained substance. The author's concern about the daily exposure to ultra-fine airborne particulate matter of undisclosed composition and its concomitant effect on the health of his family and public health in general prompted the research reported here."

The Long History of Covert Geoengineering Programs For those who have not witnessed the "chemtrail" phenomenon directly, it would be easy to write off this author's testimony as dubious or merely anecdotal. But the author rightly points out that there is already extensive evidence in the historical record of covert geoengineering programs, and which he summarizes thusly:

"Geoengineering, also called weather-modification, has been carried out for decades at much lower altitudes in the troposphere. The recent calls for open discussion of climate control or geoengineering tend to obscure the fact that the world's military and civilian sectors have modified atmospheric conditions for many decades as has been described by science historian, James R. Fleming. Some of the early weather-modification research resulted in programs like Project Skywater (1961–1988), the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation's effort to engineer "the rivers of the sky"; the U.S. Army's Operation Ranch Hand (1961– 1971), in which the herbicide Agent Orange was an infamous part; and its Project Popeye (1967–1971), used to "make mud, not war" over the Ho Chi Minh Trail. These few examples of weather-modification, all of them secret at the time they were engaged, show that the weather is in the words of the military, "a force multiplier" The fact is that we don't need to speculate about whether these covert programs are still happening, because the evidence is "hidden out in plain sight" for millions to see on a daily basis. [Note: I highly suggest you watch "Artificial Clouds," to get a primer on the difference between naturally occurring contrails and "chemtrails."] The real questions here are: What is being sprayed? Who is behind the program? Why is there no public discussion of the program and its implications to human and environmental health?

Hydro Tasmania asked to explain cloud seeding in catchment day before flooding

Coal Fly Ash "Is More Toxic Than Radioactive Waste" While it is clear that weather modification programs focused on enhanced precipitation are being conducted across the country using silver iodide, as recently exposed by our contributor Dave Dahl's documentary "Artificial Clouds," and that the result is global changes in weather patterns, exemplified by the temperature changes observed after the post-9/11 airplane grounding, the global geoengineering program appears to be a far greater threat to planetary health. What Herndon's research uncovered is that, "[T]oxic coal combustion fly ash is the most likely aerosolized particulate sprayed by tanker-jets for geoengineering, weather-modification and climate-modification purposes and describes some of the multifold consequences on public health."

He arrived at this conclusion through the following methods:

"Two methods are employed: (1) Comparison of 8 elements analyzed in rainwater, leached from aerosolized particulates, with corresponding elements leached into water from coal fly ash in published laboratory experiments, and (2) Comparison of 14 elements analyzed in dust collected outdoors on a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter with corresponding elements analyzed in un-leached coal fly ash material. The results show: (1) the assemblage of elements in rainwater and in the corresponding experimental leachate are essentially identical. At a 99% confidence interval, they have identical means (T-test) and identical variances (F-test); and (2) the assemblage of elements in the HEPA dust and in the corresponding average un-leached coal fly ash are likewise essentially identical."

Coal fly ash is a fine particle residue generated by coal combustion and is an extremely toxic material for the primary 3 reasons: 1) Because of its nanoparticle range sizing not only can it enter more easily into human tissue through skin, oral, or pulmonary contact, but it may also have greater toxicity due to its ability to mimic hormones and/or pass through cell membranes and altering nuclear programs to adversely alter cell phenotype. 2) It contains a wide range of heavy metals, including inorganic forms of aluminum and arsenic which are highly toxic to biological systems. It's mercury content can range as high as 1 part per million.1 3) It contains low-dose radioisotopes which can have profound, severe chronic adverse health effects several orders of magnitude higher than present toxicological risk assessments account for. Herndon states, "Coal fly ash has been described as being more radioactive than nuclear waste."

As Herndon states:

"The consequences [of coal fly ash exposure] on public health are profound, including exposure to a variety of toxic heavy metals, radioactive elements, and neurologically-implicated chemically mobile aluminum released by body moisture in situ after inhalation or through transdermal induction." Disturbingly, the EPA recently ruled that coal fly ash is not to be considered a "hazardous waste," despite overwhelming evidence that contains dozens of compounds that individually present a serious enough environmental and human health risk to be classified and regulated as hazardous to health. When you consider that the EPA requires coal firing electrical plants to sequester the coal fly ash due to its known toxicity as a pollutant, the hypocrisy here is astounding. Of course, this ruling would protect those orchestrating the behind-the-scenes geoengineering agenda of using the electrical power industry's toxic byproduct: millions of tons of coal fly ash, as a "beneficial" substance used to "combat global warming," even though the end result is the same: releasing a highly toxic material directly into the troposphere.

Profit Motive and Not Evidence Drives The Geoengineering Agenda We already have examples of how this works. The private sector, like the aluminum industry, colludes with the government to take a highly toxic waste product like fluoride, and then lobby to have it legally mandated to be put into the environment and our bodies via fluoridation programs. Suddenly the industry responsible for concentrating and unleashing a substance that is not legal to dump into the environment due to safety concerns gets paid to have it dumped directly into our water supply which ends up in our

environment and bodies. It's like Fluoride, all over again

A highly toxic substance is simply re-purposed and rebranded as "therapeutic" when the profit motive is compelling enough to trump ethical and legal boundaries. As of 2005, U.S. coal-fired plants reported producing 71.1 million tons of fly ash, of which 29.1 million tons was reported reused for industrial applications.3 Were it not for this "recycling" the industry would be left with a billion dollar problem, not unlike the nuclear industry's problem with nuclear waste. Therein alone lies a plausible motive for its use as a "geoengineering" ingredient, turning a liability into a profit center. Herndon offers additional insight into why he thinks coal fly ash was chosen as the preferred geoengineering ingredient:

"While academicians debate geoengineering as an activity that might potentially be needed in the future, evidence suggests that Western governments/militaries moved ahead with a full scale operational geoengineering program. But instead of mining and milling rock to produce artificial volcanic ash in sufficient volumes to cool the planet, they adopted a low-cost, pragmatic alternative, but one with consequences far more dire to life on Earth than global warming might ever be, and used coal combustion fly ash. To make matters worse, instead of placing the material high into the stratosphere, where there is minimal mixing and the substance might remain suspended for a year or more, they opted to spray coal fly ash into the lower atmosphere, the troposphere, which mixes with the air people breathe and gets rained down to ground." Another very important point made by Herndon is that this interventionist approach to "combat global warming" appears to have been poorly thought out, perhaps resulting in exactly the opposite of the stated intention:

"There is yet another consequence of tropospheric coal ash spraying that is contrary to cooling the Earth and has potentially far-reaching adverse ecological and public health implications: weather modification and concomitant disruption of habitats and food sources. As reported by NASA, "Normal rainfall droplet creation involves water vapor condensing on particles in clouds. The droplets eventually coalesce together to form drops large enough to fall to Earth. However, as more and more pollution particles (aerosols) enter a rain cloud, the same amount of water becomes spread out. These smaller water droplets float with the air and are prevented from coalescing and growing large enough for a raindrop. Thus, the cloud yields less rainfall over the course of its lifetime compared to a clean (non-polluted) cloud of the same size". In addition to preventing water droplets from coalescing and growing large enough to fall to Earth, coal fly ash, which formed under anhydrous conditions, will hydrate, trapping additional moisture thus further acting to prevent rainfall. That may cause drought in some areas, floods in others, crop failure, forest die-offs, and adverse ecological impacts, especially in conjunction with the chemically-mobile-aluminum contamination from coal fly ash. The consequences ultimately may have devastating effects on habitats and reduce human food production."

Herndon leaves us with closing remarks difficult to ignore, including a call to action that I hope our readers take to heart:

"More than a half century ago Rachel Carson called the world's attention to the unintended consequences of herbicides and pesticides widely employed by agriculture. Instead of turning a blind eye, people everywhere became motivated to stop the worst of this environmental onslaught. Today we are fully aware of the vast interconnected web of dependencies and symbioses that comprise life on our planet. Earth exists in a state of dynamic biological, chemical, and physical equilibrium whose complexity far exceeds the understanding of contemporary science. The pervasive tropospheric spraying of coal fly ash threatens this equilibrium, whose delicacy or whose resilience we cannot quantify. Human health is at risk as is Earth's biota. Are we to remain silent? Or will we exercise our primal right to speak in our own defense as a species and question the sanity of emplacing coal fly ash in Earth's perpetually moving atmosphere?"

Related Articles: 30th Anniversary Of Hansen’s First Great Global Warming Fail Matt Ridley: The many attempts to stifle free speech on climate change High Bypass Turbofan Jet Engines, Geoengineering, And The Contrail Lie Let’s just re-engineer the climate Engineer: Decarbonization Will Result in Mass Starvation, Poverty, Civil Strife

20 History Questions They Refuse To Answer In School July 11 2016 | From: WakingTimes

Traditional educational systems basically teach us that the history of man only dates back to about 8,000 years ago while religious texts date mankind to approximately 6,000 years ago. It is more than obvious that there a massive push to occlude our true history and origins.

While you may not agree with some of the questions, please try to view them with an open mind. As you’ll see, the history we have been taught has been manipulated and obscured from us. Related: Top 10 Unexplained Ancient Artifacts Ask yourself (or others) the following questions and feel free to comment at the end of the article! A map drawn on a gazelle skin of an unfrozen Antarctica was found in 1929. The map was drawn in 1513 by Piri Reis, who had privileged access to the Imperial Library of Constantinople. Contained within the notes found on the map, Reis stated that he compiled and copied the data from a large number of source maps, some of which dated back to the 4 BC or earlier. Our history books tell us that Antarctica was discovered by Captain James Cook while crossing the Antarctic Circle on January 17, 1773 with the ships HMS Resolution and Adventure.

1. How did Reis know of Antarctica several hundred years before Captain James Cook ‘discovered’ it?

The last time Antarctica was not frozen was at least 4,000 BC, so…

2. Where did the Imperial Library of Constantinople get THEIR information and who is responsible for the initial drawing of that map?

The Imperial Library of Constantinople, in the capital city of the Byzantine Empire, was the last of the great libraries of the ancient world

A tiny figurine made of baked-clay was brought up in amongst the debris churned out by a huge drill bit during the drilling of a well in Nampa Idaho in 1889. The object is a one inch long figure with one leg broken off at the knee.

3. Is it possible that mankind has been here many times LONG Before our recorded past?

4. How many millennia would it take for an object like this to be buried 300 feet into the ground?

5. If man evolved from ape, then why are there still apes?

According to Darwinism, man evolved from ape.

6. There are pyramids on every continent of the world. Who built them and why were they built? In Ecuador, one large Jade cup and 12 smaller Jade cups were found. Each of the smaller cups are a little bit different in size, but if you were to fill each one and pour them into the larger one, the contents would exactly fill the larger cup. The

large cup has a perfect inlaid star constellation, showingOrion and other stars.

Klaus Dona stated, “inside the big cup it is very, very magnetic and outside the cup nearly nothing. Professional geologists are saying this is impossible because if a stone has metal particles inside the stone, it must be same magnetic from both sides.”

7. If scientists say that it is impossible to have a very magnetic inside of a jade cup with a nonmagnetic outside of the same cup, then who created these vessels and where are they from?

8. Long before our state-sponsored recorded history will admit that civilized man was on Earth, what culture made this coin?

In Illoinois a well bit brought up a 200,000 year old bronze coin [illustrated above] from a depth of 114 feet just outside Chillicothe, Illinois. According to the Illinois State Geological Survey, the deposits containing the coin are between 200,000 and 400,000 years old.

9. Why do all history classes exclude this information? More than 350 artifacts were found in Ecuador in an old tunnel system. One artifact in particular shows the same pyramid with an all-seeing eye at the top of it

. Under a black light, the eye takes on an interesting hue while on the bottom of this artifact (see picture below), you can see a star map of Orion’s Belt along with writing that is older than any known writing on this planet.

According to the research of Klaus Dona, the same writing has been found all over the world, proving that there was a preexisting GLOBAL civilization that is much older than any Sanskrit writings. We are seeing a continuing theme involving Orion’s Belt. The pyramids on the Giza Plateau also reflect the exact same alignment as the “3 Kings” of Orion’s Belt.

10. What visitors came to this planet from Orion’s Belt?

It’s obvious that Orion’s Belt plays a large significance in the origins of mankind. Who are these visitors from Orion’s Belt and what is their agenda?

11. What is the significance of the Orion’s Belt constellation?

12. What is the true meaning of this pyramid and why is this symbol still being used?

Professor Kurt Schildmann, former President of the German Linguistic Association, called this writing “pre-Sanskit” (older than 6,000 years old) and was able to translate the writing as follows: “The son of the creator comes.” In the pre-religious Anunnaki creation myth, Anu had 2 sons, Enki and Enlil. Enki, also known as Ea (as inEArth) in Sumerian texts, was loving and kind to the genetically modified humans who mined gold for the Anunnaki.

13. Does “The son of the creator comes” refer to Enki?

The Old and New Testament of the Christian bible clearly shows one vengeful god who kills millions of people while an apparently different god who is all loving.

14. Does the bible reflect the story of Enlil (Old Testament, malevolent towards humans) and Enki (New Testament, all-loving toward humans)? Who is “us” and “our”?

In the Old Testament, Genesis 1:26, it states, “Let us make man in our image, after our likeness.”

15. Ancient Ornate Vase

In 1851 in Dorchester, Massachusetts, a 4-1/2 inch high zinc and silver alloy vase was dynamited out of solid rock 15 feet below the surface. On the sides were figures of flowers in bouquet arrangements, inlaid with pure silver. The rock out of which it came is estimated to be 100,000 years old.

16. According to academia, what civilization was capable of this type of art 100,000 years ago?

Over 200 metallic spheres have been found in South Africa and are estimated to be 4,500 million years old. There are two types of spheres: “one of solid bluish metal with white flecks, and another which is a hollow ball filled with a white spongy center” (Jimison, 1982).

17. Our recorded history tells us that civilized man has only been here anywhere between 6-8,000 years, so who made these spheres millions of years beforehand?

With the exception of stone and precious metals, virtually everything we own right now would eventually turn to dirt throughout the millennia, including all of our TV’s, cellphones, cars, planes and everything made of plastic. If by chance, some major catastrophe were to hit our planet, within 100,000 years, just about every hint of civilization would be buried under years of decay.

18. Is it possible that there are malevolent rulers who have kept us in economic subservience for literally hundreds of thousands of years, if not millions of years?

All religions seem to share similar stories.

19. Is it possible that this template has been used since the earliest incarnations came to this planet, perhaps billions of years ago?

20. When will we finally learn to live without being economic slaves to the same system of domination and control?

Three bonus questions for YOU to answer: Why has our true history been hidden from us? What is the purpose of suppressing such information? How many times have civilizations come and gone from this planet? Hint: See this section: Suppressed / Hidden History

Why Did The Dallas Shootings Really Happen? July 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Is the Dallas police shooting a false flag affair in behalf of gun control? Is it the result of a war veteran suffering from post traumatic stress disorder? Is the shooting the beginning of retribution for thousands of wanton police murders of US citizens in the 21st century? Or is there some other explanation?

We will never know. The perpetrator is dead. The authorities will tell us whatever suits the purposes of authority. Related: Dallas Shootings: White Supremacists Succeeded in Provoking Black Extremism Related: If the Shooting of Dallas Police Surprises You, You Haven’t Been Paying Attention Related: Culprits Behind Dallas Police Massacre Revealed We could say that the police have brought this on themselves by their undisciplined and violent behavior toward the public. On the other hand, we can hold the police chiefs, the police unions, the mayors and city councils, the governors, prosecutors, and the Justice (sic) Department responsible for failure to hold accountable those cops who murder and commit gratuitous violence against the public. When police execute someone, the excuse is always something like this: “He reached under his shirt to his waistband. I thought he had a gun. I didn’t want to leave my children fatherless and my wife a widow.” The murdered victim’s wife and children, if any, are of no consequence.

Conservatives, especially those taught to be fearful of crime, have scant objection to police murders. Their view is always: “The police wouldn’t have shot him without cause.” The same bias in favor of the police is why conservative jurors always convict. The liberals tend to interpret the shootings as racism, so they want to combat racism.

The real problem is that public authorities do not protect the public from gratuitous violence. Therefore, hatred and disrespect for the police are growing. Routine murders by police–several each day, almost all of which go unpunished–are generating the kind of anger that causes people to snap and to reply to violence with violence. If the criminal justice system applied also to the police, the police would think twice before they wantonly murder. Being a police officer is not supposed to be risk free. A police officer should be concerned about the public, not merely his own family. We cannot accept gratuitous police violence on the grounds that the officer’s behavior is dictated by his concerns for his own family. If an officer cannot accept the risks of being a police officer, he should find a different occupation. Police violence is out of control because mayors, prosecutors, and governors are failing the public by refusing to put a halt to it. According to conservatives, punishment deters crime, but they do not apply this to the police.

Police violence is also out of control because of the revolution in police training which teaches police to protect themselves and to subdue the suspect regardless of cost. A number of former police officers have written to me that the reason they gave up the occupation is that today police are being trained to be killers like soldiers. If a former police officer or someone knowledgeable about this training would describe it and its history, where it originated and why, I will post it on the website.

Who is Really Responsible for the Shooting? Black Lives Matter’ is a domestic terrorist organization that has been given legitimacy by the media and the Obama administration.

Related: Black Power Group Claims Responsibility for Killing Police in Dallas

Exposed: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences July 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

More Obscuration From The British Establishment: Sir John Chilcot, a member of the British establishment and also a member of the Butler Inquiry, the responsibility of which was to determine if the so-called “intelligence” used as the excuse for the US/UK invasion of Saddam Hussein’s Iraq was “fixed” to justify the invasion, has, after seven years of delay, finally issued its report.

Remember, there was a leaked memo from the head of British intelligence that the intelligence justifying the Iraqi Invasion was “fixed” or orchestrated to produce the justification for the invasion, a war crime under the Nuremberg standard established by the United States. Related: Invasion of Iraq, The Secret Downing Street Memo: “Intelligence and Facts were being Fixed” Chilcot’s job was to make this fact go away or assume less importance and to protect the Butler Inquiry’s orchestrated verdict that, despite the word of the head of British intelligence, the intelligence was not fixed. In other words, Sir John’s assigned task under the guise of an “impartial inquiry” was to absolve former UK PM and war criminal Tony Blair not of all responsibility but of all responsibility deserving of prosecution.

Sir John’s report is akin to FBI director Comey’s report on Hillary: They did it but they didn’t do it enough to be prosecuted. Related: Crimes Against Peace: The Chilcot Inquiry, Tony Blair and Iraq Related: The Truth About Chilcot: The Inquiry, Who’s Who? In the context of democratic politics, if such existed in England, Tony Blair would be in the crosshairs of the ruling UK party, the Tories or Conservatives. Yet, as both parties represent the same private interest groups, the Conservative Prime Minister, David Cameron, who has announced his resignation effective next October, rushed to the opposition party’s defense and gave in Parliament what former British Ambassador Craig Murray calls a;

"Dishonest, apologia for the invasion that bore no relationship to the Chilcot report.” The UK media, for the most part, also came out in defense of Tony Blair, the war criminal and liar, providing, according to Amb. Murray;

"Uunlimited airtime to Blair and his defender Alastair Campbell” and “almost no airtime to those who campaigned against the war.” Here is the judgement of a British Ambassador, Craig Murray: “Blair is still a creature of absolute self-serving slime.”

You could make the same judgment on almost every member of the Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama regimes. And Hillary’s regime would be even worse. My prediction is that life on earth would not survive Hillary’s first term. Related Articles: Is the Coup Against Corbyn a Plot to Spare Tony Blair from War Crimes Probe? ICC Won’t Try Blair for War Crimes In Spite of Damning Chilcot Report, Here’s Why Tariq Ali on Chilcot Iraq Report: Tony Blair is a War Criminal for Pushing Us into Illegal War Behind the Headlines: Britain's Secret Wars: Interview with T.J. Coles Chilcot, Israel and the Lobby From Winston Churchill to Tony Blair: How British Leaders Destroyed Iraq for over a Century

The Sugar Conspiracy - Professor John Yudkin: The Man Who Tried To Warn Us About Sugar July 9 2016 | From: TheGuardian / TheTelegraph

In 1972, a British scientist sounded the alarm that sugar – and not fat – was the greatest danger to our health. But his findings were ridiculed and his reputation ruined. How did the world’s top nutrition scientists get it so wrong for so long?

Robert Lustig is a paediatric endocrinologist at the University of California who specialises in the treatment of childhood obesity. A 90-minute talk he gave in 2009, titled Sugar: The Bitter Truth, has now been viewed more than six million times on YouTube. In it, Lustig argues forcefully that fructose, a form of sugar ubiquitous in modern diets, is a “poison” culpable for America’s obesity epidemic. A year or so before the video was posted, Lustig gave a similar talk to a conference of biochemists in Adelaide, Australia. Afterwards, a scientist in the audience approached him. Surely, the man said, you’ve read Yudkin. Lustig shook his head. John Yudkin, said the scientist, was a British professor of nutrition who had sounded the alarm on sugar back in 1972, in a book called Pure, White, and Deadly.

"If only a small fraction of what we know about the effects of sugar were to be revealed in relation to any other material used as a food additive,” wrote Yudkin, “that material would promptly be banned.” The book did well, but Yudkin paid a high price for it. Prominent nutritionists combined with the food industry to destroy his reputation, and his career never recovered. He died, in 1995, a disappointed, largely forgotten man. Perhaps the Australian scientist intended a friendly warning. Lustig was certainly putting his academic reputation at risk when he embarked on a high-profile campaign against sugar. But, unlike Yudkin, Lustig is backed by a prevailing wind. We read almost every week of new research into the deleterious effects of sugar on our bodies. In the US, the latest edition of the government’s official dietary guidelines includes a cap on sugar consumption. In the UK, the chancellor George Osborne has announced a new tax on sugary drinks. Sugar has become dietary enemy number one.

This represents a dramatic shift in priority. For at least the last three decades, the dietary arch-villain has been saturated fat. When Yudkin was conducting his research into the effects of sugar, in the 1960s, a new nutritional orthodoxy was in the process of asserting itself. Its central tenet was that a healthy diet is a low-fat diet. Yudkin led a diminishing band of dissenters who believed that sugar, not fat, was the more likely cause of maladies such as obesity, heart disease and diabetes. But by the time he wrote his book, the commanding heights of the field had been seized by proponents of the fat hypothesis. Yudkin found himself fighting a rearguard action, and he was defeated. Not just defeated, in fact, but buried. When Lustig returned to California, he searched for Pure, White and Deadly in bookstores and online, to no avail. Eventually, he tracked down a copy after submitting a request to his university library. On reading Yudkin’s introduction, he felt a shock of recognition.

"Holy crap,” Lustig thought. “This guy got there 35 years before me.”

You can continue reading this article here - but be warned that it does go off on the tangent that saturated fats are also bad for you which is also mainstrame propaganda that has been proven wrong: 9 Lies About Fat That Destroyed The World's Health Your Body Is Electrical And Runs On Electrons – NOT Sugar, Protein Or Fat! Even though the medical establishment are still trtying to quash this new development: Low-Carbohydrate, High Fat Diet Advice Questioned Indeed the following article is on the same topic, and while it is correct about sugar, as the preceeding article is, it too contains red herrings about saturated fats: John Yudkin: the man who tried to warn us about sugar

As The War On Weed Winds Down, Will Monsanto Be The Big Winner? July 8 2016 | From: EllenBrown

The war on cannabis that began in the 1930s seems to be coming to an end. Research shows that this natural plant, rather than posing a deadly danger to health, has a wide range of therapeutic benefits.

But skeptics question the sudden push for legalization, which is largely funded by wealthy investors linked to Big Ag and Big Pharma. Related: Mexico - Nieto Proposes Marijuana Legalization Related: Canada - Marijuana Legalization Process to Begin in Canada Next Spring In April, Pennsylvania became the 24th state to legalize medical cannabis, a form of the plant popularly known as marijuana. That makes nearly half of US states. A major barrier to broader legalization has been the federal law under which all cannabis – even the very useful form known as industrial hemp – is classed as a Schedule I controlled substance that cannot legally be grown in the US. But that classification could change soon. In a letter sent to federal lawmakers in April, the US Drug Enforcement Administration said it plans to release a decision on rescheduling marijuana in the first half of 2016. The presidential candidates are generally in favor of relaxing the law. In November 2015, Senator Bernie Sanders introduced a bill that would repeal all federal penalties for possessing and growing the plant, allowing states to establish their own marijuana laws. Hillary Clinton would not go that far but would drop cannabis from a Schedule I drug (a deadly dangerous drug with no medical use and high potential for abuse) to Schedule II (a deadly dangerous drug with medical use and high potential for abuse).

Republican candidate Donald Trump says we are losing badly in the war on drugs, and that to win that war all drugs need to be legalized.

Related: Cannabis Saved This Man From One of the Worst Man-Made Disasters in US History But it is Green Party presidential candidate Dr. Jill Stein who has been called “weed’s biggest fan.” Speaking from the perspective of a physician and public health advocate, Stein notes that hundreds of thousands of patients suffering from chronic pain and cancers are benefiting from the availability of medical marijuana under state laws. State economies are benefiting as well. She cites Colorado, where retail marijuana stores first opened in January 2014. Since then, Colorado’s crime rates and traffic fatalities have dropped; and tax revenue, economic output from retail marijuana sales, and jobs have increased. Among other arguments for changing federal law is that the marijuana business currently lacks access to banking facilities. Most banks, fearful of FDIC sanctions, won’t work with the $6.7 billion marijuana industry, leaving 70% of cannabis companies without bank accounts.

"There’s a lot of money left over to address safety issues that come up or really take on projects that these local communities do not necessarily have the funds to deal with,” said Mike Elliott, executive director of the Marijuana Industry Group. “For some communities, this tax revenue has made a huge difference.” Related: Legal Cannabis is Literally Transforming Cities - Funding Roads, Schools, Charities and More That means billions of dollars are sitting around in cash, encouraging tax evasion and inviting theft, to which an estimated 10% of profits are lost. But that problem too could be remedied soon. On June 16, the Senate Appropriations Committee approved an amendment to prevent the Treasury Department from punishing banks that open accounts for state-legal marijuana businesses. Boosting trade in the new marijuana market is not a good reason for decriminalizing it, of course, if it actually poses a grave danger to health. But there have been no recorded deaths from cannabis overdose in the US. Not that the herb can’t have problematic effects, but the hazards pale compared to alcohol (30,000 deaths annually) and to patented pharmaceuticals, which are now the leading cause of death from drug overdose. Prescription drugs taken as directed are estimated to kill 100,000 Americans per year.

Behind the War on Weed: Taking Down the World’s Largest Agricultural Crop The greatest threat to health posed by marijuana seems to come from its criminalization. Today over 50 percent of inmates

in federal prison are there for drug offenses, and marijuana tops the list. Cannabis cannot legally be grown in the US even as hemp, a form with very low psychoactivity. Why not? The answer seems to have more to do with economic competition and racism than with health. Cannabis is actually one of the oldest domesticated crops, having been grown for industrial and medicinal purposes for millennia. Until 1883, hemp was also one of the largest agricultural crops (some say the largest).

It was the material from which most fabric, soap, fuel, paper and fiber were made. Before 1937, it was also a component of at least 2,000 medicines. In early America, it was considered a farmer’s patriotic duty to grow hemp. Cannabis was legal tender in most of the Americas from 1631 until the early 1800s. Americans could even pay their taxes with it. Benjamin Franklin’s paper mill used cannabis. Hemp crops produce nearly four times as much raw fiber as equivalent tree plantations; and hemp paper is finer, stronger and lasts longer than wood-based paper. Hemp was also an essential resource for any country with a shipping industry, since it was the material from which sails and rope were made. Today hemp is legally grown for industrial use in hundreds of countries outside the US. A 1938 article in Popular Mechanics claimed it was a billion-dollar crop (the equivalent of about $16 billion today), useful in 25,000 products ranging from dynamite to cellophane. New uses continue to be found.

Claims include eliminating smog from fuels, creating a cleaner energy source that can replace nuclear power, removing radioactive water from the soil, eliminating deforestation, and providing a very nutritious food source for humans and animals. To powerful competitors, the plant’s myriad uses seem to have been the problem.

Cannabis competed with the lumber industry, the oil industry, the cotton industry, the petrochemical industry and the pharmaceutical industry. In the 1930s, the plant in all its forms came under attack. Its demonization accompanied the demonization of Mexican immigrants, who were then flooding over the border and were widely perceived to be a threat. Pot smoking was part of their indigenous culture. Harry Anslinger, called “the father of the war on weed,” was the first commissioner of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics, a predecessor to the Drug Enforcement Administration. He fully embraced racism as a tool for demonizing marijuana.

He made such comments as:

"Marijuana causes white women to seek sexual relations with Negroes, entertainers and any others,” and “Reefer makes darkies think they’re as good as white men.” In 1937, sensational racist claims like these caused recreational marijuana to be banned; and industrial hemp was banned with it. Classification as a Schedule I controlled substance came in the 1970s, with President Richard Nixon’s War on Drugs. The Shafer Commission, tasked with giving a final report, recommended against the classification; but Nixon ignored the commission.

According to an April 2016 article in Harper’s Magazine, the War on Drugs had political motives. Top Nixon aide John Ehrlichman is quoted as saying in a 1994 interview:

"The Nixon campaign in 1968, and the Nixon White House after that, had two enemies: the antiwar left and black people. . . . We knew we couldn’t make it illegal to be either against the war or black, but by getting the public to associate the hippies with marijuana and blacks with heroin, and then criminalizing both heavily, we could disrupt those communities. We could arrest their leaders, raid their homes, break up their meetings, and vilify them night after night on the evening news. Did we know we were lying about the drugs? Of course we did."

Competitor or Attractive New Market for the Pharmaceutical Industry?

The documented medical use of cannabis goes back two thousand years, but the Schedule I ban has seriously hampered medical research. Despite that obstacle, cannabis has now been shown to have significant therapeutic value for a wide range of medical conditions, including cancer, Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, glaucoma, lung disease, anxiety, muscle spasms, hepatitis C, inflammatory bowel disease, and arthritis pain. New research has also revealed the mechanism for these wide-ranging effects. It seems the active pharmacological components of the plant mimic chemicals produced naturally by the body called endocannabinoids. These chemicals are responsible for keeping critical biological functions in balance, including sleep, appetite, the immune system, and pain. When stress throws those functions off, the endocannabinoids move in to restore balance. Inflammation is a common trigger of the disease process in a broad range of degenerative ailments.

Stress triggers inflammation, and cannabis relieves both inflammation and stress. THC, the primary psychoactive component of the plant, has been found to have twenty times the anti-inflammatory power of aspirin and twice that of hydrocortisone. CBD, the most-studied non-psychoactive component, also comes with an impressive list of therapeutic uses, including against cancer and as a super-antibiotic. CBD has been shown to kill “superbugs” that are resistant to currently available drugs. This is a major medical breakthrough, since for some serious diseases antibiotics have reached the end of their usefulness.

Behind the Push for Legalization The pharmaceutical industry has both much to gain and much to lose from legalization of the cannabis plant in its various natural forms. Patented pharmaceuticals have succeeded in monopolizing the drug market globally. What that industry does not want is to be competing with a natural plant that anyone can grow in his backyard, which actually works better than very expensive pharmaceuticals without side effects. Letitia Pepper, who suffers from multiple sclerosis, is a case in point. A vocal advocate for the decriminalization of marijuana for personal use, she says she has saved her insurance company $600,000 in the last nine years, using medical marijuana in place of a wide variety of prescription drugs to treat her otherwise crippling disease.

That is $600,000 the pharmaceutical industry has not made, on just one patient. There are 400,000 MS sufferers in the US, and 20 million people who have been diagnosed with cancer sometime in their lives. Cancer chemotherapy is the biggest of big business, which would be directly threatened by a cheap natural plantbased alternative. The threat to big industry profits could explain why cannabis has been kept off the market for so long. More suspicious to Pepper and other observers is the sudden push to legalize it. They question whether Big Pharma would allow the competition, unless it had an ace up its sleeve. Although the movement for marijuana legalization is a decades-old grassroots effort, the big money behind the recent push has come from a few very wealthy individuals with links to Monsanto, the world’s largest seed company and producer of genetically modified seeds.

In May of this year, Bayer AG, the giant German chemical and pharmaceutical company, made a bid to buy Monsanto. Both companies are said to be working on a cannabis-based extract. Natural health writer Mike Adams warns:

"With the cannabis industry predicted to generate over $13 billion by 2020, becoming one of the largest agricultural markets in the nation, there should be little doubt that companies like Monsanto are simply waiting for Uncle Sam to remove the herb from its current Schedule I classification before getting into the business. . . . Other major American commodities, like corn and soybeans, are on average between 88 and 91 percent genetically modified. Therefore, once the cannabis industry goes national, and that is most certainly primed to happen, there will be no stopping the inevitability of cannabis becoming a prostituted product of mad science and shady corporate monopoly tactics."

With the health benefits of cannabis now well established, the battlefield has shifted from its decriminalization to who can grow it, sell it, and prescribe it. Under existing California law, patients like Pepper are able to grow and use the plant essentially for free. New bills purporting to legalize marijuana for recreational use impose regulations that opponents say would squeeze home growers and small farmers out of the market, would heighten criminal sanctions for violations, and could wind up replacing the natural cannabis plant with patented, genetically modified (GMO) plants that must be purchased year after year. These new bills and the Monsanto/Bayer connection will be the subject of a follow-up article. Stay tuned.

Transgender Mania Is A Symptom Of Cultural Collapse June 10 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

There is a deliberate and concerted effort to put everything transgender at the forefront of mass media. Academic and social critic Camille Paglia explains how this is symptomatic of a wider cultural problem.

Last year I identified the transgender and “gender fluidity” issue as an artificially created propaganda wave made to bring about important change in society. In my article entitled The Agenda Behind Bruce Jenner’s Transformation, I explained how Bruce Jenner’s widely publicized sex change was part of wider Agenda aiming to blur the boundaries of genders and to celebrate deviation from nature as a great achievement. Furthermore, it was to prepare the field for upcoming policy changes around the world. Months later, mass media propaganda turned into laws and policies. From the “war of the bathrooms” to the allowing of parents helping their young children undergoing sex change, modern society is shifting drastically towards a new definition of gender – a term that was considered binary since the dawn of time (in the human race).

In a context where public figures who dare addressing these issues get promptly shamed and labelled “transphobic”, open debate on the subject is nearly impossible. Luckily, there are a few illuminated minds who dare going against the grain and placing the entire transgender agenda into perspective. Camille Paglia, an author and academic who never shied away from controversy, breaks down the implications of today’s transgender agenda. Although herself a lesbian and a feminist, Paglia has always criticized the artificial and unreasonable constructs made in the name of “equality” and political correctness. Comment: While this woman does come across as somewhat bigoted; most probably unbeknownst to her even she is identifying some of the key points in the illuminati NWO plan in terms of merging of sexes / sexuality and also in relation to transhumanism. It is all very dark, and although we might cringe at some of her postulations she does touch on some relevant points; albeit clear that she does not really see the larger globalist totalitarian picture.

Here are some quotes from the above video.

“Sex reassignment surgery, even today with all of its advances, cannot in fact change anyone’s sex.” “Ultimately, every single cell in the human body, the DNA in that cell, remains coded for your biological birth.” “I think that the transgender propagandists make wildly inflated claims about the multiplicity of gender.” In this day and age, stating these kinds of facts is considered wrong and “hurtful”. If mass media can turn something as clear and defined as a person’s gender into a big, vague, tornado of confusion, it can redefine anything else to fit its needs… and people will fall for it.

United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?

The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East. Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity? The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.

Presumption of a Cover-Up … Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime. American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11? Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags

Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this. (The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company. And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)

Destruction of Videotapes The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.

Related: Obama Administration Caught Conspiring to Destroy Key 9/11 Evidence in Trial at Gitmo 9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:

“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation." And:

“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed." If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."

Related: How the CIA Writes History

Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.

Black Boxes The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.

Pentagon Fibs The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.

Soviet-Style “Minders” The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this). In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.

Undermining Investigation President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine. This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this). The administration then starved the commission of funds. The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly. Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.“

Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:

“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US. In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission. The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages. Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels. Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes.

The staff protests were mostly overruled. *** But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages." Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:

“Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence. The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."

Letting Terrorists Go Free

A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?

Destruction of Physical Evidence The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

Note the demolition charges going off...

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center. The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.

9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation: 9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail” The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”

9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .” 9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting” 9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”. When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions” The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.” The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it 9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued“

Planting False Evidence Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this). According to NBC News: Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured” One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:

“Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found. A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.

Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics' May 29 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Today I'm tipping my hat to John Horgan, a blogger who writes for Scientific American, for his extraordinary article entitled Dear "Skeptics," Bash Homeopathy and Bigfoot Less, Mammograms and War More.

In his article, Horgan rightly points out that today's so-called "science skeptics" are little more than dogmatic tribal cultists (my words, not Horgan's) who celebrate "skeptical" thinking concerning their selected philosophical targets while vehemently denying anyone's right to question their own beliefs on things like breast cancer screening, vaccine safety, global warming and genetically engineered foods. As Horgan eloquently explains in his piece, real skeptics are skeptical of everything, not just selected topics that are targeted by the madness of status quo science crowds (i.e. the "cult of scientism").

Real Skepticism Means Questioning Everything... Especially the Status Quo A real skeptic, in other words, would bring critical thinking to all of our science narratives and cultural beliefs, including those that cover the origin of the universe (cosmology), the origin of the human species, the nature of consciousness, the long history of indigenous botanical medicine, the cancer industry and mammography, homeopathy, antidepressant drugs, water filters, the existence of God and everything else imaginable. But far too many of today's infamous "skeptics" (such as Richard Dawkins) are really just cultists who labor under the false banner of "science." And they're offensive to real critical thinkers, it turns out.

"I don’t hang out with people who self-identify as capital-S Skeptics. Or Atheists. Or Rationalists," explains Horgan. "When people like this get together, they become tribal. They pat each other on the back and tell each other how smart they are compared to those outside the tribe. But belonging to a tribe often makes you dumber."

I've seen this myself, on both ends of the medicine spectrum. I've seen insanely stupid pharmacology experts swear that statin drugs are such miraculous chemicals that they should be dripped into the public water supply. But I've also seen "raw foodies" at festivals swearing that their "water vortexer machines" could levitate water in defiance of the laws of gravity. In both cases, my critical thinking alarms go haywire, and I shake my head in disbelief that so many people are so gullible, regardless of their level of academic education or technical mastery of certain subjects. A highly trained doctor with an IQ of 200 can be just as functionally stupid as a high school dropout, I've observed. In fact, when it comes to medicine and health, many so-called "experts" are so ignorant of reality that they almost seem cognitively retarded.

My Experience as a Food Research Scientist Has Taught Me to Distrust Everything by Default As a food scientist and lab science director of CWC Labs where I conduct food analysis via ICP-MS, LC/MS-TOF and other instruments, I've become even more skeptical of the mainstream natural products industry over the last few years. Take note of the massive scam of commercial almond milk sold in grocery stores. Such products contain almost no almonds at all. Instead, they're thickened with carageenan and made to look milky white by the addition of an inorganic mineral compound called calcium carbonate - ground up rocks! This calcium carbonate, when consumed in large quantities, can cause extreme bone pain, kidney calcification and may even contribute to the calcification of arteries. Yet it's added to a so-called "natural" health product that people are drinking in huge quantities while thinking they're being smart about their health. Truth be told, you'd be far better off drinking raw, unpasteurized cow's milk than commercial almond milk.

I've also seen so much pollution in "natural" products - including toxic heavy metals and alarming quantities of pesticides and herbicides in supposedly "clean" products - that I've reached the point where my own food manufacturing operation now rejects 80% of the raw material lots we test. (See my upcoming book Food Forensics for detailed ICP-MS analysis revealing the heavy metals concentrations in over 800 foods, supplements and spices.) Similarly, I find myself rejecting 80% of the total B.S. science nonsense reported by the scientifically illiterate mainstream media... (and sometimes even the "science" media). I've literally seen seemingly credible reports in the mainstream media that claim the most ludicrous science nonsense, including claims that cars can be "powered" by air and that cell phones can be "powered" by water. The air powered cars stories always neglect to mention that the air must be pressurized by some other energy source; usually coal-generated electricity that's used to power the compressors in the first place. I've also seen the Associated Press falsely report that all mercury has been removed from all vaccines in America (blatantly false), and I've seen the obedient Monsanto-puppet media (i.e. Forbes.com, a propaganda rag steeped in utterly false journalism) report ridiculous claims such as asserting that glyphosate disintegrates quickly in the food supply.

In truth, this cancer-causing weed killer survives food processing and human digestion, showing up in both urine and breast milk, fully intact in its original molecular form. So why is there no skepticism among "skeptics" about the food chain persistence of pesticides? The false diagnosis hoax of mammography? The lunatic quack medicine diagnosis of "psychiatric disorders" that are treated with mind-bending psychiatric drugs? Or even the scientifically proven fact that some children are seriously harmed by certain vaccines, most notably HPV vaccines? As Horgan writes in Scientific American:

"The Science Delusion” is common among Capital-S Skeptics. You don’t apply your skepticism equally. You are extremely critical of belief in God, ghosts, heaven, ESP, astrology, homeopathy and Bigfoot. You also attack disbelief in global warming, vaccines and genetically modified food... Meanwhile, you neglect what I call hard targets. These are dubious and even harmful claims promoted by major scientists and institutions. In the rest of this talk, I’ll give you examples of hard targets from physics, medicine and biology. I’ll wrap up with a rant about war, the hardest target of all."

Real Scientists Reject the Cult of Scientism Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud What Horgan is doing is, dare we say, exercising REAL scientific skepticism. He's refusing to sign up for the "cult of scientism" that all the other closed-minded skeptics obediently follow as their dogmatic mental prison. Horgan understands that legitimate science is a process, not a belief system. "Science" isn't belief in vaccines, GMOs, chemotherapy and global warming. Those are conclusions, not processes.

Real science is a process of discovery; and that process must be subjected to questioning and criticism, or it isn't science at all. Let me repeat that for emphasis: Real science is a PROCESS, not a set of conclusions. Any "scientific" belief system which rejects critical questioning isn't based in real science at all. It's just dogma. This explains why the entire vaccine industry - as it is fraudulently promoted today - isn't scientific at all.

Vaccine propaganda is founded in a dogmatic belief system that demands absolute obedience to political vaccine narratives while rejecting even the slightest questions or criticisms about vaccine ingredients, vaccine safety, vaccine adverse events or vaccine efficacy. For example, merely asking the question of why flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury -- that's over 25,000 times the EPA limit of mercury in drinking water -- earns you widespread ridicule and condemnation. And yet the mercury is still being injected into children. Yet the entire vaccine propaganda establishment rejects even the hint of discussion of mercury in vaccines, pretending it doesn't exist. By the way, how do I know for sure that flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury? Because I tested flu shots myself via ICP-MS. How accuracy is my testing via ICP-MS? My lab was recently awarded a certificate of excellence for producing extremely accurate results in a blind water contamination proficiency test involving 323 laboratories.

The vaccine establishment, as Natural News readers well know, is practicing delusional thinking masquerading as science. It's just as delusional as so-called "psychic surgeons" who claim to pull diseased liver parts out of a patient's body (which later turn out to be chicken livers, go figure...). Any real skeptic, upon observing the quackery, propaganda and blatant deception of the vaccine industry, would have to conclude that the way vaccines are formulated, approved and promoted today makes a mockery of science.

More "Science" B.S. is Readily Found in the Fields of Physics and Medicine, Too Speaking on the subject of computing and AI systems, Horgan explains;

"The Singularity is an apocalyptic cult, with science substituted for God. When high-status scientists promote flaky ideas like the Singularity and multiverse, they hurt science. They undermine its credibility on issues like global warming."

Of course, Horgan may not yet understand that belief in man-made global warming as the primary cause for rising CO2

levels is also based on a politicized science cult. But that's not even the point. I don't expect other scientists to arrive at the same conclusions I've reached.

What I do expect, however, is that scientists should honor the process of critical scientific thinking. If they honor the process, they will eventually reach the correct conclusions on subjects such as man-made global warming, vaccine safety problems, the total con job of statin drugs and so on. On medicine, Horgan nails it. He gets the fact that today's medical screening system is largely a fraud:

"Over the past half-century, physicians and hospitals have introduced increasingly sophisticated, expensive tests. They assure us that early detection of disease will lead to better health. But tests often do more harm than good. For every woman whose life is extended because a mammogram detected a tumor, up to 33 receive unnecessary treatment, including biopsies, surgery, radiation and chemotherapy. For men diagnosed with prostate cancer after a PSA test, the ratio is 47 to one. Similar data are emerging on colonoscopies and other tests."

He's also right on the mark when it comes to psychiatric drugs and their fraudulent marketing:

"Over the last few decades, American psychiatry has morphed into a marketing branch of Big Pharma. I started critiquing medications for mental illness more than 20 years ago, pointing out that antidepressants like Prozac are scarcely more effective than placebos. In retrospect, my criticism was too mild. Psychiatric drugs help some people in the short term, but over time, in the aggregate, they make people sicker.

He also exposes the total fraud of so-called "gene discoveries" that ridiculously claim genes have been discovered for things like gay-ness or intelligence: Another hard target that needs your attention is behavioral genetics, which seeks the genes that make us tick. I call it gene-whiz science, because the media and the public love it. Over the past several decades, geneticists have announced the discovery of "genes for" virtually every trait or disorder. We’ve had the God gene, gay gene, alcoholism gene, warrior gene, liberal gene, intelligence gene, schizophrenia gene, and on and on. None of these linkages of single genes to complex traits or disorders has been confirmed. None!"

Much of What You'reTold Today Under the Banner of "Science" is Complete Bullshit Horgan has come to the same conclusion that I've reached through a different path: Much of what we are taught today under the banner of "science" is complete bunk. Some of it is sheer hucksterism, and a lot of it qualifies as criminal fraud. Check out my recent video compilation:

The 12 Biggest SCIENCE LIES You've Been Told by Corporations, Government and the Corrupt Media

At the top of that list of science frauds is, of course, vaccines. As I've exhaustively documented here on Natural News, many popular vaccines (flu shots, measles, mumps) simply don't work at all. Shockingly, outright admissions of a complete lack of scientific testing of the efficacy of such vaccines is admitted on their insert sheets.

The Flulaval vaccine insert sheet, for example, admits there are "No controlled trials demonstrating a decrease in influenza" among people being injected with the vaccine.

Similarly, many vaccines are approved by the FDA's only after the regulatory agency reviewed so-called "scientific" studies authored by the vaccine manufacturers themselves -- studies that involved blood samples which were deliberately adulterated by vaccine manufacturers to product fraudulent results. Yet despite these extraordinary admissions of lack of efficacy, vaccine research fraud and the known toxicity of vaccine ingredients (which still include formaldehyde, mercury, aluminum and MSG), the systematic rejection of such evidence by vaccine promoting "science skeptics" borders on the fringe of mental illness. These are not scientists at all... they are con artists and criminals - like Poul Thorsen, a fugitive from justice who was once a CDC researcher - pretending to be scientists. As a real scientist, I've dared to ask 21 questions we're never allowed to ask about vaccines. Such questions are based on reason and rationality. They include commonsense questions such as, "If measles vaccines confer measles immunity, then why do already-vaccinated children have anything to fear from a measles outbreak?"

The government tells us that lead in water is bad, but mercury in vaccines is good...

It is notable that the entire vaccine establishment not only refuses to answer such questions; they consider the mere act of questioning vaccine dogma to be blasphemy. The demand for absolute obedience to the false narratives surrounding vaccines has reached such a fever pitch that anyone can now see it's no longer based in science at all. It is a kind of religious fervor put on by deranged zealots who claim an intellectual monopoly over all things related to vaccines. This phenomenon is, in a very real way, a "scientific dictatorship" - an apt oxymoron to describe today's juxtaposition of conformist demands and so-called "scientific evidence."

Hint: If you aren't allowed to ask questions about the evidence, it isn't evidence at all. It's dogma, plain and simple. Vaccine proponents, as they operate today, are faith-based dogmatists who don't need any legitimate evidence because they BELIEVE in vaccines. Their belief is so strong that it outweighs all evidence contrary to their current beliefs. And in case you didn't notice, what I've just described here is a cult, not a science.

Vaccine "Science" is a Massive Con Job The other huge con job found in vaccines is described thusly: Vaccines only "work" on those who don't need them. In other words, when vaccines do work, they do so by initiating an immune response to a weakened virus that's introduced into the body. This response requires an active and complex immune system that's functioning well... the same kind of immune system, in other words, that could ward off an infection of a live virus encountered in the wild. Meanwhile, people who have suppressed immune systems and are therefore extremely vulnerable to infections in the wild also happen to have extremely poor (and sometimes completely nullified) responses to vaccines. They don't build antibodies, in other words, so the vaccines don't work for them (they are non-efficacious).

In order to make vaccines "work" better on those with weakened immune systems, vaccine manufacturers add adjuvant chemicals that are irritants which cause excessive inflammation in the hope of eliciting a stronger immune response. While this may help some people, it also carries a very real risk of causing inflammatory damage to the neurology of some children who receive these vaccines. The results, as borne out by the vaccine adverse events databases and Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, is a growing number of children who are maimed, neurological damaged, put into comas or even killed by vaccines.

The entire "skeptics" cult of modern medicine denies any of this is happening, and that's one reason why the skeptics are

increasingly seen as high-functioning idiots who are possibly vaccine damaged themselves. Zealotous hate-bloggers like Doctor David Gorski - a psychopathic, mentally ill vaccine promoter who also carries out cancer surgery on African-American victims in Detroit - now characterize the skeptics cult, a cabal of mentally deranged lunatics and gay sex fetish seekers like James Randi who was caught on tape soliciting sex from a young man. Richard Dawkins, for his part, is also an anti-consciousness cultist who believes in the irrational dualism that no other humans on this planet are conscious beings other than himself. Everybody else, he claims, is an unconscious biological robot suffering under the illusion of self awareness.

Meet Three Real Scientists We Need to Empower to Ask More Questions of the Scientific Establishment What kind of people do we really need to see more of in the realm of scientific skepticism? People like Rupert Sheldrake, author of Science Set Free. Sheldrake's work is transformative, as it challenges the underlying non-scientific assumptions of modern science. We also need more people like Gilbert Welch, author of Less Medicine, More Health. This book challenges the seven false assumptions of modern medicine.

Another extraordinary scientist who deserves our support is Dr. David Lewis, author of Science for Sale: How the US Government Uses Powerful Corporations and Leading Universities to Support Government Policies, Silence Top Scientists, Jeopardize Our Health, and Protect Corporate Profits. Dr. Lewis was maliciously attacked, discredited and ultimately thrown out of the government-funded scientific establishment for the simple reason that he questioned the safety of toxic biosludge -- recycled human and industrial waste that's sold as "organic fertilizer" to be spread on home gardens, childrens' playgrounds and city parks.

(I am currently investigating biosludge in my laboratory and will have some truly shocking, mind-blowing results to share with everyone this summer... you won't believe what's in this crap...) Check out Dr. Lewis's recent post entitled Inspector General dismantled scientific integrity at EPA. The other thing we need, quite frankly, is independent scientists like myself who are conducting cutting edge, truly independent science, without any financial ties to governments, corporations or academia. My science lab, which has now passed our ISO 17025 accreditation audit, is free to pursue precisely the kind of scientific analysis of food and medicine that is blackballed or censored in the government-funded scientific community. Other scientists would lose their jobs if they pursued the kind of science I'm pursuing on a daily basis with absolute freedom. Notably, this makes me a rare practitioner of real, independent science and a protector of the very kind of independent skepticism and scientific analysis that should be embraced by any system of knowledge that's based on legitimate science. Yet the science I'm conducting is widely considered a threat to the scientific establishment, precisely because I'm willing to analyze vaccines for heavy metals and organic chemicals, for example.

Such research is simply not allowed by the cult of scientism (the vaccine zealots) because they depend on widespread ignorance of vaccine composition to continue parlaying their fraudulent lies about vaccine safety.

I Honor Scientists Who Pursue a Rigorous Process of Critical Thinking... and I Despise Obedient Status Quo Cultists John Horgan might not yet be aware of the full story on vaccines, so he might disagree with me on such conclusions. But that's not the point. I honor Horgan's commitment to asking big questions. In fact, I honor those who vehemently disagree with me as long as they are following a process of authentic inquiry and open-minded skepticism. What I despise is science cultists, dogmatic science propagandists and the worship of the "high priests" of science such as Neil DeGrasse Tyson, who can only be described as a "sciency" sleight-of-mind huckster who has more in common with stage illusionist David Copperfield than, say, Richard Feynman.

Tyson, like Dawkins, is a cultist. He has zero intellectual integrity and has sold out to the tribal dogmatists who spin tall tales of irrational mysticism that currently pass for "accepted science." For my part, I don't claim to have all the answers - no human mind can possibly dare to claim a full understanding of the mysteries of nature (or the mind of God, for that matter). But as a real scientist, I'm willing to skeptically explore the evidence on just about anything. I don't reject entire fields of scientific inquiry merely because they are taboo. It doesn't mean I'm a sucker for silly claims, just that I'm intelligent and humble enough to realize that nature is far more mysterious than any human mind can possibly grasp. And we have much more to learn... many more scientific discoveries to make in the years ahead.

For example, psychic phenomena are often called "paranormal." But what if they are so commonplace that they're actually normal? Why can't we study things like pets somehow anticipating the random arrivals of their owners many minutes in advance? Or mothers having a seemingly intuitive emotional connection to their children even when separated by distance? Why can't we study dream premonition? Consciousness after biological death? Or even the possibility that the brain is a "quantum antenna" that can receive information transmitted from other conscious sources, transmitted by a quantum entanglement mechanism that Einstein described as "spooky action at a distance?" If we are true scientists, we must at least BE CURIOUS about the nature of the universe and the apparent consciousness we seem to experience inside that universe. The minute we lose curiosity and decide we have all the answers, we cease being scientists at all.

At that point, we just become mentally incapacitated dogmatic fools... like Dawkins and Randi, two people whom history will

judge as being not just unwise hucksters, but even for slowing the progress of human knowledge into realms of understanding that are viciously attacked by "skeptics" today. I often wonder just how many people have died needlessly due to the malicious "skepticism" of info-terrorist David Gorski or the Quackwatch propagandist Stephen Barrett. How many cases of cancer could have been prevented or reversed by natural and complementary medicine? How many studies might have been conducted in the pursuit of natural cures if not for the vicious, aggressive assaults on scientific curiosity being waged by "cult of scientism" intellectual bigots?

We'll never know the answer to that question, but at least a few people like John Horgan are willing to start asking some legitimate questions about the false assumptions of "skeptics." Have no doubt that Horgan himself will be maliciously slandered, attacked, defamed, censored and lied about for daring to ask such questions. The one thing today's bullshit scientific establishment cannot tolerate is actual skepticism. It threatens the cultist beliefs of the faithful "scientism" worshippers, you see...

UN Climate Deal: The Joke Is On Us May 12 2016 | From: 21stCenturyWire

On Friday April 22nd, the “historical climate deal” – better known as “Paris Agreement” – was signed by 174 member states of UN, with moderate fanfare. The atmosphere around the event was, of course, forcibly euphoric – if tad awkward – with new designated climate groupie, Leonardo di Caprio, chanting the spent “we must act now!” mantra, and UN luminaries jumping around in somewhat masturbatory orgy of self-congratulating.

However, all this serves to hide the fact that, from the stand point of catastrophic global warming fan club, the deal is a failure. Namely, the main drive behind the 21st Conference of the Parties (meaning: sovereign member states of UN participating in UNFCC) in Paris, which ended on 12.12.2015, producing a 31 page draft agreement, was to impose a binding treaty and not merely an agreement; something that apparently did not materialize. The proceedings of COP21 and presentation of “historical climate deal” came to pass in a surreal atmosphere of feigned urgency and strange mixture of ecstatic delight which, however, was confined to a tiny circle of participants, environmentalist activists and their mainstream media entourage. This strange display of few chosen men and women rejoicing at imaginary solution to imaginary crisis was largely overlooked by populous which is, at least semi-consciously, becoming resistant to climate alarmism, if for nothing else, then because every lie has it’s expiration date and global warming scare is approaching 27th anniversary of it’s grand entry into mass media channels. Be that as it may, Paris agreement is a compilation of “shoulds” while it was obviously meant to be a legally binding codification of “shalls”: while sovereign state is an endangered species in this world, it is obviously not yet extinct to such an extent that majority of world leaders would ratify the treaty that would de jure install the apparatus of global governance on pretext of combating ecological crisis. The Paris Treaty is, in this author’s opinion, falling short of this aim miserably as it could have been anticipated even in the September of last year, when UN presented it’s latest Agenda, the so called Agenda 2030.

Namely, doctrine of sustainable development, and not empirical research of esoteric “climate science”, is a main purpose, and consequently: the main drive, behind the climate scare road show. This doctrine, under various names, is being steadily pushed as an official ideology of Euro-Atlantic Bloc from early Seventies of the previous century, and it doesn’t really require global warming to make it work upon the minds of gullible. If there’s any solid constant in protean “enemy image” upon which the system of sustainable development must be built, then it would be “overpopulation”, the inherently genocidal idea pervading all flavors of this doctrine. Sustainable development is, simply put, a system of world encompassing control conceived to automatically selfdifferentiate and develop it’s functions on the basis of fear. All it really requires is one absolute outside threat which cannot be removed but only infinitely mitigated by unified action of mankind. This enemy image is, of course, just an image, because such threat doesn’t exist and every basis chosen by sustainability programmers has a definite expiration date. On closer analysis, the Agenda 2030 document already indicated that “global warming” scare is reaching this date. It was not very prominent among other “17 sustainability goals” and now it is slowly giving way to another cosmic Osama bin Laden, invoked to make us survey and control ourselves through fear: global – or to be more precise: European-based terrorism. Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) in reducing greenhouse gases, which serve as a basis of reaching the goal of keeping the global average temperature – whatever the hell that is – under „2 °C above pre-industrial levels and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5 °C above pre-industrial levels, recognizing that this would significantly reduce the risks and impacts of climate change.“ (PA, 2.1. (a)), are far cry from what global warming dupes would like to see implemented.

"The fact that solar warming is heating up all the planets strongly suggests that global warming on our planet is not being caused by human activity at all. " Related: The Global Warming Scam, Paris Climate Agreement And NWO Global Rule While we can detect some sporadic attempts to link “climate catastrophe” with demographical shifts from Middle East towards Europe, it is all too obvious, even to the dupes, that those shifts, while obviously man-made, have nothing to do with climate. Moreover, while until now each and every draught, warm winter or forest fire was pointed out as an unmistakable sign of coming end times, the warm European winter of 2015/2016. apparently flew under the radar of alarmists. This is also one of the clear signs that climate scare is finally spent, admittedly not by efforts of critics, nor by crumbling of pseudo-scientific edifice of advocates, but simply by quite banal passage of time.

However, here we are presented with difficulty. The publicly visible “world leaders”, grouped roughly around UN and Davos summits, are acting as if everything is still business as usual. The situation is surreal: while majority of people are ridiculing them – that is, those that pay them any attention at all – individuals like Christina Figuerres or Bill Gates are still chanting their same old mantras. This is quite worrisome. Namely, someone could infer that they are simply delusional, finalizing their detachment from reality, and leave it at that. However, this is only half-true. The whole truth, as it seems, is that their detachment from reality is the result not of mere mental blindness, but of power inflicted darkening of the minds. This is unmistakable sign of complete detachment of power from the “people”, i.e. masses of humanity or self-conscious groups in their midst.

The global elites are not deluded by their stupidity, but by their confident belief that they cannot be challenged. And, judging by signs of the times, they are quite right. So, when they continue to push global warming scare despite the fact that most people are becoming conscious of it being a sham, this could very well mean that they don’t feel any need to deceive anyone anymore. Moreover, sustainable development is a true reason for existence of global warming scare and it is a doctrine that can gradually discard it for the sake of some better and more convincing principle, if need be. After all, this is why the Paris treaty exists in the first place: “This Agreement, in enhancing the implementation of the Convention, including its objective, aims to strengthen the global response to the threat of climate change, in the context of sustainable development and efforts to eradicate poverty (…)“ (PA, 2.2)

The main novelty of Agenda 2030 is the first of it’s 17. sustainable development goals: “1. End poverty in all it’s forms everywhere” (A2030, pg. 12), which is to be accomplished until 2030. So we are expected to believe that the main constituent of human condition – namely, material misery – will be decommissioned from existence in 14 years period. Those who believe that UN luminaries really buy into this crap are sporting minds of ten to twelve years old children; anyone, with just a modicum of common sense, must conjecture that something else is afoot here.

However, for our purpose, it is sufficient to point out that intersection of climate change, sustainable development and final solution of poverty is a basis for Paris Treaty. And in this intersection, there exists hierarchy where sustainable systematization of world resources – human, environmental and economical is at the top, encompassing the other two. Both lower aims are expendable, because they’re merely pretexts for accomplishing sustainable development world-wide.

The very fact that globalist spokespersons are seriously spinning yarns no one in his right mind can believe in, goes to show that the power of lower strata of society – and that’s approximately everybody under the level of mainstream media pundits and professional politicians eligible for employment in global institutions – is at the all times low. And the members of higher strata are, explicitly or implicitly, aware of it. So there’s no reason to gloat about idiocy of our rulers, because it is not really an idiocy but just a normal conduct stemming from the fact that they are not paying us any attention anyway. Admittedly, the stories are getting thinner and narratives crumble as they are being written. But is it because we are so smart? Or is it because we are so detached from any kind of control over our livelihoods that those that have a firm grip on it, via control of media, politics and finance, really don’t bother to deceive us anymore? To learn more about Agenda 2030, listen to this interview with Branko Malić on the Sunday Wire radio show with host Patrick Henningsen…

Network News Monkeys May 2 2016 | From: VeteransToday

This is a pretty strongly and directly worded exposure of the MSM and their “pretty” talking heads… of course, we see all of that over here, as well, although I personally do not watch it

anymore live.

The credo of the Talking heads of the Network News Cartel requires them to “hear no truth, speak no truth and see no truth” if they want to keep their jobs and climb their occupational food chain. Remember the old cartoon with the three wise monkeys sitting in a row gesturing with their hands to “hear no evil, speak no evil, see no evil”? This was the Social Credo that most Baby-Boomers were raised with. It was the idea “avoid evil thoughts and talk, and do not listen to it from others”. The intent was good, keeping kids from being corrupted by bad morals.

But this “no evil” credo quickly expanded to an over generalized “No Talk” and “Don’t Question Authority” rules in many families and the overall purpose intended was actually to prevent conflict and the questioning parental authority no matter what. Although these “No Talk”, Don’t Question Authority” rules served their purpose for many parents and minimized arguing within families, it also prevented healthy communication patterns as well and in many cases instilled dysfunctional attitudes and behaviors in their children. These “No talk” and “Don’t Question Authority” rules created seriously dysfunctional communication styles that have persisted in many Baby-Boomers and would later doom them to unhappy or failed marriages and lots of conflict with their children.

The Establishment has promoted these dysfunctional communication rules and used them to manipulate and con numerous young Americans to needlessly enlist or allow themselves to be drafted to fight in illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual foreign wars on behalf of the World’s largest Organized crime syndicate, the Khazarian Mafia (KM).

It was the Khazarian Mafia that gained control over the United States Government and most of its institutions when it hijacked America’s Monetary Creation and Distribution System in 1913 and began charging American interest to use what should have been their own free money in the first place.

Whole successful careers for Psychologists and Marriage & Family Therapists have been made from trying to counteract these dysfunctional rules and to teach effective communication skills to Baby-Boomers and their children who have often been influenced by these rules. The continuing hegemony of these two dysfunctional communication rules against truthful and open communication has served the criminal governments as a strong roadblock to later independent thinking and questioning of Establishment story-lines disseminated through the Network News. And we now know for certain that all the Network News stories disseminated are usually big lies, false-narrative and government propaganda.

We now know for certain that the Establishment has taken advantage of this “No Talk, Don’t Question Authority” Credo to keep the American Public bamboozled with big lies, false-narratives and propaganda and to keep them willing to be served up as cannon fodder for other people’s aggressive wars of acquisition. Yes, these two dysfunctional communication rules became a strong “respect and don’t ever question government authority” norm which was instilled in baby-Boomers during childhood. This norm has persisted and allowed American to be conned into numerous post WW2 illegal unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, un-winnnable, wars of aggression for the Banksters and their crony corporations. The governments still tells monstrous lies which can easily be shown to be false if one does some in depth Internet research using reputable alternative News experts, and then connects the dots. The big lies, false-narrative and propaganda repeatedly and unendingly dispensed by the Network News Talking Heads is why so many still believe these monstrous lies:

Lies such as Oswald shot JFK; While located in a cave in Afghanistan using his cell phone Osama bin Laden was able to direct 19 Islamic terrorists with box cutters to successfully attack the Twin trade Towers in NYC and the Pentagon 9-11-01; or Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction including nukes; or Iraqi soldiers took the babies out their incubators and threw them on the floor of the hospital to die; or Iran is building nukes and will have them deployed anytime now; or Seal team Six assassinated Osama bin Laden; or Assad is torturing and murdering his own people and the Syrian war is a civil war only; or Russia invaded the Ukraine and took over Crimea; or real limbs were blown off victims at the Boston Bombing by the Tsarnaevs; or Adam Lanza single-handedly murdered 20 children and six adults at Sandy Hook School. The American public bought into all these monstrous lies, each of which has been proved to be completely false by numerous teams off credible researchers. The reason they did so is because they view the USG and their Network news talking head representatives as benevolent parent figures that would never lie to them. Yes, the American public has suffered from a serious inability to understand how their USG Officials can such be two-faced liars, deceivers and bamboozlers and actually work to represent the interests of the Khazarian Mafia and NOT the interests of We The People. This Don’t Question Authority Credo has been imprinted in the psyches of most baby-Boomers and their children. It takes many breeches to undo this and there have been a number over the years which has arisen. People are just starting to wake up to the fact that their governments are filled with two-faced liars and deceivers that are there to get rich, gain power and represent the wealthy powerful special interest that put them there.

The Establishment been able to pull this feat off to con and bamboozle the people with all this BS and lies, and transforming them into into Sheeple, consolidating all mass media into six Major Mass Media Corporations run by six Media Moguls who work for the KM and are part of an illegal News Monopoly and Network News Cartel. This is where the Network news talking heads play such an important part. They are actually little more than well paid Judas Goats leading Americans to “slaughter”. This removal of any normally expected corrections by the American People will eventually lead to complete economic collapse and asset stripping of everything we ever worked for and even worse for any children and grandchildren unless reversed quite soon. Network News Spokespersons (aka Talking Heads) are selected who are attractive, easy to listen to and have convincing deliveries. Almost every word out of their mouth is a big lie, a false narrative or blatant USG propaganda. Of course they are allowed to do harmless little local stories in a moderately factual way as long as they do not imply truth in national events that the Establishment is trying to keep hidden forever. The Network News reporters, “correspondents” and Talking Heads get direct access to official government sources in exchange for soft-peddling the stories and/or reporting the KM story-line. Whenever the Network News goes after a politician or official it is only because a policy to do so has been set at a very high level in the USG by a top policy-maker who is usually hiding in the background pulling the strings.

Sometimes as with the Pentagon, the Network News is paid to do a fluff story. Occasionally it can be due to conflict between different KM or other competing faction trying to acquire more power or institute a correction. The six major networks are controlled by six major media moguls who are part of an illegal mass media monopoly, best viewed as a News Cartel. These six moguls answer to one Intel related international investment group which is responsible to communicating the main Establishment talking points and themes for that particular day. All differences and conflicts which seem spontaneously emerging are actually pre-scripted and approved, and conform to policy set by only a few Top Policy-makers. This like the Wizard of Oz hiding behind the curtain pulling the levers of the USG and Network News machinery. So once we examine what the Network News Talking Heads are really dispensing we must conclude they are actually News Monkeys and their Operational Credo is see no truth, hear no truth, speak no truth. It’s like they are living in a cocoon of lies and deceit, insulated from the real world around them. If they ever did see and hear the truth and started speaking about it they would be breaking script, they would be fired, and they would be blacklisted, never to work in media again anywhere.

Talking heads are selected for crowd appeal.

They are usually attractive individuals with a nice delivery. Obviously to be able to keep their jobs they must insulate themselves from real truth about what is happening in the World or else their careers are ruined. This results in many of them becoming two-faced knowing liars and deceivers like most elected and appointed officials. Doubt this, just try to give one an important story about government or police corruption and watch them hem and haw and avoid dealing with it. If these constantly lying Talking Heads do their jobs as required and keep insulated and play the game they can earn great rewards and will typically be projected up the Establishment Food-chain. Everyday more and more good people abandon the Network news and use the Internet to find out what is really going on.

As these increasing numbers of alternative news consumers become more and more sophisticated and informed about National and World affairs, a day of reckoning between the Establishment and the people approaches. This knowledge of what really happened is spreading like wildfire and will eventually result in the exposure of all this big lies, false-narratives and propaganda dispensed by these Network Talking. If either the 9-1-01 attack on America, the phony Boston Black Powder Puffer-Bombing, or the Sandy Hoax House of Cards collapses it will then be possible to prosecute these six Major Network News Moguls for being “after the fact accessories” to these horrendous crimes and part of the World’s largest Organized Crime syndicate, which they actually are. They visit numerous alternative news websites and pick and choose truth nuggets that resonate and connect the dots themselves in their own head. As these increasing numbers of alternative news consumers become more and more sophisticated and informed about National and World affairs, a day of reckoning between the Establishment and the American People approaches.

It’s a fact that the Establishment has used the Network news to mind-kontrol the Western people and keep them from knowing the sinister evil that the governments and their special interest major corporations and banks have been doing to We The People for at least 50 years. Actually they have gained control necessary to do this because they assassinated JFK, MLK and RFK in a major ongoing coup d’etat. Once the American masses learn this as a group will probably be about the time they have lost everything. But once they do there will be hell to pay for these establishment two-faced liars and deceivers at every level. In law it’s a thin line between being an accessory after the crime and ignorance or not knowing. As soon as it is proved someone that aided in a RICO crime of the USG knowing did so they become an accessory after the fact if they keep supporting any associated USG cover-up. That day is rapidly approaching when most Americans will know that the attack on America on 9-11-01 was a stand-down Gladio-style False-flag attack and that nobody died at Sandy Hook. This Sandy Hook cover-up involves the whole State Government of Connecticut and all the way up to Eric Holder while he was US Attorney General. The Connecticut State Police are involved, as are numerous well paid crisis actors pretending to be survivors and actual families when they are not.

Conclusion: Just how bad has it gotten because of over 50 years of Talking Head Controlled major Mass Media mind-kontrol via News Control of the American People? It has gotten so bad that anyone who tells the truth has up until now and still is for the most part labelled as a conspiracy theorists, a conspiracy nut or a crackpot or possible domestic terrorist.

As George Orwell once stated, “In a time of universal deceit-telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”

Obviously this applies to contemporary America as never before. The factual knowledge of what is really happening in our corrupt USG at every level is now beginning to spread like wildfire across America. If the spread of truth is not stopped it will eventually result in the exposure of all this big lies, false-narratives and propaganda dispensed by these Network Talking Heads on behalf of the USG, the Establishment and the KM who pulls all the strings of these two remarkably evil entities. If either the 9-1-01 attack on America, the phony Boston Black Powder Puffer-Bombing, or the Sandy Hoax House of Cards collapses it will then be possible to prosecute these six Major Network News Moguls for being “after the fact accessories” to these horrendous crimes and part of the World’s largest Organized Crime syndicate, which they actually are. There is no statute of limitations for murder or for fraud. 3,000+ another 130,000 were murdered by the 9-11-01 KM perps from their attack on America on 9-11-01. They had the Tsarnaev brother and his friend murdered over the fake Boston marathon Bombing and at least one witness was murdered over Sandy hoax.

Over 100 witnesses of the JFK assassination were murdered and the Dixie mob, the CIA, the Enterprise (Pentagon) and the FBI to protect the Clintons, Iran-Contra and the Mena, Arkansas Cocaine trafficking operations. All because GHWB was the Clintons’ case officer and used them to run cover for all these RICO KM syndicate operations. Their success in providing cover has been well rewarded ever since but may be quite limited soon due to new and quite powerful forces inside the Pentagon that want to clean house and are making sure all their recent sins are exposed to the public. Obviously the current regime was placed in power to complete the KM’s Globalist NWO Agenda and help maintain the current cover-up of all these recent false-flags including the KM attack on America of 9-11-01. So far the attainment of these intended goals have been thwarted substantially. These murders and fraud of the associated cover-ups of the six Major Mass Media Moguls makes them liable for serious felony prosecutions and criminal and civil RICO, along with the actual KM and Intel perps and the Cutouts responsible for all these Gladio-style inside-job False-flag operations and their cover-up.

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/mass-media-manipulation-4.shtml

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

Silencing Free Speech April 26 2016 | From: NZCPR

In this politically correct world, our right to free speech is increasingly being eroded by the apparent rights of others who disagree with our views.

State broadcaster Television New Zealand came under attack last month, when they were accused of including a ‘racist’ question in their new KiwiMeter survey. KiwiMeter, a 10-minute on-line questionnaire, which examines what being a New Zealander means to different people, places participants in one of six groups according to their views – patriot, globalist, egalitarian, loyalist, traditionalist, or sceptic. TVNZ’s Head of News and Current Affairs, John Gillespie, explained that KiwiMeter is a scientific study designed to provide a data-driven picture of New Zealand’s national identity in order to help the broadcaster ‘stay connected’ to the issues their audience most cares about. It was put together by the same team that developed their Vote Compass election survey, and was preceded by a local pilot study of 11,000 of those 300,000 participants.

Over 220,000 New Zealanders have completed KiwiMeter, and with the flag question accurately predicting the results of the final referendum, the data will indeed give TVNZ a real understanding of the views of our population. But it didn’t take long for the critics to emerge. Within days of the survey being launched, the Labour Party’s MP for Te Tai Tokerau, Kelvin Davis, claimed that KiwiMeter was inciting “racial intolerance”.

There are three questions that touch on Maori culture, where respondents are asked to agree or disagree with a statement: “Maori culture is something that all New Zealanders can take pride in, no matter their background” “A history of discrimination has created conditions that make it difficult for Maori to be successful” “Maori should not receive any special treatment” Mr Davis claimed the question that included the statement, “Maori should not receive any special treatment”, was “out and out racism”. He demanded it be removed from the survey, stating, “It just evokes images of Don Brash 2004: implying that Maori have special treatment, I’d like to know what special treatment they’re talking about.” Well, let’s try to answer that question for Mr Davis – and let’s begin with his Te Tai Tokerau electorate seat. The Maori seats were created as a temporary measure in 1867 when gender, age, and private land title were the criteria used to determine voting eligibility. Since much of the land held by Maori was in common ownership, rather than private title, the Maori seats were introduced to ensure all Maori men had the right to vote – a privilege not enjoyed by those non-Maori men, who held land jointly or not at all.

In 1879, when all men gained the vote, the Maori seats should have been abolished, but as a result of strong advocacy – and weak politicians – they were retained.

It was the same in 1996, when MMP was introduced. The Royal Commission on the Electoral System had recommended that the Maori seats be abolished if MMP was adopted – to prevent an over-representation of Maori in Parliament. But Jim Bolger’s National Party retained the seats to appease Maori leaders, and as a result, the predicted over-representation of Maori in Parliament has now occurred, with twenty-three percent of current MPs claiming Maori descent. These reserved seats, of which Kelvin Davis’s electorate seat is one, are a fine example of Maori privilege. Mr Davis is in Parliament because of Maori special treatment. As a result of the Parliamentary leverage created by the race-based Maori seats, there are a plethora of race-based legislative initiatives that give Maori special rights. These include: Maori-only schools Special Maori content in the education curriculum Maori-only education scholarships Maori-only housing projects Maori-only health initiatives Maori-only welfare initiatives Maori-only prisoner programmes Maori-only positions on government agencies Maori-only consultation rights under the Resource Management Act

Maori-only co-management of parks, rivers, lakes, and the coastline Maori-only ownership rights to the foreshore and seabed A special Maori Authority tax rate of 17.5 percent A special Maori-only exemption to allow blood relatives to qualify for charitable status Maori language funding Maori radio and TV Maori-only seats on local councils Maori-only appointments onto local government committees Maori-only local government Statutory Boards Maori-only local government advisory committees Maori seats in Parliament The list of statutory Maori privilege is increasing all the time, as the government’s current plans to confer race-based rights to control fresh water demonstrates only too clearly. As justification for Maori privilege, Mr Davis and others point to so-called ‘Maori disadvantage’. But they should remember that the statistics on these matters are no longer clear-cut. Back in the seventies, when widespread intermarriage was resulting in a sharp decline in the number of people who could be categorised as Maori, the Labour Government changed the rules. Through the 1974 Maori Affairs Amendment Act, the racial classification of “Maori” based on someone having 50 percent or more of Maori blood was changed to one based on self-identification and ethnic affiliation – in other words, having a Maori descendent.

This guaranteed that the number of people being classified as Maori would continue to grow, since anyone with even a smidgeon of Maori blood could, for official purposes, be counted as Maori.

In 2000, Simon Chapple, a senior researcher with the Department of Labour, used 1996 census data to examine the impact of these new definitions. He found that instead of the 273,693 New Zealanders who indicated they were Maori-only being recognised as Maori for statistical purposes, the new policy of adding everyone who included Maori as one of their ethnic groups into the final count, boosted the official tally to 580,374. In other words, that change in methodology effectively doubled the “official” number of Maori. Simon Chapple recommended to the Government that the Maori ethnic group should be restricted to those who identify as Maori-only in the Census, with everyone else allocated to their other major ethnic group. But his suggestion was ignored. As a result, so-called Maori disadvantage is overstated. In addition, a fact that Mr Davis and others like to conveniently forget, is that while people who claim Maori ancestry might appear to be over represented in our worst social statistics, the causes are well documented and include long-term welfare dependency, solo parenthood, child abuse, and educational failure. Skin-colour does not predetermine one’s future.

TVNZ denied the accusations of racism being made against it. The Canadian firm Vox Pop Labs, which helped to design KiwiMeter – along with input from Auckland and Victoria University political scientists – refuted the racist allegations as “categorically false”. But Mr Davis, no doubt with his own self-interest in mind, remained adamant: “I think it’s offensive, I think it’s racist, and I think it should be pulled.” While Labour leader Andrew Little also condemned the question, the Prime Minister defended it, saying it was a legitimate question to ask. “There was nothing wrong with asking a question, to get a sense of what people’s views are. People ask questions all the time about potentially controversial things, we live in an open society and people are free to ask a question.” John Key is right. In this country – at least at the present time – our rights to free speech are protected by law and guaranteed under Clause 14 of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act:

"Everyone has the right to freedom of expression, including the freedom to seek, receive and impart information and opinions of any kind and in any form”.

However, the right to say whatever we like is tempered by the Human Rights Act, which makes it an offence to express opinions that could be deemed to be ‘threatening, abusive, or insulting’ on the grounds of ‘colour, race, or ethnic or national origins’.

While the Human Rights Commission indicated they were looking into complaints of racism against TVNZ, their website explains, that our right to the “freedom of expression” means that people can make highly controversial or unpopular remarks, and while they may be regarded as offensive, unless they are likely to cause or exacerbate serious ethnic tension or unrest, no action will be taken:

"Only where there is the potential for significant detriment to society can the right to freedom of expression be limited”.

The right to offend is at the heart of robust debate about controversial matters. As British comedian Rowan Atkinson explained;

"The freedom to criticise or ridicule ideas – even if they are sincerely held beliefs – is a fundamental freedom of society. In my view the right to offend is far more important than any right not to be offended. The right to ridicule is far more important to society than any right not to be ridiculed because one in my view represents openness – and the other represents oppression.”

David Round, a law lecturer at Canterbury University and this week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator – with a speech he delivered at the University’s commemoration of the 800th anniversary of the Magna Carta – is no stranger to free speech and controversy.

He remains undaunted, upsetting many sensitivities when he used his address to denounce the “deplorable shortsightedness and stupidity on the part of our political and intellectual class”, who claim the Treaty of Waitangi is a “Maori Magna Carta”:

“Now ~ in our own day, and in our own country, there is a mythologizing and a flagrant misinterpretation, as notable and as bizarre as any seventeenth century deification of Magna Carta, of a certain document. That document is of course the Treaty of Waitangi, sometimes referred to as ‘the Maori Magna Carta’. This brief general memorandum of understanding recorded ~ not just in the English translation but in the Maori original ~ an agreement that the Queen should be sovereign over New Zealand and that Maori should be her subjects, with the rights and privileges of British subjects ~ a position of equality before the law. By some mysterious alchemy the document has come to be widely understood to mean the exact opposite ~ to establish some as yet undefined ‘Maori sovereignty’ or at the least a ‘partnership’ between the Crown and Maori, or between part-Maori New Zealanders and those not of Maori descent. This process is at least as remarkable as anything that happened in the seventeenth century. It is complete nonsense to describe the current misinterpretation of the Treaty as anything remotely like Magna Carta.”

David’s full speech can be read here. Feigning offence is a tactic commonly used by those who want to close down a debate. By using this strategy and playing the race card, Kelvin Davis was able to divert attention away from the real issue of Maori privilege onto the question of whether or not KiwiMeter – and TVNZ – is racist. Maori sovereignty activists are increasingly targeting the media in an attempt to prevent them from publishing anything that doesn’t suit their separatist agenda. It is going on right now, with some of the newspapers around the country that are currently running the NZCPR’s public information advertisement calling for submissions on National’s plan for the race-based control of fresh water, being targeted and accused of racism – including by the taxpayer funded Maori TV.

By using bully-boy tactics, they no doubt hope to intimidate newspapers and discourage them from running such ads in the future.

And with the Human Rights Commission maintaining a register of media that publish material they deem to be unfavourable to Maori, it is clear that our fundamental right to the freedom of speech is under serious threat. If, as a society, we value free speech, we must not allow ourselves to be intimidated into silence. For silence is interpreted as approval. In the present debate over fresh water, the government will think that those who are not speaking out condone tribal control – when that is the very thing that most will oppose. Speaking up is vital in a democracy. Your single voice is critical. Together many voices can move a nation. If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, this is our last reminder. People power is the only way to stop this – a simple email stating your position and sent to [email protected] is all that is needed. And why not send your thoughts on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the only ones who can stop this.

What Happened To Prince? April 25 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen / Various

Prince’s death was unexpected, shrouded in mystery and full of strange facts. In short, it was a typical Hollywood death. What happened and why?

Prince was the exact opposite of most pop stars of today: He was immensely talented, completely original, fully involved in artistic creation and extremely outspoken – especially against the music industry. More than being in a class of his own, he was in a world of his own, floating in a giant purple bubble while masterfully playing his guitar. Related: Strange Details Behind Prince Blood Sacrifice to Baal! That Killed Him Prince was not merely a singer – he was songwriter, a multi-instrumentalist, a record producer, and an actor. He was keenly aware of the workings on the music industry and often fought bitter battles to preserve the integrity of his work, his image, and his legacy. While his enigmatic and eccentric persona never ceased to amaze his fans, the discovery of his lifeless body inside an elevator left the world with one final enigma: What happened? Before we look at this death, let’s look at his career.

Outspoken Prince spent his entire career battling “record label tyranny” which lead to some memorable outbursts. In 1993, when a deal with Warner Brothers went south and left him without control of his work and without the advances he was promised, he orchestrated a rebellion that only Prince could think of. In a perplexing (and often ridiculed) move, Prince replaced name with an unpronounceable symbol. People then had to refer to him as “The artist formerly known as Prince”. The Love Symbol on the cover his 1993 album. Although Prince never fully explained the meaning of this symbol (other that it “came to him during meditation”), one can easily discern an amalgamation of the “male” and “female” symbols crossed by a trumpet-like instrument. It might be a visual representation of the his androgynous musical persona. Although this move was widely misunderstood by the public (and media), Prince clearly explained the rationale behind it.

"The first step I have taken toward the ultimate goal of emancipation from the chains that bind me to Warner Bros. was to change my name from Prince to the Love Symbol. Prince is the name that my mother gave me at birth. Warner Bros. took the name, trademarked it, and used it as the main marketing tool to promote all of the music that I wrote. The company owns the name Prince and all related music marketed under Prince. I became merely a pawn used to produce more money for Warner Bros… I was born Prince and did not want to adopt another conventional name. The only acceptable replacement for my name, and my identity, was the Love Symbol, a symbol with no pronunciation, that is a representation of me and what my music is about. This symbol is present in my work over the years; it is a concept that has evolved from my frustration; it is who I am. It is my name." – Michael Heatley, Where Were You… When the Music Played? 120 Unforgettable Moments in Music History

During his legal battle with Warner Brothers, Prince appeared in public with the word “SLAVE” scribbled on his cheek.

Prince, with the word “Slave” written across his face at New York’s Rockefeller Plaza on July 9, 1996.

Prince also enjoyed speaking about unpopular issues such as chemtrails, religion and morality. Here’s a 2009 interview where he speaks his mind.

Several years later, Prince was still going at it. In 2015, he compared artists to “indentured servants with little control over how their music is used”. In a rare interaction with media, Prince stated:

"Record contracts are just like — I’m gonna say the word – slavery. I would tell any young artist… don’t sign.”

Strange Circumstances Around His Death As it is the case for most unexpected celebrity deaths, there is a lot information, misinformation, rumors, gossip and conflicting reports floating around. Here’s a quick sum up of his last days. At the time of writing this article, the cause of his death is unknown. Related: Was Prince Murdered By Illuminati Record Execs?

"On April 7, 2016, Prince postponed two performances from his Piano & A Microphone Tour, at the Fox Theatre in

Atlanta; the venue released a statement saying he was “battling the flu”. He rescheduled the show for April 14, even though he still was not feeling well. While flying back to Minneapolis early the next morning, his private jet made an emergency landing at Quad City International Airport in Moline, Illinois, so that he could seek medical treatment. Representatives stated that he suffered from “bad dehydration” and had been fighting influenza for several weeks. Prince was seen in public the following evening, when he shopped at the Electric Fetus in Minneapolis on Record Store Day, and made a brief appearance at a dance party at his Paisley Park recording studio complex in Chanhassen, Minnesota, stating that he was feeling fine. He attended a performance by singer Lizz Wright at the Dakota Jazz Club on April 19, 2016. On April 21, 2016, Prince was found unresponsive in an elevator at Paisley Park, which also served as his Minnesota home. A 9-1-1 call was placed at 9:43 a.m; he did not recover with CPR by emergency responders and was pronounced dead at 10:07 a.m. He was 57 years old."

Although reportedly “combating the flu”, Prince was active and healthy enough to attend concerts and perform a couple of shows. Things took a mysterious turn on April 15th, when his private jet made an emergency landing in Moline, Illinois – even if he was at about 40 minutes from his final destination. According to some sources, Prince was treated for an overdose.

"Multiple sources in Moline tell us, Prince was rushed to a hospital and doctors gave him a “save shot” … typically administered to counteract the effects of an opiate. Our sources further say doctors advised Prince to stay in the hospital for 24 hours. His people demanded a private room, and when they were told that wasn’t possible … Prince and co. decided to bail. The singer was released 3 hours after arriving and flew home. We’re told when Prince left he “was not doing well.” We know authorities in Minnesota are trying to get the hospital records from Moline to help determine cause of death. We have made more than a dozen attempts to reach Prince’s reps for comment, but they went radio silent." – TMZ, Treated For a Drug Overdose Days Before Death

Strangely enough, every time there’s a strange celebrity death, the word “overdose” is thrown around almost immediately.

The next day, Prince appeared at a concert and somewhat prophetically said:

"Wait a few days before you waste any prayers.”

The same day, a popular gossip website cryptically announced that a famous African-American celebrity had AIDS.

"MediaTakeOut.com just received word that a VERY popular African-American celebrity – who has recently been in the news – now has what is being described as AIDS. Obviously since we are not able to 100% confirm the story – we’re going to leave it as a Blind Item. We want to make it clear we are NOT talking about Magic Johnson. This report REALLY hurt our heart. According to a person EXTREMELY CLOSE to the situation, the celebrity, who is known for having a very EXTREME sexual past reportedly contracted the illness sometime in the 1990s. He kept the illness quiet but began taking his medication RELIGIOUSLY up until about two years ago. Here’s what we’re told by a VERY trusted entertainment insider:

[The celebrity] believed that he was cured, and he had some crazy [religious]people who told him that God cured him. So he stopped taking his medication and the sickness came back. Now doctors say he’s dying, and there is nothing anyone can do about it.” We’re told that the celebrity is expected to get sicker and sicker, and eventually pass. It can happen as soon as the summer." - Mediatakeout.com, Insider Claims That A VERY POPULAR African-American Celebrity . . . Is Stricken With AIDS . . . Not HIV

A few days later, Prince was found inside an elevator in his studio. Strange fact: One of Prince’s most famous songs is Let’s Go Crazy. Not unlike much of his writing, the lyrics of this song can be traced back to his Christian beliefs, where he uses the word the “de-elevator” to refer to the devil. He sings:

"And if de-elevator tries to bring you down Go crazy – punch a higher floor"

And later:

"And when we do (When we do) What’s it all for (What’s it all for) You better live now Before the grim reaper come knocking on your door Tell me, are we gonna let de-elevator bring us down? Oh, no let’s go!"

In a morbidly symbolic setting, Prince’s body was found inside an elevator. Did the “de-elevator” finally bring him down?

A great deal of facts need to be checked and questions need to be answered. One thing is for sure: When things are shady, truth often remains in the shade. Related: Did the Chemtrail Flu Kill Prince and Merle Haggard?

Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media April 24 2016 | From: Geopolitics / AP / RadioNewZealand

The mainstream media has achieved a new historic milestone lately: Only 6% Americans trust them, which means 94% are now asking relevant questions that are pushing them away from the lies and deceptions that mainstream media are all about.

Trust in the news media is being eroded by perceptions of inaccuracy and bias, fueled in part by Americans’ skepticism about what they read on social media. Just 6 percent of people say they have a lot of confidence in the media, putting the news industry about equal to Congress and well below the public’s view of other institutions. In this presidential campaign year, Democrats were more likely to trust the news media than Republicans or independents. But trust today also goes beyond the traditional journalistic principles of accuracy, balance and fairness. Faced with ever-increasing sources of information, Americans also are more likely to rely on news that is up-to-date, concise and cites expert sources or documents, according to a study by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute. They want to be able to navigate the news app or website easily and quickly, without having to wade through intrusive or annoying ads. “The skill set that journalists have to master is bigger,” said Tom Rosenstiel, executive director of the American Press Institute. That’s because the expectations of news consumers have increased.

The poll shows that accuracy clearly is the most important component of trust. Nearly 90 percent of Americans say it’s extremely or very important that the media get their facts correct, according to the study. About 4 in 10 say they can remember a specific incident that eroded their confidence in the media, most often one that dealt with accuracy or a perception that it was one-sided. The news media have been hit by a series of blunders on high-profile stories ranging from the Supreme Court’s 2012 ruling on President Barack Obama’s health care law to the Boston Marathon bombing that have helped feed negative perceptions of the media. Download the survey results and analysis from here. The establishment is definitely feeling the crunch as of late. But, they are still in control of the system, and they are still rigging it.

A New York City elections official has been suspended without pay after a bureaucratic error allegedly resulted in the removal of over 100,000 Brooklyn voters’ names from the city rolls during the state’s presidential primary, according to a report.

Sources told the Daily News that Borough Office Chief Clerk Diane Haslett-Rudianoshe skipped one of the steps meant to stop the system from purging eligible voters. The voting books need to be purged from time to time to eliminate people who pass away, move to new locations or become ineligible for other reasons. This eventually resulted in voters being improperly removed. She was suspended “without pay, effective immediately, pending an internal investigation into the administration of the voter rolls in the Borough of Brooklyn,” the city’s Board of Elections (BOE) reportedly said in a statement. - RT

This disenfranchisement of 100,000 voters was claimed to have tip the balance towards Clinton’s favor. So, not only that both parties are owned and controlled by the same puppet masters, the process of selecting party candidates itself is also a game of survival of the fittest. And as the masses are fully entertained by this periodic game of musical chairs, the Western economy is left burning without the mainstream media telling like it is. They’re not only in utter denial, but they are wary more of their own irrelevance as the internet-based alternative media is now virtually certified as the new mainstream media. Humanity has definitely achieved something significant right here. And we can still achieve more if we continue to work together in spite of our cultural differences.

Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media New Zealanders are trusting politicians less and less, according to a new survey. Just 8 percent of people questioned said they trusted MPs, while government ministers edged up towards 9 percent.

The survey, carried out by Colmar Brunton for Victoria University's Institute for Governance and Policy Studies, asked 1000 people across the country about their confidence in government ministers, academics, judges, churches and the media, among others. Medical practitioners scored highest with 56 percent trusting them "lots" or "completely", followed by police (53 percent). Judges and courts had a 34 percent rating. But there was little faith in politicians, nor in media, with print and broadcast media at 9 percent, and last on the list, bloggers, trusted by 5 percent in the survey.

Not only do people have little trust in their elected officials, they're trusting them less. The survey showed trust in MPs and government ministers fell over the last three years more than any other group, with 58 percent saying they trust them less. ACT party leader David Seymour said the survey was concerning, though not surprising.

“"It was already starting from a low base, so that is very disappointing."

New Zealand First leader Winston Peters said once politicians get into parliament, they forgot the people who elected them.

“Many MPs are living evidence that New Zealanders can take a joke. You've seen their behaviour - their egregious, self-serving behaviour [and] the fact they get outside their electorate and forget their people."

Green Party co-leader James Shaw said politicians tended to come across as a "self-interested political class" who had "nothing better to do than throw insults at each other." In order to fix that image, the processes in Parliament needed to change.

“The way that we examine bills breaks the process down in such a way that MPs, they show up, they make a fiveminute speech and they go away again. That is clearly not a real debate. There are some things that the Speaker can do to lift standards of behaviour [and] I think we should have a code of ethics for politicians and political operators that is way more rigorous than the one we currently have."

Institute for Governance and Policy Studies director, Professor Michael Macaulay, said the rankings offered a snapshot of the current political climate, which was "typified by low voter turn out and a public largely disengaged with politics." The survey revealed numbers but did not go into the reasons for people's lack of confidence, and he wanted it to be used as a basis for further research. Related: Politicians, media least trusted - study

Half Of All Published 'Scientific' Literature Is Completely Fabricated Or False April 18 2016 | From: NaturalNews

For years, alternative news sources such as Natural News have been warning the public about industry-generated scientific research which incorporates falsified data to produce desired results.

These charges have now been corroborated by Dr. Richard Horton, editor-in-chief of the world's best known medical journal, The Lancet. Dr. Horton has publicly stated that as much as half of the scientific literature being published is unreliable and often completely false. From a commentary by Dr. Horton published in The Lancet:

"The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness."

Those are very strong words, particularly since they came directly from the horse's mouth. For someone in Dr. Horton's position to make such statements is indeed compelling evidence that (in his words): "Something has gone fundamentally wrong with one of our greatest human creations."

"Peer-Reviewed" Studies no Longer Reliable According to Dr. Horton, scientists often "sculpt data" to fit a theory or "retrofit hypotheses" to fit the data – even "peerreviewed" studies published in journals such as The Lancet are no longer reliable.

From Collective-Evolution.com:

"It's common for many to dismiss a lot of great work by experts and researchers at various institutions around the globe which isn't "peer-reviewed" and doesn't appear in a "credible" medical journal, but as we can see, "peerreviewed" doesn't really mean much anymore. "Credible" medical journals continue to lose their tenability in the eyes of experts and employees of the journals themselves, like Dr. Horton."

Biased Industry-Sponsored Research Dr. Horton is not the only one among his peers who has been compelled to speak out. Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor-inchief of The New England Journal of Medicine, has written extensively about corrupt methodology and the influence of industry on scientific research:

"Clinical trials are also biased through designs for research that are chosen to yield favorable results for sponsors. ... In short, it is often possible to make clinical trials come out pretty much any way you want, which is why it's so important that investigators be truly disinterested in the outcome of their work."

There are a number of dirty tricks that are routinely used by industry-sponsored researchers. For instance, by not publishing the results of unfavorable studies, the makers of useless or dangerous drugs often manage to market their products to an unsuspecting public.

In the case of one antidepressant drug – paroxetine – which resulted in a record $3 billion lawsuit against GlaxoSmithKline, a dangerous and ineffective medication was prescribed to millions of children before it was revealed to cause an elevated suicide risk. When legal proceedings uncovered the truth, it was found that GlaxoSmithKline had hidden not only the fact that their product was only slightly more effective than a placebo, but also that it caused suicidal behavior.

Is There a Solution? It is now clear that publication of spurious or falsified research has become endemic within the research publication community. Dr. Horton offers some suggestions for restoring integrity to scientific research methodology:

"Part of the problem is that no-one is incentivised to be right. ... Instead of changing incentives, perhaps one could remove incentives altogether. Or insist on replicability statements in grant applications and research papers. Or emphasise collaboration, not competition. Or insist on preregistration of protocols. Or reward better pre and post publication peer review. Or improve research training and mentorship."

The bad news, according to Dr. Horton, is that even though "science is beginning to take some of its worst failings very seriously... nobody is ready to take the first step to clean up the system."

Finger In Every Pie: How CIA Produces Our ‘News’ And Entertainment April 14 2016 | From: 21stCenturyWire / Sputnik

In so many respects, ‘our’ media is not our own. In the past, 21WIRE has detailed various aspects of Operation Mockingbird and other CIA-related media pursuits, as well as many other bogus news stories which appear on a regular basis.

Claire Danes as Carrie Mathison in Homeland

Previously, we showed how the Hollywood hit ZeroDarkThirty was a completely fabricated piece of fiction which was passed on to the public as a “true story”. Also, the popular TV series, Homeland, is one of the most obvious propaganda productions in recent years, designed to reinforce many flawed assumptions and false believes about the world outside of the United States. Related: The CIA And The Media: 50 Facts The World Needs To Know

Related: How The CIA Made Google Did you know that the CIA has actually produced a number of high-profile ‘history’ TV programs that appear on US and world media channels? Yes, it’s true…

Finger in Every Pie: How CIA Became Involved in Entertainment Business The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has a finger in every pie including… the entertainment business: it turns out that the CIA has played a role in producing at least 22 entertainment projects; investigative journalist Adam Johnson argues that by doing this the US intelligence agency puts American media workers at risk. Related: Maybe She’s Born With It? CIA Funds DNA-Collecting Skincare Line It seems that the US Central Intelligence Agency follows the theory that says that there are no little or insignificant things. The intelligence agency has long been keeping an eye on the Western entertainment industry and has even had a role in producing popular fiction movies and documentaries.

In his article for Fair.org media watchdog investigative journalist Adam Johnson argues that this type of collaboration may cast a shadow over the image of US media workers and even put them at risk.

"For years, artists from across the entertainment industry - actors, authors, directors, producers, screenwriters, and others - have been in touch with the CIA to gain a better understanding of our intelligence mission," the CIA public website reads.

According to the website, the CIA's goal in engaging with the industry is to ensure "an accurate portrayal of the men and women of the CIA, and the skill, innovation, daring, and commitment to public service that defines them."

Related: German Journalist Reveals That The CIA Has Compromised The Western Media Johnson cites the recent article by Jason Leopold of VICE News who shed some light on how deep the CIA's Office of Public Affairs (OPA) has been involved in US popular entertainment projects.

"Vice's Jason Leopold has uncovered documents showing the CIA had a role in producing up to 22 entertainment 'projects,' including History Channel documentary Air America: The CIA's Secret Airline, Bravo's Top Chef: Covert Cuisine, the USA Network series Covert Affairs and the BBC documentary The Secret War on Terror-along with two fictional feature films about the CIA that both came out in 2012," Johnson narrates.

He points out that the CIA has a long history of "helping" to produce films and documentaries.

"The Agency, for example, secretly bought the rights to Animal Farm after Orwell's death in 1950 and produced an animated adaptation centered on demonizing the Soviet Union rather than capturing Orwell's broader critiques of power," the investigative journalist underscores.

And, yes, the CIA and other intelligence agencies are also recruiting prominent media figures. In September 2015 the conservative group Judicial Watch released a 2012 CIA inspector general's audit covering the CIA's OPA cooperation with the entertainment industry. The report specifically criticizes the CIA's OPA for excessive engaging with the media figures, in particular for inviting entertainment industry workers to secret briefings and other events.

"There was an instance in which the CIA allowed an entertainment industry representative to attend a CIA event in which information classified at the SECRET level was discussed," the document reads.

Johnson emphasizes that it is no secret that Hollywood players took part in various covert operations. He refers to the fact that legendary film producer Arnon Milchan worked for years for Israeli intelligence dealing arms and obtaining sensitive technical information for defense programs.

Sydeny Pollack in 'Eyes Wide Shut'

Remarkably, in his interview with BBC in 2013 Milchan admitted that Academy Award-winning director Sydney Pollack had also been involved in covert intelligence operations.

"In such revelations, an important point is often overlooked: The CIA assisting or posing as filmmakers, journalists and other creative roles-a practice the Agency reserves the right to partake in to this day-puts actual filmmakers, journalists and other creators at risk overseas," Johnson emphasizes.

According to the investigative journalist, it is dangerous to "blur" the lines between covert intelligence and legitimate media activities, because it puts the media workers at risk of being considered CIA associates.

"The spectacle of Hollywood teaming up with US intelligence agencies to make propaganda - especially given the dodgy historical context - no doubt stokes the fears of countries already hostile to Americans within their borders," he explains. "Every time this type of behavior is normalized, or shrugged off, or made sexy, real journalists and real filmmakers overseas are put further at risk," Johnson concludes.

Related: The American Media Is A CIA Front - Paul Craig Roberts

I reported honestly the facts of the US coup that overthrew the elected Ukrainian government in 2014 (see my columns in February and March 2014). However, the US print and TV media, led by the New York Times, lied through their teeth.

Indeed, the “mainstream” US media functioned as agent and propagandist for the Washington neoconservatives who destroyed Ukrainian democracy and imposed massive suffering and death on Ukrainians. There is no crime that the American presstitutes will not commit and no lie that they will not tell. Yesterday (April 11, 2016) Robert Parry held the sordid presstitutes accountable: Several weeks before Ukraine’s 2014 coup, U.S. Assistant Secretary of State Nuland had already picked Arseniy Yatsenyuk to be the future leader, but now “Yats” is no longer the guy, writes Robert Parry.

Related: George Soros’ Anti-Kremlin Info Laundering Backfires on Clinton, Cameron

Why You Should Never Watch RT - Ever April 10 2016 | From: RussiaInsider

Plurality of views must be prevented in order to stop the war against war.

As RT UK launched [and over time since], attacks on the channel in the British media stepped up… The latest is a piece by Mr. Cyril Waugh-Monger, a very important newspaper columnist for the NeoCon Daily, a patron of the Senator Joe McCarthy Appreciation Society and author of 'Why the Iraq War was a Brilliant Idea' and 'The Humanitarian Case for Bombing Syria.' Dear socially inferior person reading this article. My name is Cyril Waugh-Monger (I'm called 'Mr Terribly Pompous Neo-Con' by my friends) and I’m here to tell you why on no account should you watch RT and why you should be making complaints to Ofcom about this dreadful channel so that in the interests of 'free speech' and 'democracy' we can get it off air.

1. RT Doesn’t Peddle Russophobia Outrageously, RT doesn’t compare Vladimir Putin to Adolf Hitler. It doesn‘t join in with the demonization of Russia and its leader.

How can we have a channel which is watched by people in Britain, which doesn’t do that? We neocons say that demonization of Russia and its leader is compulsory. How dare RT not do as we say!

2. RT is Sometimes Rude to Bankers There’s a man on RT called Max Keiser and he is often very rude to bankers. Why, he has even called for them to face the death penalty. Such disrespect to our financial elites is shocking and should not be allowed in a free society.

Former CEO of HSX Holdings/Hollywood Stock Exchange and host of RT''s 'Keiser Report' Max Keiser

3. Its Coverage of the MH17 Crash Shockingly, RT commentators didn’t rush to blame Vladimir Putin for the air disaster within seconds of the news breaking. Some even said that we should wait for the forensic evidence before any statements apportioning guilt were made.

Others said that we couldn’t rule out that the plane was downed by an another aircraft. This failure to come and say loud and clear “Putin personally shot down the plane with a missile he made and fired with his own hands” within minutes of the crash is clear evidence of RT’s bias and why it must be taken off the air.

4. RT’s ‘Pundits’ Include People Who Aren’t Neocons and ‘LiberalInterventionists’ This is truly scandalous: RT gives airtime to people who don’t support the West’s policy of endless war and who opposed airstrikes on Syria last year. Why, it’s even broadcast interviews with the convener of the Stop the War coalition – and has a regular weekly show fronted by George Galloway!

British politician, broadcaster, and writer George Galloway often speaks out against western foreign policy

This is unconscionable. Only people who support Western foreign policy should be allowed to express their views on international affairs on television, not 'cranks' and 'fanatics' who oppose attacking a sovereign state in the Middle East on deceitful grounds every couple of years. Why, if RT had been around in 2003, it would no doubt have given airtime to anti-war ‘conspiracy theorists’ who would have told viewers that Iraq had no WMDs – and claimed, fantastically – that Bush and Blair were making it all up.

5. RT Provides Airtime to Genuine Socialists and Genuine Conservatives This is really terrible: RT interviews people who oppose neo-liberalism and globalization, from both the left and the right. It’s given the microphone to socialists, communists, greens, and 'extremists' on the right, like Ron Paul.

These people should not be allowed to express their views on television; they are 'cranks' and should be totally marginalized. Only those who support the hegemonic consensus should be allowed on TV. It's very important that in order to protect free speech and democracy, alternative opinions are not heard.

6. RT Pundits Have ‘Extremist’ Links I monitor the people who appear on RT very, very closely and I can tell you that there was once a case of an RT interviewee who had a link on his website to another website which had a link to another website which had a link to another website – which denied the Holocaust and said that little green men from Mars were ruling the US. After considerable research I also found that another RT pundit once attended a conference where a fellow invitee had once sat at a restaurant table, a few days after another person who had actually praised Adolf Hitler, Chairman Mao, and Josef Stalin in a magazine article published in North Korea in 1962.

7. RT is Anti-Semitic Ok, I’ve got no evidence of this, but I’ll bung it in anyway as it sounds good.

8. RT has Broadcast Documentaries on the Wars in Yugoslavia Which Don’t Blame the Serbs for Everything This is totally unacceptable.

9. RT Has Had ‘Experts’ on its Programs Who Have Made Some Very Strong Criticisms of Israel This too is totally unacceptable.

10. RT Pundits Have Often Ridiculed Leading American Policy Makers For instance, when the US Secretary of State John Kerry said that “you just don't in the 21st century” invade another country on “completely trumped up pretext,” some people on RT had the audacity to say “What about Iraq?”

This lack of respect towards a leading American politician is appalling, and in a free society ought not be allowed. The correct procedure whenever a leading US political figure speaks is to tug one’s forelock.

11. RT’s Coverage of the Conflict in Syria In 2011-13, we had so-called ‘experts’ on Syria telling us on RT that some of the freedom-fighting pro-democracy rebels were actually fanatical terrorists who were guilty of committing atrocities.

This was obviously a clear lie. Islamist terrorists like ISIS have only been active in Syria since 2014 and of course it’s all the fault of President Assad and Russia.

12. RT Interviews Lots of People Whose Views I Do Not Share It ought not to be allowed! Aren’t we supposed to live in a democracy?

13. The Most Important Reason: RT is a Threat More and more people are watching it – which is why me and my little group of neocons and ‘liberal interventionists’ are so worried and stepping up our attacks on the station and denigrating those people who appear on it. The next big war is going to be much harder for us to ‘sell’ to the plebs, because we are no longer in control of the narrative as we were in 2003, before the Iraq war. Oh, what happy days those were! Don’t watch RT because we really don’t want you to 'question more.' We want you to question less. It's much easier for us that way.

CIA Agents To Troll Alternative Media Sites In Huge Propaganda Program April 4 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

The CIA are expanding an existing program that influences mainstream media outlets to promote fake propaganda stories, by having agents troll internet forums, social media, and website comment sections – in an effort to disrupt alternative media sites.

In an expansion of Operation Mockingbird, the agency are now creating fake user accounts on various internet forums and social media channels, arguing politics with real users in an attempt to stifle and subvert genuine communications between users. According to RT news, agents have up to “10 fake shill accounts” used to troll and create the illusion of having a genuine network of friends.

"They will defend current administration decisions with relentless irrational stubbornness that one can only be paid to do.”

Abby Martin, from RT’s “Breaking the Set,” reported on an up to date Operation Mockingbird with the sole purpose of misleading the public on-line.

In the congressional hearing from 1976 (below) listen to how many agents are in the media to write false stories. According to the Congress report published in 1976:

By the year 1953 Operation Mockingbird dictated information in over 25 newspapers and wire agencies. These organizations were run by people with well-known right-wing views such as William Paley (CBS), Henry Luce (Time and Life Magazine), Arthur Hays Sulzberger (New York Times), Alfred Friendly (managing editor of the Washington Post), Jerry O’Leary (Washington Star), Hal Hendrix (Miami News), Barry Bingham, Sr., (Louisville Courier-Journal), James Copley (Copley News Services) and Joseph Harrison (Christian Science Monitor). Even Rolling Stone claimed that journalist Joseph Alsop was under the control of Operation Mockingbird in 1977.

His articles appeared in over 300 different newspapers. Other journalists alleged by Rolling Stone Magazine to have been willing to promote the views of the CIA included Stewart Alsop (New York Herald Tribune), Ben Bradlee (Newsweek), James Reston (New York Times), Charles Douglas Jackson (Time Magazine), Walter Pincus (Washington Post), William C. Baggs (The Miami News), Herb Gold (The Miami News) and Charles Bartlett (Chattanooga Times). According to Nina Burleigh (A Very Private Woman), these journalists sometimes wrote articles that were commissioned by Frank Wisner, creator of the program. The CIA also provided them with classified information to help them with their work. Related:Federal Government Hires Internet TROLLS to Monitor and "Correct" Online Discussions

Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll April 1 2015 | From: Medium

From The Beatles and the Stones to Led Zep, Alice Cooper and Black Sabbath, how the dark arts cast a spell on popular music.

On June 1, 1967 the most famous musicians in the world released a new long-playing record whose jacket depicted a gallery of unconventional personalities and one individual whose unconventionality was infamous. The Beatles’ Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band was a widely anticipated album that confirmed the band’s status as the defining tastemakers of their time. It was the soundtrack to the blissful “Summer of Love,” it firmly established the primacy of psychedelic rock music, and it was hailed as a musical breakthrough that offered a mass audience a representation of the marijuana and LSD sensation in sound. Today Sgt. Pepper is remembered as the classic album of the classic rock era, notable for its pioneering recording techniques and enduring Beatle songs (“With a Little Help From My Friends,” “Lucy in the Sky With Diamonds,” “A Day in the Life”), although the group’s earlier and later music has aged more successfully. Even the album’s cover is considered a landmark in the field of record packaging from the years when music was actually presented on physical discs in physical sleeves and millions of fans studied the jacket photo and the puzzling assembly of figures it depicted.

Related: Paul McCartney Really Is Dead: The Last Testament of George Harrison Photographed by Michael Cooper, the Sgt. Pepper cover shot had taken place on March 30, 1967. The Beatles, innovating with every step, decided on a layout that broke with their habit of simply posing the quartet alone in a single portrait. Designer Peter Blake, a rising star in London’s Pop Art world, later recalled conferring with the Beatles and art gallery owner Robert Fraser on a different approach to the design:

“I think that that was the thing I would claim actually changed the direction of it: making a life-sized collage incorporating real people, photographs, and artwork. I kind of directed it and asked the Beatles and Robert (and maybe other people, but I think it was mainly the six of us) to make a list of characters they would like to see in a kind of magical ideal film, and what came out of this exercise was six different sets of people.”

The result was a group shot of almost seventy people, with the four costumed Beatles as the only live bodies in the picture. Among the selections picked by the Beatles, Blake and Fraser were admired contemporaries Bob Dylan and writer Terry Southern; movie stars Fred Astaire, Laurel and Hardy, Tony Curtis, Marlon Brando and Marilyn Monroe; and a number of artistic and literary outlaws Edgar Allan Poe, William S. Burroughs, Aubrey Beardsley, Dylan Thomas, and Oscar Wilde. And in the top left corner of the collection, between the Indian yogi Sri Yukteswar Giri and the nineteen-thirties sex symbol Mae West, glared the shaven-headed visage of a man once known as “the Wickedest Man in the World.”

His name was Aleister Crowley. Most accounts name Paul McCartney as the Beatle who picked Crowley, although the foursome’s more controversial choices of Adolf Hitler, the Marquis de Sade, and Mahatma Gandhi were dropped from the collage. What McCartney knew of Crowley was probably superficial; his subsequent life and work makes no reference to Crowley whatsoever, but in 1967 the Beatle was highly attuned to the prevailing vogues of young Britain and America and the burgeoning counterculture. At the same time, Peter Blake’s specialty was in “found” pictures from decades past: the Pop sensibility of exhibiting rediscovered advertising and newspaper illustrations with a distancing layer of irony. Together the musician and the designer were sensitive to the revival of Victoriana that characterized British graphics and style in the later sixties (seen, for example, in the uniforms of the Sgt. Pepper bandsmen and the circus poster that inspired the lyrics to the album’s “Being For the Benefit of Mr. Kite”), and Aleister Crowley, born in 1875, was part of that revival. The Crowley photo used by Blake had been photographed by Hector Murchison in 1913 and, thanks to its promotion by the Beatles, became the most recognizable image of him. The original Aleister Crowley shot used for the cover of Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club

Like three of the other cover subjects, the “decadent” artist Aubrey Beardsley, the proto-surrealist author Lewis Carroll, and the scandalous writer Oscar Wilde, Crowley’s reputation was gradually being rehabilitated for a more tolerant time. He was no longer an affront to Britannic majesty but a martyr to moral hypocrisy. Born into a brewing fortune and raised in a fanatically religious household, Edward Alexander Crowley was, in some ways at least, a typical product of his class. He was wealthy enough to avoid regular employment from youth onwards; studied at Cambridge and travelled broadly (sometimes on perilous climbing expeditions in Britain, Europe, and Asia); wrote and selfpublished prose and poetry; adventured sexually with women and men; and freely partook of alcohol, stimulants, and opiates. Had this been all there was he might have been remembered as just another fin-de-siècle libertine, but Crowley had another pursuit that was not merely the vice of a privileged dandy but an all-consuming passion. Such was his irreverence and appetite for transgression, obvious even as a child, that his mother labeled him as “the Great Beast,” taken from the apocalyptic Book of Revelation.

For the remainder of his life Crowley adopted and sought to live up to the designation, preaching and practicing his abiding tenet: “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of law.” Aleister Crowley’s earthly exploits were a story of substantial literary gifts and metaphysical scholarship in service to an arrogant and abrasive personality. He could both impress with his brilliant mind and intimidate with his vicious head-games.

“I took an immediate dislike to him,” recounted the novelist Somerset Maugham of his meeting Crowley in Paris in the early 1900s, “but he interested and amused me. He was a great talker and he talked uncommonly well… He was a liar and unbecomingly boastful, but the odd thing was that he had actually done some of the things he boasted of. Crowley told fantastic stories of his experiences, but it was hard to say whether he was telling the truth or merely pulling your leg.”

Maugham would go on to base the villainous title character of Oliver Haddo in his The Magician on Crowley.

Intelligent and cultured yet selfish and domineering, Crowley had joined the Order of the Golden Dawn mystical sect but fell afoul of its leadership and formed his own circle, the Order of the Silver Star; his “Great Operation” was the transcription of The Book of the Law, as dictated by the spirit Aiwass through his wife Rose in Cairo in 1904. A succession of spouses, lovers, disciples and intimates passed through his life. He exiled himself to America during World War I, formed a ragtag cult of believers at a Sicilian abbey in the early nineteen-twenties, and lost a much-publicized libel suit in 1933. At his height he was a figure of international notoriety for the diabolic excesses of his lifestyle and his gleefully blasphemous writings and art (he even signed his name with an unmistakably phallic A), but his money and press appeal gradually ran out. Crowley’s voluminous treatises on yoga, chess, poetry, Tantric sex, mountaineering and the lost arts of what he always called “magick” drew a steady audience of devotees, yet by the end of his life only a few remained committed. He died in a boarding house near Hastings, England, in 1947, addicted to heroin and largely forgotten by the countrymen he had once so shocked. To one witness, his last words were, “Sometimes I hate myself.”

Aleister Crowley’s The Book of the Law

But it was Crowley’s “Do what thou wilt” that the youth of 1967, both the members of the Beatles and the group’s countless listeners across the globe, most appreciated. To them, Crowley was not a wicked man but one well ahead of his time, who anticipated the later generation’s rejection of outmoded pieties of duty and restraint. What Crowley stood for, ultimately, was self-gratification: no mere aimless indulgences but the healthy and liberating pursuit of one’s deepest will and desires against the soulless and shallow expectations of authority. Crowley’s elaborate credo of Thelema (Will) gave young people’s enjoyment of sex, drugs, and rock ’n’ roll a dimension beyond their immediate pleasures; from a Crowleyan perspective, such joys could be considered sacred.

“We suppress the individual in more and more ways,” ran Crowley’s 1938 introduction to The Book of the Law. “We think in terms of the herd. War no longer kills soldiers, it kills all indiscriminately. Every new measure of the most democratic and autocratic governments is Communistic in essence. It is always restriction. We are all treated as imbecile children.”

These sentiments underlay the complaints voiced by the marchers and demonstrators of the sixties. Though Crowley is but a footnote in the Beatles’ legacy, it was inevitable that many of the buyers who scooped up Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band and gazed through expanded minds at its cover would investigate his biography and apply his teachings to their own circumstances. If Aleister Crowley had incidentally also conducted animal sacrifice, vociferously denounced Christianity, and claimed to have called up demons out of the nether worlds, well, those too became part of his legend. That baleful face on the jacket of a milestone collection of popular music was to be the one which launched a million trips.

Related: Paul McCartney Really Is Dead: The Last Testament of George Harrison The Beatles’ nearest rivals in rock ’n’ roll were the Rolling Stones. It was the Stones who really seemed to symbolize the dangerous glamour of the genre and the time. They had no need to put Aleister Crowley on a record cover when they already seemed to live by his dicta. From their earliest successes they had been cast as a dirty, brutish counterpoint to the happy and lovable Beatles; their music was more aggressive and more obviously derived from the snarling grit of American blues. The month of Sgt. Pepper’s release, three Stones (Mick Jagger, Keith Richards, and Brian Jones) were in London courtrooms on drugs charges, and by the end of 1967 their psychedelic equivalent of the Beatle album had been released, its title a sneering parody of the royal preface on British passports: Their Satanic Majesties Request. It was only a pun, but it was the first time the Prince of Darkness had been named on a major pop record.

The Stones’ LP Their Satanic Majesties Request (1967) and the single “Sympathy For The Devil” (1969)

Over the next couple of years the Rolling Stones became more associated than any other entertainers with a personal depravity that surpassed that of just hard-partying rock stars. There had been mavericks, bad boys and tough guys in show business before, but the Stones took those prototypes to a deeper level of outrage. Much of this, certainly, was projected on them by critics and fans who wanted to ascribe to the group more significance than the members themselves wished. And some of their aura really came from their friends and hangers-on, who were already basking in the Stones’ outlaw status and adding their own personal predilections into the mix.

“There were a lot of Pre-Raphaelites running around in velvet with scarves tied to their knees… looking for the Holy Grail, the Lost Court of King Arthur, UFOs and ley lines,” recalled Keith Richards in his 2010 memoir, Life. Jaded aristocrats, bored Euro-trash, and striving Americans, the guitarist recalled, all showed off “the bullshit credentials of the periodùthe patter of mysticism, the lofty talk of alchemy and the secret arts, all basically employed in the service of leg-over.”

It was the famous Rolling Stones, not their lesser-known supplicants, who took the heat for this.

That said, the musicians were infected with the intellectual fashions of the counterculture, and suffused as they were in drug experimentation, they made willing ventures into some of the growing body of Occult literature then in currency: everything from the Taoist Secret of the Golden Flower (read by Mick Jagger while making Their Satanic Majesties Request) and collections of Celtic mythology, to the American Charles Fort’s compendium of reported natural aberrations The Book of the Damned (1919) and Louis Pauwels’ conspiracy-tinged The Morning of the Magicians (1960). All such work played to the prejudices of the young, the disaffected, the hip, and the stoned. They confirmed their views that the establishment was lying, middle-class morality was a sham, reality was subjective, and the world could be a magical place if you only knew where and how to look.

The Rolling Stones at an outdoor concert in Paris, 1967 | photo by Keystone-France/Gamma-Keystone

The Rolling Stones’ next album, Beggars’ Banquet, took the implications of Satanic Majesties even further, with its hypnotic and tribal single, “Sympathy For the Devil.” This longtime favorite, which remains a Stones anthem to this day, originated with Mick Jagger’s reading of Russian novelist Mikhail Bulgakov’s allegorical The Master and Margarita. The literate and sensitive Jagger was given the book (written in 1939 but not published until the mid-sixties) by his thengirlfriend Marianne Faithfull.

“He devoured it in one night and spit out ‘Sympathy For the Devil,’” Faithfull remembered in her own autobiography of 1994. “The book’s central character is Satan, but it has nothing to do with demonism or black magic… "

Mick wrote a three-minute song synthesized out of this very complex book.” Now considered one of the great Russian novels, The Master and Margarita is a wild satire of life in the darkest days of the Stalinist USSR, with echoes of the Faust legend and appearances by Pontius Pilate and St. Matthew. With a working title of “The Devil is My Name,” “Sympathy For the Devil” was recorded by the Rolling Stones in the spring of 1968 (the sessions were filmed by Jean-Luc Goddard and incorporated into his eponymous film) and released in December. Jagger sang his classic first-person narrative of Satan’s presence at crucial points in history including the crucifixion of Christ, the Russian Revolution, the Nazi Blitzkrieg and even the assassinations of John F. and Robert F. Kennedy, with the lyrics retouched to reflect the latter’s death on June 5.

It was a compelling song that, in a violent and tumultuous year, further stirred up an already fraught cultural mood. Yet, as Marianne Faithfull pointed out, Jagger’s devilish act was completely affected.

“The only reason that the Stones were not destroyed by the ideas they toyed with is that they never took them as seriously as their fans,” she recalled. “Mick never, for one moment, believed he was Lucifer.” No, but plenty of others were far more credulous.

The Rolling Stones’ link to the Occult did not end with “Sympathy For the Devil.” Keith Richards’ partner, Anita Pallenberg, was a wickedly beautiful German model who, herself caught up in the vortex of drugs and debauchery in the band’s orbit, was rumored to be a practitioner of the dark arts. Faithfull again: “Anita eventually took the goddess business one step further into witchcraft. There were moments, especially after Brian [Jones, original Stone] died, where she went a little mad.” It didn’t help that she was cast with Jagger in the film Performance, in which a London gangster (played by James Fox) changes identities with a decadent rock star (Jagger, naturally). Keith Richards considered the director, Donald Cammell, “a twister and a manipulator whose only real love in life was fucking other people up,” but Pallenberg appeared to enjoy her nude scenes with Jagger and another member of their threesome, Michelle Breton. It made for a twisted atmosphere of jealousy and orgiastic dissipation which, whether Pallenberg really was or thought of herself as a sorceress, definitely made the rumors plausible.

Still the Occult links deepened. The American underground filmmaker Kenneth Anger was in London and, via his connections with gallery owner and socialite Robert Fraser, approached the Rolling Stones to play in his latest project, Lucifer Rising. Anger was older than the Stones and their followers (he was born in 1927), a one-time Hollywood child actor and author of the vitriolic tell-all Hollywood Babylon, and not least of all a devout student of Aleister Crowley. His low-budget shorts Inauguration of the Pleasure Dome, Scorpio Rising and Fireworks were unintelligible cinematic collages of Occult motifs, sadomasochism, pop appropriations, and gay male erotica. Anger described himself as a warlock and was deadly serious about his work; he corralled Mick Jagger into doing an abstract synthesizer soundtrack for one of his efforts, Invocation of My Demon Brother. He also needed money and the attention the presence of the world-famous rock group would lend to Lucifer Rising.

“The only reason that the Stones were not destroyed by the ideas they toyed with is that they never took them as seriously as their fans,” she recalled. “Mick never, for one moment, believed he was Lucifer.” No, but plenty of others were far more credulous.

“All the roles were to be carefully cast,” Anger said later, “with Mick being Lucifer and Keith as Beelzebub… The Occult unit within the Stones was Keith and Anita, and Brian. You see, Brian was a witch, too. I’m convinced. He showed me his witch’s tit. He said, ‘In another time they would have burned me.’ He was very happy about that.”

But the Rolling Stones, as they did with so many, were only toying with Anger as long as he tickled their druggy fancy. Their real occupation was recording and performing their own music, and they saw earnest outsiders like Anger as disposable nuisances, trying to ride on their coattails and absorb some of their marketability. “Kenneth Anger they thought laughable,” wrote Marianne Faithfull. “Mick and Keith were utterly contemptuous of his satanic hocus-pocus.” The quintet’s reputation grew yet blacker in 1969, when the deaths of two men were popularly attributed to them. Brian Jones was discovered drowned in his Sussex swimming pool on July 26th. Though he had founded the Rolling Stones, and chosen their name from a Muddy Waters song, Jones had never been able to cope with their fame and the consequent sexual, alcoholic, and chemical license afforded them. He was, in fact, a very vulnerable personality and suffered bouts of asthma on top of his heavy drinking and drug use; his suspiciously convenient

arrests for drug possession at the hands of a head-hunting Scotland Yard did little to help his state of mind. Jones was no more involved in the Occult than anyone in the Stones or their circle (his witch’s tit notwithstanding), but now the band appeared not just dangerous but potentially lethal. The band was definitely lethal for Meredith Hunter, a San Franciscan concertgoer who was killed by Hell’s Angels at the Stones’ December 6 concert at the Altamont Speedway in California. Again, the cause of death was more banal than demonic; the weather was cold, the crowd was ugly, facilities were lacking, the show was late, the Angels were brutal and hallucinogens were everywhere. But Hunter, stabbed while the Stones played “Under My Thumb,” was another casualty for fans and foes to take in.

The funeral of Brian Jones

After the Altamont tragedy the Rolling Stones seemed to leave much of their recklessness, or in any case much of their sixties spiritual naivety, behind them. With their next public appearances in 1972, they had entered a jet-set materialism and were no longer considered by their young fans to be minstrels of an imminent revolution. Their 1973 record Goat’s Head Soup did open with the seductive riff of “Dancing With Mr. D,” which described graveyard trysts, fire and brimstone, and the whiff of voodoo, but by then such references from the Stones were not as inflammatory as they had once been. During this decade other rock ’n’ roll acts had taken to spreading the Occult message, and spreading it more widely, and more loudly, than ever.

One overlooked musician whose music made emphatic allusions to Aleister Crowley was the British rhythm ’n’ blues keyboardist and vocalist Graham Bond. Unlike Mick Jagger or Keith Richards, Bond was no dabbler in the Occult. He actually believed himself to be Crowley’s illegitimate son  - Crowley’s acknowledged daughter died in childhood and he left no legal heirs - and his albums Holy Magick and We Put Our Magick On You listed songs with titles including “The Pentagram Ritual,” “The Magician,” and “The Judgement.” Though Bond never scaled the peaks of fame and wealth as many of the contemporaries he influenced (his band the Graham Bond Organization became best-known as the source of the bassist Jack Bruce and drummer Ginger Baker in the superstar trio of Cream), his life and works are explicitly linked with the Occult. Drug and career problems, combined with mental instability, drove Graham Bond to kill himself under the wheels of a London train in 1974.

One of Led Zeppelin’s early group photos, 1968

In 1968 the former studio guitarist and member of the Yardbirds Jimmy Page formed his new quartet Led Zeppelin. Signed to the major label of Atlantic Records and abetted by the loyal and fiercely protective management of Peter Grant, Led Zeppelin quickly gathered a large following in the United Kingdom, Europe, and especially the United States, where their histrionic and very heavy brand of electric blues appealed to the restless post-Sgt. Pepper student cohort. Led Zeppelin bothered little with the typical promotional tactics of earlier rock ’n’ rollers and their record and ticket sales suffered not at all, but what emerged from Page’s infrequent interviews was his dedicated study of the Occult.

“[Y]ou can’t ignore evil if you study the supernatural as I do,” he told a journalist in 1973. “I have many books on the subject and I’ve also attended a number of seances. I want to go on studying it.”

Throughout the seventies Led Zeppelin was at or near the apex of the rock world, and Page, as leader, guitarist, and producer of the group, was dominant in the band’s Occult reputation. Indeed the other players Robert Plant, John Paul Jones, and John Bonham had no affinity whatsoever for Page’s tastes, but each became, in varying degrees, tarnished by association.

In 1970 Page, now with ample Zeppelin concert and royalty money flowing in, had moved from collecting Aleister Crowley books and other artifacts to purchasing a one-time Crowley home, the Boleskine House, on the shores of Scotland’s Loch Ness. That same year Page and engineer Terry Manning inscribed the first vinyl pressings of the album Led Zeppelin III with Crowley’s adjurations “Do what thou wilt / Shall Be the Whole of Law” on the runoff tracks, instead of the usual serial numbers. In 1971 Led Zeppelin’s fourth album was given no formal title but an identifying quartet of runic or alchemical symbols that were later displayed by all four band members in concert; Page’s was an unreadable sigil resembling the word “ZoSo,” which was eventually traced to the Renaissance Italian astrologer and mathematician Girolamo Cardano (c. 1490–1565) and two nineteenth century texts from France, Le Triple Vocabulaire Infernal and Le Dragon Rouge. Plant’s symbol of an encircled feather stood for the purportedly lost Pacific kingdom of Mu. The gatefold of this album was illustrated with an adaptation of the Hermit card from a well-known 1910 edition of the Tarot deck.

Led Zeppelin’s fourth album and its accompanying quartet of alchemical symbols

In 1974 Page purchased a London Occult book shop called The Equinox, in addition to architect William Burges’s lavish neoGothic Tower House in the city’s exclusive Kensington district. When Led Zeppelin founded a boutique record label Swan Song, also in 1974, launch party invitations with the heading “Do What Thou Wilt” were distributed, and strippers dressed as nuns were part of the festivities. The company’s logo was a stylized rendering of the mythical winged Icarus or, by other interpretations, Lucifer, the fallen angel. In 1975 and 1977 Page performed concerts in a black stage costume embroidered with astrological symbols, the ZoSo sigil, and a full-length twisting dragon. In the 1976 Led Zeppelin film The Song Remains the Same, a solitary Page was shown on the wooded grounds of his English home; as he turned to the camera, his eyes were made to glow with an otherworldly light. Before Zeppelin’s outdoor

Knebworth gigs in 1979, Page investigated the Occult antiques stored at the nearby mansion once home to Edward BulwerLytton, Earl of Knebworth.

Trouble was brewing in the Led Zeppelin camp, however: singer Plant and his wife were seriously injured in a 1975 car accident, and Plant’s young son died of an infection in 1977, shortly after John Bonham, Peter Grant, and two other members of the group’s road crew were arrested for assault backstage at an Oakland concert. By that time Jimmy Page himself, like many rock stars of the period, was caught up in a serious cocaine and heroin habit. Page had also met Kenneth Anger at an auction of Aleister Crowley collectibles, where the rich guitar hero outbid the struggling cineaste, and Page had agreed to compose gratis a soundtrack for Anger’s ongoing Lucifer Rising project. The two fell out, however, as Anger complained about Page’s delays in delivering usable music, while Page was annoyed that Anger had set up an editing room in the basement of his Tower House and was offering visitors unauthorized tours of the premises. Anger publicly broke with Page in 1976, telling journalists of Page’s drug issues and threatening, “I’m all ready to throw a Kenneth Anger curse!” Anger finally screened Lucifer Rising in 1980, with assorted shots of himself, Page, a heavily drugged Marianne Faithfull, and Mick Jagger’s brother, Chris. U.S. ad for Kenneth Anger and Jimmy Page’s “Lucifer Rising”

The official soundtrack was credited to Bobby Beausoleil, an incarcerated murderer and member of the Charles Manson family. Led Zeppelin formally disbanded in December 1980 after John Bonham drank himself to death in a binge at Page’s Windsor home three months earlier, a year after another young friend of the band was found dead of an accidental overdose in Page’s Sussex residence. In the band’s last years, and for well beyond them, both fans and American anti-rock religious zealots claimed to hear subliminal “messages” in Led Zeppelin’s famous “Stairway to Heaven” when the epic composition was played in reverse. Among the audible sounds therein, it was said, were the following phrases:

"There is no escaping Whose path will make me sad, whose power is Satan He will give you 666 Here’s to my sweet Satan"

By then the tabloid press in Britain and rock publications in America had begun to print stories of “the Zeppelin curse” that had wrought such misfortune on the quartet. In addition to the “backward masking” rumors that attended “Stairway to Heaven”  - which reached as far as a committee of the state legislature of California in 1982  - more conjectural whispers held that Page had actually sold his, Robert Plant’s, and John Bonham’s souls to the Devil in exchange for Led Zeppelin’s enormous popularity.

John Paul Jones, the low-key musician’s musician of the ensemble, refused to sign the infernal contract (so went the story) and thereby avoided the deaths and afflictions that struck the others. These tales reflected Led Zeppelin’s enigmatic album covers, their loud, dramatic records and shows, Plant’s mystical lyrics, and the players’ notoriously profligate personal lives and violence-prone security backup, but they originated with Jimmy Page’s admitted interest in the Occult.

Yet as early as 1976 Page was backing away from the most speculative reports.

“I do not worship the Devil,” he asserted in a Rolling Stone interview that year. “But magic does intrigue me. Magic of all kinds.” He went on to tell his interviewer, journalist Cameron Crowe, “I’m not about to deny any of the stories… I’m no fool. I know how much the mystique matters. Why should I blow it now?”

After the death of Plant’s child and the “curse” myth that sprang up, Page was more adamant:

“The whole concept of the band is entertainment,” he told the U.K. music paper Melody Maker. “I don’t see any link between that and ‘karma,’ and yet I’ve seen it written a few times about us, like ‘Yet another incident in Zeppelin’s karma’… It’s a horrible, tasteless thing to say.”

Page has never denied his interest in Aleister Crowley and is believed to be a practicing Thelemite and still affiliated with Crowley’s Ordo Templi Orientis (Order of the Temple of the East), but he told Guitar World magazine in 2003;

“It’s unfortunate that my studies of mysticism and Eastern and Western traditions of magic and tantricism have all come under the umbrella of Crowley. Yeah, sure, I read a lot of Crowley and was fascinated by his techniques and ideas. But I was reading across the board… It wasn’t unusual [in the sixties] to be interested in comparative religions and magic.” Long after Led Zeppelin’s demise and entering retirement, Page has had to dispel the scurrilous curse and backward masking libels that arose during the seventies; “I don’t want to get into too many backlashes from Christian fundamentalist groups,” he was quoted in 1995. “I’ve given those people too much mileage already.”

In 2000 he took legal action against a London magazine that published a story suggesting he had cast Satanic spells over John Bonham as the drummer died; the story was retracted and Page was paid damages, which the millionaire musician and Occultist donated to charity.

Allegations around Led Zeppelin came gradually during the group’s life and into its formidable posthumous influence. But in 1969 the up-and-coming Zeppelin had shared bills in Los Angeles with another act that caused a much greater, if briefer, scandal with a flurry of controversial records and sensational concerts in the early years of the next decade: Alice Cooper. Initially a collective promoted by the master rock satirist Frank Zappa, the Alice Cooper band fused the raucous teenage

energy of electric boogie music  -  simpler and less expertly played than Led Zeppelin’s  - with a ghoulish theatricality that was eventually labeled “shock rock.” The singer was a young Vincent Furnier, a willing participant in the ploy, who soon became identified as Alice himself; the name, he maintained, was taken from a Ouija board session where he learned he was in fact the reincarnation of a seventeenth-century witch of that appellation.

Alice Cooper, 1972

Cooper wore makeup and women’s clothes on stage, performed with a live boa constrictor, destroyed baby dolls before audiences, appeared to hang and/or decapitate himself in climactic noose and/or guillotine rituals, sang songs titled “Dead Babies,” “Halo of Flies,” “Under My Wheels,” “Only Women Bleed,” “I Love the Dead,” “Black Widow,” “Is It My Body,” and the necrophiliac “Cold Ethyl,” and put out albums called Love It to Death, Killer, Welcome to My Nightmare, and Alice Cooper Goes to Hell. A persistent folk tale held that Cooper had won an onstage “gross-out” contest with Frank Zappa, which (depending on the storyteller) involved the public production and ingestion of bodily wastes. Parental groups and mainstream commentators were outraged, while the press lapped it up. In 1971 Albert Goldman, music critic for Life magazine, wrote that “The advance publicity for Alice Cooper almost turned my stomach… It’s a frightening embarrassment… What gets everybody uptight is the sacrifice he makes of shame.” For a few short years, Alice Cooper was the ne plus ultra of rock ’n’ roll ugliness: “We are the group that drove a stake through the heart of the love generation,” he told eager reporters.

Before long, though, Alice Cooper (the individual) began to downplay the shock rock label. He didn’t disown his music or his stage routine, but he made it pretty clear that what he was doing was no more than a gimmick that had caught on with America’s frustrated teenagers and their worried moms and dads. Cooper hobnobbed with old-time show business figures Groucho Marx and Bob Hope, and was seen competing in very nonshocking celebrity golf tournaments. Behind the scenes, he was not a Satan-crazed drug addict but a minister’s son from Phoenix, Arizona and functioning alcoholic. Casual observers naturally linked him to the cresting Occult wave, given his garish spectacle and horrific lyrical themes, but insiders knew better. Journalist Bob Greene followed the Cooper band on an American tour and noted how unmoved the vocalist was by his own hype.

“He was aware that much of America took his sick, blood-soaked image very seriously indeed, which made him all the more willing to laugh at himself,” Greene wrote in his 1974 chronicle, Billion Dollar Baby. “Alice was proud of his intelligence and his sense of irony, and in the studio he did all he could to show that the job of playing the Alice Cooper role was just that, a job...[H]e was always eager to demonstrate once again that he was not mistaking himself for the dangerous wretch named Alice Cooper that was being sold to the public.”

During his reign as the king of shock rock, one of Alice Cooper’s opening acts was the east coast American band Blue Öyster Cult. Unlike the headliner, the Cult did not go for blatant scenes of transvestitism or public execution; they had a similar heavy rock sound but with subtler material that retained some air of mystery. The group’s lyrical themes were often tongue-in-cheek, as was the slightly ridiculous group name, but they were delivered with an intensity (laser beams and exploding flash pots were onstage staples) that made them a popular draw in the midseventies. Much of this was down to their producer, manager, and co-songwriter Sandy Pearlman, a university graduate and occasional music critic who has been credited as the first to use the term “heavy metal” in describing aggressive guitar-based rock music. Keyboardist Allen Lanier himself formed a curious link between the crunching stadium rock of Blue Öyster Cult’s genre and the cerebral bohemianism of his one-time partner, punk singer Patti Smith.

Blue Oyster Cult

Following the Led Zeppelin model, BÖC devised a series of unfathomable album covers that implied Occult significance, with the M.C. Escher-esque graphics of their self-titled 1972 debut and the next year’s Tyranny and Mutation, followed by the Luftwaffe jet fighter on 1974’s Secret Treaties, while 1975’s On Your Feet or On Your Knees pictured a sinister black limousine in front of an old church set against a storm-tossed sky. Each of these tableaux featured a cryptic logo said to stand for the scythe of Cronus, leader of the Titans of Greek mythology, as well as being the alchemical symbol for the heaviest of metals, lead. Like Jimmy Page’s ZoSo, the BÖC design virtually became an Occult trademark which millions of fans adopted onto their own clothes and other accessories. Use of the umlaut in “Öyster,” pointless though it was, began a long trend of employing the intimidating Germanic accent in other heavy metal group names: Mötley Crüe, Motörhead, and so on.

Mötley Crüe

The band’s songs further suggested a vaguely science-fiction or transgressive aesthetic, including favorite numbers like “Dominance and Submission,” “Subhuman,” “Tattoo Vampire,” “Career of Evil,” “Astronomy,” “I Love the Night,” “Nosferatu,” “Flaming Telepaths,” “ETI [Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence],” and the Tokyo-destroying monster riff of “Godzilla.” Blue Öyster Cult’s biggest hit record became one of the best-known rock singles of its day, and one of the spookiest. Composed by guitarist Donald Roeser under his far cooler pseudonym Buck Dharma, “(Don’t Fear) The Reaper” was a ghostly minor-key ballad of a lovers’ suicide pact that hinted at the lurking presence of Death himself just outside the curtained window and the candlelit room. The morbid verses fit perfectly with the whispery arpeggios and remains, like Led Zeppelin’s “Stairway to Heaven,” an anthem of shadowed passions and Gothic power.

It was quoted in a variety of later cinematic and literary works, including Stephen King’s end-of-the world epic The Stand and a televised version of Norman Mailer’s nonfiction book about murderer Gary Gilmore, The Executioner’s Song. The album it highlighted, 1976’s Agents of Fortune, again featured the Cronus logo and the arcane imagery of Tarot cards (as well as lyrics contributed by Patti Smith). For the legions of young rock ’n’ rollers who learned the tunes on their guitars or who played the tracks on their bedroom stereos, “(Don’t Fear) The Reaper” and other BÖC works were entries to the world of the Occult: accessible yet indecipherable, catchy yet confounding.

Hard rock and heavy metal bands of the late sixties and throughout the seventies commonly referenced the Occult, either directly in their music or as part of their general demeanor. A little-known British progressive rock group, Black Widow, made songs titled “Attack of the Demon,” “The Conjuration” and “Come to the Sabbat,” while enacting sacrifices of nude females on stage. In 1969 the Chicago-based psychedelic folk act Coven made their own paeans to witchcraft and the black arts; through either a weird coincidence or the intervention of dark forces, their bassist was one Oz Osborne. Black Widow and Coven were perhaps too committed to their ideals to capture a wide audience, but later outfits appropriated Occult trappings for fun and profit. Gender-bending glam star David Bowie went through an Aleister Crowley fascination, aggravated by the extreme quantities of cocaine he consumed, and mentioned the Occultist and the Golden Dawn in his 1971 song “Quicksand.”

The costumed quartet Kiss appeared in bizarre makeup as an ensemble of mysterious identities; bassist and vocalist Gene Simmons came as “The Demon” and revived classic theatrical trickery to breathe fire and spit fake blood in concert. Simmons also claimed to have invented the two-fingered heavy metal salute, which zealots detected as the sign of the devil but which the Demon explained was his way of waving back at his audiences while still gripping his bass guitar pick. In 1977 the savvy marketers in Kiss lent their names and likenesses to a Marvel comic series which was advertised as being printed in the real blood of the group’s personnel. Australian rockers AC/DC scored a major hit with their 1979 album Highway to Hell, the cover of which portrayed guitarist Angus Young with horns and a devil’s tail, and singer Bon Scott with the Occult symbol of a pentagram dangling from his necklace.

Kiss’ Marvel Comics Super Special boasted that it was “printed in real Kiss blood.”

These small, offhand gestures of busy and ambitious working musicians, some of them chronically intoxicated, were all it took to inspire fans’ excitement. Such was the size of the rock market in these years that audiences devised their own scary urban legends around players who neither needed much good publicity nor bothered to deny bad. The name Kiss, disclosed the hardcore, was a secret acronym for the group’s role as Knights In Satan’s Service, while AC/DC stood for Anti-Christ, Down with Christ. The Demon and his fellow knights laughed all the way to the bank. “Complete and utter bullshit,” Kiss guitarist Ace “Spaceman” Frehley wrote of the Satanic allegations in a 2012 memoir, No Regrets.

“I remember some on some of our early tours, there were religious fanatics outside the shows burning our records, saying we were devil worshippers. Give me a fuckin’ break!” Meanwhile, AC/DC’s Angus Young shrugged, “Just because you call an album ‘Highway to Hell,’ you get all kinds of grief. All we’d done was describe what it’s like to be on the road for four years. When you’re sleeping with the lead singer’s socks three inches from your nose, believe me, that’s pretty close to hell.”

But one rock act of the seventies was more identified with the Occult than any other, and indeed became the prototype for hundreds of Occult-alluding bands that have formed ever since. The English quartet Black Sabbath codified the sound, look, and philosophy of an entire subgenre that could only have arisen during the decade. It was Black Sabbath that most explicitly introduced topics of mysticism, drug use, and despair into rock ’n’ roll, and it was Black Sabbath who spread the unholy gospel of demonology through the whole pop music scene. In terms of sheer records and tickets sold, Sabbath were hardly the most successful group of the time, and by the end of the seventies the original lineup had disintegrated in personal acrimony, legal and financial woes, and the inevitable substance issues; they are an obvious target being parodied in the hilarious “mockumentary” This Is Spinal Tap. But their influence on their own and later generations of rock listeners is unmatched. Neither the Beatles, nor the Rolling Stones, nor Led Zeppelin, nor Alice Cooper, nor Blue Öyster Cult popularized the Occult as much as Black Sabbath.

Black Sabbath, 1970

Sabbath were formed in the decaying English industrial city of Birmingham in 1969. The members  - singer Ozzy Osbourne, guitarist Tony Iommi, bassist Terry “Geezer” Butler and drummer Bill Ward  -  were all barely out of their teens. Like thousands of artists scuffling around the local club circuits of provincial Britain, they were hopeful semi-professional players of no blinding talent or originality, who needed a career break more than a creative epiphany. By an amazing chance, they got both at once. Playing and rehearsing fairly derivative electric blues under the name Earth, Iommi brought to the band’s practice session a simple three-note sequence based not on the standard I-IV-V sequence of blues progressions (the chords G, C, and D, for example) but on a dissonant, “wrong” pattern that incorporated a flattened fifth note of the major scale, in this case, G, an octave G, and the errant C-sharp.

In other styles of songwriting, such an interval would have sounded merely off, but the heavily distorted and rhythmic rumble of rock played by Earth (in emulation of prominent bands Cream, the Jimi Hendrix Experience, and Led Zeppelin) made the tonal shift highly effective. It was compounded in weight by the manner in which Iommi detuned his electric guitar, slackening the strings to accommodate his fretting fingers, the tips of two having been severed in an accident at a sheet metal factory where he had worked. Before any words were put on the music, the fundamental sound of Black Sabbath had been established.

“He came to rehearsal one day,” Ozzy Osbourne remembered of Iommi’s innovation in 2001, “and said, ‘Isn’t it funny how people pay money to watch horror films; why don’t we start playing scary music?’ And then he came up with that ‘Black Sabbath’ riff, which was the scariest riff I’ve ever heard in my life.”

Much has been made of Black Sabbath’s standard device (some called it a formula) of using the flattened fifth note or chord in so many of their songs: the liturgical composers of medieval Europe warned of including this in choral or instrumental works, naming it Diabolus in Musica or the Devil in Music. The term seems to have had more of a technical rather than religious meaning  -  a reminder to singers and players that some intervals on the scale produced discord rather than harmony  -  but in the case of Sabbath the grating tones of their guitar progressions were perfectly suited to the lyrics sung over them.

Ozzy Osbourne (Interesting to note that Osbourne often appears on lists of Illuminati family surnames).

According to one legend, the film that prompted Iommi’s suggestion to play “scary music” was the 1964 Boris Karloff movie Black Sabbath, an Italian-produced anthology of three tales where the aging Frankenstein actor was the chief attraction. But the movie itself was closer to the campy Hammer output of the fifties and sixties than the intensely realistic horror cinema that appeared in the next few years. The real origins of Sabbath’s Occult leanings lay with Geezer Butler. Butler had received what he later called a “severe Catholic” upbringing and as a young man became interested in sorcery and witchcraft, which he read up on in the British magazine Man, Myth, and Magic, books by Aleister Crowley, and the penny-dreadful novels of British writer Dennis Wheatley, among them The Devil Rides Out and To the Devil a Daughter. Highly imaginative and suggestible, he worked elements of each into the verses he provided for the band.

“I was seeing all kinds of things at the time, and not through drugs,” he explained. “I’d moved into this flat that I’d painted black with inverted crosses everywhere. Ozzy gave me this sixteenth century book about magic that he’d stolen from somewhere. I put it in the cupboard because I wasn’t sure about it. Later that night I woke up and saw this black shadow at the end of the bed… I ran to the airing cupboard to throw the book out, but the book had disappeared… It scared me shitless.”

Between 1970’s debut Black Sabbath and the final collection by the original configuration, 1978’s Never Say Die, Sabbath’s music and public image offered a portrayal of demonism and the supernatural unparalleled in their medium. Not all their songs were about the Occult; they also addressed drug abuse, paranoia, loneliness, space travel, and even the rock ’n’ roll staple of young lust. But a significant portion of Black Sabbath material was openly concerned with cosmic evil that intervened in the affairs of men: terrifying tracks including “Black Sabbath,” “The Wizard,” “NIB,” and “Warning”; the pacifist classics “War Pigs” and “Electric Funeral”; the surprisingly pro-Christian “After Forever”; “Children of the Grave,” the haunting ballad “Changes,” and the humanist “Under the Sun”; “Sabbath Bloody Sabbath,” “Supertzar,” and “Gypsy.” Later incarnations of the band comprised a parade of different vocalists, keyboardists, and drummers, but they still released “Heaven and Hell,” “Lady Evil,” and “Die Young.”

“It’s a Satanic world,” Geezer Butler was quoted in a dubious Rolling Stone article in 1971. “The devil’s more in control now. People can’t come together, there’s no equality.”

Visually, the band looked like they meant what they played. Their album covers showed a greenish cloaked woman near an English watermill at dusk (Black Sabbath), a sleeper with dreams infested by demons (Sabbath Bloody Sabbath), and a surreal non-reflective mirror (Sabotage). The inner sleeve of Black Sabbath presented an inverted cross. A winged devil served as the Black Sabbath corporate signature.

Their 1976 compilation album featured only red and white lettering against a black background: We Sold Our Souls For Rock ’n’ Roll. All four original members were photographed together wearing crucifix necklaces, and Iommi customized the usual fretboard dots of his guitars with tiny crosses. An early TV clip saw them playing their immortal “Paranoid” superimposed against a nightmarish backdrop of an androgynous kohl-eyed face. Promotional pictures showed four unsmiling young men peering out from behind imposing masses of hair.

Critics of the time hated Black Sabbath. Influential American reviewer Lester Bangs wrote them off as a “sub-Zeppelin kozmik behemoth,” the Village Voice’s Robert Christgau called their first album “the worst of the counterculture on a plastic platter,” while Parke Puterbaugh declared that “To attend one of their concerts was about as pleasurable an experience as a Gestapo interrogation.” Black Sabbath, the cognoscenti said, purveyed cheap “doom rock” to drug-addled teenagers already tripped out on the Occult: very loud, very pretentious, and very dumb. Others reacted with alarm to Sabbath’s overt emphasis on the devil and all his works.

“The church went against us in a big way,” recalled Tony Iommi in 1992. But the band’s admirers may have been more problematic, the guitarist said. “One night, after finishing a show, we returned to the hotel and found the corridor leading to our rooms completely filled with people wearing black cloaks, sitting on the floor with candles in their hands, chanting, ‘Ahhhhh.’ So we climbed over them to get to our rooms, but we could still hear them chanting… So we synchronized our watches, opened our doors at the same time, blew out the candles and sang ‘Happy Birthday’ to them. Pissed ’em off. You wouldn’t believe some of the letters we’ve received, and some of the people that have turned up.”

On the receiving end of all the condemnation were four working-class Britons whose formal educations had ended well before they became full-time rock musicians in their early twenties. They had found a winning approach that took them to fame and fortune in Britain, Europe, and North America, but they were not out to convert anybody to Satanism; they had not even converted themselves.

Like Alice Cooper with his stage bloodbaths and Kiss with their makeup and platform boots, the allegedly devilish Sabbath players all but conceded that they were only plying a pitch that paid off.

“I’ve done interviews with Christian papers where, if I’m talking about how much I respect Jesus, they’ll say, ‘But you can’t possibly respect Jesus! You wouldn’t be in a rock band if you did!’” Geezer Butler has remembered. “I mean, yes, we liked the idea of what’s beyond, but as an interest,” Iommi clarified. “Certainly in no way as the practice of such. And that’s as far as it went, really.”

For millions of Sabbath listeners, however, whether or not the group’s members practiced what they seemed to preach was irrelevant. They made the Occult an immediate presence in their headphones, on their t-shirts, and at their concert halls. There was no doubting Black Sabbath. Occult-oriented acts and music, of course, were not the only trend in the rock ’n’ roll of the sixties and seventies. There were folk and fusion, punk and reggae, the easy listening of Linda Ronstadt and the sexy soul of Donna Summer. But the Rolling Stones’ peak period was roughly between 1968 and 1973, the years of Their Satanic Majesties Request, “Sympathy For the Devil,” and “Dancing With Mr. D.”

Led Zeppelin have sold nearly 300 million records since 1969, and “Stairway to Heaven,” forward or backward, is considered their masterpiece. From 1972 to 1975 Alice Cooper was an inescapable media presence; ditto Kiss from 1975 to 1979. Blue Öyster Cult’s “(Don’t Fear) The Reaper” was a Top Ten U.S. hit in 1976. AC/DC’s Highway to Hell was the long-lived quintet’s first millionselling album. Over 20 million copies of Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band have been purchased around the planet since 1967, representing 20 million thumbnail advertisements for Aleister Crowley received the world over. Black Sabbath were finally inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 2006.

The group has sold 75 million albums worldwide. Their 2013 album 13 led off with the single “God Is Dead.” For the vast Baby Boom demographic aged from their early teens to their late twenties, the Occult had been brought to them in their lingua franca of rock music. Much of its conveyance  - by performers themselves young and questing erratically for personal or philosophical answers - had been expedient or accidental. But its reception - by people to whom rock spoke deep truths their elders had long withheld  -  transformed the spiritual outlook of a generation. And when that generation turned at last down their radios and put their records back in their sleeves, they found that the Occult was not only available to them through pop songs, and that their elders too were undergoing a spiritual transformation of their own. Excerpted from Here’s to My Sweet Satan: How the Occult Haunted Music, Movies and Pop Culture 1966–1980 by George Case, Quill Driver Books, March 2016. Available from Amazon, Barnes & Noble, and other fine retailers.

Tyranny And Free Speech March 30 2016 | From: BreakingViews

Do you support free speech? How about free speech for climate change skeptics? For homophobes? For racists? For sexists? For white males? For even Donald Trump?

Those who defend free speech, as did the American Founding Fathers, understand it is not about defending

speech you agree with, but defending speech you disagree with. Without free speech, there is no liberty. The State Department diversity officer, John Robinson, has just warned the staff that they may be penalized for engaging in “microaggressions,” which include jokes or other comments that someone who hears them may find offensive. In a recent letter, he referred to a definition of microaggressions as:

"Everyday verbal, nonverbal and environmental slights, snubs or insults, whether intentional or unintentional, which communicate hostile, derogatory or negative messages to target persons.”

In other words, whatever you hear may be considered a microaggression if you choose to be offended. Such vague and infinitely elastic laws and regulations are the bread and butter of all totalitarian regimes. Lavrentiy Beria (Joseph Stalin’s head of the NKVD, a predecessor of the KGB) was quoted as saying to Stalin:

"You name the person and I will find the crime.”

The “crime” of microaggression has already been used to stifle and prosecute speech by those who have contrary views in several left-leaning universities, and now it is coming to the federal government. The climate change lobbyists have been increasingly aggressive in their attacks on free speech.

They seek to silence their critics, who have committed the “sin” of noting their many failed predictions. George Mason University meteorologist Jagadish Shukla was the lead signatory of the letter sent to the president and attorney general asking them to use RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) laws to prosecute;

"Corporations and other organizations that have knowingly deceived the American people about the risks of climate change.”

Mr. Shukla “paid himself and his wife $1.5 million from government climate grants for part-time work.” Other prominent global warming fear-mongers, who are on the government teat, have also called for “war crimes trials” and even the “execution” of some critics. Even Attorney General Loretta Lynch said last week she has looked at the possibility of pursuing civil actions against socalled “climate change deniers.”

The message: Don’t look to the Obama administration to protect free speech. Which do you find more offensive, a person advocating socialism or a person telling jokes about one-eyed people? Socialism is an ideology that has resulted in governments killing more than 200 million of their own citizens in the last century. It is based on coercion rather than liberty. It demands involuntary servitude. Socialist Bernie Sanders promises “free” stuff to his supporters to be paid for by the involuntary servitude of others - to which there will be no end. Having spent considerable time in socialist countries and seen the human wreckage that results, I am offended by the ignorance or venality of those who engage in the microaggression of advocating socialism. Several decades ago, I lost an eye, and in the years since I have been told hundreds of “one-eyed” jokes, even by people who do not know me. Rather than being offended, I have chosen to enjoy them. Offensive speech is totally subjective, and making it a crime is incompatible with a free society. The Guardian, a left-wing British newspaper, published an article last year by a woman author titled;

"Why do women lie more than men?” It reported on a new poll that “suggests that women are twice as likely to lie as men.” The article goes on to say: “It may be irritating to be told, yet again, that women are more morally slippery than men (just as in Genesis).” The article goes on to cite several reasons why this may be true - including differences “between masculine and feminine brains.”

All of this may or may not be nonsense, but in cases of women complaining about men engaging in “offensive” speech, it is most often assumed, without evidence, that the woman is telling the truth and the man is lying. In fact, men are frequently not allowed to know who their accuser is or what she claimed was said. One of the most basic protections of liberty is the right of the accuser to know the specific charges against him or her and by whom. As a result, many innocent men are not given a fair hearing by the human resource departments in organizations and even sometimes by the courts.

The late well-regarded feminist, Joan Kennedy Taylor, argued in her book “What to Do When You Don’t Want to Call the Cops: Or a Non-Adversarial Approach to Sexual Harassment” (Cato Institute) that it is important to understand that men and women perceive things quite differently, and that non-legal strategies which she describes can be far more effective and less damaging than legal remedies. Law professor Catherine Ross has just written an important book, “Lessons in Censorship” (to be discussed at a Cato book forum on March 16), in which she argues that “the failure of schools to respect civil liberties betrays their educational function and threatens democracy.”

The popularity of the verbally crude Donald Trump might, in part, be a reaction to the political correctness of the political class and timid leaders of organizations who have failed to defend freedom of speech.

The Food Industrial Complex March 30 2016 | From: Priceonomics

In 2011, during a debate over the nutritional guidelines for school lunches, Congress decided that pizza counts as a vegetable. And not for the first time.

The American government first proposed that an unhealthy food - if it contains trace amounts of a healthy ingredient - could count as a vegetable in 1981. Looking for ways to cut the school lunch budget, the Reagan Administration suggested that cafeterias include ingredients in condiments like pickle relish and ketchup toward nutritional requirements. This was not good politics. Democrats and the press had a field day saying that Reagan had just classified ketchup as a vegetable.

"This is one of the most ridiculous regulations I ever heard of,” Democratic Senator John Heinz, owner of Heinz, told the press, “and I suppose I need not add that I know something about ketchup and relish."

The Reagan Administration dropped the proposal, but it soon became law anyway. When the Obama Administration directed the Department of Agriculture to revise school lunch policies in 2011, experts took aim at the rule that allowed the tiny amount of tomato paste in pizza sauce to count toward the vegetable requirements of each meal. Any changes made by the Department of Agriculture could jeopardize huge contracts for companies that supply food for school children’s lunches, so the food industry responded with a $5.6 million lobbying campaign. According to Margo Wootan, director of the Center for Science in the Public Interest, two multibillion dollar companies spent the most: Schwan and ConAgra, which each had large contracts for pizzas and fries used in school lunches. Before the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) could make any recommendations, Congress ensured that the push for healthier lunches did not hurt the manufacturers of unhealthy foods. Congress passed an agriculture appropriations bill that would deny the USDA funding to enforce any policies that prevented the potatoes in french fries or the tomato paste in pizza from counting as nutritional elements.

The press again enjoyed declaring that Congress had classified pizza as a vegetable. Cynics shrugged at yet another example of the government prioritizing the bottom line of businesses that manufacture sugary and salty processed foods over public health. Yet the one-sided nature of the food industry’s lobbying is puzzling. Where were the broccoli, spinach, and carrot lobbies? Why didn’t a member of Congress take to the floor with a set of talking points provided by the leafy green vegetable lobby? Why can’t American farmers, who enjoy huge government subsidies, stand up to the processed food lobby? Part of the answer lies in the economics of the food industry: the profit margins and scale of processed food makers gives them a heft that growers of healthy foods can’t match.

But it is also because “Big Ag” is not in the healthy food business. American farms with lobbying power don’t grow brussel sprouts; they grow grains used to make the high fructose corn syrup in Coke, the starches in processed foods, and the oil in deep fryers. This is somewhat inevitable, but it is also a self-inflicted wound: the result of misguided government policy that subsidizes Big Macs and Big Gulps.

The Poor Margins of Broccoli Farmers The words “food lobby” have become synonymous with unhealthy food. In 2015, according to the Center for Responsive Politics, processed food manufacturers spent $32 million on lobbying while the fruit and vegetable industry spent a mere $3.7 million. Moreover, top fruit and vegetable contributors include the National Potato Council, which protects potato farmers’ interests in french fries, and a company that grows tomatoes for fast food chains. To understand why the food lobby is dominated by companies pushing unhealthy foods, a good place to start is the huge imbalance between the amount of fruits and vegetables we should eat and the relative size of the fruits and vegetables market.

According to nutritional guidelines published by the USDA and the Harvard School of Public Health, fruits and vegetables should make up 50% of a healthy diet. But the financial value of the fruit and vegetable market is nowhere near 50% of the food industry. In 2015, American farmers earned under $50 billion in revenue from fruits and vegetables. In contrast, processed food manufacturers like ConAgra, General Mills, and Kellogg each make around $15 billion in yearly revenue.

The meat and carb heavy American diet partially explains these disparities. The Department of Agriculture estimates that Americans eat roughly 50% less fruits and vegetables and over 20% more grains and meat than recommended by its nutrition guidelines. But it is the economics of the food industry that really explain why the food lobby pushes unhealthy fare. Processed foods have high profit margins that fund advertising campaigns and lobbying budgets. The importance of branding also leads to consolidation that supports special interest lobbying. We can see this in the case of cereal - one of the earliest processed foods.

When John Harvey Kellogg and Charles Post sold the first modern cereals in the 19th century, they worried about competitors. Their product was simply processed wheat or corn, and its production was cheap and easy to replicate. Their solution was to use advertising to create brand names. Charles Post claimed his “Grape Nuts” could cure malaria. The Quaker symbol of Quaker Oats became the first nationally recognized cereal brand. As cereal manufacturers fought over the expanding market, they differentiated their fare through shapes and flavors - and added hefty doses of sugar to make it more palatable. These dynamics apply to many processed foods: cheap foods differentiated - and sold at high margins - thanks to brand names and advertising. And in markets where brand recognition is key, a few businesses come to dominate. In 2015, Kellogg’s, which is currently valued at $26 billion, reported that of every $1 consumers spent on its cereal, it earned 35 cents

of gross profit. (The most profitable vegetable farms earn 24 cents per dollar.)

Kellogg’s has a $26 billion market capitalization because it does not just make cereal. It also owns Pringles and manufactures a variety of processed foods from Eggo Waffles to Famous Amos chocolate chip cookies. The entire processed foods industry is similarly consolidated. If you follow your favorite snack up the food chain, you’ll usually find that it is owned by a multinational company. PepsiCo owns Funyuns, Rold Gold pretzels, and Sun Chips. Ritz crackers, Oreos, and Wheat Thins sell under the Nabisco label, which is owned by Mondelēz International. So whenever a federal agency supports healthy foods, it picks a fight with a collection of the world’s largest companies. It is possible to similarly market fruits and vegetables and sell them at a markup. Honeycrisp apples, which were designed for that satisfying crunch, enjoy a price premium two to three times that of other varieties. “Organic” has emerged as a powerful marketing tool, and prices of kale increased 25% over the past 3 years. Distributors use tactics like selling produce in convenient sizes (such as one snack worth of baby carrots) to differentiate their products.

In general, though, consumers don’t know or care who grew a certain apple or cucumber. The honeycrisp apple is a rarity, and trends like kale-mania benefit the entire market rather than a single company. Companies do market veggies, but brand recognition is low. Brands need a year-round presence in supermarkets so consumers can purchase it routinely, but produce is seasonal. Efforts to link recognized brands with a certain quality level and a higher price point is hindered by the influence of weather on quality and prices. Farmers and companies that grow and sell produce do so at the going rate, which is a leaner business. Vegetable farms have had boom years and can make good margins. One USDA census has noted that the largest vegetable farms had annual sales of $500,000 on margins of 24%. But that’s still tiny compared to PepsiCo or General Mills, and the average farm actually loses value and relies on supplemental, non-farm incomes.

The term processed foods also applies to more than just Oreos and Doritos. When we think of pasta sauce, we normally don’t think of junk food. But as Michael Moss writes in the New York Times Magazine, products like Prego pasta sauce contain huge amounts of salt and sugar, just like potato chips and cereal. The processed food industry, then, is profitable, politically powerful, and more enormous than we realize. Is it any surprise that the food lobby is synonymous with unhealthy foods?

The McDonaldization of the American Farm While the economics of processed foods can explain their dominance over fruits, vegetables, and healthier fare, it may still seem surprising. After all, American farmers receive billions of dollars in annual subsidies, and the American Farm Bureau often spends millions of dollars lobbying Congress to protect those subsidies and farmers’ interests. So why aren’t American farmers as successful in pushing legislation that favors fresh produce and “real food” as they are at winning subsidies? The answer lies in recognizing that the prototypical American farm does not produce healthy food. The idyllic farms show in Whole Foods advertisements - farms with a variety of crops and livestock - are not representative of American agriculture. As food journalist Michael Pollan has written, America’s large commercial farms are monocultures, meaning they specialize in a single crop, which is usually a grain. Together, corn and soy account for almost 50% of all American crop revenues. According to Rosamond Naylor and Walter Falcon of Stanford, America’s corn crop is used to produce half of the sweeteners Americans consume every year in beer and soda. The majority of the crop goes toward feeding cattle (46%) and ethanol production (25%). Corn also provides the starchy base for processed foods and the oil for McDonald’s deep fryers.

The dominance of grains in American agriculture is not unusual. Just four grains - corn, wheat, rice, and soy - account for so much of global agricultural output that economists modelling food prices only look at the market for these grains. Naylor and Falcon note that countries’ agriculture policy (including that of the United States) has been to increase the yields of these grains. After all, higher yields mean more productive farms, wealthier farmers, more food, and less hunger. The American government has intervened extensively in agriculture since the Great Depression, and as food writer Michael Pollan notes, its subsidies and programs encouraged large farms that specialized in growing a single grain. The government promoted the research and production of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, and higher yield grains, and the Department of Agriculture encouraged farms to “get big or get out.” The government did not dole out decades of subsidies indiscriminately; it subsidized the production of corn, soybeans, wheat, and rice at a large scale. In some ways, these policies have been a great success. American farms are profitable and productive: the average corn belt farmer produces enough crops to feed 140 Americans and makes around $200,000 in income. The average American now enjoys half a pound of meat per day - an amount once considered princely.

But the government's calorie-maximizing policies no longer make sense in a country as troubled by obesity as by hunger. In its push for large monocultures, and in order to buy the peace of specialized vegetable farms, the USDA prohibited farms that receive grain subsidies from growing fruits and vegetables. (An ironic example of vegetable farmers flexing their lobbying muscles.) This puts the government in the insane position of subsidizing the cost of fast food while actively prohibiting more farms from growing fruits and vegetables. Even farm animals, which are cheaper to raise when they can be fed with subsidized grain, have a mixed nutrition record. Most nutritionists consider meat part of a healthy diet, but they also believe Americans eat too much meat.

In addition, grain subsidies, as well as the lack of any policy prohibiting the regular use of antibiotics in animal feed, enable farmers to raise animals at scale in confined areas. (The antibiotics keep animals alive in the filthy conditions of small

cages.) Cheap meat is a great luxury, but this system makes McDonald’s hamburgers and Kentucky Fried Chicken cheaper than healthier foods. America’s large, profitable farms spend millions on lobbying each year and enjoy substantial access to lawmakers. The problem is that almost none of these farms provide a counterweight to manufacturers of junk and processed foods. Thanks in part to outdated and politically-expedient agricultural policy, farms’ lobbying power protects french fries, Big Macs, and soda rather than leafy greens.

The Food Pyramid’s Corrupt Foundation With this understanding of America’s food industry and its lobbying prowess, we can understand a certain mystery behind the food pyramid: why it promoted a diet at odds with the advice of nutritionists for nearly 20 years. In 1992, the United States Department of Agriculture unveiled the food pyramid, its guide to healthy eating. Thanks to government efforts to publicize it - pushing it into doctors’ offices and home economics classes - the majority of Americans recognize the food pyramid. The nutritional guidelines behind the food pyramid also inform policy like school lunches and food stamps, making it the country’s most influential nutrition document. During its 24-year lifespan, the food pyramid has changed significantly. The base of the original pyramid contained loaves of bread, plates of pasta, and bowls of cereal. But in the ‘food plate’, which replaced the pyramid in 2011, grains only take up 20% of the plate, which is dominated by fruits and vegetables.

The changes do not represent a new understanding of nutrition; the story of the food pyramid is the most highly visible demonstration of the food and agriculture sectors’ lobbying prowess.

Dr. Luise Light is a nutrition expert and led the team at the Department of Agriculture that made the original recommendations for the food pyramid. If you review her original recommendations, they sound similar to dietary advice given by nutritionists today: lots of vegetables, more lean sources of protein like fish and nuts, and less dairy and processed foods. Those guidelines, according to Dr. Light, did not survive their trip to the office of the Head of the Department of Agriculture.

She has described herself as “shocked” by the changes that were made. Her team placed fruits and vegetables at the base of the pyramid and whole-grain breads and cereals further up. The new guidelines not only switched carbohydrates to the base of the pyramid, they moved processed foods like crackers and corn flakes, which Dr. Light and her team had placed at the top of the pyramid with chocolate, to the base too. Even with all the edits, the food pyramid was not released for another 12 years. With an understanding of the food lobby, it’s not hard to understand why. The companies that make processed foods and the large American farms that grow grains wanted to see carb-heavy foods promoted at the base of the pyramid; the tiny leafy greens lobby could not make its voice heard.

As in 1992, every five years, when the Department of Agriculture revisits its nutrition guidelines, the food industry gears up by releasing floods of reports, nominating friendly (and on-salary) researchers to be part of the USDA committee reviewing the policies, and appealing to allies in Congress and the White House. This means that new policies are always a battle between public-interest organizations pushing for healthier guidelines and a food lobby working to subvert them. The result is that improving our food policy - at best - takes a step backward for every two steps forward. ...

The American government wields enormous influence over our diet. Federal policy shapes our farm system to a remarkable degree and sets the lunch menu for millions of schoolchildren. As long as food lobbyists overwhelmingly represent the makers of unhealthy food, health advocates will always struggle to push policy in a healthier direction.

To some extent, this is inevitable. The profit margins for making a branded bar of sugar are better than for growing brussel sprouts, which creates more money for lobbying against labelling laws, sugar taxes, and so on. But the current status quo, in which American farms grow crops for unhealthy products like high fructose corn syrup, is the result of outdated agricultural policy.

"Good advice about nutrition conflicts with the interests of many big industries,” Michael Jacobson, co-founder of the Center for Science in the Public Interest, has said, “each of which has more lobbying power than all the publicinterest groups combined.”

But the real problem is that manufacturers of unhealthy food are so powerful that those interests groups are always the pushing snack foods rather than fruit. There’s a lot of money to be made selling obesity foods, and you can’t move America [the world] in a healthier direction without confronting the salty, sugary, finger-licking, just-one-more-chip financial firepower of the food industrial complex.

Jay Dyer Exposes The Dark Secrets Of Hollywood March 27 2016 | From: OmniThought

In the video at the end of this article, The Kev Baker Show interviews Jay Dyer about the dirty and dark secrets of Hollywood.

In this interview, Jay Dyer reveals why Hollywood is a tool used by the Controllers (Elites) to brainwash people and control their minds to a large degree. Related: Hollywood whistle-blower exposes child sacrifices & selling souls He also exposes how many popular Hollywood celebrities are working with the New World Order (NWO). Hollywood is one of the Controllers’ favorite tools to use for manipulating and controlling our minds. When you split the word hollywood into two words, it becomes “holly wood“. The word holly is defined as “any of numerous trees or shrubs of the genus Ilex”. The wood of the holly tree was used by the Druids to make magic wands. The Druids believed that the holly had magical powers, which was why they used its wood to make magic wands. Today, certain magicians (I am not talking about fake magicians) still create magic wands from the wood of holly trees. Hence, the name Hollywood. To this day, the Druids still exist and they still practice real magic. Do you know now why the most popular entertainment industry in the USA is called Hollywood. It has to do with magic and mind control. The Controllers are using Hollywood to create movies to cast magic spells on people who are not aware of the power of sacred symbols, sound, mnemonics, and words. For more detailed information on magic spells, read these two empowering articles titled How Mnemonic is Used to Program and Control Your Mind and How Words Can Be Used as Magic Spells. If you do not know who Jay Dyler is, he is a writer and researcher of certain topics related to occult knowledge. Here is an excerpt from JaysAnalysis.com about his background:

"I’m a writer and researcher from the Southern US with a B.A. in philosophy, while my graduate work focused on the interplay of literary theory, espionage and philosophy. My work is here at JaysAnalysis, and is dedicated to investigating the deeper themes and messages found in our globalist pseudo-culture, illustrating the connections between philosophy, metaphysics, secret societies, Hollywood, psychological warfare and comparative religion."

Here is an excerpt from YouTube.com about the video interview below:

"Jay Dyer is on KBS and we get into the esoteric and dark side of Hollywood. We get into the intelligence connections to the film industry, and how the two are closely intertwined. That launches us into a fast paced conversation that takes a look at the pentagon connection to movies, the secret societies around the industry, the cults, scientology, predictive programming, sex, Kubrick, Sci-Fi,…"

I am aware of most of the information that Jay reveals in the video interview below. If you are new to this type of information, it may be hard for you to accept most of the information as fact. As always, use your intuition and feelings to help you discern the information in the following video.

Clinton Email Reveals: Google Sought Overthrow Of Syria's Assad + Robert Kennedy Jr. Just Dropped A Truth Bomb: 'Pipeline War' Is At The Roots Of Syrian Crisis March 23 2016 | From: WashingtonExaminer / Infowars

Google in 2012 sought to help insurgents overthrow Syrian President Bashar Assad, according to State Department emails receiving fresh scrutiny this week.

Messages between former secretary of state Hillary Clinton's team and one of the company's executives detailed the plan for Google to get involved in the region. Related: Google Is Not What It Seems

A story largely ignored by the corporate media reveals the tech company Google offered to help Secretary of State Clinton overthrow Bashar al-Assad by developing an app to track defections from the Syrian government. Jared Cohen, the head of what was then the company's "Google Ideas" division, wrote in a July 2012 email to several top Clinton officials.

“Please keep close hold, but my team is planning to launch a tool... that will publicly track and map the defections in Syria and which parts of the government they are coming from." "Our logic behind this is that while many people are tracking the atrocities, nobody is visually representing and mapping the defections, which we believe are important in encouraging more to defect and giving confidence to the opposition," Cohen said, adding that the plan was for Google to surreptitiously give the tool to Middle Eastern media. "Given how hard it is to get information into Syria right now, we are partnering with Al-Jazeera who will take primary ownership over the tool we have built, track the data, verify it, and broadcast it back into Syria," he said.

You can read the email for yourself here. Related: WikiLeaks publishes searchable archive of Clinton emails

The message was addressed to deputy secretary of state Bill Burns; Alec Ross, a senior Clinton advisor; and Clinton's deputy chief of staff, Jake Sullivan. Sullivan subsequently forwarded Cohen's proposal to Clinton, describing it as "a pretty cool idea." Cohen worked as a member of the secretary of state's policy planning staff from 2006 to 2010, when he was hired to lead Google Ideas, but was tied to using social media to incite uprisings even before he left the department. He once reportedly asked Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey to hold off of conducting system maintenance that officials believed could have impeded a brief 2009 uprising in Iran, and Julian Assange, who founded the secret-leaking website WikiLeaks, has for years referred to Cohen as Google's "director of regime change." In her book No Higher Honor Condoleezza Rice spoke fondly of Cohen, describing him as a “young gun” and said his work in social media;

“Would pay off handsomely… when Twitter and Facebook became accelerants of democratic change in the Middle East.”

Social media played a predominant role in the so-called “Arab Spring,” the concerted effort by the State Department, the Endowment for Democracy, USAID, the International Republican Institute, the National Democratic Institute and Freedom House to violently overthrow governments in the Middle East and North Africa. In addition to Google, Facebook and Twitter were also involved in the effort to undermine governments in the region. In total, according to a report in Indonesia’s Jakarta Post, 180,000 people died as a result of the US-orchestrated Arab Spring, primarily in Libya, Syria and Yemen. The exchange on Syria was highlighted by Wikileaks on Saturday. Earlier in the week, the site posted more than 30,000 emails that Clinton sent or received during her tenure leading the State Department.

Robert Kennedy Jr. Just Dropped A Truth Bomb: 'Pipeline War' Is At The Roots Of Syrian Crisis Related: Miserable failure: Western media are lying about Syria

The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The mind simply has not come to a realization of the evil which has been introduced into our midst. It rejects even the assumption that human creatures could espouse a philosophy which must ultimately destroy all that is good and decent.

Radio Sputnik discusses the origins of the Syrian crisis with Robert F. Kennedy Jr., attorney and nephew of US President John Fitzgerald Kennedy. Kennedy writes that the US decided to remove Syrian President Bashar al-Assad from power after he refused to back a Qatari gas pipeline project. Sputnik also touched upon US foreign policy, the refugee crisis and why Donald Trump would be a better president than Ted Cruz and Marco Rubio. Read more at: Sputnik

Helicopter Money: Get Ready To Be Showered March 20 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

Day after day we are insulted by wannabe broadcasters like (in New Zealand) Paul Henry and Mike Hosking, who continue to interview ‘bank economists’ or ‘central bank analysts’ attempting to discover why the global economy is slowing down, what central bankers are doing about it and why our own economy is showing signs of this distress.

Only Luddites would interview the people who are the very cause of the problem hoping to get a glimpse of the solution. Massive government and private debt that has spiraled hugely since the unresolved 2008 ‘Global Financial Crisis’ is the major cause of the problem. 2008 wasn’t an event with an ending. It’s continuing and just got a whole lot worse in the interim due to massive central bank money printing, zero interest rates (ZIRP), Quantative Easing (QE), now negative interest rates (NIRP) and now a war on cash.

Central bankers are out of time, clueless as to what to do. Everything they try is an experiment, the consequences are unknown. Why bother interviewing the fools causing the problem? Instead why not interview people who can come up with a non bank solution?

Spiraling debt comes from the manner in which banks create money by the Fractional Reserve system that has empowered banks to become the almighty and powerful entities, ‘too large to fail’. That is the cause of the problem along with the now massive deflationary force of an aging baby boomer generation keeping their wallets in the hip pocket, spending less. Back in the 1970’s a local (N.Z.) politician called Bruce Beetham promoted a political party called Social Credit whose basis was that the government should be the sole creator of credit in a nation disempowering bankers out of this role. He was maligned as a ‘funny money’ man. In hind sight this solution would have solved the problem of bankers becoming the all powerful and kept our country from being beggars in the global credit markets… controlled by banks.

But maybe, just maybe there are politicians who themselves are going to be attacked and maligned by the powerful bank lobby as ‘nutters’ are thinking about ways governments are going to monetize the debt they can’t repay. Whatever result the lunacy of central bank thinking is past the use by date.

The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge March 16 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

The internet has spawned subtle forms of influence that can flip elections and manipulate everything we say, think and do.

Over the past century, more than a few great writers have expressed concern about humanity’s future. In The Iron Heel (1908), the American writer Jack London pictured a world in which a handful of wealthy corporate titans – the ‘oligarchs’ – kept the masses at bay with a brutal combination of rewards and punishments. Much of humanity lived in virtual slavery, while the fortunate ones were bought off with decent wages that allowed them to live comfortably – but without any real control over their lives. Related: Stop Censorship: Time For Us All To Finally Break Google, Facebook and Twitter? In We (1924), the brilliant Russian writer Yevgeny Zamyatin, anticipating the excesses of the emerging Soviet Union, envisioned a world in which people were kept in check through pervasive monitoring. The walls of their homes were made of clear glass, so everything they did could be observed. They were allowed to lower their shades an hour a day to have sex, but both the rendezvous time and the lover had to be registered first with the state. In Brave New World (1932), the British author Aldous Huxley pictured a near-perfect society in which unhappiness and aggression had been engineered out of humanity through a combination of genetic engineering and psychological conditioning.

Related: Google Gives New Meaning To “Orwellian” And in the much darker novel 1984 (1949), Huxley’s compatriot George Orwell described a society in which thought itself was controlled; in Orwell’s world, children were taught to use a simplified form of English called Newspeak in order to assure that they could never express ideas that were dangerous to society. These are all fictional tales, to be sure, and in each the leaders who held the power used conspicuous forms of control that at least a few people actively resisted and occasionally overcame. But in the non-fiction bestseller The Hidden Persuaders (1957) – recently released in a 50th-anniversary edition – the American journalist Vance Packard described a ‘strange and rather exotic’ type of influence that was rapidly emerging in the United States and that was, in a way, more threatening than the fictional types of control pictured in the novels.

According to Packard, US corporate executives and politicians were beginning to use subtle and, in many cases, completely undetectable methods to change people’s thinking, emotions and behaviour based on insights from psychiatry and the social sciences. Most of us have heard of at least one of these methods: subliminal stimulation, or what Packard called ‘subthreshold effects’ – the presentation of short messages that tell us what to do but that are flashed so briefly we aren’t aware we have seen them. In 1958, propelled by public concern about a theatre in New Jersey that had supposedly hidden messages in a movie to increase ice cream sales, the National Association of Broadcasters – the association that set standards for US television – amended its code to prohibit the use of subliminal messages in broadcasting. In 1974, the Federal Communications Commission opined that the use of such messages was ‘contrary to the public interest’. Legislation to prohibit subliminal messaging was also introduced in the US Congress but never enacted. Both the UK and Australia have strict laws prohibiting it. Subliminal stimulation is probably still in wide use in the US – it’s hard to detect, after all, and no one is keeping track of it – but it’s probably not worth worrying about.

Research suggests that it has only a small impact, and that it mainly influences people who are already motivated to follow its dictates; subliminal directives to drink affect people only if they’re already thirsty. Packard had uncovered a much bigger problem, however – namely that powerful corporations were constantly looking for, and in many cases already applying, a wide variety of techniques for controlling people without their knowledge. He described a kind of cabal in which marketers worked closely with social scientists to determine, among other things, how to get people to buy things they didn’t need and how to condition young children to be good consumers – inclinations that were explicitly nurtured and trained in Huxley’s Brave New World.

Guided by social science, marketers were quickly learning how to play upon people’s insecurities, frailties, unconscious fears, aggressive feelings and sexual desires to alter their thinking, emotions and behaviour without any awareness that they were being manipulated. Related: United States, New Zealand, Canadian, United Kingdom & Australian Governments Hacked Smartphones, Planted Spyware In Google Phone Apps

By the early 1950s, Packard said, politicians had got the message and were beginning to merchandise themselves using the same subtle forces being used to sell soap. Packard prefaced his chapter on politics with an unsettling quote from the British economist Kenneth Boulding:

"A world of unseen dictatorship is conceivable, still using the forms of democratic government."

Could this really happen, and, if so, how would it work? The forces that Packard described have become more pervasive over the decades. The soothing music we all hear overhead in supermarkets causes us to walk more slowly and buy more food, whether we need it or not. Most of the vacuous thoughts and intense feelings our teenagers experience from morning till night are carefully orchestrated by highly skilled marketing professionals working in our fashion and entertainment industries.

Yes, New Zealand has a national chain of supermarkets that are actually called New World... where you can take your New World grocery Order - oh the irony

Politicians work with a wide range of consultants who test every aspect of what the politicians do in order to sway voters: clothing, intonations, facial expressions, makeup, hairstyles and speeches are all optimised, just like the packaging of a breakfast cereal. Fortunately, all of these sources of influence operate competitively. Some of the persuaders want us to buy or believe one thing, others to buy or believe something else. It is the competitive nature of our society that keeps us, on balance, relatively free. Related: Elites Panic As Information Control Flounders: Google Devising Method To Rank Websites By 'Truthfulness' But what would happen if new sources of control began to emerge that had little or no competition? And what if new means of control were developed that were far more powerful – and far more invisible – than any that have existed in the past? And what if new types of control allowed a handful of people to exert enormous influence not just over the citizens of the US but over most of the people on Earth?

It might surprise you to hear this, but these things have already happened. Related: How The CIA Made Google To understand how the new forms of mind control work, we need to start by looking at the search engine – one in particular: the biggest and best of them all, namely Google. The Google search engine is so good and so popular that the company’s name is now a commonly used verb in languages around the world. To ‘Google’ something is to look it up on the Google search engine, and that, in fact, is how most computer users worldwide get most of their information about just about everything these days. They Google it. Google has become the main gateway to virtually all knowledge, mainly because the search engine is so good at giving us exactly the information we are looking for, almost instantly and almost always in the first position of the list it shows us after we launch our search – the list of ‘search results’. That ordered list is so good, in fact, that about 50 per cent of our clicks go to the top two items, and more than 90 per cent of our clicks go to the 10 items listed on the first page of results; few people look at other results pages, even though they often number in the thousands, which means they probably contain lots of good information.

Google decides which of the billions of web pages it is going to include in our search results, and it also decides how to rank them. How it decides these things is a deep, dark secret – one of the best-kept secrets in the world, like the formula for Coca-Cola. Because people are far more likely to read and click on higher-ranked items, companies now spend billions of dollars every year trying to trick Google’s search algorithm – the computer program that does the selecting and ranking – into boosting them another notch or two. Moving up a notch can mean the difference between success and failure for a business, and moving into the top slots can be the key to fat profits. Related: Assange: Google Is Not What It Seems Late in 2012, I began to wonder whether highly ranked search results could be impacting more than consumer choices. Perhaps, I speculated, a top search result could have a small impact on people’s opinions about things. Early in 2013, with my associate Ronald E Robertson of the American Institute for Behavioral Research and Technology in Vista, California, I put this idea to a test by conducting an experiment in which 102 people from the San Diego area were randomly assigned to one of three groups.

In one group, people saw search results that favoured one political candidate – that is, results that linked to web pages that made this candidate look better than his or her opponent. In a second group, people saw search rankings that favoured the opposing candidate, and in the third group – the control group – people saw a mix of rankings that favoured neither candidate. The same search results and web pages were used in each group; the only thing that differed for the three groups was the ordering of the search results. To make our experiment realistic, we used real search results that linked to real web pages. We also used a real election – the 2010 election for the prime minister of Australia. We used a foreign election to make sure that our participants were ‘undecided’. Their lack of familiarity with the candidates assured this. Through advertisements, we also recruited an ethnically diverse group of registered voters over a wide age range in order to match key demographic characteristics of the US voting population. All participants were first given brief descriptions of the candidates and then asked to rate them in various ways, as well as to indicate which candidate they would vote for; as you might expect, participants initially favoured neither candidate on any of the five measures we used, and the vote was evenly split in all three groups.

Related: Got Chrome? Google Just Silently Downloaded This Onto Your Computer Then the participants were given up to 15 minutes in which to conduct an online search using ‘Kadoodle’, our mock search engine, which gave them access to five pages of search results that linked to web pages. People could move freely between search results and web pages, just as we do when using Google. When participants completed their search, we asked them to rate the candidates again, and we also asked them again who they would vote for. We predicted that the opinions and voting preferences of 2 or 3 per cent of the people in the two bias groups – the groups in which people were seeing rankings favouring one candidate – would shift toward that candidate. What we actually found was astonishing. The proportion of people favouring the search engine’s top-ranked candidate increased by 48.4 per cent, and all five of our measures shifted toward that candidate. What’s more, 75 per cent of the people in the bias groups seemed to have been completely unaware that they were viewing biased search rankings. In the control group, opinions did not shift significantly.

Google's own by-line was a piss take

This seemed to be a major discovery. The shift we had produced, which we called the Search Engine Manipulation Effect (or SEME, pronounced ‘seem’), appeared to be one of the largest behavioural effects ever discovered. We did not immediately uncork the Champagne bottle, however. For one thing, we had tested only a small number of people, and they were all from the San Diego area. Over the next year or so, we replicated our findings three more times, and the third time was with a sample of more than 2,000 people from all 50 US states. In that experiment, the shift in voting preferences was 37.1 per cent and even higher in some demographic groups – as high as 80 per cent, in fact. We also learned in this series of experiments that by reducing the bias just slightly on the first page of search results – specifically, by including one search item that favoured the other candidate in the third or fourth position of the results – we could mask our manipulation so that few or even no people were aware that they were seeing biased rankings. We could still produce dramatic shifts in voting preferences, but we could do so invisibly.

Still no Champagne, though. Our results were strong and consistent, but our experiments all involved a foreign election – that 2010 election in Australia. Could voting preferences be shifted with real voters in the middle of a real campaign? We were skeptical. In real elections, people are bombarded with multiple sources of information, and they also know a lot about the candidates. It seemed unlikely that a single experience on a search engine would have much impact on their voting preferences. To find out, in early 2014, we went to India just before voting began in the largest democratic election in the world – the Lok Sabha election for prime minister. The three main candidates were Rahul Gandhi, Arvind Kejriwal, and Narendra Modi. Making use of online subject pools and both online and print advertisements, we recruited 2,150 people from 27 of India’s 35 states and territories to participate in our experiment. To take part, they had to be registered voters who had not yet voted and who were still undecided about how they would vote. Participants were randomly assigned to three search-engine groups, favouring, respectively, Gandhi, Kejriwal or Modi. As one might expect, familiarity levels with the candidates was high – between 7.7 and 8.5 on a scale of 10. We predicted that our manipulation would produce a very small effect, if any, but that’s not what we found.

This prick is all over the place

On average, we were able to shift the proportion of people favouring any given candidate by more than 20 per cent overall and more than 60 per cent in some demographic groups. Even more disturbing, 99.5 per cent of our participants showed no awareness that they were viewing biased search rankings – in other words, that they were being manipulated. SEME’s near-invisibility is curious indeed. It means that when people – including you and me – are looking at biased search rankings, they look just fine. So if right now you Google ‘US presidential candidates’, the search results you see will probably look fairly random, even if they happen to favour one candidate. Even I have trouble detecting bias in search rankings that I know to be biased (because they were prepared by my staff).

They can't get rid of you Donald

Yet our randomised, controlled experiments tell us over and over again that when higher-ranked items connect with web pages that favour one candidate, this has a dramatic impact on the opinions of undecided voters, in large part for the simple reason that people tend to click only on higher-ranked items. This is truly scary: like subliminal stimuli, SEME is a force you can’t see; but unlike subliminal stimuli, it has an enormous impact – like Casper the ghost pushing you down a flight of stairs. We published a detailed report about our first five experiments on SEME in the prestigious Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS) in August 2015. We had indeed found something important, especially given Google’s dominance over search. Google has a near-monopoly on internet searches in the US, with 83 per cent of Americans specifying Google as the search engine they use most often, according to the Pew Research Center. So if Google favours one candidate in an election, its impact on undecided voters could easily decide the election’s outcome.

Keep in mind that we had had only one shot at our participants. What would be the impact of favouring one candidate in searches people are conducting over a period of weeks or months before an election? It would almost certainly be much larger than what we were seeing in our experiments. Other types of influence during an election campaign are balanced by competing sources of influence – a wide variety of newspapers, radio shows and television networks, for example – but Google, for all intents and purposes, has no competition, and people trust its search results implicitly, assuming that the company’s mysterious search algorithm is entirely objective and unbiased. This high level of trust, combined with the lack of competition, puts Google in a unique position to impact elections. Even more disturbing, the search-ranking business is entirely unregulated, so Google could favour any candidate it likes without violating any laws. Some courts have even ruled that Google’s right to rank-order search results as it pleases is protected as a form of free speech. Does the company ever favour particular candidates? In the 2012 US presidential election, Google and its top executives donated more than $800,000 to President Barack Obama and just $37,000 to his opponent, Mitt Romney.

And in 2015, a team of researchers from the University of Maryland and elsewhere showed that Google’s search results routinely favoured Democratic candidates. Are Google’s search rankings really biased? An internal report issued by the US Federal Trade Commission in 2012 concluded that Google’s search rankings routinely put Google’s financial interests ahead of those of their competitors, and anti-trust actions currently under way against Google in both the European Union and India are based on similar findings. In most countries, 90 per cent of online search is conducted on Google, which gives the company even more power to flip elections than it has in the US and, with internet penetration increasing rapidly worldwide, this power is growing. In our PNAS article, Robertson and I calculated that Google now has the power to flip upwards of 25 per cent of the national elections in the world with no one knowing this is occurring. In fact, we estimate that, with or without deliberate planning on the part of company executives, Google’s search rankings have been impacting elections for years, with growing impact each year. And because search rankings are ephemeral, they leave no paper trail, which gives the company complete deniability.

Power on this scale and with this level of invisibility is unprecedented in human history. But it turns out that our discovery about SEME was just the tip of a very large iceberg. Recent reports suggest that the Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton is making heavy use of social media to try to generate support – Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest, Snapchat and Facebook, for starters. At this writing, she has 5.4 million followers on Twitter, and her staff is tweeting several times an hour during waking hours. The Republican frontrunner, Donald Trump, has 5.9 million Twitter followers and is tweeting just as frequently. Is social media as big a threat to democracy as search rankings appear to be? Not necessarily. When new technologies are used competitively, they present no threat. Even through the platforms are new, they are generally being used the same way as billboards and television commercials have been used for decades: you put a billboard on one side of the street; I put one on the other. I might have the money to erect more billboards than you, but the process is still competitive. What happens, though, if such technologies are misused by the companies that own them? A study by Robert M Bond, now a political science professor at Ohio State University, and others published in Nature in 2012 described an ethically questionable experiment in which, on election day in 2010, Facebook sent ‘go out and vote’ reminders to more than 60 million of its users.

The reminders caused about 340,000 people to vote who otherwise would not have. Writing in the New Republic in 2014, Jonathan Zittrain, professor of international law at Harvard University, pointed out that, given the massive amount of information it has collected about its users, Facebook could easily send such messages only to people who support one particular party or candidate, and that doing so could easily flip a close election – with no one knowing that this has occurred. And because advertisements, like search rankings, are ephemeral, manipulating an election in this way would leave no paper trail. Are there laws prohibiting Facebook from sending out ads selectively to certain users? Absolutely not; in fact, targeted advertising is how Facebook makes its money. Is Facebook currently manipulating elections in this way? No one knows, but in my view it would be foolish and possibly even improper for Facebook not to do so. Some candidates are better for a company than others, and Facebook’s executives have a fiduciary responsibility to the company’s stockholders to promote the company’s interests. The Bond study was largely ignored, but another Facebook experiment, published in 2014 in PNAS, prompted protests around the world. In this study, for a period of a week, 689,000 Facebook users were sent news feeds that contained either an excess of positive terms, an excess of negative terms, or neither.

Those in the first group subsequently used slightly more positive terms in their communications, while those in the second group used slightly more negative terms in their communications. This was said to show that people’s ‘emotional states’ could be deliberately manipulated on a massive scale by a social media company, an idea that many people found disturbing. People were also upset that a large-scale experiment on emotion had been conducted without the explicit consent of any of the participants. Facebook’s consumer profiles are undoubtedly massive, but they pale in comparison with those maintained by Google, which is collecting information about people 24/7, using more than 60 different observation platforms – the search engine, of course, but also Google Wallet, Google Maps, Google Adwords, Google Analytics, Chrome, Google Docs, Android, YouTube, and on and on. Gmail users are generally oblivious to the fact that Google stores and analyses every email they write, even the drafts they never send – as well as all the incoming email they receive from both Gmail and non-Gmail users. Related: Make Them Forget: How ‘Irrelevant’ News Disappears From Google Searches According to Google’s privacy policy – to which one assents whenever one uses a Google product, even when one has not been informed that he or she is using a Google product – Google can share the information it collects about you with almost anyone, including government agencies. But never with you. Google’s privacy is sacrosanct; yours is nonexistent. Could Google and ‘those we work with’ (language from the privacy policy) use the information they are amassing about you for nefarious purposes – to manipulate or coerce, for example? Could inaccurate information in people’s profiles (which people have no way to correct) limit their opportunities or ruin their reputations?

Certainly, if Google set about to fix an election, it could first dip into its massive database of personal information to identify just those voters who are undecided. Then it could, day after day, send customised rankings favouring one candidate to just those people. One advantage of this approach is that it would make Google’s manipulation extremely difficult for investigators to detect. Extreme forms of monitoring, whether by the KGB in the Soviet Union, the Stasi in East Germany, or Big Brother in 1984, are essential elements of all tyrannies, and technology is making both monitoring and the consolidation of surveillance data easier than ever. By 2020, China will have put in place the most ambitious government monitoring system ever created – a single database called the Social Credit System, in which multiple ratings and records for all of its 1.3 billion citizens are recorded for easy access by officials and bureaucrats. At a glance, they will know whether someone has plagiarised schoolwork, was tardy in paying bills, urinated in public, or blogged inappropriately online.

As Edward Snowden’s revelations made clear, we are rapidly moving toward a world in which both governments and corporations – sometimes working together – are collecting massive amounts of data about every one of us every day, with few or no laws in place that restrict how those data can be used. When you combine the data collection with the desire to control or manipulate, the possibilities are endless, but perhaps the most frightening possibility is the one expressed in Boulding’s assertion that an ‘unseen dictatorship’ was possible ‘using the forms of democratic government’. Since Robertson and I submitted our initial report on SEME to PNAS early in 2015, we have completed a sophisticated series of experiments that have greatly enhanced our understanding of this phenomenon, and other experiments will be completed in the coming months. We have a much better sense now of why SEME is so powerful and how, to some extent, it can be suppressed.

We have also learned something very disturbing – that search engines are influencing far more than what people buy and whom they vote for. We now have evidence suggesting that on virtually all issues where people are initially undecided, search rankings are impacting almost every decision that people make. They are having an impact on the opinions, beliefs, attitudes and behaviours of internet users worldwide – entirely without people’s knowledge that this is occurring. Related: Check Out The Creepy Picture Google Paints Of Your Daily Habits This is happening with or without deliberate intervention by company officials; even so-called ‘organic’ search processes regularly generate search results that favour one point of view, and that in turn has the potential to tip the opinions of millions of people who are undecided on an issue. In one of our recent experiments, biased search results shifted people’s opinions about the value of fracking by 33.9 per cent. Perhaps even more disturbing is that the handful of people who do show awareness that they are viewing biased search rankings shift even further in the predicted direction; simply knowing that a list is biased doesn’t necessarily protect you from SEME’s power.

Remember what the search algorithm is doing: in response to your query, it is selecting a handful of webpages from among the billions that are available, and it is ordering those webpages using secret criteria. Seconds later, the decision you make or the opinion you form – about the best toothpaste to use, whether fracking is safe, where you should go on your next vacation, who would make the best president, or whether global warming is real – is determined by that short list you are shown, even though you have no idea how the list was generated.

Related: Google Should Apply ‘Right To Be Forgotten’ Worldwide – EU Watchdogs Meanwhile, behind the scenes, a consolidation of search engines has been quietly taking place, so that more people are using the dominant search engine even when they think they are not. Because Google is the best search engine, and because crawling the rapidly expanding internet has become prohibitively expensive, more and more search engines are drawing their information from the leader rather than generating it themselves. The most recent deal, revealed in a Securities and Exchange Commission filing in October 2015, was between Google and Yahoo! Inc.

Looking ahead to the November 2016 US presidential election, I see clear signs that Google is backing Hillary Clinton. In April 2015, Clinton hired Stephanie Hannon away from Google to be her chief technology officer and, a few months ago, Eric Schmidt, chairman of the holding company that controls Google, set up a semi-secret company – The Groundwork – for the specific purpose of putting Clinton in office. The formation of The Groundwork prompted Julian Assange, founder of Wikileaks, to dub Google Clinton’s ‘secret weapon’ in her quest for the US presidency. We now estimate that Hannon’s old friends have the power to drive between 2.6 and 10.4 million votes to Clinton on election day with no one knowing that this is occurring and without leaving a paper trail. They can also help her win the nomination, of course, by influencing undecided voters during the primaries. Swing voters have always been the key to winning elections, and there has never been a more powerful, efficient or inexpensive way to sway them than SEME.

We are living in a world in which a handful of high-tech companies, sometimes working hand-in-hand with governments, are not only monitoring much of our activity, but are also invisibly controlling more and more of what we think, feel, do and say. The technology that now surrounds us is not just a harmless toy; it has also made possible undetectable and untraceable manipulations of entire populations – manipulations that have no precedent in human history and that are currently well beyond the scope of existing regulations and laws. The new hidden persuaders are bigger, bolder and badder than anything Vance Packard ever envisioned. If we choose to ignore this, we do so at our peril.

UK Minister Holds Top-Level Defence Talks In Wellington + MP Gareth Hughes Calls New Zealand Prime Minister John Key On Poor Leadership February 19 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

A British Foreign Office Minister is visiting New Zealand in the first top-level meeting since Foreign Secretary Philip Hammond was here a year ago.

Hugo Swire, Minister of State for Asia-Pacific, will hold talks with Foreign Minister Murray McCully, Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee and Climate Change and State Services Minister Paula Bennett. He will also address business leaders at a Trans-Tasman Circle function and discuss the UK’s expertise in infrastructure, innovation and Smart Cities in a roundtable with the regional “metro mayors.” While in Wellington, Mr Swire will lay a wreath at Pukeahu National War Memorial Park and visit the site of the proposed UK memorial there. At Weta Workshops, he will inspect design and engineering plans for the UK memorial and also visit the Great War Exhibition, designed by Sir Peter Jackson.

Mr Swire will attend the opening night on Friday of the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo in Wellington before visiting Christchurch to meet Mayor Lianne Dalziel to hear about the rebuild on the eve of the five-year anniversary of the February 22, 2011, earthquake.

Gareth Hughes On The NZ Prime Minister's Poor Leadership Shame on the politicians (esp. PM Key) who weren't in Parliament to hear this epic speech. Everyone should hear Gareth's wise words.

The Control-Matrix Is Crashing Because The Truth-Seekers Are Winning February 17 2016 | From: ZenGardner

The way the masses view the world is a farce. Every single mainstream perspective is either purposely deceptive, or completely misses the point. Even the people in places of influence who we’re meant to trust have either sold out, or are just plain ignorant to the facts.

There’s no need to have a heavy heart though; the matrix of control is crashing because the truth-seekers are dealing heavy blows to the false narratives that have for too long shaped the collective mindset of humanity. Of course the internet can be celebrated for being the primary mechanism which has amplified the sharing of information across location, race, culture and belief systems. In retrospect, the powers-that-will-no-longer-be would be kicking themselves for not trying harder to institute their insidious plan for humanity prior to the birth and growth of the worldwide-web. Make no mistake though; they have been very successful on many fronts. For example, try to imagine a world where: Most journalists don’t report the real news; The majority of doctors don’t truly understand the causes of poor health and how to legitimately resolve it; A high proportion of politicians don’t know how the money supply works and what the agenda is of those who

control it; Many so-called expert scientists ‘believe’ in a discredited philosophy which resembles a dogmatic religion; The majority of teachers don’t realize they’re teaching a system of indoctrination that nowhere near gets close to the information and critical thinking that should be afforded our kids; and The masses are not only ill-informed, divided and feverishly fighting against each other over small and irrelevant topics, but they’re also sleepwalking through one of the most majestic and reverent realities that could have ever been conceptualized. Well, welcome to our world.

Example One: TVNZ 'News' at 6pm has degenerated to half an hour of agenda-spun cherry-picked utter bullshit, followed by half an hour of Breadand Circus distractionary sports in order to further placate the fluoridated, chemtrailed masses. This is the first of two examples of the laughable unbridled investigative journalism that spoon-feeds the sheeple here in New Zealand today. But don't worry - because after that there are hours and hours of cheap and nasty, brain-numbing 'talent', cooking and home renovation embarrassments too.

As we begin what we call the 21st Century, every system that should be designed to facilitate the health and vitality of the people has been hacked with lies, deception, dysfunction and disharmony. It’s easy to think that this is an embarrassment for our species because it’s beneath our intelligence and ethical capacity, yet there’s no need to lose faith in the inevitable betterment of humanity, including the way in which we organize and economize our societies. Why? Because all of this dysfunction has been an effective driver of the collective awakening that is rising in the hearts and minds of humanity. The inspiring fact is that more and more people are slowly waking up and realizing we all have the opportunity to come to our own, informed opinion on the truth, pertaining to both the spiritual and systemic realities. So many more people now understand the mainstream news is not to be taken seriously as its not where we can find information which is aligned with the deeper truths.

Example Two: TV3 'Newshub' at 6pm has degenerated to half an hour of agenda-spun cherry-picked utter bullshit, followed by half an hour of Breadand Circus distractionary sports in order to further placate the fluoridated, chemtrailed masses. For desert, another half hour of 'infotainment' twaddle follows.

They’re also acknowledging that we have the choice on what we decide to personally stand and fight for, as well as the legacy we leave for our children and our future generations. Beware though; once we exit the matrix of control we’re faced with some serious challenges. We have a lot of inner work to do, such as designing a philosophy that ensures we’re at peace, as well as exercising patience in the quest to take back our liberties and design a legitimate and honorable future for humanity. That’s why we’ve got to feel for those who have been long aware of the many dysfunctions of our world, especially those who have not learned peace and patience. Slowly they’ve watched: The military-industrial-media-politico-banking complex increase their power and continue their pillage across the world; Pharmaceutical monopolies amplifying the drugging of society, as well as keeping many of us sick so that they maximize their profits; Movements rise up only to be vilified and disassembled, such as the Occupy Movement; Science turned into a corporate institution, as well as further hijacked by an inaccurate and small-minded philosophy of reality; Wars purposely created with millions of people dying for the whims of the shadow empire; Radical extremists massaged into proxy armies to do dirty work for the collapsing power structure; Air, medicine, food and water becoming purposely more toxic; Governmental policy increasingly being determined by corporate/elite interests; Police being militarized all around the globe; The education model struggling to become less of an indoctrination system; and

The agenda of global governance becoming closer to fruition. Some people have known about much of this for decades, so we should commend them for continuing to fight the good fight. They might have witnessed some disheartening developments, yet as much as all this sounds dire, they’ve also seen millions of people disengage from the propaganda narratives and align themselves with the systemic and spiritual pathways that will be the next stage of our evolution.

The point is that even though we need to be patient and persevere, we should recognize and celebrate the achievements that have been made so far. As I discussed in a previous article called “Whilst the Old System Crashes a New One is Being Built”, there are: Economists who want to transform the Keynesian model to legitimate alternatives; Teachers who understand the massive holes in the indoctrination system called public education; Scientists who want to evolve the way energy is created and shared; Health practitioners who see the limits of mechanistic and pharmacological medicine and the need for the reintroduction of natural and plant-based therapies; Journalists who demand that the media monopolies need to be disassembled; Environmentalists who want to transition the way food is grown and distributed; Community leaders who aim to reintegrate them to better support its members; Politicians who understand the democratic system has been hijacked by big money; Activists who campaign for revolutions in our value systems; and Futurists who want to change the systemic template for our societal health and well-being. There are many beautiful souls who are leading the charge by attempting to redesign our society back into alignment with the natural laws of our universe. We should be one of them, regardless of which way we personally decide to contribute. To do that, we all need to be super clear within ourselves what we believe and what we want to change. There are many ways to do it too, so finding our passions and strengths is critical to playing our own small part in the shift.

It is simply no longer acceptable to keep our heads in the sand; either we’re a minion of the system or we’re not. Of course its difficult to completely disconnect from the way resources flow through the control channels, yet that needn’t stop us from talking about it, sharing information online and somehow contributing, no matter how small, to local and global movements which aim to transition humanity into the new paradigm of abundance. After all, the truth is what it is, and it is exposing itself to the world by powerfully flowing through all of us. Ultimately, we needn’t wait for the zombie apocalypse because its already arrived. Most people are good people, yet the masses have been brainwashed into thinking in ways that are absolutely nowhere near aligned to the truth. They might be sleepwalking through a time where the tipping point for the conscious society builds, but that doesn’t mean they’re not salvageable. That’s why we all have a responsibility to help facilitate waking up the collective so that together we’re more empowered and informed to really bring about a future of justice and honor that we can all be proud of.

To do so, let me give you some advice. Don’t get frustrated, don’t be rude, don’t belittle, don’t condemn. We all had to wake up at one stage so its hypocritical if we are. Instead, be calm, be cool, be real, be articulate. Know the information that you advocate like the back of your hand. If we want to be successful in helping others to face the delusions then we need to ensure their defense mechanisms aren’t raised so they’re more likely to be open and receptive to embrace the truth.

And one more thing; hang in there guys and be patient, we’ve still got a long, arduous way to go but we know all the effort will be worth every second.

Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations February 17 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

A Nobel prize winning economist, former chief economist and senior vice president of the World Bank, and chairman of the President’s council of economic advisers (Joseph Stiglitz) says that the International Monetary Fund and World Bank loan money to third world countries as a way to force them to open up their markets and resources for looting by the West.

Do central banks do something similar?

Related: Capitalism Has Become Socially Dysfunctional - How We Have Fallen Victim To "Economic Hit Men" Economics professor Richard Werner – who created the concept of quantitative easing – has documented that central banks intentionally impoverish their host countries to justify economic and legal changes which allow looting by foreign interests.

He focuses mainly on the Bank of Japan, which induced a huge bubble and then deflated it – crushing Japan’s economy in the process – as a way to promote and justify structural “reforms”. The Bank of Japan has used a heavy hand on Japanese economy for many decades, but Japan is stuck in a horrible slump.

But Werner says the same thing about the European Central Bank (ECB). The ECB has used loans and liquidity as a weapon to loot European nations. Indeed, Greece (more), Italy, Ireland (and here) and other European countries have all lost their national sovereignty to the ECB and the other members of the Troika. ECB head Mario Draghi said in 2012:

"The EU should have the power to police and interfere in member states’ national budgets. ... I am certain, if we want to restore confidence in the eurozone, countries will have to transfer part of their sovereignty to the European level. ... Several governments have not yet understood that they lost their national sovereignty long ago. Because they ran up huge debts in the past, they are now dependent on the goodwill of the financial markets."

And yet Europe has been stuck in a depression worse than the Great Depression, largely due to the ECB’s actions. What about America’s central bank… the Federal Reserve? Initially – contrary to what many Americans believe – the Federal Reserve had admitted that it is not really federal (more).

But – even if it’s not part of the government – hasn’t the Fed acted in America’s interest? Let’s have a look …

The Fed: Bailed out foreign banks … more than Main Street or the American people. The foreign banks bailed out by the Fed include Gaddafi’s Libyan bank, the Arab Banking Corp. of Bahrain, and the Banks of Bavaria and Korea Offered to bail out Mexico, if it would agree to join the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) Threw money at “several billionaires and tens of multi-millionaires”, including billionaire businessman H. Wayne Huizenga, billionaire Michael Dell of Dell computer, billionaire hedge fund manager John Paulson, billionaire private equity honcho J. Christopher Flowers, and the wife of Morgan Stanley CEO John Mack Bailed out wealthy corporations, including hedge funds, McDonald’s and Harley-Davidson Artificially “front-loaded an enormous [stock] market rally”. Professor G. William Domhoff demonstrated that the richest 10% own 81% of all stocks and mutual funds (the top 1% own 35%). The great majority of Americans – the bottom 90% – own less than 20% of all stocks and mutual funds. So the Fed’s effort overwhelmingly benefits the wealthiest Americans … and wealthy foreigninvestors Is largely responsible for creating the worst inequality in world history Turned its cheek and allowed massive fraud (which is destroying the economy). Fed chair Greenspan took the position that fraud could never happen. Fed chair Bernanke also falsely stated that the big banks receiving Tarp money were healthy when they were not Acted as cheerleader in chief for unregulated use of derivatives at least as far back as 1999 (see thisand this), and is now backstopping derivatives loss And for subprime loans Allowed the giant banks to grow into mega-banks, even though most independent economists and financial experts say that the economy will not recover until the giant banks are broken up. For example, Citigroup’s former chief executive says that when Citigroup was formed in 1998 out of the merger of banking and insurance giants,

Greenspan told him, “I have nothing against size. It doesn’t bother me at all” Argued that economists had conquered the business cycle, and that modern, technologically advanced financial markets are best left to police themselves Preached that a new bubble be blown every time the last one bursts Had a hand in Watergate and arming Saddam Hussein, according to an economist with the U.S. House of Representatives Financial Services Committee for eleven years, assisting with oversight of the Federal Reserve, and subsequently Professor of Public Affairs at the University of Texas at Austin. See this and this Intentionally discouraged banks from lending to Main Street, which has increased unemployment and stalled out the economy Moreover, the Fed’s main program for dealing with the financial crisis – quantitative easing – benefits the rich and hurts the little guy, as confirmed by former high-level Fed officials, the architect of Japan’s quantitative easing program and several academic economists. Indeed, a high-level Federal Reserve official says quantitative easing is “the greatest backdoor Wall Street bailout of all time”. And see this. Some economists called the bank bailouts which the Fed helped engineer the greatest redistribution of wealth in history.

Tim Geithner – as head of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York – was complicit in Lehman’s accounting fraud, (and see this), and pushed to pay AIG’s CDS counterparties at full value, and then to keep the deal secret. And as Robert Reich notes, Geithner was “very much in the center of the action” regarding the secret bail out of Bear Stearns without Congressional approval. William Black points out:

"Mr. Geithner as President of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York since October 2003, was one of those senior regulators who failed to take any effective regulatory action to prevent the crisis, but instead covered up its depth”

Timothy Getiner

Indeed, the non-partisan Government Accountability Office calls the Fed corrupt and riddled with conflicts of interest. Nobel prize-winning economist Joe Stiglitz says the World Bank would view any country which had a banking structure like the Fed as being corrupt and untrustworthy. The former vice president at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas said said he worried that the failure of the government to provide more information about its rescue spending could signal corruption.

"Nontransparency in government programs is always associated with corruption in other countries, so I don’t see why it wouldn’t be here,” he said.

But aren’t the Fed and other central banks crucial to stabilize the economy? Not necessarily… the Fed caused the Great Depression and the current economic crisis, and many economists – including several Nobel prize winning economists – say that we should end the Fed in its current form. They also say that the Fed does not help stabilize the economy. For example:

"Thomas Sargent, the New York University professor who was announced Monday as a winner of the Nobel in economics … cites Walter Bagehot, who “said that what he called a ‘natural’ competitive banking system without a ‘central’ bank would be better…. ‘nothing can be more surely established by a larger experience than that a Government which interferes with any trade injures that trade. The best thing undeniably that a Government can do with the Money Market is to let it take care of itself.’”

Earlier U.S. central banks caused mischief, as well. For example, Austrian economist Murray Rothbard wrote:

"The panics of 1837 and 1839 … were the consequence of a massive inflationary boom fueled by the Whig-run Second Bank of the United States.

Indeed, the Revolutionary War was largely due to the actions of the world’s first central bank, the Bank of England.

Specifically, when Benjamin Franklin went to London in 1764, this is what he observed:

When he arrived, he was surprised to find rampant unemployment and poverty among the British working classes… Franklin was then asked how the American colonies managed to collect enough money to support their poor houses. He reportedly replied: “We have no poor houses in the Colonies; and if we had some, there would be nobody to put in them, since there is, in the Colonies, not a single unemployed person, neither beggars nor tramps.” In 1764, the Bank of England used its influence on Parliament to get a Currency Act passed that made it illegal for any of the colonies to print their own money. The colonists were forced to pay all future taxes to Britain in silver or gold. Anyone lacking in those precious metals had to borrow them at interest from the banks. Only a year later, Franklin said, the streets of the colonies were filled with unemployed beggars, just as they were in England. The money supply had suddenly been reduced by half, leaving insufficient funds to pay for the goods and services these workers could have provided. He maintained that it was “the poverty caused by the bad influence of the English bankers on the Parliament which has caused in the colonies hatred of the English and . . . the Revolutionary War.” This, he said, was the real reason for the Revolution: “the colonies would gladly have borne the little tax on tea and other matters had it not been that England took away from the colonies their money, which created unemployment and dissatisfaction.”

(For more on the Currency Act, see this.) And things are getting worse … rather than better. As Professor Werner tells Washington’s Blog:

"Central banks have legally become more and more powerful in the past 30 years across the globe, yet they have become de facto less and less accountable. In fact, as I warned in my book New Paradigm in Macroeconomics in 2005, after each of the ‘recurring banking crises’, central banks are usually handed even more powers. This also happened after the 2008 crisis. [Background here and here.] So it is clear we have a regulatory moral hazard problem: central banks seem to benefit from crises. No wonder the rise of central banks to ever larger legal powers has been accompanied not by fewer and smaller business cycles and crises, but more crises and of larger amplitude."

Georgetown University historian Professor Carroll Quigley argued that the aim of the powers-that-be is:

"Nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.” This system is to be controlled “in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements,” central banks that “were themselves private corporations.”

Given the facts set forth above, this may be yet another conspiracy theory confirmed as conspiracy fact.

In Syria, If You Can’t Find Moderates, Dress Up Some Extremists February 16 2016 | From: LandDestroyer

The BBC’s latest production is as absurd as it is transparent and abhorrent.

Upon reading the increasingly desperate headlines pumped out by the Western media as Western-backed terrorist forces begin to fold under an effective joint Syrian-Russian offensive to take the country back, readers will notice that though the term “moderate rebels” or “moderate opposition” is used often, the Western media is seemingly incapable of naming a single faction or leader among them. Related: Journalist Eva Bartlett: “I’m Back From Syria. The Media Is Lying To You!” The reason for this is because there are no moderates and there never were. Since 2007, the US has conspired to arm and fund extremists affiliated with Al Qaeda to overthrow the government of Syria and destabilize Iranian influence across the entire Middle East. Exposed in Seymour Hersh’s 2007 article, “The Redirection Is the Administration’s new policy benefitting our enemies in the war on terrorism?,” it stated explicitly that:

“The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda."

The “catastrophe” the Western media constantly cites in its increasingly hysterical headlines is the predictable manifestation of not Syrian and Russian security operations ongoing in Syria today, but of the conspiracy described by Hersh in 2007 that has indisputably been put into play, starting in 2011 under the guise of the so-called “Arab Spring.”

If Major Yaser Abdulrahim looks like he’s never wore his FSA uniform out into the field, that’s because he hasn’t. He is not a member of the FSA at all, and is instead a commander of the Fatah Halab, an umbrella group for Al Qaeda affiliates armed and funded by both the US and Saudi Arabia.

When the West does attempt to give names and faces to these so-called “moderates,” it is a simple matter to trace them directly back to Al Qaeda.

The BBC’s “Rebel Commander” Plays Dress-Up In a recent video report published by the BBC titled, “Syria conflict: Rebels ‘feel abandoned’ by Britain and US,” BBC’s Quentin Sommerville claims he “secretly” contacted US-backed rebels from Turkey. The alleged “remote” interview was covered in both locations by professional camera crews, despite Sommerville claiming the situation was so bad, the rebels could not be reached. The “senior rebel commander inside Aleppo” interviewed by the BBC was none other than Yaser Abdulrahim.

Faylaq Al-Sham’s flag is clearly seen in the video of the BBC’s fake FSA commander when out in the field. Yaser Abdulrahim is seen out among other terrorists, missing his crisp, brand new FSA uniform and devoid of any FSA insignia.

Despite appearing in a brand new, crisp “Free Syrian Army” uniform never worn once into the field, and sitting beside an equally pristine “Free Syrian Army” French colonial flag, Yaser Abdulrahim has absolutely no affiliations with the otherwise nonexistent “Free Syrian Army.” Despite appearing in a brand new, crisp “Free Syrian Army” uniform never worn once into the field, and sitting beside an equally pristine “Free Syrian Army” French colonial flag, Yaser Abdulrahim has absolutely no affiliations with the otherwise nonexistent “Free Syrian Army.”

Syria: Before and after US / NATO 'intervention'

Instead, he is a commander of Faylaq Al-Sham, composed of Al Qaeda terrorists and Muslim Brotherhood extremists. Faylaq Al-Sham and its commander Yaser Abdulrahim, according to Sommerville himself, are part of the larger Fatah Halab

umbrella group which also includes Al Qaeda affiliates Ahrar ash-Sham and Jaysh al-Islam – the latter of which literally placed civilians in metal cages on rooftops to use as human shields against Syrian-Russian airstrikes. Human Right Watch, in their report titled, “Syria: Armed Groups Use Caged Hostages to Deter Attacks,” would reveal that:

“In the course of fighting between armed groups and government forces in the nearby `Adra al-`Omalia in December 2013, Jabhat al-Nusra and Jaysh al-Islam abducted hundreds of civilians, mostly Alawites, according to the United Nations Commission of Inquiry on Syria. The hostages, many of them women and children, are being held in unidentified locations in Eastern Ghouta. The concern is that they are among those in these cages."

The Human Right Watch report is also very alarming, considering it implicates Jaysh al-Islam, a member of Yaser Abdulrahim’s Fatah Halab, as collaborating and fighting alongside US State Department listed terrorist group, Jabhat alNusra.

The US State Department’s official statement listing al-Nusra as a foreign terrorist organization, titled, “Terrorist Designations of the al-Nusrah Front as an Alias for al-Qa’ida in Iraq,” states:

“Since November 2011, al-Nusrah Front has claimed nearly 600 attacks – ranging from more than 40 suicide attacks to small arms and improvised explosive device operations – in major city centers including Damascus, Aleppo, Hamah, Dara, Homs, Idlib, and Dayr al-Zawr. During these attacks numerous innocent Syrians have been killed. Through these attacks, al-Nusrah has sought to portray itself as part of the legitimate Syrian opposition while it is, in fact, an attempt by AQI to hijack the struggles of the Syrian people for its own malign purposes."

It appears, ironically enough, that through the deception of the Western media, al Nusra has been amply assisted in fully

hijacking “the struggles of the Syrian people for its own malign purposes.”

BBC’s “US-backed rebel commander” heads a faction that includes the terrorist Jaysh al-Islam faction who caged civilians and used them as human shields outside of Damascus. The US insists that Syria and Russia must negotiate with such organizations and that such organizations should play a role in Syria’s future.

The BBC’s abhorrent dressing-up of literal members of Al Qaeda and their affiliates in their recent interview fits into a larger pattern of deceit aimed at salvaging the conspiracy described by Hersh in 2007, but upended when in late last year, the Russian Federation upon the invitation of the Syrian government, intervened in the conflict. With Aleppo teetering at the edge of liberation from what are clearly terrorist forces – the BBC’s propaganda and propaganda like it being propagated by the West represents a cynical attempt to perpetuate – not end – the suffering of the Syrian people. What is worse still, is that the BBC claims their Fatah Halab-Al Qaeda umbrella group commander dressed as a member of the “Free Syrian Army,” is “US-backed.”

This is either an attempt by the BBC to further deceive their audiences as to who the man they interviewed really was, or an inadvertent admission that the United States is in fact funding the very terrorist groups and their associates, populating their own US State Department list of foreign terrorist organizations. Whatever the case, the fact that even a carefully staged production like the one published by the BBC is easily exposed as a deliberate attempt to cover up the terroristic identity of what’s left of the West’s “rebels,” adds further imperative to the Syrian government and their Russian, Lebanese, Iraqi, and Iranian allies to end the war and fully restore order to the entirety of Syria’s territory. To negotiate with “rebels” who are clearly terrorists dressed in literal costumes, is an absurdity the West would never accept foisted upon them – thus, no other nation on Earth should accept the West foisting such terms upon them.

Radio Station George FM Warns Staff About Max Key February 12 2016 | From: NZHerald

Radio DJs at George FM have been warned they will be taken off air if they say anything negative about the station's newest host, Max Key [son of Prime Minister John Key].

Key's new role at the station was unveiled last week, hosting a one-hour show on Tuesday nights. He will unveil his debut single Forget You on his first show next week. Comment: Obviously Max Key becoming a night time host for a show on George FM has stirred up some controversy. I know I sent them an email saying what a stupid decision it was and that I would never listen again to heir station as long as he was on it. It seems their management (Media Works owned by Rupert Murdoch) have instructed all their staff to stay mum about this on air and on social media. What are you scared of George? The truth? An unverified email reportedly sent to all George FM staff warned staff that "all social media relating to the new night George FM Night time residents must be positive.

"We will not tolerate any negativity relating to any of our new roster," the message continued. "Anyone who cannot adhere to this requirement will be taken off air instantly."

Mediaworks didn't respond to requests for comment about the statement. When contacted by the Herald last week, Max Key said he "wasn't doing media" and didn't want to comment.

George FM founder Thane Kirby

But George FM DJ Aroha Harawira spoke out in support of Key, saying he should be judged on his musical ability and not his father's politics.

"I haven't met Max Key yet myself, I've never seen him DJ, but I heard him on George FM last night and I thought he played a pretty sweet set," Harawira wrote on her blog site. "I value my friends' opinions and I'll give the guy a chance. I think you should too ... Say what you want about John Key, but leave his kids out of it."

Max Key's first show on George FM is on February 16, where he'll unveil his new single, Forget You, rumoured to be about his recent split from Amelia Finlayson. In an interview on the station, Key said he'd been working on his material on his own, and he was "super excited" to release it. Co-host Jay Bulletproof said he had heard the song, and it was an "absolute banger".

"I'm proud to say I'm releasing my first single Forget You. Previewing on my first show on George fm nights, Tuesday the 16th at 10pm ... I can't wait to drop this," he wrote on Instagram.

Conspiracy: This Is Why Brazil Is Ground Zero For The Latest Bio-Engineered Pandemic February 11 2016 | From: TheMilleniumReport

Every Major Disease Outbreak Has Been Manufactured in the Biological Weapons Laboratories of the Western Powers.

The U.S. and U.K. possess the most advanced scientific knowledge and applied technology for producing bioweaponry, which they routinely utilize to create bio-weapons of mass destruction. Related: Zika: Sex and Bloodsucking Vampire Bugs: the Movie Decades ago the Military-Industrial Complex (MIC) of the United States of America (in collaboration with their British counterparts) committed itself to the deliberate path of exerting full-spectrum dominance over the entire planetary realm. The essentially Anglo-American Military-Industrial Complex undertook various and sundry endeavors simultaneously in order to fulfill this ‘critical’ mission to attain and maintain world domination.

Related: SERCO: A Corporate Octopus With Tentacles Wrapped Around The Globe Not only did the MIC achieve nuclear superiority within the world community of nations, the U.S. Armed Services also created a global network of military bases unrivaled in world history. One of the key pillars of attaining full spectrum dominance is the capacity to execute bio-weaponry programs surreptitiously, quickly and efficiently… anywhere on Planet Earth.

Toward that end the many bio-weapons laboratories which now dot the landscape of the USA have worked assiduously to fabricate the perfect biological weapons for the ‘right’ applications and ‘perfect’ situations. It’s important to understand that the USA and UK form the very backbone of a supranational entity known as the AngloAmerican Axis[1]. This large group of countries, which is dedicated to maintaining the Anglo-American Empire - by every means possible - has been locked in a century-long war against the BRICS nations. As a matter of fact, the First and Second World Wars were both waged in an effort to establish the USA as the military arm of the New World Order.

NATO is merely an extension of the Anglo-American military juggernaut. Related: The USA: Military Arm Of The New World Order

What’s the Larger Point Here? Although it has not been declared, a full-blown World War III has been and is being waged under the radar between the AAA and the BRICS.

The entire Middle East is obviously just one major military theater of this ongoing global conflict. So are Africa and South America. Only on those two continents the preferred weapons of mass destruction are of a biological nature.

History of Genocide via Bio-Weapons You see, the white man learned long ago that the people of the African continent are deathly afraid of contagious diseases and infectious epidemics. The populations of many of the South American countries suffer from the very same phobia. They don’t understand illness and disease the way that the educated and industrialized nations of the Northern Hemisphere do. There is much superstition which still surrounds any kind of disease outbreak, especially throughout the rural areas. The resulting taboos run very deep throughout society.

With this hidden knowledge it is now quite easy to understand why so many disease outbreaks first occur in either Africa or South America. Whether it is Ebola in West Africa or the West Nile Virus in East Africa, HIV/AIDS in West Central Africa or Malaria anywhere in Africa, Chagas disease in South America or Dengue fever throughout the whole Southern Hemisphere, so many ‘pandemics’ find their origins “south of the border”. No one denies that the southern climes and predominant biota cultivate an extremely conducive environment for mosquitoborne diseases and the like. This scientific fact is quite well established. The point here is that because these ‘scary’ diseases are well known among the local populations, they can be furtively spread by those who wish to do them harm by their silent enemies to the north. The deliberate vector of disseminations are many to include stealth vaccinations, GMO mosquitoes, tainted prescriptions, contaminated water supplies, infected farm animals, toxic produce, corrupted restaurant food, chemtrail aerosols, etc.

This is a subtle but very important point. These diseases are known to be common in these regions of the world; therefore, no one suspects that they have been meticulously weaponized to make them much more deadly. They have also been precisely bio-engineered to target specific gene pools and bloodlines. In this fashion the Indigenous Peoples can be gradually killed off so that they no longer pose an obstacle to giving up their lands to the covetous Anglo-American corporate interests. This very same tactic was of course used against the Native American Indians by the U.S. Federal Government that was determined to wipe out the tribes across America in order to steal their lands. That strategy really worked like a charm for them. And they have never forgotten it.

After all, how could the Indian warriors, who contracted smallpox from the blankets provided to them by the ‘friendly’ white brothers, ever fight on the harsh battlefields? As for the Indigenous Peoples of Brazil, how are they expected to respond to a terrible disease that shrinks the human head and arrests brain development. Yes, that is what the Zika virus does, unless the public is being misled about the true source of this medical crisis.

Fast Forward to the 2016 Olympics in Brazil Whenever bio-weapons of mass destruction are used with such great effect there are always several goals on the agenda of the perpetrators. The Zika virus outbreak is no exception. Because of where the exact ground zero of this explosive epidemic is located in Brazil, it is certain that this public health disaster was quite purposefully manufactured there to disrupt the 2016 Summer Olympics.

Brazil has already been under continuous assault by the AAA, as it represents the South American cornerstone of the BRICS economic union. The Brazilian economy is also the largest in South and Central America, therefore, it provides a much-needed financial engine to keep the BRICS momentum going throughout the world. The AAA knew that if they took down Brazil economically, as they have been doing relentlessly on the political front, the BRICS union would be weakened considerably. The new world reserve currency would then likely stay with the still dominant petrodollar during this crucial period where it is also under serious assault. Both Russia and China have already undermined the petrodollar in profound and irreparable ways. So have Iran and India and other quieter BRICS-aligned nations

The important point about Brazil is that a substantial amount of public money and resources have been allocated to this formidable and demanding enterprise known as the Summer Olympics. The private sector, as always, has also dedicated much investment to making the Olympics a commercial success. With the Zika virus and ensuing epidemic raging in the back yard of Rio de Janeiro, what else could be expected but the second prong of the AAA strategy to sabotage the 2016 Summer Olympiad. See headlines below: Exclusive: U.S. athletes should consider skipping Rio if fear Zika - Officials Zika concerns could see Kenya withdraw from Rio 2016 Olympics U.S. Athletes Told to Skip Rio Olympics if Concerned About Zika Olympic fears over Zika: Athletes facing decision on whether they are willing to risk travelling to Rio for 2016 Games Researchers Weigh Risks of Zika Spreading at Rio Olympics Zika Virus Spurs Concerns Over Summer Olympic Games In Rio

Olympics in Brazil could spark spread of Zika virus abroad, Canadian dosc warn Olympic organizers deny Games under threat due to Zika virus Do you get it now? What better way to further destroy the fragile Brazilian economy and sap the spirit of the nation?!

Conclusion The Anglo-American corporatocracy has enjoyed the status of global hegemon since the advent of the Industrial Revolution. Because of the rapacious nature of the predatory capitalism that it systematically employs, it only knows how to take from those who have what they want. This is the way it has always been since the incorporation of the East India Company in London in 1600. The Huge difference between now and when India was pillaged, China was plundered and Africa was raped is that the BRICS are now well aware of the true enemy and its unrelenting tactics.

Russia and China, India and Brazil, Iran and South Africa are under constant attack by the AAA. However, they now have a very secret weapon that is being trained on the City of London and Washington, D.C. More accurately, the BRICS have a number of secret weapons which will be employed with great consequence and awesome effect on the primary nations of the AAA. Part II of this series will further discuss those secret weapons. In the meantime, the reader is encouraged to contemplate the overwhelming repercussions of just one of those weapons known as: Free Enegy

Editor’s Note It has been rightly pointed out by many that the looming Zika virus ‘pandemic’ may be to a great extent based on fraudulent data and false information. Inasmuch as it is being reported by those agencies like WHO which are completely controlled by the AAA, why should the MSM ever be believed? Because of all the fake false flags and fictitious disease outbreaks occurring over many decades such as the recent Ebola scare, it’s clear that these trumpeted pandemics have a huge component of purposefully deceptive reporting.

However, it is virtually impossible to ferret out the truth about a manufactured and bogus pandemic. To what degree is there a real mosquito-borne Zika virus causing the profiled symptoms is extremely difficult to say. Especially given the typical demographics of these types of mosquito-borne public health disasters, it’s even more challenging to arrive at the truth. After all, they ALL occur in virtually the same geographic areas. With that said, we leave it up to the reader to decide how much of this fastidiously ZIKA health scare is real disease and how much is phony baloney.

Author’s Note We almost forgot to mention what the original source of the Zika virus was, as well as who originally deposited it in 1947 - the Rockefeller Foundation.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

You can see for yourself here: Zika virus 'owned' by Rockefeller Foundation

Reference The Government-Corporate Complex Takes Complete Control Of The USA

Endnotes [1] Anglo-American Axis (AAA) The Anglo-American Axis is represented, first and foremost, by the major English-speaking countries of the world: USA, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Israel. The European member nations of NATO, such as Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands are also closely aligned with the AAA as are all the Scandinavian countries. So are the Asian Pacific Rim nations of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and the Philippines. Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Egypt, Pakistan, Kuwait, Jordan, Bahrain, United Arab Emirates, and Qatar also owe their allegiance to the AAA but some of these may be changing. The World Shadow Government is an ultra-secret, supranational organization which completely controls the Anglo-American Axis, as well as the European Union, NATO, among many other institutional entities which constitute the Global Control Matrix. (Source: Vladimir Putin’s Russia: Perfect Foil To The Anglo-American Axis And Their New World ‘Order’)

Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media February 10 2016 | From: Sott

There is a growing trend of skepticism on the internet right now as people start to call out mainstream media for its honesty (or rather, lack thereof).

It's an important move for people in general, as there are good reasons to question the talking heads that are gifted with such a reach and influence, via a brand whose survival is based upon getting and keeping your attention. To give someone, or some brand, the authority to tell you what is true, is one of the greatest mistakes a human being can make. Here's why. Yes, of course, I know I'm about to tell you how to think in this article, being written on a brand you recognize, that survives on getting and keeping your attention. But at least I'm honest about that. I'm not going to attempt to prove that I know everything about every newsroom on the planet. I can only tell you about some of the common things that I have seen, in the newsrooms I have been in. I worked in television news for 10 years from 2004 to 2015, working for primarily the finance channel of Canada, Business News Network, and since 2011, the now-deceased Sun News Network, which was an attempt at a conservative slanted broadcast in the Canadian market. It was called the 'Fox News North' by many critics, and rightfully so, to some degree.

Through this career, and especially at Sun News Network, I was privy to many off-camera conversations which really helped me see through the illusory idea that, just because you're on TV, you know what you're talking about. In fact, I grew terrified to keep producing it for that reason. Here's the first thing that many people don't truly understand about the news media. It is biased to those that fund it. There were many times when we were forced to cut an advertisement or cut a story or remove something from the website because an advertiser didn't want to be associated with it and, as a result, our financial livelihoods were threatened. TV is literally at the mercy of those that fund it because it's a business. TV, as it is, has no other way to survive except for advertising revenue, which depends on getting and keeping your attention. In effect, news media is a marketing tool for advertisers, and its content is sometimes designed to match the next best product coming out of these advertisers.

The second thing that many people don't really respect is that TV and mainstream news are almost always tied to political or religious agendas. Whether Liberal or Conservative, Republican or Democrat, there are news media outlets designed to serve the flavor of the person watching. This essentially means that the same story will be told two distinctly different ways, to match the audience watching. This means that the concept of non-media-bias is irrelevant in 2016. The moral idea of non-bias reporting has been thrown out, necessarily, because TV survives off money and that money often comes from large companies who are funding certain political sides, who require their side to win.

News isn't about news anymore, it's a marketing tool for politicians and larger corporations looking to buy votes through fear and buy customers with stupidity. I can't count the number of times I saw story after story being put out about how bad things are in the world, only to see the supporting political party start to speak about how they are going to solve these issues.

It's like walking up to someone and throwing coffee on them, staining their shirt, knowing full well that your buddy next to you has a shirt to sell to them. It's easy to win an election when you've already primed the people to believe in what you're saying, without ever saying it. The third thing that plagues the news media is sensationalism, and headlines that polarize audiences. It's important to 'tell it like it is and report the facts,' but often these facts are not fact checked enough and headlines get published that are later apologized for. One of my favorite games is to re-read the news to tell what actually happened, without the extra, juicy details. As an example, this headline - 'Councillors reject salary freeze for themselves' - could really be read as 'Councillors reject salary freeze.' Once you start taking out all of the descriptors and judgments, you realise that the world is a lot simpler to look at.

Media can easily make us believe that we should judge each other. I've seen this firsthand. Once you see, hear, or read something enough times, you start to think it's actually true. The truth is, by taking out the judgments, we can re-engage our curiosity instead of instantly activating our condemnation and resentment towards each other and the world. However, the media is again kept alive by your attention, and the fact is, most of us will pay more attention to things that make us hate than we will pay attention to things that make us love. The media knows this, and it's playing you like a violin, if you're paying attention. The fourth thing that occurs, almost daily, in the newsrooms is that people are constantly shifting roles. Yesterday, John (as an example) is an expert on social media. Today, John is now an expert on terrorism, since 8am this morning, and yet, even though John has no expertise in this field whatsoever, he's given the credibility of people who can't see the truth behind the camera. Or in another example, we'll hear from the financial executive coming to tell you how to invest your stocks despite having a bottle of Jack Daniels in his coat pocket and who is himself losing money behind the scenes.

This is a huge challenge in our culture, in my perception, and I'm glad it's slowly being called out. Giving power to a talking head who hates his or her life just as much as you, has no interest in anyone else's well-being except their own, and especially doesn't care about you, and who isn't truly doing what they really love or want to do, is delusional. Why would you pay attention to the lives of others who don't have your life's best interests in mind? This is like going to a 10 times divorcee for advice on how to stay in a marriage. And with that said, the fifth thing is that news media rarely actually matters in your life. With all honesty, what does the life of Jian Ghomeshi, for example, have to do with you? Does it really matter to you to know that Miley Cyrus moved in with her boyfriend? Does knowing these things actually help you live a better life?

If there's one thing I am certain of it's this - the more successful you are, the less you care about the lives of anyone except those that you serve, because you're too busy caring about your customers to care about people who aren't invested in your well being. My advice is this: Reword the headlines so that you see the facts, simply, without editorially presented emotion or judgment. This can keep you from adopting the judgments of someone who might have a life fulfillment level that's way worse than yours. Never take what is said as the full truth. Investigate for yourself what's really happening and see both sides. Pay attention to what actually matters to you. If you want to be successful, start paying attention to your own life. Start telling your own evening news about what you accomplished today. Get interested in yourself and your experience here on this planet, with the time you have. This is the only way to keep yourself sane and out of the clutches of those who want to manipulate your mind for their interests. Watch only what inspires you and helps you live and express your true calling. It's your choice to watch a worldview that's distorted by distorted people, or engage in creating a worldview that inspires you to act in it. Just because there are 'perceived problems' in the world, doesn't mean you don't have a role in doing something in it.

The Big Squeeze vs. Khazarian Mafia January 22 2016 | From: Geopolitics

The result of the well-coordinated operation to cut-off the Khazarian Mafia from the rest of the global economy is now undeniable.

The fiat FED dollar denominated economy is effectively shut down as indicated in the free-falling Baltic Dry Index. Related: International Shipping Shuts Down; Baltic Dry Index Freefalling We have warned that bank deposits are already being skimmed by the retreating parasites, and it’s prudent that necessary preparations should have been made already. Iran cannot be intimidated anymore. It has repelled Israel and Saudi Arabia’s big brother, i.e. the United States. If your child is being held back and being denied even the possibility of entering a gifted program based on the fact that they have attention issues, then there is problem. Related: Captured US Navy Boats Were Carrying Top ISIS Leader, USS Truman Intervened Again, we are featuring another summary of the information that’s already been in this site and some new information detailing the personalities involved that should facilitate the understanding of what’s been going on for at least the last eight years.

Big Squeeze Now On Khazarian Mafia This article builds on past articles on this subject. For those who haven’t read those, reading this article is likely a waste of time and it will be difficult to fit this information into their heads. This is a long article and is written as a two-tiered piece. Those short of time can read the bold print and pass over the rest, and then finish with the conclusion. Many thanks to my sources, some still living but most passed. None have been associated with Veterans Today in any way. I do not enjoy writing this type of article for a number of reasons not appropriate to be discussed here. But I do feel an obligation to get this information out. ] Numerous nations around the World have now ganged up on the Khazarian Mafia (KM). It is cornered and it is losing power by the day. Expect increased surveillance and harassment by local police who take orders from Homeland Security (DHS) and receive their ridiculous conjured up Domestic Terror Watch Lists. How much real power does the Khazarian Mafia have left and for how long can it hold out? Is the Khazarian Mafia still powerful enough to start another major war in the Mideast, or even a nuclear WW3 to serve as a covering event for their impending loss of World hegemony?

There are recent reports from China that the Chinese Government has ordered that its international cargo shipping in both the Pacific and the Atlantic be restricted. One source with connections to mainland Chinese sources has verified this claim that China has given an ultimatum that there will be a big reduction in their cargo ships unloading any products until the USG begins to honor the Secret Reset Agreement they entered into in 2013 during G-20 meetings. Related: The Unfolding Global Reset that Only Few Understand The Baltic Dry Shipping Index is way down, less than half of what it was at its peak. Crude oil has dropped to $30 a barrel or less, and in Canada shale oil is even as low at $10 a barrel. American retail sales were low during Christmas and many retail chains plan to close stores at multiple locations, including the notorious Walmart. Related: International Shipping Shuts Down; Baltic Dry Index Freefalling And oil derivatives of the big Wall Street Banks are under extreme stress due to these oil prices which has now placed several of the largest in jeopardy. The US Petro Dollar is now under stress as never before and the massive continued issuing and printing after the bailouts (repetitive Quantitative Easings, #7 and counting), the secret US Treasury Exchange Stabilization Fund (ESF) direct foreign bank bailouts of trillions, and the secret direct USG Plunge Protection Team stock purchases in mass no longer seem to mitigate this slide.

Several foreign nations have asked for their Gold back that has been stored at the Federal Reserve, but only a portion has been shipped because the vaults are now apparently empty.

Chinese and Russian purchases of massive quantities of Gold and Silver are fact, not theory, giving them a huge advantage as the Federal Reserve System’s Ponzi scheme approaches collapse. Comex paper Gold which is supposed to be backed 100% by real Gold is not. This is just another part of the Federal Reserve System’s massive Ponzi scheme which has probably already hit the iceberg and is taking on water. The Khazarian Mafia’s top leadership is being squeezed and now seems cornered. They claim to each other to work directly for Lucifer who they describe as their new “rising god” (they call this “Lucifer Rising”). Others in this small circle describe Lucifer as a renegade Third Force who will cut these folks loose in a NY Minute as soon as they serve no useful purpose anymore. And that is what now seems to be happening. Looks like their “god” is going to let them down. Oh well, should they have expected less from pure evil?

When you dance with the devil, you are going to get burned. That’s the function of Doofus Cutouts that are propelled to the top and given power, status and riches beyond imagination. They are there to serve as disposables when it’s all said and done and they are no longer needed. They will never see it coming when they are abandoned and “cut-loose”. If there is going to be new monetary system set up for the World and that’s the way it looks, and it likely will not include the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins. As best we can determine before Chinese cargo shipping decreased, China was demanding that their Renminbi be included in a basket of currencies. And we know that the Renminbi will be backed by Gold and this basket of currencies will replace the current exclusiveness of the US Petro Dollar which functions as the World’s Reserve Currency. This same source has claimed that the Japanese Government has just agreed to be part of the Chinese created Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB). If these reports are accurate then this means that Khazarian Mafia is being squeezed economically.

For the G-20 nations and especially the USA to honor this Secret Reset Agreement made in 2013, the Khazarian Mafia must be removed from its position controlling the World’s Central Banking. It also apparently requires the acceptance of the Chinese Renminbi based on Gold and Silver as a part of an international basket of currencies and the removal of the US Petro Dollar as the World’s Reserve Currency. Looks like the Khazarian Mafia is now being squeezed from many directions. And it is rapidly losing control which makes it desperate and dangerous. When the World’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate the Khazarian Mafia feels cornered one would expect that it would become desperate to re-establish control and take even more drastic actions that it has in the past, unless too much force is arrayed against them from more than one enemy. And now for the first time numerous enemies have arisen against the Khazarian Mafia. And two of them are quite powerful. The first and most powerful enemy appears to be the Russian Federation.

Putin and the Russian Federation have now completely checkmated the Khazarian Mafia both in the Ukraine and in Syria and is now annihilating ISIS by deployment of its superior air power. The second most powerful appears to be the American People, a very well-armed sleeping giant that is now rapidly awaking. This new exigent power of the American Masses is due to the Alternative Media of the Internet. The Internet has provided incredible speed and the fact that so many Americans are finally figuring out everything out of our elected Politicians’ mouths via the CMMM is their propaganda, big lies and false-narratives. And the recent dire economy, and massive unemployment since 2008 brought about by all these traitorous Free Trade Agreements and two illegal, unConstitutional “Wall Street Bailouts” have created a spontaneously emerging populism in the American Masses.

This massive populism is not only unprecedented but it is now accompanied by a rising anger towards the DC “doofus” career politicians and this new populism is increasingly powerful. The Khazarian Mafia has deployed false-flag attacks all around the World and in America using Cutouts. Some were massshootings in gun-free zones hyped in the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM), and others were major bombings like at the Murrah Building in Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995 or the World Trade Center in NYC on 9-11-01.

The purpose is always to justify more power to central government in order to help the Khazarian Mafia protect itself and its Evil Agenda. But now that the Khazarian Mafia is being squeezed from all sides, will we see increased harassment of investigative journalists, known truth tellers and dissidents who run counter to the Khazarian Mafia’s propaganda, big lies and falsenarratives they dispense through their CMMM? Might we start seeing mysterious and increasingly frequent disappearances like what occurred in the South American Death Squads? After all these Death Squads were all trained by the US Military and the CIA inside the USA, and these schools for torture and murder are still active.

And recently Chicago was caught running a black site for DHS to disappear Targeted Individuals. Other cities have these too. And the Pentagon and the CIA still run the Black Prison sites in East European nations and also have black prison ships which are still active. Check this for more information. We should expect the DHS to put out increasingly negative smear reports to the local Police Departments creating increased fear of known truth tellers, dissidents, patriots and gun owners? This will include folks who have been illegally placed on Domestic terror Watch lists with instructions to begin increased surveillance and harassment against them? We now know for certain that the Khazarian Mafia’s actions in the past in America have included the Bombing of the Murrah Building, first attempted bombing of the NYC Twin towers by the FBI setting up and supplying the Blind Sheikh. This was actually an acoustics test to establish needs for the devices the Khazarian Mafia used in Twin Towers attack on 9-11-01.

And the FBI (with help of the CIA and crooked US Customs agents) placed a stolen barrel of cyanide stolen from Louis Champon’s Natural Cherry Flavoring Company in Boca Raton Florida through a tunnel under the street by Wackem’out World Security. This was done to see what the effects on folks near the blast in the basement parking ramp would be. Actually the blast destroyed the toxicity of the cyanide. Naturally the FBI tried to secretly and wrongly frame Louis Champon for this and only failed through the incredible detective work of James Rothstein (NYCPD Gold Shield, police Intel and key part of the infamous NY State Crime Commission Secret 15 man Intel Task Force - now long retired for arresting Frank Sturgis aka Frank Fiorini in NYC for trying to terminate Marita Lorenz right before her secret appearance at the HSCA and turning over of photos with Ruby, Sturgiss, Oswald at the motel the night before the JFK Assassination and more). Detective Rothstein, a German Catholic, is the only member of this secret 15 man task force who has survived (most were terminated with extreme prejudice by the CIA) to suppress what they found out. Detective Rothstein is one of the greatest American Heroes in Law Enforcement we have ever had anywhere in America. His investigations led to more prosecutions of CIA pedophiles, their pedophile murders, and the CIA drug dealers than any other LE person in the history of America and his record still stands.

None of this ever was allowed into the CMMM of course. Rothstein’s astoundingly frank book is expected to be published this year and it will be very interesting. His long term efforts to bring St. John’s Abbey to justice for the pedophile sheepdipped, rat-lined ex-Nazi priests that have been kept there and protected from prosecution are well known, and he is still at it. Too bad the local police are crooked, and the FBI continues to look the other way and do their usual assigned job, cover up for the “Process”. So this World’s largest organized Crime Syndicate the Khazarian Mafia is truly capable of untold evil against the American people as well as the whole World as long as it is allowed to exist and occupy and parasitize the USG for its own purposes. Every large urban police dept. and the alphabets, especially the FBI has an Intel plant embedded there to run cover-ups for the “Process” Satanic Cult and the CIA drug trafficking, both protected by being deputized as agents of National Security”. Inside America the Khazarian Mafia has controlled the Alphabets including the FBI, its main cover up agency and entrapment/setup agency and the BATF, as well as the CIA; and they have always done a lot of the Khazarian Mafia’s illegal dirty work.

And of course after the Khazarian Mafia attacked America on 9-11-01 to create a New Pearl Harbor event, they were now in a position to establish Homeland Security (DHS) the foundation of the long planned American Police State. This plan to establish DHS was already written and ready to push through Congress awaiting a major catalytic event such as the major terrorist attack of 9-11-01 which was run by the Khazarian Mafia and its stateside assets deep inside the Administration and the Pentagon. The attack on America of 9-11-01 was designed to consolidate all American Law Enforcement under one central command directly controlled by the Khazarian Mafia, a known foreign based power, and justify becoming a nation based on preemptive wars of aggression.

The secret agenda of DHS is to transform America into a total surveillance society, a Police State rivaling East Germany under the Stasi. That is why Marcus Wolfe (former head of the Stasi) was hired as a consultant to set up DHS two years before he mysteriously died. The ultimate end game here is for the Khazarian Mafia to use DHS to transform America into GAZA II, the World’s largest open-air prison camp and to make Americans the New Palestinians. This is all part of the “Greater Israel Plan” which is no longer theory but established fact.

And the “Greater Israel Plan” is the cover story used by the Khazarian Mafia’s top leadership (aka the “Select Few”) to use its Cutouts and main action agent the American-Israeli “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors and the Likudists in Israel to do their dirty work. The American Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) has been losing its credibility for years, and its popularity is at an alltime low.

Since the CMMM is the main mouthpiece and propaganda/mind-kontrol agent for the Khazarian Mafia, its demise poses a big loss of power for the Khazarian Mafia. And we now know for certain its demise is being engendered by the increasing popularity of the Alternative News of the Internet. The Khazarian Mafia is now cornered and you can bet that Homeland Security (DHS) is busy at work creating smear reports at their fusion centers to send to local police with the instructions to increase the harassment of suspected domestic terrorists. Expect greatly increased surveillance and spying on all Americans even the Khazarian Mafia’s underling yes men and women and major doofuses who have been appointed to high positions of power and to provide a twisted sort of inside humor to the very top controllers that run the Khazarian Mafia System. Spying and Intel collection has become remarkably advanced and will continue to increase in frequency, scope and intrusiveness.

Much of it is used for banal entertainment by bored “no longer give a damn” NSA and NRO employees who dig watching and listening to bedroom type scenes. The NSA and NRO are collecting far more raw data than they can adequately process effectively, and it has become mostly a money-making means to asset strip more and more money from We The People and make a big show of power by the Khazarian Mafia. Some deep black and top secret technologies include; use of one’s own AC house wiring, smart TV’s, personal especially laptop and handheld computers, cell phones, wired phones, remote phones, smart TV’s and smart appliances; remote outdoor to indoor thermometers and weather meters and stations for homeowners; some TV remote controls with voice activation; really spooky new methods like driving by and shooting a special micro-transceiver nail in the siding that is matched for color and texture; wall penetrating drive-by radar systems (also used along major highways in unmarked white step vans and 18-wheelers; vehicle, aircraft, and satellite based special infrared sensors); high powered close-by receivers for picking up brain waves and decoding thought and emotional states; …

…embedded transceiver chips in all cell phones ad auto GPS and blue-tooth communication and “seek help” systems which can be remotely activated and easily traced and used a GPS tracking and used for microphones; orbital super HD electronic day and night vision cameras than can sense an ant on the ground and many license plates; deep black variable and synthetic aperture ground penetrating radar, advance gamma ray and neutron particle sensors and other even more secret means involved ground, truck, tower and satellite antennas designed to pick up brainwave transmissions which have been altered by ingested nano-particles in the atmospherically sprayed aerosol chem-trails and gasoline which include nanoparticles of aluminum and barium and other magnetic and electrical compounds which can be flashed, id’ed and used to alter brainwave transmissions for external monitoring (referred to as the “prime freak”). There are other even more advance psi-power means that are so far down the rabbit-hole they would be too discrediting to discuss in this article. But they do exist and can be effective in many situations. More on those in another article perhaps. But even worse DHS uses the special deniable contractor squads and retired miltel, FBI and CIA to gang-stalk, do personal surveillance, walk-bys, and moving in next door or as close as possible to key targeted individuals who are deemed as first line threat to their system of lies.

Paranoid yet? Haha

And as if that wasn’t enough, these special squads have specialists that deploy advanced psychotronic warfare against USG, Intel, military and corporate whistle-blowers on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia kingpins that is designed to cause chronic health problems, lethal medical disorders and suppression of thinking and acting.

Mark Novitsky Some of these devices are cell tower activated, some by doppler weather radar, some closely custom placed transmitters triangulated in from close-by spy cell and corporate proprietaries. For those that claim this is all pure fantasy and bs I can strongly reply you are wrong, dead wrong. How can I say that? Well I have personally swept Mark Novitsky’s residence with sensors used by the German Health Department and found it way over the allowable European accepted limits with some equipment red-lined. Some sources inside the home were disabled or removed, and we found strong external sources. As we started tracing and triangulating their location of external transmissions, they were suddenly turned off preventing location. Novitsky is as important in what he knows and has attempted to disclose as Snowden. 60 Minutes was going to do a big story on him but backed out at the last minute because they said it had become too complicated.

Other top Federal and Intel whistle-blowers have told Novitsky what he knows about is above their pay grade. Most avoid him like the plague. All his local Senators and Congresspersons were notified by Novitsky (evidence in writing I have seen) and all deny it and did nothing, except for Governor Mark Dayton who was a Senator at the time. Dayton has a good reputation with his staff and when terrorism struck in DC he immediately placed the safety of his staff first. He did what he could for Novitsky and We The People but was stepped on hard. Now Dayton is the Governor of Minnesota and appears to be doing his best to get the the states decaying infrastructure repaired. Novitsky has been placed on the top secret DHS “No Work under any Circumstances List” by the FBI, which follows him around and tells any employer where he applies that he is a Domestic Terrorist, “please do not hire him, he is on our Domestic Terror Watch List and under surveillance - you wouldn’t want to be put on our Watch List now, would you?” The one good job Novitsky had in a non-Intel related area after leaving the Teletech Holdings related company he worked for was ruined when the FBI showed up and delivered a National Security Letter (NSL) which his employer was allowed to read but not keep, and which threatened a $10,000 fine and up to 10 years in a federal prison if he ever disclosed anything about this NSL letter or why he was going to have to separate Novitsky. And Mark has had strange but very real recent medical problems and his first doctors were either dirty, Khazarian Mafia worker bees, Sayanims or just plain uncaring and medically lousy. The lab was either dirty or had folks inside that tampered with his blood work. Finally, he was able to find a top physician who is 100% ethical with a top academic reputation and will not kowtow to illegal government manipulations.

And who are DHS’s listed domestic terrorists? Gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, Veterans, libertarians, Christians, Islamics, Patriots, anti-war activists, dissidents and alternative media reporters and journalists and many many more individuals and groups that can be placed on the list by any supervisory agent after even one complaint of any kind and these watch lists have no oversight or appeal process. Once you are on these Watch Lists you are doomed to be on forever. Even Senator Ted Kennedy was put on the “No Fly List” by mistake and despite expensive legal efforts and big political muscle he could never get off of it. Why you wonder? Because these Terror Watch lists are creations of the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins. They are visible indicators of their unbridled twisted, sick, evil power produced by their infiltration and hijacking of America through their private pernicious usury debt-note private Fiat counterfeit Ponzi-type central banking system.

We may see increased harassment and abuse of phony domestic terror watch lists. We may see increased harassment by local police, alphabets as ordered by DHS, according to their whacked out “watch lists” that include almost everyone but the real domestic terrorists who are the Khazarian Mafia leaders and the top officials of DHS, whose job is to terrorize Americans into subservience and compliance and take away all our Constitutional Rights.

On the other hand, we may see such a rapid loss of functional day to day power by the Khazarian Mafia and their police state mechanism, DHS, that we do not see a big increase in surveillance and harassment. Maybe we will even see less now that the Khazarian Mafia is cornered and being pressed from all sides by the World and by We The People.

The confidential domestic terror “Watch Lists” lists were personally prepared under the watchful direction of Janet Napolitano while she was head of DHS. These were leaked and published on the Internet by DHS insiders who thought she and DHS was a joke but wanted to keep their pay and benefits, so we know for certain they exist and what is on them. Even though she resigned her position at DHS, she is being sued by subordinate men for sexual harassment and for moving their office into the men’s lavatory, among other things. A couple of nights ago while driving at night in the early evening, I was pulled over and needlessly rousted by a local police Officer, who claimed I crossed over the line three times on a stretch of road with no other traffic close by.

This fine very young lady police officer tailed me for a couple miles and then pulled me over. I don’t drink, use drugs, speed or drive carelessly, nor did I did not cross over any lines. After the usual license and insurance check, the Officer let me go with no ticket. But she asked me a question about something irrelevant that could she have only known about from information gained by a local stingray tap or from the local DHS Fusion Center. Not very professional. She was rousting me, and it was a message that I received and am now responding to.

A Deal with the Devil at Langley? In this same Department some years back, the prior Police Chief was provided a free trip to Langley for a special meeting. During that meeting, he was asked by the CIA to sign a secret Jurisdictional Agreement on behalf of his Department in which he agreed to submit jurisdiction on any case to the Feds that they requested.

Major amounts of military grade equipment was to be provided in exchange, including two armored cars, grenade launchers, full-auto real assault rifles and machine guns, body armor, bullet proof barriers and lots of military grade ammo. The Chief was an honorable man with integrity and refused to sign the agreement. Did he develop a strange neurological condition soon after that and have to resign? Did the CIA keep secretly working with a couple corrupt officers to distribute illegal drugs to high school kids from “DEA controlled deliveries”, a local smaller “feeder airport” through a seafood import “proprietary”, with a local drug task force (with special license plates to identify each other) either looking the other way or involved. Betcha this hasn’t stopped.

The department got a new Chief and now has the equipment offered. You can be sure that this secret transaction has already been successfully made in almost every large Urban Police Department. So far, a significant number of Sheriff’s offices have refused. The County Sheriff is the supreme law enforcement officer in any county and has authority even over the Feds. Be clear about this, these deals with the Devil at Langley to get jurisdiction over your local police are all driven by the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins who are Neo-Bolsheviks who plan to use DHS and our local Police to terrorize us, tyrannize us, completely asset strip us and then mass-murder us.

Supposedly all these “1033 Program” military equipment transfers for the big stuff have been stopped. Don’t believe it, that is mere propaganda, and the only big stuff going back is for updated electronic warfare systems, new advanced weaponry or for repair and major maintenance. For now until the Khazarian Mafia’s back is broken, expect increased surveillance and harassment by local police if you are in one of the categories on their watch lists (which is about half of the American people). This is the kind of surveillance and increased harassment Gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, Veterans, libertarians, Christians, Islamics, Patriots, anti-war activists, dissidents and alternative media reporters and journalists can expect more of as the Khazarian Mafia’s power is choked off by the whole World that is now ganging up on it.

DHS is here to militarize the American Police and turn America into a Neo-Bolshevik Stasi-style Police State and transform it into GAZA II with all Americans the New Palestinians. Once that is accomplished the Khazarian Mafia plans to treat Americans the same way Bolsheviks treated innocent Russian civilians. It raped, tortured and mass murdered 100 million of them. The Khazarian Mafia is Neo-Bolshevik and its top Policy-Makers are from the same age old bloodlines. They have recorded their intentions in stone at the Georgia Guidestones so we know this for certain. But here’s the deal. America is not Russia in 1917 and is the most armed up populace in the World. Despite all the recent efforts of the Khazarian Mafia to force our so-called “elected politicians” to disarm Americans, it will never happen. Americans have been buying guns at an increasing rate ever since the Khazarian Mafia deployed all these mass-shootings in gun free zones and major efforts to grab our guns began in earnest. Of course, most County Sheriffs in America are populist oriented and part of their local communities and elected because of the respect they have gained and maintained. But even large urban police are starting to wake up.

They have a dangerous enough job already thanks to the CIA drug trafficking into urban cities for black ops money and theirs and the BATF’s continuing gun sales to gangs, especially MS 13 and the Las Zetas who were trained by the US Military inside the USA. Most American urban police officers have no intention of going door to door to fulfill some crazy unConstitutional Presidential PDD or even a new Congressional law passed. They do not want to turn honest law-abiding American Gunowners, hunters and Veterans into a Solzenitzen-type spontaneously erupting vigilante counter-force that shoots with bigger bore, more accurate, longer reaching rifles than they can. Most police officers want to go home to their families at the end of the day, and they know that the anger of the average American is now growing against the out of control militarized swat teams that attack the wrong homes and often kill and maim innocent women and young children. Smart Officers and chiefs want to establish good community relations and be seen as the community as helpers and public servants, not their oppressors working for the ADL and DHS. By the way, most large urban police departments are trained by the ADL to view the average civilian as real or potential domestic terrorists, especially gun owners. Now because of the recent public concern for increased mass-shootings and terrorism, many police are changing their minds on gun control and actually favor conceal-carry by law abiding citizens who have met the standards and have proper training.

Too many Chiefs of big urban departments are given free junkets to Israel for such training, and while there are served some very special Koolaide in their drinks and given some sophisticated psychotronic mind-kontrol indoctrination training. Take the recent case when a dumb swat team broke in the wrong home with no proper warrant and threw a stun grenade into a baby’s crib, burning and blowing off part of the young child’s face. Or the many cases where the wrong homes are stormed by out of control savage swat looking for a few $10 rocks, and innocent life is criminally taken in an instant. Or all the illegal, unConstitutional seizures of cash and autos from innocent non-drug dealers, taken and placed into police and Federal coffers often into the private pockets of corrupt supervisors and chiefs and judges.

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ And many Americans are starting to catch on to the fact that some of these mass-shootings in gun-free zones are real with real dead victims, while others like Sandy Hook are faked.

But that all are engineered, staged false-flag attacks on the Second Amendment. This has kept folks confused up until now, but thanks to the efforts of hundreds of tireless researchers the truth is now being published all over the Internet and is now readily available for all.

Conclusion: One thing is certain, the Khazarian Mafia is now cornered and its hegemony is rapidly being eroded. Its false-flag efforts to disarm Americans and any other efforts to do so will fail. The Khazarian Mafia is now doomed by the whole World which is building massive financial firewalls against it and gangingup on it. The Khazarian Mafia is being deconstructed bit by bit and you can expect they will have a hard landing and because they are such two-faced psychopaths, they will keep lying and murdering until the end.

Undoubtedly the Big Squeeze is now on the Khazarian Mafia, they are cornered and increasingly desperate and their private Fiat pernicious usury debt-based counterfeit money system has become a Ponzi scheme nearing collapse. And the BRICS System is just one of many new financial firewalls being built up against the Khazarian Mafia’s financial hegemony which is now destined to fail. There are certain factions in the Pentagon and American Intel which have so far been strong enough to place strong limits on what the Khazarian Mafia can do to retaliate, and they have been blocked from starting a nuclear WW3 with Russia as intended. Efforts by Senator John McCain and other Traitors like the retired General commanding ISIS have also failed. And all their recent efforts to attack Russia through Crimea and to destroy Syria and Iran have also failed because of the new military power and technological supremacy of the Russian Federation under the dynamic leadership of President Putin.

If these reports are true that China is severely restricting their container shipping companies until the Khazarian Mafia honors the Secret Reset Agreement, this is indeed a very interesting development. And if true it suggests that all the hype in the CMMM that China’s economy is worse than ours is likely exaggerated. A better guess is that China has prepared for this for quite a while and is no longer so dependent on American sales, perhaps already having established some lucrative new markets with Russia, South America, Malaysia and other trading partners. Is this part of a major economic trap for the Khazarian Mafia and its US Petro Dollar? In time we shall find out, and it make not take too long.

How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind January 20 2016 | From: Omnithought

The adjective definition of the word mnemonic is “assisting or intended to assist the memory.” As for the noun definition, mnemonic means “something intended to assist the memory, as a verse or formula.”

The word mnemonic originated from the Greek word mnemonikos, meaning “of or pertaining to memory”. Based on these definitions, mnemonic is something that affects the memory. Mnemonic is used in many different media, such as video games, TV commercials, cell phone apps, computers, and movies. The techniques used in mnemonic can be used for good or evil purposes. Unfortunately, most mnemonics of today are used to program our minds in negative ways and control how we think to a large degree. One of the most popular media used for mnemonic is television (TV). Have you ever wondered why TV shows are sometimes called TV programs? They are called TV programs because they are using them to program your mind with mnemonics and subliminal messages. They did not call them TV programs for no reason. It is right in your face and hidden in plain sight. Do you need more evidence that TV shows are being used to program your mind? TV is the acronym for the word television. Phonetically, the word television sounds like tell-a-vision. They are using TV programs to “tell you a vision,” so they can brainwash you to think the way that they want you to think.

Mnemonics are effective for manipulating your mind because they utilize sacred geometry, sigil, sound, and light to create magic effects to control your thought patterns. Because of their effectiveness, many corporations are replacing conventional subliminal messages with mnemonics in their advertising campaigns. One of the most effective ways to prevent mnemonics from affecting your mind is to become aware of how they are being used to program your mind. The video at the end of this article will show you how to do this. In addition, learn to strengthen your awareness and free your mind. Below is a summary of a great video from YouTube about mnemonic titled “Mnemonic Mind Control – Who Owns Your Thoughts?”

Presentation by Bonnie and John Mitchell for the 3rd Free Your Mind Conference 2015 This presentation by John and Bonnie Mitchell looks at the technology now being used against all people who watch television, mainstream movies, play video games, use cell phones and computers. This is the culmination of the illuminati’s mind control and behavioral research programs; the easiest way to hypnotize and program a human being’s subconscious mind. It combines electromagnetic pulsing, manipulation of sound and light frequencies, hypnotic trance induction, brainwave entrainment, and digital dark sigil magick. This tool is being used to keep the majority of people in a constant trance state, rewrite memories, control behavior, and insert demonic energy. Ultimately, it aids in the manifestation of the dark, fearbased reality the illuminati desire. Quotes from the film “Mnemonic Mind Control – Who Owns Your Thoughts?”

“The subconscious mind is the data storage center of the brain. It recognizes simple shapes and colors and takes in any information the conscious mind cannot figure out. The subconscious is not just a storage center, however; it is in control of our five senses and it makes important decisions even before the conscious mind becomes aware of them. The subconscious mind is what determines our view of reality and how we manifest it.”

“Sigils are everywhere; our subconscious mind recognizes the meanings of the sigils, having seen them over and over again. Sigils that have been around a long time have more power, especially if they are seen by millions of people every day. This is why advertisers and others who want to program your mind with their wishes use sigils on television, in the movies, on cell phones, on the Internet, in video games, on billboards, in magazines…everywhere.” “The neural pathways of the brain are constantly reforming themselves, based on the information that comes in; the pathways are set according to what your daily habits are. When you change your habits or just change your mind, you begin to form new pathways; you can actually “train your brain” this way. However, if you are allowing someone else to train your brain, you are giving them the ability to reform and reshape the neural pathways of your brain for you. You begin to accept new perceptions as your own, not realizing it was an outside source that programmed your thoughts.”

Official Science: The Grand Illusion January 16 2016 | From: JonRappoport

Since 1987, one of my goals as a reporter has been to educate the public about false science.

Between then and now, I have found that, with remarkably few exceptions, mainstream reporters are studiously indifferent to false science. They shy away from it. They pretend “it couldn’t be.” They refuse to consider facts. They and their editors parrot “the experts.”

“Government science exists because it is a fine weapon to use, in order to force an agenda of control over the population. We aren’t talking about knowledge here. Knowledge is irrelevant. What counts is: ‘How can we fabricate something that looks like the truth?’ I keep pointing this out: we’re dealing with reality builders. In this case, they make their roads and fences out of data, and they massage and invent the data out of thin air to suit their purposes. After all, they also invent money out of thin air.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport

Official science has a stranglehold on major media. It has the force of a State religion. When you stop and think about it, official science is, in a significant sense, a holy church. Therefore, it is no surprise that the church’s spokespeople would wield power over major information outlets. These prelates invent, guard, and dispense “what is known.” That was precisely the role of the Roman Church in times past. And those professionals within the modern Church of Science are severely punished when they leave the fold and accuse their former masters of lies and crimes. They are blackballed, discredited, and stripped of their licenses. At the very least.

Totalitarian science lets you know you’re living in a totalitarian society. The government, the press, the mega-corporations, the prestigious foundations, the academic institutions, the “humanitarian” organizations say:

“This is the disease. This is its name. This is what causes it. This is the drug that treats it. This is the vaccine that prevents it.”

“This is how accurate diagnosis is done. These are the tests. These are the possible results and what they mean.” “Here are the genes. This is what they do. This is how they can be changed and substituted and manipulated. These are the outcomes.” “These are the data and the statistics. They are correct. There can be no argument about them.” “This is life. These are the components of life. All change and improvement result from our management of the components.” “This is the path. It is governed by truth which our science reveals. Walk the path. We will inform you when you stray. We will report new improvements.” “This is the end. You can go no farther. You must give up the ghost. We will remember you.”

We are now witnessing the acceleration of Official Science. Of course, that term is an internal contradiction. But the State shrugs and moves forward. The notion that the State can put its seal on favored science, enforce it, and punish its competitors, is anathema to a free society. For example: declaring that psychiatrists can appear in court as expert witnesses, when none of the so-called mental disorders listed in the psychiatric literature are diagnosed by laboratory tests.

For example: stating that vaccination is mandatory, in order to protect the vaccinated (who are supposed to be immune) from the unvaccinated. An absurdity on its face.

For example: announcing that the science of climate change is “settled,” when there are, in fact, huge numbers of researchers who disagree. —And then, drafting legislation and issuing executive orders based on the decidedly unsettled science. For example: officially approving the release and sale of medical drugs (“safe and effective”) which go on to kill, at a conservative estimate, 100,000 Americans every year. And then refusing to investigate or punish the purveyors of these drug approvals (the FDA).

For example: permitting the widespread use of genetically modified food crops, based on no long-term studies of their impact on human health. And then, arbitrarily announcing that the herbicide, Roundup, for which many of these crops are specifically designed, is non-toxic. For example: declaring and promoting the existence of various epidemics, when the viruses purportedly causing them are not proven to exist and/or not proven to cause human illness (Ebola, SARS, West Nile, Swine Flu, etc.)

A few of you reading this have been with me since 1988, when I published my first book, AIDS INC., Scandal of the Century. Among other conclusions, I pointed out that HIV had never been shown to cause human illness; the front-line drug given to AIDS patients, AZT, was overwhelmingly toxic; and what was being called AIDS was actually a diverse number immunesuppressing conditions. Others of you have found my work more recently. I always return to the subject of false science, because it is the most powerful long-term instrument for repression, political control, and destruction of human life. As I’ve stated on many occasions, medical science is ideal for mounting and launching covert ops aimed at populations - because it appears to be politically neutral, without any allegiance to State interests. Unfortunately, medical science, on many fronts, has been hijacked and taken over. The profit motive is one objective, but beyond that, there is a more embracing goal: Totalitarian control. On the issue of vaccines, I’ve written much about their dangers and ineffectiveness. But also consider this: the push for mandatory vaccination goes a long way toward creating a herd effect - which is really a social construction. In other words, parents are propagandized to think of themselves a kind of synthetic artificial “community.”

“Here we are. We are the fathers and mothers. We must all protect our children against the outliers, the rebels, the defectors, the crazy ones who refuse to vaccinate their own children. We are all in this together. They are the threat. The enemy. We are good. We know the truth. They are evil.”

This “community of the willing” are dedicated to what the government tells them. They are crusaders imbued with group-think. They run around promoting “safety and protection.” This group consciousness is entirely an artifact, propelled by “official science.”

The crusaders are, in effect, agents of the State. They are created by the State. Androids. They live in an absurd Twilight Zone where fear of germs (the tiny invisible terrorists) demands coercive action against the individuals who see through the whole illusion. This is what official science can achieve. This is how it can enlist obedient foot soldiers and spies who don’t have the faintest idea about how they’re being used. This is a variant on Orwell’s 1984. The citizens are owned by the all-embracing State, but they aren’t even aware of it.

That’s quite a trick. One of my favorite examples of double-think or reverse-think is the antibody test. It is given to diagnosis diseases. Antibodies are immune-system scouts sent out to identify germ-intruders, which can then be wiped out by other immunesystem troops. Prior to 1985, the prevailing view of a positive test was: the patient is doing well; his body detected the germ and dispensed with it. After 1985, the view was suddenly: this is bad news; the patient is sick or he is on the verge of getting sick; he has the germ in his body; it does harm. Within the medical community, no one (with very few exceptions) raised hell over this massive switch. It was accepted. It was actually good for business. Now, many more people could be labeled “needs treatment,” whereas before, they would have been labeled “healthy.” While I was writing my first book, AIDS INC., in 1987-8, I wrote the FDA asking about a possible AIDS vaccine. I was told the following: every person given such a vaccine would, of course, produce antibodies against HIV. That is the whole purpose of a vaccine: to produce antibodies.

However, I was informed, patients receiving this vaccine would be given a letter to carry with them, in case they were ever tested for HIV and came up positive. The letter would explain that the antibodies causing the positive test were the result of the vaccine, not the result of “natural” action inside the patient’s body. In other words, the very same antibodies were either protective against AIDS (good) or indicative of deadly disease (bad). This was the contradictory and ridiculous and extraordinary pronouncement of official science. It carries over into every disease for which an antibody test is administered. If a vaccine against disease X is given, it delivers immunity, because it produces antibodies. But if a diagnostic test for disease X reveals the presence of the same antibodies, this is taken a sign of illness. Extrapolated to a more general level, the Word is: synthetic medical treatment is good; the action of the body to heal itself is incompetent. This is a type of superstition that would astonish even the most “primitive” societies. It no longer astonishes me. I see it everywhere in official science. From the medical establishment’s point of view, being alive is a medical condition. We are now living in a society where an incurable itch to meddle everywhere and at all times is the standard. A new definition of Reality emerges: “that which needs to be monitored and surveilled.”

Six Huge Stories The Mainstream Media Don’t Want You To Know About January 13 2016 | From: TrueActivist

You might have heard about a few of them, but not as much as you should. Here's our pick of the last 12 month's top news stories, all pretty much ignored by the corporate press.

Whistleblowers, Ecocide, top secret trade deals, and shady ties between the Islamic State and the West’s closest allies…here are a few hot topics the mainstream media barely covered in 2015.

1. Any Tragedy That’s Not Western-Centric The outpouring of fury, despair and grief by the corporate press over the November 13 Paris attacks highlighted the bias of the mainstream media towards western victims of terrorism. There were two suicide bombings in Lebanon the day before the events in Paris, killing 37 and wounding 180, but they were not mentioned much in the sensationalist coverage of France’s tragedy, nor were they mentioned in the minutes’ silences and vigils conducted across the Western world in the aftermath.

From the horrors of the Congo’s bloody civil war to Erdogan’s persecution of Turkish Kurds, from Boko Haram’s ongoing reign of terror in Nigeria, Chad, and Cameroon to the plight of Sudanese refugees, the mainstream media seems to pick and choose which human lives deserve our empathy and which aren’t quite so important.

2. Indonesia Burning As we previously reported, the Indonesian wildfires that caused devastation to the country’s people and wildlife last year were largely ignored by the mainstream media until several months after the devastating event began. The fires were started by loggers to clear the way for controversial palm oil plantations and caused health problems for over one million people.

The World Bank estimates that the fires destroyed 2.6 million hectares (6.4m acres) of rainforest between June and October, costing $16.1bn and causing untold loss of life to the endangered animals who depend on the forests for their survival. Terrified orang-utans fleeing the disaster were abused in a sickening way by some Indonesian villagers.

Ecocide on this scale should have been one of the biggest stories of 2015, but with the exception of Guardian columnist and environmental activist George Monbiot (who attacked his industry for censorship of the event), the tragedy was largely ignored to protect corporate interests.

3. France’s Slip Into Martial Law The terrorist attacks in Paris were used as justification by the French, British and German governments to join military strikes in Syria. They were also used as justification by the French government to severely restrict freedoms at home. As we reported, immediately after the terrible events of November 13, the French government began closing down alternative news sites.

The President also declared that anyone’s house could be searched without a warrant, websites could be blocked without warning, and citizens could be put under house arrest without a trial. Activists hoping to march in Paris at last month’s Climate Conference were disappointed to learn that France’s state of emergency also included a ban on protests. Some French politicians are pushing to install GPS trackers in rental cars, re-write the Constitution to allow for martial law, block free wifi and Tor, and combine state databases, which would give the state access to citizens’ personal medical records.

Amnesty International, along with many French bloggers, expressed concern that the Government had imposed martial law in response to the terrorist attack. They have a point: Isn’t a restriction of freedoms at home exactly what extremists would want? John Dalhuisen, Amnesty International’s Director of Europe and Central Asia, said in November: “It is a paradox to suspend human rights in order to defend them.” Many bloggers agreed and said they were scared about the situation in France. One wrote:

“I’m currently living in Paris, the city where some fanatics killed people because they were listening to music, watching a football match, or simply enjoy beers in a bar. I was living in the neighbourhood of where those tragic event happened. Now I’m scared. I’m not scared of terrorists. I’m scared of my own country. I’m scared because different is now starting to mean dangerous.” The anonymous man goes on: “It seems that being an ecologist is enough to get house arrest. Before its 20th November reform, this sentence was reserved to people ‘whose activity is dangerous’, now it’s ‘serious reason to believe that his behaviour constitutes a threat’. We’re almost at the thought crime.”

France’s emergency measures were reported by the mainstream media, but there was little analysis or debate about whether they are justified: the myth we have to trade in our freedoms to get security has become a normal part of everyday life.

4. The Truth About ISIS

In 2015, True Activist reported on a growing body of evidence that strongly suggests the Islamic State:

Would not exist at all if it weren’t for the Pentagon’s terrible handling of the illegal 2003 Iraq invasion Is funded and armed by Western allies Turkey and Saudi Arabia Continues to grow due to oil sales to Turkey May have ties to the British government and Israel Could be part of a bigger geo-political plan by the USA and Britain to destabilise the region, using the corporatepress to lie to the public in order to gain popular support for more endless oil wars. The mainstream media continues to peddle the tired old narrative that the Western coalition are in Syria specifically to fight the I.S. If this were true, it would be logical for these countries to support Russia in its war against the terrorist organization. Yet coverage of Vladimir Putin in the corporate press continues to be entirely negative, despite the fact Russia singlehandedly took out 40% of the Islamic State’s infrastructure in just one week. The revelations above have been completely censored by the corporate press, which is becoming less credible by the day.

5. The British Parliament Voted Against Democracy Last month, an English politician stood up in the Houses of Parliament and gave a speech calling for electoral reform. His request, backed by thousands of citizens, was blocked. The UK has an archaic system of voting which is unfit for purpose and entirely undemocratic: after unpopular Prime Minister David Cameron won the 2015 election with just 36% of the vote, millions of British people felt cheated.

A petition was launched to demand proportional representation rather than the co-called ‘first past the post’ system, which benefits the major political parties but never the alternatives. In short, Britain is not the fair, democratic nation it pretends to be. News that Jonathan Reynold’s request (video here) for a fairer system was rejected should have been a big story in the UK, but the British media barely covered it.

6. The Reality Of Top-Secret Free Trade Deals The TTIP (Trans-Atlantic Partnership Agreement) TISA, (Trade in Services Agreement) and TPP (Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement) are highly controversial and top secret deals that will affect the lives of every citizen of the planet, yet we apparently have no right to decide whether we want them- or even to know the exact details of the draft legislation.

TTIP, in particular, is of huge concern. As we have reported, the deal threatens to allow corporations to sue governments who don’t do as they are told, kill online privacy, make fracking standard procedure across 28 countries, privatise European health systems, force GMO food on unwilling citizens, strip us of our civil liberties, and ensure that corporations have control over the European parliament. Julian Assange called TTIP “The most important thing happening in Europe right now,” which is why Wikileaks is raising a 100,000 euro reward for any information relating to the deal. The site says of TTIP:

“It remains secret almost in its entirety, closely guarded by the negotiators, and only big corporations are given special access to its terms. The TTIP covers half of global GDP and is one of the largest agreements of its kind in history. The TTIP aims to create a global economic bloc outside of the WTO framework, as part of a geopolitical economic strategy against the BRICS countries of Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa.”

Considering the impact all three of these trade deals will have on democracy, human rights, food safety and the environment, public awareness should be widespread. Worryingly, a huge number of people know next to nothing about TTIP, TISA and TPP.

Far from questioning the secrecy of such important agreements or inciting a crucial public debate about whether these deals are ethical and democratic, mainstream coverage has glossed over the negatives and generally provided a biased view of the benefits of this corporate take-over of the world.

Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity January 2 2016| From: NaturalNews

Thanks to the hilarious emergence of an entire new vocabulary of P.C. victimization and whining based on brain-warping concepts like "microaggressions" and "safe spaces" - the very nature of P.C. is now being scrutinized by more and more people.

Thanks to the hilarious emergence of an entire new vocabulary of P.C. victimization and whining - based on brainwarping concepts like "microaggressions" and "safe spaces" - the very nature of P.C. is now being scrutinized by more and more people. Related: Propaganda & Fear-Mongering Works Today I encountered a brilliant essay that answers those questions. Not surprisingly, I found it on Mises.org, a libertarian website that ranks among my favorite sites for informed education on economics and finance. So here's the full essay by Jeff Deist. It's from the Nov-Dec 2015 issue of The Austrian:

PC Is About Control, Not Etiquette I'd like to speak today about what political correctness is, at least in its modern version, what it is not, and what we might do to fight against it. To begin, we need to understand that political correctness is not about being nice. It's not simply a social issue, or a subset of the culture wars. It's not about politeness, or inclusiveness, or good manners. It's not about being respectful toward your fellow humans, and it's not about being sensitive or caring or avoiding hurt feelings and unpleasant slurs.

But you've heard this argument, I'm sure. PC is about simple respect and inclusiveness, they tell us. As though we need progressives, the cultural enforcers, to help us understand that we shouldn't call someone retarded, or use the "N" word, make hurtful comments about someone's appearance, or tolerate bullies. If PC truly was about kindness and respect, it wouldn't need to be imposed on us. After all, we already have a mechanism for the social cohesion PC is said to represent: it's called manners. And we already have specific individuals charged with insuring that good manners are instilled and upheld: they're called parents.

Political Correctness Defined But what exactly is PC? Let me take a stab at defining it: Political correctness is the conscious, designed manipulation of language intended to change the way people speak, write, think, feel, and act, in furtherance of an agenda. PC is best understood as propaganda, which is how I suggest we approach it. But unlike propaganda, which historically has been used by governments to win favor for a particular campaign or effort, PC is all-encompassing. It seeks nothing less than to mold us into modern versions of Marx's un-alienated society man, freed of all his bourgeois pretensions and humdrum social conventions.

"Political correctness is tyranny with manners." - Charlton Heston.

Like all propaganda, PC fundamentally is a lie. It is about refusing to deal with the underlying nature of reality, in fact attempting to alter that reality by legislative and social fiat. A is no longer A. To quote Hans-Hermann Hoppe:

"[T]he masters … stipulate that aggression, invasion, murder and war are actually self-defense, whereas selfdefense is aggression, invasion, murder and war. Freedom is coercion, and coercion is freedom. … Taxes are voluntary payments, and voluntarily paid prices are exploitative taxes. In a PC world, metaphysics is diverted and rerouted. Truth becomes malleable, to serve a bigger purpose determined by our superiors."

But where did all this come from? Surely PC, in all its various forms, is nothing new under the sun. I think we can safely assume that feudal chiefs, kings, emperors, and politicians have ever and always attempted to control the language, thoughts, and thus the actions of their subjects. Thought police have always existed. To understand the origins of political correctness, we might look to the aforementioned Marx, and later the Frankfurt school. We might consider the work of Leo Strauss for its impact on the war-hungry think tank world. We might study the deceptive sloganeering of Saul Alinsky. We might mention the French philosopher Foucault, who used the term "political correctness" in the 1960s as a criticism of unscientific dogma.

But if you really want to understand the black art of PC propaganda, let me suggest reading one of its foremost practitioners, Edward Bernays. Bernays was a remarkable man, someone who literally wrote the book on propaganda and its softer guise of public relations. He is little discussed in the West today, despite being the godfather of modern spin.

He was the nephew of Sigmund Freud, and like Mises was born in Austria in the late nineteenth century. Unlike Mises, however, he fortuitously came to New York City as an infant and then proceeded to live an astonishing 103 years. One of his first jobs was as a press agent for President Woodrow Wilson's Committee on Public Information, an agency designed to gin up popular support for US entry into WW1 (German Americans and Irish Americans especially were opposed). It was Bernays who coined the infamous phrase "Make the World Safe for Democracy" used by the committee.

After the war, he asked himself whether one could "apply a similar technique to the problems of peace." And by "problems," Bernays meant selling stuff. He directed very successful campaigns promoting Ivory Soap, for bacon and eggs as a healthy breakfast, and ballet. He directed several very successful advertising campaigns, most notably for Lucky Strike in its efforts to make smoking socially acceptable for women.

The Role of "Herd Psychology" Bernays was quite open and even proud of engaging in the "manufacturing of consent," a term used by British surgeon and psychologist Wilfred Trotter in his seminal Instincts of the Herd in Peace and War published in 1919. Bernays took the concept of herd psychology to heart. The herd instinct entails the deep seated psychological need to win approval of one's social group. The herd overwhelms any other influence; as social humans, our need to fit in is paramount. But however ingrained, in Bernays's view the herd instinct cannot be trusted. The herd is irrational and dangerous, and must be steered by wiser men in a thousand imperceptible ways - and this is key. They must not know they are being steered. The techniques Bernays employed are still very much being used to shape political correctness today.

First, he understood how all-powerful the herd mind and herd instinct really is. We are not the special snowflakes we imagine, according to Bernays. Instead we are timorous and malleable creatures who desperately want to fit in and win acceptance of the group. Second, he understood the critical importance of using third party authorities to promote causes or products. Celebrities, athletes, models, politicians, and wealthy elites are the people from whom the herd takes its cues, whether they're endorsing transgender awareness or selling luxury cars. So when George Clooney or Kim Kardashian endorses Hillary Clinton, it resonates with the herd. Third, he understood the role that emotions play in our tastes and preferences. It's not a particular candidate or cigarette or a watch or a handbag we really want, it's the emotional component of the ad that affects us, however subconsciously.

What We Can Do About It So the question we might ask ourselves is this: how do we fight back against PC? What can we do, as individuals with finite amounts of time and resources, with serious obligations to our families, loved ones, and careers, to reverse the growing tide of darkness? First, we must understand that we're in a fight. PC represents a war for our very hearts, minds, and souls. The other side understands this, and so should you. The fight is taking place on multiple fronts: the state-linguistic complex operates not only within government, but also academia, media, the business world, churches and synagogues, nonprofits, and NGOs. So understand the forces aligned against you.

"It's now very common to hear people say, "I'm rather offended by that", as if that gives them certain rights. It's no more than a whine. It has no meaning, it has no purpose, it has no reason to be respected as a phrase. "I'm offended by that." Well, so fucking what?" - Stephen Fry

Understand that the PC enforcers are not asking you, they're not debating you, and they don't care about your vote. They don't care whether they can win at the ballot box, or whether they use extralegal means. There are millions of progressives in the US who absolutely would criminalize speech that does not comport with their sense of social justice. One poll suggests 51 percent of Democrats and 1/3 of all Americans would do just that. The other side is fighting deliberately and tactically. So realize you're in a fight, and fight back. Culturally, this really is a matter of life and death.

We Still Have Freedom to Act As bad as PC contamination may be at this point, we are not like Mises, fleeing a few days ahead of the Nazis. We have tremendous resources at our disposal in a digital age. We can still communicate globally and create communities of outspoken, anti-PC voices. We can still read and share anti-state books and articles. We can still read real history and the great un-PC literary classics. We can still homeschool our kids. We can still hold events like this one today. This is not to say that bucking PC can't hurt you: the possible loss of one's job, reputation, friends, and even family is very serious. But defeatism is never called for, and it makes us unworthy of our ancestors. Use humor to ridicule PC. PC is absurd, and most people sense it. And its practitioners suffer from a comical lack of self-awareness and irony. Use every tool at your disposal to mock, ridicule, and expose PC for what it is. Never forget that society can change very rapidly in the wake of certain precipitating events. We certainly all hope that no great calamity strikes America [Read: anywhere, and again I wish these writers would have more of a focus on the world as a whole and that it is NOT all about bloody America], in the form of an economic collapse, a currency collapse,

an inability to provide entitlements and welfare, energy shortages, food and water shortages, natural disasters, or civil unrest. But we can't discount the possibility of these things happening.

It's time for us, we the people; to circle our wolves and our wagons too indeed

And if they do, I suggest that PC language and PC thinking will be the first ornament of the state to go. Only rich, modern, societies can afford the luxury of a mindset that does not comport with reality, and that mindset will be swiftly swept aside as the "rich" part of America frays. Men and women might start to rediscover that they need and complement each other if the welfare state breaks down. Endless hours spent on social media might give way to rebuilding social connections that really matter when the chips are down. More traditional family structures might suddenly seem less oppressive in the face of great economic uncertainty. Schools and universities might rediscover the value of teaching practical skills, instead of whitewashed history and grievance studies. One's sexual preferences might not loom as large in the scheme of things, certainly not as a source of rights. The rule of law might become something more than an abstraction to be discarded in order to further social justice and deny privilege.

Play the Long Game I'm afraid it might not be popular to say so, but we have to be prepared for a long and hard campaign. Let's leave the empty promises of quick fixes to the politicians. Progressives play the long game masterfully. They've taken 100 years to ransack our institutions inch by inch. I'm not suggesting incrementalism to reclaim those foregone institutions, which are by all account too far gone - but to create our own.

PC enforcers seek to divide and atomize us, by class, race, sex, and sexuality. So let's take them up on it. Let's bypass the institutions controlled by them in favor of our own. Who says we can't create our own schools, our own churches, our own media, our own literature, and our own civic and social organizations? Starting from scratch certainly is less daunting than fighting PC on its own turf.

Conclusion PC is a virus that puts us - liberty loving people - on our heels. When we allow progressives to frame the debate and control the narrative, we lose power over our lives. If we don't address what the state and its agents are doing to control us, we might honestly wonder how much longer organizations like the Mises Institute are going to be free to hold events like this one today. Is it really that unimaginable that you might wake up one day and find sites with anti-state and anti-egalitarian content blocked -- sites like mises.org and lewrockwell.com?

Or that social media outlets like Facebook might simply eliminate opinions not deemed acceptable in the new America? In fact, head Facebook creep Mark Zuckerberg recently was overheard at a UN summit telling Angela Merkel that he would get to work on suppressing Facebook comments by Germans who have the audacity to object to the government's handling of migrants. Here's the Facebook statement:

"We are committed to working closely with the German government on this important issue. We think the best solutions to dealing with people who make racist and xenophobic comments can be found when service providers, government, and civil society all work together to address this common challenge."

Chilling, isn't it? And coming soon to a server near you, unless we all get busy. Related: Propaganda And The Rhetoric Of The Ruataniwha Dam

Alternative Media Is Winning: 60% Of Americans [ Read: The West ] Distrust Mainstream Media December 28 2015 | From: Geopolitics

A continuing trend of distrust against mainstream media shows the effectiveness of the efforts of independent alternative media.

In 2009, only 45% fairly trusted the mainstream media, while 2 out of 10 have no confidence whatsoever. That trend continues today… Related: It’s Official, Alternative Media Win Over Mainstream Media 60% distrust rating is a critical mass achieved by the Americans. But it’s one thing to know that your government is lying. It’s another when one begin t contemplate what to do about it. As Edmund Burke once said, “Evil prevails when Good Men do nothing.” “WASHINGTON, D.C. — Less than half of Americans (45%) say they have a great deal or fair amount of confidence in the media to report the news fully, accurately, and fairly — on par with last year’s record-low 43%. About 2 in 10 Americans (18%) have no confidence in the media at all — which is also among the worst grades Gallup has recorded.

The findings are from the same Gallup survey, conducted Aug. 31-Sept. 2, 2009, that found more Americans following political news very closely than in any other recent year without a presidential election. Despite the relatively high level of interest in political news in particular, many Americans appear to be consuming their news skeptically. Ten percent say they have a great deal of confidence in the media’s reporting and 35% have a fair amount, but 37% do not have very much confidence and 18% have none at all.” Gallup: Many Americans Remain Distrusting of News Media In 2015, those negative figures aggravated as only 4 out of 10 Americans fairly trust the mainstream media… “WASHINGTON, D.C. - Four in 10 Americans say they have “a great deal” or “a fair amount” of trust and confidence in the mass media to report the news fully, accurately and fairly. This ties the historical lows on this measure set in 2014 and 2012. Prior to 2004, slight majorities of Americans said they trusted the mass media, such as newspapers, TV and radio.

Americans’ confidence in the media has slowly eroded from a high of 55% in 1998 and 1999. Since 2007, the majority of Americans have had little or no trust in the mass media. Trust has typically dipped in election years, including 2004, 2008, 2012 and last year. However, 2015 is not a major election year. This decline follows the same trajectory as Americans’ confidence in many institutions and their declining trust in the federal government’s ability to handle domestic and international problems over the same time period.

Trust in the Mass Media Has Fallen More Sharply Among Those Younger Than 50 Trust in the media continues to be significantly lower among Americans aged 18 to 49 than among those 50 and older, continuing a pattern evident since 2012. Prior to 2012, these groups’ trust levels were more similar, with a few exceptions between 2005 and 2008.”

Gallup polls is of course conservative in favor of the establishment. The level of distrust could be higher than that. But the figures above showing consistency of descending trust trend is enough for us to say that the establishment media is in a decline. Also, the data are only showing American viewers.only The European population, however, is more politically aware, judging from there periodic street protests on global issues like the UK planned enhanced engagement in Syria. The declining trajectory of media trust will be further enhanced once the mainstream audience become more aware of the following facts: Cable News Network (CNN)

Location: Atlanta, Georgia Politics: Jokingly known as ‘Clinton News Network’ in the ’90s, CNN’s worldview can best be deciphered from studying the speeches of Hillary Clinton. The station oscillates between currently fashionable neoliberal causes. Money Matters Owned by Time Warner, a publicly-traded company. In the second quarter of 2015, the media conglomerate’s revenues were $7.3 billion, of which $2.8 billion came from Turner, CNN’s parent company. Turner is comprised of CNN, HLN, TBS, TNT, Adult Swim, Cartoon Network and truTV. In addition, the company manages several sports websites. Revenue for that operating division comes from content, subscriptions, advertising and delivery. Essentials

CNN, the brainchild of Ted Turner, made its debut on June 1, 1980, from its headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia. Competing with ABC, CBS and NBC, CNN became the first channel to provide news 24/7. Despite its humble beginnings, the network earned its reputation in the early 1990s during its live coverage of the Persian Gulf War.

CNN was also the first channel to report the 9/11 attacks. While CNN strives for political impartiality, Pew research has revealed that its audience leans slightly to the left. The channel is currently available in 100 million households across the US. CNN has also expanded abroad with channels broadcasting in Turkish, Japanese and Spanish. With news operations in Hong Kong, Abu Dhabi and London, CNN International reaches over 290 million households further afield. Its coverage is carried by more than 1,000 affiliates worldwide. Read more at: Geopolitics

Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War December 26 2015 | From: RTD

Can you tell truth from lies in mass media?

“The media's the most powerful entity on earth. They have the power to make the innocent guilty and to make the guilty innocent, and that's power. Because they control the minds of the masses." - Malcolm X

The following is a excerpt from the documentary: Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War The full documentary is below this trailer:

Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War RTD’s Miguel Francis-Santiago delves deep to try to understand the intricacies of information war. He meets media experts and puts together the Mosaic of Facts, showing how public opinion is manipulated, not just over the Ukrainian Crisis but throughout the world.

Propaganda And The Rhetoric Of The Ruataniwha Dam December 14 2015 | From: ChrisPerley

“Political language… is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give

an appearance of solidity to pure wind.” - George Orwell

I was taught propaganda at school. Our English master, Mr Brown, liked words. He had an inspirational way of making us pause in admiration at the bon mot. He once stopped boys in the quad by calling some poor litterer a Philistine mixed up with other adjectives, verbs and the occasional noun.

“The media's the most powerful entity on earth. They have the power to make the innocent guilty and to make the guilty innocent, and that's power. Because they control the minds of the masses." - Malcolm X

When I read things coming out of the Hawke’s Bay Regional Council advocating the wonders of the Ruataniwha Dam– the latest by Andrew Newman (18th August) – I think of Mr Brown. We were taught how you can if you wish construct a rhetorical argument to deliver a twisted message. We all do it to some extent because we are emotional beings, but knowing the techniques allowed us to better critique any bias.

The most basic propaganda is to use words that are loaded in either a positive or a pejorative way; adverbs and adjectives particularly. Words and phrases like ‘major boost’, ‘deepen its economic resilience’, ‘improve water quality’, ‘strengthen the social fabric’, ‘a better Tukituki’, and ‘for the benefit of the region and the nation.’ Patriotic that last. I wanted to put my hand on my breast and swear allegiance. Who could possibly be against? The satirist John Stewart from The Daily Show warned in his last broadcast a few weeks ago to watch out for such bovine excrement; he used the appallingly named US ‘Patriot Act’ as an example.

A more sophisticated propaganda technique is called the Sin of Omission. This is more powerful that the Sin of Commission – a bare-faced lie – because with an Omission there is often a partially-redeeming document or half-truth to fall back on. For instance, it is true that in 70 years the dam if constructed will be “transferred into the hands of the Regional Council,” after “all the investors walk away.” Well, half true. Yes, the ‘asset’ will be transferred, but by that stage the dam may well be filled with shingle, and we the public – our children’s children – will be charged with decommissioning the dam, at much greater cost than construction by some estimates. It’s called ‘privatising the gain and socialising the cost’ and it is the oldest game in the book.

The Proposed Ruataniwha Dam: Before and after the destruction

Another statement with a tiny shred of truth is “resilience in a world where the climate is drying and warming.” Drought relief was never a feature of this scheme, but it is continually trotted out to create some warm fuzzy feeling. Facts: there are 25 to 28 thousand hectares proposed in the scheme with about 160 farms. The plains areas to be irrigated already has some access to ground water. Hawke’s Bay has 1.42 million hectares, mostly hill country, and it is the southern hill country that is most exposed to drought, not the plains. We have continually pointed out that their drought argument is a nonsense, yet they continue to use it because it resonates.

Then there is the Argument from Authority; a report perhaps with number estimates based on a number of assumptions that are neither discussed nor open to critique. Speculative figures of let’s say $200 million in GDP, 2000 jobs in servicing and processing, a rate of return of X. Anyone who has had anything to do with models knows their severe limitations, particularly

when there is apparently no understanding of primary sector trends, and whether the scheme will involve a structural shift away from such trends, or simply accelerate them. I am talking here about the trends of reducing commodity prices, more farm amalgamations to achieve cost reductions, more absentee owners, processing centralised to a few large plants outside the region, less people employed per farm, the increase in migrant labourers who repatriate much of their earnings, and all the loss of local supporting population, spend and servicing that multiplies from the primary sector base.

Commoditisation The underlying process whereby customers systematically eliminate everything you perceive as being different or special about your firm or your offerings; reducing you and your competition to the lowest common denominator, typically, though not always, price.

None of these structural problems are addressed in any of the HBRIC reports. Large corporate-designed dams will not shift those trends, they will only make them worse. But the ‘expert’ reports generate numbers, so let us publish them to applause and fanfare. What we won’t hear is any discussion about the effect of high capitalisation and risk related to farm investment encouraging family farms to realise their free capital gains by selling. The buyers will follow the trend of being large absentee owners who will not spend either their profits or much of their operational expenditure locally. Something like three times the regional money spend and employment is generated by local firms compared with syndicated firms coming in from outside.

Ruataniwha Dam thinking locks us into the lower left quadrant, and the dominant buyer takes the cost savings in a lower price … and so we cut costs again … and again …

All we need do is look to the US agribusiness trends in the mid-west to see it. It is well documented in both fiction and nonfiction, and involves a local social, environmental and economic decline, with the gains made elsewhere. It is effectively a new type of colonisation, where the locals end up as the colonised, by the new Philistines. And with it, more commoditisation and homogenisation of our land, our people and our economy. It actually creates far less resilience, the opposite of Andrew Newman’s claims.

Perhaps the most incredible and bare-faced conjecture is that there will be a ‘better’ river and a stronger ‘social fabric’. This represents either naïve blind hope that technology will protect us from pollution, or wilful disinformation by those whose short-term interests and egos are far more important than creating a better Hawke’s Bay in the long-term.

Darth Vader And The New World Order - Interesting Parallels December 10 2015 | From: PrisonPlanet

The Star Wars story has had, without a question, the greatest impact on popular culture of any movie in world history. We will now explore why it has resonated so strongly with so many people across generations.

At last, the mainstream media is picking up on something we’ve been talking about for years. The plot lines of George Lucas’ six Star Wars films mirror, in many respects, the activities of western governments. George Lucas, the creator of the Star Wars saga, has said over and over again that he simply plays on subconscious archetypal symbols that evoke primeval fears and passions. Lucas has also stated on many occasions that he draws from historical examples of imperial leaders’ lust for war and total power. Lucas has said that that is why his films have such a powerful effect of people. Deep down, everyone knows that the greatest threat to life and liberty isn’t the average criminal on the street, but the monolithic, all-powerful state.

The human desire to resist tyranny is one of the strongest drives we have and Lucas plays upon that instinct masterfully.

While premiering his film, Star Wars: Revenge of the Sith, at the Cannes Film Festival George Lucas was asked if his new film was a social commentary on George Bush and the Iraq invasion (which even our own government admits is part of America’s new “kindly, helpful and loving” imperialism). How can they not ask this when Darth Vader says to his former teacher Obi-Wan Kenobi, “if you’re not with me, then you’re my enemy.” Remember that Lord Bush, after the 9/11 attacks said, “either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” Lucas responded to the reporters by saying that the original Star Wars was developed in the early post-Veitnam War era shortly after Richard Nixon left office amidst a byzantine scandal. He continued by saying;

“The issue was, how does a democracy turn itself into a dictatorship… When I wrote it, Iraq (the U.S.- led war) didn’t exist.. but the parallels of what we did in Vietnam and Iraq are un believable … I didn’t think it was going to get this close.”

Speaking about present day America he said, “I hope this doesn’t come true in our country.”

Government-Sponsored Terrorism When I first saw Episode I, I instantly understood the plot. Being a student of history, it made total sense. But, I was amazed, time and time again, when talking to educated adults who were also Star Wars fans that they didn’t get it. They’d say, “it doesn’t make any sense.”

This phenomenon got even worse when Episode II came out. People were totally confused. They didn’t understand a plot that children could grasp. For those who are still confused, here’s a plot synopsis in a nutshell: In Episode I, Senator Palpatine is an obscure politician from the peaceful world of Naboo. Palpatine influences Naboo not to pay its Trade Federation taxes. The corrupt mercantile Trade Federation cartel then blockades the Naboo system and begins a ground invasion of its capitol, taking its orders from the sinister leader Darth Sidious, Lord of the Sith, who is one and the same with Senator Palpatine.

By manipulating the outcome of the Naboo police action, Palpatine (who then plays the part of resisting an operation that he has launched) is able to springboard into the Chancellery of the Galactic Senate. Episode II begins with a widening conflict that threatens to destroy the hundred thousand-year-old Republic. The newlyelected Chancellor (Palpatine) is able to use the expanding crisis as a pretext to pass police state legislation and to launch a mammoth military buildup.

As in Episode I, Darth Sidious is in control of the separatists led by the charismatic Count Dooku, who is his secret apprentice, Darth Tyrannus. Darth Sidious uses his agent (Count Dooku) to create a crisis that threatens to destroy the Republic, thus threatening the Republic’s very existence and manipulating the Senate into giving him the powers of a dictator. This is the classic use of problem-reaction-solution. Create a crisis, get the reaction of fear from the population, and offer the solution of a police state that you control.

Real-world examples of this through history are: Adolph Hitler, two months after being elected Chancellor, firebombed the German Parliament (Reichstag) building, blamed it on his political enemies and declared martial law in the Reich. Most historians now believe that the US government bombed its own ship in Havana harbor as a pretext to launch the Spanish-American war in 1898. The LBJ Presidential library in 2003 released taped conversations between President Johnson and Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara in which they discussed how the Gulf of Tonkin attack never really took place and how to use it to officially kick of the Vietnam War which resulted in the deaths of over 58,000 US troops and over a million Vietnamese. In early 2001, the Baltimore Sun and ABC News reported on a newly-declassified operation code-named Northwoods, where the Joint Chiefs of Staff proposed hijacking jets by remote control and crashing them, bombing DC, committing sniper attacks in Miami and DC, having the CIA attack the Guantanamo Bay Marine Corps base with mortars, and how to blame all of this terrorism on Cuba and the Soviet Union, giving the Pentagon the pretext to start World War III. The plan was green-lighted all the way up to President Kennedy who vetoed the plan. The bottom line is that the US government planned to terrorize its own cities as a pretext for war.

In Episode III, the surviving Jedi realize, when its too late, that the Clone Wars have been systematically engineered by the Lord of the Sith to destroy the Republic and the Jedi. In the end, the Emperor dispatches his dark apprentice, Darth Vader, to exterminate the Jedi and the leaders of the separatist movement (that the Chancellor controlled), leaving the enemies of the Sith dead and the Sith in control of the Central Government. The despotic Galactic Empire is born.

George Bush: Problem-Reaction-Solution We look at the real world and the military-industrial-complex that controls George Bush, and it is clear that the government is using the problem-reaction-solution system to bring in their own empire.

Using the threat of terrorism, the Executive Branch has declared authoritarian powers unto itself. At the same time, they tell the people that they won’t be safe until every “rogue” nation (nations that are sovereign) are under World Government control. It is a fact that bin Laden has been a CIA agent since at least 1981. The highest levels of the CIA have publicly said that they do not want to catch him. Think about who really has the motive for the September 11th attacks. None of the Arab nations have taken responsibility, although they’ve been falsely accused of carrying out the attacks. Who in their right mind would attack the heart of an unmatched military juggernaut with seven times superiority of any military on earth? Who stands to gain? Who gets trillions of dollars in Iraqi and Afghan oil? What group gets to sell hundreds of billions in weapons systems?

Who gets to be our hero and silence all political opposition? What group is now turning America into a high-tech police state? In the Project for a New American Century (PNAC) documents, Dick Cheney told us in 2000 that the neo-cons and their backers gain. PNAC documents written by Dick Cheney and other top neo-cons call for a helpful Pearl Harbor-like attack to mobilize the American people in a war for empire. One of the Pentagon’s chief strategists, Tomas Barnett, openly calls America an empire and has a laundry list of nations that need to be invaded immediately.

The bin Laden family has been in business with Bushes for over thirty years. Bush Senior and the bin Ladens vacation together. The Bushes and the bin Ladens are on the board of the armament dealing consortium, the Carlyle group whose profits have quadrupled since 9/11. The press has been forced to admit that the hijackers had their houses, cars and credit cards paid for by the Federal government. They were trained on US military bases. When US Embassies tried to block their entry into the US, the CIA ordered them to allow entry.

There are over 600 pieces of evidence that show that bin Laden is George Bush’s Count Dooku, which are covered in detail in my three films on 9/11, the newest being Martial Law 9/11: Rise of the Police State.

Hollywood Movies: Art Imitates Life I’ve noticed with fantasy people have trouble understanding the concept of would-be tyrants creating crises so they can offer the solution. We see popular Hollywood films peppered with this idea. For example: In the blockbuster, The Incredibles, the evil genius, Syndrome, wants to be worshipped as a super hero, so he stages a robotic attack on a US city which he plans to then foil and become the people’s savior.

In the film, Final Fantasy, a General who wants to be given dictatorial powers opens the gates so the enemy can attack New York and then discredit his peacenik opponents. There are countless examples of this, and I’ve noticed that when I talk to adults who have seen these films they don’t understand the plots. But, when I talk to children they completely grasp it. From a sociological/psychological perspective, why is there this blind spot in adults? Is it being engineered into us? Are we in denial? If so many intelligent people can’t grasp a children’s plot line, no wonder they can’t really understand what’s behind 9/11.

Missing the Big Picture Infowars.com has seen scores of mainline publications from CBS News to Japan Today drawing parallels between America’s predatory militarism and the grasping empire of the Star Wars universe. What they’ve missed is the central point that Lucas makes time and time again. Criminal elements within the government that seek to overthrow freedom and replace it with slavery get their power through carrying out terrorist attacks and manufacturing enemies that they fund and control.

In some cases, as with the separatists in Star Wars, they don’t even know who they are controlled by, just as an Arab suicide bomber might not know that the funds and training that he received came from a western intelligence agency. He doesn’t know that his attack will be used to crack down on entire populations and stop any real peace process, because the weapon dealers have no interest in peace. Chaos is the ether in which they swim. The dominant press also misses the boat on how much Star Wars itself has been influenced by the Third Reich. The uniforms worn by imperial officers are almost identical to the German military staff. Political officers in the empire wear the black uniforms that even more closely resemble the dreaded garb of the German political police, the SS.

Star Wars also acts as a type of cultural feedback loop. Star Wars’ villains are modeled after the Nazis (Darth Vader’s helmet is simply a slightly more pronounced German artillery solder’s head piece), and, in turn, modern governments are themselves influenced by the visigothic-style of Star Wars. The press reported in the early 1980’s that while Ronald Reagan was campaigning for President in 1979 he was camping at Bohemian Grove in Northern California with business leaders. They came up with the idea to give the Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI) the catchy name “Star Wars.” ‘

Out of SDI grew the US Space Command. Today all US military forces are under the control of the ultra-secretive US Space Command. In the 1980’s military and law enforcement planners wanted to come up with intimidating uniforms for SWAT teams and militarized riot police. They came up with a design which has now been adopted thanks to federal grants in almost every major city. The uniform, which they admit is meant to strike fear into the public, is extremely similar to the suit worn by the Dark Lord of the Sith, Darth Vader.

A Seattle Riot Cop Of course, long before Darth Vader existed in our minds, every culture had a dark totem representing evil and domination that manifested itself as a tall, pitch-black hooded or helmeted sorcerer. Similar to the ringwraiths of J.R. Tolkein’s Lord of the Rings trilogy.

We should all be concerned that our government is choosing to clothe our police in these macabre get-ups. Throughout history, secret police, torturers, inquisitors, executioners, terrorists, bank robbers and every other form of scum has worn the black mask. Of course, in the Klu Klux Klan, the black mask is only worn by the Supreme Grand Dragon.

The New World Order In Episode III, the Emperor talks about a “New Order.” How many Presidents and leaders have we heard spout off about a “New Order” or a “New World Order?” George Bush Senior, Adolph Hitler, and countless others have all called for a New World Order. Related: 150+ New World Order Globalist Agenda Quotes

A New World Order is a worldwide dictatorship. At least that is what the encyclopedia said up until the 1960’s. Now resource books, especially those for children tell you that it is a loving, wonderful thing that will keep us all safe from terror.

Secret Societies In the Star Wars universe, the Sith are members of a self-centered secret society that has been passing down its knowledge for thousands of years. The religion revels in death and destruction. War is its sacrament, death stars and war ships its cathedrals. This is one of the central threads that runs throughout the entirety of Star Wars lore. For over a decade, I have been studying civilization and time and time again in my research I run into the occult, secret societies and, at the top of it all, the Order of Death, known by the public as the order of Skull and Bones.

The only widely known manifestation of the Order of Death is one of its chapters based at Yale University, the Order of Skull and Bones, Chapter 322, of which both George W. Bush and his father are members. Three Presidents have been members of Chapter 322 alone. Eight CIA directors were members. George W. Bush’s administration has 11 members currently at the highest levels. And 322 is only one chapter. In July of 2000, I infiltrated what can be called the mother ship of the Order of Death, the Bohemian Grove. This is the same place where Reagan decided to call SDI “Star Wars.” Major California papers have reported on the rumors that world leaders meet there and perform bizarre black magic rituals to the Caananite deity that represented death, Moloch.

While I was inside, I was able to secretly film the bizarre annual ritual, the Cremation of Care, which takes place at the Bohemian Grove every year. The footage I took aired nationally on the Trio Network. Now, we have come full circle. Why is all of this important? Because, since infiltrating, I have become aware of and have obtained publicly available annals of Bohemian Grove and its correspondence with Skull and Bones. Many of these documents are posted on infowars.com in the Bohemian Grove section. What we learned shocked me to my very core. Skull and Bones and Bohemian Grove are nothing but US extensions of a germanic death cult that has been operating for thousands of years. This same group, that calls itself the Order of Death, is mentioned as the Tooley and Thule society and respected, mainstream works on the rise of the Third Reich detail how Adolph Hitler was a member of his group, and how they supported his rise to power and his subsequent actions in World War II.

Then I learned that Prescott Bush, the grandfather of the President, had gotten into deep trouble during World War II for trading with the enemy, and that he was on the Board of Directors of the company owned by Fritz Thyssen who was also a member of the Order of Death and the chief financier of Hitler in Germany. In my new film, Martial Law 9/11: Rise of the Police State I detail these facts with documents from the National Archives, the London Guardian, the New Hampshire Gazette, and Skull and Bones and Bohemian Grove’s own annals. I’ve really got to hand it to George Lucas. He really did his homework. It took me a decade of intense research to discover the fact that our world is dominated by members of a secret society that give themselves names like “Lord Death,” “Lord Longtooth,” “Lord Dragon,” and “Long Devil.” Lucas was able to expose, if you think he’s doing it for good, or desensitise, if you think he’s doing it for bad, the entire public to the reality of what is going on, projected onto the backdrop of fantasy.

Take away the light sabers and levitation and you’re left with what our world leaders really believe in, what their religion really is, what makes them tick. The global controllers, of whom Bush is just a puppet, are using the same tactics to control populations employed by the Dark Lords of the Sith. I know this is hard to believe, but if you just research their own publications they brag about it. German Chancellor Helmut Schmidt in his own autobiography, 'Men and Powers, A Political Retrospective' bragged that they had their own secret society meeting places in German where they did rituals, but his favorite place was Bohemian Grove. I probably shouldn’t be surprised by George Lucas’ insight, his understanding of this greatest of secrets. By telling his Star Wars story and interlacing it with the truth, he touched all of our subconscious minds where we deep down know the truth about the world but don’t have the courage to consciously admit it.

In doing so, Lucas has made over 10 billion dollars with his films and merchandise. By telling the truth even in a screened way, he has tapped into our collective unconscious and told us a story that we know is true. In closing, it’s important to see George Lucas’ first feature film, THX-1138, based on a student film he produced in college. THX, which has become Lucas’ signet, appearing in all of his films and most of his products, tells the story of man totally dehumanized in a forced-drugged, shaved-head police state and how one man stands up and breaks free of that system. That’s the heart of why the public loves Lucas. Not just that he tells the truth in a way that gets past the censors, but that he reminds us that the individual can stand up against organized evil and win.

Addendum The following video explains the theory and reasoning that Jar Jar Binks was actually originally written to be the high Sith Lord. This sounds ridiculous but the video makes many valid observations, particularly that - because of the enormous aversion by the Star Wars audience worldwide to the character Jar Jar - that the Sith Lord part was written out and hence Count Dooku was invented. Whether this theory is true or not does not matter, the point it illustrates is that this is exactly how the cabal operate; when one of their puppets is not performing, they whip up another one and chuck them in.

Channel 4 News Cancels Prince Charles Interview Due To 'Draconian' Demands December 8 2015 | From: TheGuardian

Broadcaster refused terms of contract insisted upon by Clarence House.

Prince Charles delivers a speech as part of the United Nations conference on climate change

Channel 4 News has turned down an interview with the Prince of Wales after refusing to sign a “draconian” contract with a string of demands including the pre-vetting of all questions and right to control editing. Channel 4 News has turned down an interview with the Prince of Wales after refusing to sign a “draconian” contract with a string of demands including the pre-vetting of all questions and right to control editing. The extremely tight level of control and censorship has not stopped some outlets from broadcasting interviews: Sky News ran an interview late last month covering topics including global warming. A spokesman for Sky News refused to comment on the broadcaster’s decision to agree to the terms laid down by Clarence House.

This hapless fumbling clown is actually still believing / hoping we are all ignorant fluoridated serfs as he whores himself about, trotting out more of the party line bollocks. Even if his drought theory were correct - he and his cronies are the ones responsible for it in the first place.The clock is ticking you muppet...

However, Channel 4 News felt that it could not conduct an interview under such terms, which included a 15-page contract full of limitations and restrictions. It cancelled an interview with Prince Charles that was due to be conducted by Jon Snow on Sunday at the British ambassador’s residence in Paris, on the eve of the Paris climate change talks. The decision to pull out of the interview would have ultimately been made by Ben de Pear, the editor of Channel 4’s flagship news programme. Channel 4 News said it would be happy to carry out an interview but not with such a restrictive contract.

"We do not sign pre-interview agreements, and interviewees appear on Channel 4 News on that basis,” said a spokesperson. “We would still be delighted to interview Prince Charles.”

It is not clear if other media outlets, such as ITV News and BBC News, have agreed to run interviews with Prince Charles. The contractual stipulations surrounding Prince Charles were first made public by the Independent, which cited clauses in the contract such as: if the interviewer goes off script, Clarence House staff present have the right to “intervene and halt filming”. A spokeswoman for Clarence House said the Prince of Wales received hundreds of requests for interviews and no media outlet was obligated to sign the standard contract.

"The issuing of broadcast contracts is standard practice across the royal households,” said the spokeswoman. “The Prince of Wales receives hundreds of requests for interviews from media organisations around the world. No

media organisation is under any obligation to approach the Prince of Wales for an interview or enter into a contract negotiation.” She added that the restrictions were to ensure “factual accuracy”. “All broadcasters that do [an interview], are keen to ensure that they do not breach any of the relevant broadcast rules and go to great lengths to protect their independence in this regard,” she said. “The contracts are put in place to ensure factual accuracy and protect the broadcaster as well as the interview subject.”

Former CBS Reporter Exposes Media Lies, Internet Shills & Astroturfing December 7 2015 | From: TedX

In this eye-opening talk, veteran investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson shows how astroturf, or fake grassroots movements funded by political, corporate, or other special interests very effectively manipulate and distort media messages.

Sharyl Attkisson is an investigative journalist based in Washington D.C. She is currently writing a book entitled Stonewalled (Harper Collins), which addresses the unseen influences of corporations and special interests on the information and images the public receives every day in the news and elsewhere. For twenty years (through March 2014), Attkisson was a correspondent for CBS News. In 2013, she received an Emmy Award for Outstanding Investigative Journalism for her reporting on “The Business of Congress,” which included an undercover investigation into fundraising by Republican freshmen.

She also received Emmy nominations in 2013 for Benghazi: Dying for Security and Green Energy Going Red. Additionally, Attkisson received a 2013 Daytime Emmy Award as part of the CBS Sunday Morning team’s entry for Outstanding Morning

Program for her report: “Washington Lobbying: K-Street Behind Closed Doors.” In September 2012, Attkisson also received an Emmy for Oustanding Investigative Journalism for the “Gunwalker: Fast and Furious” story. She received the RTNDA Edward R. Murrow Award for Excellence in Investigative Reporting for the same story. Attkisson received an Investigative Emmy Award in 2009 for her exclusive investigations into TARP and the bank bailout. She received an Investigative Emmy Award in 2002 for her series of exclusive reports about mismanagement at the Red Cross.

Key Influence Of Belief November 26 2015 | From: Eucadia

Your existing beliefs are so powerful, they colour everything - especially everything you will read on this website and related sites.

You filter everything you read on Ucadia and related sites by your pre-existing beliefs An example of how belief affects everything we do is how you naturally approach any new or controversial content you discover. If the new information is consistent with your pre-existing beliefs, then the information is more likely to be accepted as true - if it clashes in any way, then the information you have read is more likely to be rejected. So strongly do we rely upon our "belief system" to filter information, sometimes we may simply judge an entire body of information as true or false, simply on a single sample, or recommendation from a trusted source. Such assumptions are far from logical. Taking a single sentence or paragraph from a body of information may cause it to be analyzed completely out of context - resulting in a false conclusion, yet many of us make up our minds on such small samples of data on a wide range of subjects each and every day.

The answer "in theory" as to how our trust in our belief system works is to be found in the claimed original definitions for belief being from the early medieval English word bileafe, a translation of the Old English word geleafa , just one of the many translations in old European languages of the ancient Germanic celtic word- zlaubjan (hold dear, cherish, trust in). In other words, belief appears just another way of saying "to trust something". But is this etymology of the word belief wholly accurate? Belief appears to be more than simply trust, but more akin to faith. In fact this is precisely the second seven hundred year old ancient definition attributed to belief as "absolute trust in God; the virtue of faith" (with the word faith replacing the Latin word for trust fides.

In other words, belief in its original form is better defined as a kind of "blind faith" as oppossed to any process involving conscious decision making. If anything, the use of belief filters true to these alleged original definitions demand a man or woman not engage in any kind of critical analysis but dismiss any information immediately out of hand if it does not come from a trusted "official" source. Belief therefore has more to do with a kind of religious orthodoxy and dogma than any natural mechanism for making sense of the daily overload of information. So what is the true origin of this word?

Belief and the Roman College of Abbreviators

It has been known by linguists and language architects for millenia that by shortening (abbreviating) old words and then combining them that new words represented compressed sentences may be created.

This is precisely what the Roman Cult College of Abbreviators under the command of Thomas Aquinas (1225-1274) did in establishing a legal framework of control through the creation of thousands of new words through medieval Latin that later were transported into other manufactured languages such as Anglaise and later English, French, German, Portuguese, Spanish etc. One of those key words was the creation of the word "be-li-ef" through the abbreviation of three Latin words:

be = bestia : animal, beast. li = ligo : to bind, tie. ef = efficio : to do, produce, effect, make / bring about, cause / prove.

In other words, the true personality and meaning of Belief is "to cause the binding of animals". To truly understand the implication of this meaning, the reader needs to understand that the Roman Cult considered all men and women, not members of the Cult to be nothing more than animals and therefore the property of the Roman Catholic Cult, like any other goods and chattel.

The clearest example of this is evidenced in the Papal Bull Unum Sanctum by Pope Boniface VIII in 1302 which stated:

"Furthermore, we declare, we proclaim, we define that it is absolutely necessary for salvation that every human creature be subject to the Roman Pontiff".

As this original law has never been repealed, it stands today that the Roman Catholic Church still considers all men and women not bona fide members of the Roman Cult as "creatures" and animals - hence the importance of promoting "belief".

Many may reject this true original definition of "belief" Many who read this page will refuse to believe this true and original definition of belief - an excellent example of the power of the "blind faith" of belief in action. For some, the argument will be through the lack of "hard evidence" and citations -a parallel system also created by the Roman Cult to "end the proof of truth through argument" and force all evidence of truth in discussion to be based on referred sources.

As the Vatican has remained the greatest source of ancient forgeries for over 1,000 years, this citation system has been a priceless tool in reinforcing belief and stopping even the most educated of minds from considering a logical and well formed argument as being its own proof.

Brainwashing 101 November 20 2015 | From: TheRealStrategy

In today’s society, we have to ask ourselves... ”Are my thoughts my own?” Do we REALLY think for ourselves or make our own decisions?

Even things as simple as what toothpaste to use, what to have for lunch or what to wear might be decided for you. If you watch TV (yes, even if the sound is muted) you are being hypnotized and influenced without even knowing it. When you watch movies, talk shows, the news, commercials, listen to music, or read ANYTHING you are being hypnotized, influenced……and YES…..mind-controlled. There are even patents on the frequencies used by Televisions. It is KNOWN that they induce hypnosis within minutes of exposure.

How do I know so much about mind-control? I know about mind- control because I am an NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming) Master Practitioner and a Master Hypnotist. In other words, I have been highly trained in mind-control by none-other than Richard Bandler, the genius cocreator of NLP. He could make you do or say anything. He is that good. He also said:

“You can use NLP to do really good things, or you can be an Asshole.”

My choice was always to do good things with NLP, but unfortunately many highly trained NLP specialists use their skills for what I consider to be unethical, inexcusable, and unadulterated EVIL.

Mind control is all about bypassing the critical thinking part of your brain with distraction, or hypnosis. Once this is accomplished, your subconscious mind is wide open to accept whatever outlandish suggestion they want to put in there. Your brain is wired to accept these things, no questions asked. This is especially true with children. Young children are ALWAYS in a state of hypnosis, so pay attention to what they are watching, reading and to who might be influencing them.

How NLP is used in Advertising Every single commercial is specially designed by a horde of brain-washing specialists whose only concern is to convince you to buy their product, and they will use any means possible to do this. If they need to sell pharmaceuticals that will kill you (which would be just about ANY OF THEM), they will do so without a fleck of conscience whatsoever. They only care about two things: Selling their product and getting money from you. The music and lyrics used in commercials are chosen to influence the right demographics.

Sixties music is played to influence baby-boomers, while current music is played to control the younger population. Everything is controlled from tempo, beat and lyrics. The pictures and videos flash on the screen at just the right rate to put you into an automatic state of hypnosis. The more distracted you are, the better it works. Suggestions are thrown into your subconscious mind so fast you don’t even have a clue it’s happening. Even if you are watching a movie or television show on which the TV is playing quietly in the background, you can be influenced by whatever they are saying.

Subliminal advertising (flashing words and statements on the screen so briefly they aren’t detected by the conscious mind) is illegal in other countries, such as Australia and England, but in the United States there is no law on the books against it. It is however controlled by the FCC (Federal Communications Commission).

They will revoke a company’s broadcast license if it can be proven, but by its very nature, it can often be difficult to detect and prove. I have found subliminal advertisements myself while rewinding television shows on my DVR player. They are still there, they will try to influence you, and you won’t even know it.

“Subliminal programming is designed to be perceived on a subconscious level only. Regardless of whether it is effective, the use of subliminal perception is inconsistent with a station’s obligation to serve the public interest because the broadcast is intended to be deceptive. (Federal Communications Commission Record, 2001)” - From FCC Manual for Broadcasters

Television Shows, Cartoons And Movies Everything I have said about advertising also applies to television shows, cartoons and movies.

Do we care if our children are being influenced daily by subliminal messages in the cartoons and children’s programs they are watching? I’m sure your answer to this question is a resounding “YES!” Perhaps the only way we can protect our children is to pass a law against subliminal programming. Even if there are no subliminal messages in a show or movie, there are still plenty of other techniques used to sway you to their viewpoint. The hypnosis we are under when watching these things makes us extremely susceptible to their suggestions.

Because children are more susceptible to hypnosis, family films are notorious for brainwashing when you least expect it. Take for instance the movie WALL-E.

According to Christopher Tucker “Wall-E fools you into thinking that robots are cute and lovable. We should trust them. We should listen to show tunes with them. That way, our defenses are nice and lowered, which will enable Skynet to commence Judgment Day. If you haven’t already, please don’t let your children watch Wall-E. The resistance is going to need all the hardcore robot hating soldiers it can get. Please, consider the future of our planet.” Robot ACTUALLY says it wants to put YOU into a zoo! So, do you think you might be safe letting your kids watch a Disney movie? Think again. According to The Minority Report Forum at The Minority Report:

Walt Disney worked with the FBI from 1936 until his death in 1966 to provide “cartoons and other images” as propaganda for the U. S. government. If you will watch the video below you will see for yourself that Disney has always used hypnotic manipulation in their movies and cartoons; and still does to this day.

News Programs According to Life Hacker:

“News channels and political parties often repeat a consistent message when they want to get their point across. Short snippets of information is also a common tactic on news networks.”(sic)

One very effective method of brainwashing is to repeat the same information over and over again until it starts to penetrate your subconscious mind, convincing you that it must be the truth. Another way to bypass the conscious mind is to flash headlines at you. Most people only read the headlines when they are scanning the newspaper and these quick flashes of information tend to stick better than an entire article on the subject. This is also true with news programming. The less attention you pay the

more you are brainwashed. It seems that the only thing you can do to avoid being brainwashed by the news would be to stop watching it.

It isn’t practical to stop watching or reading everything. So what do we do? PAY ATTENTION to what you read and watch. Be aware of the techniques being used on you, and most importantly question your own thoughts. Take nothing for granted and stop assuming that you are being told the truth or that “they” have your best interests at heart. In most cases they do not. Most importantly, be aware of what your children are watching and reading, because they are being affected much more than you ever thought possible.

The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts November 12 2015 | From: TheMindUnleashed

The purpose of this article is to shed light on some topics that have garnered considerable attention over the years and to identify the underlying thread, that surprisingly connects them all.

With the facts that will be presented, we can move forward with hope and optimism that there are indeed great things happening in our world and that there are those out there continuing to ensure the truth is known. Great times for us are at hand. On November 22nd, 1963, John Fitzgerald Kennedy, one of the most beloved and famous US president’s was assassinated in Dallas, Texas. Though there are many theories as to who killed him, to get closer to the truth we must ask why he was killed. In any murder investigation, the victim’s enemies are often looked at first. In this respect, it was well known that Kennedy strongly opposed the military-industrial complex, which included The Federal Reserve and the C.I.A. In a speech on April 27th, 1961 before the American Newspaper Publishers Association in New York City, Mr. Kennedy openly stated opposition to “secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.” He stated further opposition to a “ruthless conspiracy…a highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations.” Creating considerable dissent with the status quo and more specifically with The Federal Reserve and C.I.A., Kennedy signed Executive Order 11110 into law on June 4th, 1963, which gave the president the right to issue gold-backed currency, and completely without permission from The Federal Reserve. But where was Kennedy going to receive such large amounts of gold to back a new Treasury note?

A Little History In the 1930's, royal Asian families had seen that some of their gold and silver holdings in Southeast Asia were being plundered by the Japanese and needed to do something about it. In 1938, the Chinese Kuomintang government sent 7 warships loaded with gold and silver to the US Federal Reserve for safekeeping. In return, the Chinese were given 60 year gold bonds–a subject we will return to further down. A few years later in 1944, the infamous Bretton Woods Conference took place in which the US, France and Britain were given a 50 year mandate to modernize and transform the world for the better. Backing this new global financial system that had just been set up was a now estimated 2 million metric tons of gold, held by this group of royal Asian families, which is also known as the Dragon Family. By August 17th, 1945, President Soekarno of Indonesia had been elected “M1″ or Monetary Controller of this large cache of assets, granted under United Nations Resolution MISA 81704, Operation Heavy Freedom. These assets are better known as the Global Collateral Accounts and were originally intended to be used for the

modernization of the world through several humanitarian projects. The Dragon Family are the legitimate Depositors of these accounts.

By 1955, it was shown that the International Monetary Fund, which was also created at Bretton Woods, was not living up to its word and was instead serving only the interest of the banking and political elite. It was at this time that a growing alliance began to see that these funds were being used to fuel the Cold War tension and decided to strongly oppose the shady banking cabal. By 1963, this alliance pooled their financial resources together to create the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement, which was signed by John F. Kennedy and President Skoearno and was finished on November 14, 1963. This agreement was to utilize the Global Collateral Accounts for global development and humanitarian projects (along with a new US Treasury Note, a new supernational/international note backed by gold and would bring an end to The Federal Reserve system and the CIA). Just 8 days later, JFK was assassinated.

The above pictures show The Green Hilton Memorial Agreement and signatures of President Soekarno and President John F. Kennedy along with several others with listed amounts of gold-backed certificates.

A short time following Kennedy’s passing, President Soekarno was driven from power by way of a coup. By 1968, the Bush, Kissinger, Rockefeller and other influential families created a fake heir to the rights of the Global Collateral Accounts. Up until the writing of this article in November of 2015, these accounts have been illegally and fraudulently used by the central banking system.

The 9/11 Connection In 1998, 60 years after the Federal Reserve Board and the Chinese swapped gold for gold bonds, the Chinese requested their gold back. After refusal from the Fed, the Chinese Kuomintang government followed with a lawsuit. The International Court of Justice ruled that the Fed needed to return the gold, which was later agreed upon by the Fed. The first payment was scheduled to be delivered September 12th, 2001. Interestingly, on September 10th, 2001, former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld announced that 2.3 trillion dollars went missing from the Pentagon defense budget. Even more conspicuous, Cantor Fitzgerald Securities, the company that was handling the paper work for the gold to be delivered back to the Chinese, was inside One World Trade Center on floors 101105. All 658 of their employees were murdered on that day as the towers fell and the gold was not returned to the Chinese.

The Monaco Accords, The Trillion Dollar Lawsuit and the BRICS In August of 2011, representatives from 57 nations (none were invited from the West) came together off the coast of Monaco to create an alliance designed to legally take down the central banking cabal and create a new global financial system using the Global Collateral Accounts for many development and humanitarian projects.

Neil Keenan (right) with Count Albert of the Dragon Family

Reports from Neil Keenan, who helped arrange this historic meeting and has been entrusted with protecting and restoring the legal rights back to the Dragon Family and settling the Global Collateral Accounts for the benefit of humanity, has stated that this Monaco meeting alliance has now swelled to 182 countries and is being spearheaded by the BRICS nations (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa).

Neil also filed a lawsuit in the Southern District of New York on November 23, 2011 to the tune of over a trillion dollars against the United Nations, the Office of International Treasury Control, Silvio Berlusconi, Ban Ki-Moon, the World Economic Forum and several others.

For those that want proof of this lawsuit, here is a screenshot of the filed case. This comes from pacer.gov, which is used to look up filed cases. Take a look at the plaintiff and defendants.

Since that time, Neil has withdrawn the suit (Obama’s economic advisor’s brother became the judge and he previously had never been a judge before) to refile in an even more effective jurisdiction and plans to do this in the very near future. This new lawsuit will be bigger and will expose the EU, the Federal Reserve and all the parties mentioned above, plus much more. Neil Keenan has also filed liens and a Cease and Desist order against all twelve central banks in the U.S. and a Cease and Desist order on behalf of the Dragon Family against names like Queen Elizabeth II, Hilary Clinton, George Herbert Walker Bush, George W. Bush, David Rockefeller and several other well known names.

Above is the official Cease and Desist order. To download this pdf file, click here

Is Our World to Be Set Free?

Is this massive alliance about to make it’s move on the banking and political cabal? Is Neil Keenan and his team about to finish what JFK, President Sukarno and many others were trying to accomplish? Will the 9/11 connection to the Global Collateral Accounts finally come to light? To these questions, Neil Keenan has a statement for the world:

“JFK, Soekarno, 9-11 and everything surrounding it all boils down to one and the same groups or organizations etc., that being what is known as the Cabal or NWO. Look no further than Rothschild’s, Rockefeller’s, and on a lesser scale Bush’s, Netanyahu’s …etc. We must always remember that according to these people we the “goyim” are the enemy and furthermore we must understand not only are they Khazars (read Khazars and their empire) but Satanists and clearly want us all dead. They want the world, this planet and everything they touch. They taint everything they make, put together, manufacture, and one way or another are taking precious seconds and minutes away from our lives. They go so far as to poison baby food (Johnson and Johnson’s most recently caught, simply stated we are sorry and will take the toxins out of the baby food) but when caught they simply walk away leaving a path of utter destruction for many families. It is time we defend our families, our planet, our friends and those who will soon be life long friends. It is time to bring our planet together as one, to fight these evil criminals disguising themselves as politicians. It is time to fight them as they fight us and stop talking about it. The road to the collateral accounts was initially filled with litter. From OITC (Ray Dam), OPPT (Heather Tucci), Swiss Indo (Sino), Karen Hudes (who never did understand the collateral accounts and had never heard of the Dragon Family when she requested my help), Red Dragon Family, World Economic Forum (Davos and Giancarlo Bruno), the UN, and many others I have never mentioned all decided at one time or another they owned or managed the accounts when in fact not a one ever had any of the DEPOSITORS permissions to represent said accounts. We took them all down and we laid them to rest but similar to a film script they often return to life and take a second shot at things after taking a deep breath but… they are all just fiction. We are on the road to the accounts. The litter has been tossed into the garbage where it belongs and upon completing this road the accounts will be open. The big question, even one from the Dragon Family is… will I be able to move the notes and the answer is YES! We will be able to complete this impossible task and release the funds as initially planned for humanitarian purposes. I need a little more time to get to where we must be but we will be there and when so, the Cabal is finished... FRODO LIVES... ha ha NEIL KEENAN”

BBC Journalist Comes Clean, Says “Trust Nothing You Read Or Watch” November 12 2015 | From: TheCanary

A BBC journalist, John Darvall, has lambasted his own career at the BBC.

The insensitive way the tragic death of his daughter, Polly, has been handled by several outlets led him to lay bare his thoughts about the BBC and the British media industry as a whole, in a heartfelt blog post. Related: BBC: UK Public Funding Worldwide Propaganda The BBC itself misreported specific information about his family, furthering their grief.

“This poor piece of journalism made Tuesday probably the worst day of this whole episode so far."

This provoked wider criticism of traditional media from Darvall.

“This week TV and newspapers have proven to me why they are not the future of news."

Darvall then hailed the internet as the bastion of real media.

“The internet allows us to come to our own conclusions by checking our own facts. We really can’t trust the traditional outlets to do it right or properly."

He specified social media as the future of of news.

“If they can’t even get their facts right, be trusted with clear information and then report it accurately is it any wonder that we are all turning to Facebook, Twitter and other internet sources for our news and information?"

He said this of his own career:

“I am ashamed to be a journalist."

And left us with a piece of advice:

“Trust nothing you read or watch."

Can we trust the BBC? The BBC is the envy of much of the world: a media free from vested interest; free to serve the public for the greater good. We observe the likes of Fox News in the USA and are thankful. A properly informed public is the foundation of any meaningful democracy, and a publicly owned media outlet can circumvent the position of the powerful as the ‘gatekeepers’ of information.

This is the concept of the BBC, but the reality is far from it. A major content analysis from Cardiff University reveals the BBC is in fact pro-business and conservative leaning in its coverage, contrary to George Osborne’s claims that the BBC has an ‘anti-business’ slant. The study found that on BBC News at Six, business representatives outnumbered trade union spokespersons by a ratio of more than 5-to-1 in 2007, and of 19-to-1 in 2012. Research into the BBC coverage of the 2008 financial crisis revealed similar pro-business sentiment. Opinion was almost completely dominated by investment bankers, stockbrokers and other city voices.

Not only does the corporation give disproportionate voice to big business, but it gives Tories more airtime than Labour. When Gordon Brown was in power in 2007, his coverage exceeded that of David Cameron by a ratio of 2-to-1. This is to be expected: the current Prime Minister will get more airtime. But, in 2012 Cameron’s coverage exceeded that of Ed Miliband by double that ratio (4-to-1). One might say Labour’s reluctance to put Miliband front and centre is the reason for this. However, the study found much the same disparity when comparing cabinet members and ministers to their counterparts in the shadow cabinet. Under a Conservative government in 2012, coverage of Tory ministers exceeded that of their Labour counterparts, again by more than 4-to-1. Meanwhile, under the 2007 Labour government, Labour ministers’ exceeded that of their Conservative counterparts, again by only 2-to-1. Factoring in who is presently in power, the Tories still get double the airtime Labour do.

A root cause of this is the way members of the BBC Trust are selected. The BBC Trust is the body that governs and regulates the corporation. Currently, the monarch appoints BBC Trust members on the advice of government ministers. This has led to a public service run by people with strong business and political affiliation. Rona Fairhead was made Chairwoman of the BBC Trust on the recommendation of former Conservative culture secretary Sajid Javid. She serves on the board of directors of several large corporations, including PepsiCo and HSBC. She is also the business ambassador for the UK Trade and Investment governing body. The Vice-Chairwoman, Diane Coyle, sits on the advisory panel for EDF and is managing director of ‘Enlightenment Economics’, an economic consultancy for large corporate clients, such as Vodaphone. The presenter for the BBC’s flagship political programme Daily Politics is Andrew Neil, chairman of the conservative news outlet ‘The Spectator’ and publisher of London global business magazine, ‘The Business’.

The business editor is Kamal Ahmed of the right-wing Sunday Telegraph, who was rebuked by the Guardian’s Nick Davies for ‘banging the war drums’ over the invasion of Iraq. We might avoid such disproportionate coverage were the regulatory body not spearheaded by tycoons. While they may not actively seek to advance a particular agenda, they are predisposed to the ideology behind their affiliations. The BBC is worth fighting for. The concept is incredible, but it needs huge reform. The government should not simply dictate who sits on the regulatory body. The BBC Trust should be representative of the public it is supposed to serve, not the vested interest it is supposed to bypass. When Darvall tells us to trust nothing we read in the media, his advice penetrates even the BBC, which is often considered the global standard of honest journalism.

Corporate Media Really Is Dying: Check Out these New Statistics October 31 2015 | From: RingOfFireRadio

Recently, the BBC slashed another 1,000 jobs. Viewership on US news networks like Fox, CNN and MSNBC has dropped 19 percent since 2009. Newspapers have cut more than a third of their workforce in the last 25 years.

The former Corporate Media audience isn’t abadoning the news. Just the opposite, they are moving to social media news. The majority of Twitter users (63 percent) and Facebook users (63 percent) now get their news from social media. Facebook now drives more traffic to news sites than Google. With nearly 1.5 billion users globally, Facebook clearly is in the position to become the largest news source in the world, along with Twitter and YouTube. For more on this story, click Ryan Holmes article on LinkedIn. Facebook vs. Twitter vs. Snapchat: Who Will Win the News Wars? Watch Mike Papantonio’s commentary on the death of corporate media:

Cultural Imperialism And Perception Management: How Hollywood Hides 'US Government' War Crimes September 17 2015 | From: GlobalResearch

There is an unspoken, yet very clear, bond between Hollywood and the US government that overtly supports US foreign policy.

The movie industry in Hollywood has been active in hiding US war crimes and sanitizing the US military campaigns in NATO-garrisoned Afghanistan, Anglo-American occupied Iraq, and elsewhere in the world. Moreover, the dominance of Hollywood as a tool of cultural imperialism in Europe and the rest of the world make Hollywood films an excellent tool for getting Washington’s ideas out internationally and sedating global audiences with misleading narratives

Hollywood as a Tool of Cultural Imperialism and Perception Management Aside from news media outlets, it should come as no surprise that most the ideas and notions that the general public in the US and elsewhere have about wars come from movies, television sets, radio programs, video games, and the entertainment industry. Movies and the entertainment industry are ideal for identifying roles for audiences. In many instances movies and the

entertainment industry surpass media outlets in shaping the perceptions of audiences about wars and conflicts.

Movies are used to identify which individuals, groups, peoples, and nations are heroes, victims, aggressors, and villains. In this regard Hollywood vilifies countries like Iran, China, Russia, Cuba, and North Korea while it lionizes the United States. Hollywood also warps historical narratives and reifies revisionist narratives of history. In a far stretch from the historical facts and reality, this is why most US citizens and many Western Europeans believe that the outcome of the Second World War in Europe was decided in the Atlantic by the US and not in Eastern Europe and Central Asia by the Soviet Union. The perceptions of most people in the US and Western Europe are influenced by Hollywood and the entertainment industry and not history textbooks or scholarly works. Polls taken in France by the French Institute of Public Opinion about the Second World War demonstrate how US cultural imperialism by means of Hollywood’s influence has played out.

57 % of the French citizens polled in 1945 believed that Germany was defeated in the Second World War because of the Soviet Union whereas 20% believed it was due to the US and 12% thought it was because of the British. These views become distorted by 1994 when 25% of the French citizens polled believed that it was because of the Soviets that Hitler was defeated whereas 49% believed it was because of the US and 16% believed it was because of Britain. By 2004 only 20% of the French citizens surveyed recognized the Soviet Union as the main force for ending the Second World War in Europe whereas 58% believed it was the US and 16% thought it was Britain.

We can infer that the younger generations or birth cohorts that did not experience the Second World War are having their perceptions shaped by modern mass media, specifically movies and the entertainment industry. This is why CNN’s Christiane Amanpour was able to boldly declared on June 6, 2014 at the Seventieth Anniversary of D-Day from the Chateau de Benouville in France that;

"The American effort - the supremely heroic effort of the United States - under General Eisenhower and President Roosevelt during World War II has been one that the whole continent [meaning, Europe] has thanked America for the last seventy years". While taking a swipe at Russia and undermining its role in the Second World War, CNN’s Amanpour also said that the French government has emphasized: "That this is a day to thank the United States" and thank the US "most particularly for turning around the course of history".

The Vertical Integration of Hollywood with the Military-Industrial Complex The recognized establishment of ties between Hollywood and the US government began with the production of the silent war movie Wings in 1927. The silent movie was about the First World War and relied heavily on the United States Army Air Corps, which is the aerial wing of the US Army.

Ever since the making of Wings in 1927 there has been a close partnership between the Pentagon and Hollywood that has expanded and blossomed to include other government bodies and agencies, including members of the sixteen-member US intelligence community, such as the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). This has led to the vertical integration of Hollywood and the entertainment industry into the military-industrial complex, which has in essence reduced Hollywood movies to tools of cultural imperialism and camouflaged US propaganda. The US government began to increasingly manipulate the contents of Hollywood movie script and to glamorize and lionize the US military and its campaigns. The Pentagon and US government will not assist movie or television productions that reveal the true malevolent role of US wars.

Financial and material assistance is only given to productions that make wars and US foreign policy look like a heroic and noble solution. The author of the book Operation Hollywood, Dave Robb, does an excellent job of documenting this. For example, the Pentagon had the entire plot and script changed in the 1961 episode of Lassie named Timmy and the Martians. The episode was originally supposed to be about the protagonist dog Lassie howling to alert Timmy of a plane crash.

The producers originally wanted to do a show where a US airplane crashed because it had a design fault that Lassie could sense due to a high pitch noise and thus identify. The US military, however, would not accept any script that would even remotely suggest that US military hardware could have a design fault. This was because the US government and Pentagon did not want children to think that US military equipment could be faulty, because it would hurt future recruitment for the US military. So the circumstances of the airplane’s crash had to be rewritten for the show to get Pentagon support. This relationship has in effect sanitized US wars and invasions while it has justified Washington’s foreign policy. It has led to the production of historically twisted movies. At one end of the spectrum in Hollywood this has led to Hollywood self-censorship whereas at the other end of the spectrum it has led to government subsidized propaganda. Hollywood script writers draft movie scripts that are selfcensored because they know that they will be asking for assistance from the Pentagon and US government which can significant reduce a Hollywood production’s budget and save its producers a lot of money. Hollywood scripts are constantly modified in this regard and the Pentagon even has an entity in Los Angeles that deals with Hollywood directors and producers called the Film Liaison Unit.

Hollywood’s Role in Hiding US War Crimes While the US uses films like Top Gun as promotional and recruitment material it used movies like the Green Berets to distort the role of US in wars and movies like Argo, which the CIA is reported to have fact checked, to distort the perception of history.

Hollywood movies like Iron Man and Lone Survivor never explain the circumstances behind the US military presence in Afghanistan and Central Asia. They merely present the US presence there as an invited one and even the US contingents there as simply peacekeepers. Movies like Transformers, G.I. Joe, and Fantastic 4: Rise of the Silver Surfer portray the US as having a mandate to act with impunity anywhere in the world, including Russia and China, by disregarding the sovereignty of other nations and even placing US military bases on their soil. The US military has no jurisdiction on Chinese soil nor does the Pentagon have a base in Russia’s territory. These Hollywood movies naturalize US interference in other countries and create the false impression that the US military has a right to do whatever it wants. Aside from not addressing the darker side of US foreign policy, Hollywood movies like Forrest Gump carry subliminal messages. In the words of the US culture and entertainment magazine Rolling Stone:

"The message of Forrest Gump was that if you think about the hard stuff too much, you’ll either get AIDS or lose your legs. Meanwhile, the hero is the idiot who just shrugs and says ‘Whatever!’ whenever his country asks him to do something crazy."

What Rolling Stone is saying that listen to what you are commanded to do. Then there are movies like American Sniper that collapse US foreign policy into the simplistic notion of individual characters. What this does is collapse the event and the soldiers into one, which means that if ones criticize a US war that you are attacking the soldiers and their convictions.

This is hiding behind the soldiers and detracting from the real issue of an illegal invasion and occupation. Nor is there any mention of Abu Ghraib or the false weapons of mass destruction lies. Rolling Stone had this to say about American Sniper:

"Sniper is a movie whose politics are so ludicrous and idiotic that under normal circumstances it would be beneath criticism. The only thing that forces us to take it seriously is the extraordinary fact that an almost exactly similar worldview consumed the walnut-sized mind of the president who got us into the war in question". " It’s the fact that the movie is popular, and actually makes sense to so many people, that’s the problem," it also adds.

In fact, as a result of the movie there was an increase in hate crimes in the US and negative feelings towards Arabs and Muslims. Nor was Chris Kyle in real life a hero protecting the US way of life as the Hollywood movie depicts him; he was part of an occupational force that should never have been in Iraq and he was fighting what he called an 'insurgency' that emerged to resist the occupation of Iraq. Kyle also claimed that he was ordered to kill thirty fellow Americans in New Orleans because they were looting. He was also a known liar who also admitted that he loved killing Iraqis in his book. Hollywood helps sanitize US war crimes and create false images. It should also come as no surprise that Hollywood movies are part of intelligence operations either. When Ben Affleck, the director of the movie Argo and an admirer of the CIA that collaborated with them in the making of Argo, was asked by Catherine Shoard if Hollywood was filled with CIA agents, his response was to say:

"I think that Hollywood is probably full of CIA agents".

It is worth quoting US Senator Tom Hayden about the CIA’s involvement in Hollywood:

"Think about that: it’s not that Hollywood is in bed with the CIA in some repugnant way, but that the Agency is looking to plant positive images about itself (in other words, propaganda) through our most popular forms of entertainment. So natural has the CIA - entertainment connection become that few question its legal or moral ramifications. This is a government agency like no other; the truth of its operations is not subject to public examination. When the CIA’s hidden persuaders influence a Hollywood movie, it is using a popular medium to spin as favorable an image of itself as possible, or at least, prevent an unfavorable one from taking hold. If incestuous enough, Jenkins argues, these relationships violate the spirit or letter of government laws."

The importance of movies as a tool of US foreign policy and warfare cannot be ignored. As an illustration of their importance, movies have even been censored inside the United States to hide US war crimes and reality. The 1946 movie documentary Let There Be Light, which was about the lives of US soldiers that were traumatized from war and directed by John Huston, was banned for over thirty years from being watched in the US because of the awareness it would create among the US public. Think Hollywood is neutral or that movie like Seth Rogen’s comedy The Interview, which promotes regime change in North Korea, is innocent? Think again. Hollywood is helping Washington wage a war of perception management and to hide US war crimes.

The CIA And The Media: 50 Facts The World Needs To Know September 18 2015 | From: GlobalResearch

Since the end of World War Two the Central Intelligence Agency has been a major force in US and foreign news media, exerting considerable influence over what the public sees, hears and reads on a regular basis.

CIA publicists and journalists alike will assert they have few, if any, relationships, yet the seldom acknowledged history of their intimate collaboration indicates a far different story–indeed, one that media historians are reluctant to examine. Related: CIA Admits to Congress the Agency Uses Mainstream Media to Distribute Disinformation: 1975 Video

When seriously practiced, the journalistic profession involves gathering information concerning individuals, locales, events, and issues. In theory such information informs people about their world, thereby strengthening “democracy.” This is exactly the reason why news organizations and individual journalists are tapped as assets by intelligence agencies and, as the experiences of German journalist Udo Ulfkotte (entry 47 below) suggest, this practice is at least as widespread today as it was at the height of the Cold War. Consider the coverups of election fraud in 2000 and 2004, the events of September 11, 2001, the invasions Afghanistan and Iraq, the destabilization of Syria, and the creation of “ISIS.” These are among the most significant events in recent world history, and yet they are also those much of the American public is wholly ignorant of. In an era where information and communication technologies are ubiquitous, prompting many to harbor the illusion of being well-informed, one must ask why this condition persists.

Further, why do prominent US journalists routinely fail to question other deep events that shape America’s tragic history over the past half century, such as the political assassinations of the 1960s, or the central role played by the CIA major role in international drug trafficking? Popular and academic commentators have suggested various reasons for the almost universal failure of mainstream journalism in these areas, including newsroom sociology, advertising pressure, monopoly ownership, news organizations’ heavy reliance on “official” sources, and journalists’ simple quest for career advancement. There is also, no doubt, the influence of professional public relations maneuvers. Yet such a broad conspiracy of silence suggests another province of deception examined far too infrequently - specifically the CIA and similar intelligence agencies’ continued involvement in the news media to mold thought and opinion in ways scarcely imagined by the lay public.

The following historical and contemporary facts–by no means exhaustive–provides a glimpse of how the power such entities possess to influence if not determine popular memory and what respectable institutions deem to be the historical record. 1. The CIA’s Operation MOCKINGBIRD is a long-recognised keystone among researchers pointing to the Agency’s clear interest in and relationship to major US news media.

MOCKINGBIRD grew out of the CIA’s forerunner, the Office for Strategic Services (OSS, 1942-47), which during World War Two had established a network of journalists and psychological warfare experts operating primarily in the European theatre. 2. Many of the relationships forged under OSS auspices were carried over into the postwar era through a State Department-run organization called the Office of Policy Coordination (OPC) overseen by OSS staffer Frank Wisner. 3. The OPC “became the fastest-growing unit within the nascent CIA,” historian Lisa Pease observes, “rising in personnel from 302 in 1949 to 2,812 in 1952, along with 3,142 overseas contract personnel. In the same period, the budget rose from $4.7 million to $82 million.” Lisa Pease, “The Media and the Assassination,” in James DiEugenio and Lisa Pease, The Assassinations: Probe Magazine on JFK, MLK, RFK and Malcolm X, Port Townsend, WA, 2003, 300. 4. Like many career CIA officers, eventual CIA Director/Director of Central Intelligence (DCI) Richard Helms was recruited out of the press corps by his own supervisor at the United Press International’s Berlin Bureau to join in the OSS’s fledgling “black propaganda” program.

Helms & Nixon

“‘[Y]ou’re a natural,” Helms’ boss remarked. Richard Helms, A Look Over My Shoulder: A Life in the Central Intelligence Agency, New York: Random House, 2003, 30-31. 5. Wisner tapped Marshall Plan funds to pay for his division’s early exploits, money his branch referred to as “candy.” “We couldn’t spend it all,” CIA agent Gilbert Greenway recalls.

'“I remember once meeting with Wisner and the comptroller. My God, I said, how can we spend that? There were no limits, and nobody had to account for it. It was amazing.”

Frances Stonor Saunders, The Cultural Cold War: The CIA and the World of Arts and Letters, New York: The New Press, 2000, 105. 6. When the OPC was merged with the Office of Special Operations in 1948 to create the CIA, OPC’s media assets were likewise absorbed. 7. Wisner maintained the top secret “Propaganda Assets Inventory,” better known as “Wisner’s Wurlitzer” - a virtual rolodex of over 800 news and information entities prepared to play whatever tune Wisner chose.

Frank Wisner

“The network included journalists, columnists, book publishers, editors, entire organizations such as Radio Free Europe, and stringers across multiple news organizations.” Pease, “The Media and the Assassination,” 300. 8. A few years after Wisner’s operation was up-and-running he “’owned’ respected members of the New York Times, Newsweek, CBS, and other communication vehicles, plus stringers, four to six hundred in all, according to a CIA analyst. Each one was a separate ‘operation,’” investigative journalist Deborah Davis notes;

'“Requiring a code name, a field supervisor, and a field office, at an annual cost of tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars - there has never been an accurate accounting.”

Deborah Davis, Katharine the Great: Katharine Graham and the Washington Post, Second Edition, Bethesda MD: National Press Inc, 1987, 139.

9. Psychological operations in the form of journalism were perceived as necessary to influence and direct mass opinion, as well as elite perspectives.

'“[T]he President of the United States, the Secretary of State, Congressmen and even the Director of the CIA himself will read, believe, and be impressed by a report from Cy Sulzberger, Arnaud de Borchgrave, or Stewart Alsop when they don’t even bother to read a CIA report on the same subject,” noted CIA agent Miles Copeland. Cited in Pease, “The Media and the Assassination,” 301.

10. By the mid-to-late 1950s, Darrell Garwood points out, the Agency sought to limit criticism directed against covert activity and bypass congressional oversight or potential judicial interference by:

'“Infiltrat[ing] the groves of academia, the missionary corps, the editorial boards of influential journal and book publishers, and any other quarters where public attitudes could be effectively influenced.” - Darrell Garwood, Under Cover: Thirty-Five Years of CIA Deception, New York: Grove Press, 1985, 250.

11. The CIA frequently intercedes in editorial decision-making. For example, when the Agency proceeded to wage an overthrow of the Arbenz regime in Guatemala in 1954, Allen and John Foster Dulles, President Eisenhower’s Secretary of State and CIA Director respectively, called upon New York Times publisher Arthur Hays Sulzberger to reassign reporter Sydney Gruson from Guatemala to Mexico City.

Sulzberger

Sulzberger thus placed Gruson in Mexico City with the rationale that some repercussions from the revolution might be felt in Mexico. Pease, “The Media and the Assassination,” 302. 12. Since the early 1950s the CIA “has secretly bankrolled numerous foreign press services, periodicals and newspapers - both English and foreign language - which provided excellent cover for CIA operatives,” Carl Bernstein reported in 1977.

'“One such publication was the Rome Daily American, forty percent of which was owned by the CIA until the 1970s.” - Carl Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media,” Rolling Stone, October 20, 1977.

13. The CIA exercised informal liaisons with news media executives, in contrast to its relationships with salaried reporters and stringers, “who were much more subject to direction from the Agency” according to Bernstein.

"A few executives - Arthur Hays Sulzberger of the New York Times among them - signed secrecy agreements. But such formal understandings were rare: relationships between Agency officials and media executives were usually social - ’The P and Q Street axis in Georgetown,’ said one source. ‘You don’t tell William Paley to sign a piece of paper saying he won’t fink.’” Director of CBS William Paley’s personal “friendship with CIA Director Dulles is now known to have been one of the most influential and significant in the communications industry,” author Debora Davis explains. “He provided cover for CIA agents, supplied out-takes of news film, permitted the debriefing of reporters, and in many ways set the standard for the cooperation between the CIA and major broadcast companies which lasted until the mid-1970s.” - Deborah Davis, Katharine the Great: Katharine Graham and the Washington Post, Second Edition, Bethesda MD: National Press Inc, 1987, 175.

14. “The Agency’s relationship with the Times was by far its most valuable among newspapers, according to CIA officials,” Bernstein points out in his key 1977 article:

"From 1950 to 1966, about ten CIA employees were provided Times cover under arrangements approved by the newspaper’s late publisher, Arthur Hays Sulzberger. The cover arrangements were part of a general Times policy set by Sulzberger - to provide assistance to the CIA whenever possible.”

In addition, Sulzberger was a close friend of CIA Director Allen Dulles.

Allen Dulles

“’At that level of contact it was the mighty talking to the mighty,’ said a highlevel CIA official who was present at some of the discussions. ‘There was an agreement in principle that, yes indeed, we would help each other. The question of cover came up on several occasions. It was agreed that the actual arrangements would be handled by subordinates…. The mighty didn’t want to know the specifics; they wanted plausible deniability.’” - Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media.”

15. CBS’s Paley worked reciprocally with the CIA, allowing the Agency to utilize network resources and personnel.

“It was a form of assistance that a number of wealthy persons are now generally known to have rendered the CIA through their private interests,” veteran broadcast journalist Daniel Schorr wrote in 1977. “It suggested to me, however, that a relationship of confidence and trust had existed between him and the agency.” Schorr points to “clues indicating that CBS had been infiltrated.” For example, “A news editor remembered the CIA officer who used to come to the radio control room in New York in the early morning, and, with the permission of persons unknown, listened to CBS correspondents around the world recording their ‘spots’ for the ‘World News Roundup’ and discussing events with the editor on duty."

Sam Jaffe claimed that when he applied in 1955 for a job with CBS, a CIA officer told him that he would be hired - which he subsequently was. He was told that he would be sent to Moscow - which he subsequently was; he was assigned in 1960 to cover the trial of U-2 pilot Francis Gary Powers. [Richard] Salant told me - Schorr continues;

“That when he first became president of CBS News in 1961, a CIA case officer called saying he wanted to continue the ‘long standing relationship known to Paley and [CBS president Frank] Stanton, but Salant was told by Stanton there was no obligation that he knew of” - (276). Schorr, Daniel. Clearing the Air, Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1977, 277, 276.

16. National Enquirer publisher Gene Pope Jr. worked briefly on the CIA’s Italy desk in the early 1950s and maintained close ties with the Agency thereafter.

Pope refrained from publishing dozens of stories with:

“Details of CIA kidnappings and murders, enough stuff for a year’s worth of headlines” in order to “collect chits, IOUs,” Pope’s son writes. “He figured he’d never know when he might need them, and those IOUs would come in handy when he got to 20 million circulation. When that happened, he’d have the voice to be almost his own branch of government and would need the cover.” - Paul David Pope, The Deeds of My Fathers: How My Grandfather and Father Built New York and Created the Tabloid World of Today, New York: Phillip Turner/Rowman & Littlefield, 2010, 309, 310.

17. One explosive story Pope’s National Enquirer‘s refrained from publishing in the late 1970s centered on excerpts from a long-sought after diary of President Kennedy’s lover, Mary Pinchot Meyer, who was murdered on October 12, 1964.

“The reporters who wrote the story were even able to place James Jesus Angleton, the CIA’s head of counterintelligence operations, at the scene.”

Another potential story drew on “documents proving that [Howard] Hughes and the CIA had been connected for years and that the CIA was giving Hughes money to secretly fund, with campaign donations, twenty-seven congressmen and senators who sat on sub-committees critical to the agency. There are also fifty-three international companies named and sourced as CIA fronts .. and even a list of reporters for mainstream media organizations who were playing ball with the agency.” - Pope, The Deeds of My Fathers, 309.

18. Angleton, who oversaw the Agency counterintelligence branch for 25 years,

“Ran a completely independent group entirely separate cadre of journalistoperatives who performed sensitive and frequently dangerous assignments; little is known about this group for the simple reason that Angleton deliberately kept only the vaguest of files.” - Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media.”

19. The CIA conducted a “formal training program” during the 1950s for the sole purpose of instructing its agents to function as newsmen.

“Intelligence officers were ‘taught to make noises like reporters,’ explained a high CIA official, and were then placed in major news organizations with help from management. These were the guys who went through the ranks and were told ‘You’re going to he a journalist,’” the CIA official said.” The Agency’s preference, however, was to engage journalists who were already established in the industry. - Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media.”

20. Newspaper columnists and broadcast journalists with household names have been known to maintain close ties with the Agency.

“There are perhaps a dozen well known columnists and broadcast commentators whose relationships with the CIA go far beyond those normally maintained between reporters and their sources,” Bernstein maintains. “They are referred to at the Agency as ‘known assets’ and can be counted on to perform a variety of undercover tasks; they are considered receptive to the Agency’s point of view on various subjects.” - Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media.”

21. Frank Wisner, Allen Dulles, and Washington Post publisher Phillip Graham were close associates, and the Post developed into one of the most influential news organs in the United States due to its ties with the CIA. The Post managers’

“Individual relations with intelligence had in fact been the reason the Post Company had grown as fast as it did after the war,” Davis (172) observes. “[T]heir secrets were its corporate secrets, beginning with MOCKINGBIRD. Phillip Graham’s commitment to intelligence had given his friends Frank Wisner an interest in helping to make the Washington Post the dominant news vehicle in Washington, which they had done by assisting with its two most crucial acquisitions, the TimesHerald and WTOP radio and television stations.” - Davis, Katharine the Great: Katharine Graham and the Washington Post, 172.

22. In the wake of World War One the Woodrow Wilson administration placed journalist and author Walter Lippmann in charge of recruiting agents for the Inquiry, a first-of-its-kind ultra-secret civilian intelligence organization whose role involved ascertaining information to prepare Wilson for the peace negotiations, as well as identify foreign natural resources for Wall Street speculators and oil companies.

The activities of this organization served as a prototype for the function eventually performed by the CIA, namely“planning, collecting, digesting, and editing the raw data,” notes historian Servando Gonzalez. “This roughly corresponds to the CIA’s intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, production and analysis, and dissemination.” Most Inquiry members would later become members of the Council on Foreign Relations. Lippmann would go on to become the Washington Post’s best known columnists. Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, Oakland, CA: Spooks Books, 2010, 50. 23. The two most prominent US newsweeklies, Time and Newsweek, kept close ties with the CIA.

“Agency files contain written agreements with former foreign correspondents and stringers for both the weekly newsmagazines,” according to Carl Bernstein. “Allen Dulles often interceded with his good friend, the late Henry Luce, founder of Time and Life magazines, who readily allowed certain members of his staff to work for the Agency and agreed to provide jobs and credentials for other CIA operatives who lacked journalistic experience.” - Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media.”

24. In his autobiography former CIA officer E. Howard Hunt quotes Bernstein’s “The CIA and the Media” article at length.

“I know nothing to contradict this report,” Hunt declares, suggesting the investigative journalist of Watergate fame didn’t go far enough. “Bernstein further identified some of the country’s top media executives as being valuable assets to the agency … But the list of organizations that cooperated with the agency was a veritable ‘Who’s Who’ of the media industry, including ABC, NBC, the Associated Press, UPI, Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps-Howard, Newsweek magazine, and others.” - E. Howard Hunt, American Spy: My Secret History in the CIA, Watergate, and Beyond, Hoboken NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 150.

25. When the first major exposé of the CIA emerged in 1964 with the publication of The Invisible Government by journalists David Wise and Thomas B. Ross, the CIA considered purchasing the entire printing to keep the book from the public, yet in the end judged against it.

“To an extent that is only beginning to be perceived, this shadow government is shaping the lives of 190,000,000 Americans” authors Wise and Ross write in the book’s preamble. “Major decisions involving peace and war are taking place out of public view. An informed citizen might come to suspect that the foreign policy of the United States often works publicly in one direction and secretly through the Invisible Government in just the opposite direction.” - Lisa Pease, “When the CIA’s Empire Struck Back,” Consortiumnews.com, February 6, 2014.

26. Agency infiltration of the news media shaped public perception of deep events and undergirded the official explanations of such events.

For example, the Warren Commission’s report on President John F. Kennedy’s assassination was met with almost unanimous approval by US media outlets.

“I have never seen an official report greeted with such universal praise as that accorded the Warren Commission’s findings when they were made public on September 24, 1964,” recalls investigative reporter Fred Cook. “All the major television networks devoted special programs and analyses to the report; the next day the newspapers ran long columns detailing its findings, accompanied by special news analyses and editorials. The verdict was unanimous. The report answered all questions, left no room for doubt. Lee Harvey Oswald, alone and unaided, had assassinated the president of the United States.” - Fred J. Cook, Maverick: Fifty Years of Investigative Reporting, G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1984, 276.

27. In late 1966 the New York Times began an inquiry on the numerous questions surrounding President Kennedy’s assassination that were not satisfactorily dealt with by the Warren Commission.

“It was never completed,” author Jerry Policoff observes, “nor would the New York Times ever again question the findings of the Warren Commission.” When the story was being developed the lead reporter at the Times‘ Houston bureau “said that he and others came up with ‘a lot of unanswered questions’ that the Times didn’t bother to pursue. ‘I’d be off on a good lead and then somebody’d call me off and send me out to California on another story or something. We never really detached anyone for this. We weren’t really serious.’” - Jerry Policoff, “The Media and the Murder of John Kennedy,” in Peter Dale Scott, Paul L. Hoch and Russell Stetler, eds., The Assassinations: Dallas and Beyond, New York: Vintage, 1976, 265.

28. When New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison embarked on an investigation of the JFK assassination in 1966 centering on Lee Harvey Oswald’s presence in New Orleans in the months leading up to November, 22, 1963;

“He was cross-whipped with two hurricane blasts, one from Washington and one from New York,” historian James DiEugenio explains. The first, of course, was from the government, specifically the Central Intelligence Agency, the FBI, and to a lesser extent, the White House. The blast from New York was from the major mainstream media e.g. Time-Life and NBC. Those two communication giants were instrumental in making Garrison into a lightning rod for ridicule and criticism. This orchestrated campaign … was successful in diverting attention from what Garrison was uncovering by creating controversy about the DA himself. - DiEugenio, Preface, in William Davy, Let Justice Be Done: New Light on the Jim Garrison Investigation, Reston VA: Jordan Publishing, 1999.

29. The CIA and other US intelligence agencies used the news media to sabotage Garrison’s 1966-69 independent investigation of the Kennedy assassination. Garrison presided over the only law enforcement agency with subpoena power to seriously delve into the intricate details surrounding JFK’s murder. One of Garrison’s key witnesses, Gordon Novel, fled New Orleans to avoid testifying before the Grand Jury assembled by Garrison. According to DiEugenio, CIA Director Allen;

“Dulles and the Agency would begin to connect the fugitive from New Orleans with over a dozen CIA friendly journalists who - in a blatant attempt to destroy Garrison’s reputation - would proceed to write up the most outrageous stories imaginable about the DA.” - James DiEugenio, Destiny Betrayed: JFK, Cuba, and The Garrison Case, Second Edition, New York: SkyHorse Publishing, 2012, 235.

30. CIA officer Victor Marchetti recounted to author William Davy that in 1967 while attending staff meetings as an assistant to then-CIA Director Richard Helms;

“Helms expressed great concerns over [former OSS officer, CIA operative and primary suspect in Jim Garrison's investigation Clay] Shaw’s predicament, asking his staff, ‘Are we giving them all the help we can down there?’” - William Davy, Let Justice Be Done: New Light on the Jim Garrison Investigation, Reston VA: Jordan Publishing, 1999.

31. The pejorative dimensions of the term “conspiracy theory” were introduced into the Western lexicon by CIA “media assets,” as evidenced in the design laid out by Document 1035-960 Concerning Criticism of the Warren Report, an Agency communiqué issued in early 1967 to Agency bureaus throughout the world at a time when attorney Mark Lane’s Rush to Judgment was atop bestseller lists and New Orleans DA Garrison’s investigation of the Kennedy assassination began to gain traction.

32. Time had close relations with the CIA stemming from the friendship of the magazine’s publisher Henry Luce and Eisenhower CIA chief Allen Dulles. When former newsman Richard Helms was appointed DCI in 1966 he;

“Began to cultivate the press,” prompting journalists toward conclusions that placed the Agency in a positive light. As Time Washington correspondent Hugh Sidney recollects, “‘[w]ith [John] McCone and [Richard] Helms, we had a set-up when the magazine was doing something on the CIA, we went to them and put it before them … We were never misled.’ Similarly, when Newsweek decided in the fall of 1971 to do a cover story on Richard Helms and ‘The New Espionage,’ the magazine, according to a Newsweek staffer, went directly to the agency for much of the information. And the article … generally reflected the line that Helms was trying so hard to sell: that since the latter 1960s … the focus of attention and prestige within CIA’ had switched from the Clandestine Services to the analysis of intelligence, and that ‘the vast majority of recruits are bound for’ the Intelligence Directorate.” - Victor Marchetti and John D. Marks, The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1974, 362363.

33. In 1970 Jim Garrison wrote and published the semi-autobiographical A Heritage of Stone, a work that examines how the New Orleans DA:

“Discovered that the CIA operated within the borders of the United States, and how it took the CIA six months to reply to the Warren Commission’s question of whether Oswald and [Jack] Ruby had been with the Agency,” Garrison biographer and Temple University humanities professor Joan Mellen observes. “In response to A Heritage of Stone, the CIA rounded up its media assets” and the book was panned by reviewers writing for the New York Times, the Los Angeles Times, the Washington Post, the Chicago Sun Times, and Life magazine. “ John Leonard’s New York Times review went through a metamorphosis, Mellen explains. “The original last paragraph challenged the Warren Report: ‘Something stinks about this whole affair,’ Leonard wrote. ‘Why were Kennedy’s neck organs not examined at Bethesda for evidence of a frontal shot? Why was his body whisked away to Washington before the legally required Texas inquest? Why?’

This paragraph evaporated in later editions of the Times. A third of a column gone, the review then ended: ‘Frankly I prefer to believe that the Warren Commission did a poor job, rather than a dishonest one. I like to think that Garrison invents monsters to explain incompetence.’” - Joan Mellen, A Farewell to Justice: Jim Garrison, JFK’s Assassination, and the Case That Should Have Changed History, Washington DC: Potomac Books, 2005, 323, 324. 34. CIA Deputy Director for Plans Cord Meyer Jr. appealed to Harper & Row president emeritus Cass Canfield Sr. over the book publisher’s pending release of Alfred McCoy’s The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia, based on the author’s fieldwork and Yale PhD dissertation wherein he examined the CIA’s explicit role in the opium trade.

“Claiming my book was a threat to national security,” McCoy recalls, “the CIA official had asked Harper & Row to suppress it. To his credit, Mr. Canfield had refused. But he had agreed to review the manuscript prior to publication.” - Alfred W. McCoy, The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity in the Global Drug Trade, Chicago Review Press, 2003, xx.

35. Publication of The Secret Team, a book by US Air Force Colonel and Pentagon-CIA liaison L. Fletcher Prouty recounting the author’s firsthand knowledge of CIA black operations and espionage, was met with a wide scale censorship campaign in 1972.

“The campaign to kill the book was nationwide and world-wide,” Prouty notes. “It was removed from the Library of Congress and from college libraries as letters I received attested all too frequently … I was a writer whose book had been cancelled by a major publisher [Prentice Hall] and a major paperback publisher [Ballantine Books] under the persuasive hand of the CIA.”

- L. Fletcher Prouty, The Secret Team: The CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World, New York: SkyHorse Publishing, 2008, xii, xv.

36. During the Pike Committee hearings in 1975 Congressman Otis Pike asked DCI William Colby, “Do you have any people paid by the CIA who are working for television networks?” Colby responded;

“This, I think, gets into the kind of details, Mr. Chairman, that I’d like to get into in executive session.” Once the chamber was cleared Colby admitted that in 1975 specifically “the CIA was using ‘media cover’ for eleven agents, many fewer than in the heyday of the cloak-and-pencil operations, but no amount of questioning would persuade him to talk about the publishers and network chieftains who had cooperated at the top.” - Schorr, Clearing the Air, 275.

37. “There is quite an incredible spread of relationships,” former CIA intelligence officer William Bader informed a US Senate Intelligence Committee investigating the CIA’s infiltration of the nation’s journalistic outlets.

“You don’t need to manipulate Time magazine, for example, because there are Agency people at the management level.” - Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media.”

38. In 1985 film historian and professor Joseph McBride came across a November 29, 1963 memorandum from J. Edgar Hoover, titled, “Assassination of President John F. Kennedy,” wherein the FBI director stated that his agency provided two individuals with briefings, one of whom was:

“Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency.” ” When McBride queried the CIA with the memo a “PR man was tersely formal and opaque: ‘I can neither confirm nor deny.’ It was the standard response the agency gave when it dealt with its sources and methods,” journalist Russ Baker notes. When McBride published a story in The Nation, “The Man Who Wasn’t There, ‘George Bush,’ C.I.A. Operative,” the CIA came forward with a statement that the George Bush referenced in the FBI record “apparently” referenced a George William Bush, who filled a perfunctory night shift position at CIA headquarters that “would have been the appropriate place to receive such a report.”

McBride tracked down George William Bush to confirm he was only employed briefly as a:

“Probationary civil servant” who had “never received interagency briefings.” Shortly thereafter The Nation ran a second story by McBride wherein “the author provided evidence that the Central Intelligence Agency had foisted a lie on the American people … As with McBride’s previous story, this disclosure was greeted with the equivalent of a collective media yawn.” Since the episode researchers have found documents linking George H. W. Bush to the CIA as early as 1953.

Russ Baker, Family of Secrets: The Bush Dynasty, America’s Invisible Government, and the Hidden History of the Last Fifty Years, New York: Bloomsbury Press, 2009, 7-12.

39. Operation Gladio, the well-documented collaboration between Western spy agencies, including the CIA, and NATO involving coordinated terrorist shootings and bombings of civilian targets throughout Europe from the late 1960s through the 1980s, has been effectively expunged from major mainstream news outlets. A LexisNexis Academic search conducted in 2012 for “Operation Gladio” retrieved 31 articles in English language news media - most appearing in British newspapers. Only four articles discussing Gladio ever appeared in US publications - three in the New York Times and one brief mention in the Tampa Bay Times. With the exception of a 2009 BBC documentary, no network or cable news broadcast has ever referenced the state-sponsored terror operation.

Almost all of the articles referencing Gladio appeared in 1990 when Italian Prime Minister Giulio Andreotti publicly admitted Italy’s participation in the process. The New York Times downplayed any US involvement, misleadingly designating Gladio “an Italian creation” in a story buried on page A16. In reality, former CIA director William Colby revealed in his memoirs that covert paramilitaries were a significant agency undertaking set up after World War II, including “the smallest possible coterie of the most reliable people, in Washington [and] NATO.” James F. Tracy, “False Flag Terror and Conspiracies of Silence,” Global Research, August 10, 2012. 40. Days before the April 19, 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City DCI William Colby confided to his friend, Nebraska State Senator John DeCamp his personal concerns over the Militia and Patriot movement within the United States, then surging in popularity due to the use of the alternative media of that era–books, periodicals, cassette tapes, and radio broadcasts.

“I watched as the Anti-War movement rendered it impossible for this country to conduct or win the Vietnam War,” Colby remarked. “I tell you, dear friend, that the Militia and Patriot movement in which, as an attorney, you have become one of the centerpieces, is far more significant and far more dangerous for American than the Anti-War movement ever was, if it is not intelligently dealt with. And I really mean this.” - David Hoffman, The Oklahoma City Bombing and the Politics of Terror, Venice CA: Feral House, 1998, 367.

41. Shortly after the appearance of journalist Gary Webb’s “Dark Alliance” series in the San Jose Mercury News chronicling the Agency’s involvement in drug trafficking, the CIA’s public affairs division embarked on a campaign to counter what it termed “a genuine public relations crisis for the Agency.” Webb was merely reporting to a large audience what had already been well documented by scholars such as Alfred McCoy and Peter Dale Scott, and the 1989 Kerry Committee Report on Iran-Contra - that the CIA had long been involved in the illegal transnational drug trade.

Such findings were upheld in 1999 in a study by the CIA inspector general. Nevertheless, beginning shortly after Webb’s series ran, “CIA media spokesmen would remind reporters seeking comment that this series represented no real news,” a CIA internal organ noted, “in that similar charges were made in the 1980s and were investigated by the Congress and were found to be without substance. Reporters were encouraged to read the “Dark Alliance’ series closely and with a critical eye to what allegations could actually be backed with evidence.” 42. On December 10, 2004 investigative journalist Gary Webb died of two .38 caliber gunshot wounds to the head. The coroner ruled the death a suicide. “Gary Webb was MURDERED,” concluded FBI senior special agent Ted Gunderson in 2005. “He (Webb) resisted the first shot [to the head that exited via jaw] so he was shot again with the second shot going into the head [brain].” Gunderson regards the theory that Webb could have managed to shoot himself twice as “impossible!” - Charlene Fassa, “Gary Webb: More Pieces in the Suicided Puzzle,” Rense.com, December 11, 2005. 43. The most revered journalists who receive “exclusive” information and access to the corridors of power are typically the most subservient to officialdom and often have intelligence ties. Those granted such access understand that they must likewise uphold government-sanctioned narratives. For example, the New York Times’ Tom Wicker reported on November 22, 1963 that President John F. Kennedy “was hit by a bullet in the throat, just below the Adam’s apple.”

Yet his account went to press before the official story of a single assassin shooting from the rear became established. Wicker was chastised through “lost access, complaints to editors and publishers, social penalties, leaks to competitors, a variety of responses no one wants.” - Barrie Zwicker, Towers of Deception: The Media Coverup of 9/11, Gabrioloa Island, BC: New Society Publishers, 2006, 169-170. 44. The CIA actively promotes a desirable public image of its history and function by advising the production of Hollywood vehicles, such as Argo and Zero Dark Thirty.

The Agency retains “entertainment industry liaison officers” on its staff that “plant positive images about itself (in other words, propaganda) through our most popular forms of entertainment,” Tom Hayden explains in the LA Review of Books.

“So natural has the CIA - entertainment connection become that few question its legal or moral ramifications. This is a government agency like no other; the truth of its operations is not subject to public examination. When the CIA’s hidden persuaders influence a Hollywood movie, it is using a popular medium to spin as favorable an image of itself as possible, or at least, prevent an unfavorable one from taking hold.” - Tom Hayden, “Review of The CIA in Hollywood: How the Agency Shapes Film and Television by Tricia Jenkins,” LA Review of Books, February 24, 2013,

45. Former CIA case officer Robert David Steele states that CIA manipulation of news media is “worse” in the 2010s than in the late 1970s when Bernstein wrote “The CIA and the Media.” “The sad thing is that the CIA is very able to manipulate [the media] and it has financial arrangements with media, with Congress, with all others. But the other half of that coin is that the media is lazy.” - James Tracy interview with Robert David Steele, August 2, 2014, 46. A well-known fact is that broadcast journalist Anderson Cooper interned for the CIA while attending Yale as an undergraduate in the late 1980s. According to Wikipedia Cooper’s great uncle, William Henry Vanderbilt III, was an Executive Officer of the Special Operations Branch of the OSS under the spy organization’s founder William “Wild Bill” Donovan. While Wikipedia is an often dubious source, Vanderbilt’s OSS involvement would be in keeping with the OSS/CIA reputation of taking on highly affluent personnel for overseas derring-do. - William Henry Vanderbilt III, Wikipedia. 47. Veteran German journalist Udo Ulfkotte, author of the 2014 book Gekaufte Journalisten (Bought Journalists) revealed how under the threat of job termination he was routinely compelled to publish articles written by intelligence agents using his byline.

“I ended up publishing articles under my own name written by agents of the CIA and other intelligence services, especially the German secret service,” Ulfkotte explained in a recent interview with Russia Today. - “German Journo: European Media Writing Pro-US Stories Under CIA Pressure,” RT, October 18, 2014. 48. In 1999 the CIA established In-Q-Tel, a venture capital firm seeking to “identify and invest in companies developing cutting-edge information technologies that serve United States national security interests.” The firm has exercised financial relationships with internet platforms Americans use on a routine basis, including Google and Facebook.

“If you want to keep up with Silicon Valley, you need to become part of Silicon Valley,” says Jim Rickards, an adviser to the U.S. intelligence community familiar with In-Q-Tel’s activities. “The best way to do that is have a budget because when you have a checkbook, everyone comes to you.” At one point IQT “catered largely to the needs of the CIA.” Today, however, “the firm supports many of the 17 agencies within the U.S. intelligence community, including the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA), the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) and the Department of Homeland Security Science and Technology Directorate.” - Matt Egan, “In-Q-Tel: A Glimpse Inside the CIA’s Venture Capital Arm,” FoxBusiness.com, June 14, 2013.

49. At a 2012 conference held by In-Q-Tel CIA Director David Patraeus declared that the rapidly-developing “internet of things” and “smart home” will provide the CIA with the ability to spy on any US citizen should they become a “person of interest’ to the spy community,” Wired magazine reports. “‘Transformational’ is an overused word, but I do believe it properly applies to these technologies,’ Patraeus enthused, ‘particularly to their effect on clandestine tradecraft’ … ‘Items of interest will be located, identified, monitored, and remotely controlled through technologies such as radio-frequency identification, sensor networks, tiny embedded servers, and energy harvesters - all connected to the nextgeneration internet using abundant, low-cost, and high-power computing.”

Patraeus said, “the latter now going to cloud computing, in many areas greater and greater supercomputing, and, ultimately, heading to quantum computing.” - Spencer Ackerman, “CIA Chief: We’ll Spy on You Through Your Dishwasher,” Wired, March 15, 2012. 50. In the summer of 2014 a $600 million computing cloud developed by Amazon Web Services for the CIA began servicing all 17 federal agencies comprising the intelligence community.

“If the technology plays out as officials envision,” The Atlantic reports, “it will usher in a new era of cooperation and coordination, allowing agencies to share information and services much more easily and avoid the kind of intelligence gaps that preceded the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.” - “The Details About the CIA’s Deal With Amazon,” The Atlantic, July 17, 2014.

Is Subliminal Advertising Legit? September 6 2015 | From: Uproxx

I remember when my older sister did a class project on subliminal advertising in the sixth grade. I was only 8 years old, and the idea that someone was trying to plant messages deep in my brain without my knowledge made my head spin.

She showed me images pulled from ads and informed me, very matter-of-factly, that Joe Camel was meant to look like a penis (to what end, who knows). I was far too intrigued to even bother being outraged. We asked Jeff Warrick, director of Programming the Nation, to offer his thoughts on the matter for the latest episode of The Truth.

Truth Is A Crime Against The State - Paul Craig Roberts August 16 2015 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

The entire Western edifice rests on lies. There is no other foundation. Just lies. This makes truth an enemy. Enemies have to be suppressed, and thus truth has to be suppressed.

Truth comes from foreign news sources, such as RT, and from Internet sites, such as this one. Thus, Washington and its vassals are busy at work closing down independent media. Washington and its vassals have redefined propaganda. Truth is propaganda if it is told by countries, such as Russia and China, that have independent foreign policies. Propaganda is truth if told by Washington and its puppets, such as the EU Observer. The EU Observer, little doubt following Washington’s orders, has denounced RT and Sputnik News for “broadcasting fabrications and hate speech from their bureaus in European Union cities.” Often I appear on both RT and Sputnik. In my opinion both are too restrained in their reporting, fearful, of course, of being shut down, than full truth requires. I have never heard a word of hate speech or propaganda on either. Washington’s propaganda, perhaps, but not the Russian government’s.

In other words, the way Washington has the news world rigged, not even independent news sites can speak completely clearly. The Western presstitutes have succeeded in creating a false reality for insouciant Americans and also for much of the European Union population. A sizable percentage of these insouciant peoples believe that Russia invaded Ukranine and that Russia is threatening to invade the Baltic States and Poland. This belief exists despite all intelligence of all Western governments reporting that there is no sign of any Russian forces that would be required for invasion. The “Russian invasion,” like “Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction and al Qaeda connections,” like “Assad of Syria’s use of chemical weapons against his own people,” like “Iranian nukes,” never existed but nevertheless became the reality in the Western media. The insouciant Western peoples believe in non-existent occurrencies. In other words, just to state the obvious noncontroversial fact, the Western “news” media is a propaganda ministry from which no truth emerges.

Thus, the Western World is ruled by propaganda. Truth is excluded. Fox “news,” CNN, the NY Times, Washington Post, and all the rest of the most accomplished liars in world history, repeat constantly the same lies. For Washington, of course, and the military/security complex. War is the only possible outcome of propaganda in behalf of war. When the irresponsible Western media brings Armageddon to you, you can thank the New York Times and the rest of the presstitutes for the destruction of yourself and all your hopes for yourself and your children. Stephen Lendman, who comprises a good chunk of the remaining moral conscience of the West, explains the situation:

EU Bashes “Russian Propaganda” Western major media march to the same drummer – dutifully regurgitating managed news misinformation garbage, willfully burying hard truths on issues mattering most. Alternative sources beholden to truth and full disclosure operate by different standards – engendering ire among Western nations wanting their high crimes suppressed – bashing sources revealing them.

The EU Observer (EUO) claims independent credentials while supporting policies responsible news sources denounce.

Independently reporting hard truths isn’t its long suit. Its editor, Lisbeth Kirk, is the wife of former Danish European Parliament member Jens-Peter Bonde. Human Rights Watch’s European and Central Asian advocacy director Veronika Szente Goldston calls its journalists “the most in-your-face in Brussels.” EUO irresponsibly bashed Russia’s Sputnik News and RT International – two reputable sources for news, information and analysis – polar opposite Western media propaganda. It shamelessly called their reporting valued by growing millions;

“Broadcasting fabrications and hate speech from their bureaus in EU cities.” It touted plans by EU officials to counter what they called: “use and misuse of communications tools…play(ing) an important role in the dramatic political, economic and security-related developments (in) Eastern (European countries) over the past 18 months.”

It drafted a nine-page “action plan” intended to convey “positive” messages. It’ll increase funding to blast out Europe’s view of things more effectively. It wants EU policies promoted in former Russian republics the old-fashioned way – by repeating Big Lies often enough until most people believe them. A new EU foreign service cell called East StratComTeam operating by September will run things – functioning as a European ministry of propaganda. It will:

“Develop dedicated communication material on priority issues…put at the disposal of the EU’s political leadership, press services, EU delegations and EU member states.”

Material circulated in Russia and other EU countries aims to let news consumers “easily understand that political and economic reforms promoted by the EU can, over time, have a positive impact on their daily lives” – even though precisely the opposite is true. It wants so-called benefits Europeans enjoy explained to people continent-wide. Will millions of unemployed, underemployed and impoverished people buy what’s plainly untrue from their own experience?

Sputnik News, RT, US independent sources like the Progressive Radio Network and numerous others steadily gain audience strength at the expense of scoundrel media people abandon for good reason. Growing numbers want truth and full disclosure on things affecting their lives and welfare. Politicians in Western countries want ordinary people treated like mushrooms – well-watered and in the dark. RT’s editor-in-chief Margarita Simonyan said:

“The European Union is diligently trying to stifle the alternative voice of RT, at a time when in Europe there are hundreds of newspapers, television channels and radio stations, which set out only one point of view on what is happening in the world.”

The BBC is Fox News with an English accent. US so-called public radio and broadcasting are no different – telling listeners and viewers everything except what they most need to know. Simonyan explained:

“Britain (has) an entire army brigade of 1,500 men…whose tasks include the fight against Russia on social networks. NATO has a task force aimed at countering Russian influence throughout the world.” “Only recently, Deutsche Welle launched a 24-hour television channel in English to counter RT. At the same time, nearly all the major Western media, including the BBC, DW and Euronews have long disseminated their information in the Russian language, while Radio Liberty, funded directly by the US government, broadcasts in Russian.” “(I)f after all this, the EU still complains that they are losing the ‘information war’ against Russia, perhaps it’s time to realize that” Growing numbers of people are fed up with being lied to.

People want reliable sources of news, information and analysis unavailable through mainstream Western sources using propagandists masquerading as journalists.

The Emergence Of Orwellian Newspeak And The Death Of Free Speech July 6 2015 | From: Rutherford

How do you change the way people think? You start by changing the words they use.

In totalitarian regimes - a.k.a. police states - where conformity and compliance are enforced at the end of a loaded gun, the government dictates what words can and cannot be used. In countries where the police state hides behind a benevolent mask and disguises itself as tolerance, the citizens censor themselves, policing their words and thoughts to conform to the dictates of the mass mind.

“If you don’t want a man unhappy politically, don’t give him two sides to a question to worry him; give him one. Better yet, give him none. Let him forget there is such a thing as war. If the government is inefficient, top-heavy, and tax-mad, better it be all those than that people worry over it….

Give the people contests they win by remembering the words to more popular songs or the names of state capitals or how much corn Iowa grew last year. Cram them full of noncombustible data, chock them so damned full of ‘facts’ they feel stuffed, but absolutely ‘brilliant’ with information. Then they’ll feel they’re thinking, they’ll get a sense of motion without moving. And they’ll be happy, because facts of that sort don’t change.” - Ray Bradbury, Fahrenheit 451

Even when the motives behind this rigidly calibrated reorientation of societal language appear well-intentioned discouraging racism, condemning violence, denouncing discrimination and hatred - inevitably, the end result is the same: intolerance, indoctrination and infantilism. It’s political correctness disguised as tolerance, civility and love, but what it really amounts to is the chilling of free speech and the demonizing of viewpoints that run counter to the cultural elite. As a society, we’ve become fearfully polite, careful to avoid offense, and largely unwilling to be labeled intolerant, hateful, closed-minded or any of the other toxic labels that carry a badge of shame today. The result is a world where no one says what they really think anymore, at least if it runs counter to the prevailing views. Intolerance is the new scarlet letter of our day, a badge to be worn in shame and humiliation, deserving of society’s fear, loathing and utter banishment from society.

For those “haters” who dare to voice a different opinion, retribution is swift: they will be shamed, shouted down, silenced, censored, fired, cast out and generally relegated to the dust heap of ignorant, mean-spirited bullies who are guilty of various “word crimes.” We have entered a new age where, as commentator Mark Steyn notes;

“We have to tiptoe around on ever thinner eggshells” and “the forces of ‘tolerance’ are intolerant of anything less than full-blown celebratory approval.”

In such a climate of intolerance, there can be no freedom speech, expression or thought. Yet what the forces of political correctness fail to realize is that they owe a debt to the so-called “haters” who have kept the First Amendment robust. From swastika-wearing Neo-Nazis marching through Skokie, Illinois, and underaged cross

burners to “God hates fags” protesters assembled near military funerals, those who have inadvertently done the most to preserve the right to freedom of speech for all have espoused views that were downright unpopular, if not hateful. Until recently, the U.S. Supreme Court has reiterated that the First Amendment prevents the government from proscribing speech, or even expressive conduct, because it disapproves of the ideas expressed. However, that long-vaunted, Court-enforced tolerance for “intolerant” speech has now given way to a paradigm in which the government can discriminate freely against First Amendment activity that takes place within a government forum. Justifying such discrimination as “government speech,” the Court ruled that the Texas Dept. of Motor Vehicles could refuse to issue specialty license plate designs featuring a Confederate battle flag. Why? Because it was deemed offensive.

The Court’s ruling came on the heels of a shooting in which a 21-year-old white gunman killed nine African-Americans during a Wednesday night Bible study at a church in Charleston, N.C. The two events, coupled with the fact that gunman Dylann Roof was reportedly pictured on several social media sites with a Confederate flag, have resulted in an emotionally charged stampede to sanitize the nation’s public places of anything that smacks of racism, starting with the Confederate flag and ballooning into a list that includes the removal of various Civil War monuments. These tactics are nothing new. This nation, birthed from puritanical roots, has always struggled to balance its love of liberty with its moralistic need to censor books, music, art, language, symbols etc. As author Ray Bradbury notes, “There is more than one way to burn a book. And the world is full of people running about with lit matches.” Indeed, thanks to the rise of political correctness, the population of book burners, censors, and judges has greatly expanded over the years so that they run the gamut from left-leaning to right-leaning and everything in between. By eliminating words, phrases and symbols from public discourse, the powers-that-be are sowing hate, distrust and paranoia. In this way, by bottling up dissent, they are creating a pressure cooker of stifled misery that will eventually blow. For instance, the word “Christmas” is now taboo in the public schools, as is the word “gun.” Even childish drawings of soldiers result in detention or suspension under rigid zero tolerance policies. On college campuses, trigger warnings are being used to alert students to any material they might read, see or hear that might upset them, while free speech zones restrict anyone wishing to communicate a particular viewpoint to a specially designated area on campus. Things have gotten so bad that comedians such as Chris Rock and Jerry Seinfeld refuse to perform stand-up routines to college crowds anymore.

Clearly, the world is undergoing a nervous breakdown, and the news media is helping to push us to the brink of insanity by bombarding us with wall-to-wall news coverage and news cycles that change every few days. In this way, it’s difficult to think or debate, let alone stay focused on one thing - namely, holding the government accountable to abiding by the rule of law - and the powers-that-be understand this. As I document in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, regularly scheduled trivia and/or distractions keep the citizenry tuned into the various breaking news headlines and entertainment spectacles and tuned out to the government’s steady encroachments on our freedoms. These sleight-of-hand distractions and diversions are how you control a population, either inadvertently or intentionally, advancing a political agenda agenda without much opposition from the citizenry. Professor Jacques Ellul studied this phenomenon of overwhelming news, short memories and the use of propaganda to advance hidden agendas. “One thought drives away another; old facts are chased by new ones,” wrote Ellul.

“Under these conditions there can be no thought. And, in fact, modern man does not think about current problems; he feels them. He reacts, but he does not understand them any more than he takes responsibility for them. He is even less capable of spotting any inconsistency between successive facts; man’s capacity to forget is unlimited. This is one of the most important and useful points for the propagandists, who can always be sure that a particular propaganda theme, statement, or event will be forgotten within a few weeks.

Already, the outrage over the Charleston shooting and racism are fading from the news headlines, yet the determination to censor the Confederate symbol remains. Before long, we will censor it from our thoughts, sanitize it from our history books, and eradicate it from our monuments without even recalling why. The question, of course, is what’s next on the list to be banned?

It was for the sake of preserving individuality and independence that James Madison, the author of the Bill of Rights, fought for a First Amendment that protected the “minority” against the majority, ensuring that even in the face of overwhelming pressure, a minority of one - even one who espouses distasteful viewpoints - would still have the right to speak freely, pray freely, assemble freely, challenge the government freely, and broadcast his views in the press freely. This freedom for those in the unpopular minority constitutes the ultimate tolerance in a free society. Conversely, when we fail to abide by Madison’s dictates about greater tolerance for all viewpoints, no matter how distasteful, the end result is always the same: an indoctrinated, infantilized citizenry that marches in lockstep with the governmental regime. Some of this past century’s greatest dystopian literature shows what happens when the populace is transformed into mindless automatons. In Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451, reading is banned and books are burned in order to suppress dissenting ideas, while televised entertainment is used to anesthetize the populace and render them easily pacified, distracted and controlled.

In Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, serious literature, scientific thinking and experimentation are banned as subversive, while critical thinking is discouraged through the use of conditioning, social taboos and inferior education. Likewise, expressions of individuality, independence and morality are viewed as vulgar and abnormal. And in George Orwell’s 1984, Big Brother does away with all undesirable and unnecessary words and meanings, even going so far as to routinely rewrite history and punish “thoughtcrimes.” In this dystopian vision of the future, the Thought Police serve as the eyes and ears of Big Brother, while the Ministry of Peace deals with war and defense, the Ministry of Plenty deals with economic affairs (rationing and starvation), the Ministry of Love deals with law and order (torture and brainwashing), and the Ministry of Truth deals with news, entertainment, education and art (propaganda). The mottos of Oceania: WAR IS PEACE, FREEDOM IS SLAVERY, and IGNORANCE IS STRENGTH.

All three - Bradbury, Huxley and Orwell - had an uncanny knack for realizing the future, yet it is Orwell who best understood the power of language to manipulate the masses. Orwell’s Big Brother relied on Newspeak to eliminate undesirable words, strip such words as remained of unorthodox meanings and make independent, non-government-approved thought altogether unnecessary. To give a single example, as psychologist Erich Fromm illustrates in his afterword to 1984:

“The word free still existed in Newspeak, but it could only be used in such statements as "This dog is free from lice" or "This field is free from weeds." It could not be used in its old sense of "politically free" or "intellectually free," since political and intellectual freedom no longer existed as concepts...."

Where we stand now is at the juncture of OldSpeak (where words have meanings, and ideas can be dangerous) and Newspeak (where only that which is “safe” and “accepted” by the majority is permitted). The power elite has made their intentions clear: They will pursue and prosecute any and all words, thoughts and expressions that challenge their authority. This is the final link in the police state chain. Having been reduced to a cowering citizenry - mute in the face of elected officials who refuse to represent us, helpless in the face of police brutality, powerless in the face of militarized tactics and technology that treat us like enemy combatants on a battlefield, and naked in the face of government surveillance that sees and hears all - we have nowhere left to go. Our backs are to the walls. From this point on, we have only two options: go down fighting, or capitulate and betray our loved ones, our friends and our selves by insisting that, as a brainwashed Winston Smith does at the end of Orwell’s 1984, yes, 2+2 does equal 5.

Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age June 10 2015 | From: JonRappoport

The best film ever made about television’s war on the population is Paddy Chayefsky’s scorching masterpiece, Network (1976). Yet it stages only a few minutes of on-air television.

The rest of the film is dialogue and monologue about television. Thus you could say that, in this case, word defeats image.

"The media have substituted themselves for the older world… The new media are not bridges between man and nature - they are nature… The new media are not ways of relating us to the old world; they are the real world and they reshape what remains of the old world at will… In television, images are projected at you. You are the screen. The images wrap around you. You are the vanishing point… The whole tendency of modern communication… is towards participation in a process, rather than apprehension of concepts.” (Marshall McLuhan)

Even when showing what happens on the TV screen, Network bursts forth with lines like these, from newsman Howard Beale, at the end of his rope, on-camera, speaking to his in-studio audience and millions of people in their homes:

"So, you listen to me. Listen to me! Television is not the truth. Television’s a god-damned amusement park. Television is a circus, a carnival, a traveling troupe of acrobats, storytellers, dancers, singers, jugglers, sideshow freaks, lion tamers, and football players. We’re in the boredom-killing business… We deal in illusions, man. None of it is true! But you people sit there day after day, night after night, all ages,

colors, creeds. We’re all you know. You’re beginning to believe the illusions we’re spinning here. You’re beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. You do whatever the tube tells you. You dress like the tube, you eat like the tube, you raise your children like the tube. You even think like the tube. This is mass madness. You maniacs. In God’s name, you people are the real thing. We are the illusion.”

Beale, coming apart at the seams, is a mad prophet. And because he shines with brilliance and poetry, he can affect minds. Therefore, the television network can make use of him. It can turn him into a cartoon for the masses. It is Beale’s language and the passion with which he delivers it that constitutes his dangerous weapon. Therefore, the Network transforms him into a cheap religious figure, whose audience slathers him with absurd adoration. Television’s enemy is the word. Its currency is image.

Image from a scene in "Network"

Beale breaks through the image and defiles it. He cracks the egg. He stops the picture-flow. He brings back the sound and rhythm of spoken poetry. That is his true transgression against the medium that employs him. The modern matrix has everything to do with how knowledge is acquired. Television, in the main, does not attempt to impart knowledge. It strives to give the viewer the impression that he knows something. There is a difference. Knowledge, once established, is external to, and independent of, the viewer. Whereas the impression of knowing is a feeling, a conviction, a belief the viewer holds, after he has watched moving images on a screen. Images… plus, of course, in the case of the news, the narrative voice. A basic premise of New Age thinking is: “everything is (connected to) everything.” This fits quite well with the experience of watching film or video flow.

Example: we see angry crowds on the street of a foreign city. Then young people on their cell phones sitting in an outdoor café. Then the marble lobby of a government building where men in suits are walking, standing in groups talking to each other. Then at night, rockets exploding in the sky. Then armored vehicles moving through a gate into the city. Then clouds of smoke on another street and people running, chased by police. A flow of consecutive images. The sequence, obviously, has been assembled by a news editor, but most of the viewing audience isn’t aware of that. They’re watching the “interconnected” images and listening to a news anchor tell a story that colors (infects) every image.

Viewers thus believe they know something. Television has imparted that sensation to them. That’s what news is all about: delivering a sensation of knowing to the audience. There is no convenient place where the ordinary viewing audience can stop the flow of images or the story being told. They are inside it. They don’t have the leverage of a crystalized idea or the power of reasoning to get out. They are inside the story. Knowledge thus becomes story. The viewer is transfixed by the sensation that he is “inside” watching story. This fixation produces a short circuit in his reasoning mind (if he has one). No time to stop, no time to think; just watch the flow. When you take this pattern out to a whole society, you are talking about a dominant method through which “knowledge” is gained.

"Did you see that fantastic video about the Iraq War? It showed that Saddam actually had bioweapons.”

“Really? How did they show that?” “Well, I don’t exactly remember. But watch it. You’ll see.”

And that’s another feature of the modern acquisition of knowledge: amnesia about details. The viewer can’t recall key features of what he saw. Or if he can, he can’t describe them, because he was in the flow. He was inside, busy building up his impression of knowing something. Narrative-visual-television story strips out and discards conceptual references. And lines of reasoning? To the extent they exist, they’re wrapped around and inside the image-flow and the narration.

Ideas aren’t as interesting as images. That’s the premise. To grasp the diminishment of language, consider the current use of the word “text.” Suddenly it’s become a verb; it means a process of sending words. It also refers to paragraphs or pages of writing, as opposed to pictures. “Text” makes “writing” seem like nothing more than one functional (and machine-like) method of delivering information. And since bone-dry information (e.g., “genetic sequences”) these days is practically considered a synonym for life, when a writer infuses his words with passion, they automatically become a “rant.” “Rant” was formerly applied to describe what a person did when he was totally unhinged to the point of making no coherent sense. Image, not the word, is the now preferred means of acquiring what passes for knowledge.

McLuhan: “Media are means of extending and enlarging our organic sense lives into our environment… My main theme is the extension of the nervous system in the electric age.”

All our electronic devices operate as extensions of our senses. In the process, image predominates, and through feedback, the majority of those pictures are produced by media. As if knowledge were being transferred. Retired propaganda master, Ellis Medavoy (pseudonym), once told me in an interview: “If you wanted to try a real revolution, you would produce thousands of videos consisting of written words on screens, with someone speaking those words. You would try to reinstate language as a medium. Poetry, formal arguments and debates, great speeches, dramatic readings. You would go up against image and try to relegate it to its proper place…”

These days, we are witness to an international treaty, the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), being negotiated in secret, with the precise words of the treaty withheld from both legislators and the public. The TPP will create an overriding form of global governance for the US and 11 other nations. The degree of outrage, so far, is on the order of a bonfire in a park. If this were happening in the American colonies of the 18th century, where several hundred thousand copies of Tom Paine’s pamphlet, Common Sense, were distributed among a total population of only 2.5 million people, the earth would shake. The word meant something then; thousands of pages of words, held in secret, determining the shape of the future, would have instigated a revolution. Today, that secrecy of words causes minor flames, because generations of Americans have been suckled on images.

Howard Beale: “…we know that democracy is a dying giant, a sick, sick dying, decaying political concept, writhing in its final pain… What is finished is the idea that this great country is dedicated to the freedom and flourishing of every individual in it. It’s the individual that’s finished. It’s the single, solitary human being that’s finished. It’s every single one of you out there that’s finished. Because this is no longer a nation of independent individuals. It’s a nation of some two hundred odd million transistorized, deodorized, whiter-than-white, steel-belted bodies, totally unnecessary as human beings and as replaceable as piston rods.”

Paddy Chayefsky’s words. He made his pen a sword, because he was writing a movie about television, against television. He was going up against image as the primary form of knowledge. He was the man for the job. When a technology (television) turns into a method of perception, reality is turned inside out. People watch TV through TV eyes. They observe their blessings the way crowds suck in the tautologies of a tinpot dictator. Mind control is no longer something merely imposed from the outside. It is a matrix of a self-feeding, self-demanding loop. Willing devotees of the image want images, food stamps of the programmed society.

Are We All Terrorists Now? Russell Brand The Trews June 10 2015 | From: TheTrews

Russell Brand takes a look at the new powers brought in by David Cameron to supposedly aid in

counter terrorism, but instead, turns us all into suspects. [Some people consider Brand to be a hypocrite and / or controlled opposition; but whatever the case the points he makes here are 100% valid].

This video also looks at how the mainstream media is completely ignoring the new legislation being put into place in all western countries that further erodes our rights on an invcrementalist path towards government / corporate tyranny. Basically the upshot is that the governments of the west are now saying: "You are a terrorist as soo as you don't do what you are told."

BBC: UK Public Funding Worldwide Propaganda May 23 2015 | From: PressTV

The UK public funds the BBC and yet the BBC is provably failing to deliver independent, impartial news reporting that truly serves the public interest.

The BBC was founded by Royal Charter; the structure of the charter is such that the Queen is at the top of the pyramid and the trustees of the BBC Trust (completely appointed by the Queen) are responsible for maintaining the purposes of the BBC. In this program, we point to the growing numbers of license fee payers who refuse to pay the BBC due to scandals like the Jimmy Savile affair or the BBC simply breaching all of its major obligations to the paying public, especially independence and impartiality. Our conclusion is that the license fee payers have valid reasons to refuse to pay the license fee and we also lay the foundation for the second part of this program with the charge that worse than breaching its own charter, the BBC is protecting the terrorists responsible for the destruction of WTC 7 on 9/11 by withholding critical information that is of vitalpublic interest.

It’s Official, Alternative Media Win Over Mainstream Media May 22 2015 | From: GeoPolitics / Sputnik

It’s been a while since the alternative media began fighting for this. Finally, it’s here, it’s official. Mainstream media is history. Nobody wants to listen and watch it anymore, except for the deeply brainwashed segment of our society which is depleting by the day.

People are fed up with mainstream media coverage of events in Iraq and Iran, CODEPINK activist organization national coordinator Alli McCracken, told Sputnik on Tuesday.

McCracken’s comments come following the release of an ICM Research poll conducted exclusively for Sputnik, revealing that a total of 60 percent of European and US citizens surveyed wanted to receive information on global events from alternative news sources.

“I think people are really fed up with mainstream media, especially after over a decade of being fed lies about Iraq, now more lies are being told about Iran.”

Western mainstream media coverage of the developments in Iraq gave rise to doubt from the beginning of the US military invasion in 2003. High-profile television channels were faulted for copycat reproduction of primary government talking points, including allegations of Iraq possessing weapons of mass destruction and the use of state-sponsored foreign agents for local information. US news outlets have come under fire for their coverage of Iran. In 2013, experts at the Center for International and Security Studies at the University of Maryland released a report suggesting that influential US and UK newspapers created inaccurate impressions of Iran’s nuclear activity by using “very vague and inconsistent terminology” and avoiding reputable local information sources. Turning to the results of the poll published earlier in the day, McCracken expressed hope that the percentage of those in favor of access to alternative media would grow. ICM Research surveyed over 5,000 people in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, the United States and Greece between March 20 and April 9, 2015. The poll revealed that more than half of US citizens responding to the questionnaire, 57 percent, are interested or very interested in accessing alternative news coverage on global events.

Two Major Psy Ops Documents You Must Read May 18 2015 | From: TruthStreamMedia

These psychological operations are being used on you.The Amerikan and global populace have no conception of the level of advanced, high-tech psychological operations they are under. The field of psy ops, which used to be a tool of governments and military strategists against rival nations has now been turned upon the masses by the emerging global government.

For the last century, thousands of think tanks have perfected the use of propaganda through fields like advertising, neurological research, psychology, etc. The father of modern advertising and Defense Department brain Edward Bernays, opened his classic Propaganda in 1928 with the following:

"The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. One of the ironies of propaganda to work is that its population must be educated. Ellul argues that the university education forms the next generation of propagandist to manipulate its society.

In other words, the more highly educated you are, the more integrated you are in this propaganda and its dissemination. Remember Ellul is not talking about the obvious Nazi or Communist propaganda during the Second World War which was for a short-term campaign using a vertical process (top down approach easily countered by a competing top down approach). No, Ellul is talking about the horizontal process similar to how viruses infect adjoining people around them. Imagine an intellectual virus which spreads itself similar to a biological virus, through contact and multiply this with mass media technology as a delivery system.We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of.

This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society. Our invisible governors are, in many cases, unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner cabinet. They govern us by their qualities of natural leadership, their ability to supply needed ideas and by their key position in the social structure. Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons - a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty million - who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.”

It is crucial to consider that the US is not a democracy, but as it was socially engineered from a republic to a so-called “democracy,” the normal state of a “democracy” is shown to be an oligarchy. Bernays is explaining that very fact – a nation of enforced egalitarian democracy ends up being an oligarchy run by billionaire manipulators and con artists. Those that rule end up being the best as swaying mass man by appealing constantly to his baser desires. In this system, the only telos is to constantly drive any and all of society towards those base desire to increase material consumption and production. The system itself has no end, other than the propagation of the parasitical system. Modern psy ops has only refined this technique. Retired Major Ed Rouse writes of modern psychological operations:

“Another part of the answer to this question lies in the attitude of people towards psychological operations. To some, it produces images of government controlled communications/mass media, telling the people only what the government wants them to hear. To others, it raises the horrid specter of Joseph Goebbels, Hitler’s Propaganda Minister, practicing the technique of the “big lie” which has incorrectly become synonymous with “propaganda”. Still to others, the mere mention of “psychological” operations or warfare invokes visions of “mind control” through some mysterious means of brainwashing. It should be clear that modern psychological operations, or PSYOP, is none of those things. On the contrary PSYOP is not unlike the public advertising that we are all exposed to wherever we go, every day, through all kinds of mass media. However the negative connotation that some people attach to the word psychological” prevents many people from recognizing the simple truth. Everyone knows that if you do not have a good product to sell, people will not continue buying it, no matter how much you advertise. The same applies to the points of view advertised through the use of psychological operations. Thus we have no reason to fear PSYOP, but we do have ample reason to respect it for what it can do.”

There is no reason to fear Psy Ops, we are told, because it is a humane weapon. Infowar has ever been the major focus of warfare, back to Sun Tzu, who wrote that warfare’s goal was to change the enemy’s mind, not destroy his army. If the target could be changed in his thought pattern, what use in expending tremendous effort and resources on fighting a physical battle?

But that was an older time, when nations and tribes battled one another for regional dominance and natural resources. While this still goes on today, the top players are different: Major power blocs are battling for control of the new world order. The dominant power bloc in our world today is the Anglo banking empire, and their method of control is largely through mass media, which, as we’ve seen from the quotes above, is the same as mass advertising. This is why the “news” has a uniform presentation globally. The governing structure above the “government” level is that of international corporations, themselves governed by the major banking houses. Thus, the government / corporate “news” is always the same, all the way down to the local affiliate broadcasting the same laughable tabloid and warm fuzzy pieces about local kitten shelters and pharmaceutical salvation. This was recently illustrated in a masterful way by Conan’s late night show, where pieces of local news stations were clipped together, from supposedly different stations, reading from the exact same script, nationwide. These scripts are written and sent out to the news agencies by the Pentagon and corporate central think tanks to engineer the populace into mindless abandon.

“You don’t need us to tell you gas prices are back on the rise!”

Noted propaganda analyst Jacques Ellul posited that democratic societies even use a more sophisticated form of propaganda than authoritarian ones. A reviewer of Ellul’s famous Propaganda: The Formation of Men’s Attitudes elucidates this point:

“Ellul argues that authoritarian governments never really need propaganda as much as democratic societies do and when the authoritarian governments of the past (communist and fascist) used propaganda, it was an obvious type. One could insinuate that it would be amateurish level and much easier to spot. Nonetheless many people in the past fell prey to this propaganda as much as people today fall prey to advertising campaigns. A democratic society uses a more sophisticated form of propaganda, one which is long-term in process and result; again one could insinuate that this would be of a professional level and much more difficult to spot.

One of the ironies of propaganda to work is that its population must be educated. Ellul argues that the university education forms the next generation of propagandist to manipulate its society. In other words, the more highly educated you are, the more integrated you are in this propaganda and its dissemination. Remember Ellul is not talking about the obvious Nazi or Communist propaganda during the Second World War which was for a short-term campaign using a vertical process (top down approach easily countered by a competing top down approach). No, Ellul is talking about the horizontal process similar to how viruses infect adjoining people around them. Imagine an intellectual virus which spreads itself similar to a biological virus, through contact and multiply this with mass media technology as a delivery system.

One of the ironies of propaganda to work is that its population must be educated. Ellul argues that the university education forms the next generation of propagandist to manipulate its society. In other words, the more highly educated you are, the more integrated you are in this propaganda and its dissemination. Remember Ellul is not talking about the obvious Nazi or Communist propaganda during the Second World War which was for a short-term campaign using a vertical process (top down approach easily countered by a competing top down approach). No, Ellul is talking about the horizontal process similar to how viruses infect adjoining people around them. Imagine an intellectual virus which spreads itself similar to a biological virus, through contact and multiply this with mass media technology as a delivery system. So the more educated you become, the less aware you are that you are a victim of propaganda and the more you are ready to spread your ideology to others who will in turn reinforce you and be reinforced by you in a horizontal process. Leaders aren’t telling you what to think (directly), you are being told by your peers what to think and you pass along this information to others to inform them what to think. Then when this ideology has reached a substantial portion of the population, you demand the leaders to comply and they reluctantly do so (which was their intention 30 to 40 years previously, but they won’t tell you this). This is the essence of what Ellul says in his Propaganda book.”

As you watch the snooze, er, “news,” notice the psychological tricks that are being foisted upon you. Why is the focus something mundane and irrelevant, like a celebrity’s nipple or a litter of kittens being born? Why are the newscasters talking to you like you’re a 5th grader? Why is the netwscast about depression followed by an ad for the pharmaceutical pill that will magickally make you happy? Why is the een sexting piece followed by an ad for the latest smartphone and sex app? All of this is a scientific tactic of psychological manipulation. This is why the Pentagon places Psy Ops soldiers at local news stations.

The Infowar is the war on the public’s mind:

Mind Control Through Emotional Domination: How We're All Being Manipulated By The "Crisis Of The NOW" May 14 2015 | From: NaturalNews

What you're about to read here is a revealing look at the psychological mechanism presently being used by government and media to achieve near-absolute control over the population.

I'm calling the concept the "crisis of the NOW," and understanding this is a lot like taking the RED pill. The "crisis of the now" involves an incessant, strategic bombardment of the population with a never-ending stream of contrived crises that demand immediate attention in the present. This psychological bombardment is waged primarily via the mainstream media which assaults the viewer by the hour with images of violence, war, emotions and conflict. Because the human nervous system is hard wired to focus on immediate threats accompanied by depictions of violence, mainstream media viewers have their attention and mental resources funneled into the never-ending "crisis of the NOW" from which they can never have the mental breathing room to apply logic, reason or historical context. To protect the propaganda from scrutiny, no person is ever allowed the luxury of reflection. Logic and reason are condemned. Critical thinking is derided. Historical context is obliterated by the repeated intrusion of the now, and whatever happened just a few short years or months ago is actively rejected (or memory holed) if it does not reinforce whatever present-day delusion is being pushed as "fact." Similarly, the future is entirely off limits and never allowed to be explored in the mainstream media because doing so would require reason and forward thinking... two things which are never tolerated because they would reveal the inevitable failures of today's insane policies, such as running the country on debt and hoping it will somehow not matter down the road.

Mentally corralled like cattle With the past erased from the minds of the masses, and the future off limits, the crisis of the now become the only psychological reality in which the public is allowed to operate. To remember the past gets you labeled a "relic," and to project current events into the future makes you a "conspiracy theorist." Only the crisis of the now is allowed to be entertained: riots in the streets, the aftermath of a staged school shooting, a contrived social shaming of a pizza joint in Indiana, or even an overhyped measles crisis that just happened to take place at America's epicenter of illusions and theater: Disneyland.

The media demands that you focus on the NOW but forget the past. No historical context is allowed to be recognized (or even taught to Americans) because it might interfere with the crisis of the now. For example, in any discussion of vaccines, you are never allowed to remember that the entire medical establishment was once dominated by "Big Tobacco science," and that even the Journal of the American Medical Association used to run fullpage ads touting the amazing health benefits of smoking cigarettes. Remember the ad, "More doctors smoke Camels than any other cigarette?" This was achieved by the tobacco industry infiltrating all the science journals, giving money to universities, and engaging in "scientist-for-hire" activities to push their poisons under the "scientific" claim that smoking cigarettes posed no health risks whatsoever. The exact same tactic is used today by the biotech industry to push toxic GMOs and deadly herbicides chemicals like glyphosate.

Another example of history you're never allowed to remember: The gunpoint rounding up of U.S. citizens As another example of the memory holing of real history, in today's discussions of the JADE HELM military exercise, the mainstream media focuses entirely on attacking the journalists and analysts covering the story while refusing to mention the fact that tens of thousands of Americans have already been rounded up at gunpoint and thrown into internment camps. Who were the victims of this government exercise in rounding up innocent Americans? Japanese-American citizens during World War II. All their Constitutional rights were violated and they were imprisoned for years based entirely on their race and country of origin.

The following photo, just one of many published at PublicIntelligence.net, captures some of the American citizens who were rounded up at gunpoint and imprisoned solely based on their race:

What this proves is that when the United States government wants to, it will round up and imprison a selected group of Americans at gunpoint, denying them all due process, even if they are completely innocent and have done nothing wrong. You, the modern-day news viewer, are not allowed to remember this history because it might provide you with the necessary context to understand the concern over JADE HELM, a military operation being illegally conducted on U.S. soil, in open violation of established U.S. law.

Not allowed to apply logic to any crisis Logic is the enemy of the propagandists. Because of that, no serious discussion or debate is ever allowed on any subject that the propagandists seek to control: vaccines, GMOs, martial law, national debt, the AIDS industry, gay marriage and so on.

"[I]n order to sustain gigantic false realities, there are honest debates that must never happen," writes Rappoport in Matrixology 101: debates that never happen. "They would reveal too much. They would shine a spotlight on vast contradictions. They would expose official storytellers to withering criticism."

To further explain his point, Rappoport reveals that AIDS is diagnosed in people today through the detection of HIV antibodies. If a person carries antibodies, they are assumed to be carrying HIV and assumed to be sick and diseased. But if an AIDS vaccine were developed, like all vaccines it would cause the body to produce antibodies to HIV, thus causing an HIV-

vaccinated person to be diagnosed as having AIDS, too. So how can HIV antibodies mean you're "sick" in the first instance, but simultaneously those same antibodies mean you're "well" if they appeared after a vaccine?

"Millions and millions of antibody tests have been given to people around the world," writes Rappoport. "The antibody test is just one of a number of enormous issues in modern medicine that, if opened to real debate, would cause a seismic shift in society…assuming there were enough listeners who could track the lines of reasoning."

But reason is the enemy of the propagandists, and almost nobody knows how to think with clarity anymore because such skills are rarely taught in schools or universities. That's why the crisis of the now is always presented in a way that shuts down logic and reason, engendering an emotional response to whatever events are being thrown at you, most of which are pure, fabricated theater: The green screen ISIS beheading videos, CNN's green screen faked location shots from the Middle East, the wildly faked narrative of polar bears being "stranded" on floating pieces of ice (polar bears are great swinners), staged White House photos from the "war room" as America's former CIA buddies are hunted down and executed by special ops teams, and so on.

Every crisis is structured to evoke an emotional state of mind that shuts down all reason and critical thinking. Once this is achieved, the minds of the masses are hammered with whatever political programming messages are desired at the moment: Christians are evil, only the government can end poverty, all police are bad, carbon dioxide is going to destroy the planet, illegal immigrants should be granted the right to vote, and so on.

Creating crisis where none exists

Sometimes the crisis of the day must be so wildly exaggerated and overhyped that the exercise strains the bounds of believability... such as the CDC-directed measles panic waged by the mainstream media over a mild infection that killed no one and was never even considered a crisis until just the last few years when the vaccine industry shifted into "totalitarian science" mode. The point of the exercise was to instill extreme fear in the population, followed by the introduction of a vaccine mandate law which we now know is called SB 277 (California). Once again, the crisis of the NOW shut down all reasonable thinking and even encouraged the public to abandon their own core human rights principles such as the idea that people have the right to decide what medical interventions they wish to endure, and that no government can force an injection on a parent or their child without informed consent.

Through fear and crisis, the media even persuaded pro-choice women to become anti-choice on the issue of vaccines. No government has any right to interfere with a woman's body, it seems, unless that government is pushing a vaccine. Thanks to the crisis of the NOW, every argument in favor of medical choice was steamrolled into oblivion: ethical arguments, scientific arguments, human rights arguments, legal arguments and the entire realm of reason. But the classic crisis of the NOW which caused Americans to abandon all reason and surrender to police state totalitarianism was, of course, 9/11.

9/11 as the ultimate crisis of the NOW The 9/11 attack was seized upon by the media and the government to wage what can only be called a psychological warfare assault upon the American people as preparation for the passage of the original Patriot Act. That's the Bush-era law that legalized government surveillance of the American people, turning America into the totalitarian police state it remains today.

In the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks and the subsequent media campaign of instilling extreme hatred among the citizenry, Americans were ready to wholly support almost any law that claimed to "stop terror," even if it meant surrendering key liberties in the process. Key to achieving all this was the elimination of selected facts from the memory of the American public. To this day, for example, almost no American remembers that three buildings, not two, were destroyed in New York City on 9/11, and the third building was not struck by any airplane at all. All questions about this third building - WTC 7 - have since been banished from any public discussion. No one is allowed to ask how a concrete-and-steel building could suddenly collapse, in perfect symmetry, with the kind of precision that can only be achieved with carefully engineered and pre-planned demolitions. The laws of physics are never allowed to be applied to the events of 9/11, because if they were, logic and reason would bring too many people to the inescapable conclusion that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition, not by airplanes. Thus, the easiest way for the propagandists to avoid this entire discussion is to delete the third building from the national memory. Illusionist Uri Geller once made the Statue of Liberty seem to disappear from the New York skyline, but the media propagandists have deleted an entire high-rise building from America's collective memory. Explore the real science and physics behind the events of 9/11 at Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.

The next "crisis of the now" is being planned right now To achieve almost any desired political outcome, all the global controllers have to do is wait for the right crisis (or stage it themselves), then roll out a pre-planned wave of mental assaults structured around a crisis of the now. If they want to outlaw local police departments and roll out a national, federally-controlled Gestapo police force, for example, all they have to do is wait for police brutality to target an African-American male - brutality against white victims doesn't count - then wait for the inevitable riots to unfold. In the midst of the riots, Al "the informant" Sharpton can easily be directed to call for a federal takeover of all police.

If they want to force every American to be vaccinated or medicated against their will, all they have to do is rush in a wave of illegal immigrants carrying infectious diseases, then wait for an outbreak to happen. As the outbreak spreads, they can blame unvaccinated Americans and use the crisis to push mandatory vaccine compliance. All logic and reason, of course, are not allowed to enter the discussion, or else the public would come to realize that if vaccines really work, then the vaccinated have nothing to fear from the unvaccinated. See: National media wages psychological terror campaign against Americans to set stage for government destruction of medical choice. If they want to completely disarm the American public and outlaw private gun ownership, it's a simple matter to set in motion a series of events that result in a mass shooting somewhere. In the aftermath of the shooting, lawmakers can seize on the emotional intensity of the crisis of the now to demonize all firearms owners and call for national disarmament.

This very nearly happened following the Sandy Hook shooting in late 2013, after which Obama and Eric Holder aggressively tried to crush the Second Amendment in America. Before Sandy Hook, Eric "the crime lord" Holder also arranged for illegal weapons to be smuggled into Mexico, with the hope that those guns would make their way back across the border and be used to commit acts of violence in the United

States. This operation, named "Fast and Furious," has since been exhaustively exposed. As usual, no one in government went to jail for their conspiracy to carry out these crimes. If they want to renew the Patriot Act or pass a "Patriot Act 2.0," the process is stupidly simple: just get the FBI to stage a dirty bomb terror event in a major U.S. city, then halt it at the very last minute. (Or not, if they really want a stronger emotional response.) In the aftermath of such an attack, passage of almost any unconstitutional anti-terrorism law becomes virtually automatic. And yes, the FBI is very skilled at staging terror attacks because it does so on a regular basis in order to prove how incredibly good the agency is at stopping them. See: New York Times openly admits domestic terror plots masterminded by the FBI and FBI 'entrapment' tactics questioned in web of phony terror plots and paid informants. Whatever the desired political outcome or agenda, there is a crisis that can help it be achieved, and that crisis will be so emotionally impactful that it will trap viewers in the NOW and utterly shut down the logic parts of their brain that can contemplate the past and the future. In effect, your conscious focus is being time-shifted into the urgency of the present so that you forget the past and don't calculate the future. Only with those parts of your brain shut down can the controllers steer you in their desired direction.

Why The Hobbit movie makes absolutely no sense but is a sensational film to watch A perfect example of being trapped in the NOW is found in The Hobbit: The Battle of the Five Armies motion picture released in 2014. This film is little more than a series of sensational video game-style battle scenes involving hobbits, dwarves, elves, dragons, witches and wraiths, all tied together with no logical story whatsoever.

The script is a random jumble of high-impact scenes of violence, tension, fear, conflict, magic and celebration. The film has all the elements of Lord of the Rings - yep, there's Gandalf and there's Agent Smith dressed like an Elven King - but it utterly lacks a soul that gives those elements meaning.

As such, it's a perfect metaphor for the world we live in today, where the masses are repeatedly subjected to sequences of real-world violence, conflict and fear behind which no logic or reason can be detected. The Hobbit is a very popular film. People love to watch it because it captures their attention in the now. To the masses who watch the film, it does not matter that there's no story that makes any sense at all. The only thing that matters is that there's a lot of movement and violence unfolding before their eyes, and the mesmerizing effect of it all captures the soul even more effectively than the One Ring itself. The Hobbit was written with what I call "Kindergarten logic." It's the kind of movie logic that seems awesome to a kindergartener, which is of course the same mental level to which all the government's propaganda campaigns are also targeted. Mandatory vaccine laws don't have to make sense to adults, you see: they only have to make sense to the mind of a kindergartener who hasn't yet learned how to think rationally. When the emotional layer of a crisis is so strong that mature thinking and logic become irrelevant, the propagandists have won.

Propaganda is the art of overwhelming logic As I've detailed here, every staged media propaganda event witnessed today lacks all logic and reason. Regarding the Disneyland measles scare, for example, if vaccines really work, then vaccinated children have nothing at all to fear from unvaccinated children. That's the logic of the real science, but the media ran with the utterly illogical and irrational explanation that unvaccinated children spread the measles to vaccinated children - a phenomenon which should be impossible if vaccines create immunity as we are told. The logic of the vaccine industry makes no sense, but as journalist Jon Rappoport rightly explains, propaganda is the art of overcoming logic. It is also, as I've explained here, the art of trapping people in the crisis of the now. The higher the emotional intensity of the crisis, the more all reason is disconnected from the mind. This is precisely why vaccine marketing has now deliberately abandoned all facts and science. Instead, vaccines are now being intentionally promoted using emotional (and graphic) false stories, nearly all of which are fabricated by Big Pharma's public relations companies or their employees, many of whom pose as "concerned moms" on social media. (They're actually paid PR operatives.) To allow the public the luxury of reason is to lose control of their conclusions, you see. From the point of view of the controllers, allowing people to think for themselves runs too high a risk that people might not make decisions that violate their own self interests. Yet the most important principle of exerting power over the people is to make sure that corporations and governments can convince people to make decisions that violate their own self interests.

Psychological "deletion" of the real threats to your life, liberty and happiness By trapping people in the crisis of the now, all critical thinking is nullified and replaced with raw emotional states that are very easy to manipulate and control through strategic media propaganda. At the same time, the real threats to your life, liberty and happiness are psychologically "deleted" from your mind. For example, if I told you that ISIS terrorists wielding swords were killing 44 Americans a day with gruesome beheadings, you would totally believe that because you've been programmed to do so by the media. You'd get angry about it and call for more "national security" forces to protect us from those scary ISIS people.

But when you learn the truth that 44 people really are being killed each day from something else - prescription drug overdoses, according to the CDC - you have no reaction at all. Prescription drug overdoses are quiet and non-violent. They aren't scary and they haven't been portrayed by the media in a manner that promotes extreme fear. So the 44 deaths a day from prescription drug overdoses is psychologically deleted from the minds of Americans, most of whom have no idea of how many people are being killed every year by prescription drugs. (The total number of deaths from FDA-approved prescription drugs is over 100,000 Americans each year. The mainstream media utterly ignores this epidemic, even though it's the numerical equivalent to a jumbo jet falling out of the sky and killing everyone on board every single day.) You are also not ever reminded that as many as one-third of all traffic accidents and fatalities are caused by medicated drivers. While the media wants you to emotionally freak out over drunk drivers, they don't want you to even realize that the epidemic of medicated drivers is far worse. The entire issue has been deleted from national consciousness for the simple reason that awareness of it might harm the profits of the pharmaceutical industry. (If the media were largely funded by beer companies, you'd stop seeing stories about drunk driving, too.) Similarly, you are never told that Tylenol causes permanent liver damage in tens of thousands of Americans each year, and that over 16,000 Americans die each year from intestinal bleeding caused by a common class of painkillers called NSAIDs.

"Conservative calculations estimate that approximately 107,000 patients are hospitalized annually for nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID)-related gastrointestinal (GI) complications and at least 16,500 NSAID-related deaths occur each year among arthritis patients alone," writes Dr. Singh Gurkirpal is his study, "Recent Considerations in Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drug Gastropathy", The American Journal of Medicine, July 27, 1998, p. 31S.

Nor are you told that chemotherapy causes cancer, which is why the chemotherapy industry has grown into a $100 billion medical monopoly, and you're never reminded that prescription drug prices in America are the highest in the world only because the FDA and FTC protect a pharmaceutical monopoly racket that exploits sickness for profit.

Unless an emotional reaction is constructed for something, it doesn't exist in the minds of the masses All this leads to a fascinating realization about mind control in the world today: Until something is associated with a strong emotional response, it doesn't exist in the consciousness of the masses. Everything that's "real" is first constructed out of pure emotion, then pushed into the minds of the masses via the crisis of the NOW. Only then does it count as real, and from that point forward it can be leveraged to pass new laws that further erode the rights and liberties of Americans, and thus everyone else shortly afterwards. This is why the No. 1 tool of mind control from the mainstream media is emotional manipulation of the viewers. Emotional coverage can be authentic in cases where the crisis is real and attention is justified, but emotional manipulation is usually contrived in order to evoke a response for the sole purpose of manipulation. All this gets back to the work of America's original propagandist Edward Bernays. (See History is a Weapon to learn more about Bernays.) He understood decades ago that you don't sell cigarettes by touting their benefits; you sell them by anchoring them to powerful emotional states reflecting positive self image. Similarly in 2015, you sell vaccines not by discussing anything resembling real science, but by catapulting emotional stories involving poor, innocent children who were stricken by the chicken pox - the horrors! - even if such stories are entirely fabricated.

The truth behind the propaganda is irrelevant. What matters is its emotional impact. And because emotions override reason, those of us who attempt to cite the real science on issues like vaccines are fighting a losing battle. As the CDC has long proven, the real science doesn't matter. What matters is the narrative painted by the vaccine industry to evoke a charged emotional response as a form of mind control. The answer to all this, of course, is to highlight vaccine-damaged children and show those who have been brainwashed by the vaccine industry that they are grieving for the wrong side. The real human cost is found in all the children damaged by vaccines - children who will never lead "normal" lives again because their neurology has been permanently compromised by the toxic preservatives and chemical adjuvants found in vaccines. See: Hundreds of children brain damaged by the swine flu vaccine to receive $90 million in financial compensation from UK government. On both fronts - emotions or logic - the vaccine industry as operated today is a fraud. It only turned to emotional marketing because it couldn't survive any real scrutiny of its flawed science. Meanwhile, in the realm of real science, autism rates have skyrocketed 296% over the last few years as the vaccine push has grown more aggressive. See the rising rate depicted in the red line of the bar chart below, as shown in the newly published study:

"Trends in the Prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder, Cerebral Palsy, Hearing Loss, Intellectual Disability, and Vision Impairment, Metropolitan Atlanta, 1991 -- 2010."

See more discussion of the rise of autism at Age of Autism.

Solutions and defenses The defense against all this is to practice the ability of stepping back from the emotional tapestry being woven by the propagandists and evaluate the real logic behind the reports. This is not easy to accomplish, but it can be achieved if you're determined to see things more clearly. Sometimes, the mere passage of time can diminish the emotional impact and achieve greater clarity. This is precisely why the mainstream media repeatedly pounds the fear imagery into your head every few hours as we saw after the 9/11 attacks. You couldn't turn on a TV anywhere in America without the video of airplanes striking the twin towers being blasted into your psyche, and this went on for weeks! Not all emotionally-charged warnings are fake, of course. Many truly emotional crises do exist and do warrant action on our part. The key is to be able to discern the difference between real vs. fake threats. There's a shortcut to achieving this, and it's simpler than you think: Assume that any agenda being pushed by the mainstream media is false. This "default" stance is usually correct (but not always). The logical way to approach this is to assume they're lying to you, then demand they prove they aren't. A very powerful question to use for this purpose is one of my favorite questions of all time: "How do you know?" If the mainstream media asserts that unvaccinated children are causing vaccinated children to be stricken with measles, simply ask the question, "How do you know?" To answer this question, they would have to demonstrate the mechanism by

which their original assertion could take place. And on the issue of vaccines, that effort would quickly crumble for the simple reason that it was false to begin with. Even when it comes to the alternative media / independent media, this question can be extremely valuable. When someone claims their nutritional supplement "protects your DNA" or "detoxes your system" or whatever they claim, that same useful question can be brought to bear: "How do you know?" Do you have any laboratory evidence? Any scientific studies to cite? Any historical or indigenous knowledge to cite? When you're buying "raw vegan protein" from a protein manufacturer, and the bottle touts the claim that this protein is "sprouted" and "raw," you'd be smart to ask that manufacturer, "How do you know?" (I can tell you as a matter of firsthand knowledge as the science director of our laboratory that many of these claims for low-integrity products are simply invented and have no basis in fact whatsoever.) Overall, the best defense against emotional manipulation is to get really good at asking lots of questions. Be persistent. This is why I applaud all the Texans who recently went to Bastrop to confront the military over JADE HELM. These citizens asked a long list of amazing questions, nearly all of which were completely stonewalled by the military spokesperson. But even that exercise proved the point that we are being lied to. We may not know the real story yet, but we know the "official story" is an elaborate fabrication. And that knowledge, all by itself, is quite valuable.

Do you know anyone who can still think critically? Share this article with any friends you might have who still maintain the ability to think critically. It is people like you who will be required to save this world from the onslaught of bad medicine, bad politics, bad fiscal policies and runaway corruption. The day that we must either stand up and fight for her freedoms or be overrun by corporate fascism is fast approaching. You can count on the fact that at least 90% of the population will be emotionally mind controlled as all this plays out, but the good news is that revolutions never require more than a small percentage of the populace taking action to protect their collective futures against tyranny.

Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed May 13 2015 | From: JohnTodd / Farhank

John Todd, former member of the Illuminati and music industry insider speaks out, plus a truly excellent documentary on what really goes on within the music industry.

Related: The Record Industry Pushed Gangster Rap As a Favor to Friends in the Prison Industry I made an interesting discovery which may back up my video Demons Behind The Music Industry. In the video John Todd mentions the album Destroyer by KISS. If you look on the cover of the album you can see the KISS members standing on rocks (or coals) above what looks like a lake of fire with smoke in the background, and it has a dark sky. The Bible says in Revelation 9:2 -

"And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit."

In verses 7 and 8 it goes on to say that the faces of the locusts that came out of the pit had faces of men and hair as the hair of women. If you look at the KISS album cover Destroyer they have faces of men and long hair like women. The king of these locusts from the pit is called Apollyon. Now if you check the name Apollyon in the dictionary guess what it means? It means the DESTROYER which is the title of KISS's album. Coincidence? You decide.

Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains)

Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

Seasoned Investigative Journalist Exposes Inside Strategies To Censor News April 29 2015 | From: Mercola

You can choose to ignore reality, but you can't ignore the consequences of ignoring reality. Most of us rely heavily on the media for information, not realizing that 90 percent of it is controlled by a mere six media giants.

Sharyl Attkisson, a five-time Emmy Award winning investigative journalist whose television career spans more than three decades is one of my personal heroes. She was the reporter who, in 2009, blew the lid off the swine flu media hype, showing the hysteria was completely unfounded and manufactured. She recently left CBS to pursue other avenues of investigative journalism, and has authored a highly praised book, Stonewalled: My Fight for Truth Against the Forces of Obstruction, Intimidation, and Harassment in Obama's Washington, which exposes what goes on behind the scenes in the media that gives you the information you come to think of as real and true.

"I left CBS about a year ago when it seemed I had met with so many dead ends in trying to continue the original investigative reporting that I've done for so many years there," Sharyl says. "My producer and I just kept hitting brick walls in the last two years or so in trying to get this reporting on television. We certainly weren't alone. Reporters are complaining about this across the board at many print organizations and broadcast outlets... The watchdog reporting that the government values so much is simply not desired for a variety of reasons as much as it once was at the national level. I think also this is a problem in local news... There was no point [in staying]. I was never in a position to turn up better stories; I have more information, more sources, more whistleblowers, and more I felt might produce terrific stories than ever before after 20 years in CBS News, and yet, utterly lacked the ability to get any of it on television. I could've stayed and done weather stories and stories of the day but that's just not where my interest was."

What Led to the Downfall of Watchdog Reporting? Unfortunately, the trend of diluting the depth and scope of investigative journalism can even be seen in high-quality programs like CBS' 60 Minutes, which has been a favorite show of mine since its inception over four decades ago.

As noted by Sharyl, the reasons for the decline of investigative journalism are complicated. But a big part of it is due to commercial concerns; basically, commercial and corporate influences came into play, and media outlets grew to accept commercialization as part of the news process.

"I call it soft censorship," Sharyl says. "When you know you have a sponsor and you know it's important to the corporation, are you really going to offend the sponsor by going after stories that they don't like? But I do think it's more overt than that sometimes. The sponsors explicitly complain and argue at the corporate level that certain stories and topics shouldn't be done. We know this is true based on one anecdote I put in the book, but there are other anecdotes and experiences that reporters have had, where they've been told that this is the case. Additionally, there are political factors. There were managers at CBS in those last two years that inserted their ideology into the reporting of producers and reporters, who by and large were very fair. That can change the whole tone of the reporting."

One of the examples in Sharyl's book that really hit home for me was when Hillary Clinton ran against Obama for president, and while on the campaign trail told reporters she had dodged sniper fire on a trip as First Lady, 12 years prior, when she visited Bosnia. It seems like a silly thing to lie about, but lie she did. Sharyl and other journalists had been on that trip, and they all knew no one had dodged sniper fire, least of all the First Lady. Fortunately, Sharyl had archived videos of the event to prove it.

"It couldn't be farther from the truth, the idea that we had been shot up by sniper fire," Sharyl says. "There are a couple of choices – just being untruthful for her own benefit, or was she delusional, which is a little frightening. But I think the public got past that because they accepted her as the Secretary of State."

Another point Sharyl makes very effectively in her book is that there's this collaboration within the media, such that if one agency picks up a story, they all run the same story. You can watch the nightly news on every channel, and the story will be presented in virtually the same way, sometimes more or less verbatim.

"Too often, I think they don't want to cover a major controversy unless others have already covered it, like the New York Times or the Washington Post; then it's safe. They don't want to cover certain stories for ideological reasons. They don't want to cover certain stories against corporate partners that might harm corporate relationships."

Intimidation and Harassment of Journalists True investigative journalists, such as Sharyl, have also become targets of intimidation and harassment. For example, at one point her computer and phone lines were hacked to find out what she was working on.

"I assume there are a handful of journalists who do that sort of critical reporting on the government, and on this administration in particular, that they wanted to watch. They never dreamed I would luck upon the resources to have the computer examined by experts that could find the software they deposited in my computer. This software was proprietary to a government agency, either the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), National Security Agency (NSA), Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)... They had my keystroke data... They could look at all my files. They used Skype audio – I didn't know this was possible – but they could turn it on invisibly, without you knowing it, to listen into conversations. They could also remove files using Skype... We were able to confirm these highly sophisticated long-term, remote intrusions."

Another interesting book for anyone interested or concerned about matters such as these is Future Crimes: Everything Is Connected, Everyone Is Vulnerable, and What We Can Do About It by Marc Goodman. The book discusses in great detail how this type of hacking can occur, and more importantly, what simple measures we can do to protect ourselves. It's a reality. And if they're doing it to top-notch investigative reporters, certainly everyone is a candidate.

On Astroturfing...

"Astroturf" is the effort on the part of special interests, whether corporate or political, to surreptitiously sway public opinion and make it appear as though it's a grassroots effort for or against a particular agenda, when in reality such a groundswell of public opinion might not exist. Sharyl explains:

"They turn to things like social media – Facebook and Twitter – using pseudonyms and multiple accounts to spread things around. They use their partners who blog for them, write things, and pick up on one another's work until sometimes it's been picked up in the mainstream media as if it's a fact. It's all intended to make you feel as though if you hold a certain opinion that they don't want you to have, you're the outlier. Everybody else agrees with 'X' except you, and that may not be the truth. This is a huge business... There are actually PR firms that specialize in these sorts of tactics. Astroturfing is now more important, I am told by lobbyists and PR firms, to many clients than the direct lobbying of Congress because it's so effective to reach out to the public. They may have someone write a letter to the editor and you don't know that person is being paid by a special interest to advance a certain opinion. They may start as a nonprofit without saying out front that they're behind the nonprofit. The nonprofit may then look like a charity that's advancing a certain opinion, which is actually acting on behalf of the corporate interest or the special interest. Again, it's very widespread..."

Hallmark signs of astroturfing include using key language - words such as crank, crack, nutty, pseudo, conspiracy, and other language that's effective with the public to try to make you dismiss an argument they don't like. Another hallmark of an Astroturf campaign is attacking those who are questioning authority, such as reporters who are exposing the truth, whistleblowers who dare to step forward, and people asking tough questions.

It's important to be aware of these kinds of concerted efforts to distort the truth, and to understand how they're done, because these "faux concern" campaigns can have a profound influence on your perception of reality.

Astroturfing in Action A perfect example of astroturfing just occurred when a GMO front group attacked Dr. Oz after he reported on the now scientifically established hazards of glyphosate, and the media swallowed and regurgitated the propaganda without any critical thought whatsoever. Slate magazine publicized the attack with the headline “Letter from Prominent Doctors Implies Columbia Should Fire Dr. Oz for Being a Quack.”

The letter accuses Dr. Oz of repeatedly showing “disdain for science and for evidence-based medicine, as well as baseless and relentless opposition to the genetic engineering of food crops.” The letter was signed by Dr. Henry I. Miller and nine other “distinguished physicians.” What the media has failed to address is that Dr. Henry Miller is hardly a concerned physician. He’s actually a now well-known shill for the GMO industry. In his capacity as its front man, he was caught misrepresenting himself during the Anti-Prop.37 campaign in 2012, pretending to be a Stanford professor opposing GMO labeling, when in fact he is not a professor at Stanford. The TV ad had to be pulled off the air because of this misrepresentation. Aside from that, he has a long and sordid history1 of defending toxic chemicals such as DDT, in addition to defending Big Tobacco. Some of the other nine physicians are also less than distinguished. As noted by US Right to Know:

“One was stripped of his medical license in New York and sent to federal prison camp for Medicaid fraud. Yet Dr. Gilbert Ross plays up his M.D. credentials in his role as acting president of the American Council for Science and Health (ACSH). Ross was joined on the Columbia letter by ACSH board member Dr. Jack Fisher. So what is ACSH? Though some reporters treat it as an independent science source, the group has been heavily funded by oil, chemical, and tobacco companies, and has a long history of making inaccurate statements about science that directly benefit those industries – for example claiming that secondhand smoke isn’t linked to heart attacks, fracking doesn’t pollute water... These facts are relevant in stories about scientific integrity. The scientific accuracy and motivations of the accusers matter when they are publicly challenging the scientific accuracy and motivations of somebody they are trying to get fired. We urge reporters and editors to take a closer look at the sources selling them story ideas, and to act as better watchdogs for the public interest”.

Dr. Henry Miller and American Council for Science and Health Are False Fronts for the GMO Industry

Indeed, Henry Miller and ACSH are false fronts for the GMO industry, plain and simple. They are part of a PR hack strategy of astroturfing, and the mainstream media are too inept to look behind the curtain to see what’s really there. The fact of the matter is that this attack on Dr. Oz is orchestrated not by concerned physicians or scientists but rather by industry shills whose job it is to attack anyone who embraces a more natural approach to health and/or raise damning questions that might hurt the industry’s bottom-line.

Why Conventional Media So Rarely Tells You the Truth About Health One industry that wields a great deal of power within the media today is the pharmaceutical industry. It's rare to sit through an evening of television without viewing several drug ads. They also advertise heavily in print and online media. The advertising dollars they spend not only generates sales, it also gives them the power to influence what's being reported in the news. Here's just one example:

"There's a story in my book about former executive producer of mine who got a phone call from the sales division, which was very inappropriate. He said the sales person from CBS was kind of screaming at him because we'd been doing a lot of stories looking at side effects and problems with the very popular and billion-dollar-selling cholesterol-lowering drugs, statins. The advertisers didn't like that. Therefore, someone from the CBS corporate apparently didn't like that, and called down and said something like, 'If you keep doing these stories, it's going to be really, really bad for CBS...' I think that happens more often than we know explicitly. But this time, it was followed by what I see as all of the media backing down on pharmaceutical-related stories. We were doing very aggressive coverage of problems within the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) – not just me, but all the networks and a lot of print publications – about vaccines side effects, and about other medical issues. That all has virtually stopped. You can almost point to a time period when it seems someone made a phone call and said, 'That's it fellas. There are advertisers.' And you won't see these stories now even when there's a multi-billion-dollar criminal settlement against drug companies for mismarketing drugs that are commonly used. That's a huge story that should be leading the news in my opinion. But most people probably never heard of it because those are things that offend the sensibilities of advertisers, who now control to some degree the editorial content of networks, publications, and print publications that are advertising. And, as you know, they have several lobbyists for every member of Congress on Capitol Hill so they can make sure certain hearings don't happen. As recently as last year, they were able to stop a planned vaccine-related hearing. The control is almost total in my view. That's just one example of a corporate influence."

What Are Some 'Big' Stories Not Being Reported Right Now? According to Sharyl, if journalists would simply cover the news with facts and fairness, topics like vaccine side effects would receive far greater coverage. The reason it doesn't is because that topic has been deemed "untouchable." Other emerging health issues that you don't hear about in the news include the emergence of enterovirus EV-D68. It's a polio-like virus, but it's not polio.

Thousands of people were stricken with it last year, and the virus appears to be linked to cases of paralysis. At least a dozen children also died from it, yet you didn't hear about this on the news because it was not, unlike the measles vaccine, something the government was interested in promoting.

"Too often reporters wait for the government to tell them what's a story and what's not a story. They won't do the digging on their own, which I think is a very bad trend. But I tried to find out about this [enterovirus] and asked the CDC some questions, to which they replied they didn't gather certain data. I searched the web and found that the CDC had published a paper with the data that I've asked for! So it was completely false what they told me..."

Sharyl's book exposes many of the inside strategies that go on to suppress this type of information. Since leaving CBS News and finishing her book, she's been writing freelance, publishing a number of stories she would have had a hard time telling before, such as the story of how a government experiment on premature babies misled parents with an unethical consent form to enroll their premature babies in the program. This study was conducted at prestigious research institutions by the government across the country. After some of the babies died, the study was stopped. Even the government's own ethics body concluded that the consent form was unethical because it didn't actually inform the parents that their babies were being entered into a study. They were just told that this treatment would be good for their baby. In reality, the babies were randomly placed into highoxygen or low-oxygen groups - not what was best for them individually. The parents were unaware that their child was being given treatment based on the flip of a coin. The parents also didn't know that their child was placed in an oxygen machine that had been disabled to give false readings.

"That story was published in Daily Signal,3 which is a heritage foundation news organization that started last year. They've done some excellent reporting and haven't tampered with my stories," Sharyl says.

What the Media Isn't Telling You about 'ObamaCare' Another story Sharyl believes has been underreported is that of HealthCare.gov. "The US government is still hiding public documents that have been under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) for a long time," she claims. And the media simply reports whatever the government says, even though the government has been caught providing false information, including providing false statements under oath to Congress. There are still details of this health care program that we don't know anything about, and why is that?

"For millions of Americans, I think, this law is turning out to be disastrous and too expensive," she says. "There's now a new class of uninsured people who had insurance, but who've been bumped off or have gone off because they can't afford it now. The insurance isn't covering what people need. Certainly, there are people who have benefitted, people who couldn't get insurance before. There's no doubt about that. That's going to be reported on, but what's not reported is that many people are suffering severe consequences..."

In her book she also exposes the debacle of how HealthCare.gov was developed, so if you're interested in learning more about that, please pick up a copy of Stonewalled.

Sharyl has donated proceeds from Stonewalled to the University of Florida to put on a Freedom of Information forum for students and professionals, in which they brainstormed to come up with ideas for making the government more responsive to public information request; how to fix the freedom of information process, "which is entirely pointless and useless now," as Sharyl says. So, when you buy her book, part of the proceeds are going towards ongoing efforts to help influence a more open and honest government, which is clearly something that needs work.

These 6 Corporations Control 90% Of The Media In America April 12 2015 | From: BusinessInsider

This infographic created by Frugal Dad shows that almost all media comes from the same six sources. [This is relevant to the rest of the world given their international holdings and influence.]

That’s consolidated from 50 companies back in 1983. Comment: And while it is US-specific, it portrays global trends in virtually every industry as the cabal roll out their centralist agenda, which would be vital if they were to be able to implement their New World Order - which is failing now in real time. Note: This infographic is from last year and is missing some key transactions. GE does not own NBC (or Comcast or any media) anymore. So that 6th company is now Comcast. And Time Warner doesn’t own AOL, so Huffington Post isn’t affiliated with them. But the fact that a few companies own everything demonstrates “the illusion of choice,” Frugal Dad says. While some big sites, like Digg and Reddit aren’t owned by any of the corporations, Time Warner owns news sites read by millions of Americans every year.

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/mass-media-manipulation-3.shtml

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

Mind Control Through Emotional Domination: How We're All Being Manipulated By The "Crisis Of The NOW" May 14 2015 | From: NaturalNews

What you're about to read here is a revealing look at the psychological mechanism presently being

used by government and media to achieve near-absolute control over the population.

I'm calling the concept the "crisis of the NOW," and understanding this is a lot like taking the RED pill. The "crisis of the now" involves an incessant, strategic bombardment of the population with a never-ending stream of contrived crises that demand immediate attention in the present. This psychological bombardment is waged primarily via the mainstream media which assaults the viewer by the hour with images of violence, war, emotions and conflict. Because the human nervous system is hard wired to focus on immediate threats accompanied by depictions of violence, mainstream media viewers have their attention and mental resources funneled into the never-ending "crisis of the NOW" from which they can never have the mental breathing room to apply logic, reason or historical context. To protect the propaganda from scrutiny, no person is ever allowed the luxury of reflection. Logic and reason are condemned. Critical thinking is derided. Historical context is obliterated by the repeated intrusion of the now, and whatever happened just a few short years or months ago is actively rejected (or memory holed) if it does not reinforce whatever present-day delusion is being pushed as "fact." Similarly, the future is entirely off limits and never allowed to be explored in the mainstream media because doing so would require reason and forward thinking... two things which are never tolerated because they would reveal the inevitable failures of today's insane policies, such as running the country on debt and hoping it will somehow not matter down the road.

Mentally corralled like cattle With the past erased from the minds of the masses, and the future off limits, the crisis of the now become the only psychological reality in which the public is allowed to operate. To remember the past gets you labeled a "relic," and to project current events into the future makes you a "conspiracy theorist." Only the crisis of the now is allowed to be entertained: riots in the streets, the aftermath of a staged school shooting, a contrived social shaming of a pizza joint in Indiana, or even an overhyped measles crisis that just happened to take place at America's epicenter of illusions and theater: Disneyland. The media demands that you focus on the NOW but forget the past. No historical context is allowed to be recognized (or even taught to Americans) because it might interfere with the crisis of the now. For example, in any discussion of vaccines, you are never allowed to remember that the entire medical establishment was once dominated by "Big Tobacco science," and that even the Journal of the American Medical Association used to run fullpage ads touting the amazing health benefits of smoking cigarettes.

Remember the ad, "More doctors smoke Camels than any other cigarette?" This was achieved by the tobacco industry infiltrating all the science journals, giving money to universities, and engaging in "scientist-for-hire" activities to push their poisons under the "scientific" claim that smoking cigarettes posed no health risks whatsoever. The exact same tactic is used today by the biotech industry to push toxic GMOs and deadly herbicides chemicals like glyphosate.

Another example of history you're never allowed to remember: The gunpoint rounding up of U.S. citizens

As another example of the memory holing of real history, in today's discussions of the JADE HELM military exercise, the mainstream media focuses entirely on attacking the journalists and analysts covering the story while refusing to mention the fact that tens of thousands of Americans have already been rounded up at gunpoint and thrown into internment camps. Who were the victims of this government exercise in rounding up innocent Americans? Japanese-American citizens during World War II. All their Constitutional rights were violated and they were imprisoned for years based entirely on their race and country of origin. The following photo, just one of many published at PublicIntelligence.net, captures some of the American citizens who were rounded up at gunpoint and imprisoned solely based on their race:

What this proves is that when the United States government wants to, it will round up and imprison a selected group of Americans at gunpoint, denying them all due process, even if they are completely innocent and have done nothing wrong. You, the modern-day news viewer, are not allowed to remember this history because it might provide you with the necessary context to understand the concern over JADE HELM, a military operation being illegally conducted on U.S. soil, in open violation of established U.S. law.

Not allowed to apply logic to any crisis Logic is the enemy of the propagandists. Because of that, no serious discussion or debate is ever allowed on any subject that the propagandists seek to control: vaccines, GMOs, martial law, national debt, the AIDS industry, gay marriage and so on.

"[I]n order to sustain gigantic false realities, there are honest debates that must never happen," writes Rappoport in Matrixology 101: debates that never happen.

"They would reveal too much. They would shine a spotlight on vast contradictions. They would expose official storytellers to withering criticism."

To further explain his point, Rappoport reveals that AIDS is diagnosed in people today through the detection of HIV antibodies. If a person carries antibodies, they are assumed to be carrying HIV and assumed to be sick and diseased. But if an AIDS vaccine were developed, like all vaccines it would cause the body to produce antibodies to HIV, thus causing an HIVvaccinated person to be diagnosed as having AIDS, too. So how can HIV antibodies mean you're "sick" in the first instance, but simultaneously those same antibodies mean you're "well" if they appeared after a vaccine?

"Millions and millions of antibody tests have been given to people around the world," writes Rappoport. "The antibody test is just one of a number of enormous issues in modern medicine that, if opened to real debate, would cause a seismic shift in society…assuming there were enough listeners who could track the lines of reasoning."

But reason is the enemy of the propagandists, and almost nobody knows how to think with clarity anymore because such skills are rarely taught in schools or universities. That's why the crisis of the now is always presented in a way that shuts down logic and reason, engendering an emotional response to whatever events are being thrown at you, most of which are pure, fabricated theater: The green screen ISIS beheading videos, CNN's green screen faked location shots from the Middle East, the wildly faked narrative of polar bears being "stranded" on floating pieces of ice (polar bears are great swinners), staged White House photos from the "war room" as America's former CIA buddies are hunted down and executed by special ops teams, and so on.

Every crisis is structured to evoke an emotional state of mind that shuts down all reason and critical thinking. Once this is achieved, the minds of the masses are hammered with whatever political programming messages are desired at the moment: Christians are evil, only the government can end poverty, all police are bad, carbon dioxide is going to destroy the planet, illegal immigrants should be granted the right to vote, and so on.

Creating crisis where none exists Sometimes the crisis of the day must be so wildly exaggerated and overhyped that the exercise strains the bounds of believability... such as the CDC-directed measles panic waged by the mainstream media over a mild infection that killed no one and was never even considered a crisis until just the last few years when the vaccine industry shifted into "totalitarian science" mode. The point of the exercise was to instill extreme fear in the population, followed by the introduction of a vaccine mandate law which we now know is called SB 277 (California). Once again, the crisis of the NOW shut down all reasonable thinking and even encouraged the public to abandon their own core human rights principles such as the idea that people have the right to decide what medical interventions they wish to endure, and that no government can force an injection on a parent or their child without informed consent.

Through fear and crisis, the media even persuaded pro-choice women to become anti-choice on the issue of vaccines. No government has any right to interfere with a woman's body, it seems, unless that government is pushing a vaccine. Thanks to the crisis of the NOW, every argument in favor of medical choice was steamrolled into oblivion: ethical arguments, scientific arguments, human rights arguments, legal arguments and the entire realm of reason. But the classic crisis of the NOW which caused Americans to abandon all reason and surrender to police state totalitarianism was, of course, 9/11.

9/11 as the ultimate crisis of the NOW The 9/11 attack was seized upon by the media and the government to wage what can only be called a psychological warfare assault upon the American people as preparation for the passage of the original Patriot Act. That's the Bush-era law that legalized government surveillance of the American people, turning America into the totalitarian police state it remains today.

In the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks and the subsequent media campaign of instilling extreme hatred among the citizenry, Americans were ready to wholly support almost any law that claimed to "stop terror," even if it meant surrendering key liberties in the process. Key to achieving all this was the elimination of selected facts from the memory of the American public. To this day, for example, almost no American remembers that three buildings, not two, were destroyed in New York City on 9/11, and the third building was not struck by any airplane at all. All questions about this third building - WTC 7 - have since been banished from any public discussion. No one is allowed to ask how a concrete-and-steel building could suddenly collapse, in perfect symmetry, with the kind of precision that can only be achieved with carefully engineered and pre-planned demolitions. The laws of physics are never allowed to be applied to the events of 9/11, because if they were, logic and reason would bring too many people to the inescapable conclusion that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition, not by airplanes. Thus, the easiest way for the propagandists to avoid this entire discussion is to delete the third building from the national memory. Illusionist Uri Geller once made the Statue of Liberty seem to disappear from the New York skyline, but the media propagandists have deleted an entire high-rise building from America's collective memory. Explore the real science and physics behind the events of 9/11 at Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.

The next "crisis of the now" is being planned right now To achieve almost any desired political outcome, all the global controllers have to do is wait for the right crisis (or stage it themselves), then roll out a pre-planned wave of mental assaults structured around a crisis of the now. If they want to outlaw local police departments and roll out a national, federally-controlled Gestapo police force, for example, all they have to do is wait for police brutality to target an African-American male - brutality against white victims doesn't count - then wait for the inevitable riots to unfold. In the midst of the riots, Al "the informant" Sharpton can easily be directed to call for a federal takeover of all police.

If they want to force every American to be vaccinated or medicated against their will, all they have to do is rush in a wave of illegal immigrants carrying infectious diseases, then wait for an outbreak to happen. As the outbreak spreads, they can blame unvaccinated Americans and use the crisis to push mandatory vaccine compliance. All logic and reason, of course, are not allowed to enter the discussion, or else the public would come to realize that if vaccines really work, then the vaccinated have nothing to fear from the unvaccinated. See: National media wages psychological terror campaign against Americans to set stage for government destruction of medical choice. If they want to completely disarm the American public and outlaw private gun ownership, it's a simple matter to set in motion a series of events that result in a mass shooting somewhere. In the aftermath of the shooting, lawmakers can seize on the emotional intensity of the crisis of the now to demonize all firearms owners and call for national disarmament.

This very nearly happened following the Sandy Hook shooting in late 2013, after which Obama and Eric Holder aggressively tried to crush the Second Amendment in America. Before Sandy Hook, Eric "the crime lord" Holder also arranged for illegal weapons to be smuggled into Mexico, with the hope that those guns would make their way back across the border and be used to commit acts of violence in the United

States. This operation, named "Fast and Furious," has since been exhaustively exposed. As usual, no one in government went to jail for their conspiracy to carry out these crimes. If they want to renew the Patriot Act or pass a "Patriot Act 2.0," the process is stupidly simple: just get the FBI to stage a dirty bomb terror event in a major U.S. city, then halt it at the very last minute. (Or not, if they really want a stronger emotional response.) In the aftermath of such an attack, passage of almost any unconstitutional anti-terrorism law becomes virtually automatic. And yes, the FBI is very skilled at staging terror attacks because it does so on a regular basis in order to prove how incredibly good the agency is at stopping them. See: New York Times openly admits domestic terror plots masterminded by the FBI and FBI 'entrapment' tactics questioned in web of phony terror plots and paid informants. Whatever the desired political outcome or agenda, there is a crisis that can help it be achieved, and that crisis will be so emotionally impactful that it will trap viewers in the NOW and utterly shut down the logic parts of their brain that can contemplate the past and the future. In effect, your conscious focus is being time-shifted into the urgency of the present so that you forget the past and don't calculate the future. Only with those parts of your brain shut down can the controllers steer you in their desired direction.

Why The Hobbit movie makes absolutely no sense but is a sensational film to watch A perfect example of being trapped in the NOW is found in The Hobbit: The Battle of the Five Armies motion picture released in 2014. This film is little more than a series of sensational video game-style battle scenes involving hobbits, dwarves, elves, dragons, witches and wraiths, all tied together with no logical story whatsoever.

The script is a random jumble of high-impact scenes of violence, tension, fear, conflict, magic and celebration. The film has all the elements of Lord of the Rings - yep, there's Gandalf and there's Agent Smith dressed like an Elven King - but it utterly lacks a soul that gives those elements meaning.

As such, it's a perfect metaphor for the world we live in today, where the masses are repeatedly subjected to sequences of real-world violence, conflict and fear behind which no logic or reason can be detected. The Hobbit is a very popular film. People love to watch it because it captures their attention in the now. To the masses who watch the film, it does not matter that there's no story that makes any sense at all. The only thing that matters is that there's a lot of movement and violence unfolding before their eyes, and the mesmerizing effect of it all captures the soul even more effectively than the One Ring itself. The Hobbit was written with what I call "Kindergarten logic." It's the kind of movie logic that seems awesome to a kindergartener, which is of course the same mental level to which all the government's propaganda campaigns are also targeted. Mandatory vaccine laws don't have to make sense to adults, you see: they only have to make sense to the mind of a kindergartener who hasn't yet learned how to think rationally. When the emotional layer of a crisis is so strong that mature thinking and logic become irrelevant, the propagandists have won.

Propaganda is the art of overwhelming logic As I've detailed here, every staged media propaganda event witnessed today lacks all logic and reason. Regarding the Disneyland measles scare, for example, if vaccines really work, then vaccinated children have nothing at all to fear from unvaccinated children. That's the logic of the real science, but the media ran with the utterly illogical and irrational explanation that unvaccinated children spread the measles to vaccinated children - a phenomenon which should be impossible if vaccines create immunity as we are told. The logic of the vaccine industry makes no sense, but as journalist Jon Rappoport rightly explains, propaganda is the art of overcoming logic. It is also, as I've explained here, the art of trapping people in the crisis of the now. The higher the emotional intensity of the crisis, the more all reason is disconnected from the mind. This is precisely why vaccine marketing has now deliberately abandoned all facts and science. Instead, vaccines are now being intentionally promoted using emotional (and graphic) false stories, nearly all of which are fabricated by Big Pharma's public relations companies or their employees, many of whom pose as "concerned moms" on social media. (They're actually paid PR operatives.) To allow the public the luxury of reason is to lose control of their conclusions, you see. From the point of view of the controllers, allowing people to think for themselves runs too high a risk that people might not make decisions that violate their own self interests. Yet the most important principle of exerting power over the people is to make sure that corporations and governments can convince people to make decisions that violate their own self interests.

Psychological "deletion" of the real threats to your life, liberty and happiness By trapping people in the crisis of the now, all critical thinking is nullified and replaced with raw emotional states that are very easy to manipulate and control through strategic media propaganda. At the same time, the real threats to your life, liberty and happiness are psychologically "deleted" from your mind. For example, if I told you that ISIS terrorists wielding swords were killing 44 Americans a day with gruesome beheadings, you would totally believe that because you've been programmed to do so by the media. You'd get angry about it and call for more "national security" forces to protect us from those scary ISIS people.

But when you learn the truth that 44 people really are being killed each day from something else - prescription drug overdoses, according to the CDC - you have no reaction at all. Prescription drug overdoses are quiet and non-violent. They aren't scary and they haven't been portrayed by the media in a manner that promotes extreme fear. So the 44 deaths a day from prescription drug overdoses is psychologically deleted from the minds of Americans, most of whom have no idea of how many people are being killed every year by prescription drugs. (The total number of deaths from FDA-approved prescription drugs is over 100,000 Americans each year. The mainstream media utterly ignores this epidemic, even though it's the numerical equivalent to a jumbo jet falling out of the sky and killing everyone on board every single day.) You are also not ever reminded that as many as one-third of all traffic accidents and fatalities are caused by medicated drivers. While the media wants you to emotionally freak out over drunk drivers, they don't want you to even realize that the epidemic of medicated drivers is far worse. The entire issue has been deleted from national consciousness for the simple reason that awareness of it might harm the profits of the pharmaceutical industry. (If the media were largely funded by beer companies, you'd stop seeing stories about drunk driving, too.) Similarly, you are never told that Tylenol causes permanent liver damage in tens of thousands of Americans each year, and that over 16,000 Americans die each year from intestinal bleeding caused by a common class of painkillers called NSAIDs.

"Conservative calculations estimate that approximately 107,000 patients are hospitalized annually for nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID)-related gastrointestinal (GI) complications and at least 16,500 NSAID-related deaths occur each year among arthritis patients alone," writes Dr. Singh Gurkirpal is his study, "Recent Considerations in Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drug Gastropathy", The American Journal of Medicine, July 27, 1998, p. 31S.

Nor are you told that chemotherapy causes cancer, which is why the chemotherapy industry has grown into a $100 billion medical monopoly, and you're never reminded that prescription drug prices in America are the highest in the world only because the FDA and FTC protect a pharmaceutical monopoly racket that exploits sickness for profit.

Unless an emotional reaction is constructed for something, it doesn't exist in the minds of the masses All this leads to a fascinating realization about mind control in the world today: Until something is associated with a strong emotional response, it doesn't exist in the consciousness of the masses. Everything that's "real" is first constructed out of pure emotion, then pushed into the minds of the masses via the crisis of the NOW. Only then does it count as real, and from that point forward it can be leveraged to pass new laws that further erode the rights and liberties of Americans, and thus everyone else shortly afterwards. This is why the No. 1 tool of mind control from the mainstream media is emotional manipulation of the viewers. Emotional coverage can be authentic in cases where the crisis is real and attention is justified, but emotional manipulation is usually contrived in order to evoke a response for the sole purpose of manipulation. All this gets back to the work of America's original propagandist Edward Bernays. (See History is a Weapon to learn more about Bernays.) He understood decades ago that you don't sell cigarettes by touting their benefits; you sell them by anchoring them to powerful emotional states reflecting positive self image. Similarly in 2015, you sell vaccines not by discussing anything resembling real science, but by catapulting emotional stories involving poor, innocent children who were stricken by the chicken pox - the horrors! - even if such stories are entirely fabricated.

The truth behind the propaganda is irrelevant. What matters is its emotional impact. And because emotions override reason, those of us who attempt to cite the real science on issues like vaccines are fighting a losing battle. As the CDC has long proven, the real science doesn't matter. What matters is the narrative painted by the vaccine industry to evoke a charged emotional response as a form of mind control. The answer to all this, of course, is to highlight vaccine-damaged children and show those who have been brainwashed by the vaccine industry that they are grieving for the wrong side. The real human cost is found in all the children damaged by vaccines - children who will never lead "normal" lives again because their neurology has been permanently compromised by the toxic preservatives and chemical adjuvants found in vaccines. See: Hundreds of children brain damaged by the swine flu vaccine to receive $90 million in financial compensation from UK government. On both fronts - emotions or logic - the vaccine industry as operated today is a fraud. It only turned to emotional marketing because it couldn't survive any real scrutiny of its flawed science. Meanwhile, in the realm of real science, autism rates have skyrocketed 296% over the last few years as the vaccine push has grown more aggressive. See the rising rate depicted in the red line of the bar chart below, as shown in the newly published study:

"Trends in the Prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder, Cerebral Palsy, Hearing Loss, Intellectual Disability, and Vision Impairment, Metropolitan Atlanta, 1991 -- 2010."

See more discussion of the rise of autism at Age of Autism.

Solutions and defenses The defense against all this is to practice the ability of stepping back from the emotional tapestry being woven by the propagandists and evaluate the real logic behind the reports. This is not easy to accomplish, but it can be achieved if you're determined to see things more clearly. Sometimes, the mere passage of time can diminish the emotional impact and achieve greater clarity. This is precisely why the mainstream media repeatedly pounds the fear imagery into your head every few hours as we saw after the 9/11 attacks. You couldn't turn on a TV anywhere in America without the video of airplanes striking the twin towers being blasted into your psyche, and this went on for weeks! Not all emotionally-charged warnings are fake, of course. Many truly emotional crises do exist and do warrant action on our part. The key is to be able to discern the difference between real vs. fake threats. There's a shortcut to achieving this, and it's simpler than you think: Assume that any agenda being pushed by the mainstream media is false. This "default" stance is usually correct (but not always). The logical way to approach this is to assume they're lying to you, then demand they prove they aren't. A very powerful question to use for this purpose is one of my favorite questions of all time: "How do you know?" If the mainstream media asserts that unvaccinated children are causing vaccinated children to be stricken with measles, simply ask the question, "How do you know?" To answer this question, they would have to demonstrate the mechanism by

which their original assertion could take place. And on the issue of vaccines, that effort would quickly crumble for the simple reason that it was false to begin with. Even when it comes to the alternative media / independent media, this question can be extremely valuable. When someone claims their nutritional supplement "protects your DNA" or "detoxes your system" or whatever they claim, that same useful question can be brought to bear: "How do you know?" Do you have any laboratory evidence? Any scientific studies to cite? Any historical or indigenous knowledge to cite? When you're buying "raw vegan protein" from a protein manufacturer, and the bottle touts the claim that this protein is "sprouted" and "raw," you'd be smart to ask that manufacturer, "How do you know?" (I can tell you as a matter of firsthand knowledge as the science director of our laboratory that many of these claims for low-integrity products are simply invented and have no basis in fact whatsoever.) Overall, the best defense against emotional manipulation is to get really good at asking lots of questions. Be persistent. This is why I applaud all the Texans who recently went to Bastrop to confront the military over JADE HELM. These citizens asked a long list of amazing questions, nearly all of which were completely stonewalled by the military spokesperson. But even that exercise proved the point that we are being lied to. We may not know the real story yet, but we know the "official story" is an elaborate fabrication. And that knowledge, all by itself, is quite valuable.

Do you know anyone who can still think critically? Share this article with any friends you might have who still maintain the ability to think critically. It is people like you who will be required to save this world from the onslaught of bad medicine, bad politics, bad fiscal policies and runaway corruption. The day that we must either stand up and fight for her freedoms or be overrun by corporate fascism is fast approaching. You can count on the fact that at least 90% of the population will be emotionally mind controlled as all this plays out, but the good news is that revolutions never require more than a small percentage of the populace taking action to protect their collective futures against tyranny.

Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed May 13 2015 | From: JohnTodd / Farhank

John Todd, former member of the Illuminati and music industry insider speaks out, plus a truly excellent documentary on what really goes on within the music industry.

Related: The Record Industry Pushed Gangster Rap As a Favor to Friends in the Prison Industry Related: How The Illuminati uses media to Control Your Mind I made an interesting discovery which may back up my video Demons Behind The Music Industry. In the video John Todd mentions the album Destroyer by KISS. If you look on the cover of the album you can see the KISS members standing on rocks (or coals) above what looks like a lake of fire with smoke in the background, and it has a dark sky. The Bible says in Revelation 9:2 -

"And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit." In verses 7 and 8 it goes on to say that the faces of the locusts that came out of the pit had faces of men and hair as the hair of women. If you look at the KISS album cover Destroyer they have faces of men and long hair like women. The king of these locusts from the pit is called Apollyon. Now if you check the name Apollyon in the dictionary guess what it means? It means the DESTROYER which is the title of KISS's album. Coincidence? You decide.

Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains)

Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

Seasoned Investigative Journalist Exposes Inside Strategies To Censor News April 29 2015 | From: Mercola

You can choose to ignore reality, but you can't ignore the consequences of ignoring reality. Most of us rely heavily on the media for information, not realizing that 90 percent of it is controlled by a mere six media giants.

Sharyl Attkisson, a five-time Emmy Award winning investigative journalist whose television career spans more than three decades is one of my personal heroes. She was the reporter who, in 2009, blew the lid off the swine flu media hype, showing the hysteria was completely unfounded and manufactured. She recently left CBS to pursue other avenues of investigative journalism, and has authored a highly praised book, Stonewalled: My Fight for Truth Against the Forces of Obstruction, Intimidation, and Harassment in Obama's Washington, which exposes what goes on behind the scenes in the media that gives you the information you come to think of as real and true.

"I left CBS about a year ago when it seemed I had met with so many dead ends in trying to continue the original investigative reporting that I've done for so many years there," Sharyl says. "My producer and I just kept hitting brick walls in the last two years or so in trying to get this reporting on television. We certainly weren't alone. Reporters are complaining about this across the board at many print organizations and broadcast outlets... The watchdog reporting that the government values so much is simply not desired for a variety of reasons as much as it once was at the national level. I think also this is a problem in local news... There was no point [in staying]. I was never in a position to turn up better stories; I have more information, more sources, more whistleblowers, and more I felt might produce terrific stories than ever before after 20 years in CBS News, and yet, utterly lacked the ability to get any of it on television. I could've stayed and done weather stories and stories of the day but that's just not where my interest was."

What Led to the Downfall of Watchdog Reporting? Unfortunately, the trend of diluting the depth and scope of investigative journalism can even be seen in high-quality programs like CBS' 60 Minutes, which has been a favorite show of mine since its inception over four decades ago.

As noted by Sharyl, the reasons for the decline of investigative journalism are complicated. But a big part of it is due to commercial concerns; basically, commercial and corporate influences came into play, and media outlets grew to accept commercialization as part of the news process.

"I call it soft censorship," Sharyl says. "When you know you have a sponsor and you know it's important to the corporation, are you really going to offend the sponsor by going after stories that they don't like? But I do think it's more overt than that sometimes. The sponsors explicitly complain and argue at the corporate level that certain stories and topics shouldn't be done. We know this is true based on one anecdote I put in the book, but there are other anecdotes and experiences that reporters have had, where they've been told that this is the case. Additionally, there are political factors. There were managers at CBS in those last two years that inserted their ideology into the reporting of producers and reporters, who by and large were very fair. That can change the whole tone of the reporting."

One of the examples in Sharyl's book that really hit home for me was when Hillary Clinton ran against Obama for president, and while on the campaign trail told reporters she had dodged sniper fire on a trip as First Lady, 12 years prior, when she visited Bosnia.

It seems like a silly thing to lie about, but lie she did. Sharyl and other journalists had been on that trip, and they all knew no one had dodged sniper fire, least of all the First Lady. Fortunately, Sharyl had archived videos of the event to prove it.

"It couldn't be farther from the truth, the idea that we had been shot up by sniper fire," Sharyl says. "There are a couple of choices – just being untruthful for her own benefit, or was she delusional, which is a little frightening. But I think the public got past that because they accepted her as the Secretary of State."

Another point Sharyl makes very effectively in her book is that there's this collaboration within the media, such that if one agency picks up a story, they all run the same story. You can watch the nightly news on every channel, and the story will be presented in virtually the same way, sometimes more or less verbatim.

"Too often, I think they don't want to cover a major controversy unless others have already covered it, like the New York Times or the Washington Post; then it's safe. They don't want to cover certain stories for ideological reasons. They don't want to cover certain stories against corporate partners that might harm corporate relationships."

Intimidation and Harassment of Journalists True investigative journalists, such as Sharyl, have also become targets of intimidation and harassment. For example, at one point her computer and phone lines were hacked to find out what she was working on.

"I assume there are a handful of journalists who do that sort of critical reporting on the government, and on this administration in particular, that they wanted to watch. They never dreamed I would luck upon the resources to have the computer examined by experts that could find the software they deposited in my computer. This software was proprietary to a government agency, either the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), National Security Agency (NSA), Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)... They had my keystroke data... They could look at all my files. They used Skype audio – I didn't know this was possible – but they could turn it on invisibly, without you knowing it, to listen into conversations. They could also remove files using Skype... We were able to confirm these highly sophisticated long-term, remote intrusions."

Another interesting book for anyone interested or concerned about matters such as these is Future Crimes: Everything Is Connected, Everyone Is Vulnerable, and What We Can Do About It by Marc Goodman. The book discusses in great detail how this type of hacking can occur, and more importantly, what simple measures we can do to protect ourselves. It's a reality. And if they're doing it to top-notch investigative reporters, certainly everyone is a candidate.

On Astroturfing... "Astroturf" is the effort on the part of special interests, whether corporate or political, to surreptitiously sway public opinion and make it appear as though it's a grassroots effort for or against a particular agenda, when in reality such a groundswell of public opinion might not exist. Sharyl explains:

"They turn to things like social media – Facebook and Twitter – using pseudonyms and multiple accounts to spread things around. They use their partners who blog for them, write things, and pick up on one another's work until sometimes it's been picked up in the mainstream media as if it's a fact. It's all intended to make you feel as though if you hold a certain opinion that they don't want you to have, you're the outlier. Everybody else agrees with 'X' except you, and that may not be the truth. This is a huge business... There are actually PR firms that specialize in these sorts of tactics. Astroturfing is now more important, I am told by lobbyists and PR firms, to many clients than the direct lobbying of Congress because it's so effective to reach out to the public. They may have someone write a letter to the editor and you don't know that person is being paid by a special interest to advance a certain opinion. They may start as a nonprofit without saying out front that they're behind the nonprofit. The nonprofit may then look like a charity that's advancing a certain opinion, which is actually acting on behalf of the corporate interest or the special interest. Again, it's very widespread..."

Hallmark signs of astroturfing include using key language - words such as crank, crack, nutty, pseudo, conspiracy, and other language that's effective with the public to try to make you dismiss an argument they don't like. Another hallmark of an Astroturf campaign is attacking those who are questioning authority, such as reporters who are exposing the truth, whistleblowers who dare to step forward, and people asking tough questions.

It's important to be aware of these kinds of concerted efforts to distort the truth, and to understand how they're done, because these "faux concern" campaigns can have a profound influence on your perception of reality.

Astroturfing in Action A perfect example of astroturfing just occurred when a GMO front group attacked Dr. Oz after he reported on the now scientifically established hazards of glyphosate, and the media swallowed and regurgitated the propaganda without any critical thought whatsoever. Slate magazine publicized the attack with the headline “Letter from Prominent Doctors Implies Columbia Should Fire Dr. Oz for Being a Quack.”

The letter accuses Dr. Oz of repeatedly showing “disdain for science and for evidence-based medicine, as well as baseless and relentless opposition to the genetic engineering of food crops.” The letter was signed by Dr. Henry I. Miller and nine other “distinguished physicians.” What the media has failed to address is that Dr. Henry Miller is hardly a concerned physician. He’s actually a now well-known shill for the GMO industry. In his capacity as its front man, he was caught misrepresenting himself during the Anti-Prop.37 campaign in 2012, pretending to be a Stanford professor opposing GMO labeling, when in fact he is not a professor at Stanford. The TV ad had to be pulled off the air because of this misrepresentation. Aside from that, he has a long and sordid history1 of defending toxic chemicals such as DDT, in addition to defending Big Tobacco. Some of the other nine physicians are also less than distinguished. As noted by US Right to Know:

“One was stripped of his medical license in New York and sent to federal prison camp for Medicaid fraud. Yet Dr. Gilbert Ross plays up his M.D. credentials in his role as acting president of the American Council for Science and Health (ACSH). Ross was joined on the Columbia letter by ACSH board member Dr. Jack Fisher. So what is ACSH? Though some reporters treat it as an independent science source, the group has been heavily funded by oil, chemical, and tobacco companies, and has a long history of making inaccurate statements about science that directly benefit those industries – for example claiming that secondhand smoke isn’t linked to heart attacks, fracking doesn’t pollute water... These facts are relevant in stories about scientific integrity. The scientific accuracy and motivations of the accusers matter when they are publicly challenging the scientific accuracy and motivations of somebody they are trying to get fired. We urge reporters and editors to take a closer look at the sources selling them story ideas, and to act as better watchdogs for the public interest”.

Dr. Henry Miller and American Council for Science and Health Are False Fronts for the GMO Industry

Indeed, Henry Miller and ACSH are false fronts for the GMO industry, plain and simple. They are part of a PR hack strategy of astroturfing, and the mainstream media are too inept to look behind the curtain to see what’s really there. The fact of the matter is that this attack on Dr. Oz is orchestrated not by concerned physicians or scientists but rather by industry shills whose job it is to attack anyone who embraces a more natural approach to health and/or raise damning questions that might hurt the industry’s bottom-line.

Why Conventional Media So Rarely Tells You the Truth About Health One industry that wields a great deal of power within the media today is the pharmaceutical industry. It's rare to sit through an evening of television without viewing several drug ads. They also advertise heavily in print and online media. The advertising dollars they spend not only generates sales, it also gives them the power to influence what's being reported in the news. Here's just one example:

"There's a story in my book about former executive producer of mine who got a phone call from the sales division, which was very inappropriate. He said the sales person from CBS was kind of screaming at him because we'd been doing a lot of stories looking at side effects and problems with the very popular and billion-dollar-selling cholesterol-lowering drugs, statins. The advertisers didn't like that. Therefore, someone from the CBS corporate apparently didn't like that, and called down and said something like, 'If you keep doing these stories, it's going to be really, really bad for CBS...' I think that happens more often than we know explicitly. But this time, it was followed by what I see as all of the media backing down on pharmaceutical-related stories. We were doing very aggressive coverage of problems within the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) – not just me, but all the networks and a lot of print publications – about vaccines side effects, and about other medical issues. That all has virtually stopped. You can almost point to a time period when it seems someone made a phone call and said, 'That's it fellas. There are advertisers.' And you won't see these stories now even when there's a multi-billion-dollar criminal settlement against drug companies for mismarketing drugs that are commonly used. That's a huge story that should be leading the news in my opinion. But most people probably never heard of it because those are things that offend the sensibilities of advertisers, who now control to some degree the editorial content of networks, publications, and print publications that are advertising. And, as you know, they have several lobbyists for every member of Congress on Capitol Hill so they can make sure certain hearings don't happen. As recently as last year, they were able to stop a planned vaccine-related hearing. The control is almost total in my view. That's just one example of a corporate influence."

What Are Some 'Big' Stories Not Being Reported Right Now? According to Sharyl, if journalists would simply cover the news with facts and fairness, topics like vaccine side effects would receive far greater coverage. The reason it doesn't is because that topic has been deemed "untouchable." Other emerging health issues that you don't hear about in the news include the emergence of enterovirus EV-D68. It's a polio-like virus, but it's not polio.

Thousands of people were stricken with it last year, and the virus appears to be linked to cases of paralysis. At least a dozen children also died from it, yet you didn't hear about this on the news because it was not, unlike the measles vaccine, something the government was interested in promoting.

"Too often reporters wait for the government to tell them what's a story and what's not a story. They won't do the digging on their own, which I think is a very bad trend. But I tried to find out about this [enterovirus] and asked the CDC some questions, to which they replied they didn't gather certain data. I searched the web and found that the CDC had published a paper with the data that I've asked for! So it was completely false what they told me..."

Sharyl's book exposes many of the inside strategies that go on to suppress this type of information. Since leaving CBS News and finishing her book, she's been writing freelance, publishing a number of stories she would have had a hard time telling before, such as the story of how a government experiment on premature babies misled parents with an unethical consent form to enroll their premature babies in the program. This study was conducted at prestigious research institutions by the government across the country. After some of the babies died, the study was stopped. Even the government's own ethics body concluded that the consent form was unethical because it didn't actually inform the parents that their babies were being entered into a study. They were just told that this treatment would be good for their baby. In reality, the babies were randomly placed into highoxygen or low-oxygen groups - not what was best for them individually. The parents were unaware that their child was being given treatment based on the flip of a coin. The parents also didn't know that their child was placed in an oxygen machine that had been disabled to give false readings.

"That story was published in Daily Signal,3 which is a heritage foundation news organization that started last year. They've done some excellent reporting and haven't tampered with my stories," Sharyl says.

What the Media Isn't Telling You about 'ObamaCare' Another story Sharyl believes has been underreported is that of HealthCare.gov. "The US government is still hiding public documents that have been under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) for a long time," she claims. And the media simply reports whatever the government says, even though the government has been caught providing false information, including providing false statements under oath to Congress. There are still details of this health care program that we don't know anything about, and why is that?

"For millions of Americans, I think, this law is turning out to be disastrous and too expensive," she says. "There's now a new class of uninsured people who had insurance, but who've been bumped off or have gone off because they can't afford it now. The insurance isn't covering what people need. Certainly, there are people who have benefitted, people who couldn't get insurance before. There's no doubt about that. That's going to be reported on, but what's not reported is that many people are suffering severe consequences..."

In her book she also exposes the debacle of how HealthCare.gov was developed, so if you're interested in learning more about that, please pick up a copy of Stonewalled.

Sharyl has donated proceeds from Stonewalled to the University of Florida to put on a Freedom of Information forum for students and professionals, in which they brainstormed to come up with ideas for making the government more responsive to public information request; how to fix the freedom of information process, "which is entirely pointless and useless now," as Sharyl says. So, when you buy her book, part of the proceeds are going towards ongoing efforts to help influence a more open and honest government, which is clearly something that needs work.

These 6 Corporations Control 90% Of The Media In America April 12 2015 | From: BusinessInsider

This infographic created by Frugal Dad shows that almost all media comes from the same six sources. [This is relevant to the rest of the world given their international holdings and influence.]

That’s consolidated from 50 companies back in 1983. Comment: And while it is US-specific, it portrays global trends in virtually every industry as the cabal roll out their centralist agenda, which would be vital if they were to be able to implement their New World Order - which is failing now in real time. Note: This infographic is from last year and is missing some key transactions. GE does not own NBC (or Comcast or any media) anymore. So that 6th company is now Comcast. And Time Warner doesn’t own AOL, so Huffington Post isn’t affiliated with them. But the fact that a few companies own everything demonstrates “the illusion of choice,” Frugal Dad says. While some big sites, like Digg and Reddit aren’t owned by any of the corporations, Time Warner owns news sites read by millions of Americans every year.

Propaganda & Fear-Mongering Works January 22 2015 | From: ZeroHedge

When I see the results of polls like the one below, I realize there is no chance the majority will do anything to reverse the course of our nation in terminal decline.

Will it take a complete collapse and bloody reset before we have a chance at putting the world back on a rational course? How can anyone actually think terrorism should be Obama and Congress’ top priority? Are Americans really that stupid? WTF do they want Obama and Congress to do? Double the DHS budget? Increase electronic surveillance on our communications? Give local police more military hardware? Ban guns? Repeal the 4th Amendment? Do the ignorant masses know their actual chances of being killed by a terrorist? To say the chances are astronomically miniscule is an understatement. See for yourself: You are 35,079 times more likely to die from heart disease than from a terrorist attack You are 33,842 times more likely to die from cancer than from a terrorist attack You are 23,528 times more likely to die from obesity than from a terrorist attack You are 5,882 times more likely to die from medical error than terrorism. You are 4,706 times more likely to drink yourself to death than die from terrorism. You are 1,904 times more likely to die from a car accident than from a terrorist attack. You are 2,059 times more likely to kill yourself than die at the hand of a terrorist. You are 452 times more likely to die from risky sexual behavior than terrorism. You are 353 times more likely to fall to your death doing something idiotic than die in a terrorist attack. You are 271 times more likely to die from a workplace accident than terrorism.

You are more than 9 times more likely to be killed by a law enforcement officer than by a terrorist. You are 110 times more likely to die from contaminated food than terrorism. See here for more statistics. What policies do Americans want Obama and Congress to prioritize in 2015? According to the Pew Research Center’s policy priorities survey, 76 percent of people in the United States believe tackling terrorism should be the nation’s top priority this year. It is the first time in four years terrorism has made the top of Pew’s list and its appearance for 2015 can be attributed to economic improvement as well as persistant terrorist threats.

Despite considerable improvement, the economy is still an area of concern for Americans and 75 percent of them want President Obama to give it attention. Job creation is closely linked to economic improvement so it comes as little surprise that it rounds off the top three with 67 percent of respondents expecting it to be prioritized. The fact Americans think terrorism is our top priority proves that Edward Bernays was an evil genius. The combination of mass media and propaganda can convince the willfully ignorant and dumbed down populace of anything. Facts are unnecessary when fear and feelings are far more powerful. We are truly doomed.

The Dumbing Down Of Mainstream Media & The Agendas Driving It January 21 2015 | From: Jack

The mainstream media is deliberately broken news. I watched TV3 6 o’clock News last night and the

second item on it was “a grass fire on about 2 acres in Canterbury! This is the second leading news feature they can come up with on “Prime Time” national news! The whole news on both radio, TV and newspapers had now been deliberately reduced down to “trivialities” like this, while the true, more important events taking place around the world are by and large totally censored by these lying mongrels.

The reason for is that the bankers that now own the world’s media companies, and the higher executives in these multinationals that control the media, and therefore set the policies of the presenters and programs, have a vested financial and political interest in keeping the masses continuously dumbed down and mind-controlled like this so that ordinary people don’t ever wake up and truly understand how the world is being taken over by this handful of corrupt oligarchical misfits at the top in the City of London Corporation. For nearly a thousand years the filthy white monkey in the Vatican and his un-Holy See and band of deviants, cardinal thieves and black Jesuits ingeniously controlled most of the world’s tangible riches and land, censored the Bible from ordinary people, enforced a list of Forbidden Books, to keep the working classes and peasants totally ignorant and subservient under their wicked control, torturing and burning everyone at the stake who disagreed with them or wouldn’t comply. But Henry 8th changed all that in the early 16th century when he broke with Rome, which has now grown into a particularly nasty Fascist gang of apostate Protestants, headed by the Queen and the “King’s Jews” bankers in the city of London Corporation taking over the assets and wealth world, repeating the same sins as the Vatican, but on a much greater scale and with much ingenuity and cunning, using the United Nations as the vehicle to usurp and wrest political control from nation states. British control of the media (and global intelligence agencies that are allied to it) goes back hundreds of years, but really accelerated from the beginning of WW1. Unfortunately, though, they are having teething problems getting the Russian bear to jump into line, and may I say, “good job,” and great to see someone’s got the guts to put their foot down! The employees in these organisations already know they would lose their jobs if they publish anything that they know is out of line. You will note, Newstalk ZB and Radio Live, the two prime talkback shows in New Zealand, have degenerated into talkback formats now where they pre-advise the subject they want callers to talk about which is always trivialities, and limit the timespan of all calls so anyone who really does have something serious or important to say is suppressed by time restraints. Most people have difficulty in understanding that Queen Elizabeth II is in actual fact a modern NAZI, no different than Hitler and his FASCIST Third Reich. Google: “Gold State Coach – photos” and you will see that on the rear of the coach are two statues of the sons of Neptune, carrying the old Roman FASCES (a bundle of rods bound with the helve of an axe) which was the symbol of the Emperor’s dictatorial power to decapitate and rule in ancient Fascist Rome. The Nazi Fascist Third Reich based its form of National Socialism on the FASCES and so to now the United States of America, where the two fasces on the Queen’s Gold State Coach have been replicated and mounted on the rear wall behind the Speaker’s Rostrum in the US House of Representatives in the US Capitol!

This specially includes university professors, doctors and the very wealthy or leading businessmen, who most of the time know very little other than what they have been indoctrinated with through convention. And the truth is, if the world keeps on its current, conventional course , without some major new ideas or change in navigation in the near future – we are all doomed! So one must conclude, that any profound change will only come in the future from the non-conformists. Not the universityeducated mainstream or orthodox view. All those people out there who would be protesters, or those who have alternate views other than the mainstream, even if we don’t necessarily all agree with them. They are the ones who will save us. But certainly not the unethical band of sewer rats we currently have running the show now! If you write to politicians or the media, don’t threaten them or defame them. But do use the truth, be forceful, with strong language and send copies of your letter personally to a few of them, so they can’t individually screw it up so no body else knows they are in fact deliberately prostituting themselves to mammon. Many years ago, when I was secretary of a national childcare organisation involved with submissions on new childcare regulations in NZ - we were sending letters to the appropriate Government Minister without any success, other than “thank you for your letter” or a short letter not even addressing the issue raised. Later we found out that the minister was so incompetent and unethical, the letters were all read by his secretary who more often than not simply screwed them up and threw them into the wastepaper basket, or replied to them himself. But after we discovered this, I thought well, let’s send our letters to the Minister as we always had done, but also to the Prime Minister, Deputy Prime Minister and all leaders of the Opposition. My, my, what a DRAMATIC change in response from these parasites! I received a personal telephone call immediately from the Minister, inviting me to fly to Wellington, all expenses paid, with other executives to quietly discuss the matters personally with him. I could write a book about how inept and unethical most politicians really are. I remember a leading bureaucrat once told me;

'“We run the show, not these common pick-pockets and political bed-bugs who often jump from one party to the other, who are usually only in power for a short time and preoccupied with the next election, while we are not. Ask a politician a question and you will get a politician’s answer, and invariably it will be a lie aimed at helping them win the next election.”

Mind you, we shouldn’t be surprised. This charade has been going on for hundreds of years! Sad, I know, but there you are!

To All Mainstream Media Journalists: If You Don’t Use It You Lose It! October 20 2014 | From: AotearoaAWiderPerspective

'There are no public interest or free speech exemptions. Criminalisation of disclosure would apply to journalists working for commercial media organisations or wherever the leak was considered harmful to the “economic interests” of any TPP country'.

Here a nice little snippet from the newly leaked Snowden papers. You think what happened to Nicky Hager (Now a Gobal Fund raiser you can’t give money too) was bad? Think again. We’re talking a total shut down of investigative journalism here. This from No Right Turn:

TPPA Would Criminalise Journalism Wikileaks leaked the latest version of the TPPA intellectual property chapter last night. There’s some nasty surprises from the US, including its efforts to revive the defunct Anti-Counterfeiting Trade Agreement by the backdoor and its efforts to ensure poor countries fighting, say, ebola can’t violate patents to save lives and prevent an epidemic (because in American eyes, the profits of big pharmaceutical companies come before human lives). But there’s another nasty sting: the TPPA would criminalise investigative journalism:

The draft text provides that TPP countries will introduce criminal penalties for unauthorised access to, misappropriation or disclosure of trade secrets, defined as information that has commercial value because it is secret, by any person using a computer system. TPP countries may criminalise all such disclosures or, if they wish, limit criminal penalties to cases that involve “commercial advantage or financial gain”; are directed by or benefit “a foreign economic entity”; or are “detrimental to a [TPP] party’s economic interests, international relations, or national defence or national security.” There are no public interest or free speech exemptions. Criminalisation of disclosure would apply to journalists working for commercial media organisations or wherever the leak was considered harmful to the “economic interests” of any TPP country.

Unmentioned: It also criminalises leaks which are detrimental to a party’s international relations or international security. So, the US is trying to US the TPPA as a backdoor to silence WikiLeaks, the Snowden files, and the entire enterprise of journalistic criticism of power.

The TPPA was bad enough when it was merely a secret deal being negotiated against our interests. But now its actively antidemocratic as well. Which I think shows us the danger of allowing our governments to negotiate such deals in secret: because we may find out at the end of it that they’ve signed away our democracy.

German Journalist Reveals That The CIA Has Compromised The Western Media October 1 2014 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

German journalist reveals in bestseller that Western Media is paid by the CIA to print propaganda instead of the news.

The media is a key tool in the battle for hearts and minds. But a new bestseller by a German author reveals some details on journalism that would be considered too outlandish, even in a spy novel. RT's Peter Oliver reports. There is nothing new about this except the extent. Always there have been media, reporters, and columnists who published false information in order to help the CIA advance undeclared agendas. The difference is that today the CIA’s influence is pervasive. Objective reporting is a thing of the past.

Bought Journalism: How Politicians, Intelligence and High Finance Control Mass Media Dr Udo Ulfkotte, German journalist speaks out.

Every Television Newscast Is Staged Reality August 19 2014 | From: JonRappoport

Focus on the network evening news. This is where the staging is done well.

First, we have the image itself, the colors in foreground and background, the blend of restful and charged hues. The anchor and his/her smooth style. Then we have the shifting of venue from the studio to reporters in the field, demonstrating the reach of coverage: the planet. As if this equals authenticity. Actually, those reporters in the field rarely dig up information on location. A correspondent standing on a rooftop in Cairo could just as well be positioned in a bathroom in a Las Vegas McDonald’s. His report would be identical. The managing editor, usually the elite news anchor, chooses the stories to cover and has the final word on their sequence. The anchor goes on the air:

“Our top story tonight, more signs of gridlock today on Capitol Hill, as legislators walked out of a session on federal budget negotiations…”

The viewer fills in the context for the story: “Oh yes, the government. Gridlock is bad. Just like traffic on the I-5. A bad thing. We want the government to get something done, but they’re not. These people are always arguing with each other. They don’t agree. They’re in conflict. Yes, conflict, just like on the cop shows.” The anchor:

“The Chinese government reports the new flu epidemic has spread to three provinces. Forty-two people have already died, and nearly a thousand are hospitalized…”

The viewer again supplies context, such as it is: “Flu. Dangerous. Epidemic. Could it arrive here? Get my flu shot. Do the Chinese doctors know what they’re doing? Crowded cities. Maybe more cases all of a sudden. Ten thousand, a hundred thousand.” The anchor:

“A new university study states that gun owners often stock up on weapons and ammunition, and this trend has jumped quickly since the Newtown, Connecticut, school-shooting tragedy…”

The viewer: “People with guns. Why do they need a dozen weapons? People in small towns. I don’t need a gun. The police have guns. Could I kill somebody if he broke into the house?” The anchor:

“Doctors at Yale University have made a discovery that could lead to new treatments in the battle against Autism…”

Viewer: “That would be good. More research. Laboratory. Germs. The brain.” If, at the end of the newscast, the viewer bothered to review the stories and his own reactions to them, he would realize he’d learned almost nothing. But reflection is not the game. In fact, the flow of the news stories has washed over him and created very little except a sense of (false) continuity. It would never occur to him to wonder: are the squabbling political legislators really two branches of the same Party? Does government have the Constitutional right to incur this much debt? Where is all that money coming from? Taxes? Other sources? Who invents money? Is the flu dangerous for most people? If not, why not? Do governments overstate case numbers? How do they actually test patients for the flu? Are the tests accurate? Are they just trying to convince us to get vaccines?

What happens when the government has overwhelming force and citizens have no guns? When the researchers keep saying “may” and “could,” does that mean they’ve actually discovered something useful about Autism, or are they just hyping their own work and trying to get funding for their next project? These are only a few of the many questions the typical viewer never considers. Therefore, every story on the news broadcast achieves the goal of keeping the context small and narrow—night after night, year after year. The overall effect of this staging is small viewer, small viewer’s mind, small viewer’s understanding. Billions of dollars are spent by the networks to build a reality the size of a room in a cheap motel. Next we come to words over pictures. More and more, news broadcasts are using the rudimentary film technique of a voice narrating what the viewer is seeing on the screen. People are shouting and running and falling in a street. The anchor or a field reporter says:

“The country is in turmoil. Parliament has suspended sessions for the third day in a row, as the government decides what to do about uprisings aimed at forcing democratic elections…”

Well, the voice must be right, because we’re seeing the pictures. If the voice said the riots were due to garbage-pickup cancellations, the viewer would believe that, too.

How about this: two-day-old footage of runners approaching the finish line of the Boston Marathon. A puff of smoke rises at the right of the screen. A runner falls down in the street. The anchor is saying: “The FBI has announced a bomb made in a pressure cooker caused the injuries and deaths.” Must be a pressure cooker. Ban pressure cookers. We saw the pictures and heard the voice explain. We see Building #7 of the WTC collapse. Must have been the result of a fire. The anchor tells us so. Words over pictures. We see footage of Lee Harvey Oswald inside the Dallas police station. The anchor tells he’s about to be transferred, under heavy guard, to another location. Oswald must be guilty, because we’re seeing him in a police station, and the anchor just said “under heavy guard.” Staged news. It mirrors what the human mind, in an infantile state, is always doing: looking at the world and seeking a brief summary to explain what that world is, at any given moment. Since the dawn of time, untold billions of people have been urging a “television anchor” to “explain the pictures.” The news gives them that precise thing, that precise solution, every night.

“Well, Mr. Jones,” the doctor says, as he pins X-rays to a screen in his office. “See this? Right here? We’ll need to start chemo immediately, and then we may have to remove most of your brain, and as a followup, take out one eye.”

Sure, why not? The patient saw the pictures and the anchor explained them. After watching and listening to a month or two of news, planted with key words, the population is ready to see the President or one of his minions step up to a microphone and say, “Quantitative easing…sequester…” Reaction? “Oh, yes, that’s right, I’ve heard those words before, it (whatever “it” is) must be okay.” A month later, those two terms disappear, as if they’d never existed. Eventually, people get the idea and do it for themselves. They see things, they invent one-liners to explain them. They’re their own anchors. They short-cut and undermine their own experience with vapid summaries of what it all means. At some point in time, the television audience begins to experience an itch. “If reality is the news, then maybe I could become a visible piece of reality. Maybe I could get on the news. What would I have to do? How can I stand out? What outlandish thing could I cook up?” Anyone’s face could appear on the screen and flicker there and be driven into the minds of millions of people. If not fortune, then at least fame. An honest television news anchor, if one existed, would say:

“The battle over the government shutdown and its funding continue as a piece of planned chaos. Events like this are shaped well in advance by men who manipulate the One Political Party With Two Heads, and you, the viewer, are reacting predictably.

You’re choosing sides. You’re angry. And I’m sitting here on most nights adding fuel to the fire. The fix is in, and I’m going along with it. Here in the studio, I’m staging the news about staged reality.”

The news is a movie of a movie.

And then, of course, when the news cuts to commercial, the fake products takes over:

“Well, every night they’re showing the same brand names, so those brands must be better than the unnamed alternatives.” Which devolves into: “I like this commercial better than that commercial. This is a great commercial. Let’s have a contest and vote on the best commercial.”

Which devolves into: reality is an advertisement for itself.

“Hello. I’m staged reality and I’m doing ads to promote me.”

For “intelligent” viewers, there is another sober mainstream choice, a safety valve: PBS. That newscast tends to show more pictures from foreign lands.

“Yes, I watch PBS because they understand the planet is interconnected. It isn’t just about America. That’s good.”

Sure it’s good, if you want the same no-context or false-context reporting on events in other countries. Instead of the two minutes NBC might give you about momentous happenings in Iraq, PBS will give you three minutes, plus congenial experts commenting abstractly, employing longer words. PBS’ experts seem kinder and gentler. “They’re nice and they’re more relaxed. I like that.” Yes, the PBS experts are taking Valium, and they’re not drinking as much coffee as the NBC experts. Brian Williams (NBC), the current champion of network anchors, seems to have downed one cup of coffee and half a Valium. He’s balanced. He’s neutral, he reveals a bit of an edge now and then, but we know he really cares, he just can’t show it because that would imply bias. And somehow (lighting, makeup), he’s forever young. He’s riding his bike down a country road tossing rolled-up newspapers on porches. It’s still morning in America… Diane Sawyer (ABC) is for the weepers. If she’s not shedding a tear, she’s ready to. It’s there, in reserve. Her next gig should be on General Hospital. Scott Pelley (CBS) is always ready to put on Dan Rather’s old tan bush jacket with the many pockets. And go out in the field, where it’s really happening. He’s the field surgeon who’ll do operations without an anesthetic if he has to. CBS producers keep beating him about the head and telling him he has to appear more human. They don’t have a drug for that yet. This is the main cast of actors. They deliver the long con every night on the tube, between commercials. Staged.

The Press Takes A Holiday - Every Day August 18 2014 | From: JonRappoport

Not only are they part of the problem; not only are they creating problems; not only are they sold out; the reporters themselves, who should be able to work up astonishment at mind-boggling facts, have lost that capacity.

I’ve published the essence of this article before. I continue to reprint it, now and then, because it illustrates a basic fact about the mainstream press:

Not only are they part of the problem; not only are they creating problems; not only are they sold out; the reporters themselves, who should be able to work up astonishment at mind-boggling facts, have lost that capacity. They’ve lost the very urge that got them into the journalism trade in the first place. They’ve offloaded the ability to be shocked and outraged. They’ve forgotten how to be surprised. If, for example, you told them you had hard evidence that a small group of men, unelected and unappointed, was directing the domestic and foreign policy of the United States, they would yawn. If you showed them the evidence, they would yawn again. There is a natural elasticity of spirit in human beings. It allows them to be shocked, surprised, delighted, horrified, outraged. Most mainstream reporters have lost that spirit. Many humans have lost it. Wilhem Reich, the breakaway student of Freud who went on to research fundamental energies of living things, called this loss “the emotional plague.” In a minute, I’m going to print a stunning 1978 conversation between a US reporter and two members of the Trilateral Commission. I discovered the conversation in the late 1980s, and ever since then, I’ve been looking at it from various angles, finding new implications. Here, I want to point out that the conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning. But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one in the press protested loudly. The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it. And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements. Carter was himself an agent of that shadow group, a willing pawn, and despite his proclaimed religious values, was nothing more than a rank con artist, a hustler. To boil down the 1978 conversation between the reporter and two Trilateral Commission members, and the follow-on response: “The US has been taken over.” “Yeah, so?” By the way, the infamous Trilateral Commission still exists. Many people think the TC, created in 1973 by David Rockefeller, is a relic of an older time. Think again. Patrick Wood, author of Trilaterals Over Washington, points out there are only 87 members of the Trilateral Commission who live in America. Obama appointed eleven of them to posts in his administration. For example: Tim Geithner, Treasury Secretary; James Jones, National Security Advisor; Paul Volker, Chairman, Economic Recovery Committee; Dennis Blair, Director of National Intelligence. Several other noteworthy Trilateral members: George HW Bush; Bill Clinton; Dick Cheney; Al Gore. Keep in mind that the original stated goal of the TC was to create “a new international economic order.” In the run-up to his inauguration after the 2008 presidential election, Obama was tutored by the co-founder of the Trilateral Commission, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

David Rockefeller

Zbigniew Brzezinski

Brzezinski wrote, four years before birthing the TC with his godfather, David Rockefeller:

“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force. International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):

“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

Okay. Here is a close-up snap shot of a remarkable moment from out of the past. It’s through-the-looking-glass—a conversation between reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took place in 1978. It concerned the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy. The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying:

"What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…” NOVAK (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]? COOPER: Yes, they have met three times.

NOVAK: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of? KAISER: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings. COOPER: Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy]. NOVAK: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]? COOPER: Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it. NOVAK: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know. COOPER: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. KAISER: It just hasn’t become an issue. Source: “Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management,” ed. by Holly Sklar, 1980. South End Press, Boston. Pages 192-3.

This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was ignored and buried. US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission—the Commission had been been created in 1973 as an “informal discussion group” by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski. When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.” Lost—because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission. Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff. Mainstream reporters have no interest in this story. It means nothing to them. It barely registers on their radar when they learn about it. Yes, they understand their editors would never let them touch it with a ten-foot pole. But making excuses is really beside the point. Turning the profession of mainstream journalism into a land of walking zombie reporters speaks for itself. Occasionally, a zombie rebels, but otherwise the scene remains gray and undisturbed. A whole nation’s political and economic policy taken over? Yawn.

14 Tactics Used By The Mainstream Media To Manufacture Consent For The Oligarchy July 12 2014 | From: WakingTimes

The mainstream media is aging and collapsing under the weight of its own hubris and arrogance. Now entirely formulaic in presentation and predictable in substance, the ‘major’ outlets of news, which are

monopolized under only a small handful of corporations, serve the purpose of misleading the public on important issues and manufacturing consent for government and the oligarchs.

A recent example: July 11 2014 - ABC airs Gaza bombing devastation images - says it's in Israel

The public is still largely numb to this reality, and in a wicked catch-22 for modern man, many people are still addicted to the very media that serves as the primary weapon of social control against them. The tide is turning, however, and to help break the spell we bring you this comprehensive list of 14 tactics used against the public by the mainstream media to coerce consensus, divide, conquer, ridicule and stifle truthful or meaningful conversation about the state of our world

1. Lying by Omission – What is not on the nightly news? This is the most important question to ask when consuming mainstream media. The average hour long broadcast consists of 48 minutes or less of actual news programming, minus, of course, the chitchatting, the expensive motion graphics and the bumpers, highlights and story recaps. With a formula like this, full of pomp and grandstanding, the impression given is that if does not make it on the nightly news, the it is not of significance. The most obvious way in which the mainstream media manufactures consent for policy makers and advertisers is by omitting from the news reel those stories and perspectives which may compromise the broadcasters agenda, whatever that may be.

2. Controlling the Debate – Who is arguing, and for what cause? News programs are businesses just like anything else, and as such news executives keep a go-to list of contacts to fulfill any necessary role in a program or segment. If the government needs credibility, they roll out an ex-president and remind you that he has ‘gravitas.’ If the military industrial complex needs a voice, then they roll out a familiar think-tanker to interject in a debate with a commonsense perspective in favor of national security. If something is too complicated for public consumption, then they open the rolodex to the ‘experts’ page and shuffle some know-it-all in front of the camera. The media is laden with groomed pundits, so-called opinion leaders, and commentators, and each one has a definite reputation, each one resonates with a specific target audience, and each one fills a predictable role in a conversation.

Program guests are very well vettehing else, and those at the forefront are the best at playing the role.

3. Selecting the Right Anchors, Casters and Presenters Our lives have been pegged to the dollar, and as such, a ‘good job’ is valued above many genuine virtues. People like to keep their jobs, as do news anchors and news casters, and since news is, again, a business, the voices and faces on news programs are hired to perform a role, a job description, a task. They are not employed to pursue morally driven journalism for the benefit of society. If they perform as they are required, they advance and gain more exposure. If they rock the boat, there are a thousand other hungry job-seekers chomping at the bit to replace them and do exactly they are hired to do. News anchoring is a job like anything else, and those at the forefront are the best at playing the role. 4. Scripting and Synchronizing News One of the creepier and more blatant efforts to homogenize thought and manufacture consent is to script the news at high level, then distribute these scripts to many different locales and anchors to read verbatim, while they feign authenticity. This is partially a result of the business decision to save money by employing as few actual news gatherers as possible, but is also a key part of the strategy to achieve conformity amongst people of different backgrounds and interests. The government has also been known to interject itself into the chain of command for selecting which news scripts are to be disseminated to the public. This is the most fundamental characteristic of propaganda, and is rather embarrassing to witness once you realize just how disingenuous your local news presenters are and just how easily duped most people are. 6. Politicizing Everything Language is the greatest weapon of social control, and with mainstream media, powerfully debilitating language is pushed into every corner of our consciousness. Conservative vs. Liberal. Democrat vs. Republican. Right-winger vs. Left-winger. Good vs. Bad. Left vs. Right. Right vs. Wrong. White vs. Black. And so on. Ad nauseam. The truth is that ideas and opinions are as vastly different as grains of sand on a beach, yet the media intentionally frames every issue in terms of a phoney left-right paradigm that has been constructed to pigeon hole complex ideas and interests into a cheapened thought prison. No unorthodox idea or point of view can reach critical mass because everything is automatically framed in a ‘with us or against us’ mindset, turning people against each other for no reason other than to appeal to our desire to be on the winning team. The mainstream media is the chief party responsible for creating the constructs of ‘left’ and ‘right,’ which have been tightly integrated into our social consciousness as a means of achieving divisiveness and disagreement among the populace. This is the chief tactic of divide and conquer, and when people are compelled on any issue to ‘pick a team’ and fight the rivalry to it’s bitter end, many opportunities for true progress are lost and the populace is easily goaded into a position favorable to the elite. 8. Using the Language of Separation and Labels Sometime in the 1990′s, the mainstream media stopped referring to people as ‘people’ or even as ‘citizens’ and began calling everyone ‘consumers.’ Once again, language is important to shaping reality, and as ‘consumers’ our role in the affairs of business and state are reduced to hapless bystanders whose job it is to choose and reject, not interject and affect. We’ve all heard the label ‘conspiracy theorist,’ which is the most popular label used when an idea or story is unfavorable to the mainstream media and the interests that back them up. You are a ‘conspiracy theorist’ if you ask questions, assimilate facts in a logical manner, or pursue justice outside of the main flow of public discourse on a popular issue. This type of language is also part of the process of politicizing everything, and by also labeling people in accordance with their country of origin, religion, skin color, economic class, or whatever else, more wedges of division are driven into the populace, deflating our inherent power in numbers.

9. Asking the Wrong Questions Press access to ‘important’ people in our society is tightly regulated, and the powers that be don’t like to be confronted with unexpected and hard questions. For this, the mainstream media dutifully uses its access to people in high places to ask softball, trivial, nonsensical, ignorant questions about irrelevant and superfluous issues. Independent media is winning the long race against corporate/fascist propagandized media because people are naturally inclined to resonate with common sense and truth, which is not at all what corporate mainline media is involved with. White house correspondents shouldn’t waste our time and insult our intelligence by asking a war time president about his pet dog or a recent golfing trip. But they do, all the time. 11. Closing the Book Too Soon Moving an important or complicated issue from the front page as quickly as possible is a common strategy to remove touchy subjects from the public conversation. Sadly, our national attention span is at an all time low, mostly because we’ve been trained to move from issue to issue with lightening speed, never soaking up any one thing for too long. With such a short term memory, it is easy to protect a politician, forget a genocide, ignore the long-term effects of a bank bailout, and so on, just by moving onto to something new. Once the media has signaled that a story has been resolved or adequately discussed, then any after thought, individual investigation, or further inquiry is labeled as extremist and ignored. 12. Triviality and Distraction With all of the important decisions being made daily by powerful people, decisions that genuinely affect quality of life for many people, the news outlets are steadfastly devoted to engaging in gossip, entertainment, murders and acts of violence, car accidents, disasters and other pablum. The body politic is kept confused by celebrity happenings, endless sports contests and other such pageantry, and the media uses these many forms of distractions to fill time and brain space so that important issues are seen as a drag or as a downer, and never given proper reflection. This is so ubiquitous in our society nowadays that there really is no escape. 13. Outright Lying When all else fails, just lie, make it up as you go along, sell your air time to the highest bidder, and never look back. In the internet age, people are pretty keen on fact checking, rebutting, arguing, and gathering stats, and there are enough facts available to prove any side to any story. In fact, this has become an art form for major media, and the ability to gather facts in accordance with an agenda is a profitable skill for the mainstream media. Lying has always worked, and the bigger the lie, the more likely it is to be believed. 14. Bonus – Eye Candy and Mind Melting This one is a bonus and part of the new era of network news. Rather than employ virtuous gumshoes and hardcore reporters of truth, mainstream media instead invests in graphic artists to make each frame of the broadcast an over-designed motion collage of brain-melting info overload. Staying focused on what the anchor or guest is actually saying is impossible. By design, the news is presented in a mad shotgun blast of competing signals, and your attention is split in ten directions with tickers, bubbles, stock footage, gyrating lights and special effects. The point here is to exhaust the mind with over-stimulation so that the brain cannot function methodically and cannot process an issue beyond the shallow surface. This is also known as hypnotism, or mind-control.

Conclusion News is a commodity just like everything else these days, and although many still believe the point of news is to inform, it is important to accept the hard truth that the purpose of the news is really just to sell something, be it a product, an idea, a candidate, a public image, a war, or whatever.

For this, the mainstream media is focused on first deciding which issues are to be discussed in the public forum, then by using a bagful of tricks to shape people’s perceptions of an issue, the media divides us and pits us against each other while leading us into consent for an underlying and hidden agenda.

Weird Al Yankovic 'Royals' Parody Music Video: Illuminati 'Foil' July 30 2014 | From: Youtube

What starts out as a typical Weird Al Yankovic parody music video - this time of Lorde's 'Royals', quickly starts to jump into some interesting 'Conspiracy Theory' material - with a particularly excellent ending!

Fraudcast News: You Will Believe What the Media Tells You To July 26 2014 | From: TruthStreamMedia

Did you know that when Obama signed the 2013 NDAA, it effectively made government propaganda LEGAL for the first time since 1948 when the Smith-Mundt Act was passed (not that they weren't doing it anyway, but...ya know...the gloves are officially off).

"The people will believe what the media tells them they believe." — George Orwell "All news is lies and all propaganda is disguised as news." — Willy Munzenberg (Stalin's propaganda chief) "The Central Intelligence Agency owns everyone of any significance in the major media." — William Colby, former CIA director "The media is a Counter-Intelligence organisation. The media backs every war. The role of the media and embedded historians is to surround the truth with a bodyguard of lies. " — Greg Hallett

"The media tries to put a sad face on these things, painting them up as great human tragedies; but we all know the function of the media has never been to eliminate the evils of the world, no! Their job is to persuade us to accept those evils and get used to living with them. The powers that be want us to be passive observers." — Burning Man, "Waking Life" "Think of the press as a great keyboard on which the government can play." — Joseph Goebbels, Nazi propaganda minister "Newscasters who want to keep their careers afloat learn the fine art of evasion. We should never accuse them of doing a poor and sloppy job of reporting. If anything, with great skill they skirt around the most important points of a story. With much finesse they say a lot about very little, serving up heaps of junk news filled with so many empty calories and so few nutrients. Thus do they avoid offending those who wield politico-economic power. It is enough to take your breath away." — Dr. Michael Parenti "No one outside America any longer believes the US media or the US government... You can't believe a word the American media says. If they say anything correct, it's just an accident." — Paul Craig Roberts "Newspeak was the official language ... The purpose of Newspeak was not only to provide a medium of expression for the world-view and mental habits ... but to make all other modes of thought impossible. It was intended that when Newspeak had been adopted once and for all and Oldspeak forgotten, a heretical thought should be literally unthinkable." — George Orwell

Guilt By Insinuation: How American Propaganda Works July 22 2014 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Why hasn’t Washington joined Russian President Putin in calling for an objective, non-politicized international investigation by experts of the case of the Malaysian jetliner? The Russian government continues to release facts, including satellite photos showing the presence of Ukrainian Buk anti-aircraft missiles in locations from which the airliner could have been brought down by the missile system and documentation that a Ukrainian SU-25 fighter jet rapidly approached the Malaysian airliner prior to its downing. The head of the Operations Directorate of Russian military headquarters said at a Moscow press conference today (July 21) that the presence of the Ukrainian military jet is confirmed by the Rostov monitoring center.

The Russian Defense Ministry pointed out that at the moment of destruction of MH-17 an American satellite was flying over the area. The Russian government urges Washington to make available the photos and data captured by the satellite. Turning to Washington Putin stated: “In the meantime, no one [not even the “exceptional nation”] has the right to use this tragedy to achieve their narrowly selfish political goals.”

Turning to Washington Putin stated: “In the meantime, no one [not even the “exceptional nation”] has the right to use this tragedy to achieve their narrowly selfish political goals.” Putin reminded Washington: “We repeatedly called upon all conflicting sides to stop the bloodshed immediately and to sit down at the negotiating table. I can say with confidence that if military operations were not resumed [by Kiev] on June 28 in eastern Ukraine, this tragedy wouldn’t have happened.”

What is the American response? Lies and insinuations. Yesterday (July 20) the US Secretary of State, John Kerry confirmed that pro-Russian separatists were involved in the downing of the Malaysian airliner and said that it was “pretty clear” that Russia was involved. Here are Kerry’s words: “It’s pretty clear that this is a system that was transferred from Russia into the hands of separatists. We know with confidence, with confidence, that the Ukrainians did not have such a system anywhere near the vicinity at that point and time, so it obviously points a very clear finger at the separatists.” Kerry’s statement is just another of the endless lies told by US secretaries of state in the 21st century. Who can forget Colin Powell’s package of lies delivered to the UN about Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction” or Kerry’s lie repeated endlessly that Assad “used chemical weapons against his own people” or the endless lies about “Iranian nukes”? Read the full story at: PaulCraigRoberts Also see: RT: 10 more questions Russian military pose to Ukraine, US over MH17 crash Infowars: Whistleblower: U.S. Satellite Images Show Ukrainian Troops Shooting Down MH17

‘Blood On Your Hands’: Former New York Times Editor Blows The Whistle On How Obama Really Handles The Media July 13 2014 | From: IJReview

In January of 2014, former New York Times Executive Editor Jill Abramson described the Obama administration as “the most secretive White House she’s ever dealt with.”

Then, during a speech Wednesday at the Chautauqua Institution, Abramson revealed to the audience even more insider information on how Obama officials handle the media, according to Newsbusters.

“I have heard Obama officials say more than once, ‘You will have blood on your hands if you publish this story,”

It’s a question of balancing competing interests, the government’s claims versus the public’s right to know. “When someone says, ‘You’ll have blood on your hands,’ you pause and take it very seriously,” Next, Abramson explained how her views shifted after 9/11. Because President Bush’s former Press Secretary Ari Fleischer requested that the NY Times and other major media outlets not publish sources or methods the intelligence community was using after the attacks took place. Her publication followed the order for a “few years.” However, they eventually went against it by running a story about warrantless wiretapping of suspected terrorist contacts. Abramson then pointed out a big difference between President Bush and President Obama. She said Bush never launched any investigations after they leaked the story, but that Obama has launched eight criminal investigations into whistleblowers’ actions. In addition, Abramson exposed the Obama Administration for their secret subpoenaing of phone and email records of reporters at Fox News and the Associated Press. As far the origin of the “blood on your hands” remark, according to Abramson, one of the individuals she heard it from was Obama’s Director of National Intelligence James Clapper. Abramson shared an experience in which Clapper argued with her

over the phone about a potential story. Clapper claimed the story could hinder efforts to stop a terrorist plot and told Abramson she would have “blood on her hands” if she published it. Abramson responded by agreeing to Clapper’s request. For one reason or another, telling someone that publishing a story would cause them to have blood on their hands seems as logical as prosecuting a gun for murder. And, it’s pretty telling when an influential liberal like Abramson helps put to rest Obama’s bogus claim that he would have “the most transparent administration ever.”

14 Tactics Used By The Mainstream Media To Manufacture Consent For The Oligarchy July 12 2014 | From: WakingTimes

The mainstream media is aging and collapsing under the weight of its own hubris and arrogance. Now entirely formulaic in presentation and predictable in substance, the ‘major’ outlets of news, which are monopolized under only a small handful of corporations, serve the purpose of misleading the public on important issues and manufacturing consent for government and the oligarchs.

A recent example: July 11 2014 - ABC airs Gaza bombing devastation images - says it's in Israel

The public is still largely numb to this reality, and in a wicked catch-22 for modern man, many people are still addicted to the very media that serves as the primary weapon of social control against them. The tide is turning, however, and to help break the spell we bring you this comprehensive list of 14 tactics used against the public by the mainstream media to coerce consensus, divide, conquer, ridicule and stifle truthful or meaningful conversation about the state of our world

1. Lying by Omission – What is not on the nightly news?

This is the most important question to ask when consuming mainstream media. The average hour long broadcast consists of 48 minutes or less of actual news programming, minus, of course, the chitchatting, the expensive motion graphics and the bumpers, highlights and story recaps. With a formula like this, full of pomp and grandstanding, the impression given is that if does not make it on the nightly news, the it is not of significance. The most obvious way in which the mainstream media manufactures consent for policy makers and advertisers is by omitting from the news reel those stories and perspectives which may compromise the broadcasters agenda, whatever that may be.

2. Controlling the Debate – Who is arguing, and for what cause? News programs are businesses just like anything else, and as such news executives keep a go-to list of contacts to fulfill any necessary role in a program or segment. If the government needs credibility, they roll out an ex-president and remind you that he has ‘gravitas.’ If the military industrial complex needs a voice, then they roll out a familiar think-tanker to interject in a debate with a commonsense perspective in favor of national security. If something is too complicated for public consumption, then they open the rolodex to the ‘experts’ page and shuffle some know-it-all in front of the camera. The media is laden with groomed pundits, so-called opinion leaders, and commentators, and each one has a definite reputation, each one resonates with a specific target audience, and each one fills a predictable role in a conversation. Program guests are very well vettehing else, and those at the forefront are the best at playing the role.

3. Selecting the Right Anchors, Casters and Presenters Our lives have been pegged to the dollar, and as such, a ‘good job’ is valued above many genuine virtues. People like to keep their jobs, as do news anchors and news casters, and since news is, again, a business, the voices and faces on news programs are hired to perform a role, a job description, a task. They are not employed to pursue morally driven journalism for the benefit of society. If they perform as they are required, they advance and gain more exposure. If they rock the boat, there are a thousand other hungry job-seekers chomping at the bit to replace them and do exactly they are hired to do. News anchoring is a job like anything else, and those at the forefront are the best at playing the role. 4. Scripting and Synchronizing News One of the creepier and more blatant efforts to homogenize thought and manufacture consent is to script the news at high level, then distribute these scripts to many different locales and anchors to read verbatim, while they feign authenticity. This is partially a result of the business decision to save money by employing as few actual news gatherers as possible, but is also a key part of the strategy to achieve conformity amongst people of different backgrounds and interests. The government has also been known to interject itself into the chain of command for selecting which news scripts are to be disseminated to the public. This is the most fundamental characteristic of propaganda, and is rather embarrassing to witness once you realize just how disingenuous your local news presenters are and just how easily duped most people are. 6. Politicizing Everything Language is the greatest weapon of social control, and with mainstream media, powerfully debilitating language is pushed into every corner of our consciousness. Conservative vs. Liberal. Democrat vs. Republican. Right-winger vs. Left-winger. Good vs. Bad. Left vs. Right. Right vs. Wrong. White vs. Black. And so on. Ad nauseam. The truth is that ideas and opinions are as vastly different as grains of sand on a beach, yet the media intentionally frames every issue in terms of a phoney left-right paradigm that has been constructed to pigeon hole complex ideas and interests into a cheapened thought prison. No unorthodox idea or point of view can reach critical mass because everything is automatically framed in a ‘with us or against us’ mindset, turning people against each other for no reason other than to appeal to our desire to be on the winning team.

The mainstream media is the chief party responsible for creating the constructs of ‘left’ and ‘right,’ which have been tightly integrated into our social consciousness as a means of achieving divisiveness and disagreement among the populace. This is the chief tactic of divide and conquer, and when people are compelled on any issue to ‘pick a team’ and fight the rivalry to it’s bitter end, many opportunities for true progress are lost and the populace is easily goaded into a position favorable to the elite. 8. Using the Language of Separation and Labels Sometime in the 1990′s, the mainstream media stopped referring to people as ‘people’ or even as ‘citizens’ and began calling everyone ‘consumers.’ Once again, language is important to shaping reality, and as ‘consumers’ our role in the affairs of business and state are reduced to hapless bystanders whose job it is to choose and reject, not interject and affect. We’ve all heard the label ‘conspiracy theorist,’ which is the most popular label used when an idea or story is unfavorable to the mainstream media and the interests that back them up. You are a ‘conspiracy theorist’ if you ask questions, assimilate facts in a logical manner, or pursue justice outside of the main flow of public discourse on a popular issue. This type of language is also part of the process of politicizing everything, and by also labeling people in accordance with their country of origin, religion, skin color, economic class, or whatever else, more wedges of division are driven into the populace, deflating our inherent power in numbers. 9. Asking the Wrong Questions Press access to ‘important’ people in our society is tightly regulated, and the powers that be don’t like to be confronted with unexpected and hard questions. For this, the mainstream media dutifully uses its access to people in high places to ask softball, trivial, nonsensical, ignorant questions about irrelevant and superfluous issues. Independent media is winning the long race against corporate/fascist propagandized media because people are naturally inclined to resonate with common sense and truth, which is not at all what corporate mainline media is involved with. White house correspondents shouldn’t waste our time and insult our intelligence by asking a war time president about his pet dog or a recent golfing trip. But they do, all the time. 11. Closing the Book Too Soon Moving an important or complicated issue from the front page as quickly as possible is a common strategy to remove touchy subjects from the public conversation. Sadly, our national attention span is at an all time low, mostly because we’ve been trained to move from issue to issue with lightening speed, never soaking up any one thing for too long. With such a short term memory, it is easy to protect a politician, forget a genocide, ignore the long-term effects of a bank bailout, and so on, just by moving onto to something new. Once the media has signaled that a story has been resolved or adequately discussed, then any after thought, individual investigation, or further inquiry is labeled as extremist and ignored. 12. Triviality and Distraction With all of the important decisions being made daily by powerful people, decisions that genuinely affect quality of life for many people, the news outlets are steadfastly devoted to engaging in gossip, entertainment, murders and acts of violence, car accidents, disasters and other pablum. The body politic is kept confused by celebrity happenings, endless sports contests and other such pageantry, and the media uses these many forms of distractions to fill time and brain space so that important issues are seen as a drag or as a downer, and never given proper reflection. This is so ubiquitous in our society nowadays that there really is no escape. 13. Outright Lying When all else fails, just lie, make it up as you go along, sell your air time to the highest bidder, and never look back. In the internet age, people are pretty keen on fact checking, rebutting, arguing, and gathering stats, and there are enough facts available to prove any side to any story. In fact, this has become an art form for major media, and the ability to gather facts in accordance with an agenda is a profitable skill for the mainstream media.

Lying has always worked, and the bigger the lie, the more likely it is to be believed. 14. Bonus – Eye Candy and Mind Melting This one is a bonus and part of the new era of network news. Rather than employ virtuous gumshoes and hardcore reporters of truth, mainstream media instead invests in graphic artists to make each frame of the broadcast an over-designed motion collage of brain-melting info overload. Staying focused on what the anchor or guest is actually saying is impossible. By design, the news is presented in a mad shotgun blast of competing signals, and your attention is split in ten directions with tickers, bubbles, stock footage, gyrating lights and special effects. The point here is to exhaust the mind with over-stimulation so that the brain cannot function methodically and cannot process an issue beyond the shallow surface. This is also known as hypnotism, or mind-control.

Conclusion News is a commodity just like everything else these days, and although many still believe the point of news is to inform, it is important to accept the hard truth that the purpose of the news is really just to sell something, be it a product, an idea, a candidate, a public image, a war, or whatever. For this, the mainstream media is focused on first deciding which issues are to be discussed in the public forum, then by using a bagful of tricks to shape people’s perceptions of an issue, the media divides us and pits us against each other while leading us into consent for an underlying and hidden agenda.

Journalists Accuse White House Of Politically-Driven Suppression Of News July 10 2014 | From: BroadcastingCable

Over three dozen journalist organizations including the Radio Television Digital News Association, National Press Foundation, and the Society of Professional Journalists, have asked the President to drop the "excessive controls" on public information by federal agencies, branding it "politically driven suppression of news and information about federal agencies."

There has been an ongoing tension between broadcast, print and online journalists and the Obama administration, with complaints that the Administration has limited access to events, while providing its own "coverage" through official channels.

In a letter to President Obama, the groups complained about policies that require journalists to go through public information officers (PIOs) before talking with staff and that have PIOs vetting interview questions and monitoring interviews with sources.

"You recently expressed concern that frustration in the country is breeding cynicism about democratic government," the letter began. "You need look no further than your own administration for a major source of that frustration – politically driven suppression of news and information about federal agencies. We call on you to take a stand to stop the spin and let the sunshine in." “The practices have become more and more pervasive throughout America, preventing information from getting to the public in an accurate and timely matter,” said David Cuillier, president of the Society of Professional Journalists, in announcing the letter. “The president pledged to be the most transparent in history. He can start by ending these practices now.”

Among the general practices the groups identify, saying some consider it censorship, are:

"Officials blocking reporters’ requests to talk to specific staff people; "Excessive delays in answering interview requests that stretch past reporters’ deadlines; "Officials conveying information 'on background,' refusing to give reporters what should be public information unless they agree not to say who is speaking. "Federal agencies blackballing reporters who write critically of them."

The letter also cited a host of specific examples of those practices. The White House had not responded to a request for comment at press time.

United States [Cabal Controlled Government] Insists Going After Reporters Who Publish Leaked Info 'Not Violation Of Press Freedom' April 27 2014 | From: RT Announcing its third annual Free the Press campaign to highlight censorship and oppression of journalists “around the world,” the US State Department made clear it doesn’t consider press freedom issues in the United States the same way it does abroad. The aim of the third annual Free the Press campaign is to focus attention on “journalists or media outlets that are censored, attacked, threatened, or otherwise harassed because of their reporting. ”But, apparently, the US' own crackdown on journalists, particularly those involved in whistleblowing, is a completely “separate category” to be highlighted by such an event, as Jen Psaki, the spokesperson for the US State Department made clear.

Announcing its third annual Free the Press campaign to highlight censorship and oppression of journalists “around the world,” the US State Department made clear it doesn’t consider press freedom issues in the United States the same way it does abroad. The aim of the third annual Free the Press campaign is to focus attention on “journalists or media outlets that are censored, attacked, threatened, or otherwise harassed because of their reporting.”But, apparently, the US' own crackdown on journalists, particularly those involved in whistleblowing, is a completely “separate category” to be highlighted by such an event, as JenPsaki, the spokesperson for the US State Department made clear. Read the full story and see the video here.

Lorde Confirms Herself As An Iluminati Sellout May 20 2014 | From: NewZealandHerald et al

There is no longer any room for sympathy for Lorde. After having a bleat and a cry about media intrusion, she unequivocably shows her true colours by "throwing the horns" in an awards ceremony after a live perfomance.

What a waste

Lorde has won two gongs at the Billboard Music Awards in Las Vegas and performed her song Tennis Court for the first time on television. No one gets world famous, so fast - without subscribing to the illuminati music industry agenda. The 17-year-old beat Bastille, Capital Cities, Ariana Grande and Passenger to take out the award for Top New Artist. Her song Royals also picked up the award for Top Rock Song, ahead of tracks from Passenger, Capital Cities and two from Imagine Dragons.

AAP reported Lorde read her acceptance speech for her best new artist award from cellphone: "I really don't want to screw it up." Too late, love.

Prime Minister Dismisses John Campbell - Accuses Him Of Falling For Conspiracy Theories May 21 2014 | From: NewZealandHerald

Prime Minister John Key has accused TV3 broadcaster John Campbell of falling for conspiracy theories in the wake of Campbell Live show on Tuesday about the unlawful surveillance of internet mogul Kim Dotcom by the GCSB spy agency and the appointment of its chief, Ian Fletcher.

[The Prime Minister may be well advised to have a lay down and a cup of tea before he hurts himself.] Key suggested facetiously that Campbell turn next to whether US President Barack Obama was born in the United States, whether the American Government was behind the September 11 attacks and who killed the Kennedys.

"I've had some respect for John," Key said to reporters at Parliament, "but when you do, I suppose, two years and come up with absolutely nada, what you do is what he did which was set a whole lot of assumptions to music. "The first I ever heard of Kim Dotcom was the 19th of January 2012."

Tuesday's show pieced together facts, largely already known, beginning with the visit to New Zealand in March 2011 of James Clapper, the US director of national intelligence, and ending with the surveillance in December 2011 of Mr Dotcom, which was later discovered to be unlawful because the police and GCSB did not realize he was a New Zealand resident. Mr Key's active involvement in the appointment of childhood acquaintance Ian Fletcher as the GCSB chief was well established last year by Labour MP Grant Robertson, including a breakfast meeting between the pair in June 2011 at the Stamford Plaza. TV3 identified another meeting between Mr Key and Mr Fletcher, on December 12, 2011, the week surveillance of Kim Dotcom began. Mr Fletcher was appointed in September. He did not take up the post until January 30, 2012 but was visiting New Zealand in December. Mr Key said acting GCSB chief at the time, Simon Murdoch, brought Mr Fletcher over to see him in his Beehive office on December 12.

"I can't tell you exactly everything we talked about because I would never say that," Mr Key said "but I can tell what we didn't talk about. "We didn't talk about Kim Dotcom because it is impossible to talk about someone you don't know." Mr Dotcom tweeted this after that that was "the logic of a liar."

Kim Dotcom insists he has proof that Mr Key is lying when he says he first heard about him on January 19, the day before his Coatesville mansion was raided by the FBI and that the proof will force Mr Key to resign. Mr Dotcom is facing extradition proceedings by the United Sates where he is wanted on copyright, racketeering, money

laundering and wire fraud charges. He has been giving evidence at the trial of Act MP John Banks who is charged with filing a false electoral return in 2010 by knowingly recording donations by Mr Dotcom and Sky City as anonymous. Mr Dotcom claimed in court Mr Key had heard about him because Mr Banks told him he had told the Prime Minister about a New Year's fireworks display being put on by Mr Dotcom. Mr Key said he had "no idea what John Banks said to Kim Dotcom but all I know is he has never spoken to me about going to fireworks." He would never go to such fireworks anyway because he always spent Christmas and New Year in Hawaii. In February 2009, Soros said the world financial system had effectively disintegrated, adding that there was no prospect of a near-term resolution to the crisis.

Facebook Moves To Create Virtual Reality World Of Social Control April 1 2014 | From: Infowars

Control the environment and you control human behavior and, ultimately, the destiny of humanity

Virtual reality mediated social behavior, designed to appeal to a generation acclimated to the internet and a diverse world of computer generated games and entertainment, may serve as the next step in a larger and more complex control paradigm.

Earlier this week, Facebook dropped $2 billion to buy the virtual reality company Oculus Rift, described by Dave Thier of Forbes as “a bizarre, maddening and beguiling beast” that will reshape “conference calls, virtual tourism, goggle-sized home theaters and more.” The strap-on technology is, as well, Thier adds, “scary.” Considering the murky history of Facebook, the adjective is appropriate. Facebook received start-up funding from Accel Parnters, a venture capital firm with deep connections to In-Q-Tel, the CIA’s technology investment outfit. It is also connected to the Defense Department and its Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), which is responsible for hightech, high-end development. DARPA was instrumental in building the original internet. Later, when DARPA’s Information Awareness Office, a surveillance technology project, was exposed folks began to ask questions. Congress promised to defund the project and it was quietly rolled into the NSA.

High technology projects with even thin connections to the NSA and the CIA should be suspect. Moreover, Facebook boss, Mark Zuckerberg, has publicly forged a connection between Facebook and the surveillance state when he declared in 2010 the age of privcy is over. He also said sharing information with “people,” and, obviously, the state, with its ubiquitous surveillance and control grid, and large corporations is now a “social norm.” Read the full story at: Infowars

New Zealand Songstress Lorde - A Key Feature Of The Occult Grammy Awards January 29 2014 | Source: WakeUpNewZealand & VigilantCitizen It is always very suspicious when a performing artist rises to stratospheric worldwide fame within a very short period of time. New Zealand's own Lorde is no exception. In an awards ceremony of satanic imagery and witchcraft-esque performances, Lorde appeared with a very spooky set of black-stained fingertips. See this article from Vigilant Citizen: The 2014 Grammy Awards: Still Pushing the Illuminati Agenda Even MTV wrote an article about this bizarre affair which included the following: "The most noteworthy part of her getup, however, were her black fingertips, which were a common symptom of the medieval disease back in the day — one that still occurs in patients nowadays as well. We're not sure what story Lorde was telling with the dark imagery that accompanied her anti-consumerist jam, but something about it recalls the Ingmar Bergman-directed film "The Seventh Seal," which tells the tale of a medieval knight and his chess game with the Grim Reaper — a game that takes place during an outbreak of The Black Death."

Lorde doesn't have the monopoly on this though. Previously it was Kimbra, another New Zealand Songstress that shot to international fame, partly propelled by her participation in a Gotye track. Below you see Illuminati imagery incorporated into a Kimbra album cover and music video. Also see this article on Vigilant Citizen: Kimbra – Come Into My Head = Elite Symbology

Above: Let's play "Spot the All Seeing Eye over the Illuminati Pyramid". This is perhaps the most well recognised Masonic / Illuminati imagery element, the 'all seeing eye' which is most famously typified in the pyramid on the reverse of the United States one dollar note. Below: The chequered floor is an occult favourite of the Freemasons, which are of course run by the Illuminati. Freemasonry adopts and uses the symbolism of Yin/Yang in a way as to hide the meaning form the "profane". The black and white pavement symbolises "the Good and Evil, principles of the Egyptian and Persian creed. It is the warfare of Michael and Satan ... light and shadow, which is darkness; Day and Night, Freedom and Despotism."

KONY 2012 Scam: African Invasion Psyop: Infowars Nightly News March 9 2012 | From InfoWars Alex explains how the establishment is using the foundation controlled left to promote a US Military invasion of Africa.

Fox News Business Show Host Fired for Broadcasting Government Tyranny Truths February 15 2012 | From: PrisonPlanet.com Judge Andrew Napolitano signed off on Freedom Watch this week with a salute and a promise to keep “defending freedom– everyone’s freedom, whenever I can,”, following the announcement that the show has been axed by Fox Business News. The Judge closed the last edition of Freedom Watch in the same way he normally does, with a message regarding adherence to the vision of the founding fathers and the hard fought liberties protected by the Bill of Rights and the Constitution. Napolitano flagged up the fact that only a third of Americans supported the revolution and another third expressed no interest in the matter. In a clear message to his critics, the Judge noted “The founding fathers risked their lives, their fortunes, and their honor, [but] they were not saints, and originally their cause was not popular.” From: PrisonPlanet.com

How to Get Fired in Under Five Minutes:

It is time to expose why Napolitano was unceremoniously fired from Fox News:

The New Zealand Media - Watchdogs or Lapdogs? January 23rd 2012 | From: BreakingViewsNZ By Steve Baron The Code of Conduct for the International Federation of Journalists states: “Respect for the truth and the right of the public to truth is the first duty of the journalist.” With the exposure of the deceitful tactics used by Rupert Murdoch's News of the World publication, the media is now cast in a shadow of distrust and disrepute. This is a real concern as the media is often considered the Fourth Estate, a title that suggests they have an important part to play and that they are one of the cornerstones of our democracy. The media often considers themselves as the watchdogs of society. They seek to expose corruption and inform the public about issues that make a difference in society - yet they have become a part of that corruption. Read the full story at BreakingViewsNZ

Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Part One: Click here

Part Two: Click here

Part Three: Click here

Part Four: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/mass-media-manipulation-2.shtml